diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
14 files changed, 33919 insertions, 17778 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info index c2e873d5587..e70c28b551a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.5 from +This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.7 from latex2e.texi. This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version of October 2018. +preparation system, version of July 2021. This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ additional material appearing in latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, -2017, 2018 Karl Berry. +2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Top, Next: About this document, Up: (dir) LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October -2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2021) +for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. * Menu: @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October * Splitting the input:: Dealing with big files by splitting. * Front/back matter:: Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. * Letters:: The 'letter' class. -* Terminal input/output:: User interaction. -* Command line:: System-independent command-line behavior. +* Input/output:: User interaction. +* Command line interface:: Common command-line options. * Document templates:: Starter templates for various document classes. * Index:: General index. @@ -90,48 +90,38 @@ This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting program (*note Overview::). - This document's home page is -<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>. There you can get -the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see -other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats. In -particular, the output comes in two web formats. Probably the most -convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each -topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about -easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at -<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>, -has all the information on single page. + This document's home page is <https://latexref.xyz>; it has separate +web pages for each topic. Alternatively. +<https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html> has the entire document on a +single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more +information, see <https://latexref.xyz/dev/>. In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than 'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades ago. - LaTeX is currently maintained by a group of volunteers -(<http://latex-project.org>). The official documentation written by the -LaTeX project is available from their web site. This document is -completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the LaTeX -maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this -document to them. Instead, please send all comments to + LaTeX is maintained by a group of volunteers +(<https://latex-project.org>). The official documentation written by +the LaTeX project is available from their web site. The present +document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed +by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else +about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <latexrefman@tug.org>. - This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources -of information about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a few -introductions. + This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array +of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a +few introductions. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr> +<https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr> Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc> +<https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc> Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide> - The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX. - Many other guides by many other people are also available, - independent of LaTeX itself; one such is the next item: +<https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort> + A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort> - A short introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. - -<http://tug.org/begin.html> +<https://tug.org/begin.html> Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further references. @@ -142,20 +132,24 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Overview, Next: Document classes, Prev: About this ******************* LaTeX is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally created -by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(<http://latex-project.org>). It is widely used, particularly for -complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics. - - A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text along with -interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text -should be formatted. It is implemented as a set of related commands -that interface with Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program (the -technical term is that LaTeX is a "macro package" for the TeX engine). -The user produces the output document by giving that input file to the -TeX engine. +by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group of +volunteers for many years now (<https://latex-project.org>). It is +widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical and +technical documents. + + A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text to be typeset along +with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is UTF-8 +(as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text should be +formatted. + + LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called "macros" which use +Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program or one of its derivatives, +collectively known as "engines". Thus, the user produces output, +typically PDF, by giving the input file to a TeX engine. (The following +sections describe all this in more detail.) The term LaTeX is also sometimes used to mean the language in which -the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands +the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands available to a LaTeX user. The name LaTeX is short for "Lamport TeX". It is pronounced LAH-teck @@ -167,9 +161,9 @@ plain text, write it as 'LaTeX'. * Starting and ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. * Output files:: Files produced. -* TeX engines:: Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX. +* TeX engines:: Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX. * LaTeX command syntax:: General syntax of LaTeX commands. -* Environment:: Area of the source giving distinct behavior. +* Environment:: An area of the source with distinct behavior. * CTAN:: Our repository. @@ -224,7 +218,7 @@ main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'. '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are available - (<http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>). + (<https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>). '.pdf' If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other @@ -232,7 +226,7 @@ main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'. Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. - LaTeX also produces at least two additional files. + LaTeX always produces at least two additional files. '.log' This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of @@ -262,20 +256,24 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: TeX engines, Next: LaTeX command syntax, Prev: Outp 2.3 TeX engines =============== -LaTeX is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a TeX -implementation (*note Overview::). This section gives a terse overview -of the main programs (see also *note Command line::). +LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX program +(*note Overview::). Such a set of commands is called a "format", and is +embodied in a binary '.fmt' file, which can be read much more quickly +than the corresponding TeX source. + + This section gives a terse overview of the TeX programs that are +commonly available (see also *note Command line interface::). 'latex' 'pdflatex' - In TeX Live (<http://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via + In TeX Live (<https://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via either the system command 'latex' or 'pdflatex', then the pdfTeX - engine is run (<http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). When invoked as + engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). When invoked as 'latex', the main output is a '.dvi' file; as 'pdflatex', the main output is a '.pdf' file. pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth's original - program (<http://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional + program (<https://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of extensions of its own. e-TeX is available on its own as the system command 'etex', but this is plain TeX (and produces '.dvi'). @@ -286,16 +284,16 @@ of the main programs (see also *note Command line::). 'lualatex' If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'lualatex', the LuaTeX - engine is run (<http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). This program allows + engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). This program allows code written in the scripting language Lua (<http://luatex.org>) to interact with TeX's typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and produces a '.pdf' file by default. There is also 'dvilualatex' to - produce a '.dvi' file, but this is rarely used. + produce a '.dvi' file. 'xelatex' If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'xelatex', the XeTeX - engine is run (<http://tug.org/xetex>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX + engine is run (<https://tug.org/xetex>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using external libraries instead of internal code. XeTeX produces a @@ -306,9 +304,40 @@ of the main programs (see also *note Command line::). process is automatic. The '.xdv' file is only useful for debugging. - Other variants of LaTeX and TeX exist, e.g., to provide additional -support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX, -<http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex>, <http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>). +'platex' +'uplatex' + These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese + and other languages; the 'u' variant supports Unicode. See + <https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex> and <https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>. + + As of 2019, there is a companion '-dev' command and format for all of +the above: + +'dvilualatex-dev' +'latex-dev' +'lualatex-dev' +'pdflatex-dev' +'platex-dev' +'uplatex-dev' +'xelatex-dev' + These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main + purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an + official release. + + These '-dev' formats make it easy for anyone to help test documents + and code: you can run, say, 'pdflatex-dev' instead of 'pdflatex', + without changing anything else in your environment. Indeed, it is + easiest and most helpful to always run the '-dev' versions instead + of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet times after a + release, the commands will be equivalent. + + These are not daily snapshots or untested development code. They + undergo the same extensive regression testing by the LaTeX team + before being released. + + For more information, see "The LaTeX release workflow and the LaTeX + 'dev' formats" by Frank Mittelbach, 'TUGboat' 40:2, + <https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>. File: latex2e.info, Node: LaTeX command syntax, Next: Environment, Prev: TeX engines, Up: Overview @@ -321,9 +350,9 @@ character, '\'. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that '\pagebreak' differs -from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command). Most commands -are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same -case as they are defined. +from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command). Most command +names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the +same case as they are defined. A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These arguments may be either required or optional. Required arguments are @@ -338,12 +367,6 @@ bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. - Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration". Such a command changes -the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For instance, -the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers -from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & -\backmatter::). - LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'. The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. @@ -351,6 +374,12 @@ The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). + As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the 'expl3' and 'xparse' +packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They provide a completely +different underlying programming language syntax. We won't try to cover +them in this document; see the related package documentation and other +LaTeX manuals. + File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment, Next: CTAN, Prev: LaTeX command syntax, Up: Overview @@ -359,25 +388,25 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment, Next: CTAN, Prev: LaTeX command syntax Synopsis: - \begin{ENVIRONMENT NAME} + \begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} ... - \end{ENVIRONMENT NAME} + \end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} - An area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is a distinct -behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between -'\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'. + An "environment" is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is +a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines +between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'. \begin{verse} There once was a man from Nantucket \\ ... \end{verse} - *Note Environments:: for a list of environments. Particularly + *Note Environments::, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment, a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair. - The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the -end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a + The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the +end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT-NAME ends in a star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star. Environments may have arguments, including optional arguments. This @@ -392,7 +421,7 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). File: latex2e.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: Environment, Up: Overview -2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network +2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network =============================================== The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX @@ -406,17 +435,19 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher's specifications. - In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features -such as search by name or by functionality. + In addition to the massive holdings, the 'ctan.org' web site offers +features such as search by name or by functionality. + + CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of +which is the so-called "master". The master host actively manages the +material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. +For many years, it has been hosted by the German TeX group, DANTE e.V. - CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the -sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for -instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is hosted -by the German TeX group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the world help out -by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their collections with the -core site and then in turn making their copies publicly available. This -gives users close to their location better access and relieves the load -on the core site. The list of mirrors is at <https://ctan.org/mirrors>. + Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is, +automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then in +turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close to +their location better access and relieves the load on the master site. +The list of mirrors is at <https://ctan.org/mirrors>. File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Fonts, Prev: Overview, Up: Top @@ -449,9 +480,10 @@ document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.) technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. 'slides' - For slide presentations--rarely used today. In its place the - 'beamer' package is perhaps the most prevalent (*note beamer - template::). + For slide presentations--rarely used nowadays. The 'beamer' + package is perhaps the most prevalent + (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note beamer template::, for a + small template for a beamer document. Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section. @@ -659,7 +691,7 @@ class to provide the basis for this class's code. For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the Class Guide, at -<http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of +<https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial <https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>. @@ -738,11 +770,11 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s): - [badoption].' Change this behaviour with the starred version + [badoption].' Change this behavior with the starred version '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'. For example, many classes extend an - existing class, using a declaration such as '\LoadClass{article}', - and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such - as this. + existing class, using a command such as '\LoadClass{article}', and + for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as + this. \DeclareOption*{% \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% @@ -789,8 +821,8 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. exists, in that case you need to use either '\renew...' or '\provide...' or you get an error. -'\IfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' -'\InputIfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' +'\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' +'\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file 'FILE NAME' or FALSE CODE otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then inputs the file. Thus the command @@ -976,11 +1008,11 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) -'\ProvidesFile{FILE NAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' +'\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config - 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILE NAME equal to + 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILENAME equal to 'test.config' and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to '2017/10/12 config file for test.cls'. @@ -1017,40 +1049,524 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Fonts, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: T 4 Fonts ******* -Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a -style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. +LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New Font +Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families in +your document (for instance, see *note Font styles::). And, LaTeX +documents can use most fonts that are available today, including +versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note, though, that +many fonts do not have support for mathematics.) + + The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family, +developed by Donald Knuth. It is the default for LaTeX documents and is +still the most widely used. But changing to another font often only +involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your +preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more +readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to +typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe, +<https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf>.) + + \usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math + \usepackage{cabin} % sans serif + \usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter + \usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX + \usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal + +In addition, the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engines allow you to use any +fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType format (*note TeX +engines::). + + The LaTeX Font Catalogue (<https://tug.org/FontCatalogue>) shows font +sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts, +including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin +alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX. + + More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at +<https://www.tug.org/fonts/>. * Menu: +* fontenc package:: Encoding of the font. * Font styles:: Select roman, italics, etc. * Font sizes:: Select point size. * Low-level font commands:: Select encoding, family, series, shape. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Up: Fonts +File: latex2e.info, Node: fontenc package, Next: Font styles, Up: Fonts + +4.1 'fontenc' package +===================== + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc} + + or + + \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING1, FONT_ENCODING2, ...]{fontenc} + + Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the +character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. + + This package only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine (*note TeX +engines::). If you use the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engine then instead +use the 'fontspec' package. + + TeX's original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character +set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use +'\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users +have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of +characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using 'pdflatex' then +this in the preamble + + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} + +gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including +French, German, Italian, Polish, and others. In particular, if you have +words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your +output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you +to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) + + If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear +blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, +sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a +package such as 'lmodern' or 'cm-super' to get a font that extends +LaTeX's default using vector fonts. + + For each FONT_ENCODING given as an option but not already declared, +this package loads the encoding definition files, named +'FONT_ENCODINGenc.def'. It also sets '\encodingdefault' to be the last +encoding in the option list. + + These are the common values for FONT_ENCODING. + +'OT1' + The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English + characters. + +'OMS, OML' + Math symbols and math letters encoding. + +'T1' + TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the + Users Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most + European accented characters. The most common option for this + package. + +'TS1' + Text Companion encoding. + +LaTeX's default is to load 'OML', 'T1', 'OT1', and then 'OMS', and set +the default to 'OT1'. + + Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a +font encoding if your font requires it. + + If you use 'T1' encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern +family then you may need to load the package that selects your fonts +before loading 'fontenc', to prevent the system from loading any +'T1' encoded fonts from the default. + + The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: 'T' for the +standard text encodings with 256 characters, 'TS' for symbols that +extend the corresponding T encodings, 'X' for test encodings, 'M' for +standard math encodings with 256 characters, 'A' for special +applications, 'OT' for standard text encodings with 128 characters, and +'OM' for standard math encodings with 128 characters ('O' stands for +'obsolete'). + + This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of +them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works +for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command +is not in effect. + +* Menu: + +* \DeclareFontEncoding:: Define an encoding. +* \DeclareTextAccent:: Define an accent in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextAccentDefault:: Fallback for using an accent in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand:: New encoding-specific command. +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault:: Fallback for encoding-specific commands. +* \DeclareTextComposite:: Directly access an accented glyph, in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand:: Run code in slot, in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextSymbol:: Define a symbol in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault:: Fallback for a symbol in the encoding. +* \LastDeclaredEncoding:: Save most recently declared encoding. +* \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent:: Temporarily switch to another encoding. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareFontEncoding, Next: \DeclareTextAccent, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.1 '\DeclareFontEncoding' +---------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareFontEncoding{ENCODING}{TEXT-SETTINGS}{MATH-SETTINGS} + + Declare the font encoding ENCODING. It also saves the value of +ENCODING in '\LastDeclaredEncoding' (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::). + + The file 't1enc.def' contains this line (followed by many others). + + \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} + + The TEXT-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX will run every time it +switches from one encoding to another with the '\selectfont' or +'\fontencoding' command. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX +will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. + + LaTeX ignores any space characters inside TEXT-SETTINGS and +MATH-SETTINGS, to prevent unintended spaces in the output. + + If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name +starting with 'L' for 'local', or 'E' for 'experimental'. + + Note that output encoding files may be read several times by LaTeX so +using, e.g., '\newcommand' may cause an error. In addition, such files +should contain '\ProvidesFile' line (*note Class and package +commands::). + + Note also that you should use the '\...Default' commands only in a +package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files should +only contain declarations specific to that encoding. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextAccent, Next: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Prev: \DeclareFontEncoding, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.2 '\DeclareTextAccent' +-------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextAccent{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT} + + Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding +ENCODING at the location SLOT. + + This line from 't1enc.def' declares that to make a circumflex accent +as in '\^A', the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the 'A' +character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. (This holds unless +there is a relevant 'DeclareTextComposite' or +'\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' declaration; *note +\DeclareTextComposite::.) + + \DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2} + + If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextAccent' does not +give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. -4.1 Font styles + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Next: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand, Prev: \DeclareTextAccent, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.3 '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' +--------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextAccentDefault{CMD}{ENCODING} + + If there is an encoding-specific accent command CMD but there is no +associated '\DeclareTextAccent' for that encoding then this command will +pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for ENCODING. + + For example, to make the encoding 'OT1' be the default encoding for +the accent '\"', declare this. + + \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1} + +If you issue a '\"' when the current encoding does not have a definition +for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1' + + That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note +\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::). + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{CMD} + {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{#1}} + + Note that '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' works for any one-argument +'fontenc' command, not just the accent command. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand, Next: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Prev: \DeclareTextAccentDefault, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.4 '\DeclareTextCommand' & '\ProvideTextCommand' +--------------------------------------------------- + +Synopsis, one of: + + \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + + or one of: + + \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + + Define the command CMD, which will be specific to one encoding. The +command name CMD must begin with a backslash, \. These commands can +only appear in the preamble. Redefining 'cmd' does not cause an error. +The defined command will be robust even if the code in DEFN is fragile +(*note \protect::). + + For example, the file 't1enc.def' contains this line. + + \DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 } + + With that, you can express parts per thousand. + + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble + ... + Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. + +If you change the font encoding to 'OT1' then you get an error like +'LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1'. + + The '\ProvideTextCommand' variant does the same, except that it does +nothing if CMD is already defined. The '\DeclareTextSymbol' command is +faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (*note +\DeclareTextSymbol::) + + The optional NARGS and OPTARGSDEFAULT arguments play the same role +here as in '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). +Briefly, NARGS is an integer from 0 to 9 specifying the number of +arguments that the defined command 'cmd' takes. This number includes +any optional argument. Omitting this argument is the same as specifying +0, meaning that CMD will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGSDEFAULT is +present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default +value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT +is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Next: \DeclareTextComposite, Prev: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault ' +------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD}{DEFN} + + or: + + \ProvideTextCommandDefault{CMD}{DEFN} + + Give a default definition for CMD, for when that command is not +defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only +use encodings known to be available. + + This makes '\copyright' available. + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} + + It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. + + The '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' should not occur in the encoding +definition files since those files should declare only commands for use +when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. + + As with the related non-default commands, the +'\ProvideTextCommandDefault' has exactly the same behavior as +'\DeclareTextCommandDefault' except that it does nothing if CMD is +already defined (*note \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand::). +So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can +improve upon. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextComposite, Next: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Prev: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.6 '\DeclareTextComposite' +----------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextComposite{CMD}{ENCODING}{SIMPLE_OBJECT}{SLOT} + + Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an +accent over a separate character. + + This line from 't1enc.def' means that '\^o' will cause LaTeX to +typeset lowercase 'o' by taking the character directly from location 224 +in the font. + + \DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} + + *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The +SIMPLE_OBJECT should be a single character or a single command. The +SLOT argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal +(although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally CMD has already +been declared for this encoding, either with '\DeclareTextAccent' or +with a one-argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. In 't1enc.def', the above +line follows the '\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}' command. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Next: \DeclareTextSymbol, Prev: \DeclareTextComposite, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.7 '\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' +------------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE} + + A more general version of '\DeclareTextComposite' that runs arbitrary +code with CMD. + + This allows accents on 'i' to act like accents on dotless i, '\i'. + + \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} + + *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. Normally +CMD will have already been declared with '\DeclareTextAccent' or as a +one argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextSymbol, Next: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Prev: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol' +-------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextSymbol{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT} + + Define a symbol in the encoding ENCODING at the location SLOT. +Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not mathematics. + + For example, this line from 't1enc.def' declares the number of the +glyph to use for «, the left guillemet. + + \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19} + +The command '\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}' has the +same effect but is slower (*note \DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand::). + + *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The SLOT +can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ''023'), or hexadecimal (as +in '"13'), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or +double quote could be redefined by another package. + + If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextSymbol' does not +give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Next: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Prev: \DeclareTextSymbol, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' +--------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{CMD}{ENCODING} + + If there is an encoding-specific symbol command CMD but there is no +associated '\DeclareTextSymbol' for that encoding, then this command +will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for +ENCODING. + + For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning +for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this. + + \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1} + + That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note +\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::). + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD} + {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD}} + + Note that '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' can be used to define a default +for any zero-argument 'fontenc' command. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Next: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent, Prev: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding' +------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \LastDeclaredEncoding + + Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The +'\DeclareFontEncoding' command stores the name so that it can be +retrieved with this command (*note \DeclareFontEncoding::). + + This relies on '\LastDeclaredEncoding' rather than give the name of +the encoding explicitly. + + \DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{} + \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent, Prev: \LastDeclaredEncoding, Up: fontenc package + +4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent' +------------------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD} + + or: + + \UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{TEXT} + + Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. + + In general, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not +defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it like +this: + + \UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss} + +which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so +LaTeX reverts back to the prior encoding after the '\ss'): + + {\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss} + + Similarly, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not +defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this: + + \UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a} + +which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a +group): + + {fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{ENC_IN_USE}\selectfont a}} + +Here, ENC_IN_USE is the encoding in force before this sequence of +commands, so that 'a' is typeset using the current encoding and only the +accent is taken from 'OT1'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Prev: fontenc package, Up: Fonts + +4.2 Font styles =============== The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, is -used with an argument, as in '\textit{TEXT}'. This is the preferred -form. But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the corresponding -declaration form, which is sometimes useful. This form takes no + In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, are +used with an argument as in '\textit{TEXT}'. This is the preferred +form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the corresponding +"declaration form", which is often useful. This form takes no arguments, as in '{\itshape TEXT}'. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as -'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}'. +'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}', which we'll describe further at the +end of the section. - These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, -are cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying -either of '\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'. + These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for +instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of +'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'. One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (*note \/::). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list -'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of a period and a comma. To +'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use '\nocorr' at the start or end of the command argument, such as '\textit{\nocorr text}' or '\textsc{text \nocorr}'. @@ -1097,8 +1613,8 @@ as declarations: '{\CMD...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'. (The unconditional commands below are an older version of font switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most -circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely -what you want.) +circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is +needed.) '\bf' Switch to bold face. @@ -1164,15 +1680,13 @@ sometimes widths) from the standard "lining" numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX's default fonts support this, and will respect '\textbf' (but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in Computer Modern). Many other fonts have -old-style numerals also; sometimes the 'textcomp' package must be -loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the -default. FAQ entry: -<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf>. +old-style numerals also; sometimes package options are provided to make +them the default. FAQ entry: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>. File: latex2e.info, Node: Font sizes, Next: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font styles, Up: Fonts -4.2 Font sizes +4.3 Font sizes ============== The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The @@ -1193,24 +1707,35 @@ Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt' '\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88 '\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88 - The commands are listed here in declaration forms. You use them by -declaring them, as with this example. + The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, +since that is how they are typically used. For example. \begin{quotation} \small The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao. \end{quotation} -The scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation' +Here, the scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation' environment. It would also end at the next type style command or the -end of the current group, so you could enclose it in extra curly braces -'{\small We are here, we are here, we are here!}'. You can instead use -the environment form of these commands; for instance, -'\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. +end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces +'{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}'. + + An "environment form" of each of these commands is also defined; for +instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. However, in practice this form +can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or end of the +environment without careful consideration, so it's generally less +error-prone to stick to the declaration form. + + (Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines '\begin' and +'\end', nearly every command that does not take an argument technically +has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would only cause +confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the environment form of +the font size declarations specifically is that this particular use is +not rare.) File: latex2e.info, Node: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font sizes, Up: Fonts -4.3 Low-level font commands +4.4 Low-level font commands =========================== These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and @@ -1229,9 +1754,9 @@ ones. '\fontfamily{FAMILY}' Select the font family. The web page - <http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse - through many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are - examples of some common families. + <https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse through + many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are examples of + some common families. 'pag' Avant Garde 'fvs' Bitstream Vera Sans @@ -1314,22 +1839,9 @@ ones. stored in the parameter '\baselineskip'. The default '\baselineskip' for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the '\fontsize'. Changing '\baselineskip' directly is inadvisable - since its value is reset every time a size change happens; see - '\baselinestretch', next. - -'\baselinestretch' - LaTeX multiplies the line spacing by the value of the - '\baselinestretch' parameter; the default factor is 1. A change - takes effect when '\selectfont' (see below) is called. You can - make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for - instance doubling it, by doing - '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}' in the preamble. - - However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the - 'setspace' package. In addition to offering a number of spacing - options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in - places where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and - figure captions. See the package documentation. + since its value is reset every time a size change happens; instead + use '\baselinestretch'. (*note \baselineskip & + \baselinestretch::). '\linespread{FACTOR}' Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and @@ -1367,6 +1879,7 @@ Commands for controlling the general page layout. * \flushbottom:: Make all text pages the same height. * \raggedbottom:: Allow text pages of differing height. * Page layout parameters:: '\headheight' '\footskip'. +* \baselineskip & \baselinestretch:: Space between lines. * Floats:: Figures, tables, etc. @@ -1406,22 +1919,22 @@ typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts. '\columnsep' The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with - a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}' You must change it - before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good + a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}'. You must change + it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. '\columnseprule' - The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway - between the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is - no rule. Change it with a command such as - '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column - environment starts. + The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning + that there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between + the two columns. Change it with a command such as + '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column mode + starts. '\columnwidth' The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to '\textwidth'. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width - of each of the two columns to be half of '\textwidth' minus - '\columnsep'. + of each of the two columns, '\columnwidth', to be half of + '\textwidth' minus '\columnsep'. In a two-column document, the starred environments 'table*' and 'figure*' are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments @@ -1433,7 +1946,7 @@ following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not - exceed '0.7\textheight' . If the height of your starred float + exceed '0.7\textheight'. If the height of your starred float environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: @@ -1533,7 +2046,7 @@ at any point in the document body. See *note \flushbottom::. option (*note Document class options::). -File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Next: Floats, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: Layout +File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Next: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: Layout 5.5 Page layout parameters ========================== @@ -1555,8 +2068,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Next: Floats, Prev: \ragged Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the 'article' and 'report' classes is '25pt'. In the 'book' class the default is: if the - document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt and 12pt - it is '0.275in'. + document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt or 12pt it + is '0.275in'. '\footskip' Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline @@ -1600,12 +2113,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Next: Floats, Prev: \ragged '\oddsidemargin' '\evensidemargin' - The '\oddsidemargin' is the extra distance between the left side of - the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the - document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages when - 'oneside' is in effect. When 'twoside' is in effect, on + The '\oddsidemargin' length is the extra distance between the left + side of the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages + when the document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages + when 'oneside' is in effect. When 'twoside' is in effect, on even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is - 'evensidemargin'. + '\evensidemargin'. LaTeX's default is that '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth' and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is @@ -1669,9 +2182,102 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Next: Floats, Prev: \ragged is the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at a type size of 10pt. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Floats, Prev: Page layout parameters, Up: Layout +File: latex2e.info, Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch, Next: Floats, Prev: Page layout parameters, Up: Layout + +5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch' +======================================== -5.6 Floats +The '\baselineskip' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the +leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline +to baseline. + + Ordinarily document authors do not directly change '\baselineskip' +while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection +command '\fontsize' (*note low level font commands fontsize::). The +'\baselineskip''s value is reset every time a font change happens and so +any direct change to '\baselineskip' would vanish the next time there +was a font switch. For how to influence line spacing, see the +discussion of '\baselinestretch' below. + + Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font +designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, +a font's style file has the command '\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}' then that +does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; for +instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does it +mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the +'\baselineskip' is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) + + The '\baselineskip' is not a property of each line but of the entire +paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, such +as a single '{\Huge Q}', will be squashed into its line. TeX will make +sure it doesn't scrape up against the line above but won't change the +'\baselineskip' for that one line to make extra room above. For the +fix, use a '\strut' (*note \strut::). + + The value of '\baselineskip' that TeX uses for the paragraph is the +value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph +unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be +scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs. + + Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as + bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph. + Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the + baseline spacing matching that size. + {\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$} + + The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, +if the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is +less than '\baselineskip' then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the +difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the lines +would be too close together, closer than '\lineskiplimit', then TeX +instead uses '\lineskip' as the interline glue. The second is that TeX +doesn't actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses +'\prevdepth', which usually contains that depth. But at the beginning +of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or just after a rule, +'\prevdepth' has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not +to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start. + + In the standard classes '\lineskiplimit' is 0pt and '\lineskip' is +1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can +approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than zero) then the lines +jump to 1pt apart. + + Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in +double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the +interline distance is via '\baselinestretch'. It scales +'\baselineskip', and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, not a +length, so change the scale factor as in +'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont'. + + The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire +document is to put '\linespread{FACTOR}' in the preamble. For double +spacing, take FACTOR to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. +These number are rough: for instance, since the '\baselineskip' is about +1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a font size to +baseline ratio of about 2. (The '\linespread' command is defined as +'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}' so it won't take effect until +a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start of a +document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.) + + A simpler approach is the 'setspace' package. The basic example: + + \usepackage{setspace} + \doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 + + In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. +But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change +the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +'\singlespacing' to return the spacing to normal. In the document body, +a better practice than using the declarations is to use environments, +such as '\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}'. The package also +has commands to do arbitrary spacing: '\setstretch{FACTOR}' and +'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Floats, Prev: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch, Up: Layout + +5.7 Floats ========== Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken @@ -1713,7 +2319,7 @@ below. The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix' package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ: - <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat>. + <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat>. 'h' (Here)--at the position in the text where the 'figure' environment @@ -1723,7 +2329,7 @@ below. The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and To absolutely force a float to appear "here", you can '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at - <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere>. + <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere>. 'p' (Page of floats)--on a separate "float page", which is a page @@ -1814,12 +2420,12 @@ a command of the form '\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}'): Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats -<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats> contains -suggestions for relaxing LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the -float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article "How to -influence the position of float environments like figure and table in -LaTeX?" (<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>). +<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats> contains suggestions for relaxing +LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed +to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in +Frank Mittelbach's article "How to influence the position of float +environments like figure and table in LaTeX?" +(<https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>). File: latex2e.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Cross references, Prev: Layout, Up: Top @@ -1852,9 +2458,9 @@ Subsubsection '\subsubsection' 3 Paragraph '\paragraph' 4 Subparagraph '\subparagraph' 5 - All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but is -not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. An -example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article' . The input + All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but +does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. +An example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article'. The input '\appendix\section{Appendix}' gives the output 'A Appendix' (*note \appendix::). You can lose the numbering 'A' by instead entering '\section*{Appendix}' (articles often omit a table of contents and have @@ -1877,17 +2483,24 @@ contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::). LaTeX expects that before you have a '\subsection' you will have a -'\section' and, in a book, that before a '\section' you will have a -'\chapter'. Otherwise you can get a something like a subsection -numbered '3.0.1'. +'\section' and, in a 'book' class document, that before a '\section' you +will have a '\chapter'. Otherwise you can get something like a +subsection numbered '3.0.1'. - Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. + LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a +simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case +letters with '\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}' in the preamble +(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). CTAN has many +packages that make this adjustment easier, notably 'titlesec'. + + Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning +commands. 'secnumdepth' - Controls which sectioning commands are numbered. Suppress - numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL - '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' (*note \setcounter::). See the - above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the + Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter + with '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' will suppress numbering of + sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL (*note \setcounter::). + See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the 'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then a '\section{Introduction}' command will produce output like '1 Introduction' while '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like 'Discussion', @@ -1900,8 +2513,8 @@ numbered '3.0.1'. sectioning units at LEVEL be the smallest ones listed (*note \setcounter::). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if 'tocdepth' is 1 then the table of contents will list - sections but not subsections. LaTeX's default 'secnumdepth' is 3 - in 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes. + sections but not subsections. LaTeX's default 'tocdepth' is 3 in + 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes. * Menu: @@ -1912,7 +2525,7 @@ numbered '3.0.1'. * \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph:: Lower divisions. * \appendix:: Start appendices. * \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter:: The three parts of a book. -* \@startsection:: Layout of sectional units. +* \@startsection:: Sectional unit headings. File: latex2e.info, Node: \part, Next: \chapter, Up: Sectioning @@ -1962,7 +2575,7 @@ in the table of contents. For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (*note -Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::). +Sectioning/secnumdepth::, and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::). In the class 'article', if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package @@ -2023,7 +2636,7 @@ but only 'Weyl' on the contents page. This puts a line break in the title but that doesn't work well with running headers so it omits the break in the contents - \chapter[Given it all\\ my story]{Given it all\\ my story} + \chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story} For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (*note @@ -2178,19 +2791,19 @@ its line and flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is '\large'). The same holds in 'article' except that there are no chapters in that class so it looks like '2.3 TITLE'. - The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the section number, -does not increment the 'section' counter, and produces no table of -contents entry. + The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the subsection +number, does not increment the 'subsection' counter, and produces no +table of contents entry. - The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in -the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not -present then TITLE will be there. This shows the full name in the title -of the section, + The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the subsection title +in the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not +present then TITLE will be there. This shows the full text in the title +of the subsection, \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow} -but only 'U+03B1,U+03B2,U+03B3 paper' on the contents page. +but only 'α,β,γ paper' on the contents page. For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (*note @@ -2310,12 +2923,12 @@ article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters. the first two will generate output numbered 'Chapter 1' and 'Chapter 2'. After the '\appendix' the numbering will be 'Appendix A' and 'Appendix -B'. *Note Larger book template:: for another example. +B'. *Note Larger book template::, for another example. The 'appendix' package adds the command '\appendixpage' to put a separate 'Appendices' in the document body before the first appendix, and the command '\addappheadtotoc' to do the same in the table of -contents. You can reset the name 'Appendix' with a command like +contents. You can reset the name 'Appendices' with a command like '\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}', as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. @@ -2325,11 +2938,14 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter, Next: \@st 6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter' ================================================ -Synopsis, one of: +Synopsis, one or more of: \frontmatter + ... \mainmatter + ... \backmatter + ... Format a 'book' class document differently according to which part of the document is being produced. All three commands are optional. @@ -2341,20 +2957,25 @@ front matter pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a bibliography, and an index. - The '\frontmatter' declaration makes the pages numbered in lowercase + The '\frontmatter' command makes the pages numbered in lowercase roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter's title appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands -here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::). The '\mainmatter' -changes the behavior back to the expected version, and resets the page -number. The '\backmatter' leaves the page numbering alone but switches -the chapters back to being not numbered. *Note Larger book template:: -for an example using the three. +here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::). + + The '\mainmatter' command changes the behavior back to the expected +version, and resets the page number. + + The '\backmatter' command leaves the page numbering alone but +switches the chapters back to being not numbered. + + *Note Larger book template::, for an example using these three +commands. File: latex2e.info, Node: \@startsection, Prev: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter, Up: Sectioning -6.8 '\@startsection' -==================== +6.8 '\@startsection', typesetting sectional unit headings +========================================================= Synopsis: @@ -2388,11 +3009,11 @@ so that issuing {AFTERSKIP} {STYLE}} -redefines '\section' to have the form '\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (here -too, the star '*' is optional). *Note Sectioning::. This implies that -when you write a command like '\renewcommand{section}{...}', the -'\@startsection{...}' must come last in the definition. See the -examples below. +redefines '\section' while keeping its standard calling form +'\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (in which, for reminder, the star '*' is +optional). *Note Sectioning::. This implies that when you write a +command like '\renewcommand{\section}{...}', the '\@startsection{...}' +must come last in the definition. See the examples below. NAME Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This @@ -2406,7 +3027,7 @@ NAME LEVEL An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. *Note - Sectioning:: for the list of standard level numbers. + Sectioning::, for the list of standard level numbers. If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter 'secnumdepth' then titles for this sectioning command will be @@ -2432,7 +3053,7 @@ BEFORESKIP The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title. This space will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the - top of a fresh page. If this number is negative then the first + beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus -2pt minus @@ -2491,19 +3112,23 @@ STYLE These are LaTeX's defaults for the first three sectioning units that are defined with '\@startsection', for the 'article', 'book', and -'report' classes. For section, the LEVEL is 1, the INDENT is 0pt, the -BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex -plus 0.2ex', and the STYLE is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'. For -subsection, the LEVEL is 2, the INDENT is 0pt, the BEFORESKIP is -'-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', -and the STYLE is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'. For subsubsection, the -LEVEL is 3, the INDENT is 0pt, the BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex plus -1ex -minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and the STYLE is -'\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'. - - Here are examples. They go either in a package or class file or in -the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble they -must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'. +'report' classes. + + * For 'section': LEVEL is 1, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex + plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE + is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'. + + * For 'subsection': LEVEL is 2, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex + plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE + is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'. + + * For 'subsubsection': LEVEL is 3, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is + '-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', + and STYLE is '\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'. + + Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or +in the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble +they must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'. (Probably the error message 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.' means that you forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter & \makeatother::. @@ -2600,6 +3225,7 @@ output 'Theorem 3.21', without you having to enter the "Theorem." * \label:: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. * \pageref:: Refer to a page number. * \ref:: Refer to a section, figure or similar. +* xr package:: References from another document. File: latex2e.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Cross references @@ -2690,7 +3316,7 @@ those.) \end{equation} -File: latex2e.info, Node: \ref, Prev: \pageref, Up: Cross references +File: latex2e.info, Node: \ref, Next: xr package, Prev: \pageref, Up: Cross references 7.3 '\ref' ========== @@ -2722,6 +3348,64 @@ document would have to be compiled twice. reference. See the documentation on CTAN. +File: latex2e.info, Node: xr package, Prev: \ref, Up: Cross references + +7.4 'xr' package +================ + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{DOCUMENT-BASENAME} + + or + + \usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME} + + Make cross references to the external document +'DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex'. + + Here is an example. If 'lectures.tex' has this in the preamble + + \usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{exercises} + \externaldocument[H-]{hints} + \externaldocument{answers} + + then it can use cross reference labels from the other three +documents. Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list +containing this, + + \item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? + + and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this, + + \item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. + + and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this. + + \item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there + are exactly two vertices. + + After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering +this in the body of 'lectures.tex' will result in the lectures getting +the reference numbers used in the other documents. + + See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. + The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}. + + The prefix 'H-' for the reference from the hints file is needed +because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the +exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the +number from the later file. + + Note: if the document uses the 'hyperref' package then in place of +'xr', put '\usepackage{xr-hyper}' before the '\usepackage{hyperref}'. +Also, if any of the multiple documents uses 'hyperref' then they all +must use it. + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Environments, Next: Line breaking, Prev: Cross references, Up: Top 8 Environments @@ -2942,7 +3626,7 @@ ending. \begin{center} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\ - I grew up in that belief. --Richard Burton + I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton \end{center} A double backslash after the final line is optional. If present it @@ -3023,10 +3707,10 @@ none causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. - \begin{definition} + \begin{description} \item[lama] A priest. \item[llama] A beast. - \end{definition} + \end{description} The labels 'lama' and 'llama' are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. @@ -3071,9 +3755,9 @@ Synopsis: MATHEMATICAL TEXT \end{displaymath} - Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display -style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global -option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::. + Environment to typeset the MATHEMATICAL TEXT on its own line, in +display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the +global option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::. In the 'displaymath' environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the 'equation' @@ -3085,17 +3769,17 @@ environment (*note equation::). displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. - The construct '\[MATH TEXT\]' is essentially a synonym for -'\begin{displaymath}MATH TEXT\end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier -to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a square -bracket may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely -be unique. (The construct '$$MATH TEXT$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes + The construct '\[MATH\]' is a synonym for the environment +'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier to +work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket +may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely be +unique. + + (Aside: The construct '$$MATH$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'. It is not a synonym, -because the 'displaymath' environment checks that it isn't started in -math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching -environment start, because the 'displaymath' environment has different -vertical spacing, and because the 'displaymath' environment honors the -'fleqn' option.) +and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; '$$' doesn't support +the 'fleqn' option (*note Document class options::), has different +vertical spacing, and doesn't perform consistency checks.) The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. @@ -3237,7 +3921,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: eqnarray, Next: equation, Prev: enumerate, Up: Env The 'eqnarray' environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See "Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen -<http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). New documents should +<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). New documents should include the 'amsmath' package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the 'align' environment. We include a description only for completeness and for working with old @@ -3372,39 +4056,53 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. File: latex2e.info, Node: filecontents, Next: flushleft, Prev: figure, Up: Environments -8.11 'filecontents': Write an external file -=========================================== +8.11 'filecontents' +=================== Synopsis: - \begin{filecontents}{FILENAME} + \begin{filecontents}[OPTION]{FILENAME} TEXT \end{filecontents} or - \begin{filecontents*}{FILENAME} + \begin{filecontents*}[OPTION]{FILENAME} TEXT \end{filecontents*} - Create a file named FILENAME and fill it with TEXT. The unstarred -version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the content of the -created file with a header; see the example below. The starred version -'filecontents*' does not include the header. + Create a file named FILENAME in the current directory (or the output +directory, if specified; *note output directory::) and write TEXT to it. +By default, an existing file is not overwritten. - This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it -often appears before the '\documentclass' command. It is typically used -when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file. The -environment will write that file to the directory containing the source -and thus make the source file self-contained. Another use is to include -'bib' references in the file, again to make it self-contained. + The unstarred version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the +content of the created file with a header of TeX comments; see the +example below. The starred version 'filecontents*' does not include the +header. + + The possible options are: + +'force' +'overwrite' + Overwrite an existing file. - The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and -if so, does not do anything. There is a 'filecontents' package that -redefines the 'filecontents' environment so that instead of doing -nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. +'noheader' + Omit the header. Equivalent to using 'filecontents*'. - For example, this document +'nosearch' + Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if + specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. + + These options were added in a 2019 release of LaTeX. + + This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it +often appears before the '\documentclass' command. It is commonly used +to create a '.bib' or other such data file from the main document +source, to make the source file self-contained. Similarly, it can be +used to create a custom style or class file, again making the source +self-contained. + + For example, this document: \documentclass{article} \begin{filecontents}{JH.sty} @@ -3415,7 +4113,7 @@ nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. Article by \myname. \end{document} -produces this file 'JH.sty'. +produces this file 'JH.sty': %% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment @@ -3440,8 +4138,9 @@ Synopsis: An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and -stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use a double -backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note \raggedright::. +stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a +double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note +\raggedright::. This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the text flush left and ragged right. @@ -3475,7 +4174,7 @@ or \end{ENVIRONMENT} A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and -ragged right. It can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or +ragged right. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or in a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushleft::. Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does @@ -3509,11 +4208,13 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: En An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids -hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use -a double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note -\raggedleft::. +hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a +new line use a double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form +see *note \raggedleft::. - For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::. + For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace 'flushleft' by +'flushright'. * Menu: @@ -3536,7 +4237,7 @@ or \end{ENVIRONMENT} A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and -ragged left. It can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in +ragged left. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or in a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushright::. Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does @@ -3545,7 +4246,9 @@ units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. - For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::. + For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace '\raggedright' by +'\raggedleft'. File: latex2e.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Environments @@ -3561,9 +4264,9 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{itemize} - Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list. -The environment must have at least one '\item'; having none causes the -LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'. + Produce an "unordered list", sometimes called a bullet list. There +must be at least one '\item' within the environment; having none causes +the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'. This gives a two-item list. @@ -3572,28 +4275,32 @@ LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'. \item Rice portrait \end{itemize} -As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, *. The -format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. +With the default locale--without loading e.g. 'babel' package with +another language than USenglish--as a top-level list each label would +come out as a bullet, *. The format of the labeling depends on the +nesting level; see below. Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). If you give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets, -as in '\item[Optional label]', then by default it will appear in bold -and be flush right, so it could extend into the left margin. For labels -that are flush left see the *note description:: environment. Following -the '\item' is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. +as in '\item[OPTIONAL LABEL]', then by default OPTIONAL LABEL will +appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left +margin. For labels that are flush left see the *note description:: +environment. Following the '\item' is the text of the item, which may +be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. - Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels + Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making -environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). The 'itemize' -environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through '\labelitemiv' to -produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase -roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting -level). These are the default marks at each level. +environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). + + The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through +'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label (note the convention of +lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify +the nesting level). These are the default marks at each level. 1. * (bullet, from '\textbullet') 2. -- (bold en-dash, from '\normalfont\bfseries\textendash') 3. * (asterisk, from '\textasteriskcentered') - 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from + 4. . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from '\textperiodcentered') Change the labels with '\renewcommand'. For instance, this makes the @@ -3603,15 +4310,16 @@ first level use diamonds. The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the 'itemize' list is determined by the parameters -'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'. (Note the convention of using -lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to denote the -nesting level.) The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em' in -two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and '1.7em' -in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels. +'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'. (This also uses the convention +of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to +denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em' +in two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and +'1.7em' in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels. For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note -description:: and *note enumerate::. For information about list layout -parameters, including the default values, and for information about +description:: and *note enumerate::. The 'itemize', 'enumerate' and +'description' environment use the same list layout parameters. For a +description, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists. @@ -3689,9 +4397,10 @@ of list items. It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as above where it contains both 'Item' and '\Roman{...}'. LaTeX forms the label by putting the LABELING argument in a box of width '\labelwidth'. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. -When making an instance of a list you can override the default labeling -by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square braces and -the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note \item::. +When making an instance of a 'list' you can override the default +labeling by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square +braces and the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note +\item::. The mandatory second argument SPACING has a list of commands. This list can be empty. A command that can go in here is @@ -3708,7 +4417,7 @@ Modes::). One example of changing its definition is that to the above 'named' example, before the definition of the environment add '\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}', and between the '\setlength' command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING -argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'. Then the items will +argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'. Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to '\let\makelabel\fbox' puts the labels inside a framed box. Another example of the '\makelabel' command is below, in the definition of the @@ -3735,7 +4444,7 @@ lengths should be zero or negative. '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 11 point are: '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and - 'topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12 + '\topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12 point are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt'). @@ -3789,13 +4498,13 @@ lengths should be zero or negative. is '0pt'. '\parsep' - Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the 'book' - and 'article' classes The defaults for the first three levels in - LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes at 10 point size - are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. - The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt - plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults at 12 point size are: - '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. + Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. The defaults for + the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' + classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt + minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt + plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults + at 12 point size are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt + minus1pt', and '0pt'. '\partopsep' Vertical space added, beyond '\topsep'+'\parskip', to the top and @@ -3932,7 +4641,7 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. *Note \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel } } - {\end{list} } + {\end{list}} * Menu: @@ -3957,7 +4666,7 @@ or default depends on the list type. Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]', -if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the +if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -3994,7 +4703,7 @@ Synopsis: A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not indented and an '\item' without an optional argument produces no text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where -the '\item' command as part of the environment's definition. For +the '\item' command is part of the environment's definition. For instance, the 'center' environment is defined essentially like this: \newenvironment{center} @@ -4076,24 +4785,24 @@ gives the width of the box into which CONTENTS are typeset. There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS. You need not include all three. For example, get the default POSITION -and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] CONTENTS -\end{minipage}'. (Get the natural height with an empty argument, '[]'.) +and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} +CONTENTS \end{minipage}'. (Get the natural height with an empty +argument, '[]'.) The optional argument POSITION governs how the 'minipage' vertically aligns with the surrounding material. 'c' (synonym 'm') Default. Positions the 'minipage' so its vertical - center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what - Plain TeX calls '\vcenter'). + center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. 't' Match the top line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the - surrounding text (Plain TeX's '\vtop'. + surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vtop'). 'b' Match the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the - surrounding text (Plain TeX's '\vbox'. + surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vbox'). To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -4110,11 +4819,11 @@ will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of zero or a negative value. The final optional argument INNER-POS controls the placement of -CONTENT inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default +CONTENTS inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default is the value of POSITION). 't' - Place CONTENT at the top of the box. + Place CONTENTS at the top of the box. 'c' Place it in the vertical center. @@ -4172,19 +4881,26 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. + % siunitx to have the S column specifier, + % which aligns numbers on their decimal point. + \usepackage{siunitx} \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}} ... \begin{center} \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}} \hspace{0.1\textwidth} \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth} - \begin{tabular}{r|l} - \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &Pop (million) \\ \hline - The Bronx &$1.5$ \\ - Brooklyn &$2.6$ \\ - Manhattan &$1.6$ \\ - Queens &$2.3$ \\ - Staten Island &$0.5$ + \begin{tabular}{r|S} + % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers + \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} & + % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the + % period as a decimal separator + {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline + The Bronx &1.5 \\ + Brooklyn &2.6 \\ + Manhattan &1.6 \\ + Queens &2.3 \\ + Staten Island &0.5 \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -4197,22 +4913,25 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation & quote, Prev: minipage, Synopses: \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT) - PICTURE COMMANDS + PICTURE COMMAND \end{picture} or \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)(XOFFSET,YOFFSET) - PICTURE COMMANDS + PICTURE COMMAND \end{picture} +Where there may be any number of PICTURE COMMAND's. + An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows, -boxes, circles, and text. Note that while this environment is not -obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics -creation systems, such as 'TikZ', 'PSTricks', 'MetaPost', or -'Asymptote'. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. +boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new +documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems, +such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are +covered in this document; see CTAN. - This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. + To start, here's an example showing the parallelogram law for adding +vectors. \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} \begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall @@ -4220,39 +4939,23 @@ creation systems, such as 'TikZ', 'PSTricks', 'MetaPost', or \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}} \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}} \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ second leg}} - \put(0,0){\line(1,1){6}} + \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}} \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }} \end{picture} - You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an -exact location. - - \usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble - ... - \begin{center} - \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} - \begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall - \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} - \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} - \end{picture} - \end{center} - -The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\linewidth' from the left -margin, and '0.35\linewidth' up from the bottom. Another example of -this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get repeat -material on each of a document's pages. - The 'picture' environment has one required argument, a pair of -numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT). Multiply these by the value '\unitlength' to -get the nominal size of the output, the space that LaTeX reserves on the -output page. This nominal size need not be how large the picture really -is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture outside the picture's box. +positive real numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT). Multiply these by the value +'\unitlength' to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. the space that +LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how +large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture +outside the picture's box. This environment also has an optional argument (XOFFSET,YOFFSET). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets. As with the required argument, it -consists of two real numbers. Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get -the point at the lower-left corner of the picture. +consists of a pair of two real numbers, but these may also be negative +or null. Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get the coordinates of the +point at the lower-left corner of the picture. For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command @@ -4266,25 +4969,28 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. - Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by naming its -position. A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x- and -y-coordinates. A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real number -(it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a length in -multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if '\unitlength' has been -set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 -centimeters. + Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by providing +its position. A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x- +and y-coordinates. A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real +number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a +length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if +'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate '2.54' +specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. - LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'. it is a rigid length + LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'. It is a rigid length (*note Lengths::). Change it with the '\setlength' command (*note \setlength::). Make this change only outside of a 'picture' environment. - Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at -the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears -as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in braces -since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in -some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are further up the -page. + The 'picture' environment supports using standard arithmetic +expressions as well as numbers. + + Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default +at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position +appears as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in +braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, +unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are +further up the page, for example, y = 1 is _above_ y = 0. There are four ways to put things in a picture: '\put', '\multiput', '\qbezier', and '\graphpaper'. The most often used is '\put'. This @@ -4311,26 +5017,29 @@ length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of 1.) The '\multiput', 'qbezier', and 'graphpaper' commands are described below. - This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that -curve. + You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an +exact location. For example: - \begin{picture}(3,1.5) - \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis - \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis - \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side rectangle - \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side - \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) - \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) - \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick - \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} - \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} + \usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble + ... + \begin{center} + \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} + \begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall + \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} + \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} \end{picture} + \end{center} + +The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\textwidth' from the left +margin, and '0.35\textwidth' up from the bottom of the picture. Another +example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get +repeat material on each of a document's pages. * Menu: * \put:: Place an object at a specified place. * \multiput:: Draw multiple instances of an object. -* \qbezier:: Draw a quadratic Bezier curve. +* \qbezier:: Draw a quadratic Bézier curve. * \graphpaper:: Draw graph paper. * \line:: Draw a straight line. * \linethickness:: Set thickness of horizontal and vertical lines. @@ -4420,6 +5129,21 @@ curve's tangent line at (1,0). points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of points is '\qbeziermax' (change this value with '\renewcommand'). + This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that +curve. + + \begin{picture}(8,4) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis + \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side + \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side + \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) + \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) + \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick + \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} + \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} + \end{picture} + File: latex2e.info, Node: \graphpaper, Next: \line, Prev: \qbezier, Up: picture @@ -4458,7 +5182,7 @@ Synopsis: \line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL} Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises Y_RISE for -every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change -- it +every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change--it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special case of vertical lines, where (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), the TRAVEL gives the change in y. @@ -4489,9 +5213,10 @@ values from -6 through 6. Also, they must be relatively prime, so that (X_RUN,Y_RISE) can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of -other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e' on -CTAN. Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as -'TikZ', or 'PSTricks', or 'MetaPost', or 'Asymptote' +other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e' +(<https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>). Another solution is to use a +full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or +Asymptote. File: latex2e.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \line, Up: picture @@ -4548,9 +5273,9 @@ specified one. The '*' form produces a filled-in circle. \put(5,7){\circle{6}} - The available radii for 'circle' are, in points, the even numbers -from 2 to 20, inclusive. For 'circle*' they are all the integers from 1 -to 15. + The available radii for '\circle' are, in points, the even numbers +from 2 to 20, inclusive. For '\circle*' they are all the integers from +1 to 15. File: latex2e.info, Node: \oval, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \circle, Up: picture @@ -4648,7 +5373,7 @@ Synopsis: Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises Y_RISE for every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the -total horizontal change -- it is not the length of the vector, it is the +total horizontal change--it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), then TRAVEL gives the change in y. @@ -4846,12 +5571,12 @@ not be known in advance. widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below): \begin{tabbing} - \hspace{0.75in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \kill - Ship \> Guns \> Year \\ - \textit{Sophie} \> 14 \> 1800 \\ - \textit{Polychrest} \> 24 \> 1803 \\ - \textit{Lively} \> 38 \> 1804 \\ - \textit{Surprise} \> 28 \> 1805 \\ + \hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill + Ship \>Guns \>Year \\ + \textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\ + \textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\ + \textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\ + \textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\ \end{tabbing} Both the 'tabbing' environment and the more widely-used 'tabular' @@ -4860,21 +5585,21 @@ in 'tabular' the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX, while in 'tabbing' the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that 'tabular' generates a box, but 'tabbing' can be broken across pages. Finally, while 'tabular' can be used in any mode, 'tabbing' can -be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph. +be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph, +without indentation. - A 'tabbing' environment always starts a new paragraph, without -indentation. Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need -to use the starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a -tabbed row. The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of -line, so that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'. + Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the +starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a tabbed row. +The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of line, so +that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'. The 'tabbing' environment contains a sequence of "tabbed rows". The first tabbed row begins immediately after '\begin{tabbing}' and each row ends with '\\' or '\kill'. The last row may omit the '\\' and end with just '\end{tabbing}'. - At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a current tab stop -pattern, a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These + At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a "current tab stop +pattern", a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create N corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number I is set if it is assigned a horizontal position on the page. Tab stop number I can only @@ -5008,20 +5733,18 @@ following page. \label{tab:cello} \end{table} -but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table', including -text, LaTeX commands, etc. +but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table': the TABLE +BODY may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is typeset in +a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'. For the possible values of PLACEMENT and their effect on the float placement algorithm, see *note Floats::. - The table body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'. It -can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The '\caption' command is also optional. It specifies -caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional -LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead -of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::). +caption text TITLE for the table. By default it is numbered. If its +optional LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in the list of +tables instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::). In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -5174,8 +5897,8 @@ COLS (when used in a 'p'-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with '{\centering .. \\ ..}'). Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as - ending the row. Instead, to get a line break in there use - '\newline' (*note \newline::). + ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there + use '\newline' (*note \newline::). '*{NUM}{COLS}' Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive @@ -5399,7 +6122,7 @@ Synopsis: Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a few references and can maintain the list by hand. *Note Using -BibTeX:: for a more sophisticated approach. +BibTeX::, for a more sophisticated approach. This shows the environment with two entries. @@ -5417,10 +6140,10 @@ BibTeX:: for a more sophisticated approach. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} -This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that -'\cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'. The second -'\cite' produces '[1, 2]'. You must compile the document twice to -resolve these references. +This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that '... +based on \cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'. The +second '\cite' produces '[1, 2]'. You must compile the document twice +to resolve these references. The mandatory argument WIDEST-LABEL is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. The @@ -5433,12 +6156,14 @@ where the top level sectioning is '\chapter' and the default title is 'Bibliography', that title is in the macro '\bibname'. For 'article', where the class's top level sectioning is '\section' and the default is 'References', the title is in macro '\refname'. Change it by redefining -the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}' after +the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}', after '\begin{document}'. Language support packages such as 'babel' will automatically redefine '\refname' or '\bibname' to fit the selected language. + *Note list::, for the list layout control parameters. + * Menu: * \bibitem:: Specify a bibliography item. @@ -5460,15 +6185,14 @@ or \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY} - Generate an entry labeled by LABEL. The default is for LaTeX to -generates a number using the 'enumi' counter. The "citation key" -CITE_KEY is a string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but -not comma). + Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the +'enumi' counter. The "citation key" CITE_KEY can be any string of +letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). - *Note thebibliography:: for an example. + *Note thebibliography::, for an example. - The optional LABEL changes the default label from an integer to the -given string. With this + When provided, the optional LABEL becomes the entry label and the +'enumi' counter is not incremented. With this \begin{thebibliography} \bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps} @@ -5496,13 +6220,13 @@ it is the second entry. were multiply-defined labels'. Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the CITE_KEY and LABEL information -because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For -instance, the above example causes '\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}' -and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear in that file. The '.aux' file is -read by the '\begin{document}' command and then the information is -available for '\cite' commands. This explains why you need to run LaTeX -twice to resolve references: once to write it out and once to read it -in. +because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note +Jobname::). For instance, the above example causes the two +'\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}' and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear +in that file. The '.aux' file is read by the '\begin{document}' command +and then the information is available for '\cite' commands. This +explains why you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references: once to +write it out and once to read it in. Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a '\bibitem' or change its CITE_KEY you may get 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have @@ -5537,19 +6261,20 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::). Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} -produces output like '... source is [1]'. (You can change the -appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in *note -Using BibTeX::.) +produces output like '... source is [1]'. You can change the appearance +of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography styles if you +generate automatically the 'thebibliography' environment. More +information in *note Using BibTeX::. The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation. For example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]'. In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information -to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For instance, '\cite{latexdps}' -writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This information is used by -BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have -actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. +to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::). For instance, +'\cite{latexdps}' writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This +information is used by BibTeX to include in your reference list only +those works that you have actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the @@ -5571,12 +6296,12 @@ Synopsis: \nocite{KEYS} Produces no output but writes KEYS to the auxiliary file -'DOC-FILENAME.aux'. +'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::). The mandatory argument KEYS is a comma-separated list of one or more citation keys (*note \bibitem::). This information is used by BibTeX to include these works in your reference list even though you have not -cited them (*note \cite::). +explicitly cited them (*note \cite::). File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography @@ -5587,7 +6312,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography As described in 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN. +documentation on CTAN (*note CTAN::). With BibTeX, you don't use 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::). Instead, include these lines. @@ -5611,7 +6336,7 @@ are: Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN's listing -<http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>. +<https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>. The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -5741,8 +6466,13 @@ string '\end{verbatim}'. You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a '\section'. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot appear -there. (But the 'cprotect' package can help with this.) +commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, +as the 'verbatim' environment changes the catcode regime before +processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, +nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has +already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect +when the macro was called. However, the 'cprotect' package can help +with this. One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the 'verbatim' environment. For @@ -5753,7 +6483,7 @@ files, or parts of those files. Such packages include 'listings', and A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is 'fancyvrb'. Another is 'verbatimbox'. - For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN. + For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (*note CTAN::). * Menu: @@ -5782,7 +6512,7 @@ The first '\verb' has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation point, '!'. The second instead uses plus, '+', because the exclamation point is part of 'literal-text'. - The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT -- it must + The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT--it must be the same character before and after. No spaces come between '\verb' or '\verb*' and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between LITERAL-TEXT and the second occurrence of CHAR (the synopsis shows a @@ -5793,21 +6523,25 @@ break. The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. - The output from this will include a character showing the spaces. + The output from this will include a visible space on both side of +word 'with': - The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... + The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... - For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' provides -an option that is better than the '\verb' command, since it allows line -breaks. + For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' is a +better option than the '\verb' command, since it allows line breaks. For computer code there are many packages with advantages over '\verb'. One is 'listings', another is 'minted'. You cannot use '\verb' in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a '\section'. It is not a question of '\verb' being -fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot appear there. (But -the 'cprotect' package can help with this.) +fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, as the '\verb' +command changes the catcode regime before reading its argument, and +restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the +content of the argument has already be converted to a token list along +the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. However, the +'cprotect' package can help with this. File: latex2e.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Environments @@ -5955,8 +6689,8 @@ internally) the same as '\\', followed by '\relax'. So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The '\restorecr' command restores normal line-breaking behavior. - This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. *Note -verbatim:: instead. + This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use +'verbatim' (*note verbatim::) instead. With LaTeX's usual defaults, this @@ -6181,8 +6915,8 @@ standard legal text. underrepresented groups. When you issue '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out -so that it extends to the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note \newline:: -to have the spaces not stretched out. +so that it extends to the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note +\newline::, to have the spaces not stretched out. File: latex2e.info, Node: Page breaking, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Line breaking, Up: Top @@ -6216,7 +6950,7 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn't look as far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. - *Note Layout:: for more material that is relevant to page breaking. + *Note Layout::, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. * Menu: @@ -6301,7 +7035,7 @@ requested. This \noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. -makes a new page start after 'continent,' and the cut-off line is not +makes a new page start after 'continent', and the cut-off line is not right justified. In addition, '\newpage' does not vertically stretch out the page, as '\pagebreak' does. @@ -6369,13 +7103,13 @@ following the line in which they appear. So this a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. -does not give a page break at 'continent,' but instead at 'nation,' +does not give a page break at 'continent', but instead at 'nation', since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In addition, with '\pagebreak' the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if '\flushbottom' is in effect this can cause you to get 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active'. -*Note \newpage:: for a command that does not have these effects. +*Note \newpage::, for a command that does not have these effects. File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Definitions, Prev: Page breaking, Up: Top @@ -6385,7 +7119,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Definitions, Prev: Page breaking, Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. - Noe"l Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having + Noël Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having to go downstairs to answer the door, while in the midst of making love.\footnote{% I wouldn't know, I don't read footnotes.} @@ -6552,7 +7286,7 @@ Synopsis, one of: command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (*note Modes::). The optional argument NUMBER changes the number of the footnote mark. - *Note \footnotemark:: and *note Footnotes in a table:: for usage + *Note \footnotemark:: and *note Footnotes in a table::, for usage examples. @@ -6691,6 +7425,7 @@ LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. * \newfont:: Define a new font name. * \protect:: Using tricky commands. * \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend:: Discard extra spaces. +* xspace package:: Space after a macro, conditionally. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Next: \providecommand, Up: Definitions @@ -6716,10 +7451,12 @@ or one of these. \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of -'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::. The -starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain -multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms that it not be '\long'). + Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of +'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::). + + The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing +multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands are not +'\long'). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs. These are the parameters: @@ -6741,7 +7478,7 @@ NARGS OPTARGDEFAULT Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be - the empty string). If this argument is not present then '\CMD' + the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets, as in @@ -6840,13 +7577,13 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as '\newcommand'. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand & -\renewcommand:: for the description of the arguments. +\renewcommand::, for the description of the arguments. This example \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} - From \myaffiliation. + >From \myaffiliation. outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error. @@ -6882,16 +7619,15 @@ writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. - The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code -and then changes it back. Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the -preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@', -by having them surround your definition. Don't use these inside '.sty' -or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands -already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, -catcode 11. + Use the pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' inside a '.tex' file, +typically in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands +named with '@', by having them surround your definition. Don't use +these inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and +'\documentclass' commands already arrange that the at-sign has the +character code of a letter, catcode 11. For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. +<https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname' that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the @@ -6920,26 +7656,31 @@ are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment -name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As -in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above -as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For +name to contain a star. So you just have to write +'\newenvironment{MYENV}' or '\newenvironment{MYENV*}' and continue the +definition as usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the +star not being a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the +synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above as +'\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the '\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no -arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using -at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' -block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). +arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using an +at-sign '@' in its name must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... +\makeatother' block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant -'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' -will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry -not blue sky". +'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{blue}' +will return "not starry blue sky" while '\ciel*{night}' will return +"starry night sky". - \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} - \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} + \makeatletter + \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{not starry #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry #1 sky} \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} + \makeatother In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's @@ -6952,15 +7693,23 @@ equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} - There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work -of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct -'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by -'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has -the 'xparse' package that allows this code. + After a command name, a star is handled similarly to an optional +argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is +part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, it +is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the command +and the star. Thus '\agentsecret*{Bond}' and '\agentsecret *{Bond}' are +equivalent. However, the standard practice is not to insert any such +spaces. + + There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of '\@ifstar'. +(1) The 'suffix' package allows the construct +'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}' followed by +'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}'. (2) LaTeX +provides the 'xparse' package, which allows this code: \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {STARRED VERSION}% - {UNSTARRED VERSION}% + {STARRED-VARIANT}% + {UNSTARRED-VARIANT}% } @@ -7406,7 +8155,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the ... -File: latex2e.info, Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Prev: \protect, Up: Definitions +File: latex2e.info, Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Next: xspace package, Prev: \protect, Up: Definitions 12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' ============================================= @@ -7421,7 +8170,7 @@ or Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore spaces after the end of the command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from Plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. +from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. The 'ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via '\newcommand', or '\newenvironment', or '\def'. The example below @@ -7446,21 +8195,20 @@ The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then '\fullname' will reproduce that. - \makeatletter - \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title - \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1} % put title before name - \makeatother + \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title + \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name + \begin{tabular}{|l|} \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % no extra space here \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % extra space before title \end{tabular} To fix this, change to -'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}'. +'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}'. The '\ignorespaces' is also often used in a '\newenvironment' at the -end of the BEGIN clause, that is, as part of the second argument, as in -'\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... \ignorespaces}{...}'. +end of the BEGIN clause, as in '\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... +\ignorespaces}{...}'. To strip spaces off the end of an environment use '\ignorespacesafterend'. An example is that this will show a much @@ -7484,6 +8232,58 @@ solution is to change to '\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}'. +File: latex2e.info, Node: xspace package, Prev: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Up: Definitions + +12.13 xspace package +==================== + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage{xspace} + ... + \newcommand{...}{...\xspace} + + The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a space +unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. + + After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single +character command names using non-letters such as '\$'), TeX gobbles +white space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has +'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening +space. + + \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} + Our college is in \VT . + The \VT{} summers are nice. + + But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy +curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from +'summers'. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for +this. *Note \(SPACE)::.) + + The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands +which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a space after +that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions. +In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. + + \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} + Our college is in \VT . + \VT summers are nice. + + The default exception list contains the characters ',.'/?;:!~-)', the +open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and +the commands '\footnote' or '\footnotemark'. Add to that list as with +'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' and remove from that list as with +'\xspaceremoveexception{!}'. + + A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a +definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. +But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another +command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more +error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: Top 13 Counters @@ -7574,14 +8374,14 @@ with a backslash. Number Name Command Symbol ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 asterisk '\ast' * - 2 dagger '\dagger' U+2020 - 3 ddagger '\ddagger' U+2021 - 4 section-sign '\S' U+00A7 - 5 paragraph-sign '\P' U+00B6 - 6 double-vert '\parallel' U+2016 + 2 dagger '\dagger' † + 3 ddagger '\ddagger' ‡ + 4 section-sign '\S' § + 5 paragraph-sign '\P' ¶ + 6 double-vert '\parallel' ‖ 7 double-asterisk '\ast\ast' ** - 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' U+2020U+2020 - 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' U+2021U+2021 + 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' †† + 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' ‡‡ File: latex2e.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Counters @@ -7677,7 +8477,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcou Synopsis: - \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE + \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE} Globally increment COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE argument, which may be negative. @@ -7724,8 +8524,8 @@ it. (For the definition of "counters numbered within", *note \newcounter::.) This command differs from '\refstepcounter' in that this one does not -influence references -- it does not define the current '\ref' value to -be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::). +influence references; that is, it does not define the current '\ref' +value to be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \day & \month & \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Counters @@ -7760,11 +8560,11 @@ as an argument. Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. (Plain TeX calls this a -"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as -with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those -components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length" -while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to -stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement. +"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what plain TeX calls a "skip" or "glue") +such as with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of +those components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural +length" while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow +TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement. The illustrations below use these two commands. @@ -7857,6 +8657,8 @@ so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and * \settodepth:: Set a length to the depth of something. * \settoheight:: Set a length to the height of something. * \settowidth:: Set a length to the width of something. +* \stretch:: Add infinite stretchability. +* Expressions:: Compute with lengths and integers. File: latex2e.info, Node: Units of length, Next: \setlength, Up: Lengths @@ -7868,8 +8670,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. 'pt' - Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two - decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. + Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units is 1point = + 2.845mm = .2845cm. 'pc' Pica, 12 pt @@ -8029,7 +8831,7 @@ get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths +File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: \stretch, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths 14.6 '\settowidth' ================== @@ -8056,6 +8858,143 @@ If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \stretch, Next: Expressions, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Lengths + +14.7 '\stretch' +=============== + +Synopsis: + + \stretch{NUMBER} + + Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and NUMBER times +'\fill' units of stretchability (*note Lengths::). The NUMBER can be +positive or negative. This command is robust (*note \protect::). + + It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this +horizontal example, LaTeX produces three tick marks, and the distance +between the first and second is half again as long as the distance +between the second and third. + + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} + + In this vertical example, the 'We dedicate ...' will have three times +as much space under it as above it. + + \newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble + \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top + \it + }{% + \vspace{\stretch{3}} % space at bot is 3x as at top + \clearpage + } + ... + \begin{dedication} % in document body + We dedicate this book to our wives. + \end{dedication} + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Expressions, Prev: \stretch, Up: Lengths + +14.8 Expressions +================ + +Synopsis, one of: + + \numexpr EXPRESSION + \dimexpr EXPRESSION + \glueexpr EXPRESSION + \muglue EXPRESSION + + Any place where you may write an integer, or a TeX dimen, or TeX +glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that +type of quantity. + + An example is that '\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax' will produce as +output the length that is four points less than width of a line (the +only purpose of '\the' is to show the result in the document). +Analogously, '\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax' will produce 'ix', and +'\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' will produce '10.0pt plus +2.0pt'. + + A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers +and then using '\advance', etc., is that the evaluation of expressions +does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places +where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width +of the '\parbox'. + + \newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em} + \begin{center} + \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none + with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see + the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the + nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and + for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may + achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with + all nations. ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the + memorial} + \end{center} + + The EXPRESSION consists of one or more terms of the same type +(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that +is a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type, +optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is +either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The +expression produces a result of the given type, so that '\numexpr' +produces an integer, '\dimexpr' produces a dimension, etc. + + In the quotation example above, changing to +'\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset' gives the error 'Illegal unit of measure +(pt inserted)'. This is because for '\dimexpr' and '\glueexpr', the +input consists of a dimension or glue value followed by an optional +multiplication factor, and not the other way around. Thus '\the\dimexpr +1pt*10\relax' is valid and produces '10.0pt', but '\the\dimexpr +10*1pt\relax' gives the 'Illegal unit' error. + + The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics +up to a '\relax' (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid +token. Thus, '\the\numexpr2+3px' will print '5px', because LaTeX reads +the '\numexpr2+3', which is made up of numbers, and then finds the +letter 'p', which cannot be part of a number. It therefore terminates +the expression and produces the '5', followed by the regular text 'px'. + + This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In +'\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi', the less than sign +terminates the expression and the result is 'No' (in a standard LaTeX +article). + + Expressions may use the operators '+', '-', '*' and '/' along with +parentheses for subexpressions, '(...)'. In glue expressions the 'plus' +and 'minus' parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor. +So '\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' results in '10pt plus 2pt'. + + TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when +doing register assignment. Thus '\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax' +will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (TeX's +internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a '\glueexpr' +here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going the other way, a +'\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or '\glueexpr' will need appropriate +units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax', which produces +'3.0pt'. + + The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the +allowed range, numbers must be less than 2^{31} in absolute value, and +dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or 'mu', +or 'fil', etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually, +except for a scaling operation (a multiplication immediately followed by +a division) which is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit +product as intermediate value. The result of each operation is again +checked to be in the allowed range. + + Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX's +'\divide', which truncates). Thus '\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax' puts +'10.0pt' in the document, because it rounds '3/2' to '2', while +'\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax' produces '5.0pt'. + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengths, Up: Top 15 Making paragraphs @@ -8183,7 +9122,7 @@ outputs an empty box whose width is '\parindent'. These commands are robust (*note \protect::). Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -*Note \par:: for the difference between this command and '\par'. To +*Note \par::, for the difference between this command and '\par'. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use '\noindent'. @@ -8224,27 +9163,32 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \parindent & \parskip, Next: Marginal notes, Prev: Synopsis: - \setlength{\parskip}{HORIZONTAL LEN} - \setlength{\parinden}{VERTICAL LEN} + \setlength{\parindent}{HORIZONTAL LEN} + \setlength{\parskip}{VERTICAL LEN} - Both are a rubber lengths (*note Lengths::). They give the + Both are rubber lengths (*note Lengths::). They affect the indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages -(*note minipage::), and the vertical space between paragraphs. +(*note minipage::), and the vertical space between paragraphs, +respectively. - This, put in the preamble, + For example, if this is put in the preamble: \setlength{\parindent}{0em} \setlength{\parskip}{1ex} -arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented, -but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase -'x'. +The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are +vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase 'x'. In standard LaTeX documents, the default value for '\parindent' in -one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt' , +one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt', '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' for '12pt'. In two-column documents it -is '1em'. The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document -styles is '0pt plus1pt'. +is '1em'. (These values are set before LaTeX calls '\normalfont' so +'em' is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a +different font then to set '\parindent' in units matching that font, do +'\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}'.) + + The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document styles +is '0pt plus1pt'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Marginal notes, Prev: \parindent & \parskip, Up: Making paragraphs @@ -8283,7 +9227,8 @@ hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'. '\marginparpush' Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt' - documents, '5pt' else. + documents, '5pt' else. See also *note page layout parameters + marginparpush::. '\marginparsep' Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt' @@ -8460,12 +9405,12 @@ like '{}_t K^2'. The empty curly braces '{}' give the subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a prior symbols. - Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or + Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or display math mode, as in 'the expression x^2', will get you the error 'Missing $ inserted'. A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is -to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as +to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as 'mhchem'; see CTAN. @@ -8476,8 +9421,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math symbols, Next: Math functions, Prev: Subscript LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that anyone uses. For example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get -the pi symbol U+03C0. See the 'Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List' at -<https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/>. +the pi symbol π. See the "Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List" package at +<https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive>. Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive. Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its @@ -8487,384 +9432,369 @@ be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::. '\|' - U+2225 Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'. + ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'. '\aleph' - U+2135 Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). + ℵ Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). '\alpha' - U+03B1 Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). + α Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). '\amalg' - U+2A3F Disjoint union (binary) + ⨿ Disjoint union (binary) '\angle' - U+2220 Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign '<' and + ∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign '<' and angle bracket '\langle'. '\approx' - U+2248 Almost equal to (relation). + ≈ Almost equal to (relation). '\ast' - U+2217 Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). + ∗ Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: '*', which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: '\star', which is five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. '\asymp' - U+224D Asymptotically equivalent (relation). + ≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation). '\backslash' \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus '\setminus', and '\textbackslash' for backslash outside of math mode. '\beta' - U+03B2 Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). + β Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). '\bigcap' - U+22C2 Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: + ⋂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection '\cap'. '\bigcirc' - U+26AA Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function - composition '\circ'. + ⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition '\circ'. '\bigcup' - U+22C3 Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary + ⋃ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union '\cup'. '\bigodot' - U+2A00 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). + ⨀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). '\bigoplus' - U+2A01 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). + ⨁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). '\bigotimes' - U+2A02 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). + ⨂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). '\bigtriangledown' - U+25BD Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down - (operator). + ▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). '\bigtriangleup' - U+25B3 Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up - (operator). + △ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). '\bigsqcup' - U+2A06 Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). + ⨆ Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). '\biguplus' - U+2A04 Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus - (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) + ⨄ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). + (Note that the name has only one p.) '\bigvee' - U+22C1 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). + ⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). '\bigwedge' - U+22C0 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). + ⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). '\bot' - U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, - or a contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. + ⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a + contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. '\bowtie' - U+22C8 Natural join of two relations (relation). + ⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation). '\Box' - U+25A1 Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). - Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the - 'amssymb' package. + □ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). Not + available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' + package. '\bullet' - U+2022 Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'. + • Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'. '\cap' - U+2229 Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ∩ Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigcap'. '\cdot' - U+22C5 Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'. + ⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'. '\chi' - U+03C7 Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). + χ Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). '\circ' - U+2218 Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: + ∘ Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigcirc'. '\clubsuit' - U+2663 Club card suit (ordinary). + ♣ Club card suit (ordinary). '\complement' - U+2201 Set complement, used as a superscript as in - '$S^\complement$' (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In - LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. Also used: - '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' or '$\bar{S}$'. + ∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in '$S^\complement$' + (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load + the 'amssymb' package. Also used: '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' + or '$\bar{S}$'. '\cong' - U+2245 Congruent (relation). + ≅ Congruent (relation). '\coprod' - U+2210 Coproduct (operator). + ∐ Coproduct (operator). '\cup' - U+222A Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ∪ Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigcup'. '\dagger' - U+2020 Dagger relation (binary). + † Dagger relation (binary). '\dashv' - U+22A3 Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: + ⊣ Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile '\vdash'. '\ddagger' - U+2021 Double dagger relation (binary). + ‡ Double dagger relation (binary). '\Delta' - U+0394 Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). + Δ Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). '\delta' - U+03B4 Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). + δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). '\Diamond' - U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain - TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. + ◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. + In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\diamond' - U+22C4 Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large - diamond '\Diamond', circle bullet '\bullet'. + ⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond '\Diamond', + circle bullet '\bullet'. '\diamondsuit' - U+2662 Diamond card suit (ordinary). + ♢ Diamond card suit (ordinary). '\div' - U+00F7 Division sign (binary). + ÷ Division sign (binary). '\doteq' - U+2250 Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically - equal to '\Doteq'. + ≐ Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal + to '\Doteq'. '\downarrow' - U+2193 Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: '\Downarrow' - double line down arrow. + ↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: '\Downarrow' double + line down arrow. '\Downarrow' - U+21D3 Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: '\downarrow' - single line down arrow. + ⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: '\downarrow' single + line down arrow. '\ell' - U+2113 Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). + ℓ Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). '\emptyset' - U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varnothing'. + ∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is '\varnothing'. '\epsilon' - U+03F5 Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text + ϵ Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter - epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5. Related: the set membership relation - '\in' U+2208. + epsilon '\varepsilon' ε. Related: the set membership relation + '\in' ∈. '\equiv' - U+2261 Equivalence (relation). + ≡ Equivalence (relation). '\eta' - U+03B7 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + η Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\exists' - U+2203 Existential quantifier (ordinary). + ∃ Existential quantifier (ordinary). '\flat' - U+266D Musical flat (ordinary). + ♭ Musical flat (ordinary). '\forall' - U+2200 Universal quantifier (ordinary). + ∀ Universal quantifier (ordinary). '\frown' - U+2322 Downward curving arc (ordinary). + ⌢ Downward curving arc (ordinary). '\Gamma' - U+0393 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Γ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\gamma' - U+03B3 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + γ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\ge' - U+2265 Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym + ≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\geq'. '\geq' - U+2265 Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym + ≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\ge'. '\gets' - U+2190 Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: '\leftarrow'. + ← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: '\leftarrow'. '\gg' - U+226B Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less - than '\ll'. + ≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than '\ll'. '\hbar' - U+210F Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). + ℏ Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). '\heartsuit' - U+2661 Heart card suit (ordinary). + ♡ Heart card suit (ordinary). '\hookleftarrow' - U+21A9 Hooked left arrow (relation). + ↩ Hooked left arrow (relation). '\hookrightarrow' - U+21AA Hooked right arrow (relation). + ↪ Hooked right arrow (relation). '\iff' - U+27F7 If and only if (relation). It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with - a '\thickmuskip' on either side. + ⟷ If and only if (relation). It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with a + '\thickmuskip' on either side. '\Im' - U+2111 Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'. + ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'. '\imath' Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (*note Math accents::). '\in' - U+2208 Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate - epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and small letter script - epsilon '\varepsilon'. + ∈ Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate + epsilon '\epsilon'ϵ and small letter script epsilon '\varepsilon'. '\infty' - U+221E Infinity (ordinary). + ∞ Infinity (ordinary). '\int' - U+222B Integral (operator). + ∫ Integral (operator). '\iota' - U+03B9 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ι Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\Join' - U+2A1D Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain - TeX. + ⨝ Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain TeX. '\jmath' Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (*note Math accents::). '\kappa' - U+03BA Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + κ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\Lambda' - U+039B uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Λ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\lambda' - U+03BB Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\land' - U+2227 Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for '\wedge'. See - also logical or '\lor'. + ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\wedge'. See also + logical or '\lor'. '\langle' - U+27E8 Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: + ⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than '<'. Matches '\rangle'. '\lbrace' - U+007B Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: '\{'. - Matches '\rbrace'. + { Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: '\{'. Matches '\rbrace'. '\lbrack' - U+005B Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: '['. - Matches '\rbrack'. + [ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: '['. Matches '\rbrack'. '\lceil' - U+2308 Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the - bottom shaved off (opening). Matches '\rceil'. + ⌈ Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom + shaved off (opening). Matches '\rceil'. '\le' - U+2264 Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym - for '\leq'. + ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\leq'. '\leadsto' - U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain - TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. To get this - symbol outside of math mode you can put + ⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of + math mode you can put '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and then use '\Leadsto' instead. '\Leftarrow' - U+21D0 Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: + ⇐ Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow '\leftarrow'. '\leftarrow' - U+2190 Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: '\gets'. - Similar: double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'. + ← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: '\gets'. Similar: + double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'. '\leftharpoondown' - U+21BD Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). + ↽ Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). '\leftharpoonup' - U+21BC Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). + ↼ Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). '\Leftrightarrow' - U+21D4 Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). + ⇔ Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow '\leftrightarrow'. '\leftrightarrow' - U+2194 Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: - double-line double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'. + ↔ Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line + double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'. '\leq' - U+2264 Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym - for '\le'. + ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\le'. '\lfloor' - U+230A Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'. + ⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'. '\lhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). Not - available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' - package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' - and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better + ◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the + normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and + use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). '\ll' - U+226A Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater - than '\gg'. + ≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than '\gg'. '\lnot' - U+00AC Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\neg'. + ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\neg'. '\longleftarrow' - U+27F5 Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long + ⟵ Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow '\Longleftarrow'. '\longleftrightarrow' - U+27F7 Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: - long double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'. + ⟷ Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long + double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'. '\longmapsto' - U+27FC Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar + ⟼ Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version '\mapsto'. '\longrightarrow' - U+27F6 Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long + ⟶ Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow '\Longrightarrow'. '\lor' - U+2228 Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge '\wedge'. + ∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: '\vee'. See also + logical and '\land'. '\mapsto' - U+21A6 Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar - (relation). Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'. + ↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). + Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'. '\mho' - U+2127 Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). - Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the - 'amssymb' package. + ℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). '\mid' - U+2223 Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of - '\mid' is for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'. + ∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of '\mid' is + for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'. Similar: '\vert' and '|' produce the same single-line vertical bar symbol but without any spacing (they fall in class ordinary) and @@ -8873,471 +9803,444 @@ whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::. for '\vert' and for norm see the entry for '\Vert'. '\models' - U+22A8 Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash + ⊨ Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash '\vDash'. '\mp' - U+2213 Minus or plus (relation). + ∓ Minus or plus (relation). '\mu' - U+03BC Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + μ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\nabla' - U+2207 Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary). + ∇ Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary). '\natural' - U+266E Musical natural notation (ordinary). + ♮ Musical natural notation (ordinary). '\ne' - U+2260 Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\neq'. + ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\neq'. '\nearrow' - U+2197 North-east arrow (relation). + ↗ North-east arrow (relation). '\neg' - U+00AC Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\lnot'. Sometimes + ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\lnot'. Sometimes instead used for negation: '\sim'. '\neq' - U+2260 Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\ne'. + ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\ne'. '\ni' - U+220B Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). + ∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: '\owns'. Similar: is a member of '\in'. '\not' - U+0020 Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following - operator (relation). + Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator + (relation). Many negated operators are available that don't require '\not', particularly with the 'amssymb' package. For example, '\notin' is typographically preferable to '\not\in'. '\notin' - U+2209 Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset + ∉ Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of '\nsubseteq'. '\nu' - U+03BD Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ν Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\nwarrow' - U+2196 North-west arrow (relation). + ↖ North-west arrow (relation). '\odot' - U+2299 Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ⊙ Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigodot'. '\oint' - U+222E Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle - (operator). + ∮ Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). '\Omega' - U+03A9 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Ω uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\omega' - U+03C9 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ω Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\ominus' - U+2296 Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). + ⊖ Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). '\oplus' - U+2295 Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ⊕ Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigoplus'. '\oslash' - U+2298 Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). + ⊘ Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). '\otimes' - U+2297 Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: + ⊗ Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigotimes'. '\owns' - U+220B Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). + ∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: '\ni'. Similar: is a member of '\in'. '\parallel' - U+2225 Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\|'. + ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\|'. '\partial' - U+2202 Partial differential (ordinary). + ∂ Partial differential (ordinary). '\perp' - U+27C2 Perpendicular (relation). Similar: '\bot' uses the same - glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class - ordinary. + ⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: '\bot' uses the same glyph + but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. + +'\Phi' + Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\phi' - U+03D5 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varphi' U+03C6. + ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varphi' φ. '\Pi' - U+03A0 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Π uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\pi' - U+03C0 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varpi' U+03D6. + π Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varpi' ϖ. '\pm' - U+00B1 Plus or minus (binary). + ± Plus or minus (binary). '\prec' - U+227A Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'. + ≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'. '\preceq' - U+2AAF Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or + ⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals '\leq'. '\prime' - U+2032 Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically - used as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' - produce the same result. An advantage of the second is that - '$f'''$' produces the desired symbol, that is, the same result as + ′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used + as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' produce the + same result. An advantage of the second is that '$f'''$' produces + the desired symbol, that is, the same result as '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing. You can only use '\prime' in math mode. Using the right single quote ''' in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). '\prod' - U+220F Product (operator). + ∏ Product (operator). '\propto' - U+221D Is proportional to (relation) + ∝ Is proportional to (relation) '\Psi' - U+03A8 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Ψ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\psi' - U+03C8 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ψ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\rangle' - U+27E9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: - greater than '>'. Matches:'\langle'. + ⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater + than '>'. Matches:'\langle'. '\rbrace' - U+007D Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: '\}'. - Matches '\lbrace'. + } Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: '\}'. Matches '\lbrace'. '\rbrack' - U+005D Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ']'. + ] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ']'. Matches '\lbrack'. '\rceil' - U+2309 Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches '\lceil'. + ⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches '\lceil'. '\Re' - U+211C Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). - Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access - this, load the 'amsfonts' package. + ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: + double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access this, + load the 'amsfonts' package. '\restriction' - U+21BE Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: + ↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: '\upharpoonright'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\revemptyset' - U+29B0 Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: - '\varnothing'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to - load the 'stix' package. + ⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: '\varnothing'. + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'stix' + package. '\rfloor' - U+230B Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut - off (closing). Matches '\lfloor'. + ⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off + (closing). Matches '\lfloor'. '\rhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). Not - available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' - package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load - 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so - gives better spacing). + ◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the + normal subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and + use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better + spacing). '\rho' - U+03C1 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varrho' U+03F1. + ρ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varrho' ϱ. '\Rightarrow' - U+21D2 Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). - Similar: right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'. + ⇒ Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: + right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'. '\rightarrow' - U+2192 Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). - Synonym: '\to'. Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'. + → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: '\to'. + Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'. '\rightharpoondown' - U+21C1 Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). + ⇁ Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). '\rightharpoonup' - U+21C0 Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). + ⇀ Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). '\rightleftharpoons' - U+21CC Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). + ⇌ Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). '\searrow' - U+2198 Arrow pointing southeast (relation). + ↘ Arrow pointing southeast (relation). '\setminus' - U+29F5 Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ + ⧵ Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash '\backslash' and also '\textbackslash' outside of math mode. '\sharp' - U+266F Musical sharp (ordinary). + ♯ Musical sharp (ordinary). '\Sigma' - U+03A3 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Σ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\sigma' - U+03C3 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varsigma' U+03C2. + σ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varsigma' ς. '\sim' - U+223C Similar, in a relation (relation). + ∼ Similar, in a relation (relation). '\simeq' - U+2243 Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). + ≃ Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). '\smallint' - U+222B Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a - display (operator). + ∫ Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display + (operator). '\smile' - U+2323 Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). + ⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). '\spadesuit' - U+2660 Spade card suit (ordinary). + ♠ Spade card suit (ordinary). '\sqcap' - U+2293 Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: + ⊓ Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection 'cap'. '\sqcup' - U+2294 Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union 'cup'. - Related: variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'. + ⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union 'cup'. Related: + variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'. '\sqsubset' - U+228F Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'. + ⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\sqsubseteq' - U+2291 Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or - equal to '\subseteq'. + ⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal + to '\subseteq'. '\sqsupset' - U+2290 Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: - superset '\supset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need - to load the 'amssymb' package. + ⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset '\supset'. + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the + 'amssymb' package. '\sqsupseteq' - U+2292 Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset - or equal '\supseteq'. + ⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or + equal '\supseteq'. '\star' - U+22C6 Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary - operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). - Similar: the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are - six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript, - as with the Kleene star. + ⋆ Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation + but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar: + the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are six-pointed, and + more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene + star. '\subset' - U+2282 Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). + ⊂ Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). '\subseteq' - U+2286 Subset or equal to (relation). + ⊆ Subset or equal to (relation). '\succ' - U+227B Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less - than '>'. + ≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than '>'. '\succeq' - U+2AB0 Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or - equal to '\leq'. + ⪰ Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal + to '\leq'. '\sum' - U+2211 Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital - sigma '\Sigma'. + ∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma '\Sigma'. '\supset' - U+2283 Superset (relation). + ⊃ Superset (relation). '\supseteq' - U+2287 Superset or equal to (relation). + ⊇ Superset or equal to (relation). '\surd' - U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}' + √ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}' typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. '\swarrow' - U+2199 Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). + ↙ Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). '\tau' - U+03C4 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + τ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\theta' - U+03B8 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\vartheta' U+03D1. + θ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\vartheta' ϑ. '\times' - U+00D7 Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See - also '\cdot'. + × Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also '\cdot'. '\to' - U+2192 Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). + → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: '\rightarrow'. '\top' - U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). - See also '\bot'. + ⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See + also '\bot'. '\triangle' - U+25B3 Triangle (ordinary). + △ Triangle (ordinary). '\triangleleft' - U+25C1 Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). - Similar: '\lhd'. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load - 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so - gives better spacing). + ◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: '\lhd'. + For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and + use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better + spacing). '\triangleright' - U+25B7 Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal + ▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). '\unlhd' - U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, - triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. - In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal - subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which - is a relation and so gives better spacing). + ⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, + with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load + 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which is a relation and so + gives better spacing). '\unrhd' - U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, - triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. - In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal - subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which - is a relation and so gives better spacing). + ⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, + triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup + symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which is a + relation and so gives better spacing). '\Uparrow' - U+21D1 Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: + ⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing arrow '\uparrow'. '\uparrow' - U+2191 Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). - Similar: double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'. + ↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: + double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'. '\Updownarrow' - U+21D5 Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). + ⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow '\updownarrow'. '\updownarrow' - U+2195 Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). + ↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow '\Updownarrow'. '\upharpoonright' - U+21BE Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). + ↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\uplus' - U+228E Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the - middle (binary). Similar: union '\cup'. Related: variable-sized + ⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle + (binary). Similar: union '\cup'. Related: variable-sized operator '\biguplus'. '\Upsilon' - U+03A5 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Υ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\upsilon' - U+03C5 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + υ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\varepsilon' - U+03B5 Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely - used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form - '\epsilon' U+03F5. Related: set membership '\in'. + ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used + in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form + '\epsilon' ϵ. Related: set membership '\in'. '\vanothing' - U+2205 Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related: + ∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related: '\revemptyset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\varphi' - U+03C6 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\phi' U+03D5. + φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\phi' ϕ. '\varpi' - U+03D6 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\pi' U+03C0. + ϖ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\pi' π. '\varrho' - U+03F1 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\rho' U+03C1. + ϱ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\rho' ρ. '\varsigma' - U+03C2 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\sigma' U+03C3. + ς Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\sigma' σ. '\vartheta' - U+03D1 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\theta' U+03B8. + ϑ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\theta' θ. '\vdash' - U+22A2 Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). - Similar: turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'. + ⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: + turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'. '\vee' - U+2228 Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical + ∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical and '\wedge'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigvee'. '\Vert' - U+2016 Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single - bar '\vert'. - - For a norm symbol, you can use the 'mathtools' package and put in - your preamble '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}'. This - gives you three command variants for double-line vertical bars that - are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you - write the starred version '$\norm*{M^\perp}$' then the height of - the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas - with '\norm{M^\perp}' the bars do not grow with the height of the - argument but instead are the default height, and '\norm[SIZE - COMMAND]{M^\perp}' also gives bars that do not grow but are set to - the size given in the SIZE COMMAND, e.g., '\Bigg'. + ‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). *Note Delimiters::, for how to + use the 'mathtools' package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols. '\vert' - U+007C Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line - vertical bar '\Vert'. For such that, as in the definition of a - set, use '\mid' because it is a relation. - - For absolute value you can use the 'mathtools' package and in your - preamble put '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}'. This - gives you three command variants for single-line vertical bars that - are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you - write the starred version '$\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}$' then the height - of the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas - with '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}' the bars do not grow with the height of - the argument but instead are the default height, and '\abs[SIZE - COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}' also gives bars that do not grow but are - set to the size given in the SIZE COMMAND, e.g., '\Bigg'. + | Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For "such that", as in the + definition of a set, use '\mid' because it is a relation. *Note + Delimiters::, for how to use the 'mathtools' package to create + flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. '\wedge' - U+2227 Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\land'. See also logical - or '\vee'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'. + ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\land'. See also logical or + '\vee'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'. '\wp' - U+2118 Weierstrass p (ordinary). + ℘ Weierstrass p (ordinary). '\wr' - U+2240 Wreath product (binary). + ≀ Wreath product (binary). '\Xi' - U+039E uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Ξ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\xi' - U+03BE Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ξ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\zeta' - U+03B6 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ζ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The following symbols are most often used in plain text but LaTeX provides versions to use in mathematical text. @@ -9346,28 +10249,118 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. Dollar sign in math mode: $. '\mathparagraph' - Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, U+00B6. + Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, ¶. '\mathsection' - Section sign in math mode U+00A7. + Section sign in math mode §. '\mathsterling' - Sterling sign in math mode: #. + Sterling sign in math mode: £. '\mathunderscore' Underscore in math mode: _. * Menu: +* Arrows:: List of arrows. +* \boldmath & \unboldmath:: Symbols in boldface. * Blackboard bold:: Doublestruck characters. * Calligraphic:: Cursive characters. -* \boldmath & \unboldmath:: Symbols in boldface. +* Delimiters:: Parentheses, braces, etc. * Dots:: Ellipses, etc. +* Greek letters:: List of Greek letters. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Blackboard bold, Next: Calligraphic, Up: Math symbols +File: latex2e.info, Node: Arrows, Next: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Up: Math symbols + +16.2.1 Arrows +------------- + +These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The 'latexsym' and +'amsfonts' packages contain many more. + +Symbol Command +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +⇓ '\Downarrow' +↓ '\downarrow' +↩ '\hookleftarrow' +↪ '\hookrightarrow' +← '\leftarrow' +⇐ '\Leftarrow' +⇔ '\Leftrightarrow' +↔ '\leftrightarrow' +⟵ '\longleftarrow' +⟸ '\Longleftarrow' +⟷ '\longleftrightarrow' +⟺ '\Longleftrightarrow' +⟼ '\longmapsto' +⟹ '\Longrightarrow' +⟶ '\longrightarrow' +↦ '\mapsto' +↗ '\nearrow' +↖ '\nwarrow' +⇒ '\Rightarrow' +→ '\rightarrow', or '\to' +↘ '\searrow' +↙ '\swarrow' +↑ '\uparrow' +⇑ '\Uparrow' +↕ '\updownarrow' +⇕ '\Updownarrow' + + An example of the difference between '\to' and '\mapsto' is: '\( +f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)'. + + For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including +'tikz-cd' and 'amscd'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Next: Blackboard bold, Prev: Arrows, Up: Math symbols + +16.2.2 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath' +---------------------------------- + +Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): + + \boldmath \( MATH \) + +or + + \unboldmath \( MATH \) -16.2.1 Blackboard bold + Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a +bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold) +default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode +(*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::). + + In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an +'\mbox', + + we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ + +which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and +explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'. + + If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \( +\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning: +Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font +Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'. + + There are many issues with '\boldmath'. New documents should use the +'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description +is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on +CTAN) but even this small example + + \usepackage{bm} % in preamble + ... + we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ + +shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Blackboard bold, Next: Calligraphic, Prev: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Up: Math symbols + +16.2.3 Blackboard bold ---------------------- Synopsis: @@ -9384,7 +10377,7 @@ integers, etc. \( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \) -the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol U+2115 representing the +the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the natural numbers. If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an @@ -9394,9 +10387,9 @@ error but you get strange results, including unexpected characters. capital letters; look on CTAN. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Calligraphic, Next: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Prev: Blackboard bold, Up: Math symbols +File: latex2e.info, Node: Calligraphic, Next: Delimiters, Prev: Blackboard bold, Up: Math symbols -16.2.2 Calligraphic +16.2.4 Calligraphic ------------------- Synopsis: @@ -9410,57 +10403,270 @@ Synopsis: Let the graph be \( \mathcal{G} \). If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not -get an error. Instead you get unexpected output. For instance, -'\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol, while '\mathcal{+}' -outputs a plus sign. +get an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For +instance, '\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Next: Dots, Prev: Calligraphic, Up: Math symbols +File: latex2e.info, Node: Delimiters, Next: Dots, Prev: Calligraphic, Up: Math symbols -16.2.3 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath' ----------------------------------- +16.2.5 Delimiters +----------------- -Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark the +start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of +parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. + + (z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2 + +The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter '\( [0,1) \)'. + + Here are the common delimiters: + +DelimiterCommand Name +------------------------------------------------------ +( '(' Left parenthesis +) ')' Right parenthesis +\} '{' or Left brace + '\lbrace' +\{ '}' or Right brace + '\rbrace' +[ '[' or Left bracket + '\lbrack' +] ']' or Right bracket + '\rbrack' +⌊ '\lfloor' Left floor bracket +⌋ '\rfloor' Right floor bracket +⌈ '\lceil' Left ceiling bracket +⌉ '\rceil' Right ceiling bracket +⟨ '\langle' Left angle bracket +⟩ '\rangle' Right angle bracket +/ '/' Slash, or forward slash +\ '\backslash' Reverse slash, or backslash +| '|' or Vertical bar + '\vert' +‖ '\|' or Double vertical bar + '\Vert' + + The 'mathtools' package allows you to create commands for paired +delimiters. For instance, if you put +'\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}' in your preamble then you +get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work in math +mode). The starred version, such as '\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}', has the +height of the vertical bars match the height of the argument. The +unstarred version, such as '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}', has the bars fixed at a +default height. This version accepts an optional argument, as in +'\abs[SIZE COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}', where the height of the bars is +given in SIZE COMMAND, such as '\Bigg'. Using '\lVert' and '\rVert' as +the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior. - \boldmath \( MATH \) +* Menu: -or +* \left & \right:: Automatically sized delimiters. +* \bigl & \bigr etc.:: Manually sized delimiters. - \unboldmath \( MATH \) + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \left & \right, Next: \bigl & \bigr etc., Up: Delimiters - Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a -bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold) -default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode -(*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::). +16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right' +........................... - In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an -'\mbox', +Synopsis: - we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ + \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2 -which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and -explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'. + Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. LaTeX makes +the delimiters tall enough to just cover the size of the formula that +they enclose. - If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \( -\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning: -Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font -Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'. + This makes a unit vector surrounded by parentheses tall enough to +cover the entries. - There are many issues with '\boldmath'. New documents should use the -'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description -is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on -CTAN) but even this small example + \begin{equation} + \left(\begin{array}{c} + 1 \\ + 0 \\ + \end{array}\right) + \end{equation} - \usepackage{bm} % in preamble - ... - we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ + *Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. -shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'. + Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'. In the above example, +leaving out the '\left(' gets the error message 'Extra \right'. Leaving +out the '\right)' gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'. + + However, DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match. A common case is +that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, '.', as a +null delimiter. + + \begin{equation} + f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} + 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ + f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} + \end{array}\right. + \end{equation} + +Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a +backslash, '\{'. (The packages 'amsmath' and 'mathtools' allow you to +get the above construct through in a 'cases' environment.) + + The '\left ... \right' pair make a group. One consequence is that +the formula enclosed in the '\left ... \right' pair cannot have line +breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and +LaTeX-generated automatic ones. In this example, LaTeX breaks the +equation to make the formula fit the margins. + + Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet + \( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \) + +But with '\left' and '\right' + + Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet + \( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \) + +LaTeX won't break the line, causing the formula to extend into the +margin. + + Because '\left ... \right' make a group, all the usual grouping rules +hold. Here, the value of '\testlength' set inside the equation will be +forgotten, and the output is '1.2pt'. + + \newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt} + \begin{equation} + \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right) + \the\testlength + \end{equation} + + The '\left ... \right' pair affect the horizontal spacing of the +enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in '\( \sin(x) = +\sin\left(x\right) \)' the one after the equals sign has more space +around the 'x'. That's because '\left( ... \right)' inserts an inner +node while '( ... )' inserts an opening node. The second way that the +pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they form a group, +the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no +stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. + + TeX scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the +contained formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full +height of the integral. + + \begin{equation} + \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right] + \end{equation} + + Manual sizing is often better. For instance, although below the rule +has no depth, TeX will create delimiters that extend far below the rule. + + \begin{equation} + \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right) + \end{equation} + +TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in '\( \left| |x|+|y| +\right| \)'. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, as here. + + \begin{equation} + \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right) + \end{equation} + +A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than +one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing +delimiter; you can't use '\left' on the first line and '\right' on the +last because they must be paired. + + To size the delimiters manually, see *note \bigl & \bigr etc.::. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \bigl & \bigr etc., Prev: \left & \right, Up: Delimiters + +16.2.5.2 '\bigl', '\bigr', etc. +............................... + +Synopsis, one of: + + \biglDELIMITER1 ... \bigrDELIMITER2 + \BiglDELIMITER1 ... \bigrDELIMITER2 + \bigglDELIMITER1 ... \biggrDELIMITER2 + \BigglDELIMITER1 ... \BiggrDELIMITER2 + +(as with '\bigl[...\bigr]'; strictly speaking they need not be paired, +see below), or one of: + + \bigmDELIMITER + \BigmDELIMITER + \biggmDELIMITER + \BiggmDELIMITER + +(as with '\bigm|'), or one of: + + \bigDELIMITER + \BigDELIMITER + \biggDELIMITER + \BiggDELIMITER + +(as with '\big['). + + Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are +automatically sized see *note \left & \right::). + + This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. + + \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr| + + The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can +use the smallest size such as '\bigl...\bigr' in a paragraph without +causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for +displayed equations. + + *Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. In the +family of commands with 'l' and 'r', DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not +be the same. + + The 'l' and 'r' commands produce open and close delimiters that +insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the delimiter, +while the commands without 'l' and 'r' insert some space (because each +delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare these two. + + \begin{tabular}{l} + \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % good + \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % bad + \end{tabular} + +The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the +second line the output will have some extra space between the '\sin' and +the open parenthesis. + + Commands without 'l' or 'r' do give correct spacing in some +circumstances, as with this large vertical line + + \begin{equation} + \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b + \end{equation} + +(many authors would replace '\frac' with the '\tfrac' command from the +'amsmath' package), and as with this larger slash. + + \begin{equation} + \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 + \end{equation} + + Unlike the '\left...\right' pair (*note \left & \right::), the +commands here with 'l' and 'r' do not make a group. Strictly speaking +they need not be matched so you can write something like this. + + \begin{equation} + \Biggl[ \pi/6 ] + \end{equation} + + The commands with 'm' are for relations, which are in the middle of +formulas, as here. + + \begin{equation} + \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\} + \end{equation} -File: latex2e.info, Node: Dots, Prev: \boldmath & \unboldmath, Up: Math symbols +File: latex2e.info, Node: Dots, Next: Greek letters, Prev: Delimiters, Up: Math symbols -16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical +16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical ----------------------------------- Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern @@ -9476,15 +10682,14 @@ continues. '\cdots' Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, - as in U+22EF. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'. + as in ⋯. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'. '\ddots' - Diagonal ellipsis, U+22F1. See the above array example for a - usage. + Diagonal ellipsis, ⋱. See the above array example for a usage. '\ldots' - Ellipsis on the baseline, U+2026. Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} - \)'. Another example is the above array example. A synonym is + Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)'. + Another example is the above array example. A synonym is '\mathellipsis'. A synonym from the 'amsmath' package is '\hdots'. You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in @@ -9492,7 +10697,7 @@ continues. or LR mode a synonym for '\ldots' is '\dots'.) '\vdots' - Vertical ellipsis, U+22EE. See the above array example for a usage. + Vertical ellipsis, ⋮. See the above array example for a usage. The 'amsmath' package has the command '\dots' to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the @@ -9516,6 +10721,52 @@ the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, '\dotsi' for dots with integrals, or '\dotso' for others. +File: latex2e.info, Node: Greek letters, Prev: Dots, Up: Math symbols + +16.2.7 Greek letters +-------------------- + +The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they +differ from Roman upper case letters. + +Symbol Command Name +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +α '\alpha' Alpha +β '\beta' Beta +γ, Γ '\gamma', '\Gamma' Gamma +δ, Δ '\delta', '\Delta' Delta +ε, ϵ '\varepsilon', Epsilon + '\epsilon' +ζ '\zeta' Zeta +η '\eta' Eta +θ, ϑ '\theta', Theta + '\vartheta' +ι '\iota' Iota +κ '\kappa' Kappa +λ, Λ '\lambda', '\Lambda' Lambda +μ '\mu' Mu +ν '\nu' Nu +ξ, Ξ '\xi', '\Xi' Xi +π, Π '\pi', '\Pi' Pi +ρ, ϱ '\rho', '\varrho' Rho +σ, Σ '\sigma', '\Sigma' Sigma +τ '\tau' Tau +ϕ, φ, '\phi', '\varphi', Phi +Φ '\Phi' +χ '\chi' chi +ψ, Ψ '\psi', '\Psi' Psi +ω, Ω '\omega', '\Omega' Omega + + For omicron, if you are using LaTeX's default Computer Modern font +then enter omicron just as 'o' or 'O'. If you like having the name or +if your font shows a difference then you can use something like +'\newcommand\omicron{o}'. The package 'unicode-math' has '\upomicron' +for upright omicron and '\mitomicron' for math italic. + + While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by '\in' is +related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable. + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Math functions, Next: Math accents, Prev: Math symbols, Up: Math formulas 16.3 Math functions @@ -9654,7 +10905,7 @@ Accents::). Math breve accent '\check' - Math ha'c<ek (check) accent + Math háček (check) accent '\ddot' Math dieresis accent @@ -9743,9 +10994,9 @@ When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter 'y=m x' then LaTeX ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as y=mx. - But LaTeX's rules sometimes need tweaking. For example, in an + But LaTeX's rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the 'f(x)' -and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command. +and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command: \int_0^1 f(x)\,dx @@ -9756,13 +11007,25 @@ math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a '\thickspace' is something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. '\;' - Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. Math mode - only. + Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. With + 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in + text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + +'\negthickspace' + Normally '-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of + the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as + math mode; before that, in math mode only. '\:' '\>' Synonym: '\medspace'. Normally '4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. - Math mode only. + With 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used + in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + +'\negmedspace' + Normally '-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of + the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as + math mode; before that, in math mode only. '\,' Synonym: '\thinspace'. Normally '3mu', which is 1/6em. Can be @@ -9779,9 +11042,11 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. \end{equation} '\!' - A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. The '\!' command is math - mode only but the '\negthinspace' command is available for text - mode (*note \thinspace & \negthinspace::). + A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of + the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as + math mode; before that, The '\!' command is math mode only but the + '\negthinspace' command has always worked in text mode (*note + \thinspace & \negthinspace::). '\quad' This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space @@ -9795,8 +11060,9 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. * Menu: -* \smash:: Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. -* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +* \smash:: Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: Make empty box same size as argument. +* \mathstrut:: Add some vertical space to a formula. File: latex2e.info, Node: \smash, Next: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Up: Spacing in math mode @@ -9862,7 +11128,7 @@ in the bottom line below. over smashing a subformula box. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Prev: \smash, Up: Spacing in math mode +File: latex2e.info, Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Next: \mathstrut, Prev: \smash, Up: Spacing in math mode 16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom' --------------------------------------------- @@ -9881,21 +11147,31 @@ Synopsis: The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to -typeset the box but not its ink. The '\vphantom' variant also produces -an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it -has width zero. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as -SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero. +typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here LaTeX will +put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. + + \fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. + --- Mark Twain}} - Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two -square roots would be at different heights. + The '\vphantom' variant produces an invisible box with the same +vertical size as SUBFORMULA, the same height and depth, but having zero +width. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA +but with zero height and depth. - \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) + In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand +expression is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than +its default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be +at different levels. The '\vphantom' in the first expression tells TeX +to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the two +expressions come out at the same level. - The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box -of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align. + \begin{displaymath} + \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}} + \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j + \end{displaymath} - These commands often are combined with '\smash'. *Note \smash:: for -another example of the use of '\vphantom'. + These commands are often used in conjunction with '\smash'. *Note +\smash::, which includes another example of '\vphantom'. The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more @@ -9916,6 +11192,31 @@ mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it with '\leavevmode'. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \mathstrut, Prev: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom, Up: Spacing in math mode + +16.6.3 '\mathstrut' +------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \mathstrut + + The analogue of '\strut' for mathematics. *Note \strut::. + + The input '$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$' gives output where the second +radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space without +any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use +'$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$'. + + The '\mathstrut' command adds the vertical height of an open +parenthesis, '(', but no horizontal space. It is defined as +'\vphantom{(}', so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for +more. An advantage over '\strut' is that '\mathstrut' adds no depth, +which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of an +open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the +amount of space, use '\rule' with a width of zero. *Note \rule::. + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Math formulas 16.7 Math miscellany @@ -9929,7 +11230,6 @@ that don't fit into other categories. * Colon character & \colon:: Colon. * \*:: Discretionary multiplication. * \frac:: Fraction. -* \left & \right:: Paired delimiters. * \sqrt:: Radicals. * \stackrel:: Text over a relation. @@ -9967,7 +11267,7 @@ Synopsis: \* A multiplication symbol that allows a line break. If there is a -break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, U+00D7, before that break. +break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, ×, before that break. In '\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)', if there is no line break then LaTeX outputs it as though it were '\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)'. If a line @@ -9976,7 +11276,7 @@ sets it like '\( A_1 A_2 \times \)', followed by the break, followed by '\( A_3 A_4 \)'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \frac, Next: \left & \right, Prev: \*, Up: Math miscellany +File: latex2e.info, Node: \frac, Next: \sqrt, Prev: \*, Up: Math miscellany 16.7.3 '\frac' -------------- @@ -9991,47 +11291,9 @@ comes out small; see the discussion of '\displaystyle' (*note Math formulas::). -File: latex2e.info, Node: \left & \right, Next: \sqrt, Prev: \frac, Up: Math miscellany - -16.7.4 '\left' & '\right' -------------------------- +File: latex2e.info, Node: \sqrt, Next: \stackrel, Prev: \frac, Up: Math miscellany -Synopsis: - - \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2 - - Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. The -delimiters are sized according to the math they enclose. This makes a -unit vector surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses. - - \begin{equation} - \left(\begin{array}{c} - 1 \\ - 0 \\ - \end{array}\right) - - Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'. Leaving out the -'\left(' in the above gets 'Extra \right'. Leaving off the '\right)' -gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'. - - However, the two delimiters DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match. -A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a -period, '.', as a null delimiter. - - \begin{equation} - f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} - 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ - f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} - \end{array}\right. - \end{equation} - -Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, '\{'. - - -File: latex2e.info, Node: \sqrt, Next: \stackrel, Prev: \left & \right, Up: Math miscellany - -16.7.5 '\sqrt' +16.7.4 '\sqrt' -------------- Synopsis, one of: @@ -10050,7 +11312,7 @@ steeper, until for a large enough 'arg', it is vertical). File: latex2e.info, Node: \stackrel, Prev: \sqrt, Up: Math miscellany -16.7.6 '\stackrel' +16.7.5 '\stackrel' ------------------ Synopsis, one of: @@ -10178,7 +11440,7 @@ Synopsis: Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a separate page, except in the 'article' class where it is at the top of -the first page. (*Note Document class options:: for information about +the first page. (*Note Document class options::, for information about the 'titlepage' document class option.) This example shows '\maketitle' appearing in its usual place, @@ -10438,7 +11700,7 @@ Horizontal space * \hfill:: Stretchable horizontal space. * \hss:: Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space. * \spacefactor:: Stretchability of following space -* \(SPACE):: Backslash-space; and explicit space. +* \(SPACE):: Backslash-space, and explicit space. * ~:: Tie, an unbreakable space. * \thinspace & \negthinspace:: One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth. * \/:: Italic correction. @@ -10477,7 +11739,7 @@ points (*note Lengths/em::). \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png} \end{center} -*Note Spacing in math mode:: for '\quad' and '\qquad'. These are +*Note Spacing in math mode::, for '\quad' and '\qquad'. These are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with '\hspace'. @@ -10733,7 +11995,7 @@ The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring '\frenchspacing' (the -command is from Plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are +command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally. @@ -10788,7 +12050,7 @@ follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But using curly parentheses, as in '\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says -Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::). +Prof.\ Smith' or 'Jones et al.\ (1993)' (*note \@::). Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to backslash-space, '\ '. @@ -10815,22 +12077,29 @@ In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the end-of-sentence spacing (*note \@::). Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could -cause confusion. But they also reduce LaTeX's options when it breaks -lines into paragraphs, so you can use too many. They are also matters -of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. -Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from the TeXbook. +cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the +tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive +words in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::). + + They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, +among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them +from 'The TeXbook'. * Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: 'Chapter~12', or 'Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}', or - 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'. When cases are enumerated inline: - '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'. + 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'. + + * When cases are enumerated inline: '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is + (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'. * Between a number and its unit: '$745.7.8$~watts' (the 'siunitx' package has a special facility for this) or '144~eggs'. This includes between a month and a date: 'October~12' or '12~Oct'. In general, in any expressions where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or '2:50~pm', or - 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or '\$$1.4$~billion'. + 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or '\$$1.4$~billion'. Other + common choices here are a thin space (*note \thinspace & + \negthinspace::) and no space at all. * When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: 'equals~$n$', or 'less than~$\epsilon$', or 'given~$X$', or 'modulo~$p^e$ for all @@ -10844,13 +12113,10 @@ Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from the TeXbook. * Between symbols in series: '$1$,~$2$, or~$3$' or '$1$,~$2$, \ldots,~$n$'. - * Between a person's forenames and between multiple surnames: - 'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII' (but - you must give TeX places to break the line so you may do 'Charles - Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin'). - - * Before a dash: 'pages 12~--14' or 'it is~--- it must be said~--- - plausible'. + * Between a person's given names and between multiple surnames: + 'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII'--but + you must give TeX places to break the line so you might do 'Charles + Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace, Next: \/, Prev: ~, Up: Spaces @@ -10863,21 +12129,25 @@ Synopsis, one of: \thinspace \negthinspace - Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6em and -1/6em. -These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and '\!' (*note Spacing in -math mode/\thinspace::). You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace' -in text mode. + These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and +-1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and +'\!' (*note Spacing in math mode/\thinspace::). - The '\negthinspace' command is used in text mode mostly for fiddling -with spaces. One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between -nested quotes. + You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace' in text mode. + + One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between nested quotes: Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' Another use is that some style guides call for a '\thinspace' between an -ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, though, think -the three dots are quite enough already). Still another use is between -initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'. +ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, think the +three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is +between initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'. + + LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands (*note Spacing +in math mode::). With 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, +they can be used in text mode as well as math mode, including '\!' for +'\negthinspace'; before that, they were available only in math mode. File: latex2e.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill & \dotfill, Prev: \thinspace & \negthinspace, Up: Spaces @@ -10890,32 +12160,42 @@ Synopsis: BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER Insert an "italic correction", a small space defined by the font -designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with -whatever follows. When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the correction from -the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been applied to -the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. +designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character +colliding with whatever follows. When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the +correction from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has +been applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. Here, were it not for the '\/', the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would hit the AFTER-CHARACTER roman H \newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H} -because the italic letter leans far to the right. +because the italic letter f leans far to the right. If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don't insert an italic -correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small height. -However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal letters, the -italic correction can help. +correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the baseline +already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with normal +letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used between a +switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font. - When you use commands such as '\textit' or '\itshape' to change -fonts, LaTeX will automatically insert any needed italic correction -(*note Font styles::). + When you use commands such as '\emph' and '\textit' and '\textsl' to +change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the italic correction when +needed (*note Font styles::). However, declarations such as '\em' and +'\itshape' and '\slshape' do not automatically insert italic +corrections. - Roman characters can also have an italic correction. An example is -in the name 'pdf\/\TeX'. + Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example +where this is needed is the name 'pdf\/\TeX'. However, most upright +characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators do not +include italic correction values even for italic fonts. - There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is -done in a different way. + Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called +slant parameter (namely '\fontdimen1'), to determine whether to possibly +insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular +font commands. + + There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing +is done in a different way. File: latex2e.info, Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill, Next: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip, Prev: \/, Up: Spaces @@ -11161,7 +12441,7 @@ component (*note Lengths::). \vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex} The new day dawned cold. -(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip:: for common inter-paragraph +(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) The '*'-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More @@ -11261,7 +12541,7 @@ from the first 'addvspace'. Now uncomment the second '\addvspace'. It does not make the gap 20pt longer; instead the gap is the sum of '\baselineskip' and 20pt. So -'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name -- it makes sure +'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name--it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used. @@ -11315,14 +12595,14 @@ mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The '\mbox' command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::). Because 'text' is not broken into lines, you can use '\mbox' to -prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the -table name, 'T-4'. +prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the tank +name, 'T-34'. - See Table~\mbox{T-4} + The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism. - The first two command versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are roughly -equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the TEXT. -(They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.) + The first two command synopsis versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are +roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the +TEXT. (They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.) In the third version the optional argument WIDTH specifies the width of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not equal the @@ -11342,8 +12622,9 @@ the natural size you can say this. \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} - For the fourth command version the optional argument POSITION gives -position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: + For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument +POSITION gives position of the text within the box. It may take the +following values: 'c' The TEXT is centered (default). @@ -11370,11 +12651,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. \pts{90}An African or European swallow? - The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space) -will be just before the 'What' (note the space after 'points'). You can -use '\makebox' similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or -'Asymptote', where you put the edge of the text at a known location, -regardless of the length of that text. + The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space +after 'points') will be just before the 'What'. You can use '\makebox' +similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or 'Asymptote', where +you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the +length of that text. For boxes with frames see *note \fbox & \framebox::. For colors see *note Colored boxes::. @@ -11383,11 +12664,11 @@ see *note Colored boxes::. 'picture' environment, where the length is given in terms of '\unitlength' (*note \makebox (picture)::). - If you put a double-backslash into TEXT then LaTeX will not give you -a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}' outputs 'abc defghi' -while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def ghi', but neither go -to a second line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox:: and *note -minipage::. + As TEXT is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash '\\' nor +'\par' will give you a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}' +outputs 'abc defghi' while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def +ghi', both on a single line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox:: +and *note minipage::. File: latex2e.info, Node: \fbox & \framebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: \mbox & \makebox, Up: Boxes @@ -11417,7 +12698,7 @@ a frame. are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note \mbox & -\makebox:: for the full description but here is an example creating an +\makebox::, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}} @@ -11454,7 +12735,7 @@ frame the result. And if you wish to go anywhere you must run twice as fast as that. \end{minipage}} - *Note Colored boxes:: for colors other than black and white. + *Note Colored boxes::, for colors other than black and white. The 'picture' environment has a version of this command where the units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox (picture)::). @@ -11497,12 +12778,12 @@ CONTENTS. The CONTENTS is the text that is placed in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components. There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS. -The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the 'parbox' with respect -to the surrounding material. The possible values are 'c' or 'm' to make -the vertical center of the 'parbox' lines up with the center of the -adjacent line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line of the -'parbox' with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to match -the bottom line. +The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the "parbox" with respect +to the surrounding material. The supported values are 'c' or 'm' to +make the vertical center of the parbox lines up with the center of the +adjacent text line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line +of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to +match the bottom line. The optional argument HEIGHT overrides the natural height of the box. @@ -11527,10 +12808,10 @@ Synopsis, one of: Raise or lower TEXT. This command is fragile (*note \protect::). - This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by -lowering the vertical bar symbol. + This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a +function by lowering the vertical bar symbol. - \newcommand\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} + \newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} $f\restricted{A}$ The first mandatory argument DISTANCE specifies how far to raise the @@ -11549,7 +12830,7 @@ is the box's height plus its depth). This will align two graphics on their top (*note Graphics::). - \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{calc} % in preamble + \usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble ... \begin{center} \raisebox{1ex-\height}{% @@ -11576,40 +12857,41 @@ Synopsis, one of: \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT} Typeset TEXT just as with '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) -except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a storage -bin named BOX-CMD. The bin name BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'. -You must have previously allocated the bin BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox' -(*note \newsavebox::).The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is +except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a box +register referred to by a variable named BOX-CMD. The variable name +BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'. You must have previously +allocated the box register BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox' (*note +\newsavebox::). The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is fragile (*note \protect::). - This creates and uses a bin. + This creates and uses a box register. \newsavebox{\fullname} \sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt} ... \usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too! Whenever we go out, the people always shout! - There goes \\usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. + There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. -One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a '\newcommand' is -efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset the contents. See -the example below. +One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a '\newcommand' +macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset +the contents. See the example below. The first two command invocations, '\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}' and '\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}', are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH, and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note -\mbox & \makebox:: for the full description. +\mbox & \makebox::, for the full description. In the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (*note Modes::). If you use these then LaTeX doesn't give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you -enter '\sbox{\newbin}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newbin}' then you get -'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newbin}{test \par test}' and -'\usebox{\newbin}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning. +enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newreg}' then you get +'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}' and +'\usebox{\newreg}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning. To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here. - \savebox{\abin}{% + \savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -11617,15 +12899,15 @@ To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here. \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}} ... - \usebox{\abin} + \usebox{\areg} - As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin's contents, this -puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the -header. LaTeX only typesets it once. + As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register's contents, +this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in +the header. LaTeX only typesets it once. \usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble - \newsavebox{\sealbin} - \savebox{\sealbin}{% + \newsavebox{\sealreg} + \savebox{\sealreg}{% \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}% \begin{picture}(0,0)% \put(1.5,-2.5){% @@ -11635,13 +12917,13 @@ header. LaTeX only typesets it once. \end{tabular}} \end{picture}% } - \markright{\usebox{\sealbin}} + \markright{\usebox{\sealreg}} \pagestyle{headings} The 'picture' environment is good for fine-tuning the placement. - If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like -'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin'. + If the register '\noreg' has not already been defined then you get +something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg'. File: latex2e.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \sbox & \savebox, Up: Boxes @@ -11655,24 +12937,25 @@ Synopsis: TEXT \end{lrbox} - The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the bin 'BOX-CMD'. The -BOX-CMD must begin with a backslash. You must create this bin in -advance with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). This is the -environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands, and is -equivalent to them. *Note \sbox & \savebox:: for the full information. + This is the environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands, +and is equivalent to them. for the full description, *Note \sbox & +\savebox::. - In this example the environment is convenient for entering the -'tabular'. + The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box register referred +to by variable 'BOX-CMD'. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a +backslash, '\'. You must allocate this box register in advance with +'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). In this example the environment is +convenient for entering the 'tabular'. - \newsavebox{\jhbin} - \begin{lrbox}{\jhbin} + \newsavebox{\jhreg} + \begin{lrbox}{\jhreg} \begin{tabular}{c} \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\ Jim Hef{}feron \end{tabular} \end{lrbox} ... - \usebox{\jhbin} + \usebox{\jhreg} File: latex2e.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Boxes @@ -11684,10 +12967,11 @@ Synopsis: \usebox{BOX-CMD} - Produce the box most recently saved in the bin BOX-CMD by the -commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. *Note \sbox -& \savebox:: for more information and examples. (Note that BOX-CMD -starts with a backslash.) This command is robust (*note \protect::). + Produce the box most recently saved in the box register BOX-CMD by +the commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. For +more information and examples, *Note \sbox & \savebox::. (Note that the +variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, '\'.) This command is +robust (*note \protect::). File: latex2e.info, Node: Color, Next: Graphics, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top @@ -11904,7 +13188,7 @@ style but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the synopses. Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and - {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37} Gold} for the team. + {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team. The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note Color models::). For instance, while 'rgb' takes three numbers, 'gray' @@ -12071,7 +13355,7 @@ with a '.def' extension, such as 'pdftex.def'. '\includegraphics' command). 'draft' - For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is + For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. @@ -12124,14 +13408,15 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \graphicspath, Next: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up Synopsis: - \graphicspath{LIST OF DIR NAMES INSIDE CURLY BRACKETS} + \graphicspath{LIST OF DIRECTORIES INSIDE CURLY BRACES} Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows you to later say something like '\includegraphics{lion.png}' instead of having to give its path. - LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory. -The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory + LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory +(and the output directory, if specified; *note output directory::). The +declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory 'pix', and then '../pix'. \usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble @@ -12159,9 +13444,9 @@ the current directory, ... \usepackage{lion.png} -for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the file -name and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and then -'../pix/lion.png'. This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath' +for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the +filename and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and +then '../pix/lion.png'. This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath' command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue '\graphicspath{{a/}}' and the graphic is in 'a/b/lion.png' then LaTeX will not find it. It also means that you can use absolute paths such as @@ -12203,7 +13488,7 @@ files. ... \includegraphics{lion} % will find lion.png before lion.pdf -Because the file name 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the +Because the filename 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (*note \graphicspath::), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories and @@ -12218,7 +13503,9 @@ Windows platform is not case sensitive. document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the most recent 'pdftex.def' has this extension list. - .png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 + .pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 + + To change the order, use the 'grfext' package. You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with @@ -12256,7 +13543,7 @@ extension not covered by another rule, so it covers 'filename.1', EXTENSION The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use - the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behaviour for all + the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. TYPE @@ -12287,7 +13574,7 @@ SIZE-FILE EXTENSION COMMAND A command that will be applied to the file. This is very often - left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. + left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}' specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored @@ -12360,10 +13647,10 @@ to search for the file, *note \graphicspath::. example is '\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}'. The '\includegraphics{FILENAME}' command decides on the type of -graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot. You can use FILENAME -with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}' and then LaTeX tries a -sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds a file -with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::). +graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot. You can instead use +FILENAME with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}', and then LaTeX +tries a sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds +a file with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::). If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @@ -12372,9 +13659,9 @@ hide them with curly braces, as in below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package 'grffile'. - This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so LaTeX can move -it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (*note -figure::). + This example puts a graphic in a 'figure' environment so LaTeX can +move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward +(*note figure::). \begin{figure} \centering @@ -12438,7 +13725,7 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is -traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the +traditionally referred to as its "bounding box" (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic's printed area may go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the @@ -12451,7 +13738,7 @@ graphic. convenient is '\linewidth', or in a two-column document, '\columnwidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). An example is that by using the 'calc' package you can make the graphic be 1 cm - narrow than the width of the text with + narrower than the width of the text with '\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}'. 'height' @@ -12482,7 +13769,7 @@ graphic. 'scale' Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter '\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}'. This - number may be any value; a number between 1 and 0 will shrink the + number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. 'angle' @@ -12510,10 +13797,10 @@ graphic. 'viewport' Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with - '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. The - dimensions default to big points, 'bp'. They are taken relative to - the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the 'trim' - option. + '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. When + the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big points, 'bp'. + They are taken relative to the origin specified by the bounding + box. See also the 'trim' option. 'trim' Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments, @@ -12561,7 +13848,7 @@ graphic. 'quiet' Do not write information to the log. You can set it with 'quiet=true' or just specified it with - '\includegraphics[...,quite,...]{...}', + '\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}', 'draft' If you set it with 'draft=true' or just specify it with @@ -12630,7 +13917,7 @@ the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'. For more on these, 'command' Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in - conjunction with the option 'type'. *Note Command line options:: + conjunction with the option 'type'. *Note Command line options::, for a discussion of enabling the '\write18' functionality to run external commands. @@ -12651,7 +13938,7 @@ Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package: Put MATERIAL in a box and rotate it ANGLE degrees counterclockwise. - This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees. + This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees. \begin{tabular}{ll} \rotatebox{45}{Character} &\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\ @@ -12788,6 +14075,7 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. * Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. * Accents:: Inserting accents. * Additional Latin letters:: Inserting other non-English characters. +* inputenc package:: Set the input file text encoding. * \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles. * \today:: Inserting today's date. @@ -12799,7 +14087,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Reserved characters, Next: Upper and lower case, Up LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign '%' is for comments. They are called -"reserved characters" or "special characters". +"reserved characters" or "special characters". They are all discussed +elsewhere in this manual. # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ @@ -12810,12 +14099,13 @@ will produce '$1.23' in your output. As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character -receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text body font +receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body font circumflex use '\^{}'. To get a backslash in the font of the text body, enter '\textbackslash{}'. To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use '\verb!!' -as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines). +as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines in +the output). \begin{center} \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ @@ -12835,12 +14125,13 @@ Synopsis: \MakeUppercase{TEXT} \MakeLowercase{TEXT} - Change the case of characters. The TeX primitives commands -'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' only work for American characters. The -LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' commands also -change characters accessed by commands such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The -commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have -moving arguments (*note \protect::). + Change the case of characters. The TeX primitive commands +'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' are set up by default to work only with +the 26 letters a-z and A-Z. The LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and +'\MakeLowercase' commands also change characters accessed by commands +such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The commands '\MakeUppercase' and +'\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have moving arguments (*note +\protect::). These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within TEXT. But they do change the case of every other Latin @@ -12869,6 +14160,14 @@ standard LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowerCase'. To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package 'mfirstuc'. + Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for +non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in the +original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the 'expl3' package +as of 2020. The article "Case changing: From TeX primitives to the +Unicode algorithm", (Joseph Wright, 'TUGboat' 41:1, +<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf>), gives a good +overview of the topic, past and present. + File: latex2e.info, Node: Symbols by font position, Next: Text symbols, Prev: Upper and lower case, Up: Special insertions @@ -12877,12 +14176,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Symbols by font position, Next: Text symbols, Prev: You can access any character of the current font using its number with the '\symbol' command. For example, the visible space character used in -the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as -'\symbol{32}'. +the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32 in the standard Computer +Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'. You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix, -or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the previous example -could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. +or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the visible space at 32 +decimal could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Symbols by font position, Up: Special insertions @@ -12892,18 +14191,20 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Symbols by font LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1. Unless you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX then you may -need to load the 'textcomp' package. +available in OT1. As of the LaTeX February 2020 release, all symbols +are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use the +'textcomp' package for some (technically, those in the 'TS1' font +encoding). '\copyright' '\textcopyright' (C) The copyright symbol. '\dag' - U+2020 The dagger symbol (in text). + † The dagger symbol (in text). '\ddag' - U+2021 The double dagger symbol (in text). + ‡ The double dagger symbol (in text). '\LaTeX' The LaTeX logo. @@ -12911,11 +14212,11 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\LaTeXe' The LaTeX2e logo. -'\guillemotleft (<<)' -'\guillemotright (>>)' -'\guilsinglleft (<)' -'\guilsinglright (>)' - <<, >>, <, > Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used +'\guillemotleft («)' +'\guillemotright (»)' +'\guilsinglleft (‹)' +'\guilsinglright (›)' + «, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. '\ldots' @@ -12929,22 +14230,22 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\P' '\textparagraph' - U+00B6 Paragraph sign (pilcrow). + ¶ Paragraph sign (pilcrow). '\pounds' '\textsterling' - # English pounds sterling. + £ English pounds sterling. -'\quotedblbase (,,)' -'\quotesinglbase (,)' - ,, and , Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. +'\quotedblbase („)' +'\quotesinglbase (‚)' + „ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. '\rq' ' Right (closing) quote. '\S' '\textsection' - U+00A7 Section sign. + § Section sign. '\TeX' The TeX logo. @@ -12965,10 +14266,10 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. | Vertical bar. '\textbardbl' - U+23F8 Double vertical bar. + ⏸ Double vertical bar. '\textbigcircle' - U+25EF Big circle symbol. + ◯, Big circle symbol. '\textbraceleft' { Left brace. @@ -12980,7 +14281,7 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. * Bullet. '\textcircled{LETTER}' - U+24B6 Circle around LETTER. + Ⓐ, Circle around LETTER. '\textcompwordmark' '\textcapitalcompwordmark' @@ -12992,49 +14293,70 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. while the '\textascendercompwordmark' form has the ascender height. '\textdagger' - U+2020 Dagger. + † Dagger. '\textdaggerdbl' - U+2021 Double dagger. + ‡ Double dagger. '\textdollar (or '\$')' $ Dollar sign. '\textemdash (or '---')' - -- Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in 'The playoffs --- if you - are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- is more like a - sprint.'). + -- Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or + parentheses, as in ''The playoffs---if you're lucky enough to make + the playoffs---are more like a sprint.'' Conventions for spacing + around em-dashes vary widely. '\textendash (or '--')' - - En-dash (used for ranges, as in 'See pages 12--14'). + - En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ''see pages 12--14''. '\texteuro' - The Euro symbol: Euro. For an alternative glyph design, try the - 'eurosym' package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own - Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). + The Euro currency symbol: €. + + For an alternative glyph design, try the 'eurosym' package; also, + most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode + U+20AC). '\textexclamdown (or '!`')' - ! Upside down exclamation point. + ¡ Upside down exclamation point. + +'\textfiguredash' + Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June + 2021 release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an + en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if + available in the current font, or writes the usual "Missing + character" warning to the log file. '\textgreater' > Greater than symbol. +'\texthorizontalbar' + Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 + release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; the + pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash. + '\textless' < Less than symbol. '\textleftarrow' - U+2190 Left arrow. + ←, Left arrow. + +'\textnonbreakinghyphen' + Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June + 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; + the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks + disallowed after). '\textordfeminine' '\textordmasculine' - a, o Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. + ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. '\textperiodcentered' - U+00B7 Centered period. + · Centered period. '\textquestiondown (or '?`')' - ? Upside down question mark. + ¿ Upside down question mark. '\textquotedblleft (or '``')' " Double left quote. @@ -13049,7 +14371,7 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. ' Single right quote. '\textquotesingle' - U+0027 Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) + ', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) '\textquotestraightbase' '\textquotestraightdblbase' @@ -13059,22 +14381,22 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. (R) Registered symbol. '\textrightarrow' - U+2192 Right arrow. + →, Right arrow. '\textthreequartersemdash' - U+FE58 "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. + ﹘, "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. '\texttrademark' - U+2122 Trademark symbol. + ™ Trademark symbol. '\texttwelveudash' - U+FE58 "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. + ﹘, "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. '\textunderscore' _ Underscore. '\textvisiblespace' - U+2423 Visible space symbol. + ␣, Visible space symbol. File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Additional Latin letters, Prev: Text symbols, Up: Special insertions @@ -13083,12 +14405,14 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Additional Latin letters, Prev: Text ============ LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, -through the 'babel' package and related support if you are using -pdfLaTeX, or 'polyglossia' if you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This -section does not cover that support. It only lists the core LaTeX -commands for creating accented characters. The '\capital...' commands -shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital letters. -These are not available with OT1. +provided through the core 'babel' package, which supports pdfLaTeX, +XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The 'polyglossia' package provides similar +support with the latter two engines. + + This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core +LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The '\capital...' +commands shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital +letters. These are not available with OT1. Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase 'o'. @@ -13099,33 +14423,33 @@ accented. '\"' '\capitaldieresis' - o" Umlaut (dieresis). + ö Umlaut (dieresis). '\'' '\capitalacute' - o' Acute accent. + ó Acute accent. '\.' - o. Dot accent. + ȯ Dot accent. '\=' '\capitalmacron' - o= Macron (overbar) accent. + ō Macron (overbar) accent. '\^' '\capitalcircumflex' - o^ Circumflex (hat) accent. + ô Circumflex (hat) accent. '\`' '\capitalgrave' - o` Grave accent. + ò Grave accent. '\~' '\capitaltilde' - n~ Tilde accent. + ñ Tilde accent. '\b' - o_ Bar accent underneath. + o̲ Bar accent underneath. Related to this, '\underbar{TEXT}' produces a bar under TEXT. The argument is always processed in LR mode (*note Modes::). The bar @@ -13135,40 +14459,91 @@ accented. '\c' '\capitalcedilla' - c, Cedilla accent underneath. + ç Cedilla accent underneath. '\d' '\capitaldotaccent' - .o Dot accent underneath. + ọ Dot accent underneath. '\H' '\capitalhungarumlaut' - o'' Long Hungarian umlaut accent. + ő Long Hungarian umlaut accent. '\k' '\capitalogonek' - o; Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. + ǫ Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. '\r' '\capitalring' - o* Ring accent. + o̊ Ring accent. '\t' '\capitaltie' '\newtie' '\capitalnewtie' - oo[ Tie-after accent. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. + oo͡ Tie-after accent. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. '\u' '\capitalbreve' - o( Breve accent. + ŏ Breve accent. '\v' '\capitalcaron' - o< Ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent. + ǒ Háček (check, caron) accent. + +* Menu: + +* \accent:: Low level command to produce an accented character. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \accent, Up: Accents + +23.5.1 '\accent' +---------------- + +Synopsis: + + \accent NUMBER CHARACTER + + A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument +constructs the accented character in the current font. + + These are accented 'e' characters. + + \accent18 e + \accent20 e + \accent21 e + \accent22 e + \accent23 e + +The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. + + The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so +the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is +desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building +them using '\accent'. Using glyphs that already contain the accented +characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation whereas +'\accent' disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font encoding +where accented glyphs are absent). + + There can be an optional font change between NUMBER and CHARACTER. +Note also that this command sets the '\spacefactor' to 1000 (*note +\spacefactor::). + + An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and the +majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be assembled +from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while '\accent' +provides for a single accent mark and a single letter combination. +There are also cases where accents must appear between letters that +\accent does not support. Still other cases exist where the letters I +and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that conflict with +dotted accent marks. The use of '\accent' in these cases will not work +as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Additional Latin letters, Next: \rule, Prev: Accents, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: Additional Latin letters, Next: inputenc package, Prev: Accents, Up: Special insertions 23.6 Additional Latin letters ============================= @@ -13179,15 +14554,15 @@ English. '\aa' '\AA' - aa and AA. + å and Å. '\ae' '\AE' - ae and AE. + æ and Æ. '\dh' '\DH' - Icelandic letter eth: d and D. Not available with OT1 encoding, you + Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. @@ -13203,7 +14578,7 @@ English. '\l' '\L' - /l and /L. + ł and Ł. '\ng' '\NG' @@ -13211,26 +14586,82 @@ English. '\o' '\O' - /o and /O. + ø and Ø. '\oe' '\OE' - oe and OE. + œ and Œ. '\ss' '\SS' - ss and SS. + ß and SS. '\th' '\TH' - Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. Not available with OT1 encoding, + Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Additional Latin letters, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: inputenc package, Next: \rule, Prev: Additional Latin letters, Up: Special insertions + +23.7 'inputenc' package +======================= + +Synopsis: -23.7 '\rule' + \usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc} + + Declare the input file's text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME. The +default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, +specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not +useful to omit it. + + In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme +called the "encoding". There are many different encodings. The +simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough +for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the +a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the sequence +'\"a' is used. This would make source files for anything but English +hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more +convenient. + + The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is +UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for +LaTeX since 2018. + + The 'inputenc' package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used. For +instance, the following command explicitly says that the input file is +UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash). + + \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + + Caution: use 'inputenc' only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX +engines::). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume that the input file is +UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with either the 'xelatex' command +or the 'lualatex' command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with +'inputenc', such as 'latin1', then you will get the error 'inputenc is +not designed for xetex or luatex'. + + An 'inputenc' package error such as 'Invalid UTF-8 byte "96' means +that some of the material in the input file does not follow the encoding +scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a document +that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one is a left +single quote from a web page using 'latin1' inside a LaTeX input file +that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to replace the non-UTF-8 +character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a LaTeX equivalent command +or character. + + In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be +necessary. Use the command '\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}'. The most +common values for ENCODING-NAME are: 'ascii', 'latin1', 'latin2', +'latin3', 'latin4', 'latin5', 'latin9', 'latin10', and 'utf8'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: inputenc package, Up: Special insertions + +23.8 '\rule' ============ Synopsis, one of: @@ -13240,8 +14671,8 @@ Synopsis, one of: Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle. - This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, -often used to mark the end of a proof. + This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos +symbol, or just "qed", often used to mark the end of a proof: \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} @@ -13263,12 +14694,12 @@ thickness is common in LaTeX. A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it. *Note -\strut:: for examples. +\strut::, for examples. File: latex2e.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Special insertions -23.8 '\today' +23.9 '\today' ============= Synopsis: @@ -13335,7 +14766,7 @@ with five included files. This will bring in material from 'pref.tex', 'chap1.tex', 'chap2.tex', 'append.tex', and 'bib.tex'. If you compile this file, and then comment -out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1,' and +out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1', and compile again, then LaTeX will only process the material in the first chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print. However, the advantage of the '\includeonly' command is that @@ -13343,7 +14774,7 @@ LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. - *Note Larger book template:: for another example of '\includeonly'. + *Note Larger book template::, for another example of '\includeonly'. * Menu: @@ -13374,12 +14805,13 @@ and this is 'chap1.tex'. This will not appear. This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end -of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during -mailing. It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize -errors is to put '\endinput' halfway through the included file and see -if the error disappears. Now, knowing which half contains the error, -moving '\endinput' to halfway through that area further narrows down the -location. This process rapidly finds the offending line. +of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file +is transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for +debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to put '\endinput' halfway +through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing +which half contains the error, moving '\endinput' to halfway through +that area further narrows down the location. This process rapidly finds +the offending line. After reading '\endinput', LaTeX continues to read to the end of the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless. @@ -13407,10 +14839,12 @@ document. The '\include' command does three things: it executes '\clearpage' (*note \clearpage & \cleardoublepage::), then it inputs the material from 'FILENAME.tex' into the document, and then it does another -'\clearpage'. This command can only appear in the document body. The -'\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX under -subsequent '\include' commands. Its list of filenames is -comma-separated, and it can only appear in the preamble. +'\clearpage'. This command can only appear in the document body. + + The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX +under subsequent '\include' commands. Its list of filenames is +comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even earlier, e.g., +the command line; it can't appear in the document body. This example root document, 'constitution.tex', brings in three files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'. @@ -13437,7 +14871,7 @@ file just for editing convenience. Running LaTeX on 'constitution.tex' makes the material from the three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files -'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.tex'. These contain +'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.aux'. These contain information such as page numbers and cross-references (*note Cross references::). If you now comment out '\includeonly''s lines with 'preamble' and 'amendments' and run LaTeX again then the resulting @@ -13452,9 +14886,9 @@ include all the files you call for with '\include' commands. The '\include' command makes a new page. To avoid that, see *note \input:: (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). - *Note Larger book template:: for another example using '\include' and -'\includeonly'. That example also uses '\input' for some material that -will not necessarily start on a new page. + *Note Larger book template::, for another example using '\include' +and '\includeonly'. That example also uses '\input' for some material +that will not necessarily start on a new page. File names can involve paths. @@ -13502,7 +14936,7 @@ also create 'athiesm.aux'.) If you '\include' the root file in itself then you first get 'LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.' Later runs get 'TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]'. To fix this, you must remove -the inclusion '\include{root}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and +the inclusion '\include{ROOT}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and rerun LaTeX. @@ -13591,7 +15025,7 @@ LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page. Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter and section listings but not subsection listings, because the '\section' -command has level 1. *Note Sectioning:: for level numbers of the +command has level 1. *Note Sectioning::, for level numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the 'tocdepth' *note Sectioning/tocdepth::. @@ -13601,7 +15035,7 @@ book template::. If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command, as above. - To make the table of contents LaTeX stores the information in an + To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an auxiliary file named 'ROOT-FILE.toc' (*note Splitting the input::). For example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex' @@ -13612,64 +15046,134 @@ example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex' \subsection{First subsection} ... -writes the following line to 'test.toc'. +writes these lines to 'test.toc'. \contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2} \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2} -The 'section' or 'subsection' is the sectioning unit. The hook -'\numberline' lets you to change how the information appears in the -table of contents. Of its two arguments, '1' or '1.1' is the sectioning -unit number and 'First section' or 'First subsection' is the title. -Finally, '2' is the page number on which the sectioning units start. - - One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to -get the contents page correct you must run LaTeX twice, once to store -the information and once to get it. In particular, the first time that -you run LaTeX on a new document, the table of contents page will be -empty except for its 'Contents' header. Just run it again. +Each line contains a single command, '\contentsline' (*note +\contentsline::). The first argument, the 'section' or 'subsection', is +the sectioning unit. The second argument has two components. The hook +'\numberline' determines how the sectioning number, '1' or '1.1', +appears in the table of contents (*note \numberline::). The remainder +of the second argument of '\contentsline', 'First section' or 'First +subsection', is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, +'2', is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. + + To typeset these lines, the document class provides '\l@SECTION-UNIT' +commands such as '\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}' and +'\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}'. These commands often use the +'\@dottedtocline' command (*note \@dottedtocline::). + + A consequence of LaTeX's strategy of using auxiliary files is that to +get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice, +once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In +the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number of +times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new +document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its +'Contents' header. Just run LaTeX again. The commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of -figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the contents -commands; for instance, these work with information stored in '.lof' and -'.lot' files. +figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in files with +extension '.lof' and '.lot'. They work the same way as +'\tableofcontents' but the latter is more common, so we use it for most +examples. - To change the header for the table of contents page do something like -the first line here. + You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of +figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a +section to the table of contents with +'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}'. (*note \addcontentsline::). +Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line material, with +'\addtocontents', as with the command +'\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}', which adds vertical space +to the list of figures (*note \addtocontents::). + + Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of +tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which +sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title +text, such as 'First section'. Finally there is a box up against the +right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box. For the +indent and the width of the number box, *note \@dottedtocline::. The +right margin box has width '\@tocrmarg' and the page number is flush +right in that space, inside a box of width '\@pnumwidth'. By default +'\@tocrmarg' is '2.55em' and '\@pnumwidth' is '1.55em'. Change these as +with '\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}'. - \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} + CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures +and tables (*note CTAN::). The package 'tocloft' is convenient for +adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, +'tocbibbind' will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to +the table of contents. + + To change the header for the table of contents page, do something +like these commands before you call '\tableofcontents', etc. + + \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents} \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots} - \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables} + \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications} -Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two. -Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will -change the headers depending on the chosen base language. - CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the -default, such as spacing, is 'tocloft'. And, 'tocbibbind' will -automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of -contents. + Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will +change these headers depending on the chosen base language. * Menu: +* \@dottedtocline:: Format entry line in table of contents, etc. * \addcontentsline:: Add an entry to table of contents, etc. * \addtocontents:: Add text directly to table of contents file, etc. +* \contentsline:: Set line in table of contents, etc. * \nofiles:: Prevent writing to auxiliary files. +* \numberline:: Put its number argument flush left in a box. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \@dottedtocline, Next: \addcontentsline, Up: Table of contents etc. + +25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline' +------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \@dottedtocline{SECTION-LEVEL-NUM}{INDENT}{NUMWIDTH}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER} + + Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly +enter '\@dottedtocline' commands. + + This command is typically used by '\l@section', '\l@subsection', +etc., to format the content lines. For example, the 'article.cls' file +contains these definitions: + + \newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} + \newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}} + \newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}} + +In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three +arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the +final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to +'\contentsline'. + + Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin +box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is, +evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command +'\@dotsep'. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are +'1/18' em. Change it using '\renewcommand', as in +'\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'. + + In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the +Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class it does +not use dotted leaders for Section entries. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Up: Table of contents etc. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Prev: \@dottedtocline, Up: Table of contents etc. -25.1.1 '\addcontentsline' +25.1.2 '\addcontentsline' ------------------------- Synopsis: \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} - Add an entry to the file specified by EXT. Usually EXT is one of -'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the list of figures, or 'lot' -for the list of tables. + Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension EXT. The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of contents. @@ -13683,20 +15187,23 @@ where it appears in the input file. The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file 'ROOT-NAME.EXT'. It writes that information as the text of the command '\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of -counter 'UNIT'. The most common case is the table of contents and there -NUM is the page number of the first page of UNIT. +counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::). The most common case is the +table of contents and there NUM is the page number of the first page of +UNIT. This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc., and also by '\caption' inside a float environment. But it is also used -by authors. For example, in a book to have the preface unnumbered, you -may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that does not put in table of -contents information, so you can enter it manually, as here. +by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style is to +have an unnumbered preface may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that +command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered +manually, as here. \chapter*{Preface} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface} In the '.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note the page number '3'. +{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note that the page number '3' is +automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. All of the arguments for '\addcontentsline' are required. @@ -13736,9 +15243,9 @@ then you don't get an error but the formatting in the table of contents will not make sense. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Next: \nofiles, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Table of contents etc. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Next: \contentsline, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Table of contents etc. -25.1.2 '\addtocontents' +25.1.3 '\addtocontents' ----------------------- Synopsis: @@ -13747,8 +15254,8 @@ Synopsis: Add TEXT, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the auxiliary file with extension EXT. This is most commonly used for the -table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also applies -to the list of figures and list of tables. +table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to +the list of figures and list of tables. This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the 'Contents' header. @@ -13756,6 +15263,24 @@ to the list of figures and list of tables. \tableofcontents\newpage \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}} +This puts the word 'Page', in boldface, above the column of page numbers +and after the header. + + \tableofcontents + \addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par} + \chapter{...} + +This adds a line announcing work by a new author. + + \addtocontents{toc}{% + \protect\vspace{2ex} + \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par} + + The difference between '\addtocontents' and '\addcontentsline' is +that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the +page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above +examples show, '\addtocontents' is for material such as spacing. + The '\addtocontents' command has two arguments. Both are required. EXT @@ -13779,9 +15304,52 @@ of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move '\addtocontents' into the file being included. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \nofiles, Prev: \addtocontents, Up: Table of contents etc. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \contentsline, Next: \nofiles, Prev: \addtocontents, Up: Table of contents etc. + +25.1.4 '\contentsline' +---------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER} + + Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (*note Table of contents +etc.::). Authors do not directly enter '\contentsline' commands. + + Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the +commands '\chapter', '\section', etc. for the table of contents, or by +the '\caption' command inside of a '\figure' or '\table' environment +(*note figure:: and *note table::). Thus, where the base file is +'thesis.tex', and contains the declaration '\tableofcontents', the +command '\chapter{Chapter One}' produces something like this in the file +'thesis.toc'. + + \contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3} + + If the file contains the declaration '\listoffigures' then a figure +environment involving '\caption{Test}' will produce something like this +in 'thesis.lof'. + + \contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6} -25.1.3 '\nofiles' + To manually add material, use +'\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}', where FILETYPE is 'toc', +'lof', or 'lot' (*note \addcontentsline::). + + For manipulating how the '\contentline' material is typeset, see the +'tocloft' package. + + Note that the 'hyperref' package changes the definition of +'\contentsline' (and '\addcontentsline') to add more arguments, to make +hyperlinks. This is the source of the error 'Argument of \contentsline +has an extra }'. Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or '.lof' or +'.lot' file, and running LaTeX again. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \nofiles, Next: \numberline, Prev: \contentsline, Up: Table of contents etc. + +25.1.5 '\nofiles' ----------------- Synopsis: @@ -13807,6 +15375,38 @@ LaTeX will not erase any existing auxiliary files, so if you insert the the table of contents page will continue to show the old information. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \numberline, Prev: \nofiles, Up: Table of contents etc. + +25.1.6 '\numberline' +-------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \numberline{NUMBER} + + Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a +'\contentsline' command to typeset the section number (*note +\contentsline::). + + For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1' to be typeset +flush left. + + \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} + + By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length +'\@tempdima'. That length is set by the commands '\l@section', +'\l@subsection', etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box +with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}'. + + This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +'\protect' (*note \protect::). An example is the use of '\protect' in +the command +'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}' to get +the '\numberline' into this command in the '.toc' file: '\contentsline +{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page number '6' is +automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::). + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Indexes, Next: Glossaries, Prev: Table of contents etc., Up: Front/back matter 25.2 Indexes @@ -13838,12 +15438,12 @@ manipulations you run an external command, typically 'makeindex' or Finally, you bring the information back into your document and typeset it with the '\printindex' command (*note \printindex::). - There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The -'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on -the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. -The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ -entry on this topic, -<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind>. + There are many packages in the area of indexing. The 'showidx' +package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page +where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. The +'multind' package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also +the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>, +and the CTAN topic, <https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>. * Menu: @@ -13938,7 +15538,7 @@ which creates an entry citing the page number of its own index listing. which outputs an index entry like 'function, 23--27' where the page number range is in blue. - Consider an index entry such as 'U+03B1-ring'. Entering it as + Consider an index entry such as 'α-ring'. Entering it as '$\alpha$-ring' will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar sign. You can instead enter it using an at-sign, as '\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}'. If you specify an entry with an @@ -14030,8 +15630,8 @@ then it is a comment. Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for entries starting with 'a', etc. This specifier gives what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: '"\n\n \\indexspace\n"' - ('\indexspace' is a rubber length with default value '10pt plus5pt - minus3pt'). + ('\indexspace' is a command inserting a rubber length, by default + '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'). 'lethead_flag' An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. @@ -14121,10 +15721,14 @@ then it is a comment. '"rnaRA"'. There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex' -does. One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process -indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other -languages. It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms -of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation. +does. One is 'xindy' (https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does +internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up +using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, +highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating +order of the text, as described in its documentation. + + A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is 'xindex', +written in Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>). File: latex2e.info, Node: \printindex, Prev: makeindex, Up: Indexes @@ -14141,7 +15745,7 @@ Synopsis: To get an index you must first include '\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex' in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command 'makeindex', and then compile -the document again. *Note Indexes:: for further discussion and an +the document again. *Note Indexes::, for further discussion and an example of the use of '\printindex'. @@ -14228,8 +15832,8 @@ Synopsis, one of: document. The settings associated with the label are pairs: 'KEY=VALUE'. - This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers U+211D in -the glossary. + This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ, in the +glossary. \newglossaryentry{R} { @@ -14296,7 +15900,7 @@ first letter of NAME, as does the fourth form, which also takes the plural. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Letters, Next: Terminal input/output, Prev: Front/back matter, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: Letters, Next: Input/output, Prev: Front/back matter, Up: Top 26 Letters ********** @@ -14641,20 +16245,130 @@ pagestyle is selected. If so, it appears on the lower right of the page. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Terminal input/output, Next: Command line, Prev: Letters, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: Input/output, Next: Command line interface, Prev: Letters, Up: Top + +27 Input/output +*************** -27 Terminal input/output -************************ +LaTeX uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in to +build document components such as a table of contents or index. You can +also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for others +to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. And, you +can issue instructions for the operating system. * Menu: +* \openin & \openout:: Open a file. +* \read:: Read text from a file. * \typein:: Read text from the terminal. * \typeout:: Write text to the terminal. +* \write:: Write text to a file or terminal. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \openin & \openout, Next: \read, Up: Input/output + +27.1 '\openin' & '\openout' +=========================== + +Synopsis: + + \openin NUMBER=FILENAME + + or: + + \openout NUMBER=FILENAME + + Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The NUMBER must +be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between +0 and 255). + + Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading. + + \newread\presidentsfile + \openin\presidentsfile=presidents + \typeout{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile} + \read\presidentsfile to\presidentline + \typeout{\presidentline} + +The '\newread' command allocates input stream numbers from 0 to 15 +(there is also a '\newwrite'). The '\presidentsfile' is more memorable +but under the hood it is still a number; the first '\typeout' gives +something like 'presidentsfile is 1'. In addition, '\newread' keeps +track of the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an +error like '! No room for a new \read'. The second '\typeout' gives the +first line of the file, something like '1 Washington, George'. + + Ordinarily TeX will not try to open the file until the next page +shipout. To change this, use '\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME' or +'\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME'. + + Close files with '\closein NUMBER' and '\closeout NUMBER'. + + How LaTeX handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can +vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an +extension then TeX will add a '.tex'. This creates 'presidents.tex', +writes one line to it, and closes it. + + \newwrite\presidentsfile + \openout\presidentsfile=presidents + \write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George} + \closeout\presidentsfile + +But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if TeX finds a FILENAME +of 'presidents.dat' it could look first for 'presidents.dat.tex' and +later for 'presidents.dat', or it could do the opposite. Your +distribution's documentation should say more, and if you find something +that works for you then you are good, but to ensure complete portability +the best thing is to use file names containing only the twenty six ASCII +letters (not case-sensitive) and the ten digits, along with underscore +and dash, and in particular with no dot or space. + + For '\openin', if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give an +error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this +with '\ifeof'; one recourse is the command '\InputIfFileExists', *note +Class and package commands::). If you try to use the same number twice, +LaTeX won't give you an error. If you try to use a bad number then you +get an error message like '! Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 +\openin16=test.jh'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Up: Terminal input/output +File: latex2e.info, Node: \read, Next: \typein, Prev: \openin & \openout, Up: Input/output + +27.2 '\read' +============ + +Synopsis: + + \read NUMBER toMACRO + + Make the command MACRO contain the next line of input from text +stream NUMBER, as in '\read5 to\data'. + + This opens the file 'email.tex' for reading, puts the contents of the +first line into the command '\email', and then closes the file. -27.1 '\typein' + \newread\recipientfile + \openin\recipientfile=email + \read\recipientfile to\email + \typeout{Email address: \email} + \closein\recipientfile + + If NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file of that +number is open, or if the file has ended, then '\read' will take input +from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not allowed, e.g., +'\nonstopmode'; *note interaction modes::). (However, the natural way +in LaTeX to take input from the terminal is '\typein' (*note \typein::.) + + To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use '\input' +(*note \input::) or '\include' (*note \include & \includeonly::). + + A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail +merges. CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is 'datatool'. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Prev: \read, Up: Input/output + +27.3 '\typein' ============== Synopsis, one of: @@ -14683,8 +16397,8 @@ you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command. In the second command version the optional argument 'CMD' argument -must be a command name -- it must begin with a backslash, \. This -command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you +must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a backslash, \. +This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you typed. For example, this \typein[\student]{Enter student name:} @@ -14700,9 +16414,9 @@ gives this output on the command line, where the user has entered 'John Dee.' -File: latex2e.info, Node: \typeout, Prev: \typein, Up: Terminal input/output +File: latex2e.info, Node: \typeout, Next: \write, Prev: \typein, Up: Input/output -27.2 '\typeout' +27.4 '\typeout' =============== Synopsis: @@ -14736,35 +16450,324 @@ spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with produces on the command line 'The length is 5.0pt'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line, Next: Document templates, Prev: Terminal input/output, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: \write, Prev: \typeout, Up: Input/output -28 Command line -*************** +27.5 '\write' +============= + +Synopsis: + + \write NUMBER{STRING} + + Write STRING to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file opened by +'\openout'. For instance, '\write6' writes to text stream number 6. + + If the following appears in 'BASEFILE.tex' then it opens +'BASEFILE.jh', writes 'Hello World!' and a newline to it, and closes +that file. + + \newwrite\myfile + \immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename + ... + \immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!} + ... + \immediate\closeout\myfile + +The '\newwrite' allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to +make life easier, so that 'stream \newwrite\myfile\the\myfile' produces +something like 'stream 3'. Then '\openout' associates the stream number +with the given file name. TeX ultimately executed '\write3' which puts +the string in the file. + + Typically NUMBER is between 0 and 15, because typically LaTeX authors +follow the prior example and the number is allocated by the system. If +NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if it is not associated with +an open file then LaTeX writes STRING to the log file. If NUMBER is +positive then in addition LaTeX writes STRING to the terminal. + + Thus, 'test \write-1{Hello World!}' puts 'Hello World!' followed by a +newline in the log file. (This is what the '\wlog' command does; *note +\wlog::). And '\write100{Hello World!}' puts the same in the log file +but also puts 'Hello World!' followed by a newline in the terminal +output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are special as NUMBER; see below.) + + In LuaTeX, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 (*note TeX +engines::). + + Use '\write\@auxout{STRING}' to write to the current '.aux' file, +which is associated with either the root file or with the current +include file; and use '\write\@mainaux{STRING}' to write to the main +'.aux'. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX. + + By default LaTeX does not write STRING to the file right away. This +is because, for example, you may need '\write' to save the current page +number, but when TeX comes across a '\write' it typically does not know +what the page number is, since it has not yet done the page breaking. +So, you use '\write' in one of three contexts: + + \immediate\write\@auxout{STRING} %1 + \write\@auxout{STRING} %2 + \protected@write\@auxout{}{STRING} %3 + + 1. With the first, LaTeX writes STRING to the file immediately. Any + macros in STRING are fully expanded (just as in '\edef') so to + prevent expansion you must use '\noexpand', 'toks', etc., except + that you should use '#' instead of '##'). + + 2. With the second, STRING is stored on the current list of things (as + a TeX "whatsit" item) and kept until the page is shipped out and + likewise the macros are unexpanded until '\shipout'. At + '\shipout', STRING is fully expanded. + + 3. The third, '\protected@write', is like the second except that you + can use '\protect' to avoid expansion. The extra first argument + allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more macros + protected or to have some other special definition for the write. + + As a simple example of expansion with '\write', STRING here contains +a control sequence '\triplex' which we've defined to be the text 'XYZ': + + \newwrite\jhfile + \openout\jhfile=test.jh + \newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ} + \write\jhfile{test \triplex test} + +This results in the file 'test.jh' containing the text 'test XYZtest' +followed by a newline. + + The cases where NUMBER is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of +'\write''s behavior when NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 +described above, in Plain TeX '\write16' and '\write17' were sometimes +used to write to the log file and the terminal; however, in LaTeX, the +natural way to do that is with '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). The +'\write18' command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for +giving commands to the operating system (*note \write18::). + + Ordinarily '\write' outputs a single line. You can include a newline +with '^^J'. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file: + + \wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.} + + A common case where authors need to write their own file is for +answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out +verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of packages +for this; one is 'answers'. + +* Menu: + +* \write and security:: Security. +* \message:: Write text to the log file and terminal. +* \wlog:: Write text to the log file. +* \write18:: Run an operating system command. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \write and security, Next: \message, Up: \write + +27.5.1 '\write' and security +---------------------------- + +The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a +downloaded LaTeX file and it overwrote your password file then you would +be justifiably troubled. + + Thus, by default TeX systems only allow you to open files for writing +that are in the current directory or output directory, if specified +(*note output directory::), or in a subdirectory of those. So, this +code + + \newwrite\jhfile + \openout\jhfile=../test.jh + +gives an error like: + Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p). + ! I can't write on file `../test.jh' + + You can get just such an error when using commands such as +'\include{../filename}' because LaTeX will try to open +'../filename.aux'. The simplest solution is to put the included files +in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \message, Next: \wlog, Prev: \write and security, Up: \write + +27.5.2 '\message' +----------------- + +Synopsis: + + \message{STRING} + + Write STRING to the log file and the terminal. + + Typically, LaTeX authors use '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). It +allows you to use '\protect' on any fragile commands in STRING (*note +\protect::). But '\typeout' always inserts a newline at the end of +STRING while '\message' does not, so the latter can be useful. + + With this example document body. + + before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI} + \message{declare a thumb war.}After + +under some circumstances (see below) LaTeX writes the following to both +the terminal and the log file. + + One Two Three Four + I declare a thumb war. + +The '^^J' produces a newline. Also, in the output document, between +'before' and 'After' will be a single space (from the end of line +following 'I}'). + + While '\message' allows you more control over formatting, a gotcha is +that LaTeX may mess up that formatting because it inserts line breaks +depending on what it has already written. Contrast this document body, +where the 'Two' has moved, to the one given above. + + before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI} + \message{declare a thumb war.}After + + This can happen: when LaTeX is outputting the messages to the +terminal, now the message with 'One' is shorter and it fits at the end +of the output terminal line, and so LaTeX breaks the line between it and +the 'Two Three'. That line break appears also in the log file. This +line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length of the full +path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted lines in a +way that is portable is hard, likely requiring starting your message at +the beginning of a line. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \wlog, Next: \write18, Prev: \message, Up: \write + +27.5.3 '\wlog' +-------------- + +Synopsis: + + \wlog{STRING} + + Write STRING to the log file. + + \wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?} + \wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.} + + Ordinarily STRING appears in a single separate line. Use '^^J' to +insert a newline. + + \wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.} + \wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.} + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \write18, Prev: \wlog, Up: \write + +27.5.4 '\write18' +----------------- + +Synopsis: + + \write18{SHELL_COMMAND} + + Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system +runs the command and LaTeX's execution is blocked until that finishes. + + This sequence (on Unix) + + \usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble + ... + \newcommand{\fignum}{1} + \immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum} + \includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf} + +will run Asymptote (the 'asy' program) on 'pix/figure1.asy', so that the +document can later read in the resulting graphic (*note +\includegraphics::). Like any '\write', here LaTeX expands macros in +SHELL_COMMAND so that '\fignum' is replaced by '1'. + + Another example is that you can automatically run BibTeX at the start +of each LaTeX run (*note Using BibTeX::) by including +'\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}' as the first line of the file. +Note that '\jobname' expands to the basename of the root file unless the +'--jobname' option is passed on the command line, in which case this is +the option argument. + + You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information +that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files +in the current directory (but see 'texosquery' below): + + \immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} + \input{tmp.dat} + + The standard behavior of any '\write' is to wait until a page is +being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream +(*note \write::). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +'\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}'. + + There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands +inside a LaTeX file. If you download a file off the net and it contains +commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The +standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell access. +You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are safe, by +compiling with 'latex --enable-write18 FILENAME' (*note Command line +options::). (The '--shell-escape' option is a synonym, in TeX Live.) + + In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default +use a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as +those that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not +use the 'enable-write18' option. By default this list of allowed +commands is short and features only commands that are under the control +of the distribution maintainers (*note Command line options::). + + The SHELL_COMMAND text is always passed to '/bin/sh' on Unix-like +operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter 'cmd.exe' on Windows. +Any different shell set by the user, and the 'SHELL' environment +variable, is ignored. + + If what you need is system information, such as the operating system +name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the +'texosquery' package, which provides a convenient and secure interface +for this, unlike the above examples using the raw '\write18': +<https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery>. + + LaTeX provides a package 'shellesc' on top of the primitive +'\write18' command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command +'\ShellEscape' which works identically on all TeX engines; LuaTeX +intentionally did not retain '\write18' as a way to invoke a shell +command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The 'shellesc' package +also provides a command '\DelayedShellEscape', executed at '\output' +time, for the same reason. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line interface, Next: Document templates, Prev: Input/output, Up: Top + +28 Command line interface +************************* Synopsis (from a terminal command line): pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT - Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use -'xelatex', or 'lualatex', or 'dviluatex', or 'latex'. + Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use (for +PDF output) 'xelatex' or 'lualatex', or (for DVI output) 'latex' or +'dvilualatex', among others (*note TeX engines::). For example, this will run LaTeX on the file 'thesis.tex', creating the output 'thesis.pdf'. pdflatex thesis -Note that '.tex' is the default file extension. +Note that '.tex' is the default file name extension. - pdfTeX is a development of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and -LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::). They are completely backward compatible. -But the original program had a custom output format, DVI, while the -newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows them to take -advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks, support for -modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous viewing -programs. In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' -then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern -features. If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will get DVI. -The description here assumes pdfLaTeX. + pdfTeX is an extension of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and +LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::). The first two are completely backward +compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the most fundamental new +feature for all three is that the original TeX output its own DVI +format, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows +them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks, +support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous +viewing programs. In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or +'lualatex' then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its +modern features. If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will +get DVI. The description here assumes pdfLaTeX. *Note Command line options::, for a selection of the most useful command line options. As to ARGUMENT, the usual case is that it does @@ -14774,20 +16777,21 @@ then the system will interpret it as a line of LaTeX input, which can be used for special effects (*note Command line input::). If you gave no arguments or options then 'pdflatex' prompts for input -from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering '<control>-D'. +from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering 'CTRL-D'. If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and -asks you about it. *Note Recovering from errors:: for an outline of +asks you about it. *Note Recovering from errors::, for an outline of what to do. * Menu: -* Command line options:: Read text from the terminal. -* Command line input:: Write text to the terminal. +* Command line options:: Commonly used command line options. +* Command line input:: Specify LaTeX code on the command line. +* Jobname:: How TeX sets the current job name. * Recovering from errors:: When something goes wrong. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line options, Next: Command line input, Up: Command line +File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line options, Next: Command line input, Up: Command line interface 28.1 Command line options ========================= @@ -14798,7 +16802,11 @@ line. With many implementations you can specify command line options by prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live -(and MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both conventions interchangeably. +(including MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both conventions +interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be specified either +as a separate argument ('--foo val'), or as one argument with an '=' +sign ('--foo=val'), but there can be no spaces around the '='. We will +generally use the '=' syntax. '-version' Show the current version, like 'pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX @@ -14811,13 +16819,13 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live '-interaction=MODE' TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: 'batchmode', 'nonstopmode', 'scrollmode', 'errorstopmode'. In - "errorstop mode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks - for user intervention. In "batch mode" it prints nothing on the - terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit '<return>' at - every error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In "nonstop - mode", diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch - mode there is no user interaction. In "scroll mode", TeX only - stops for missing files or keyboard input. + "errorstopmode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks for + user intervention. In "batchmode" it prints nothing on the + terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit 'RETURN' at every + error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In "nonstopmode", + diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch mode + there is no user interaction. In "scrollmode", TeX stops for + missing files or keyboard input, but nothing else. For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line @@ -14826,43 +16834,40 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live eliminates most terminal output. '-jobname=STRING' - Set the value of TeX's 'jobname' to the string. The log file and + Set the value of TeX's "jobname" to the string. The log file and output file will then be named 'STRING.log' and 'STRING.pdf'. - - When you run 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT', if ARGUMENT does not - start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to - input. Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and - the name of the input file will be the job name. This is used to - name the log file the output file. The 'jobname' option overrides - that process and directly specifies the name. *Note Command line - input:: for an example of its use. + *note Jobname::. '-output-directory=DIRECTORY' Write files in the directory DIRECTORY. It must already exist. + This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such as + the '.log' file for the run, the '.aux', '.toc', etc., files + created by LaTeX, as well as the main '.pdf' or '.dvi' output file + itself. + + When specified, the output directory DIRECTORY is also + automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that + the external files can be read back in, if desired. The true + current directory (in which LaTeX was run) remains unchanged, and + is also checked for input files. -'--shell-escape' -'--no-shell-escape' '--enable-write18' '--disable-write18' - Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'. The first two options - are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for - MiKTeX. - - Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a - LaTeX file. For instance the package 'sagetex' allows you to have - the mathematics software system Sage do calculations or draw graphs - and then incorporate that output in your document. For this TeX - provides the '\write18' command. - - But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen - if you compiled a LaTeX file from the Internet. By default - '\write18' is disabled. (More precisely, by default TeX Live, - MacTeX, and MiKTeX only allow the execution of a limited number of - TeX-related programs, which they distribute.) - - If you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape', and in your - document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not get an error - but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'. +'--shell-escape' +'--no-shell-escape' + Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}' (*note \write18::). + The first two options are supported by both TeX Live and MiKTeX, + while the second two are synonyms supported by TeX Live. + + Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since + it allows a LaTeX file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by + default, unrestricted '\write18' is not allowed. (The default for + TeX Live, MacTeX, and MiKTeX is to allow the execution of a limited + number of TeX-related programs, which they distribute.) + + For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape', + and in your document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not + get an error but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'. '-halt-on-error' Stop processing at the first error. @@ -14873,18 +16878,22 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line input, Next: Recovering from errors, Prev: Command line options, Up: Command line +File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line input, Next: Jobname, Prev: Command line options, Up: Command line interface 28.2 Command line input ======================= -As part of the command line invocation 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT' you -can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a backslash. -This allows you to do some special effects. +As part of the command line invocation + + LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT + +you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a +backslash. (All the engines support this.) This allows you to do some +special effects. For example, this file (which uses the 'hyperref' package for -hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a -PDF. +hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical +paper and one to be read online. \ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black} @@ -14897,10 +16906,14 @@ PDF. ... Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book' -will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with 'pdflatex -"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black. (Note the -use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the -command line shell; your system may do this differently.) +will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with + + pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex" + +has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent interpretation +of the symbols by the command line shell. (This usually works on both +Unix and Windows systems, but there are many peculiarities to shell +quoting, so read your system documentation if need be.) In a similar way, from the single file 'main.tex' you can compile two different versions. @@ -14909,22 +16922,88 @@ different versions. pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be -called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. +called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. (See the +next section.) - A final example. This loads the package 'graphicx' with the option -'draft' + In this example, we pass the 'draft' option to the 'graphicx' +package: + + pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" + +so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information +but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only +the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Jobname, Next: Recovering from errors, Prev: Command line input, Up: Command line interface + +28.3 Jobname +============ + +Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI) +output but also including others. These files are named with the +so-called "jobname". The most common case is also the simplest, where +for instance the command 'pdflatex thesis' creates 'thesis.pdf' and also +'thesis.log' and 'thesis.aux'. Here the job name is 'thesis'. + + In general, LaTeX is invoked as 'LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT', +where LATEX-ENGINE is 'pdflatex', 'lualatex', etc. (*note TeX +engines::). If ARGUMENT does not start with a backslash, as is the case +above with 'thesis', then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to +input as the main document. The name of that root file, without the +'.tex' extension, is the jobname. If ARGUMENT does start with a +backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then it waits for the first +'\input' command, and the jobname is the argument to '\input'. + + There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly +specified with the '-jobname' option, as in 'pdflatex -jobname=myname' +(*note Command line input:: for a real example). + + The final possibility is 'texput', which is the final fallback +default if no other name is available to TeX. For example, if no +'-jobname' option was specified, and the compilation stops before there +is any output, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'. + + A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately) +2020 or later, the jobname is also 'texput' if the first '\input' occurs +as a result of being called by either '\documentclass' or +'\RequirePackage'. So this will produce a file named 'texput.pdf': + + pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}" + + However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, +with + + pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}" + +the output file is 'lipsum.pdf', as '\usepackage' calls '\input'. + + Within the document, the macro '\jobname' expands to the jobname. +(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string +returned by '\jobname' contains matching start and end quotes.) In the +expansion of that macro, all characters are of catcode 12 (other) except +that spaces are category 10, including letters that are normally +catcode 11. + + Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional +can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro '\IfBeginWith' +from the 'xstring' package in its star variant, which is insensitive to +catcode. For example, in the following text the footnote "Including +Respublica Bananensis Francorum." is only present if the task name +starts with 'my-doc'. - pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" + If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then + all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% + {\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are + democracies. -so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because -otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage' -does an '\input' of its own.) + Manipulating the value of '\jobname' inside of a document does not +change the name of the output file or the log file. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Recovering from errors, Prev: Command line input, Up: Command line +File: latex2e.info, Node: Recovering from errors, Prev: Jobname, Up: Command line interface -28.3 Recovering from errors +28.4 Recovering from errors =========================== If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error @@ -14941,15 +17020,16 @@ causes it show this, and wait for input. {} problem is a million dollar one. ? -The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and '<return>' and fix the typo. You -could instead enter '?' and '<return>' to see other options. +The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and 'RETURN' and fix the typo. You +could instead enter '?' and 'RETURN' to see other options. There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the '\end{document}' or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives you a '*' prompt. You can get back to the command line by typing -'\stop' and '<return>'. +'\stop' and 'RETURN'; this command does its best to exit LaTeX +immediately, whatever state it may be in. - The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name. For instance, + The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance, instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'. ! I can't find file `tste'. @@ -14958,18 +17038,18 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'. (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit) Please type another input file name: -The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at -the same time), and then retype the correct command line. +The simplest thing is to enter 'CTRL d' (holding the Control and d keys +down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Document templates, Next: Index, Prev: Command line, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: Document templates, Next: Index, Prev: Command line interface, Up: Top Appendix A Document templates ***************************** -Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional template resources are listed at -<http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>. +Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be +useful. Additional template resources are listed at +<https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>. * Menu: @@ -14977,7 +17057,6 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at * article template:: * book template:: * Larger book template:: -* tugboat template:: File: latex2e.info, Node: beamer template, Next: article template, Up: Document templates @@ -14992,7 +17071,7 @@ features, but here is a basic template: \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} -\date{July 31, 2007} +\date{July 31, 2020} \begin{document} @@ -15010,8 +17089,7 @@ features, but here is a basic template: \end{document} - One web resource for this: -<http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/>. + The Beamer package on CTAN: <https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>. File: latex2e.info, Node: article template, Next: book template, Prev: beamer template, Up: Document templates @@ -15019,6 +17097,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: article template, Next: book template, Prev: beamer A.2 'article' template ====================== +A simple template for an article. + \documentclass{article} \title{Article Class Template} \author{Alex Author} @@ -15034,6 +17114,7 @@ Additional text. \section{Second section} Some more text. + \end{document} @@ -15042,8 +17123,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: book template, Next: Larger book template, Prev: ar A.3 'book' template =================== -This is a straightforward template for a book. See *Note Larger book -template:: for a more elaborate one. +This is a straightforward template for a book. *Note Larger book +template::, for a more elaborate one. \documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} @@ -15060,26 +17141,30 @@ Some other text. \section{A subtopic} The end. + \end{document} -File: latex2e.info, Node: Larger book template, Next: tugboat template, Prev: book template, Up: Document templates +File: latex2e.info, Node: Larger book template, Prev: book template, Up: Document templates A.4 Larger 'book' template ========================== -This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has '\frontmatter', -'\mainmatter', and '\backmatter' to control the typography of the three -main areas of a book (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::). -The book has a bibliography and an index. +This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. *Note book +template::, for a simpler one. + + This template uses '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', and '\backmatter' +to control the typography of the three main areas of a book (*note +\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::). The book has a +bibliography and an index. - Notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note + Also notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note Splitting the input::). While you are working on a chapter you can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to '\includeonly'. That will speed up compilation without losing any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to come on a new page is brought in with '\input' instead of '\include'. -You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) +You don't get the cross-reference benefit with '\input'.) \documentclass[titlepage]{book} \usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex @@ -15088,11 +17173,12 @@ You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) \author{Alex Author} \includeonly{% - frontcover, +% frontcover, preface, chap1, - ... +% appenA, } + \begin{document} \frontmatter \include{frontcover} @@ -15100,108 +17186,22 @@ You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) \maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright} \tableofcontents \include{preface} + \mainmatter \include{chap1} ... \appendix -\include{appena} +\include{appenA} ... + \backmatter \bibliographystyle{apalike} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} \bibliography \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex -\include{backcover} -\end{document} - - -File: latex2e.info, Node: tugboat template, Prev: Larger book template, Up: Document templates - -A.5 'tugboat' template -====================== - -'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group, -<http://tug.org/TUGboat>. - -\documentclass{ltugboat} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} -\else -\usepackage{url} -\fi - -%%% Start of metadata %%% -\title{Example \TUB\ article} - -% repeat info for each author. -\author{First Last} -\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country} -\netaddress{user (at) example dot org} -\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} - -%%% End of metadata %%% - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} -This is an example article for \TUB{}. -Please write an abstract. -\end{abstract} - -\section{Introduction} - -This is an example article for \TUB, linked from -\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. - -We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} -output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): -% verbatim blocks are often better in \small -\begin{verbatim}[\small] -\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW -\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\mf \MFB -\plain \POBox \PS -\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP -\TUB \TUG \tug -\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE - -\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph - -\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! -\cs{fred} -> \fred -\meta{fred} -> <fred> -\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... -\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 -\booktitle{Book of Fred} -\end{verbatim} - -For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format -\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. - -This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the -\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For -\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using -\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, -\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) - -Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - -\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style -\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty -\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX - -\makesignature +\include{backcover} \end{document} @@ -15213,40 +17213,44 @@ Index * Menu: -* &: tabular. (line 32) +* $ inline math: math. (line 12) +* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 32) +* & for table cells: tabular. (line 32) * * prompt: Recovering from errors. (line 23) * *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. (line 27) * *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 31) * *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 25) + (line 27) * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 54) + (line 61) * --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 54) + (line 61) * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 81) + (line 82) * --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 78) + (line 79) * --help command-line option: Command line options. - (line 19) + (line 23) * --interaction command-line option: Command line options. - (line 22) + (line 26) * --jobname command-line option: Command line options. - (line 39) + (line 43) * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 81) + (line 82) * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 54) + (line 61) * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options. - (line 51) + (line 48) * --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 54) + (line 61) * --version command-line option: Command line options. - (line 14) + (line 18) +* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 30) * .aux file: Output files. (line 33) * .dvi file: Output files. (line 10) +* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 6) * .glo file: Glossaries. (line 43) * .idx file: Indexes. (line 6) * .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 6) @@ -15255,72 +17259,81 @@ Index * .lof file: Output files. (line 43) * .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) +* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 6) * .log file: Output files. (line 28) * .lot file: Output files. (line 43) * .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) +* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 6) * .pdf file: Output files. (line 20) -* .tex, default extension: Command line. (line 18) +* .tex, default extension: Command line interface. + (line 19) * .toc file: Output files. (line 43) * .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) -* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 39) +* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 6) +* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 42) +* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60) * 10pt option: Document class options. (line 14) * 11pt option: Document class options. (line 14) * 12pt option: Document class options. (line 14) -* :: Colon character & \colon. - (line 6) -* : <1>: Colon character & \colon. +* : for math: Colon character & \colon. (line 6) * [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax. (line 6) +* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 6) * \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax. (line 6) * \!: Spacing in math mode. - (line 46) -* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 23) -* \#: Reserved characters. (line 13) -* \$: Reserved characters. (line 13) -* \%: Reserved characters. (line 13) -* \&: Reserved characters. (line 13) -* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 27) + (line 58) +* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 25) +* \#: Reserved characters. (line 14) +* \$: Reserved characters. (line 14) +* \%: Reserved characters. (line 14) +* \&: Reserved characters. (line 14) +* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 29) * \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 87) +* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 12) * \*: \*. (line 6) * \+: tabbing. (line 79) * \,: Spacing in math mode. - (line 32) + (line 44) * \-: tabbing. (line 83) * \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6) -* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 30) +* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 32) * \/: \/. (line 6) * \:: Spacing in math mode. - (line 28) + (line 34) * \;: Spacing in math mode. (line 23) * \<: tabbing. (line 75) -* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 34) +* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 36) * \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 69) * \>: tabbing. (line 73) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 28) + (line 34) * \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 72) * \@: \@. (line 6) -* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 241) -* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 249) +* \@auxout: \write. (line 45) +* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 242) +* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 6) +* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 250) * \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 24) * \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 6) -* \@itempenalty: list. (line 245) +* \@itempenalty: list. (line 246) +* \@mainaux: \write. (line 45) * \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 6) * \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 102) * \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 103) * \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 103) -* \aa (aa): Additional Latin letters. +* \aa (å): Additional Latin letters. (line 12) -* \AA (AA): Additional Latin letters. +* \AA (Å): Additional Latin letters. (line 12) +* \accent: \accent. (line 6) * \acute: Math accents. (line 10) * \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 6) * \address: \address. (line 6) @@ -15328,9 +17341,9 @@ Index * \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 6) * \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 6) * \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6) -* \ae (ae): Additional Latin letters. +* \ae (æ): Additional Latin letters. (line 16) -* \AE (AE): Additional Latin letters. +* \AE (Æ): Additional Latin letters. (line 16) * \aleph: Math symbols. (line 21) * \Alph example: enumerate. (line 61) @@ -15355,7 +17368,7 @@ Index * \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 157) * \arraystretch: tabular. (line 163) * \ast: Math symbols. (line 38) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 47) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 46) * \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6) * \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands. (line 9) @@ -15366,25 +17379,28 @@ Index (line 14) * \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 42) * \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 103) -* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 49) +* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 51) * \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. (line 6) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 50) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 49) * \bar: Math accents. (line 13) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. (line 101) -* \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. - (line 111) +* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) +* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) * \begin: Environments. (line 6) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 54) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 74) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 39) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 53) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 75) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 40) * \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6) * \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 57) +* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 44) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 56) * \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 61) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 65) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 64) * \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 69) * \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 72) * \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 75) @@ -15392,46 +17408,46 @@ Index (line 28) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. (line 29) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 86) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 84) * \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 78) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 82) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 89) -* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 93) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 96) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 81) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 87) +* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 91) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 94) * \bmod: Math functions. (line 21) * \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 6) * \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 14) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 99) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 97) * \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 94) * \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 95) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 104) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 107) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 102) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 105) * \breve: Math accents. (line 16) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 112) -* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 59) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 77) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 115) -* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 27) -* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 85) -* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 89) -* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 59) -* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 38) -* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 23) -* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 63) -* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 42) -* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 67) -* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 34) -* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 81) -* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 71) -* \capitalring: Accents. (line 75) -* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 81) -* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 46) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 110) +* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 61) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 78) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 113) +* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 29) +* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 87) +* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 91) +* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 61) +* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 40) +* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 25) +* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 65) +* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 44) +* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 69) +* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 36) +* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 83) +* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 73) +* \capitalring: Accents. (line 77) +* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 83) +* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 48) * \caption: figure. (line 44) -* \caption <1>: table. (line 44) +* \caption <1>: table. (line 42) * \cc: \cc. (line 6) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 120) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 118) * \cdots: Dots. (line 17) * \centering: \centering. (line 6) * \chapter: Sectioning. (line 6) @@ -15441,8 +17457,8 @@ Index (line 21) * \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands. (line 21) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 123) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 126) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 121) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 124) * \circle: \circle. (line 6) * \cite: \cite. (line 6) * \ClassError: Class and package commands. @@ -15460,8 +17476,10 @@ Index * \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. (line 6) * \cline: \cline. (line 6) +* \closein: \openin & \openout. (line 6) +* \closeout: \openin & \openout. (line 6) * \closing: \closing. (line 6) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 131) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 129) * \colon: Colon character & \colon. (line 6) * \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 20) @@ -15479,24 +17497,27 @@ Index (line 8) * \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 9) -* \complement: Math symbols. (line 134) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 140) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 10) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 143) -* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 11) +* \complement: Math symbols. (line 132) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 138) +* \contentsline: Table of contents etc.. + (line 63) +* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 10) +* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 6) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 141) +* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13) * \cos: Math functions. (line 24) * \cosh: Math functions. (line 27) * \cot: Math functions. (line 30) * \coth: Math functions. (line 33) * \csc: Math functions. (line 36) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 146) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 144) * \CurrentOption: Class and package commands. (line 60) -* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 63) -* \dag: Text symbols. (line 15) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 151) +* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 65) +* \dag: Text symbols. (line 17) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 148) * \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 6) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 154) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 151) * \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 50) * \day: \day & \month & \year. (line 6) @@ -15505,10 +17526,12 @@ Index * \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 79) * \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 45) * \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 84) -* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 18) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 158) +* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 20) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 156) * \ddot: Math accents. (line 22) * \ddots: Dots. (line 21) +* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 6) * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. (line 6) * \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule. @@ -15521,35 +17544,59 @@ Index (line 96) * \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands. (line 96) +* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6) +* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 6) +* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. + (line 6) +* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. + (line 6) * \deg: Math functions. (line 39) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 161) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 164) +* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 71) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 159) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 162) * \det: Math functions. (line 42) -* \dh (d): Additional Latin letters. +* \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters. (line 20) -* \DH (D): Additional Latin letters. +* \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters. (line 20) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 167) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 171) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 175) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 165) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 169) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 174) * \dim: Math functions. (line 45) * \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 61) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 178) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 177) * \dj: Additional Latin letters. (line 26) * \DJ: Additional Latin letters. (line 26) * \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6) +* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 30) * \dot: Math accents. (line 25) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 181) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 180) * \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. (line 6) -* \dots: Text symbols. (line 35) +* \dots: Text symbols. (line 37) * \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 168) * \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 185) * \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 189) * \ell: Math symbols. (line 193) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 59) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 60) * \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 196) * \encl: \encl. (line 6) * \end: Environments. (line 6) @@ -15561,7 +17608,7 @@ Index * \enumii: enumerate. (line 47) * \enumiii: enumerate. (line 47) * \enumiv: enumerate. (line 47) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 200) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 199) * \equiv: Math symbols. (line 206) * \eta: Math symbols. (line 209) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. @@ -15574,6 +17621,7 @@ Index (line 172) * \exists: Math symbols. (line 212) * \exp: Math functions. (line 48) +* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 6) * \extracolsep: tabular. (line 108) * \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 6) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 31) @@ -15592,6 +17640,7 @@ Index * \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 24) * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 37) +* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 40) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. (line 11) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. @@ -15633,13 +17682,13 @@ Index * \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 6) * \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 6) * \grave: Math accents. (line 28) -* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 27) -* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 28) -* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 29) -* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 30) -* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 67) +* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 29) +* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 30) +* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 31) +* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 32) +* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 69) * \hat: Math accents. (line 31) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 245) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 244) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. (line 14) * \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters. @@ -15648,25 +17697,26 @@ Index (line 19) * \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 20) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 248) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 247) * \hfill: \hfill. (line 6) * \hline: \hline. (line 6) * \hom: Math functions. (line 54) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 251) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 254) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 250) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 253) * \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. (line 6) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. (line 119) * \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 119) + (line 120) * \hspace: \hspace. (line 6) * \hss: \hss. (line 6) * \huge: Font sizes. (line 11) * \Huge: Font sizes. (line 11) * \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6) -* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 17) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 257) +* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 19) +* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 53) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 256) * \IfFileExists: Class and package commands. (line 128) * \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. @@ -15677,9 +17727,10 @@ Index (line 32) * \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters. (line 32) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 261) -* \imath: Math symbols. (line 264) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 268) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 260) +* \imath: Math symbols. (line 263) +* \immediate\write: \write. (line 60) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 267) * \include: \include & \includeonly. (line 6) * \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 6) @@ -15691,88 +17742,101 @@ Index * \indexentry: \index. (line 106) * \indexspace: makeindex. (line 58) * \inf: Math functions. (line 57) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 273) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 271) * \input: \input. (line 6) * \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands. (line 128) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 276) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 274) * \intextsep: Floats. (line 118) * \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 119) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 279) -* \it: Font styles. (line 80) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 277) +* \it: Font styles. (line 81) * \item: description. (line 31) * \item <1>: enumerate. (line 29) * \item <2>: itemize. (line 6) -* \item <3>: itemize. (line 28) -* \itemindent: list. (line 83) -* \itemsep: list. (line 87) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 33) -* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 17) -* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 286) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 282) -* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 71) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 290) +* \item <3>: itemize. (line 30) +* \itemindent: list. (line 84) +* \itemsep: list. (line 88) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 34) +* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 19) +* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 283) +* \jobname: Jobname. (line 6) +* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 44) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 280) +* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 73) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 287) * \ker: Math functions. (line 60) * \kill: tabbing. (line 107) -* \l (/l): Additional Latin letters. +* \l (ł): Additional Latin letters. (line 36) -* \L (/L): Additional Latin letters. +* \L (Ł): Additional Latin letters. (line 36) +* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 6) +* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 6) +* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 6) * \label: \label. (line 6) * \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 56) * \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 56) * \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 56) * \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 56) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 35) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 35) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 35) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 35) -* \labelsep: list. (line 99) -* \labelwidth: list. (line 104) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 293) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 296) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 299) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 304) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 42) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 42) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 42) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 42) +* \labelsep: list. (line 100) +* \labelwidth: list. (line 105) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 290) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 293) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 296) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 300) * \large: Font sizes. (line 11) * \Large: Font sizes. (line 11) * \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 21) -* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 24) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 309) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 313) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 317) -* \ldots: Dots. (line 25) -* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 34) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 321) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 325) +* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding. + (line 6) +* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 23) +* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 26) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 304) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 307) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 310) +* \ldots: Dots. (line 24) +* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 36) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 315) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 318) * \left: \left & \right. (line 6) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 332) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 337) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 324) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 329) * \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 46) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 341) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 344) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 54) -* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 124) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 54) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 54) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 54) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 54) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 54) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 54) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 347) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 352) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 357) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 361) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 333) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 336) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 58) +* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 125) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 58) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 58) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 58) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 58) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 58) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 58) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 339) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 344) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 349) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 352) * \lg: Math functions. (line 63) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 364) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 355) * \lim: Math functions. (line 66) * \liminf: Math functions. (line 69) * \limsup: Math functions. (line 72) * \line: \line. (line 6) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. (line 6) +* \lineskip: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 45) +* \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 45) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 125) + (line 112) +* \linespread <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) * \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 6) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. (line 33) @@ -15780,24 +17844,28 @@ Index (line 34) * \listoffigures: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) +* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 6) * \listoftables: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) -* \listparindent: list. (line 141) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 372) +* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 6) +* \listparindent: list. (line 142) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 361) * \ln: Math functions. (line 75) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 376) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 364) * \LoadClass: Class and package commands. (line 148) * \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands. (line 148) * \location: \location. (line 6) * \log: Math functions. (line 78) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 379) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 384) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 388) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 393) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 398) -* \lq: Text symbols. (line 40) +* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 27) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 367) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 372) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 377) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 382) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 387) +* \lq: Text symbols. (line 42) * \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. (line 6) * \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6) @@ -15805,73 +17873,79 @@ Index * \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 6) * \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 43) * \makeindex: Indexes. (line 6) -* \makelabel: list. (line 60) +* \makelabel: list. (line 61) * \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6) * \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 401) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 391) * \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 6) * \marginparpush: Page layout parameters. (line 40) * \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 43) * \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 35) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 39) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 40) * \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters. (line 42) * \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 43) -* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 43) +* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 44) * \marginsep: Page layout parameters. (line 41) * \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 43) * \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 75) * \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 84) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 110) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 126) -* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 910) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 123) -* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 913) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 111) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 127) +* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 872) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 124) +* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 875) * \mathring: Math accents. (line 34) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 107) -* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 916) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 113) -* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 919) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 116) -* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 922) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 128) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 108) +* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 878) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 114) +* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 881) +* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 6) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 117) +* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 884) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 129) * \max: Math functions. (line 81) * \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 36) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 37) * \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. (line 33) * \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. (line 34) * \medspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 28) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 405) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 410) + (line 34) +* \message: \message. (line 6) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 396) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 399) * \min: Math functions. (line 84) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 420) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 409) * \month: \day & \month & \year. (line 6) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 425) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 428) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 414) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 417) * \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6) * \multiput: \multiput. (line 6) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 431) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 420) * \name: \name. (line 6) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 434) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 437) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 440) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 423) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 426) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 429) * \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands. (line 182) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 443) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 432) +* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode. + (line 39) +* \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode. + (line 28) * \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 46) + (line 58) * \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. (line 6) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 447) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 436) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) * \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6) @@ -15885,15 +17959,16 @@ Index * \newpage: \newpage. (line 6) * \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6) * \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6) -* \newtie: Accents. (line 81) +* \newtie: Accents. (line 83) +* \newwrite: \write. (line 24) * \ng: Additional Latin letters. (line 40) * \NG: Additional Latin letters. (line 40) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 450) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 439) * \nocite: \nocite. (line 6) -* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 21) -* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 21) +* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 22) +* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 22) * \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 6) * \noindent: \indent & \noindent. (line 6) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. @@ -15902,17 +17977,18 @@ Index * \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 41) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. (line 6) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 57) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 58) * \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 22) * \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 6) * \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 455) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 463) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 467) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 470) -* \o (/o): Additional Latin letters. +* \not: Math symbols. (line 444) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 452) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 456) +* \numberline: \numberline. (line 6) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 459) +* \o (ø): Additional Latin letters. (line 44) -* \O (/O): Additional Latin letters. +* \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters. (line 44) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. (line 6) @@ -15922,30 +17998,32 @@ Index (line 66) * \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 68) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 473) -* \oe (oe): Additional Latin letters. +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 462) +* \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters. (line 48) -* \OE (OE): Additional Latin letters. +* \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters. (line 48) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 478) -* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 132) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 482) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 485) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 488) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 466) +* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 133) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 469) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 472) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 475) * \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 6) +* \openin: \openin & \openout. (line 6) * \opening: \opening. (line 6) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 491) +* \openout: \openin & \openout. (line 6) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 478) * \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands. (line 200) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 495) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 498) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 483) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 486) * \oval: \oval. (line 6) * \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. (line 40) * \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. (line 21) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 503) -* \P: Text symbols. (line 43) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 491) +* \P: Text symbols. (line 45) * \PackageError: Class and package commands. (line 41) * \PackageInfo: Class and package commands. @@ -15973,20 +18051,20 @@ Index * \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 6) * \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. (line 6) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 508) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 496) * \parbox: \parbox. (line 6) * \parindent: minipage. (line 103) * \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. (line 6) * \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip. (line 6) -* \parsep: list. (line 147) +* \parsep: list. (line 148) * \parskip: \parindent & \parskip. (line 6) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 73) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 78) * \part: Sectioning. (line 6) * \part <1>: \part. (line 6) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 511) -* \partopsep: list. (line 156) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 499) +* \partopsep: list. (line 157) * \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands. (line 206) * \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands. @@ -15995,19 +18073,22 @@ Index (line 40) * \pdfpagewidth: Document class options. (line 40) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 514) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 519) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 523) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 526) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 530) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 502) +* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 506) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 509) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 514) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 517) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 521) * \pmod: Math functions. (line 87) * \poptabs: tabbing. (line 113) * \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 114) -* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 47) +* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 49) * \Pr: Math functions. (line 90) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 533) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 536) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 541) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 524) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 527) +* \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 45) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 531) * \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 6) * \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 43) * \printindex: \printindex. (line 6) @@ -16016,9 +18097,10 @@ Index (line 243) * \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands. (line 243) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 550) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 553) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 540) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 543) * \protect: \protect. (line 6) +* \protected@write: \write. (line 70) * \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6) * \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands. (line 281) @@ -16026,324 +18108,357 @@ Index (line 314) * \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands. (line 281) +* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 6) +* \ProvideTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 6) +* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 6) * \ps: \ps. (line 6) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 556) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 559) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 546) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 549) * \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 116) * \put: \put. (line 6) * \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 6) * \qquad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 57) + (line 71) * \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. (line 6) * \quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 51) + (line 65) * \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. (line 6) -* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 51) -* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 52) -* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 75) +* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 53) +* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 54) +* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 77) * \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 6) * \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 6) * \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 6) * \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 562) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 567) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 571) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 575) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 578) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 552) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 557) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 560) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 564) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 567) +* \read: \read. (line 6) * \ref: \ref. (line 6) * \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 6) +* \refname: thebibliography. (line 44) * \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 6) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. (line 6) * \RequirePackage: Class and package commands. (line 323) +* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 30) * \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands. (line 323) * \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 6) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. (line 6) -* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 583) -* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 588) +* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 573) +* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 578) * \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 22) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 593) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 597) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 604) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 583) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 588) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 594) * \right: \left & \right. (line 6) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 608) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 613) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 617) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 620) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 623) -* \rightmargin: list. (line 171) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 83) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 30) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 599) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 604) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 608) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 611) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 614) +* \rightmargin: list. (line 172) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 84) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 31) * \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 27) * \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 32) * \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 6) -* \rq: Text symbols. (line 55) +* \rq: Text symbols. (line 57) * \rule: \rule. (line 6) -* \S: Text symbols. (line 58) +* \S: Text symbols. (line 60) * \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 6) * \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 6) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 86) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 87) * \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 6) * \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 51) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 626) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 52) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 617) * \sec: Math functions. (line 93) * \section: Sectioning. (line 6) * \section <1>: \section. (line 6) * \seename: \index. (line 56) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 131) + (line 118) * \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 6) * \setlength: \setlength. (line 6) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 629) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 620) * \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6) * \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6) * \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 89) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 48) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 635) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 90) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 49) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 626) +* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 71) +* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 65) * \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 638) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 641) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 629) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 632) * \signature: \signature. (line 11) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 645) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 648) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 636) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 639) * \sin: Math functions. (line 96) * \sinh: Math functions. (line 99) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 92) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 93) * \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 45) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 46) * \small: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 651) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 642) * \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. (line 38) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. (line 39) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 655) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 646) * \SPACE: \(SPACE). (line 6) +* \SPACE <1>: \(SPACE). (line 6) * \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 10) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 658) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 661) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 665) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 649) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 652) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 656) * \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 6) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 669) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 674) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 679) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 684) -* \ss (ss): Additional Latin letters. +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 660) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 665) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 670) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 675) +* \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters. (line 52) * \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters. (line 52) * \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 6) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 689) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 680) * \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 6) * \stop: Recovering from errors. (line 23) +* \stretch: \stretch. (line 6) * \strut: \strut. (line 6) * \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 6) * \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. (line 6) * \subsection: Sectioning. (line 6) * \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 6) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 697) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 700) -* \subsubsection: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 688) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 691) +* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 6) +* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. (line 6) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 703) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 707) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 712) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 694) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 697) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 702) * \sup: Math functions. (line 102) * \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 87) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 716) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 719) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 722) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 727) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 705) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 708) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 711) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 716) * \symbol: Symbols by font position. (line 6) -* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 81) +* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 83) * \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 6) * \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 121) * \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 172) * \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) +* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 6) * \tan: Math functions. (line 105) * \tanh: Math functions. (line 108) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 730) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 719) * \telephone: \telephone. (line 6) -* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 62) -* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 100) -* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 65) -* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 68) -* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 71) -* \textbackslash: Reserved characters. (line 20) -* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 74) -* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 77) -* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 80) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 39) -* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 83) -* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 86) -* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 89) -* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 92) -* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 99) -* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 95) -* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 98) -* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 12) -* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 107) -* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 110) -* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 113) -* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 36) -* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 116) -* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 121) -* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 124) -* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 130) +* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 64) +* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 102) +* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 67) +* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 70) +* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 73) +* \textbackslash: Reserved characters. (line 21) +* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 76) +* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 79) +* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 82) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 40) +* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 85) +* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 88) +* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 91) +* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 94) +* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 101) +* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 97) +* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 100) +* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 14) +* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 109) +* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 112) +* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 115) +* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 38) +* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 118) +* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 124) +* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 127) +* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 135) +* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 138) * \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 123) * \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 124) * \textfraction: Floats. (line 102) * \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 103) -* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 133) +* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 145) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. (line 91) * \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 92) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 33) -* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 139) -* \textless: Text symbols. (line 136) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 36) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 57) -* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 142) -* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 143) -* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 44) -* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 146) -* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 149) -* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 152) -* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 155) -* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 158) -* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 161) -* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 164) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 167) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 168) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 171) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 174) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 30) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 51) -* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 59) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 48) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 45) -* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 48) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 177) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 180) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 54) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 183) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 186) -* \textup: Font styles. (line 42) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 189) +* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 148) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 34) +* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 156) +* \textless: Text symbols. (line 153) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 37) +* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 159) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 58) +* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 165) +* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 166) +* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 46) +* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 169) +* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 172) +* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 175) +* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 178) +* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 181) +* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 184) +* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 187) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 190) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 191) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 194) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 197) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 31) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 52) +* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 61) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 49) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 46) +* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 50) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 200) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 203) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 55) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 206) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 209) +* \textup: Font styles. (line 43) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 212) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. (line 99) * \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 100) -* \th (th): Additional Latin letters. +* \th (þ): Additional Latin letters. (line 56) -* \TH (TH): Additional Latin letters. +* \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters. (line 56) * \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 56) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 733) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 722) * \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 6) * \thickspace: Spacing in math mode. (line 23) * \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 6) * \thinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 32) + (line 44) * \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. (line 6) * \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6) * \tilde: Math accents. (line 37) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 737) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 726) * \tiny: Font sizes. (line 11) * \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 63) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 741) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 729) * \today: \today. (line 6) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 745) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 733) * \topfraction: Floats. (line 107) * \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 108) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. (line 124) -* \topsep: list. (line 176) +* \topsep: list. (line 177) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. (line 131) * \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 132) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 750) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 753) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 759) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 95) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 54) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 738) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 741) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 747) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 96) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 55) * \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6) * \typein: \typein. (line 6) * \typeout: \typeout. (line 6) -* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 85) +* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 87) * \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 6) * \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 14) -* \underbar: Accents. (line 51) +* \underbar: Accents. (line 53) * \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. (line 26) * \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. (line 9) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 25) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 765) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 772) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 779) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 783) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 787) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 792) -* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 797) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 802) -* \upshape: Font styles. (line 42) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 809) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 812) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 28) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 753) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 759) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 765) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 769) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 773) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 778) +* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 783) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 788) +* \upshape: Font styles. (line 43) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 795) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 798) * \usebox: \usebox. (line 6) * \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 139) + (line 126) * \usepackage: Additional packages. (line 6) -* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 89) +* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent. + (line 6) +* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent. + (line 6) +* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 91) * \value: \value. (line 6) -* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 820) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 815) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 825) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 829) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 833) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 837) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 841) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 845) -* \vdots: Dots. (line 34) +* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 806) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 801) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 811) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 815) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 819) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 823) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 827) +* \vbox plain TeX: minipage. (line 57) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 831) +* \vdots: Dots. (line 33) * \vec: Math accents. (line 40) * \vector: \vector. (line 6) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 849) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 835) * \verb: \verb. (line 6) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 854) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 870) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 839) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 843) * \vfill: \vfill. (line 6) * \vline: \vline. (line 6) * \vspace: \vspace. (line 6) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 888) +* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 53) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 850) * \widehat: Math accents. (line 43) * \widetilde: Math accents. (line 46) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 892) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 895) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 898) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 901) +* \wlog: \wlog. (line 6) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 854) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 857) +* \write: \write. (line 6) +* \write and security: \write and security. (line 6) +* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 86) +* \write18: \write18. (line 6) +* \write18, enabling: Command line options. + (line 61) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 860) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 863) +* \xspace: xspace package. (line 6) * \year: \day & \month & \year. (line 6) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 904) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 866) +* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 26) * \\ (for center): center. (line 16) * \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 29) * \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 12) @@ -16357,21 +18472,21 @@ Index * \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 64) * \\ force line break: \\. (line 6) * \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 37) -* \^: Reserved characters. (line 20) -* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 38) -* \_: Reserved characters. (line 13) -* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 42) +* \^: Reserved characters. (line 21) +* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 40) +* \_: Reserved characters. (line 14) +* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 44) * \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 93) -* \{: Reserved characters. (line 13) +* \{: Reserved characters. (line 14) * \|: Math symbols. (line 18) -* \}: Reserved characters. (line 13) -* \~: Reserved characters. (line 20) -* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 46) -* ^: Subscripts & superscripts. +* \}: Reserved characters. (line 14) +* \~: Reserved characters. (line 21) +* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 48) +* ^ superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) -* _: Subscripts & superscripts. +* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 95) +* _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) -* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: \index. (line 56) * {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax. (line 6) * ~: ~. (line 6) @@ -16380,39 +18495,57 @@ Index * a5paper option: Document class options. (line 19) * abstract environment: abstract. (line 6) +* abstract package: abstract. (line 27) * abstracts: abstract. (line 6) * accents: Accents. (line 6) +* accents, defining: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 6) +* accents, defining <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6) +* accents, defining <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. + (line 6) +* accents, defining <3>: \DeclareTextComposite. + (line 6) +* accents, defining <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand. + (line 6) +* accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. + (line 6) * accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 6) * accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position. (line 6) * acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 6) -* acute accent: Accents. (line 27) +* acute accent: Accents. (line 29) * acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 11) * additional packages, loading: Additional packages. (line 6) +* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 9) * ae ligature: Additional Latin letters. (line 16) * algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 146) * align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 6) * aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 6) * alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 6) +* amscd package: Arrows. (line 41) * amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 86) +* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 6) * amsmath package: array. (line 55) * amsmath package <1>: array. (line 66) * amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 22) * amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 20) * amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 28) * amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 86) -* amsmath package <6>: Dots. (line 37) -* amsmath package <7>: Math functions. (line 111) -* amsmath package <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 44) -* amsmath package <9>: Colon character & \colon. +* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 30) +* amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. (line 68) +* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 36) +* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 111) +* amsmath package <10>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 54) +* amsmath package <11>: Colon character & \colon. (line 15) -* amsmath package <10>: Colon character & \colon. +* amsmath package <12>: Colon character & \colon. (line 19) * amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6) * amsthm package: theorem. (line 28) * amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 18) +* answers package: \write. (line 100) * appendices: \appendix. (line 6) * appendix: \appendix. (line 6) * appendix package: \appendix. (line 29) @@ -16421,16 +18554,18 @@ Index * array (package) package: array. (line 77) * array environment: array. (line 6) * arrays, math: array. (line 6) -* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 140) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 175) +* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 157) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 198) +* arrows: Arrows. (line 6) * article class: Document classes. (line 11) -* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 101) -* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 66) -* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 69) -* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 72) +* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 103) +* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 68) +* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 71) +* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 74) * Asymptote package: \line. (line 36) * Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 62) -* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73) +* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 74) +* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 13) * at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 19) * at-sign: \@. (line 6) * author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 43) @@ -16442,16 +18577,21 @@ Index * babel package <2>: Accents. (line 6) * babel package <3>: \today. (line 13) * babel package <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 80) + (line 124) * babel package <5>: \index. (line 56) +* back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 6) * background, colored: Colored pages. (line 6) -* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 75) -* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 81) -* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 78) -* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 34) +* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 77) +* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 83) +* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 80) +* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 36) * bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) -* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 49) +* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 51) * basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 6) +* batchmode: Command line options. + (line 27) +* beamer package: beamer template. (line 6) * beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 6) * beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6) * bibliography format, open: Document class options. @@ -16459,8 +18599,8 @@ Index * bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6) * bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6) * bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6) -* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 84) -* Big point: Units of length. (line 20) +* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 86) +* big point: Units of length. (line 20) * bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes. (line 6) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. @@ -16468,8 +18608,8 @@ Index * blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 6) * bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 32) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 75) -* bold math: Font styles. (line 128) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 76) +* bold math: Font styles. (line 129) * bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 36) * boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 6) @@ -16484,50 +18624,58 @@ Index (line 6) * bottomnumber: Floats. (line 130) * bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 131) +* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 122) * box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6) * box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 6) +* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 122) * box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 6) * box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 6) * box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 6) * boxes: Boxes. (line 6) * bp: Units of length. (line 20) -* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 87) -* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 90) +* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 89) +* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 92) +* braces: Delimiters. (line 6) +* brackets: Delimiters. (line 6) * breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6) * breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6) * breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 6) -* breve accent: Accents. (line 85) +* breve accent: Accents. (line 87) * breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 17) -* bug reporting: About this document. (line 29) +* bug reporting: About this document. (line 24) * bullet lists: itemize. (line 6) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 113) -* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 93) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 111) +* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 95) * bulleted lists: itemize. (line 6) * calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 6) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 78) -* cap height: Text symbols. (line 101) -* caron accent: Accents. (line 89) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 79) +* cap height: Text symbols. (line 103) +* caron accent: Accents. (line 91) * catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother. (line 19) * category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother. (line 19) * cc: Units of length. (line 33) * cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6) -* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 59) +* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 61) * center environment: center. (line 6) -* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 72) +* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 74) * centered equations: Document class options. (line 57) -* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 147) +* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 170) * centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 6) * centering text, environment for: center. (line 6) -* Centimeter: Units of length. (line 24) +* centimeter: Units of length. (line 24) +* changing case of characters: Upper and lower case. + (line 6) * chapter: Sectioning. (line 6) * chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 6) * character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother. (line 19) +* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 15) * character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. (line 6) +* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6) * characters, accented: Accents. (line 6) * characters, case of: Upper and lower case. (line 6) @@ -16535,14 +18683,14 @@ Index (line 6) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. (line 6) * characters, special: Reserved characters. (line 6) -* check accent: Accents. (line 89) +* check accent: Accents. (line 91) * check accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) -* Cicero: Units of length. (line 33) -* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 84) -* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 96) -* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 38) +* cicero: Units of length. (line 33) +* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 86) +* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 98) +* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 40) * circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 32) -* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 66) +* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 68) * citation key: \bibitem. (line 15) * class and package commands: Class and package commands. (line 6) @@ -16564,11 +18712,15 @@ Index * cleveref package: Cross references. (line 38) * cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 29) * cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 48) +* CLI: Command line interface. + (line 6) * clock option to slides class: Document class options. (line 99) * closing letters: \closing. (line 6) -* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 56) +* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 58) * cm: Units of length. (line 24) +* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 36) +* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60) * code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6) * colon character: Colon character & \colon. (line 6) @@ -16585,7 +18737,8 @@ Index * colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 6) * colored page: Colored pages. (line 6) * colored text: Colored text. (line 6) -* command line: Command line. (line 6) +* command line interface: Command line interface. + (line 6) * command syntax: LaTeX command syntax. (line 6) * commands, class and package: Class and package commands. @@ -16599,15 +18752,18 @@ Index (line 6) * commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. (line 6) +* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 6) * commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) +* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 6) * commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 6) -* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 101) +* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 103) +* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 6) * computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6) * configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration. (line 6) * contents file: Output files. (line 43) -* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13) +* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 15) * counters, a list of: Counters. (line 6) * counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6) * counters, getting value of: \value. (line 6) @@ -16622,14 +18778,17 @@ Index * cross references: Cross references. (line 6) * cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 33) * cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 6) +* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 6) * cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 6) * CTAN: CTAN. (line 6) -* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 114) -* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 125) -* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 111) -* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 16) -* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 108) +* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 6) +* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 116) +* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 128) +* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 113) +* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 18) +* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 110) * DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 20) +* datatool package: \read. (line 31) * date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 51) * date, today's: \today. (line 6) * datetime package: \today. (line 27) @@ -16637,6 +18796,8 @@ Index * dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 135) * dcolumn package: array. (line 77) * dd: Units of length. (line 30) +* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 24) +* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 8) * define color: Define colors. (line 6) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) @@ -16646,6 +18807,8 @@ Index * defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 6) * defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 6) * definitions: Definitions. (line 6) +* delayed \write: \write. (line 65) +* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 6) * delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 6) * delim_0: makeindex. (line 110) * delim_1: makeindex. (line 114) @@ -16656,10 +18819,12 @@ Index * description environment: description. (line 6) * description lists, creating: description. (line 6) * design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 19) -* Didot point: Units of length. (line 30) -* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 23) +* didot point: Units of length. (line 30) +* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 25) * difference between class and package: Class and package construction. (line 15) +* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 9) +* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 65) * discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 6) * discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6) * display math mode: Modes. (line 29) @@ -16676,53 +18841,62 @@ Index * document class, defined: Starting and ending. (line 17) * document classes: Document classes. (line 6) * document environment: document. (line 6) +* document root name: Jobname. (line 6) * document templates: Document templates. (line 6) -* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 114) -* dot accent: Accents. (line 30) +* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 116) +* dot accent: Accents. (line 32) * dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 26) -* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 30) -* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 63) -* dotless i: Accents. (line 17) -* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 265) -* dotless j: Accents. (line 17) -* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 287) +* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 32) +* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 65) +* dotless i: Accents. (line 19) +* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 264) +* dotless j: Accents. (line 19) +* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 284) * dots: Dots. (line 6) -* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 31) -* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 19) -* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 111) +* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33) +* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 21) +* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 113) * double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 23) -* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 31) -* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 153) -* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 53) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 169) -* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 156) -* double spacing: Low-level font commands. - (line 118) -* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 81) +* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 33) +* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 176) +* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 55) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 192) +* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 179) +* double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) +* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 83) * doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 6) * draft option: Document class options. (line 49) +* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 63) * dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 10) * dvips command: Output files. (line 10) * dvitype command: Output files. (line 10) -* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 122) -* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 13) +* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 125) +* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 16) * ellipses: Dots. (line 6) -* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 37) +* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 39) * em: Units of length. (line 38) * em <1>: Units of length. (line 38) -* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 117) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 178) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 184) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 59) +* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 119) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 201) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 207) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 60) * enclosure list: \encl. (line 6) +* encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 6) +* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 15) +* end matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 6) * end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 6) * ending and starting: Starting and ending. (line 6) * engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 6) * enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6) * enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 6) -* enumitem package: list. (line 253) +* enumitem package: itemize. (line 66) +* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 254) * environment: Starting and ending. (line 25) +* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 36) * environment, abstract: abstract. (line 6) * environment, array: array. (line 6) * environment, center: center. (line 6) @@ -16761,9 +18935,7 @@ Index * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. (line 6) * envlab package: \makelabels. (line 55) -* EPS files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 6) -* EPS files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 6) +* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 6) * eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 6) * equation environment: equation. (line 6) * equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) @@ -16775,43 +18947,59 @@ Index * equations, environment for: equation. (line 6) * equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options. (line 57) +* errorstopmode: Command line options. + (line 27) * es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters. (line 52) -* etex command: TeX engines. (line 13) +* etex command: TeX engines. (line 16) * eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. (line 20) * etoolbox package: Class and package commands. (line 110) -* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 125) -* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 125) +* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 128) +* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 128) +* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 129) * ex: Units of length. (line 38) * ex <1>: Units of length. (line 38) -* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 131) +* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 136) * executivepaper option: Document class options. (line 19) +* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 37) +* expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case. + (line 49) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) +* expressions: Expressions. (line 6) * extended Latin: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) +* external commands: \write18. (line 6) * external files, writing: filecontents. (line 6) +* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 25) * families, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 21) * fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 12) * fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 13) * fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 146) -* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 37) -* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 144) +* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 42) +* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 167) +* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 139) * figure environment: figure. (line 6) * figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 107) * figures, inserting: figure. (line 6) +* file, closing: \openin & \openout. (line 6) +* file, opening: \openin & \openout. (line 6) +* file, reading: \read. (line 6) * file, root: Splitting the input. (line 10) * filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 6) * filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 6) +* filename for current job: Command line options. + (line 43) * final option: Document class options. (line 49) -* first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 41) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 96) +* first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 36) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 97) * flafter package: Floats. (line 82) * fleqn option: Document class options. (line 49) @@ -16827,12 +19015,18 @@ Index (line 21) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. (line 6) +* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 40) +* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 6) +* font encoding <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6) +* font encoding, declaring: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 6) * font size: Low-level font commands. (line 101) * font sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) * font styles: Font styles. (line 6) * font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position. (line 6) +* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 6) * fonts: Fonts. (line 6) * fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6) * fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 6) @@ -16849,8 +19043,10 @@ Index (line 6) * footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 107) * footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6) -* Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 62) +* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 62) * footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 24) +* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 31) +* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 6) * formulas, environment for: equation. (line 6) * formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 6) * forward reference: Cross references. (line 27) @@ -16860,7 +19056,9 @@ Index * frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 39) * frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 39) * frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 44) -* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 31) +* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33) +* front matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 6) * functions, math: Math functions. (line 6) * geometry package: Document class options. (line 40) @@ -16873,6 +19071,7 @@ Index * glossary: Glossaries. (line 6) * glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 6) * glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 6) +* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 9) * glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6) * graphics: Graphics. (line 6) * graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration. @@ -16891,16 +19090,20 @@ Index * graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) * graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 6) * graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) -* grave accent: Accents. (line 42) +* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 11) +* grave accent: Accents. (line 44) * grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 29) -* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 134) +* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 146) * greek letters: Math symbols. (line 6) +* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 6) +* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. + (line 39) * group, and environments: Environments. (line 18) * group_skip: makeindex. (line 57) -* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) -* hacek accent: Accents. (line 89) +* hacek accent: Accents. (line 91) * Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 13) -* hat accent: Accents. (line 38) +* hard space: ~. (line 6) +* hat accent: Accents. (line 40) * hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 32) * header style: \pagestyle. (line 6) * header, parameters for: Page layout parameters. @@ -16908,19 +19111,24 @@ Index * hello, world: Starting and ending. (line 6) * here, putting floats: Floats. (line 52) * home page for manual: About this document. (line 6) +* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 149) +* horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. + (line 6) * horizontal space: \hss. (line 6) * horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 6) * horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. (line 6) -* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 67) +* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 69) * hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 48) * hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 57) * hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 45) -* hyperref package <3>: Command line input. (line 10) +* hyperref package <3>: Command line input. (line 14) +* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 160) * hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6) * hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6) * hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6) * hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6) +* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) * Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters. (line 20) * Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters. @@ -16928,10 +19136,10 @@ Index * idx file: \index. (line 106) * ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters. (line 32) +* immediate \write: \write. (line 60) * implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 6) * importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 6) * in: Units of length. (line 17) -* in-line formulas: math. (line 6) * inch: Units of length. (line 17) * including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 6) * indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent. (line 6) @@ -16948,6 +19156,7 @@ Index * index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 56) * index entry: \index. (line 6) * index package: \index. (line 101) +* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 32) * index, page range: \index. (line 40) * index, printing: \printindex. (line 6) * index, processing: makeindex. (line 6) @@ -16955,18 +19164,25 @@ Index * indexes: Indexes. (line 6) * infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 6) * infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 6) +* inline formulas: math. (line 6) * inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 47) * input file: Splitting the input. (line 6) * input, on command line: Command line input. (line 6) -* input/output, to terminal: Terminal input/output. - (line 6) +* input/output: Input/output. (line 6) +* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 6) +* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 6) * inserting figures: figure. (line 6) * insertions of special characters: Special insertions. (line 6) +* interface, command line: Command line interface. + (line 6) +* interline space: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) * internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 38) * invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. (line 6) +* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6) * italic correction: \/. (line 6) -* italic font: Font styles. (line 81) +* italic font: Font styles. (line 82) * itemize environment: itemize. (line 6) * item_0: makeindex. (line 81) * item_01: makeindex. (line 90) @@ -16975,42 +19191,50 @@ Index * item_2: makeindex. (line 87) * item_x1: makeindex. (line 94) * item_x2: makeindex. (line 104) -* JPEG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 6) -* JPEG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 6) -* JPG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 6) -* JPG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 6) +* jobname: Command line options. + (line 43) +* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 6) +* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 6) +* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 6) * justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 6) * justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 6) * Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 6) * label: Cross references. (line 6) * labelled lists, creating: description. (line 6) -* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 24) +* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 28) * Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 6) * landscape option: Document class options. (line 49) * landscape orientation: Document class options. (line 60) +* latex: TeX engines. (line 14) * latex command: Output files. (line 10) -* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 22) +* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 6) +* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 24) * LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 6) -* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 25) -* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. (line 21) -* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 38) -* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 25) -* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. (line 25) +* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 20) +* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. (line 16) +* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 64) +* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 33) +* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 27) +* LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 37) +* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. (line 20) +* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 6) * Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) * layout commands: Layout. (line 6) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. (line 6) -* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 31) -* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 140) -* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 87) -* left quote: Text symbols. (line 41) -* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 153) -* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 159) +* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 27) +* leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) +* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33) +* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 157) +* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 89) +* left quote: Text symbols. (line 43) +* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 176) +* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 182) * left-hand equation numbers: Document class options. (line 63) * left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 6) @@ -17024,7 +19248,7 @@ Index * lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 6) * leqno option: Document class options. (line 49) -* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 137) +* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 154) * lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 64) * lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 73) * lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 77) @@ -17048,7 +19272,7 @@ Index (line 6) * lines in tables: tabular. (line 6) * line_max: makeindex. (line 130) -* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 132) +* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 133) * lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 6) * lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 6) * list environment: list. (line 6) @@ -17056,37 +19280,43 @@ Index * list of figures file: Output files. (line 43) * list of tables file: Output files. (line 43) * listings package: tabbing. (line 146) -* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 31) +* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 36) * listings package <2>: \verb. (line 42) * lists of items: itemize. (line 6) * lists of items, generic: list. (line 6) * lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 6) +* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 36) * loading additional packages: Additional packages. (line 6) +* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 65) * log file: Output files. (line 28) -* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 22) -* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 25) -* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 63) +* log file, writing to: \write. (line 30) +* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 24) +* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 27) +* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 65) * long command: Class and package commands. (line 23) -* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 53) +* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 55) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. (line 6) * lowercase: Upper and lower case. (line 6) -* LR box: picture. (line 103) +* LR box: picture. (line 93) * LR mode: Modes. (line 16) * lrbox: lrbox. (line 6) -* lshort document: About this document. (line 49) -* ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 6) -* lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 30) -* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 30) +* lshort document: About this document. (line 39) +* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 32) +* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 65) +* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 33) +* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 42) * m-width: Units of length. (line 38) -* macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 11) -* macron accent: Accents. (line 34) +* macron accent: Accents. (line 36) * macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) * macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 43) + (line 41) * Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 6) +* mail merges: \read. (line 31) +* main matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 6) * make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6) * makeindex: makeindex. (line 6) * makeindex program: makeindex. (line 6) @@ -17094,7 +19324,7 @@ Index * making a title page: titlepage. (line 6) * making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6) * marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 6) -* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 144) +* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 167) * matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 6) * matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 6) * math accents: Math accents. (line 6) @@ -17109,30 +19339,34 @@ Index (line 6) * math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. (line 6) +* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 6) * math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 6) * math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6) -* math, bold: Font styles. (line 128) +* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 6) +* math, bold: Font styles. (line 129) * mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 86) -* mathtools package <1>: Over- and Underlining. +* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 41) +* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 30) +* mathtools package <3>: Over- and Underlining. (line 45) -* mathtools package <2>: \smash. (line 61) -* mathtools package <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 36) +* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 61) +* mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 46) * MetaPost package: \line. (line 36) * mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case. - (line 45) + (line 46) * mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 62) -* Millimeter: Units of length. (line 27) +* millimeter: Units of length. (line 27) * minipage environment: minipage. (line 6) * minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 6) * minted package: tabbing. (line 146) -* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 31) +* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 36) * minted package <2>: \verb. (line 42) -* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 20) +* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 25) * mm: Units of length. (line 27) * modes: Modes. (line 6) -* monospace font: Font styles. (line 96) +* monospace font: Font styles. (line 97) * moving arguments: \protect. (line 19) * mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 62) * mu: Units of length. (line 49) @@ -17140,11 +19374,13 @@ Index * multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 6) * multilingual support: Accents. (line 6) * multind package: Indexes. (line 32) +* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 32) * multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 6) * name: \newglossaryentry. (line 43) +* name of document root: Jobname. (line 6) * NBSP: ~. (line 6) * nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly. - (line 104) + (line 106) * new class commands: Class and package construction. (line 6) * new command, check: Class and package commands. @@ -17159,32 +19395,40 @@ Index * new line, starting: \\. (line 6) * new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6) * new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6) +* newline, in \write: \write. (line 95) +* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 34) +* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 160) * non-English characters: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) +* nonstopmode: Command line options. + (line 27) +* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 37) * notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) * notitlepage option: Document class options. (line 49) * null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 6) * numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6) -* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 132) -* oblique font: Font styles. (line 93) +* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 133) +* oblique font: Font styles. (line 94) * oe ligature: Additional Latin letters. (line 48) -* ogonek: Accents. (line 71) -* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 132) +* ogonek: Accents. (line 73) +* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 133) * one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6) * onecolumn option: Document class options. (line 78) * oneside option: Document class options. (line 78) +* open a file: \openin & \openout. (line 6) * openany option: Document class options. (line 78) * openbib option: Document class options. (line 49) -* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 41) +* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 43) * openright option: Document class options. (line 78) * OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6) +* operating system information: \write18. (line 65) * options, class: Class and package commands. (line 66) * options, color package: Color package options. @@ -17202,51 +19446,64 @@ Index (line 6) * options, package <1>: Class and package commands. (line 66) -* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 144) +* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 167) * oslash: Additional Latin letters. (line 44) +* OT1: fontenc package. (line 6) * outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 47) -* overbar accent: Accents. (line 34) +* output directory for all external files: Command line options. + (line 48) +* overbar accent: Accents. (line 36) * overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 26) * overlining: Over- and Underlining. (line 6) * overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 6) +* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 31) * package file layout: Class and package structure. (line 6) * package options: Class and package structure. (line 6) * package options <1>: Class and package commands. (line 66) +* package, abstract: abstract. (line 27) +* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 9) * package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 146) +* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 41) * package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 86) +* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 6) * package, amsmath: array. (line 55) * package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 66) * package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 22) * package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 20) * package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 28) * package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 86) -* package, amsmath <6>: Dots. (line 37) -* package, amsmath <7>: Math functions. (line 111) -* package, amsmath <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 44) -* package, amsmath <9>: Colon character & \colon. +* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 30) +* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. (line 68) +* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 36) +* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 111) +* package, amsmath <10>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 54) +* package, amsmath <11>: Colon character & \colon. (line 15) -* package, amsmath <10>: Colon character & \colon. +* package, amsmath <12>: Colon character & \colon. (line 19) * package, amsthm: theorem. (line 28) * package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 18) +* package, answers: \write. (line 100) * package, appendix: \appendix. (line 29) * package, array (package): array. (line 77) * package, Asymptote: \line. (line 36) * package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 62) -* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73) +* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 74) +* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 13) * package, babel: \chapter. (line 71) * package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 53) * package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 6) * package, babel <3>: \today. (line 13) * package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 80) + (line 124) * package, babel <5>: \index. (line 56) +* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 6) * package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes. (line 6) * package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath. @@ -17254,29 +19511,41 @@ Index * package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 38) * package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 29) * package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 48) +* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 36) +* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 6) * package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 26) * package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 45) +* package, datatool: \read. (line 31) * package, datetime: \today. (line 27) * package, dcolumn: array. (line 77) -* package, enumitem: list. (line 253) +* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 66) +* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 254) * package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 55) * package, etoolbox: Class and package commands. (line 110) -* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 125) +* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 128) +* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 129) +* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 37) +* package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case. + (line 49) * package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 12) * package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 13) * package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 146) -* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 37) +* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 42) * package, flafter: Floats. (line 82) * package, float: Floats. (line 52) * package, geometry: Document class options. (line 40) * package, geometry <1>: Document class options. (line 44) +* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 11) +* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. + (line 39) * package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 48) * package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 57) * package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 45) -* package, hyperref <3>: Command line input. (line 10) +* package, hyperref <3>: Command line input. (line 14) * package, indentfirst: \part. (line 50) * package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 58) * package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 60) @@ -17285,60 +19554,71 @@ Index (line 61) * package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent. (line 48) * package, index: \index. (line 101) +* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 6) * package, listings: tabbing. (line 146) -* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 31) +* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 36) * package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 42) +* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 36) * package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 43) + (line 41) * package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 86) -* package, mathtools <1>: Over- and Underlining. +* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 41) +* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 30) +* package, mathtools <3>: Over- and Underlining. (line 45) -* package, mathtools <2>: \smash. (line 61) -* package, mathtools <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 36) +* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 61) +* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 46) * package, MetaPost: \line. (line 36) * package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case. - (line 45) + (line 46) * package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 62) * package, minted: tabbing. (line 146) -* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 31) +* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 36) * package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 42) * package, multind: Indexes. (line 32) * package, pict2e: \line. (line 36) * package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 6) * package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 13) * package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 80) + (line 125) * package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 56) * package, PSTricks: \line. (line 36) -* package, sagetex: Command line options. - (line 62) -* package, setspace: Low-level font commands. - (line 118) +* package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 79) +* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 71) * package, showidx: Indexes. (line 32) -* package, siunitx: ~. (line 32) -* package, symbols: Math symbols. (line 6) +* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 137) +* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 37) +* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 66) +* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 65) * package, textcase: Upper and lower case. - (line 42) -* package, textcomp: Font styles. (line 132) + (line 43) * package, TikZ: \line. (line 36) * package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 62) -* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 72) -* package, titlesec: \part. (line 54) -* package, titlesec <1>: \chapter. (line 79) -* package, titlesec <2>: \section. (line 64) -* package, titlesec <3>: \subsection. (line 52) -* package, titlesec <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. +* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73) +* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 41) +* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 60) +* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 54) +* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 79) +* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 64) +* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 52) +* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. (line 65) * package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc.. - (line 91) + (line 111) * package, tocloft: Table of contents etc.. - (line 91) + (line 111) * package, ulem: Over- and Underlining. (line 15) -* package, url: \verb. (line 38) -* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 37) +* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 37) +* package, url: \verb. (line 39) +* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 42) +* package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 37) +* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 66) +* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 53) * packages, loading additional: Additional packages. (line 6) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. (line 6) @@ -17365,24 +19645,27 @@ Index (line 6) * paragraph mode: Modes. (line 12) * paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 6) -* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 45) +* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 47) * paragraph, ending: \par. (line 6) * paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 6) * paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6) * parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 34) * parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters. (line 6) +* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security. (line 22) +* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 6) * part: Sectioning. (line 6) * part <1>: \part. (line 6) +* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 51) * pc: Units of length. (line 14) -* PDF graphic files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 6) -* PDF graphic files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 6) +* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 6) +* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 15) * pdflatex command: Output files. (line 20) +* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 66) * pdfTeX: Output files. (line 20) -* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 13) +* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 16) * period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 6) -* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 147) +* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 170) * period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 6) * period, spacing after: \@. (line 6) * pica: Units of length. (line 14) @@ -17390,44 +19673,45 @@ Index * pict2e package <1>: \line. (line 36) * picture environment: picture. (line 6) * pictures, creating: picture. (line 6) -* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 45) +* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 47) * placement of floats: Floats. (line 31) +* platex: TeX engines. (line 54) +* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 67) * plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 51) -* PNG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 6) -* PNG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 6) +* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 6) * poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6) -* Point: Units of length. (line 10) +* point: Units of length. (line 10) * polish l: Additional Latin letters. (line 36) * polyglossia package: Accents. (line 6) * polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 13) * polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 80) + (line 125) * polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 56) * portrait orientation: Document class options. (line 60) -* position, in picture: picture. (line 77) +* position, in picture: picture. (line 64) * positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 52) + (line 54) * postamble: makeindex. (line 54) * postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 6) -* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 49) +* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 51) * preamble: makeindex. (line 50) * preamble, defined: Starting and ending. (line 22) +* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 70) * prompt, *: Recovering from errors. (line 23) -* pronunciation: Overview. (line 24) +* pronunciation: Overview. (line 28) * PSTricks package: \line. (line 36) * pt: Units of length. (line 10) * quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 51) -* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 150) + (line 65) +* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 173) * quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 6) -* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 31) +* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 33) * quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 6) -* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 165) -* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 169) +* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 188) +* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 192) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. (line 6) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. @@ -17437,88 +19721,106 @@ Index * ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 6) * ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 6) * ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6) +* read a file: \read. (line 6) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. (line 6) * reference, forward: Cross references. (line 27) * references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 33) -* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 172) +* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 195) * relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 6) +* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 70) * remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) * report class: Document classes. (line 11) -* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 29) +* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 24) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) * resizing: \scalebox. (line 6) * resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) -* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 31) -* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 175) -* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 90) -* right quote: Text symbols. (line 56) -* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 156) -* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 162) +* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 53) +* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33) +* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 198) +* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 92) +* right quote: Text symbols. (line 58) +* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 179) +* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 185) * right-hand equation numbers: Document class options. (line 63) * right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 6) * right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 6) -* ring accent: Accents. (line 75) +* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 9) +* ring accent: Accents. (line 77) * ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 35) * robust commands: \protect. (line 6) -* roman font: Font styles. (line 84) +* roman font: Font styles. (line 85) * root file: Splitting the input. (line 10) * roots: \sqrt. (line 6) * rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 6) * rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 6) * rotation: \rotatebox. (line 6) * row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 46) +* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 9) * rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. (line 6) * running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6) -* sagetex package: Command line options. - (line 62) -* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 90) -* Scaled point: Units of length. (line 36) +* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 91) +* scaled point: Units of length. (line 36) * scaling: \scalebox. (line 6) * scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) * script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 6) -* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 78) -* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 62) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 63) +* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 79) +* scrollmode: Command line options. + (line 27) +* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 69) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 70) * section: Sectioning. (line 6) * section <1>: \section. (line 6) * section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) -* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 63) -* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 60) +* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 70) +* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 62) * section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 6) * sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 6) * sectioning, part: \part. (line 6) +* security and \write: \write and security. (line 6) +* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 56) +* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 42) * series, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 48) -* setspace package: Low-level font commands. - (line 118) +* setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 79) * setting counters: \setcounter. (line 6) +* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60) * shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 88) * sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters. (line 52) +* shell access: \write18. (line 6) +* shell escape: Command line options. + (line 61) +* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 60) +* shellesc package: \write18. (line 71) * showidx package: Indexes. (line 32) * simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6) -* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 31) -* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 31) -* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 159) -* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 53) -* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 165) -* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 162) -* siunitx package: ~. (line 32) +* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 33) +* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 33) +* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 182) +* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 55) +* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 188) +* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 185) +* siunitx package: minipage. (line 137) +* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 37) * sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 6) +* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 9) * skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6) -* slanted font: Font styles. (line 93) +* slanted font: Font styles. (line 94) * slides class: Document classes. (line 11) * sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6) * sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6) -* small caps font: Font styles. (line 87) +* small caps font: Font styles. (line 88) * sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 55) +* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 42) * sp: Units of length. (line 36) -* space, hard: ~. (line 6) +* space between lines: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 6) * space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 6) * space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 6) * space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. @@ -17530,13 +19832,15 @@ Index * spaces: Spaces. (line 6) * spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. (line 6) +* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 6) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. (line 6) * spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 6) * spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 6) * spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. (line 6) -* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 144) +* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6) +* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 167) * special characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) * special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) @@ -17547,17 +19851,17 @@ Index * stack math: \stackrel. (line 6) * star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 6) * starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 25) + (line 27) * starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6) * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. (line 6) * starting and ending: Starting and ending. (line 6) * starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. (line 6) -* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 49) -* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 169) -* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 169) -* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 165) +* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 51) +* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 192) +* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 192) +* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 188) * stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 6) * stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 6) * stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6) @@ -17571,47 +19875,57 @@ Index (line 6) * subsection: Sectioning. (line 6) * subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 6) -* subsubsection: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. +* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 6) +* subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. (line 6) +* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 66) * superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) * symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 59) -* symbols package: Math symbols. (line 6) +* symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol. (line 6) +* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 6) * symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath. (line 6) * symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 6) * symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 6) +* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 6) +* system information: \write18. (line 65) +* T1: fontenc package. (line 6) * tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 6) * tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 6) * table environment: table. (line 6) +* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 6) +* table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline. + (line 6) * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. (line 6) * table of contents file: Output files. (line 43) * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings. (line 6) * table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc.. (line 6) -* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. (line 74) +* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. (line 81) * tables, creating: table. (line 6) * tabular environment: tabular. (line 6) -* template, article: article template. (line 6) +* template (simple), article: article template. (line 6) * template, beamer: beamer template. (line 6) * template, book: book template. (line 6) * template, book <1>: Larger book template. (line 6) -* template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 6) * templates, document: Document templates. (line 6) -* terminal input/output: Terminal input/output. - (line 6) -* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 63) +* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 6) +* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 30) +* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 6) +* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 65) +* texosquery package: \write18. (line 65) +* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 25) * text symbols: Text symbols. (line 6) * text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 6) * text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) * text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 6) * text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 6) * textcase package: Upper and lower case. - (line 42) -* textcomp package: Font styles. (line 132) -* textcomp package <1>: Text symbols. (line 6) + (line 43) +* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 6) * thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 57) * thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6) * theorem environment: theorem. (line 6) @@ -17619,24 +19933,25 @@ Index * theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6) * theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6) * thin space: Spacing in math mode. - (line 32) + (line 44) * thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. (line 6) * thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode. - (line 46) + (line 58) * thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. (line 6) * thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. (line 56) -* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 178) +* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 201) * tie: ~. (line 6) -* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 81) +* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 83) * TikZ package: \line. (line 36) * TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 62) -* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 72) -* tilde accent: Accents. (line 46) +* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73) +* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 41) +* tilde accent: Accents. (line 48) * tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 38) -* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 69) +* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 71) * title page, separate or run-in: Document class options. (line 71) * title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6) @@ -17645,18 +19960,19 @@ Index * titlepage option: Document class options. (line 49) * titles, making: \maketitle. (line 6) -* titlesec package: \part. (line 54) -* titlesec package <1>: \chapter. (line 79) -* titlesec package <2>: \section. (line 64) -* titlesec package <3>: \subsection. (line 52) -* titlesec package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. +* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 60) +* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 54) +* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 79) +* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 64) +* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 52) +* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. (line 65) * tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 91) -* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 73) -* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 74) + (line 111) +* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 80) +* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 81) * tocloft package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 91) + (line 111) * today's date: \today. (line 6) * tombstone: \rule. (line 13) * topmargin: Page layout parameters. @@ -17665,12 +19981,12 @@ Index * topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 139) * totalnumber: Floats. (line 142) * totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 143) -* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 181) +* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 204) * transcript file: Output files. (line 28) * TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6) -* TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 6) +* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 6) * two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 6) -* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 184) +* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 207) * twocolumn option: Document class options. (line 78) * twoside option: Document class options. @@ -17679,34 +19995,40 @@ Index * typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6) * typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) * typefaces: Fonts. (line 6) -* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 96) +* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 97) * typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 36) * ulem package: Over- and Underlining. (line 15) -* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 23) -* underbar: Accents. (line 51) +* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 25) +* unbreakable space: ~. (line 6) +* underbar: Accents. (line 53) * underlining: Over- and Underlining. (line 6) -* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 187) +* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 210) +* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 15) * Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 6) +* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 37) * units, of length: Units of length. (line 6) -* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 25) +* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 20) * unordered lists: itemize. (line 6) +* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 55) +* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 68) * uppercase: Upper and lower case. (line 6) -* url package: \verb. (line 38) +* url package: \verb. (line 39) * using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6) -* usrguide official documentation: About this document. (line 44) -* UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 6) +* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 12) +* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 6) +* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 6) * variables, a list of: Counters. (line 6) * vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 41) * verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6) * verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6) * verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6) -* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 37) +* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 42) * verse environment: verse. (line 6) -* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 81) -* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 78) +* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 83) +* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 80) * vertical mode: Modes. (line 34) * vertical space: \vspace. (line 6) * vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 6) @@ -17714,528 +20036,580 @@ Index (line 6) * vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. (line 6) +* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 6) * vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 6) * visible space: \verb. (line 31) -* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 190) +* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 213) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 58) +* whatsit item: \write. (line 65) * white space: Spaces. (line 6) * wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 44) * wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 47) * widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 70) +* Wright, Joseph: Upper and lower case. + (line 49) * writing external files: filecontents. (line 6) * writing letters: Letters. (line 6) * x-height: Units of length. (line 38) * xdvi command: Output files. (line 10) -* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 39) -* xelatex command: TeX engines. (line 39) -* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 39) -* xindy: makeindex. (line 153) +* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 42) +* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 41) +* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 69) +* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 42) +* xindex program: makeindex. (line 160) * xindy program: makeindex. (line 153) +* xparse package: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 37) +* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 66) +* xr package: xr package. (line 6) +* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 6) +* xstring package: Jobname. (line 53) Tag Table: -Node: Top1837 -Node: About this document3658 -Node: Overview5906 -Node: Starting and ending7529 -Ref: Starting & ending7664 -Node: Output files8841 -Ref: output files dvi9120 -Ref: output files pdf9631 -Ref: output files log9954 -Ref: output files aux10151 -Node: TeX engines11120 -Ref: tex engines latex11469 -Ref: tex engines lualatex12301 -Ref: tex engines xelatex12786 -Node: LaTeX command syntax13590 -Node: Environment15516 -Node: CTAN16722 -Node: Document classes18123 -Ref: document classes article18563 -Ref: document classes book18651 -Ref: document classes letter18836 -Ref: document classes report18912 -Ref: document classes slides19064 -Node: Document class options19446 -Node: Additional packages22528 -Node: Class and package construction23159 -Node: Class and package structure24609 -Node: Class and package commands26903 -Node: Fonts44517 -Ref: Typefaces44620 -Node: Font styles44948 -Node: Font sizes49213 -Node: Low-level font commands50832 -Ref: low level font commands fontencoding51116 -Ref: low level font commands fontfamily51672 -Ref: low level font commands fontseries52437 -Ref: low level font commands fontshape53589 -Ref: low level font commands fontsize53886 -Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch54411 -Ref: low level font commands linespread55120 -Ref: low level font commands selectfont55370 -Ref: low level font commands usefont55696 -Node: Layout55939 -Node: \onecolumn56437 -Node: \twocolumn56796 -Ref: twocolumn columnsep57419 -Ref: twocolumn columnseprule57668 -Ref: twocolumn columnwidth57964 -Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction58530 -Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction59473 -Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep59720 -Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep60025 -Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber60208 -Node: \flushbottom61173 -Node: \raggedbottom62273 -Node: Page layout parameters62809 -Ref: page layout parameters columnsep63012 -Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule63012 -Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth63012 -Ref: page layout parameters headheight63266 -Ref: page layout parameters headsep63433 -Ref: page layout parameters footskip63746 -Ref: page layout parameters linewidth64080 -Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush64433 -Ref: page layout parameters marginsep64433 -Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth64433 -Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin65473 -Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin65473 -Ref: page layout parameters paperheight66010 -Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth66236 -Ref: page layout parameters textheight66460 -Ref: page layout parameters textwidth66849 -Ref: page layout parameters hsize67778 -Ref: page layout parameters topmargin67984 -Ref: page layout parameters topskip68288 -Node: Floats68504 -Ref: floats bottomfraction72872 -Ref: floats floatpagefraction72999 -Ref: floats textfraction73110 -Ref: floats topfraction73312 -Ref: floats floatsep73564 -Ref: floats intextsep73674 -Ref: floats textfloatsep73889 -Ref: floats bottomnumber74153 -Ref: floats dbltopnumber74261 -Ref: floats topnumber74380 -Ref: floats totalnumber74484 -Node: Sectioning75013 -Ref: sectioning secnumdepth77746 -Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth77746 -Ref: sectioning tocdepth78347 -Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth78347 -Node: \part79392 -Node: \chapter81568 -Node: \section85342 -Node: \subsection88609 -Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph91323 -Node: \appendix93980 -Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter95270 -Node: \@startsection96611 -Ref: startsection name97988 -Ref: \@startsection/name97988 -Ref: startsection level98442 -Ref: \@startsection/level98442 -Ref: startsection indent99322 -Ref: \@startsection/indent99322 -Ref: startsection beforeskip99585 -Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip99585 -Ref: startsection afterskip101106 -Ref: \@startsection/afterskip101106 -Ref: startsection style102417 -Ref: \@startsection/style102417 -Node: Cross references106123 -Node: \label108216 -Node: \pageref110036 -Node: \ref110826 -Node: Environments111802 -Node: abstract113804 -Node: array115393 -Node: center118285 -Node: \centering120037 -Node: description121534 -Node: displaymath123749 -Node: document125536 -Node: \AtBeginDocument125966 -Node: \AtEndDocument126590 -Node: enumerate127234 -Ref: enumerate enumi129097 -Ref: enumerate enumii129097 -Ref: enumerate enumiii129097 -Ref: enumerate enumiv129097 -Ref: enumerate labelenumi129495 -Ref: enumerate labelenumii129495 -Ref: enumerate labelenumiii129495 -Ref: enumerate labelenumiv129495 -Node: eqnarray130034 -Node: equation132029 -Node: figure132697 -Node: filecontents134851 -Node: flushleft136598 -Node: \raggedright137615 -Node: flushright138813 -Node: \raggedleft139549 -Node: itemize140339 -Ref: itemize labelitemi141561 -Ref: itemize labelitemii141561 -Ref: itemize labelitemiii141561 -Ref: itemize labelitemiv141561 -Ref: itemize leftmargin142403 -Ref: itemize leftmargini142403 -Ref: itemize leftmarginii142403 -Ref: itemize leftmarginiii142403 -Ref: itemize leftmarginiv142403 -Ref: itemize leftmarginv142403 -Ref: itemize leftmarginvi142403 -Node: letter143807 -Node: list144045 -Ref: list makelabel146490 -Ref: list itemindent147874 -Ref: list itemsep148011 -Ref: list labelsep148663 -Ref: list labelwidth148826 -Ref: list leftmargin149837 -Ref: list listparindent150690 -Ref: list parsep150921 -Ref: list partopsep151424 -Ref: list rightmargin152222 -Ref: list topsep152407 -Ref: list beginparpenalty155982 -Ref: list itempenalty156081 -Ref: list endparpenalty156185 -Node: \item157057 -Node: trivlist158305 -Node: math159833 -Node: minipage160139 -Node: picture165416 -Node: \put171885 -Node: \multiput172450 -Node: \qbezier173189 -Node: \graphpaper174114 -Node: \line174908 -Node: \linethickness176872 -Node: \thinlines177321 -Node: \thicklines177732 -Node: \circle178116 -Node: \oval178656 -Node: \shortstack179632 -Node: \vector181029 -Node: \makebox (picture)181945 -Node: \framebox (picture)183127 -Node: \frame184600 -Node: \dashbox185040 -Node: quotation & quote186175 -Node: tabbing187071 -Node: table193064 -Node: tabular195157 -Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth201486 -Ref: tabular arraystrech201726 -Ref: tabular doublerulesep201947 -Ref: tabular tabcolsep202083 -Node: \multicolumn202604 -Node: \vline206480 -Node: \cline207871 -Node: \hline208581 -Node: thebibliography209263 -Node: \bibitem211673 -Node: \cite213948 -Node: \nocite215703 -Node: Using BibTeX216187 -Node: theorem218342 -Node: titlepage219264 -Node: verbatim220547 -Node: \verb222057 -Node: verse223877 -Node: Line breaking225104 -Node: \\226470 -Node: \obeycr & \restorecr228903 -Node: \newline229697 -Node: \- (hyphenation)230726 -Node: \discretionary232364 -Node: \fussy & \sloppy233252 -Node: sloppypar234035 -Node: \hyphenation235181 -Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak235775 -Node: Page breaking236922 -Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage238951 -Node: \newpage240471 -Node: \enlargethispage241769 -Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak242725 -Node: Footnotes244391 -Node: \footnote245537 -Ref: footnote footnoterule246805 -Ref: footnote footnotesep247416 -Node: \footnotemark248482 -Node: \footnotetext250821 -Node: Footnotes in section headings251422 -Node: Footnotes in a table252255 -Node: Footnotes of footnotes255177 -Node: Definitions255881 -Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand256857 -Node: \providecommand262087 -Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother263250 -Node: \@ifstar265398 -Node: \newcounter268217 -Node: \newlength269937 -Node: \newsavebox270759 -Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment271738 -Node: \newtheorem277062 -Node: \newfont280634 -Node: \protect281867 -Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend284255 -Node: Counters286993 -Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol288694 -Node: \usecounter291348 -Node: \value292207 -Node: \setcounter293260 -Node: \addtocounter293856 -Node: \refstepcounter294310 -Node: \stepcounter294979 -Node: \day & \month & \year295525 -Node: Lengths296336 -Node: Units of length300805 -Ref: units of length pt301008 -Ref: units of length pc301131 -Ref: units of length in301154 -Ref: units of length bp301180 -Ref: units of length cm301311 -Ref: units of length mm301333 -Ref: units of length dd301355 -Ref: units of length cc301387 -Ref: units of length sp301412 -Ref: Lengths/em301443 -Ref: Lengths/en301443 -Ref: Lengths/ex301443 -Ref: units of length em301443 -Ref: units of length en301443 -Ref: units of length ex301443 -Node: \setlength302299 -Node: \addtolength303384 -Node: \settodepth304459 -Node: \settoheight305337 -Node: \settowidth306230 -Node: Making paragraphs307098 -Node: \par308869 -Node: \indent & \noindent310816 -Node: \parindent & \parskip312350 -Node: Marginal notes313385 -Ref: marginal notes marginparpush314781 -Ref: marginal notes marginparsep314894 -Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth315026 -Node: Math formulas315375 -Node: Subscripts & superscripts319543 -Node: Math symbols321701 -Node: Blackboard bold347868 -Node: Calligraphic348640 -Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath349212 -Node: Dots350726 -Ref: ellipses cdots351148 -Ref: ellipses ddots351295 -Ref: ellipses ldots351384 -Ref: ellipses vdots351805 -Node: Math functions352991 -Node: Math accents354635 -Node: Over- and Underlining355534 -Node: Spacing in math mode357361 -Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace358293 -Ref: spacing in math mode medspace358385 -Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace358481 -Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace358481 -Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace358962 -Ref: spacing in math mode quad359160 -Ref: spacing in math mode qquad359416 -Node: \smash359694 -Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom361911 -Node: Math miscellany363948 -Node: Colon character & \colon364507 -Node: \*365200 -Node: \frac365784 -Node: \left & \right366164 -Node: \sqrt367338 -Node: \stackrel367933 -Node: Modes368206 -Ref: modes paragraph mode368656 -Ref: modes lr mode368852 -Ref: modes math mode369458 -Ref: modes vertical mode369793 -Ref: modes internal vertical mode369964 -Ref: modes inner paragraph mode370437 -Ref: modes outer paragraph mode370437 -Node: \ensuremath370851 -Node: Page styles371556 -Node: \maketitle372319 -Node: \pagenumbering375336 -Node: \pagestyle377324 -Node: \thispagestyle380826 -Node: Spaces381780 -Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad383221 -Node: \hspace384135 -Node: \hfill385973 -Node: \hss387037 -Node: \spacefactor387731 -Node: \@391118 -Ref: \AT391218 -Node: \frenchspacing393158 -Node: \normalsfcodes393993 -Node: \(SPACE)394240 -Node: ~396004 -Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace398474 -Node: \/399417 -Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill400723 -Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip402079 -Ref: bigskip402897 -Ref: medskip403101 -Ref: smallskip403310 -Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak403971 -Node: \strut404957 -Node: \vspace408152 -Node: \vfill409715 -Node: \addvspace410643 -Node: Boxes412641 -Node: \mbox & \makebox413347 -Ref: mbox makebox depth414559 -Ref: mbox makebox height414559 -Ref: mbox makebox width414559 -Ref: mbox makebox totalheight414559 -Node: \fbox & \framebox416653 -Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule417966 -Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep418156 -Node: \parbox419245 -Node: \raisebox421549 -Ref: raisebox depth422512 -Ref: raisebox height422512 -Ref: raisebox width422512 -Ref: raisebox totalheight422512 -Node: \sbox & \savebox423226 -Node: lrbox426192 -Node: \usebox427014 -Node: Color427420 -Node: Color package options428219 -Node: Color models429865 -Ref: color models cmyk430662 -Ref: color models gray431025 -Ref: color models rgb431174 -Ref: color models RGB431511 -Ref: color models named431886 -Node: Commands for color432174 -Node: Define colors432589 -Node: Colored text433314 -Node: Colored boxes435712 -Node: Colored pages437101 -Node: Graphics437794 -Node: Graphics package options439921 -Node: Graphics package configuration442674 -Node: \graphicspath443476 -Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions446367 -Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule448135 -Node: Commands for graphics451317 -Node: \includegraphics451822 -Ref: includegraphics width456872 -Ref: includegraphics height457403 -Ref: includegraphics totalheght457809 -Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio458073 -Ref: includegraphics viewport459759 -Ref: includegraphics trim460129 -Ref: includegraphics clip460585 -Ref: includegraphics page460845 -Ref: includegraphics pagebox460936 -Ref: includegraphics interpolate461801 -Ref: includegraphics quiet462006 -Ref: includegraphics draft462167 -Ref: includegraphics bb462972 -Ref: includegraphics bbllx463370 -Ref: includegraphics bblly463370 -Ref: includegraphics bburx463370 -Ref: includegraphics bbury463370 -Ref: includegraphics natwidth463512 -Ref: includegraphics natheight463512 -Ref: includegraphics hiresbb463698 -Ref: includegraphics type464460 -Ref: includegraphics ext464500 -Ref: includegraphics read464603 -Ref: includegraphics command464720 -Node: \rotatebox464965 -Node: \scalebox467819 -Node: \resizebox468875 -Node: Special insertions470067 -Node: Reserved characters470869 -Node: Upper and lower case472071 -Node: Symbols by font position473986 -Node: Text symbols474606 -Node: Accents478607 -Node: Additional Latin letters480622 -Ref: Non-English characters480793 -Node: \rule481810 -Node: \today482982 -Node: Splitting the input483918 -Node: \endinput485659 -Node: \include & \includeonly486926 -Node: \input491148 -Node: Front/back matter492363 -Node: Table of contents etc.492696 -Node: \addcontentsline496432 -Node: \addtocontents499274 -Node: \nofiles500865 -Node: Indexes501597 -Node: \index503225 -Node: makeindex508334 -Ref: makeindex preamble510002 -Ref: makeindex postamble510142 -Ref: makeindex group skip510227 -Ref: makeindex letheadflag510547 -Ref: makeindex lethead prefix511008 -Ref: makeindex lethead suffix511160 -Ref: makeindex item 0511308 -Ref: makeindex item 1511388 -Ref: makeindex item 2511463 -Ref: makeindex item 01511541 -Ref: makeindex item x1511646 -Ref: makeindex item 12511851 -Ref: makeindex item x2511959 -Ref: makeindex delim 0512119 -Ref: makeindex delim 1512249 -Ref: makeindex delim 2512379 -Ref: makeindex delim n512505 -Ref: makeindex delim r512640 -Ref: makeindex line max512748 -Ref: makeindex indent space512883 -Ref: makeindex indent length512978 -Ref: makeindex page precedence513163 -Node: \printindex514037 -Node: Glossaries514509 -Node: \newglossaryentry516476 -Node: \gls517945 -Node: Letters518739 -Node: \address522366 -Node: \cc523177 -Node: \closing523619 -Node: \encl523933 -Node: \location524347 -Node: \makelabels524611 -Node: \name526928 -Node: \opening527169 -Node: \ps527450 -Node: \signature527739 -Node: \telephone528967 -Node: Terminal input/output529332 -Node: \typein529597 -Node: \typeout530846 -Node: Command line531890 -Node: Command line options533948 -Node: Command line input537507 -Node: Recovering from errors539370 -Node: Document templates540716 -Node: beamer template541161 -Node: article template541815 -Node: book template542242 -Node: Larger book template542723 -Node: tugboat template544209 -Node: Index546580 -Ref: Command Index546666 +Node: Top1852 +Node: About this document3656 +Node: Overview5394 +Node: Starting and ending7174 +Ref: Starting & ending7309 +Node: Output files8486 +Ref: output files dvi8765 +Ref: output files pdf9277 +Ref: output files log9602 +Ref: output files aux9799 +Node: TeX engines10768 +Ref: tex engines latex11304 +Ref: tex engines lualatex12139 +Ref: tex engines xelatex12600 +Node: LaTeX command syntax14560 +Node: Environment16487 +Node: CTAN17714 +Node: Document classes19170 +Ref: document classes article19610 +Ref: document classes book19698 +Ref: document classes letter19883 +Ref: document classes report19959 +Ref: document classes slides20111 +Node: Document class options20564 +Node: Additional packages23646 +Node: Class and package construction24277 +Node: Class and package structure25727 +Node: Class and package commands28022 +Node: Fonts45627 +Ref: Typefaces45730 +Node: fontenc package47692 +Node: \DeclareFontEncoding51940 +Node: \DeclareTextAccent53358 +Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault54215 +Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand55286 +Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault57520 +Node: \DeclareTextComposite58827 +Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand59914 +Node: \DeclareTextSymbol60589 +Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault61694 +Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding62648 +Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent63272 +Node: Font styles64480 +Node: Font sizes68710 +Node: Low-level font commands70935 +Ref: low level font commands fontencoding71219 +Ref: low level font commands fontfamily71775 +Ref: low level font commands fontseries72538 +Ref: low level font commands fontshape73690 +Ref: low level font commands fontsize73987 +Ref: low level font commands linespread74564 +Ref: low level font commands selectfont74814 +Ref: low level font commands usefont75140 +Node: Layout75383 +Node: \onecolumn75949 +Node: \twocolumn76308 +Ref: twocolumn columnsep76931 +Ref: twocolumn columnseprule77175 +Ref: twocolumn columnwidth77475 +Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction78058 +Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction79024 +Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep79262 +Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep79571 +Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber79751 +Node: \flushbottom80700 +Node: \raggedbottom81800 +Node: Page layout parameters82336 +Ref: page layout parameters columnsep82565 +Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule82565 +Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth82565 +Ref: page layout parameters headheight82819 +Ref: page layout parameters headsep82986 +Ref: page layout parameters footskip83298 +Ref: page layout parameters linewidth83632 +Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush83985 +Ref: page layout parameters marginsep83985 +Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth83985 +Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin85025 +Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin85025 +Ref: page layout parameters paperheight85570 +Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth85796 +Ref: page layout parameters textheight86020 +Ref: page layout parameters textwidth86409 +Ref: page layout parameters hsize87347 +Ref: page layout parameters topmargin87544 +Ref: page layout parameters topskip87848 +Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch88064 +Node: Floats93057 +Ref: floats bottomfraction97395 +Ref: floats floatpagefraction97522 +Ref: floats textfraction97633 +Ref: floats topfraction97835 +Ref: floats floatsep98087 +Ref: floats intextsep98197 +Ref: floats textfloatsep98412 +Ref: floats bottomnumber98676 +Ref: floats dbltopnumber98784 +Ref: floats topnumber98903 +Ref: floats totalnumber99007 +Node: Sectioning99549 +Ref: sectioning secnumdepth102658 +Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth102658 +Ref: sectioning tocdepth103284 +Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth103284 +Node: \part104324 +Node: \chapter106501 +Node: \section110274 +Node: \subsection113541 +Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph116255 +Node: \appendix118912 +Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter120205 +Node: \@startsection121614 +Ref: startsection name123103 +Ref: \@startsection/name123103 +Ref: startsection level123557 +Ref: \@startsection/level123557 +Ref: startsection indent124438 +Ref: \@startsection/indent124438 +Ref: startsection beforeskip124701 +Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip124701 +Ref: startsection afterskip126222 +Ref: \@startsection/afterskip126222 +Ref: startsection style127533 +Ref: \@startsection/style127533 +Node: Cross references131234 +Node: \label133383 +Node: \pageref135203 +Node: \ref135993 +Node: xr package136988 +Node: Environments138822 +Node: abstract140824 +Node: array142413 +Node: center145305 +Node: \centering147058 +Node: description148555 +Node: displaymath150772 +Node: document152468 +Node: \AtBeginDocument152898 +Node: \AtEndDocument153522 +Node: enumerate154166 +Ref: enumerate enumi156029 +Ref: enumerate enumii156029 +Ref: enumerate enumiii156029 +Ref: enumerate enumiv156029 +Ref: enumerate labelenumi156427 +Ref: enumerate labelenumii156427 +Ref: enumerate labelenumiii156427 +Ref: enumerate labelenumiv156427 +Node: eqnarray156966 +Node: equation158962 +Node: figure159630 +Node: filecontents161784 +Node: flushleft163693 +Node: \raggedright164720 +Node: flushright165918 +Node: \raggedleft166742 +Node: itemize167613 +Ref: itemize labelitemi169161 +Ref: itemize labelitemii169161 +Ref: itemize labelitemiii169161 +Ref: itemize labelitemiv169161 +Ref: itemize leftmargin169820 +Ref: itemize leftmargini169820 +Ref: itemize leftmarginii169820 +Ref: itemize leftmarginiii169820 +Ref: itemize leftmarginiv169820 +Ref: itemize leftmarginv169820 +Ref: itemize leftmarginvi169820 +Node: letter171302 +Node: list171540 +Ref: list makelabel173987 +Ref: list itemindent175372 +Ref: list itemsep175509 +Ref: list labelsep176162 +Ref: list labelwidth176325 +Ref: list leftmargin177336 +Ref: list listparindent178189 +Ref: list parsep178420 +Ref: list partopsep178888 +Ref: list rightmargin179686 +Ref: list topsep179871 +Ref: list beginparpenalty183446 +Ref: list itempenalty183545 +Ref: list endparpenalty183649 +Node: \item184520 +Node: trivlist185766 +Node: math187294 +Node: minipage187600 +Node: picture193165 +Node: \put199395 +Node: \multiput199960 +Node: \qbezier200699 +Node: \graphpaper202172 +Node: \line202966 +Node: \linethickness204940 +Node: \thinlines205389 +Node: \thicklines205800 +Node: \circle206184 +Node: \oval206726 +Node: \shortstack207702 +Node: \vector209099 +Node: \makebox (picture)210013 +Node: \framebox (picture)211195 +Node: \frame212668 +Node: \dashbox213108 +Node: quotation & quote214243 +Node: tabbing215139 +Node: table221042 +Node: tabular223106 +Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth229443 +Ref: tabular arraystrech229683 +Ref: tabular doublerulesep229904 +Ref: tabular tabcolsep230040 +Node: \multicolumn230561 +Node: \vline234437 +Node: \cline235828 +Node: \hline236538 +Node: thebibliography237220 +Node: \bibitem239703 +Node: \cite242005 +Node: \nocite243873 +Node: Using BibTeX244381 +Node: theorem246552 +Node: titlepage247474 +Node: verbatim248757 +Node: \verb250570 +Node: verse252663 +Node: Line breaking253890 +Node: \\255256 +Node: \obeycr & \restorecr257689 +Node: \newline258500 +Node: \- (hyphenation)259529 +Node: \discretionary261167 +Node: \fussy & \sloppy262055 +Node: sloppypar262838 +Node: \hyphenation263984 +Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak264578 +Node: Page breaking265726 +Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage267756 +Node: \newpage269276 +Node: \enlargethispage270574 +Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak271530 +Node: Footnotes273197 +Node: \footnote274343 +Ref: footnote footnoterule275611 +Ref: footnote footnotesep276222 +Node: \footnotemark277288 +Node: \footnotetext279627 +Node: Footnotes in section headings280229 +Node: Footnotes in a table281062 +Node: Footnotes of footnotes283984 +Node: Definitions284688 +Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand285735 +Node: \providecommand291036 +Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother292201 +Node: \@ifstar294303 +Node: \newcounter297788 +Node: \newlength299508 +Node: \newsavebox300330 +Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment301309 +Node: \newtheorem306633 +Node: \newfont310205 +Node: \protect311438 +Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend313826 +Node: xspace package316507 +Node: Counters318572 +Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol320273 +Node: \usecounter322898 +Node: \value323757 +Node: \setcounter324810 +Node: \addtocounter325406 +Node: \refstepcounter325860 +Node: \stepcounter326529 +Node: \day & \month & \year327082 +Node: Lengths327893 +Node: Units of length332481 +Ref: units of length pt332684 +Ref: units of length pc332784 +Ref: units of length in332807 +Ref: units of length bp332833 +Ref: units of length cm332964 +Ref: units of length mm332986 +Ref: units of length dd333008 +Ref: units of length cc333040 +Ref: units of length sp333065 +Ref: Lengths/em333096 +Ref: Lengths/en333096 +Ref: Lengths/ex333096 +Ref: units of length em333096 +Ref: units of length en333096 +Ref: units of length ex333096 +Node: \setlength333952 +Node: \addtolength335037 +Node: \settodepth336112 +Node: \settoheight336990 +Node: \settowidth337883 +Node: \stretch338768 +Node: Expressions339970 +Node: Making paragraphs344752 +Node: \par346523 +Node: \indent & \noindent348470 +Node: \parindent & \parskip350005 +Node: Marginal notes351312 +Ref: marginal notes marginparpush352708 +Ref: marginal notes marginparsep352882 +Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth353014 +Node: Math formulas353363 +Node: Subscripts & superscripts357531 +Node: Math symbols359692 +Node: Arrows383463 +Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath384651 +Node: Blackboard bold386170 +Node: Calligraphic386972 +Node: Delimiters387503 +Node: \left & \right389691 +Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.393699 +Node: Dots396452 +Ref: ellipses cdots396883 +Ref: ellipses ddots397028 +Ref: ellipses ldots397109 +Ref: ellipses vdots397526 +Node: Greek letters398710 +Node: Math functions400389 +Node: Math accents402033 +Node: Over- and Underlining402932 +Node: Spacing in math mode404759 +Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace405694 +Ref: spacing in math mode medspace406119 +Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace406546 +Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace406546 +Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace407027 +Ref: spacing in math mode quad407354 +Ref: spacing in math mode qquad407610 +Node: \smash407948 +Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom410165 +Node: \mathstrut412712 +Node: Math miscellany413674 +Node: Colon character & \colon414180 +Node: \*414873 +Node: \frac415453 +Node: \sqrt415824 +Node: \stackrel416410 +Node: Modes416683 +Ref: modes paragraph mode417133 +Ref: modes lr mode417329 +Ref: modes math mode417935 +Ref: modes vertical mode418270 +Ref: modes internal vertical mode418441 +Ref: modes inner paragraph mode418914 +Ref: modes outer paragraph mode418914 +Node: \ensuremath419328 +Node: Page styles420033 +Node: \maketitle420796 +Node: \pagenumbering423814 +Node: \pagestyle425802 +Node: \thispagestyle429304 +Node: Spaces430258 +Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad431699 +Node: \hspace432614 +Node: \hfill434452 +Node: \hss435516 +Node: \spacefactor436210 +Node: \@439597 +Ref: \AT439697 +Node: \frenchspacing441637 +Node: \normalsfcodes442472 +Node: \(SPACE)442719 +Node: ~444509 +Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace447086 +Node: \/448257 +Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill450213 +Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip451569 +Ref: bigskip452387 +Ref: medskip452591 +Ref: smallskip452800 +Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak453461 +Node: \strut454447 +Node: \vspace457642 +Node: \vfill459206 +Node: \addvspace460134 +Node: Boxes462130 +Node: \mbox & \makebox462836 +Ref: mbox makebox depth464104 +Ref: mbox makebox height464104 +Ref: mbox makebox width464104 +Ref: mbox makebox totalheight464104 +Node: \fbox & \framebox466199 +Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule467513 +Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep467703 +Node: \parbox468793 +Node: \raisebox471099 +Ref: raisebox depth472072 +Ref: raisebox height472072 +Ref: raisebox width472072 +Ref: raisebox totalheight472072 +Node: \sbox & \savebox472773 +Node: lrbox475835 +Node: \usebox476721 +Node: Color477160 +Node: Color package options477959 +Node: Color models479605 +Ref: color models cmyk480402 +Ref: color models gray480765 +Ref: color models rgb480914 +Ref: color models RGB481251 +Ref: color models named481626 +Node: Commands for color481914 +Node: Define colors482329 +Node: Colored text483054 +Node: Colored boxes485451 +Node: Colored pages486840 +Node: Graphics487533 +Node: Graphics package options489660 +Node: Graphics package configuration492413 +Node: \graphicspath493215 +Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions496173 +Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule497991 +Node: Commands for graphics501172 +Node: \includegraphics501677 +Ref: includegraphics width506740 +Ref: includegraphics height507273 +Ref: includegraphics totalheight507679 +Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio507943 +Ref: includegraphics viewport509629 +Ref: includegraphics trim510024 +Ref: includegraphics clip510480 +Ref: includegraphics page510740 +Ref: includegraphics pagebox510831 +Ref: includegraphics interpolate511696 +Ref: includegraphics quiet511901 +Ref: includegraphics draft512062 +Ref: includegraphics bb512867 +Ref: includegraphics bbllx513265 +Ref: includegraphics bblly513265 +Ref: includegraphics bburx513265 +Ref: includegraphics bbury513265 +Ref: includegraphics natwidth513407 +Ref: includegraphics natheight513407 +Ref: includegraphics hiresbb513593 +Ref: includegraphics type514355 +Ref: includegraphics ext514395 +Ref: includegraphics read514498 +Ref: includegraphics command514615 +Node: \rotatebox514861 +Node: \scalebox517715 +Node: \resizebox518771 +Node: Special insertions519963 +Node: Reserved characters520831 +Node: Upper and lower case522091 +Node: Symbols by font position524477 +Node: Text symbols525156 +Node: Accents530140 +Node: \accent532293 +Node: Additional Latin letters534055 +Ref: Non-English characters534237 +Node: inputenc package535256 +Node: \rule537806 +Node: \today538994 +Node: Splitting the input539930 +Node: \endinput541672 +Node: \include & \includeonly542975 +Node: \input547272 +Node: Front/back matter548487 +Node: Table of contents etc.548820 +Node: \@dottedtocline554525 +Node: \addcontentsline556071 +Node: \addtocontents558949 +Node: \contentsline561166 +Node: \nofiles562859 +Node: \numberline563610 +Node: Indexes564725 +Node: \index566399 +Node: makeindex571504 +Ref: makeindex preamble573172 +Ref: makeindex postamble573312 +Ref: makeindex group skip573397 +Ref: makeindex letheadflag573730 +Ref: makeindex lethead prefix574191 +Ref: makeindex lethead suffix574343 +Ref: makeindex item 0574491 +Ref: makeindex item 1574571 +Ref: makeindex item 2574646 +Ref: makeindex item 01574724 +Ref: makeindex item x1574829 +Ref: makeindex item 12575034 +Ref: makeindex item x2575142 +Ref: makeindex delim 0575302 +Ref: makeindex delim 1575432 +Ref: makeindex delim 2575562 +Ref: makeindex delim n575688 +Ref: makeindex delim r575823 +Ref: makeindex line max575931 +Ref: makeindex indent space576066 +Ref: makeindex indent length576161 +Ref: makeindex page precedence576346 +Node: \printindex577381 +Node: Glossaries577854 +Node: \newglossaryentry579821 +Node: \gls581288 +Node: Letters582082 +Node: \address585700 +Node: \cc586511 +Node: \closing586953 +Node: \encl587267 +Node: \location587681 +Node: \makelabels587945 +Node: \name590262 +Node: \opening590503 +Node: \ps590784 +Node: \signature591073 +Node: \telephone592301 +Node: Input/output592666 +Node: \openin & \openout593396 +Node: \read596139 +Node: \typein597326 +Node: \typeout598586 +Node: \write599636 +Node: \write and security604363 +Node: \message605307 +Node: \wlog607136 +Node: \write18607637 +Node: Command line interface611128 +Ref: Command line611292 +Node: Command line options613445 +Ref: interaction modes614448 +Ref: output directory615402 +Node: Command line input617101 +Node: Jobname619132 +Node: Recovering from errors622274 +Node: Document templates623702 +Node: beamer template624136 +Node: article template624778 +Node: book template625241 +Node: Larger book template625720 +Node: Index627262 +Ref: Command Index627348 End Tag Table + + +Local Variables: +coding: utf-8 +End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog index ea8730ed199..e4dadad58cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,1206 @@ +2021-07-24 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + New release for CTAN, version of July 2021. + +2021-07-21 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (intro): wording. + (Indexes): mention CTAN topic. + (makeindex): mention xindex. + * GNUmakefile (easyurls): use name testdist instead of test. + * src/easyurls.py (INDEX_FILE_NOTE): intro wording. + +2021-07-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: Added comment at end of top page header, + to easily split the page to insert material in easyurls.py. + + * easyurls.py: Edit note added to top page header discussing + mor memorable urls. + + * Makefile: edit dist target to make .zip of tree of html files, + add easyurls target. + +2021-07-05 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * CTAN, + * Makefile: release procedure update. + * TODO: it was empty, so remove. + +2021-07-04 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\@dottedtocline): Tiny tweaks. + +2021-07-04 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\stretch): Added section. + +2021-06-27 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\@dottedtocline): Add section. Move some + material up to Table of Contents to avoid duplication. + +2021-06-21 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Jobname): updates; consistently use "jobname" + instead of "job name". + Change @cindex entries to start with lowercase. + + * writing.html: mention index entries. + +2021-06-18 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: (minipage): avoid overfull boxes from comment lines. + (Expressions): use \textasciitilde; other wording. + Fix typos. + +2021-06-12 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\numberline): Add section on \numberline. + +2021-06-11 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\contentsline): Add section on \contentsline. + +2021-06-09 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Expressions): Add section on \numexpr, etc. + +2021-06-04 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\baselineskip & \baselinestretch): Add section. Remove + redundant material from low level font command section. + +2021-05-29 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\mathstrut): Add section for \mathstrut; adjust section + for \vphantom to use an example not best done with \mathstrut. + +2021-05-29 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (HTML head): Adopt HTML head from easyurls for .texi. + +2021-05-28 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Text symbols): add \textfiguredash, + \texthorizontalbar, \textnonbreakinghyphen, from upcoming + June 2021 LaTeX release. + +2021-05-27 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (xspace package): Add section on \xspace. + +2021-05-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (inputenc package): tweak utf-8 discussion. + +2021-05-25 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (xr package): Add section. + +2021-05-24 Jim Hefferon <jim@joshua.smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (inputenc package): Add section. + +2021-05-15 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * Makefile: website process doc + + * latex2e.texi (About this document): urls were confused, with no + no link to the actual dev page with all the output formats. + Report from Paul A Norman, 15 May 2021 18:27:10. + + * Makefile: first draft at minor doc for updating website. + + * index.html, + * README: update for current urls, etc. + +2021-04-29 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Accents): babel supports Unicode engines now. + Report from Javier Bezos, 29 Apr 2021 14:35:39. + +2021-04-22 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Using BibTeX, Output files): https://mirror.ctan.org. + +2021-04-16 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\parindent & \parskip): horizontal and vertical + were reversed. Report from Chandrasekhar, 15 Apr 2021 17:04:17. + +2021-02-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\spacefactor): Translate node from English. + +2021-02-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\spacefactor, \accent, fontenc package): Copy + these nodes from the English version. + (\frenchspacing): Move it as a subnode of \spacefactor. + +2020-12-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typoes. + + * NEWS-fr: Delivery note December 2020 French delivery to CTAN. + +2020-12-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Page layout parameters): Add Texinfo TODO comment + that margin description has to be fixed, point as the French + version for reference. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Page layout parameters): Add anchors, and fixe + the margin parameters description. + +2020-12-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\twocolumn): Minor rewording and fixes. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\twocolumn): Align on English, propagates Jim's + r368. + +2020-12-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi: twiddle some lines, so anchor is *after* + corresponding item. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: add some anchor, partial propagation of Jim's + r671. + +2020-12-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Boxes): Align on English. + +2020-12-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (lrbox, \usebox): ``storage bin'' -> ``box register''. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (lrbox, \usebox): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\mbox & \makebox, \sbox & \savebox): Align on English. + + * latex2e.texi (\mbox & \makebox): Replace example with table + reference by soviet tank T-34, reference should be made with \ref + & \label. Fix redundant ``space after points'' text. Avoid + negative sentences describing what \\ or \par do, and remind this + is LR mode. + (\sbox & \savebox): ``storage bin'' -> ``box register'' + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Using BibTeX): Forward reference to CTAN node. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Using BibTeX): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\raisebox): Align on English. + + * latex2e.texi (\raisebox): Minor improvement of examples & + description. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (verbatim): Explain why it cannot be used within a + macro argument. Forward reference to CTAN node. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typoes. + (verbatim): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (titlepage): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (theorem): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\cite): Add crossref to node Jobname + ``cited'' + -> ``explicitely cited''. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\nocite): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\cite): Clarify bibliography style are only when + BibTeX is used, and add crossref to node Jobname. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\cite): Align on English. + +2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\bibitem): Align on English. + + * latex2e.texi (\bibitem): Minor rewordings. Add forward reference to Jobname node. + +2020-12-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (thebibliography): Add reference to node list for + layout. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (thebibliography): Align on English. + +2020-12-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (tabular): Propagate r626, r676. + + * latex2e.texi (tabular): Clarify ``row'' -> ``tabular row''. + +2020-12-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (table): Align on English. + + * latex2e.texi (table): Improve conciseness / precision. + +2020-12-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (tabbing): Catch-up changes in the English + version, and improve a few things, notably description of \= and + comparison with tabular. + + * latex2e.texi (tabbing): Minor fixes, mark as needing catch-up French version. + + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (list): Remove spurious space in redlabel example. + (minipage): Align neighbourhood population example on the French + version / ie use siunitx. In French this is a must for the decimal + separator, but for English it also make the column alignment + easier. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typoes. + (minipage): Fix translation, do not use inches (French people + don't understand what it means). Fix the neighbourhood population + example. + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (picture): Insert \qbezier & \graphpaper menu entries. + (\qbezier, \graphpaper): Translate nodes. + + * latex2e.texi (picture): Accent for B\'ezier. + (\qbezier): Fix figure bouding box. + (\graphpaper): Index graphpap package. + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (picture): Re-order sub-nodes to match the + English version. + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\circle): Align on English. + (quotation & quote, verse): Align on English --- example indentation. + + * latex2e.texi (\circle): Minor fix --- missing \. + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parbox): Fix options ``t'' and ``c'' description. + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (itemize): ``itemized'' -> ``unordered'' + + @dfn{...}. Mention ``default'' means no locale through + e.g. babel. Nesting on a separate paragraph. ``note'' first and + ``also use'' second for the roman numerals convention. Make it + clear that reference to list node concerns parameters related to + itemize. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (itemize): Align on English. + +2020-12-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (flushright): Add ``interword'' concerning + shrinking/stretching space. + (flushright, \raggedleft): Mark references to flushleft examples + as ``mutatis mutandis''. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (flushleft): Improve translation. + (\raggedright, \raggedleft): Aligne on English version. + + * latex2e-fr.texi + +2020-12-21 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (equation, figure, flushleft): Align on English version --- + propagate Jim's r626. + + * latex2e.texi (flushleft): Add ``interword'' concerning + shrinking/stretching space. + +2020-12-21 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (eqnarray): Align on English version --- + propagate Jim's r626. + +2020-12-20 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (array, center, picture): Align on English + version. + +2020-12-18 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\verb): Clarify where visible spaces are produced + by starred version, and explain why \verb cannot be used within an + argument of macro. Package url, clarify word ``option''. + (Text symbols): Indexify eurosym. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Propagate Karl's r852, r854, r855, r856, and + r857. + +2020-12-18 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Command line input): More examples, move jobname + stuff to a node of its own. + (Jobname): New node, material taken from + "Command line input" with improvements & additions. + + * latex2e.texi: (Command line input, Jobname): Align document + structure on the French, and put markers for translation needed. + +2020-12-15 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.tex (Text symbols): mention that textcomp is + (effectively) loaded by default as of the Feb 2020 release. + From ltnews 31, February 2020; suggestion from + Pablo Gonzalez L, 28 Nov 2020 21:27:43. + +2020-12-10 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (@TeX{} engines): mention -dev formats. + From ltnews 30, October 2019; suggestion from + Pablo Gonzalez L, 28 Nov 2020 21:27:43. + +2020-12-09 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: no spaces around em-dashes; this is American English. + Other dash-related tweaks. + +2020-12-08 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): \bigwedge and \bigvee were reversed; + similar mistake in \lor. + Report and fix from Henning Iseke, 7 Dec 2020 11:48:10. + +2020-12-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (description): Typo ``definition'' -> + ``description'', reported by Rose Davidson. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\ref): typo, ``item'' duplicate word + removal. Reported by Denis Bitouz\'e. + (figure): Typoes. + +2020-12-08 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Overview): mention UTF-8 as default input encoding; + simplify. From ltnews 28, April 2018; suggestion from + Pablo Gonzalez L, 28 Nov 2020 21:27:43. + +2020-11-30 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * Makefile (texi2{pdf,dvi}): use texfot. + (htmlsplit): remove commented-out zip commands. + + * Makefile (t2html_top): https://tug.org. + +2020-11-30 Pablo Gonz\'alez L" <pablgonz@educarchile.cl> + + * latex2e.texi: update urls to https, etc. + +2020-11-29 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\write18): mention the shellesc package. + Suggestion from Pablo Gonzalez L, 28 Nov 2020 20:31:49. + + (Command line interface): rename node from "Command line"; + leave anchor behind. Reword extension description. + (Command line options): mention that option values can be + given either as separate arguments or with =. + Suggestion from Pablo Gonzalez L, 28 Nov 2020 20:49:00. + +2020-11-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\/): commands like \emph and \textit auto-insert + italic corrections, declarations like \em and \itshape don't. + + * latex2e.texi (Spacing in math mode), + (\thinspace & \negthinspace): all math spacing commands + can be used in text as of 2020-10-01 release, or with amsmath. + Following ltnews32. + Suggestion from Pablo Gonzalez L, 24 Nov 2020. + +2020-11-25 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (@LaTeX{} command syntax): mention xparse and expl3. + Suggestion from Pablo Gonzalez L, 23 Oct 2020 00:54:51. + + (Overview): mention first-packages document. + (\@@startsection) <subsubsection>: use @raggedright since the text + does not format well, and no rewrite is plausible. + +2020-11-24 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: omit mention of textcomp, since it has become a no-op. + (picture): mention use of arithmetic expressions; + move qbezier example to qbezier node. + (\DeclareGraphicsExtensions): pdf before png; mention grfext. + These suggestions from Pablo Gonzalez L, 23 Oct 2020 22:02:33. + +2020-09-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (@TeX{} engines): Propagate K's r840 + some + rewording. + +2020-09-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (@TeX{} engines): Propagate K's r838. + + * latex2e.texi (@TeX{} engines): \og @LaTeX{} format\fg -> \og @LaTeX{} @TeX{} format\fg. + (@TeX{} engines): Restore reference to Overview node. + +2020-09-14 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (@TeX{} engines): mention formats. + +2020-09-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Propagate Karl's r833. + (Font styles): Typos. + (\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter): Add missing cindex entries. + (Larger book template): Add commented-out arguments to + \includeonly for not included chunks. + + * latex2e.texi (Font styles): \og in any forms\fg -> \og in any of the three forms\fg. + (Font sizes): Restore r832 cindex for \og declaration form of font size commands\fg. + \og.\fg -> \og,\fg, as not followed by a capital. + (\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter): Add missing cindex entries. + (Larger book template): Add commented-out arguments to + \includeonly for not included chunks. + +2020-09-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (@LaTeX{} command syntax): Some rephrasing, make + it better aligned on English version. + (@LaTeX{} command syntax, Declaration): Remove Declaration node. + (Environment): Realagin on English --- mention that a document + environment is mandatory. + (Font sizes): Type. + (Sectioning): \og @xref\fg -> \og @pxref\fg. + (\obeycr & \restorecr): Realign on English. + (\makeatletter & \makeatother): Re-align on English. Unify wording + --- only \og arobe\fg, \og arobase\fg is slang. + (\@@ifstar): Reconcile with English. + + * latex2e.texi (@LaTeX{} command syntax): \og commands\fg -> \og command names\fg. + (\part): Add comma after @pxref. + (\@@startsection): Fix my poor English \og @code{\section} whith + keeping\fi -> \og @code{\section} while keeping\fi. + (\obeycr & \restorecr): Use @pxref correctly. + (\@@ifstar): Reconcile with French version. + +2020-09-10 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (@LaTeX{} command syntax): omit declaration form + here, as it's not exactly syntax. + (Environment): @var{environment-name} instead of with space. + (Font styles, Font sizes): reword declaration-related info. + (\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter): not declarations. + (\@@startsection): fewer words in list of defaults. + +2020-09-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * NEWS-fr: September 2020 version delivery note. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Starting and ending): Minor typo. + +2020-09-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Finalize propagating Jim's r649, notably + include article template. Fix lots of typoes. + + * latex2e.texi: Insert a comma after @xref{...} wherever + applicable. + (Sectioning): @findex \subsubsection. Typo \og a something\fg -> + \og something\fg. + \og appearance of sectioning commands\fg -> \og + appearance of headings made by sectioning commands\fg. + \og Layout of sectional units\fg -> \og Typesetting + sectional unit headings\fg. + (\@@startsection): \og redefines @code{\section} to have the + form\fg -> \og redefines @code{\section} with keeping its standard + calling form\fg. Typo. + (\@@startsection): \og top of a fresh page\fg -> \og beginning of + a page\fg. It is not really the *top* of the page, but that of the + text content area. + Itemize list of default arguments. + +2020-09-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Larger book template): Propagate Karl's r828. + + * latex2e.texi (beamer template): {...}-fiy @PkgIndex argument. + (book template, Larger book template): Revert r828 for \og see + next\fg becoming again \og @xref\fg. + +2020-08-25 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Document classes) <slides>: reword. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): try to be clearer about + when arguments can be multiple paragraphs; mention \long. + (tugboat template): remove node, is stale. + thoughout: behaviour -> behavior. + +2020-08-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Propagate Karl's r810 changes. + + * latex2e.texi (Document templates), + * latex2e-fr.texi (Document templates): \og not reference + material\fg now replaced by \og illustrative\og. Actually the + templates and example *are* reference material, as one may use + them for reference. + +2020-08-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Propagate Karl's r811 changes. + (Font sizes): Refresh translation. + + * latex2e.texi: @dfn{...}-ify phases \og declaration form\fg and + \og environment form\fg. + +2020-08-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Propagate Karl's r812 changes. + +2020-08-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Fix example using siunitx. + +2020-08-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Lengths): Refresh translation. + +2020-08-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter): Translate node. + +2020-08-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Re-align on English translation. + + * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments. + +2020-07-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\appendix): Fix \og\appendixname\fg description. + (\includegraphics): \og@ci\fg \rightarrow \og@cindex\fg. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (About this document): Typo. + (\appendix): Translate this node. + (\includegraphics): \og@ci\fg \rightarrow \og@cindex\fg. + +2020-07-01 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Upper and lower case): avoid "American" + characters, and mention expl3's implementation of the Unicode + algorithm. + +2020-06-10 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: consistently use "plain" not "Plain". + + * latex2e.texi (displaymath): reword details about not using $$. + More index entries. + +2020-06-07 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Font sizes): words of warning about the env form + of font size commands. Suggestion from Denis B. + https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2020q2/000579.html + + * latex2e.texi (CTAN): reword. + +2020-05-10 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: use @kbd{RETURN}, etc., throughout, + not <RETURN>. + (Sectioning) <secnumdepth>: reword to avoid bad line breaks. + +2020-05-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): + Translate this node. + (throught the source): Replace \og@tie{}\fg by a non breakable space + character. + +2020-05-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\chapter): Typo. + (\section): Translate leftover English text. Typo. + (\subsection): Translate node. + + * latex2e.texi (Recovering from errors): Fix typo, reported by + Werner Lemberg. + (\subsection): \og section\fg \rightarrow \og subsection\fg. + +2020-05-02 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\section): Translate this node. + +2020-04-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Larger book template): Translate this node. + +2020-04-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Recovering from errors): A few @code{\ldots} or + @samp{\ldots} replaced by @kbd{\ldots}. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Recovering from errors): Translate node. + (Document templates): Typos. + +2020-04-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (TODO comment): Remove Patrick Bidault's + suggestion about @value{UPDATED}, agreed with Patrick. + (Top): Typo. + (Command line input): Translate this node. + + * latex2e.texi (Command line input): Insert \og bouding box\fg before + \og size\fg. + +2020-04-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (TODO comment): add --shell-escape & + --file-line-no wrt MiKTeX, etc. + (external reference comment): Add French version of \og TeX for the + Impatient\fg. + (Low-level font commands): \fontshape, @var{\ldots}-ify \og allure\fg. + (Low-level font commands): \fontsize, revise translation. + (Sectioning): Translate menu description. + (\chapter): Translate node. + + * latex2e.texi (\chapter): Typo in examplicifation of toc title + w/o line skip. + (\write18): as per Karl's comment, \og expands in\fg \rightarrow \og expands to\fg. + +2020-04-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Typos. + +2020-04-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Command line options): @code{\ldots} \rightarrow @kbd{\ldots} where applicable. + \og@code{jobname}\fg \rightarrow \og@dfn{jobname}\fg. Typo. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Command line): Typos. + (Command line options): Translate the node. + +2020-04-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\accent, \openin & \openout): Insert space before + @var{number}. + (\write): Undo misalignment of %1 %2 %3 comments in + example. + (\write and security): Remove leftover English text. + (Command line): Remove leftover @ignore'd text. + + * latex2e.texi (\accent, \openin & \openout): Insert space before + @var{number}. + (\write): Undo misalignment of %1 %2 %3 comments in + example. + +2020-04-20 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\read): Insert space before @var{number} + (\write): Align vertically the %1, %2, %3 comments in example. + (\write): Typo \og19\fg \rightarrow \og18\fg in stream number cindex entry. + (\write): Fix Security menu entry. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: See Karl's r798 in previous revision. + +2020-04-19 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\write): edits throughout; more index entries. + (\write and security): new node. + +2020-04-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (picture): Refresh outdated node translation, + triggered by Karl's r795.. + (\write18): Take Karl's r795. + +2020-04-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter & \makeatother): Insert + \og typically\fg concerning using the commands in the preamble. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\makeatletter & \makeatother): Insert + \og typiquement\fg concerning using the commands in the preamble. + +2020-04-16 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\write18): omit sagetex example, as often not + needed directly. Vincent, 16 Apr 2020 13:11:19 +0200. + Don't use typewriter for the big graphics packages' names. + More index entries. + +2020-04-16 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Command line): Fix menu descriptions, as per + Karl's suggestion --- email of 2020-04-16T14:12:15-07. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Command line): Propagate the change in + latex2e.texi. + +2020-04-16 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\write18): Fix texinfo compile error. + (\write18): Typo. + (Command line): Translate node. + + * latex2e.texi (Command line): \og file extension\fg \rightarrow \og file name extension\fg. + (Command line): @code{\ldots} \rightarrow @kdb{\ldots}, for <control>-D. + +2020-04-16 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typoes. + (\write): Clarify example comment, \og courant\fg \rightarrow \og racine\fg. + (\wlog): Suppress spurious space in example. + (\write18): Translate node with fixing statement on \jobname. + + * latex2e.texi (\write): Clarify example comment, \og main\fg \rightarrow \og root\fg. + (\write18): Fix statement on \og\jobname\fg. + +2020-04-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter & \makeatother): Suppress confusing + and redundant text. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\makeatletter & \makeatother): Refurbish translation. + +2020-04-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\message): Get refinements from Karl's r788. + + * latex2e.texi (\message): Fix indentation after example. + (\wlog): @code{\ldots} \rightarrow @var{\ldots}. + +2020-04-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\message): Translation. + (\wlog): Translation. + +2020-04-12 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\message): remove "interaction lines", + other wording. + +2020-04-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\include & \includeonly): Complete translation. + + * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typoes. + +2020-04-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typoes. + + * latex2e.texi (Sectioning): Fix \og secnumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\newpage): Refresh translation. + +2020-04-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\write): Align menu description on Karl's r782. + (\write18, Command line options): Recopy nodes from English --- they still need translation. + +2020-04-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\includegraphics): Recopy latest version. + +2020-04-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top, Front/back matter): Change \og Front/back + matter\fg translation to \og Parties pr\'e/post-liminaires\fg. + (CTAN): Typoes. + (Document classes): Refresh translation. + (\part): Translate node. + (\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Typo. + +2020-04-03 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.tex (\write): tweak menu descriptions. + (\write18): mention /bin/sh and cmd.exe; --enable-write18 + supported by all distributions. + (Command line options): similarly; remove some duplication. + (throughout): @xref must be followed by punctuation. + +2020-04-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Sectioning): in \og*-form of sectioning commands\fg, + rephrase \og is not numbered\fg \rightarrow \og does not number it\fg. + (Sectioning): \og in a book\fg \rightarrow \og in the @code{book} class document\fg + (Sectioning): for item \og secnumdepth\fg, insert \og with\fg before + inlined example. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Complete translation. + (\write): Align menu entry description on karl's r779 update. + +2020-03-31 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (CTAN): Translate node. + (\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Progress translation. + +2020-03-30 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\write): menu item descriptions + for \message and \write18. + +2020-03-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Table of contents etc.): Fix description of \og\contentsline\fg. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Table of contents etc.): Fix description of \og\contentsline\fg. + +2020-03-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\write): \og master\fg \rightarrow \og root\fg for consistency. + + * latex2e.texi (\endinput): clarify \og during mailing\fg. + (Table of contents etc.): Move package index reference to the + concerned paragaph. + (\openin & \openout): Typoes. + (\read): \og\file\fg \rightarrow \og\recipient file\fg + (\write): \og@code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og@var{\ldots}\fg. + (\write): typo. + (\write): \og command\fg \rightarrow \og macro\fg, well when talking about + expansion, it is certainly better to use the word \og macro\fg than + the word \og command\fg. + (\write): \og master\fg \rightarrow \og root\fg for consistency. + (\message): \og@code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og@var{\ldots}\fg. + +2020-03-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\makeatletter & \makeatother): Update translation. + +2020-03-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (filecontents, \write18): update translation along r758 + (Low-level font commands): Leftover from r754. + (): + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Progress translation alignment on [en]. + (\part, \chapter, \section, \subsection) + (\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph, \appendix) + (\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter): Insert nodes w/o translation. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): Move node to the same place as in [en]. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Table of contents etc.): Finish translation of + this node. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Table of contents etc.): Make some work to + align translation on [en], still some translation work to be + completed. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Splitting the input): Align on English. + (\include & \includeonly): Merges nodes \og\include\fg and + \og\includeonly\fg aligning partially on English --- still some work + to be done. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@biosency.com> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Larger book template): Insert w/o translation. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Command line): Update translation --- not yet + complete though. + (Command line options, Command line input) + (Recovering from errors): Inserted w/o translation. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Insert & translates nodes \og\openin & + \openout\fg, \og\read\fg & \og\write\fg Subnodes of \og\write\fg, i.e. + \og\message\fg, \og\wlog\fg, and \og\write18\fg, are just inserted w/o + translation for the time being. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Insert & translate node \nofiles. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Insert & translate node \endinput. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Merge nodes \og\clearpage\fg & + \og\cleardoublepage\fg to align structure on English. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Fix bad translation of \og cross reference\fg + + align \og Table of contents etc.\fg node name on English. The French + for \og cross reference\fg is \og renvoi\fg. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Move nodes \og\makeatletter & \makeatother\fg and + \og\@ifstar\fg to the same place as in English version. + +2020-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (CTAN): Insert node w/o translation. + (Environment): node is moved up in the hierarchy to align on the + English version. + +2020-03-15 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): \includeonly can + appear before the preamble, too. From Vincent. + +2020-03-14 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\read): exception for non-interactive jobs. + (interaction modes): new anchor. + Some "file name" -> "filename". + Todo: non-ASCII \write; \nonstopmode etc. From Vincent. + +2020-03-11 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (output directory): new anchor, for the + the --output-directory option. More fully describe it, + and reference it where needed. Mentioned by Vincent. + (\write18): mention the texosquery package. + +2020-03-02 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (filecontents): update for the new filecontents + built into LaTeX. Report from John Lienhard, 1 Mar 2020 23:19:39. + +2020-02-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): \og scenumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg where applicable. + (Class and package commands): Translate index entries. + (figure): \og figure\fg \rightarrow \og figure*\fg. + (list): Typoes. + (quotation & quote): Typo. + (Color): Translate menu entry. + (Commands for color): Translate node. + (Define colors): Translate node. + (Colored text): Translate node. + (Colored boxes): Translate node. + (Colored pages): Translate node. + (Graphics package options): Translate node. + (Graphics package configuration): Translate node. + (\graphicspath): Translate node. + (\DeclareGraphicsExtensions): Translate node. + (\DeclareGraphicsRule): Translate node. + (Text symbols): Typo. + + * latex2e.texi (Colored text): Remove spurious space in example. + (\DeclareGraphicsRule): \og blank\fg \rightarrow \og empty\fg, concerning argument + \og command\fg. + +2019-06-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Color models): Translate to French. + +2019-06-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Fix menu entries Color & Graphics. + (Color package options): Translate this node. + +2019-06-04 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Units of length): failed to divide for cm. + Report from Felipe Maia, 29 May 2019 19:51:54. + + (Math symbols) <\vert, \Vert>: refer to Delimiters + instead of repeating text. + Also fix a couple overfull lines. + +2019-05-30 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\indexspace): a command inserting glue, + not glue itself. + +2019-02-10 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: comma outside macro invocations like @BES and @samp. + +2019-01-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (trivlist): Typo. + (\parbox): @dfn{\ldots}-ize word \og parbox\fg, and de-@code{\ldots}-ize + it. \og adjacent line\fg \rightarrow \og adjacent text line\fg. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (trivlist): typo. + (\linethickness): typo + (tabular): typoes. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): use @var{\ldots}. + (\parbox): Re-align French on English version. + (Color package options): progress translation. + +2018-11-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\left & \right): spurious space inside @ref. + +2018-11-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Translate \topsep description as well as + figure description. + (trivlist): Translate this node. + +2018-11-25 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareTextAccentDefault): Added. + (\DeclareTextSymbolDefault): Added. + (\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol): Added. + +2018-11-24 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault): Added. + +2018-11-24 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareFontEncoding): Added. + (\DeclareTextCompositeCommand): Added. + (\LastDeclaredEncoding): Added. + +2018-11-23 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareTextComposite): Added. + +2018-11-22 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareTextAccent): Added. + +2018-11-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Added. + +2018-11-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Delimiters): Add section. Put in list of + common delimiters. + (\left & \right) Move to below Delimiters, add material on grouping. + (\bigl & \bigr etc) Add below Delimiters. + +2018-11-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (itemize): Add @PkgIndex{enumitem}. + (list): \og...\fg \rightarrow \og@dots{}\fg. + (list): @code{\ldots}-ify word \og list\fg in \og When making an instance of + a @code{list}\fg. + (list): \og items\fg \rightarrow \og labels\fg + (list): Typo --- add a \og\\fg. + (list): Cleanup leftover redundant words. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (itemize): Add anchors. + (itemize): Align translation on English version. + (list): Align translation on English version. + (trivlist): New node, in English, needs translation. + (quotation & quote): Node renamed from \og quotation and quote\fg to + align on English. + (\footnotemark): Typo. + +2018-11-13 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * src/easyurls.py: wording, link to pdf and writing.html. + * common.texi: define lasy math symbols + (from Jim and wasyfont.tex and latexsym.dtx). + * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): use them, in the long list. + +2018-11-11 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Arrows): Add \to, omit \leadsto. + +2018-11-09 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Arrows): Add subsection + +2018-11-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Add \DeclareTextCommand & + \ProvideTextCommand. + * Makefile (htmlsplit) Add latex2e-figures subdir so list's figure + shows up. + * easyurls.py Omit traversal of subdirectories to make soft links + because no .html files go in subdirs. + +2018-11-02 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Move subsection to under Fonts. + Adjust wording, add kernel defaults. Remove lmodern from the + sample example. + (Fonts) Expand introductory text, pointing to NFSS commands and to + online docs on available fonts. + +2018-10-27 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Added this subsection. + +2018-10-26 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Greek letters): Added this subsection, just as + a convenience over the large symbol list. + +2018-10-23 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\openin & \openout): Add Phi to symbols. + * keeptrack.csv Change Cyrillic to notdoing. + +2018-10-22 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\openin & \openout): Change description of \openin + to say it handles number allocation. + +2018-10-22 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\write, etc.): small changes to text and examples. + +2018-10-22 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Add \read. + +2018-10-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Add \openin & \openout. Adjust wording of \write, + \write18, and others. + +2018-10-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Add \write, \message, \wlog, and \write18. + Change title from Terminal input/output to just Input/output. + Also adjust wording of command line options. + +2018-10-6 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi Add \accent. Also adjust wording of + sectional unit introduction. + 2018-10-15 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> * NEWS Version for CTAN @@ -429,9 +1632,9 @@ (\endinput) Added. (\input) Adjust wording to fit changes. -2018-05-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@biosency.com> +2018-05-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi (Color): Translate node Color from Jim's r609 — + * latex2e-fr.texi (Color): Translate node Color from Jim's r609 --- subnodes need further translation work. 2018-04-30 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> @@ -440,21 +1643,21 @@ * latex2e.texi (list) Add h0 description accidentally omitted. (picture) Add additional synopsis, adjust wording. -2018-03-22 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@biosency.com> +2018-03-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> - * latex2e-fr.texi (All document): Use « tapuscrit » instead or as - an alternartive to « machine à écrire » for tt font family. + * latex2e-fr.texi (All document): Use \og tapuscrit\fg instead or as + an alternartive to \og machine \`a \'ecrire\fg for tt font family. (Top, Color, Graphics): Add Color and Graphics nodes and sub-nodes thereof, without translation. (description): Translate edits from Jim r609 2018-03-04 - * latex2e.texi (description): @var{}-ify « text of first item » - and « text of second item » - (description): « labeled list of items » -> « list of labeled items » - (Color package options): @code{}-ify « color » in title, as it is + * latex2e.texi (description): @var{}-ify \og text of first item\fg + and \og text of second item\fg + (description): \og labeled list of items\fg -> \og list of labeled items\fg + (Color package options): @code{}-ify \og color\fg in title, as it is the package name. (Graphics package options, Graphics package configuration): - @code{}-ify « graphics » in title, as it is the package name. + @code{}-ify \og graphics\fg in title, as it is the package name. 2018-03-21 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> @@ -518,7 +1721,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (list environment): Move list parameters to this entry. -2018-01-02 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2018-01-02 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (thebibliography, Upper and lower case): Align on Karl's r598 edits of 2017-10-29. @@ -529,7 +1732,7 @@ * latex2e.texi: typos, wording. * aspell.en.pws: more exceptions. -2017-10-17 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-10-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (document header): Uppercase title 1st letter. Make PlainTeX a flag, not sure what the best translation @@ -540,15 +1743,15 @@ (\providecommand): Add Jim's edits of r348 2015-05-29. (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): typo. - (\newsavebox): Use « baquet » rather than « bac » to translate - « bin ». + (\newsavebox): Use \og baquet\fg rather than \og bac\fg to translate + \og bin\fg. (Special insertions, Non-English characters): Rename node - « Non-English characters » to « Additional Latin letters ». Add an + \og Non-English characters\fg to \og Additional Latin letters\fg. Add an anchor for backward compatibility. * latex2e.texi (Document class options): Add @PkgIndex{geometry}. -2017-10-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi: Mark tabbing node translation from French as TODO. (thebibliography): Fix description about \refname, as sometimes it @@ -559,7 +1762,7 @@ (thebibliography): Fix description about \refname, as sometimes it is also \bibname. -2017-10-06 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-10-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Make EnvIndex and PkgIndex macro usable on the same line as text. @@ -573,7 +1776,7 @@ algorithm2e and listings packages. (Upper and lower case): Mention textcase package. -2017-10-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-10-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (tabbing): Partial translation of tabbing node rewrite, and add examples. @@ -587,7 +1790,7 @@ (table): Typo. -2017-10-03 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-10-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo. (quotation and quote): Typoes. @@ -597,7 +1800,7 @@ * latex2e.texi, * latex2e-fr.texi (Low-level font commands): remove width percentages. -2017-08-22 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi: push iftexthenelse macro and HAS-MATH flag to common.texi (Low-level font commands): Restore cmss & cmtt. `@dmn{}%' -> `%'. @@ -607,7 +1810,7 @@ * common.texi: push iftexthenelse macro and HAS-MATH flag to common.texi -2017-08-22 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Low-level font commands): Refer to https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide. Use multitables to achieve Jim's @@ -621,7 +1824,7 @@ Jim's r363 edits of 2015-06-16, as well as my edits on top of them to latex2e.texi made in this revision. -2017-08-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * NEWS-fr: Typoes. @@ -633,12 +1836,12 @@ * latex2e.texi: (\@startsection) Added defaults for book, article, and report classes. -2017-08-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * README-fr: Convert from latin-9 to utf-8 to comply with CTAN requirements. -2017-08-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile.1: rename README-fr to README in the zipped archive. @@ -648,13 +1851,13 @@ * README-fr: Typoes. Extend the leading English part fo the French readme to comply with CTAN requirements. -2017-08-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * README-fr: Port GNA! -> Puszcza. `non officiel' -> `officieux' for consistency with manual. Mention other people translate `moving argument' by `argument mouvant'. -2017-08-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * NEWS-fr: Add delivery note --- translated from Jim's, thank you Jim! @@ -669,7 +1872,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.{dbk,.dvi,.html,.info,.pdf,.texi,.txt,.xml}: Compilation for August 2017 delivery to CTAN. -2017-08-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Update version & copyright notice for August 2017 delivery to CTAN. @@ -687,7 +1890,7 @@ * latex2e.texi: copyright 2017. -2017-08-01 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-08-01 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Environment, Declaration, \makeatletter and \makeatother) (\@@ifstar, \@@startsection): put a sectionning title to node. @@ -722,7 +1925,7 @@ (Sectioning): Add anchor to secnumdepth counter for reference from \@@startsection node. -2017-07-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-07-31 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Add \CheckCommand and \DeclareRobustCommand as per Jim's r568 2017-07-30 edits + my @@ -733,7 +1936,7 @@ (Class and package commands/\DeclareRobustCommand): Improve existing description. Add mention to etoolbox macros. -2017-07-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-07-31 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile.1: Extend check-dw to handle other languages. Add target help. @@ -746,7 +1949,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (document header): update version. -2017-07-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-07-31 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile.1: Add targets <lang><format>, like enpdf, frpdf, eninfo, etc... @@ -758,8 +1961,8 @@ `http://ctan.org/...'. Reword `non officiel' -> `officieux'. (Overview): Take edits from Jim's r412+413 of 2015-08-21. (Starting and ending): Typo. rewording `sections' -> `rubriques'. - (Output files): English quotes `` '' to French quotes - « ». Concerning .log, add @dfn{fichier journal} (the French for + (Output files): English quotes ``~'' to French quotes + \og~\fg. Concerning .log, add @dfn{fichier journal} (the French for ``log file''). Typo. Translate leftover English in .lot/.lof/.toc cindex. (@TeX{} engines): @TeX{} -> @TeX{} de base --- ie Plain-@TeX{}. Typo. @@ -776,7 +1979,7 @@ (displaymath): Take edits from Jim's r412 2015-08-21, plus my modifications to latex2e.texi. (picture): `sections' -> `rubriques'. - (\oval): English quotes `` '' to French quotes « ». + (\oval): English quotes ``~'' to French quotes \og~\fg. (table): Exchange order of \caption and \label in example to align on the English version. (Units of length): Translate to French leftover English @cindex @@ -833,14 +2036,14 @@ * latex2e.texi: (\@ifstar): Translate from the French version. (\@startsection): Move to Sectioning. -2017-07-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-07-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile.1 (compare-nodes, compare-nodes-fr, compare-nodes-es): new targets to compare node lists between languages. compare-nodes is made a synonym of compare-nodes-fr because the Spanish translation does not reuse the same node names. -2017-07-26 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-07-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (<header comment>): Add reference to https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/lc2fr-apb.pdf, as far as @@ -925,7 +2128,7 @@ * latex2e.texi: added class and package commands from clsguide.pdf. -2017-06-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2017-06-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (abstract): typo. (\raggedleft): typo. @@ -953,7 +2156,7 @@ (tugboat template): update. -2016-11-24 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-es.texi: Place the English license in the @copying section, and push the translation to an annex. @@ -970,7 +2173,7 @@ * Makefile (txt_files): Remove license.texi from the list of files to zip into the distributed archive. -2016-11-23 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * license.texi: dos2unix + svn propset svn:eol-style to LF. @@ -993,7 +2196,7 @@ * Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the license is same as in license.texi -2016-11-21 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-21 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * ltx-help.el (latex-help-file): Make this variable a defcustom for selecting the manuel translation. @@ -1013,11 +2216,11 @@ license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's. (\cc): Add `, as in:' before example. -2016-11-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * license.texi: Ooops... add this file. -2016-11-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.{xml,dvi,html,info,pdf,txt}: Make these files again for the license. @@ -1035,7 +2238,7 @@ * Makefile (txt_files): Add license.texi file. -2016-11-18 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-18 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile.1: Make variable txt_tiles a macro, so that NEWS-fr and README-fr be delivered instead of NEWS and README for target @@ -1043,7 +2246,7 @@ * NEWS-fr: add news for November 2016 CTAN delivery. -2016-11-18 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-18 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.{xml,dvi,html,info,pdf,txt}: Make these files. @@ -1061,7 +2264,7 @@ * Makefile.1 (spell-$(1)): Take in edit by Karl (rev 546) on Makefile -2016-11-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-11-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Math miscellany): Use `math' instead of `text' for the @var{...} name. @@ -1076,24 +2279,24 @@ * Makefile (spell): A-Z intended in range. -2016-09-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.{dbk,html,info,txt,xml,pdf}: Update French manuals. -2016-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (\@@ifstar): New node. * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Comment that documenting \@ifstar is TODO. -2016-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand, Spaces) (\(SPACE) and \@@, \(SPACE) after control sequence): Complete taking on Karl's rev497 edits. -2016-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-13 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (\discretionary, Footnotes in section headings) (\newcommand & \renewcommand, Math miscellany, \(SPACE) and \@@) @@ -1101,7 +2304,7 @@ (\(SPACE) after control sequence): Rename node --- old name was ``\(SPACE) after CS'' --- as per Karl's rev497 edits. -2016-09-12 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Document class options): Remove @dmn{...} for ``inches''. @@ -1112,7 +2315,7 @@ (Floats): Indicate that ``Here'' means ``Ici'', and fix left-over non translated word ``For''. -2016-09-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Document class options): @dmn{...}-ize the units in the text from Jim's rev383 changes. @@ -1131,14 +2334,14 @@ @dmn{...}-ize the units. (Math symbols): Fix typo in \uplus entry. -2016-09-07 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Same changes as in latex2e.texi (Document class options): Minor editorial change. (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Align on Karl's rev538 - change, ie clarify that @var{débutdéf} and @var{findéf} are - executed within a group. Rename @var{débutdéf} and @var{findéf} to - @var{défdébut} and @var{déffin} + change, ie clarify that @var{d\'ebutd\'ef} and @var{find\'ef} are + executed within a group. Rename @var{d\'ebutd\'ef} and @var{find\'ef} to + @var{d\'efd\'ebut} and @var{d\'effin} * latex2e.texi: new iftexthenelse macro. (Footnotes in a table): Minor editorial change to avoid overfull hbox. @@ -1151,7 +2354,7 @@ by ``processed'' because not only execution but also expansion prior to it happens within a group. -2016-09-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Add an @findex for ``group''. @@ -1167,11 +2370,11 @@ https://mail.gna.org/listinfo/latexrefman-discuss is for archives and subsription. -2016-09-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Whole file, suppress any trailing blanks. -2016-09-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-09-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Fix translation of sub node menu entry text. (Overview): Fix spelling. Fix leftover English. ``paquetage de @@ -1212,7 +2415,7 @@ \mathsection \mathsterling \mathunderscore \mathunderscore. (Text symbols): add \textsection, \textquotesingle. -2016-04-12 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Document class options): Improve wording by reusing package variable @var{pkg} in the synopsis description. @@ -1231,11 +2434,11 @@ `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes. (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0 rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' -> - `paramètre positionnel'. + `param\`etre positionnel'. (Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the @findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes. -2016-04-12 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016'' @@ -1246,24 +2449,24 @@ notice up to 2016. * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment): `Copyright' -> `Tous droits - réservés ©' + add ``Vincent Belaïche'' as translator. + r\'eserv\'es \textcopyright' + add ``Vincent Bela\"iche'' as translator. -2016-04-11 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-es.texi (top comment, Using BibTeX): Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra - Rübe-Pugliese. + R\"ube-Pugliese. * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX): Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment - by Petra Rübe-Pugliese. + by Petra R\"ube-Pugliese. (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes. * latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra - Rübe-Pugliese. + R\"ube-Pugliese. -2016-04-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * NEWS: Add NEWS entry for the Apr 2016 release --- assuming English will be released also. @@ -1271,12 +2474,12 @@ * Makefile.1 (dist-xx, dist): Fix pior check that there aren't any uncommited changes before making the zip. -2016-04-07 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.{dbk,html,info,txt,xml,pdf}: Update French manuals for distribution 2016-04-08 to CTAN. -2016-04-07 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-07 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Updated @set UPDATED. @@ -1327,7 +2530,7 @@ make tag TAG=foo "MESSAGE=Some message" -2016-04-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi: Add EnvIndex macro to make indexing environments consistent and throughout the manual. Replace any @findex of an @@ -1343,10 +2546,10 @@ * latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi. (filecontents): Align to latest text in latex2e{,-fr}.texi. -2016-04-02 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-04-02 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-es.texi: Add @BES and @BESU macro definitions. - (Símbolos de Texto): Use @BES macro rather than @math for + (S\'\imbolos de Texto): Use @BES macro rather than @math for \textperiodcentered so that the other-than-PDF is clean. `$' -> `\$' for \textdollar. @@ -1357,21 +2560,21 @@ \@startsection example for solving the overfull hbox in the PDF output. * latex2e-fr.texi (Text symbols): \textquestiondown - Typo. \textexclamdown `haut en bas' -> `culbuté'. Use @BES macro + Typo. \textexclamdown `haut en bas' -> `culbut\'e'. Use @BES macro rather than @math for \textperiodcentered and \trademark so that the other-than-PDF is clean. `$' -> `\$' for \textdollar. `marque de fabrique' -> `marque de commerce' for \texttrademark. (\@@startsection): re-indent \@startsection example for solving the overfull hbox in the PDF output, and fix some wrong reference. -2016-03-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-31 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.{dbk,dvi,html,info,pdf,texi,txt,xml}: make fr. -2016-03-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Improve translation of - break/breaking, use `saut/sauter à' rather than `rupture/rompre'. + break/breaking, use `saut/sauter \`a' rather than `rupture/rompre'. (Spaces): Typo. (Special insertions): Typo. (Text symbols): Fix typo adding `comp' into @@ -1387,7 +2590,7 @@ `\textcapitalcompwordmark' and `\textascendercompwordmark' -2016-03-17 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> Reword descrition of \epsilon and \varepsilon. @@ -1397,15 +2600,15 @@ ``script small letter''. * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): About \varepsilon ``en forme de - 3 retourné'' -> ``minuscule de ronde''. + 3 retourn\'e'' -> ``minuscule de ronde''. -2016-03-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): Fix compilation errors. * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): Fix compilation errors. -2016-03-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi Define flags NotInPlainTeX, NeedsAMSSymb and NeedsSTIX, in order to factorize text of `Math symbols' node. @@ -1418,7 +2621,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node and make same changes as for latex2e.texi. -2016-03-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry. (eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'. @@ -1439,41 +2642,41 @@ (\ensuremath): new node. (Text symbols): Add pilcrow character for \P, similar change for \S. -2016-03-06 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-03-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node. -2016-02-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (\circle): Use term ``disque'', in addition to ``cercle plein'' (solid circle). @dmn{...}-ify unit. (\makebox (picture)): Typo. (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node. -2016-02-22 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Fix @code{'}->@code{''} for \textquotedblright (Splitting the input): @dfn{...}-ify `root file' and add it to concept index (\include): Replace `See next section' -> `See @ref{\includeonly}'. (\includeonly): `@var{file}s' -> `@var{file1}, @var{file2}, @dots{}' - * latex2e-fr.texi (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol): `croix-mortuaire' -> `obèle' + * latex2e-fr.texi (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol): `croix-mortuaire' -> `ob\`ele' (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node. (Text symbols): Start translation of this node. - (\thinspace): `imbriqué' -> `emboîté', as per Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary + (\thinspace): `imbriqu\'e' -> `embo\^\it\'e', as per Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary (Text symbols): Fix @code{'}->@code{''} for \textquotedblright (Splitting the input, \include, \includeonly, \input): Translate these nodes. (Splitting the input): @dfn{...}-ify `root file' and add it to concept index (\include): Replace `See next section' -> `See @ref{\includeonly}'. (\includeonly): `@var{file}s' -> `@var{file1}, @var{file2}, @dots{}' -2016-02-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\noindent): `..' -> `...'. * latex2e-fr.texi (About this document, @LaTeX{} command syntax) (Document class options, Document class options) - (Page layout parameters, Sectioning, enumerate, \item, \line) + (Page~layout~parameters, Sectioning, enumerate, \item, \line) (\thicklines, \thinlines, \cite, \newtheorem, \newtheorem, \newtheorem) (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, \signature): @tie{} -> UTF-8 unbreakable space. @@ -1484,7 +2687,7 @@ (Math symbols): Progress translation + @tie{} -> UTF-8 unbreakable space. -2016-02-11 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (abstract): @code{...}-ify words `article' & `report' when they refer to classes. @@ -1498,10 +2701,10 @@ (\@@startsection): `@var{indent}' -> `@var{retrait}', indent(ation) -> retrait or renfoncement. (Document class options): Added flegn concerns display mode formula only. (Environments): `mise en vedette' -> `en hors texte' - (abstract): `abtracts' -> `résumé', and update translating this + (abstract): `abtracts' -> `r\'esum\'e', and update translating this node as per Jim's rev 486 of 2015-12-05T13:22:45+01 edit. (Environment): Ellipsis `..' -> `...', and add - `Voir @ref{Environments} pour une liste des environnements.' as + `Voir~@ref{Environments} pour une liste des environnements.' as per Jim's rev 486 of 2015-12-05T13:22:45+01 edit. (array): Update translation ad per Jim's edits rev 391 of 2015-08-02T22:57:00+02 and with fixes from rev 469 by Karl of @@ -1528,7 +2731,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (array): the directive is just p{...}, not @p{...}. Noted by Vincent. -2016-02-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (lrbox): Use Synopsis instead of in-line @code{...}. `cmd' -> `\@var{cmd}'. @ref{...}-ify @code{\sbox}. @@ -1557,12 +2760,12 @@ (lrbox): Translate this node. (\raisebox): Complete translation of this node. (Front/back matter): Typo. - (Tables of contents): `article' -> `entrée', as per Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary. + (Tables of contents): `article' -> `entr\'ee', as per Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary. (\addcontentsline): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi. (\addtocontents): Translate this node. (Glossaries): Translate this node. (Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi. - (Letters): Typoes. `clôture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete + (Letters): Typoes. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi. (\address): Translate this node. (\cc): Translate this node. @@ -1572,7 +2775,7 @@ (\makelabels): Typo. (\opening): Typo. -2016-02-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (Line breaking, \discretionary): Add node \discreionary, need completion. @@ -1586,7 +2789,7 @@ (Page breaking): Translate this node. (\protect): Translate this node, with same changes as in latex2e.texi. -2016-02-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Spacing in math mode): Add @xref{\thinspace} to the \thinspace entry. @@ -1603,7 +2806,7 @@ example. Make TeX output only when compilation is with TeX and fix some of the examples. -2016-02-02 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-02-02 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Reword copyright notice from Automatic-translation French to real French. @@ -1644,7 +2847,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): mention "\ " after control sequences, as noted by Vincent. -2016-01-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-01-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes. (Subscripts & superscripts): Typo. @@ -1686,7 +2889,7 @@ * aspell.en.pws: add more exceptions. * latex2e.texi: fix typos, refilling. -2016-01-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2016-01-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\setlength, \addtolength, \settodepth) (\settoheight, \settowidth): Place synopsis in a Synopsis @@ -1706,7 +2909,7 @@ (Symbols by font position): Add this node, after update made to latex2e.texi -2015-12-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-12-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): section->rubrique, sectionement->rubricage (@LaTeX{} command syntax): Add node ``\makeatletter and \makeatother''. @@ -1779,7 +2982,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Adjust wording. -2015-11-26 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-11-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (\newsavebox, \newtheorem, \newfont): Complete translation of this node, and align on latest English version. @@ -1799,7 +3002,7 @@ position. Distinguish between output in text body font and output in typewriter font. -2015-11-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-11-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Introduce the concept of positional parameter. @@ -1810,7 +3013,7 @@ letters and character `*'. Use the term positional parameter, and tell that expansion is within begdefn, not within environment, which was misleading. @samp{...}-ify `Shakespear' outside of - @example...@end example. + @example...@end~example. * latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo. (tabular): Typoes. @@ -1818,14 +3021,14 @@ (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi. -2015-11-06 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-11-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (\parbox): Tell that `position=m' equates the default behaviour. * latex2e.texi (\parbox): Same as latex2e-fr.texi. -2015-11-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-11-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\fussy): Typo. @@ -1833,16 +3036,16 @@ (\verb): Clean-up left over English words. (\obeycr & \restorecr, \fussy, \sloppy): Translate this node. -2015-11-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-11-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (tabular): wording `@code{*-expression}' -> `@code{*}-expression'. * latex2e-fr.texi (tabular): Complete translation of this node. -2015-11-03 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-11-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\parbox): Correct description of \parbox vertical - alignment after comment from Denis Bitouzé. + alignment after comment from Denis Bitouz\'e. * latex2e-fr.texi (\parbox): Same as for latex2e.texi. @@ -1853,11 +3056,11 @@ * latex2e.texi (throughout): consistently use ... instead of .. for code ellipses. -2015-10-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-10-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (enumerate): Typo. (itemize): Restore missing example. - (thebibliography): `label' -> `étiquette', `cite_key' -> + (thebibliography): `label' -> `\'etiquette', `cite_key' -> `clef_de_cite'. Change wording concerning `\refname' in standard classes. (\bibitem, \cite, \nocite, Using BibTeX, theorem): Translate this node. (\cleardoublepage, \newpage): Improve wording `page actuelle' -> @@ -1902,7 +3105,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (Footnotes): Add remark that getting biblio references in footnotes depends on the bibliographic style. -2015-10-11 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-10-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Page breaking): Translate menu entries (\cleardoublepage, \clearpage, \newpage, \enlargethispage) @@ -1915,7 +3118,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\cleardoublepage, \clearpage): Clarify that only pending floating tables & figures are cleared. (\newpage): `see @code{\clearpage} above' -> `@pxref{\clearpage}' - (Footnotes): Make the exact quotation of Noël Coward, and correct + (Footnotes): Make the exact quotation of No\"el Coward, and correct his first name spelling. 2015-10-11 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> @@ -1932,7 +3135,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\makelabels): Add more on how to customize label sizes, etc. -2015-10-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-10-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi (Environments): Merge menu entries for nodes quote & quotations after Jim's edits of 2015-09-28 @@ -1945,7 +3148,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (Footnotes in a section heading): Add node, provide examples. -2015-10-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2015-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\makelabels): @var{...}-ify argument 'to addess', and @code{...}-ify class name. @@ -2008,7 +3211,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (Letters): Add synopsis, examples. -2015-09-22 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-09-22 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi (filecontents): Add Jim's 2015-09-18 (r439) edits. (\addvspace): Add Jim's 2015-09-13 (r432) edits. @@ -2024,7 +3227,7 @@ * latex2e-{es,fr}.{dbk,html,info,txt,xml}: Compile these files again, because of eol problem. -2015-09-21 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-09-21 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-{es,fr}.{dbk,dvi,html,info,pdf,txt,xml}: Compile these files @@ -2034,7 +3237,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (filecontents): Corrections suggested by JB. -2015-09-17 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-09-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * ChangeLog: Correct typo on Jim's surname Hefferson->Hefferon. @@ -2053,7 +3256,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (Subscripts & superscripts): Add examples. -2015-09-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-09-15 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (Starting and ending): Add @cindex environment (Spaces, \(SPACE) and \@@, \(SPACE) after CS): Move text how to @@ -2066,7 +3269,7 @@ changes as for latex2e.texi. (Overview): add @: after some abbrev ending periods. (Font styles): Follow Karl's changes of - 2015-04-26, "deux choses très différentes"->"deux constructions + 2015-04-26, "deux choses tr\`es diff\'erentes"->"deux constructions sans relation l'une avec l'autre" (Starting and ending): Follows Karl's change of 2015-04-26 (\- (hyphenation)): Translate this node. @@ -2090,7 +3293,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\noindent): Add example. -2015-09-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-09-14 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (Spacing in math mode): Add missing @findex entries for \thickspace, \medspace & \thinspace. Typo tht->that. @@ -2153,7 +3356,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (Spacing in math mode): Move math mode lengths to here and add whether they work also in text mode. -2015-09-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-09-04 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi: Add macroes BES & BESU to support compilation of math symbols with texi2pdf. (Symbolic footnotes): Complete translation of this node @@ -2178,7 +3381,7 @@ (\makebox): reword is specified->can be overriden, because width is optional. (\makebox): @code{...}-ify environment name picture. -2015-08-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi (\linethickness): Typo. (\thicklines, \thinlines, \shortstack, \/, \hrulefill) @@ -2191,7 +3394,7 @@ (\addvspace): @var{...}-ify word `length'. -2015-08-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (Units of length): Use `@dmn{...}' rather than `@tie{}...' in new node added by Jim. @@ -2200,11 +3403,11 @@ * latex2e.texi (Units of length): Add new node in Lengths. -2015-08-25 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (tabular): typo : horozontal->horizontal. -2015-08-24 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (picture): (width,height)(x offset,y offset)->(@var{width},@var{height})(@var{xoffset},@var{yoffset}) (picture): make position a concept index entry, and @dfn{...}-ize it. @@ -2214,7 +3417,7 @@ (picture): Translate this node. (\framebox (picture)): @var{width}->@var{largeur} -2015-08-23 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-23 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi (file preamble): Add comment about glossary resources useful for French translation @@ -2225,7 +3428,7 @@ (\centering): typo (flushleft, \raggedright): Improve wording. (flushright, \raggedleft): Translate these nodes. - (quotation, Making paragraphs): ligne blanche->ligne à blanc + (quotation, Making paragraphs): ligne blanche->ligne \`a blanc * latex2e.texi (Floats): typo insert comma. (Floats): figure->float @@ -2254,7 +3457,7 @@ with issues. Shrink the figure and table nodes by the common material. -2015-08-20 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-20 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi (Output files, @TeX{} engines, \line) (Glossaries): Remove @acronym on Karl's request @@ -2271,7 +3474,7 @@ * Makefile (xref_suffixes): no auxs or tocs. -2015-08-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (flushleft): string->control sequence. @@ -2362,7 +3565,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (center, \centering): Add detail, including distinguishing the two and examples. -2015-08-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-08-05 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e.texi (\indent): remove "width of" concering concerning \parindent length. @@ -2399,7 +3602,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (vline, cline, hline): Add examples. Also describe how columns are counted. -2015-07-30 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-07-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for "Making paragraphs" (itemize): typo, remove left-over English word "dash" @@ -2408,7 +3611,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Correct -- for --- for en-dash -2015-07-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-07-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-es.texi (Acentos): Make references between \underbar and \b. @@ -2451,7 +3654,7 @@ the unicode glyph to the start of each entry to make easier scanning for the desired symbol. -2015-07-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> +2015-07-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche@gmail.com> * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking, \savebox): Translation to French. (Sectioning): Typo. @@ -2758,7 +3961,7 @@ * latex2e.texi (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol): \Roman for second @item. Typo reported by Jose Atria. -2014-11-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-11-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Progress translation to French @@ -2768,12 +3971,12 @@ (node filecontents): Make it clear that it is about files not documents. -2014-10-20 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-10-20 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile: Add target `check' to compile each manual once with tex and once with makeinfo. This is faster than using target `all'. -2014-10-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-10-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\setcounter): replace @var{\counter} by @var{counter} @@ -2782,7 +3985,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (\setcounter): Same change as latex2e.texi. Progress Translation to French. -2014-10-17 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-10-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-es.texi (\pagenumbering): use @backslashchar{} within @vincentb in order to compile with tex. @@ -2800,7 +4003,7 @@ * latex2e-es.texi (\put): @vincentb, not @vincenb. -2014-09-25 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-09-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\put): Make coordinates within @var{...} and add explicit reference to them in the text. @@ -2812,7 +4015,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi (nodes \put, \usebox): Same as latex2e.texi. Progress translation to French. -2014-09-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-09-19 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (document header): Set @documentencoding and @documentlanguage. @@ -2838,7 +4041,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi: Similar changes as latex2e.texi. Progress translation to French. -2014-09-10 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-09-10 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (\thinspace): em -> @dmn{em}. @@ -2846,7 +4049,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi: Progress translation to French. -2014-09-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-09-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-fr.texi: Progress translation to French. @@ -2854,14 +4057,14 @@ make by' by `The box made by'. (node Math miscellany): correct typo `for examp*l*e'. -2014-08-30 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-08-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e-es.texi (\vector): correct bug involved by renaming y-slop/x-slop to declivex/declivey --- as I used @vincentb macro encapsulation to mark my change, it made \ of \vector no longer a "other" character. -2014-08-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-08-29 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * Makefile: add definition of variable all, for clean to work. Add squeaky as a synonym of realclean. Add in comment generic line for @@ -2872,12 +4075,12 @@ * latex2e.texi (node Page layout parameters): correct typo clase -> classes (node array): `in that row' -> `in each row of that column - * latex2e-es.texi (node array): `el número de elementos y deben + * latex2e-es.texi (node array): `el n\'umero de elementos y deben tener el formato' -> `cual formato debe tener cada linea en esta columna' -2014-08-24 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> +2014-08-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> * latex2e.texi (node Boxes): add @code{...} encapsulation. (\dashbox): replace @code{...} by @var{...} for \dashbox @@ -2890,7 +4093,7 @@ * latex2e-es.texi (node Cajas): same as latex2e.texi. (\dashbox): same as latex2e.texi. Rename parameter - @var{dlargo} to @var{glargo}, with 'g' for guión (aka + @var{dlargo} to @var{glargo}, with 'g' for gui\'on (aka dash). (nodes \line & Glossarios): same as latex2e.texi. (\makebox of picture): same as latex2e.texi. @@ -2903,7 +4106,7 @@ (\vector): same as latex2e.texi. Progress further translation to French. -2014-08-17 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-08-17 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e.texi: (node Layout) Add @code{...} around \headheight and \footskip in `Page layout parameters' menu entry @@ -2913,7 +4116,7 @@ * latex2e-fr.texi: Same change as in latex2e.texi. Continue progressing translation to French. -2014-08-11 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-08-11 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e.texi: Add @code{...} encapsulation in some places to class names letter, slides, book, report, article, and to @@ -2926,23 +4129,23 @@ translation to French. -2014-08-10 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-08-10 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e.texi: (Overview) change wording about case sensitivity. - * latex2e-es.texi: (Descripción) same change change as for latex2e.texi about case sensitivity. + * latex2e-es.texi: (Descripci\'on) same change change as for latex2e.texi about case sensitivity. * latex2e-fr.texi: (Overview) same change change as for latex2e.texi about case sensitivity. (Whole document) Put in place same structure as for original and progress translation. -2014-08-01 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-08-01 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e-fr.texi: Creation --- still very approximate & preliminary... * Makefile: Make it generic -2014-07-20 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-07-20 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e.texi (\LaTeXe), * latex2e-es.texi (\LaTeXe): document LaTeX2e log. @@ -2957,7 +4160,7 @@ (Font styles): mention my disagreement with the oft-stated notion that \tt, et al., are "obsolete". -2014-02-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-02-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e.texi (filecontents): Clarify that LaTeX2e default filecontents environment DOES NOT overwrite existing files, you @@ -2965,12 +4168,12 @@ * latex2e-es.texi (filecontents): Align on the English version. -2014-02-26 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-02-26 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e-es.texi: Align Spanish translation with changes made by Karl on 2014-02-23, and also some changes done before that. -2014-02-25 Vincent Belaïche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> +2014-02-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.b.1@hotmail.fr> * latex2e.texi: Correct typo, rm duplicate 2014 in copyright notice. @@ -3363,3 +4566,6 @@ of searching. (This ChangeLog file is in the public domain.) +% Local Variables: +% coding: us-ascii +% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile index e50c84652ee..390dc1040da 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: Makefile 706 2018-10-13 15:35:22Z jimhefferon $ +# $Id: Makefile 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ # Public domain. Originally written 2006, Karl Berry. # Makefile for latexrefman. @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ all_suffixes = dvi pdf $(mi_suffixes) # how to build. # -texi2dvi = texi2dvi --batch --tidy --build-dir=$*.t2dvi -texi2pdf = texi2pdf --batch --tidy --build-dir=$*.t2pdf +texi2dvi = texfot texi2dvi --batch --tidy --build-dir=$*.t2dvi +texi2pdf = texfot texi2pdf --batch --tidy --build-dir=$*.t2pdf # makeinfo = makeinfo texi2docbook = $(makeinfo) --docbook @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ texi2xml = $(makeinfo) --xml htmlopts = --html --css-include=latex2e.css $(t2html_top) $(t2html_home) -c WORDS_IN_PAGE=10000 # # Go somewhere useful from Top: -t2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=http://tug.org/texinfohtml/ +t2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=https://tug.org/texinfohtml/ # # Put a link in the footer: t2html_home = -c PRE_BODY_CLOSE="<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'>\ @@ -85,7 +85,8 @@ realclean maintainer-clean: distclean rm -f $(addprefix latex2e*., pdf dvi $(mi_suffixes) $(xref_suffixes)) -# dist for CTAN. Update NEWS before uploading! +# Basic dist target for CTAN, but please see ./README +# for all the necessary steps. # txt_files = ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README \ aspell.en.pws latex2e.css ltx-help.el @@ -109,25 +110,51 @@ $(addprefix $(distname)/, $(txt_files) \ $(addprefix $(distname)/spanish/, $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \ $(addprefix $(distname)/latex2e-figures/, $(figure_files)) \ $(addprefix $(distname)/graphics/, README $(figure_source_files)) - rm -rf $(distname) + rm -f $(htmlsplitzip) + cd $(htmlsplit) && zip -qr ../$(htmlsplitzip) latex2e + zip -q $(distzip) $(distname) @ls -l $(distzip); unzip -l $(distzip) -# Get many small .html files +easyurls: htmlsplit dist + cd src \ + && rm -rf testdist && mkdir -p testdist \ + && cp ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree.zip testdist \ + && rm -rf latex2e && unzip -q testdist/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree \ + && ./easyurls.py --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index --debug \ + && zip -rq ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree-easyurls.zip latex2e + +# To update web site, after basic build is ok (check-dw, spelling, etc.), +# first undo temporary build results: +# make svr # revert generated single files +# make svrsplit # revert generated split html +# then update ChangeLog, etc., +# then svn commit the modified source files, +# then: +# make +# make htmlsplit +# make dist +# make commitready +# svn commit # to commit regenerated files +# then: +# svn update # to restore easy url stubs +# + +# Get many small .html files. htmlsplit: en rm -rf $(htmlsplit) mkdir $(htmlsplit) && cd $(htmlsplit) && ln -s ../* . - rm -f $(htmlsplitzip) cd $(htmlsplit) && $(makeinfo) $(htmlopts) latex2e.texi - cd $(htmlsplit) && zip -q ../$(htmlsplitzip) -r latex2e - src/easyurls.py --directory $(htmlsplit)/latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index -# rm -rf $(htmlsplit) -# @ls -l $(htmlsplitzip); unzip -l $(htmlsplitzip) + cd $(htmlsplit)/latex2e && ln -s ../../latex2e-figures . -# Right before a commit, delete html files that are gone and and add new ones +# Right before a commit, delete html files that are gone and add new ones. htmlsplitstatus = cd $(htmlsplit)/latex2e && svn status *.html commitready: htmlsplit $(htmlsplitstatus) | sed -n 's/^\!//p' | xargs -r svn rm $(htmlsplitstatus) | sed -n 's/^\?//p' | xargs -r svn add +# we linked everything above, remove the unused upper-level links. + cd $(htmlsplit) && svn status | sed -n 's/^\?//p' | xargs rm -f + rm -rf latex2e.t2dvi # fix requires rebuilding svn repo, it seems + svn status # A hacky spell check target. # Remove \commandnames to reduce exception list, but not {args} or @@ -142,8 +169,8 @@ spell spell-en: # The first sed expression elides a few @-command lines which cause # duplicates; the second expr some text in the middle of lines. check-dw: - sed -e 's/^@\(item\|anchor\|.index\) .*//' \ - -e 's/ da da\|{test test}\|[iI][jJ]//g' \ + sed -e 's/^@\(node\|item\|anchor\|.index\|.*section\) .*//' \ + -e 's/ da da\|xxx\|overwrite\|{test test}\|[iI][jJ]//g' \ latex2e.texi | dw # Convenience targets to svn revert the generated files, @@ -151,5 +178,7 @@ check-dw: svr: svn revert $(addprefix latex2e*., $(all_suffixes)) svn status +svrsplit: + svn revert --depth infinity $(htmlsplit) svd: svn diff $(txt_files) *.texi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS index 1db1926a591..c0ea88815a6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS @@ -4,6 +4,19 @@ Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen. Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained). French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche. + +Changes in July 2020 release: + +Among the changes since the last release: + * Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18. + * Section on fontenc. + * Section on math delimiters. + * Describe -output-directory option. + * Section on xr. + * Section on expressions. + * Entry on \contentsline. + + Changes in October 2018 release: The main change is that we now offer the manual in a version that diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README index 71c25461d30..3b5ad109bf7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README @@ -1,23 +1,28 @@ -$Id: README 712 2018-10-15 23:08:38Z jimhefferon $ +$Id: README 905 2021-05-15 22:41:07Z karl $ README for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. -Public domain. This README file originally written 2008, Karl Berry. +This README file originally written 2008, Karl Berry. This project is an attempt to write a reference manual for core LaTeX. It is unofficial and the LaTeX Project members have not reviewed it. -https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/ (the project home page) -has more information, including links to the current output in various -formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. - -We offer two web versions of the manual. A version that is split -into separate web pages for each section or subsection is here. - https://latexref.xyz +We offer two web versions of this manual. We have a version that is +split into separate web pages for each section or subsection. + https://latexref.xyz/ We also have a single-page version. http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html -Help is most definitely wanted. (Search for "xx" in the source for just -a few of the known deficiencies.) Please email any bug reports, new -material, general discussion, whatever, to latexrefman@tug.org (see -http://lists.tug.org/latexrefman for archives and subscription via the web). +More informaion is at https://latexref.xyz/dev/, including links to the +current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other +infrastructure. The project page for repository access, etc., is +https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/projects/latexrefman/. +Help is most definitely wanted. (Search for "xx" in the source for just +a few deficiencies. More ideas at https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html.) +Please email any bug reports, new material, general discussion, whatever, +to latexrefman@tug.org (see https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman for archives +and subscription via the web). +License: the manual is released under the old-style GNU documentation +license, because that is what the original authors used. (It was the +recommended license at the time.) This README file and other +supplementary files are public domain. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws index bb004ce1fc6..16e81b799b2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ BleedBox Botway CTAN's CropBox +Dietze EE EF EnvIndex @@ -31,11 +32,13 @@ Supremum TrimBox ae afterskip +amscd arabic aring arrayrulewidth arraystrech ary +auxout baselinestretch bb bbllx @@ -52,6 +55,7 @@ bm bowtie bp builtin +cd cdots cmd columnsep @@ -88,6 +92,7 @@ eth evensidemargin executivepaper f's +fallbacks fbox fboxrule fd @@ -104,6 +109,8 @@ footnoterule footnotesep footskip greek +guillemet +guillemets hacek headheight headsep @@ -130,6 +137,7 @@ labelitemiii labelitemiv labelsep labelwidth +latexsym ldots leadsto leftmargin @@ -149,6 +157,7 @@ listparindent lr lrbox lunate +mainaux makeidx makelabel marginparpush @@ -190,6 +199,7 @@ paperheight paperwidth parsep partopsep +pasteable pict pixelation printindex @@ -218,6 +228,7 @@ teck tecks texi texinfo +texosquery textcase textheight textstyle @@ -252,4 +263,21 @@ xelatex xindy xyz zet -Dietze +scrollmode +grfext +shellesc +CLI +adjustbox +graphpap +xr +Bananensis +Francorum +Respublica +muglue +cicero +didot +texput +xstring +qed +dottedtocline +xindex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi index e27678fcd9c..04824f1c7a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -@c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ +@c $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ @c Public domain. -@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman +@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz @set LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org @clear HAS-MATH @iftex @@ -14,5 +14,46 @@ \else\@c @end macro @end ifnottex - +@tex +\globaldefs=1 +% lasyfont characters for Texinfo (latexsym package in LaTeX). +% JH 2018-Nov-12, ideas from wasyfont.tex. Public domain. +% not going to try to make fonts +\font\tenlasy = lasy10 +% \font\ninelasy = lasy9 +% \font\eightlasy = lasy8 +\font\sevenlasy = lasy7 +\font\fivelasy = lasy5 +\newfam\lasyfam +\newcount\lasyfamcount +% family number is third-least-significant hex digit of mathchar +\lasyfamcount=\lasyfam \multiply\lasyfamcount by 256 +% +\textfont\lasyfam=\tenlasy + \scriptfont\lasyfam=\sevenlasy + \scriptscriptfont\lasyfam=\fivelasy +% +\def\lasymathchardef#1#2{% + \count255=\lasyfamcount + \advance\count255 by"#1 + \mathchardef#2\count255 } +% char 1 (math class): 0=ord, 2=bin, 3=rel (taken from latexsym.dtx). +% char 2: family number, added in by \lasymathchardef. +% chars 3-4: character code in font. All in hex. +\lasymathchardef{0030}{\mho} +\lasymathchardef{3031}{\Join} +\lasymathchardef{0032}{\Box} +\lasymathchardef{0033}{\Diamond} +\lasymathchardef{303B}{\leadsto} +\lasymathchardef{303C}{\sqsubset} +\lasymathchardef{303D}{\sqsupset} +\lasymathchardef{2001}{\lhd} +\lasymathchardef{2003}{\rhd} +\lasymathchardef{2002}{\unlhd} +\lasymathchardef{2004}{\unrhd} +% +% must explicitly reset before the (at)end tex, not let the (at)end group +% reset it; else internal Texinfo variables get messed up. +\globaldefs=0 +@end tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css index 7e784f2dbd7..8efed0a6bd7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css @@ -1,11 +1,7 @@ -/* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $ +/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain. Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */ -/* So you can style for yourself */ -@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css"); - - BODY { margin-top: 1em; margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */ @@ -22,3 +18,6 @@ code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; } /* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */ div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;} + +/* So you can style for yourself */ +@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css"); diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk index 5c203240faa..b1a75624cb8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk @@ -4,44 +4,41 @@ <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> ]> <book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en"> -<!-- $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ --> +<!-- $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ --> <!-- Public domain. --> - -<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title> +<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</title> <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> <!-- xx but latex2e stuff is missing. --> <!-- xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file --> +<!-- xx read through latex2e news for things to update. --> <!-- --> <!-- xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX --> -<!-- xx classes and packages - required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts --> -<!-- --> +<!-- xx classes and packages: required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts --> <!-- xx merge permuted-index --> <!-- xx merge latex-manual from savannah --> <!-- xx merge display style math --> +<!-- xx check recent ltnews for (lots of) changes --> +<!-- xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail of 14 Mar 2020 21:39:41) --> +<!-- xx \nonstopmode etc., if they are officially supported by LaTeX? --> <!-- xx JH explain nfss somewhere --> <!-- xx JH expand BiBTeX --> <!-- xx JH expand theorem, AMS math --> <!-- xx JH something on code listings --> <!-- xx JH ligatures --> -<!-- xx JH \xspace --> -<!-- xx JH \stretch --> -<!-- xx JH \mathstrut --> -<!-- xx JH \phantom https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4519/how-do-i-create-an-invisible-character --> -<!-- xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar --> -<!-- xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? --> -<!-- xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. --> -<!-- xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr --> +<!-- xx JH \caption --> <!-- --> <!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> <!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> <!-- xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. --> <!-- xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx All the special characters should be definitively described. --> <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of October 2018. +document preparation system, version of July 2021. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -58,7 +55,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -83,8 +80,9 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. + <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of October 2018. +document preparation system, version of July 2021. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -101,7 +99,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -123,7 +121,6 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <!-- end of License --> </para> - <!-- Best Effort Symbol --> @@ -131,10 +128,9 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +July 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> - </chapter> <chapter label="1" id="About-this-document"> <title>About this document</title> @@ -144,15 +140,11 @@ October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. preparation system, which is a macro package for the &tex; typesetting program (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>). </para> -<para>This document’s home page is <ulink url="https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</ulink>. There -you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its -archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in -various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. -Probably the most convenient one, shown at <ulink url="http://latexref.xyz/">http://latexref.xyz/</ulink>, -has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the -note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at -<ulink url="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co">http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</ulink>, -has all the information on single page. +<para>This document’s home page is <ulink url="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</ulink>; it has +separate web pages for each topic. Alternatively. +<ulink url="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</ulink> has the entire document on +a single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more +information, see <ulink url="https://latexref.xyz/dev/">https://latexref.xyz/dev/</ulink>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; vs. &latex;2e</primary></indexterm> <para>In this document, we will mostly just use ‘&latex;’ rather than @@ -162,39 +154,33 @@ frozen decades ago. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>unofficial nature of this manual</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; Project team</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary><email>latexrefman@tug.org</email> email address</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; is currently maintained by a group of volunteers -(<ulink url="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</ulink>). The official documentation written by -the &latex; project is available from their web site. This document is -completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the &latex; -maintainers. +<para>&latex; is maintained by a group of volunteers +(<ulink url="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</ulink>). The official documentation written +by the &latex; project is available from their web site. The present +document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed +by the &latex; maintainers. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>bug reporting</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>reporting bugs</primary></indexterm> Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <email>latexrefman@tug.org</email>. </para> -<para>This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources -of information about &latex;, at all levels. Here are a few -introductions. +<para>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array +of other information available about &latex;, at all levels. Here +are a few introductions. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</ulink> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</ulink> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex-doc-ptr document</primary></indexterm> <para>Two pages of recommended references to &latex; documentation. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</ulink> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</ulink> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>first-latex-doc document</primary></indexterm> <para>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide">http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</ulink> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>usrguide official documentation</primary></indexterm> -<para>The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of &latex;. -Many other guides by many other people are also available, independent -of &latex; itself; one such is the next item: -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</ulink> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</ulink> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lshort document</primary></indexterm> -<para>A short introduction to &latex;, translated to many languages. +<para>A longer introduction to &latex;, translated to many languages. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="http://tug.org/begin.html">http://tug.org/begin.html</ulink> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</ulink> </term><listitem><para>Introduction to the &tex; system, including &latex;, with further references. </para> @@ -211,21 +197,25 @@ references. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; overview</primary></indexterm> <para>&latex; is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally -created by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(<ulink url="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</ulink>). It is widely used, particularly for -complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics. -</para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>macro package, &latex; as</primary></indexterm> -<para>A &latex; user writes an input file containing text along with -interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text -should be formatted. It is implemented as a set of related commands -that interface with Donald E. Knuth’s &tex; typesetting program -(the technical term is that &latex; is a <firstterm>macro package</firstterm> for the -&tex; engine). The user produces the output document by giving that -input file to the &tex; engine. +created by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group +of volunteers for many years now (<ulink url="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</ulink>). +It is widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical +and technical documents. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, default &latex; input encoding</primary></indexterm> +<para>A &latex; user writes an input file containing text to be typeset +along with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is +UTF-8 (as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text +should be formatted. +</para> +<para>&latex; is implemented as a set of related so-called “macros” which +use Donald E. Knuth’s &tex; typesetting program or one of its +derivatives, collectively known as “engines”. Thus, the user +produces output, typically PDF, by giving the input file to a &tex; +engine. (The following sections describe all this in more detail.) </para> <para>The term &latex; is also sometimes used to mean the language in which -the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands +the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands available to a &latex; user. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lamport &tex;</primary></indexterm> @@ -300,7 +290,7 @@ it to a PostScript <literal>.ps</literal> file with <command>dvips</command> or Portable Document Format <literal>.pdf</literal> file with <command>dvipdfmx</command>. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with <command>dvitype</command>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</ulink>). +available (<ulink url="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</ulink>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>.pdf</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.pdf file</primary></indexterm> @@ -312,7 +302,7 @@ a Portable Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>&latex; also produces at least two additional files. +<para>&latex; always produces at least two additional files. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>.log</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>transcript file</primary></indexterm> @@ -361,28 +351,36 @@ open-ended. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>engines, &tex;</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>implementations of &tex;</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, engine support for</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Unicode input, native</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>TrueType fonts</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>OpenType fonts</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a &tex; -implementation (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>). This section gives a terse -overview of the main programs (see also <link linkend="Command-line">Command line</link>). -</para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>latex</literal> -</term><term><literal>pdflatex</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pdf&tex; engine</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>etex command</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&tex; format (<literal>.fmt</literal>) files</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; format (<literal>.fmt</literal>) files</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>format files, &tex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.fmt file</primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; is a large set of commands that is executed by a &tex; +program (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>). Such a set of commands is called a +<firstterm>format</firstterm>, and is embodied in a binary <literal>.fmt</literal> file, which can +be read much more quickly than the corresponding &tex; source. +</para> +<para>This section gives a terse overview of the &tex; programs that are +commonly available (see also <link linkend="Command-line-interface">Command line interface</link>). +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex</primary></indexterm><literal>latex</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex</primary></indexterm><literal>pdflatex</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>etex command</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pdf&tex; engine</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-&tex;</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="tex-engines-latex"/><para>In &tex; Live (<ulink url="http://tug.org/texlive">http://tug.org/texlive</ulink>), if &latex; is invoked +<anchor id="tex-engines-latex"/><para>In &tex; Live (<ulink url="https://tug.org/texlive">https://tug.org/texlive</ulink>), if &latex; is invoked via either the system command <command>latex</command> or <command>pdflatex</command>, -then the pdf&tex; engine is run (<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</ulink>). +then the pdf&tex; engine is run (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</ulink>). When invoked as <command>latex</command>, the main output is a <filename>.dvi</filename> file; as <command>pdflatex</command>, the main output is a <filename>.pdf</filename> file. </para> <para>pdf&tex; incorporates the e-&tex; extensions to Knuth’s original -program (<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/etex">http://ctan.org/pkg/etex</ulink>), including additional +program (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/etex">https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</ulink>), including additional programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of extensions of its own. e-&tex; is available on its own as the system command <command>etex</command>, but this is plain &tex; (and produces @@ -392,25 +390,22 @@ command <command>etex</command>, but this is plain &tex; (and produces rather than pdf&tex;. In any case, the e-&tex; extensions can be assumed to be available in &latex;. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lualatex</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex command</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex</primary></indexterm><literal>lualatex</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="tex-engines-lualatex"/><para>If &latex; is invoked via the system command <command>lualatex</command>, the -Lua&tex; engine is run (<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</ulink>). This +Lua&tex; engine is run (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</ulink>). This program allows code written in the scripting language Lua (<ulink url="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</ulink>) to interact with &tex;’s typesetting. Lua&tex; handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and produces a <filename>.pdf</filename> file by default. -There is also <command>dvilualatex</command> to produce a <filename>.dvi</filename> file, -but this is rarely used. +There is also <command>dvilualatex</command> to produce a <filename>.dvi</filename> file. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>xelatex</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex command</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Xe&tex;</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex</primary></indexterm><literal>xelatex</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Xe&tex;</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>.xdv file</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>xdvipdfmx</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="tex-engines-xelatex"/><para>If &latex; is invoked with the system command <command>xelatex</command>, the -Xe&tex; engine is run (<ulink url="http://tug.org/xetex">http://tug.org/xetex</ulink>). Like Lua&tex;, +Xe&tex; engine is run (<ulink url="https://tug.org/xetex">https://tug.org/xetex</ulink>). Like Lua&tex;, Xe&tex; natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using external libraries instead of internal code. Xe&tex; produces a @@ -421,12 +416,44 @@ and translates that to PDF using the (<literal>x</literal>)<literal>dvipdfmx</li program, but this process is automatic. The <literal>.xdv</literal> file is only useful for debugging. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>Other variants of &latex; and &tex; exist, e.g., to provide -additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]p&tex;, -<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</ulink>, <ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</ulink>). +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>platex</primary></indexterm><literal>platex</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>uplatex</primary></indexterm><literal>uplatex</literal> +</term><listitem><para>These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese and +other languages; the <literal>u</literal> variant supports Unicode. See +<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</ulink> and <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</ulink>. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>As of 2019, there is a companion <literal>-dev</literal> command and format for +all of the above: +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dvilualatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>dvilualatex-dev</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>latex-dev</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>lualatex-dev</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>pdflatex-dev</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>platex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>platex-dev</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>uplatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>uplatex-dev</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex-dev</primary></indexterm><literal>xelatex-dev</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>release candidates</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>prerelease testing</primary></indexterm> +<para>These are candidates for an upcoming &latex; release. The main +purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an +official release. +</para> +<para>These <literal>-dev</literal> formats make it easy for anyone to help test +documents and code: you can run, say, <literal>pdflatex-dev</literal> instead of +<literal>pdflatex</literal>, without changing anything else in your environment. +Indeed, it is easiest and most helpful to always run the <literal>-dev</literal> +versions instead of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet +times after a release, the commands will be equivalent. +</para> +<para>These are not daily snapshots or untested development code. They +undergo the same extensive regression testing by the &latex; team +before being released. +</para> +<para>For more information, see “The &latex; release workflow and the +&latex; <literal>dev</literal> formats” by Frank Mittelbach, <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> 40:2, +<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</ulink>. </para> - +</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> <sect1 label="2.4" id="LaTeX-command-syntax"> <title>&latex; command syntax</title> @@ -441,7 +468,7 @@ character, <literal>\</literal>. The name itself then consists of either </para> <para>&latex; commands names are case sensitive so that <literal>\pagebreak</literal> differs from <literal>\Pagebreak</literal> (the latter is not a standard command). -Most commands are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all +Most command names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same case as they are defined. </para> <para>A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These @@ -458,12 +485,6 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. </para> -<para>Some of &latex;’s commands are a <firstterm>declaration</firstterm>. Such a command -changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For -instance, the <literal>\mainmatter</literal> declaration changes the typesetting of -page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (see <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & -\mainmatter & \backmatter</link>). -</para> <para>&latex; has the convention that some commands have a <literal>*</literal> form that is related to the form without a <literal>*</literal>, such as <literal>\chapter</literal> and <literal>\chapter*</literal>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -472,32 +493,44 @@ to command. <para>This manual describes all accepted options and <literal>*</literal>-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>expl3</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>expl3</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xparse</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xparse</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex;3 syntax</primary></indexterm> +<para>As of the 2020-10-01 release of &latex;, the <literal>expl3</literal> and +<literal>xparse</literal> packages are part of the &latex;2e format. They +provide a completely different underlying programming language +syntax. We won’t try to cover them in this document; see the related +package documentation and other &latex; manuals. +</para> </sect1> <sect1 label="2.5" id="Environment"> <title>Environment</title> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\begin{<replaceable>environment name</replaceable>} +<screen>\begin{<replaceable>environment-name</replaceable>} ... -\end{<replaceable>environment name</replaceable>} +\end{<replaceable>environment-name</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>An area of &latex; source, inside of which there is a distinct -behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between -<literal>\begin{verse}</literal> and <literal>\end{verse}</literal>. +<para>An <firstterm>environment</firstterm> is an area of &latex; source, inside of which +there is a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; +put the lines between <literal>\begin{verse}</literal> and <literal>\end{verse}</literal>. </para> <screen>\begin{verse} There once was a man from Nantucket \\ ... \end{verse} </screen> -<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link> for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link>, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is that every &latex; document must have a <literal>document</literal> environment, a <literal>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</literal> pair. </para> -<para>The <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> at the beginning must exactly match that at -the end. This includes the case where <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> ends in a +<para>The <replaceable>environment-name</replaceable> at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. This includes the case where <replaceable>environment-name</replaceable> ends in a star (<literal>*</literal>); both the <literal>\begin</literal> and <literal>\end</literal> texts must include the star. </para> @@ -513,7 +546,7 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). </sect1> <sect1 label="2.6" id="CTAN"> -<title>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title> +<title>CTAN: The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>CTAN</primary></indexterm> @@ -528,20 +561,22 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher’s specifications. </para> -<para>In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such -as search by name or by functionality. +<para>In addition to the massive holdings, the <literal>ctan.org</literal> web site +offers features such as search by name or by functionality. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>DANTE e.V.</primary></indexterm> +<para>CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of which +is the so-called “master”. The master host actively manages the +material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated +packages. For many years, it has been hosted by the German &tex; +group, DANTE e.V. +</para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>mirrors of CTAN</primary></indexterm> -<para>CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the -sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for -instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is -hosted by the German &tex; group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the -world help out by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their -collections with the core site and then in turn making their copies -publicly available. This gives users close to their location better -access and relieves the load on the core site. The list of mirrors is -at <ulink url="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</ulink>. +<para>Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is, +automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then +in turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close +to their location better access and relieves the load on the master +site. The list of mirrors is at <ulink url="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</ulink>. </para> </sect1> @@ -584,9 +619,10 @@ matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>slides</literal> -</term><listitem><anchor id="document-classes-slides"/><para>For slide presentations—rarely used today. In its place the -<literal>beamer</literal> package is perhaps the most prevalent (see <link linkend="beamer-template">beamer -template</link>). +</term><listitem><anchor id="document-classes-slides"/><para>For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The +<literal>beamer</literal> package is perhaps the most prevalent +(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</ulink>). See <link linkend="beamer-template">beamer template</link>, for a +small template for a beamer document. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>Standard <replaceable>options</replaceable> are described in the next section. @@ -721,6 +757,7 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the </term><term><literal>twoside</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm> +<!-- xx TODO re-align on the French version which is more accurate. --> <para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <literal>oneside</literal>, except that in the <literal>book</literal> class the default is <literal>twoside</literal>. </para> @@ -832,9 +869,9 @@ name</replaceable>}</literal>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example declare <literal>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</literal> to set the default document font size. </para> -</listitem><listitem><para>Finally, in the <firstterm>more declarations part</firstterm> the class or package usually does -most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and -loading other files. +</listitem><listitem><para>Finally, in the <firstterm>more declarations part</firstterm> the class or package +usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and +fonts, and loading other files. </para></listitem></orderedlist> <para>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <filename>stub.cls</filename> where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the @@ -853,7 +890,7 @@ passing them all to the <literal>article</literal> class, and then loads the </para> <para>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the Class Guide, at -<ulink url="http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</ulink> (much +<ulink url="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</ulink> (much of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial <ulink url="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</ulink>. </para> @@ -957,10 +994,10 @@ must contain <literal>\DeclareOption{logo}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</lit <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>). </para> <para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this -will produce a warning like <literal>Unused global option(s): [badoption].</literal> -Change this behaviour with the starred version -<literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>. For example, many classes extend -an existing class, using a declaration such as +will produce a warning like <literal>Unused global option(s): +[badoption].</literal> Change this behavior with the starred version +<literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>. For example, many classes +extend an existing class, using a command such as <literal>\LoadClass{article}</literal>, and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as this. </para> @@ -1015,8 +1052,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine <literal>\renew…</literal> or <literal>\provide…</literal> or you get an error. </para></listitem></orderedlist> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>file name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal> -</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>file name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfFileExists</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\InputIfFileExists</primary></indexterm> <para>Execute <replaceable>true code</replaceable> if &latex; finds the file <filename><replaceable>file @@ -1223,12 +1260,12 @@ with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesFile{<replaceable>file name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>additional information</replaceable>]</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesFile{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}[<replaceable>additional information</replaceable>]</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesFile</primary></indexterm> <para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like <literal>File: test.config -2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal> for <replaceable>file name</replaceable> equal to +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal> for <replaceable>filename</replaceable> equal to ‘<literal>test.config</literal>’ and <replaceable>additional information</replaceable> equal to ‘<literal>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal>’. </para> @@ -1273,12 +1310,530 @@ causes &latex; to give error like <literal>\usepackage before <indexterm role="cp"><primary>typefaces</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>fonts</primary></indexterm> -<para>Two important aspects of selecting a <firstterm>font</firstterm> are specifying a size -and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. +<para>&latex; comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New +Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families +in your document (for instance, see <link linkend="Font-styles">Font styles</link>). And, +&latex; documents can use most fonts that are available today, +including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note, +though, that many fonts do not have support for mathematics.) +</para> +<para>The first typeface in the &tex; world was the Computer Modern family, +developed by Donald Knuth. It is the default for &latex; documents and +is still the most widely used. But changing to another font often only +involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your +preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more +readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to +typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe, +<ulink url="https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</ulink>.) +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math +\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif +\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter +\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX +\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal +</screen> +<para>In addition, the <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> engines allow +you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType +format (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). +</para> +<para>The &latex; Font Catalogue (<ulink url="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</ulink>) shows +font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts, +including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin +alphabet free fonts available for easy use with &latex;. +</para> +<para>More information is also available from the &tex; Users Group, at +<ulink url="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</ulink>. +</para> + + +<sect1 label="4.1" id="fontenc-package"> +<title><literal>fontenc</literal> package</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font encoding</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8, font support for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>T1</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>OT1</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>fontenc</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>]{fontenc} +</screen> +<para>or +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding1</replaceable>, <replaceable>font_encoding2</replaceable>, ...]{fontenc} +</screen> +<para>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the +character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. +</para> +<para>This package only applies if you use the <literal>pdflatex</literal> engine +(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). If you use the <command>xelatex</command> or +<command>lualatex</command> engine then instead use the <filename>fontspec</filename> package. +</para> +<para>&tex;’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character +set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use +<literal>\accent</literal> (see <link linkend="_005caccent">\accent</link>) but this disables hyphenation. &tex; +users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of +characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using +<command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +</screen> +<para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including +French, German, Italian, Polish, and others. In particular, if you have +words with accented letters then &latex; will hyphenate them and your +output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you +to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>lmodern</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>lmodern</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cm-super</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cm-super</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>If you are using an encoding such as <literal>T1</literal> and the characters appear +blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, +sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a +package such as <filename>lmodern</filename> or <filename>cm-super</filename> to get a font that +extends &latex;’s default using vector fonts. +</para> +<para>For each <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable> given as an option but not already +declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named +<filename><replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>enc.def</filename>. It also sets <literal>\encodingdefault</literal> +to be the last encoding in the option list. +</para> +<para>These are the common values for <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>. +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>OT1</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The original encoding for &tex;. Limited to mostly English characters. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>OMS, OML</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Math symbols and math letters encoding. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>T1</literal> +</term><listitem><para>&tex; text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users +Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most European +accented characters. The most common option for this package. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>TS1</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Text Companion encoding. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>&latex;’s default is to load <literal>OML</literal>, <literal>T1</literal>, <literal>OT1</literal>, and +then <literal>OMS</literal>, and set the default to <literal>OT1</literal>. +</para> +<para>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font +encoding if your font requires it. +</para> +<para>If you use <literal>T1</literal> encoded fonts other than the default Computer +Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your +fonts before loading <filename>fontenc</filename>, to prevent the system from loading +any <literal>T1</literal> encoded fonts from the default. +</para> +<para>The &latex; team reserve encoding names starting with: ‘<literal>T</literal>’ for the +standard text encodings with 256 characters, ‘<literal>TS</literal>’ for symbols that +extend the corresponding T encodings, ‘<literal>X</literal>’ for test encodings, +‘<literal>M</literal>’ for standard math encodings with 256 characters, ‘<literal>A</literal>’ for +special applications, ‘<literal>OT</literal>’ for standard text encodings with 128 +characters, and ‘<literal>OM</literal>’ for standard math encodings with 128 +characters (‘<literal>O</literal>’ stands for ‘<literal>obsolete</literal>’). +</para> +<para>This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of +them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works +for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command +is not in effect. +</para> + + +<sect2 label="4.1.1" id="_005cDeclareFontEncoding"> +<title><literal>\DeclareFontEncoding</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font encoding, declaring</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>encoding, font</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareFontEncoding</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareFontEncoding{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text-settings</replaceable>}{<replaceable>math-settings</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Declare the font encoding <replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. It also saves the value of +<replaceable>encoding</replaceable> in <literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</link>). +</para> +<para>The file <filename>t1enc.def</filename> contains this line (followed by many others). +</para> +<screen>\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} +</screen> +<para>The <replaceable>text-settings</replaceable> are the commands that &latex; will run every +time it switches from one encoding to another with the +<literal>\selectfont</literal> or <literal>\fontencoding</literal> command. The +<replaceable>math-settings</replaceable> are the commands that &latex; will use whenever the +font is accessed as a math alphabet. +</para> +<para>&latex; ignores any space characters inside <replaceable>text-settings</replaceable> and +<replaceable>math-settings</replaceable>, to prevent unintended spaces in the output. +</para> +<para>If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name +starting with ‘<literal>L</literal>’ for ‘<literal>local</literal>’, or ‘<literal>E</literal>’ for +‘<literal>experimental</literal>’. +</para> +<para>Note that output encoding files may be read several times by &latex; so +using, e.g., <literal>\newcommand</literal> may cause an error. In addition, such +files should contain <literal>\ProvidesFile</literal> line (see <link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package +commands</link>). +</para> +<para>Note also that you should use the <literal>\...Default</literal> commands only in a +package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files +should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.2" id="_005cDeclareTextAccent"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font encoding</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccent</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextAccent{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding +<replaceable>encoding</replaceable> at the location <replaceable>slot</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>This line from <filename>t1enc.def</filename> declares that to make a circumflex +accent as in <literal>\^A</literal>, the system will put the accent in slot 2 +over the ‘<literal>A</literal>’ character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. +(This holds unless there is a relevant <literal>DeclareTextComposite</literal> or +<literal>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</literal> declaration; +see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</link>.) +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2} +</screen> +<para>If <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> has already been defined then <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.3" id="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextAccentDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>If there is an encoding-specific accent command <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> but there is +no associated <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> for that encoding then this +command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for +<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>For example, to make the encoding <literal>OT1</literal> be the default encoding for +the accent <literal>\"</literal>, declare this. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1} +</screen> +<para>If you issue a <literal>\"</literal> when the current encoding does not have a +definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from +<literal>OT1</literal> +</para> +<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol +& \UseTextAccent</link>). +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} + {\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{#1}} +</screen> +<para>Note that <literal>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</literal> works for any one-argument +<filename>fontenc</filename> command, not just the accent command. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.4" id="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal> & <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis, one of: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\DeclareTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn}</replaceable> +\DeclareTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or one of: +</para> +<screen>\ProvideTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\ProvideTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\ProvideTextCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Define the command <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, which will be specific to one encoding. +The command name <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> must begin with a backslash, \. These +commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining <literal>cmd</literal> does +not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code +in <replaceable>defn</replaceable> is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +</para> +<para>For example, the file <filename>t1enc.def</filename> contains this line. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 } +</screen> +<para>With that, you can express parts per thousand. +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble + ... +Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. +</screen> +<para>If you change the font encoding to <literal>OT1</literal> then you get an error like +‘<literal>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding +OT1</literal>’. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\ProvideTextCommand</literal> variant does the same, except that it +does nothing if <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is already defined. The +<literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> command is faster than this one for simple +slot-to-glyph association (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</link>) +</para> +<para>The optional <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> and <replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> arguments play the +same role here as in <literal>\newcommand</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & +\renewcommand</link>). Briefly, <replaceable>nargs</replaceable> is an integer from 0 to 9 +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command <literal>cmd</literal> +takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this +argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> will have +no arguments. And, if <replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> is present then the first +argument of <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is optional, with default value +<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (which may be the empty string). If +<replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> is not present then <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not take +an optional argument. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.5" id="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> & <literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommand</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommand</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or: +</para> +<screen>\ProvideTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Give a default definition for <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, for when that command is not +defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use +encodings known to be available. +</para> +<para>This makes <literal>\copyright</literal> available. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} +</screen> +<para>It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> should not occur in the encoding +definition files since those files should declare only commands for use +when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. +</para> +<para>As with the related non-default commands, the +<literal>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</literal> has exactly the same behavior as +<literal>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</literal> except that it does nothing if +<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is already defined (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand</link>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks +that other packages can improve upon. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.6" id="_005cDeclareTextComposite"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextComposite</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextComposite</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: </para> +<screen>\DeclareTextComposite{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>simple_object</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an +accent over a separate character. +</para> +<para>This line from <filename>t1enc.def</filename> means that <literal>\^o</literal> will cause +&latex; to typeset lowercase ‘<literal>o</literal>’ by taking the character +directly from location 224 in the font. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} +</screen> +<para>See <link linkend="fontenc-package">fontenc package</link>, for a list of common encodings. The +<replaceable>simple_object</replaceable> should be a single character or a single command. +The <replaceable>slot</replaceable> argument is usually a positive integer represented in +decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally +<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> has already been declared for this encoding, either with +<literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> or with a one-argument +<literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>. In <filename>t1enc.def</filename>, the above line follows +the <literal>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</literal> command. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.7" id="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</primary></indexterm> +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>A more general version of <literal>\DeclareTextComposite</literal> that runs +arbitrary code with <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>This allows accents on ‘<literal>i</literal>’ to act like accents on dotless i, +<literal>\i</literal>. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} +</screen> +<para>See <link linkend="fontenc-package">fontenc package</link>, for a list of common encodings. Normally +<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> will have already been declared with <literal>\DeclareTextAccent</literal> +or as a one argument <literal>\DeclareTextCommand</literal>. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.8" id="_005cDeclareTextSymbol"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbol, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>slot</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Define a symbol in the encoding <replaceable>encoding</replaceable> at the location +<replaceable>slot</replaceable>. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not +mathematics. +</para> +<para>For example, this line from <filename>t1enc.def</filename> declares the number of the +glyph to use for «, the left guillemet. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19} +</screen> +<para>The command <literal>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char +19}</literal> has the same effect but is slower (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand</link>). +</para> +<para>See <link linkend="fontenc-package">fontenc package</link>, for a list of common encodings. The <replaceable>slot</replaceable> +can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <literal>'023</literal>), or +hexadecimal (as in <literal>"13</literal>), although decimal has the advantage that +single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. +</para> +<para>If <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> has already been defined then <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.9" id="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"> +<title><literal>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> but there is no +associated <literal>\DeclareTextSymbol</literal> for that encoding, then this command +will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for +<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for +<literal>\textdollar</literal> then use the one from <literal>OT1</literal>, declare this. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1} +</screen> +<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <link linkend="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol +& \UseTextAccent</link>). +</para> +<screen>\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} + {\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}} +</screen> +<para>Note that <literal>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</literal> can be used to define a +default for any zero-argument <filename>fontenc</filename> command. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.10" id="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"> +<title><literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LastDeclaredEncoding</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\LastDeclaredEncoding +</screen> +<para>Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The +<literal>\DeclareFontEncoding</literal> command stores the name so that it can be +retrieved with this command (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</link>). +</para> +<para>This relies on <literal>\LastDeclaredEncoding</literal> rather than give the +name of the encoding explicitly. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{} +\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} +</screen> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="4.1.11" id="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"> +<title><literal>\UseTextSymbol</literal> & <literal>\UseTextAccent</literal></title> -<sect1 label="4.1" id="Font-styles"> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextSymbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\UseTextAccent</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\UseTextSymbol{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or: +</para> +<screen>\UseTextAccent{<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. +</para> +<para>In general, to use a <filename>fontenc</filename> command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it +like this: +</para> +<screen>\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss} +</screen> +<para>which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so &latex; +reverts back to the prior encoding after the <literal>\ss</literal>): +</para> +<screen>{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss} +</screen> +<para>Similarly, to use a <filename>fontenc</filename> command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this: +</para> +<screen>\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a} +</screen> +<para>which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a group): +</para> +<screen>{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<replaceable>enc_in_use</replaceable>}\selectfont a}} +</screen> +<para>Here, <replaceable>enc_in_use</replaceable> is the encoding in force before this sequence +of commands, so that ‘<literal>a</literal>’ is typeset using the current encoding +and only the accent is taken from <literal>OT1</literal>. +</para> + +</sect2> +</sect1> +<sect1 label="4.2" id="Font-styles"> <title>Font styles</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>font styles</primary></indexterm> @@ -1287,17 +1842,19 @@ and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>declaration form of font style commands</primary></indexterm> <para>In the table below the listed commands, the <literal>\text...</literal> commands, -is used with an argument, as in <literal>\textit{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. This is -the preferred form. But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the -corresponding declaration form, which is sometimes useful. This form -takes no arguments, as in <literal>{\itshape <replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. The scope of -the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end -of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as -<literal>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</literal>. -</para> -<para>These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, are -cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of +are used with an argument as in <literal>\textit{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. This is +the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the +corresponding <firstterm>declaration form</firstterm>, which is often useful. This +form takes no arguments, as in <literal>{\itshape <replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment +form such as <literal>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</literal>, which we’ll +describe further at the end of the section. +</para> +<para>These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for instance +you can get bold sans serif by saying either of <literal>\sffamily\bfseries</literal> or <literal>\bfseries\sffamily</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocorrlist</primary></indexterm> @@ -1305,7 +1862,7 @@ cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of <para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (see <link linkend="_005c_002f">\/</link>). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list -<literal>\nocorrlist</literal>, which by default consists of a period and a comma. +<literal>\nocorrlist</literal>, which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use <literal>\nocorr</literal> at the start or end of the command argument, such as <literal>\textit{\nocorr text}</literal> or <literal>\textsc{text \nocorr}</literal>. @@ -1377,8 +1934,8 @@ used as declarations: <literal>{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>...}</literal> in </para> <para>(The unconditional commands below are an older version of font switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most -circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely -what you want.) +circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is +needed.) </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bf</primary></indexterm><literal>\bf</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold font</primary></indexterm> @@ -1465,23 +2022,19 @@ formulas. <literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restores the default. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>numerals, old-style</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>old-style numerals</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining numerals</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>textcomp</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>textcomp</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<para>Finally, the command <literal>\oldstylenums{<replaceable>numerals</replaceable>}</literal> will typeset -so-called “old-style” numerals, which have differing heights and -depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard “lining” numerals, -which all have the same height as uppercase letters. &latex;’s -default fonts support this, and will respect <literal>\textbf</literal> (but not -other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in Computer -Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; sometimes the -<literal>textcomp</literal> package must be loaded, and sometimes package options -are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: -<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf</ulink>. +<para>Finally, the command <literal>\oldstylenums{<replaceable>numerals</replaceable>}</literal> will +typeset so-called “old-style” numerals, which have differing heights +and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard “lining” +numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters. +&latex;’s default fonts support this, and will respect <literal>\textbf</literal> +(but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in +Computer Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; +sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ +entry: <ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</ulink>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="4.2" id="Font-sizes"> +<sect1 label="4.3" id="Font-sizes"> <title>Font sizes</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>font sizes</primary></indexterm> @@ -1527,23 +2080,36 @@ options</link>). </para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\Huge</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>The commands are listed here in declaration forms. You use them by -declaring them, as with this example. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>declaration form of font size commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, +since that is how they are typically used. For example. </para> <screen>\begin{quotation} \small The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao. \end{quotation} </screen> -<para>The scope of the <literal>\small</literal> lasts until the end of the -<literal>quotation</literal> environment. It would also end at the next type style -command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in -extra curly braces <literal>{\small We are here, we are here, we are -here!}</literal>. You can instead use the environment form of these commands; -for instance, <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>. +<para>Here, the scope of the <literal>\small</literal> lasts until the end of the +<literal>quotation</literal> environment. It would also end at the next type +style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it +in curly braces <literal>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</literal>. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>environment form of font size commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>An <firstterm>environment form</firstterm> of each of these commands is also defined; for +instance, <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>. However, in practice +this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or +end of the environment without careful consideration, so it’s +generally less error-prone to stick to the declaration form. +</para> +<para>(Aside: Technically, due to the way &latex; defines <literal>\begin</literal> and +<literal>\end</literal>, nearly every command that does not take an argument +technically has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would +only cause confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the +environment form of the font size declarations specifically is that +this particular use is not rare.) </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="4.3" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"> +<sect1 label="4.4" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"> <title>Low-level font commands</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-level font commands</primary></indexterm> @@ -1571,7 +2137,7 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see <indexterm role="cp"><primary>families, of fonts</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>font catalogue</primary></indexterm> <para>Select the font family. The web page -<ulink url="http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/">http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</ulink> provides one way to browse +<ulink url="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</ulink> provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are examples of some common families. </para> @@ -1716,26 +2282,8 @@ vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the parameter <literal>\baselineskip</literal>. The default <literal>\baselineskip</literal> for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <literal>\fontsize</literal>. Changing <literal>\baselineskip</literal> directly is inadvisable since its value is -reset every time a size change happens; see <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>, next. -</para> -<anchor id="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\baselinestretch</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the -<literal>\baselinestretch</literal> parameter; the default factor is 1. A change -takes effect when <literal>\selectfont</literal> (see below) is called. You can -make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance -doubling it, by doing <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</literal> in -the preamble. -</para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm> -<para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the -<filename>setspace</filename> package. In addition to offering a number of spacing -options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places -where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure -captions. See the package documentation. +reset every time a size change happens; instead use +<literal>\baselinestretch</literal>. (see <link linkend="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</link>). </para> <anchor id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm> @@ -1819,22 +2367,22 @@ typesetting starts. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnsep</literal> </term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-columnsep"/><para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a -command such as <literal>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</literal> You must change -it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good +command such as <literal>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</literal>. You must change +it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnseprule</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnseprule</literal> -</term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-columnseprule"/><para>The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between -the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. -Change it with a command such as +</term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-columnseprule"/><para>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that +there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two +columns. Change it with a command such as <literal>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</literal>, before the two-column -environment starts. +mode starts. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnwidth</literal> </term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-columnwidth"/><para>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to <literal>\textwidth</literal>. In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the -width of each of the two columns to be half of <literal>\textwidth</literal> minus -<literal>\columnsep</literal>. +width of each of the two columns, <literal>\columnwidth</literal>, to be half of +<literal>\textwidth</literal> minus <literal>\columnsep</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>In a two-column document, the starred environments <literal>table*</literal> and @@ -1847,11 +2395,11 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. </term><listitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <literal>table*</literal> or <literal>figure*</literal> environment must not -exceed <literal>0.7\textheight</literal> . If the height of your starred float +exceed <literal>0.7\textheight</literal>. If the height of your starred float environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: </para> -<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Use the <literal>[tp]</literal> location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put +<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Use the <literal>[tp]</literal> location specifier to tell &latex; to try to put the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of a page. </para> </listitem><listitem><para>Use the <literal>[t!]</literal> location specifier to override the effect of @@ -1863,25 +2411,25 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. <para>You can redefine it, as with <literal>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</literal>. </para> -<anchor id="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatpagefraction</literal> -</term><listitem><para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatpagefraction</literal> +</term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"/><para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. &latex;’s default is <literal>0.5</literal>. Change it with <literal>\renewcommand</literal>. </para> -<anchor id="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatsep</literal> -</term><listitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatsep</literal> +</term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"/><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal> for a document set at <literal>10pt</literal> or <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal> for a document set at <literal>12pt</literal>. </para> -<anchor id="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltextfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltextfloatsep</literal> -</term><listitem><para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltextfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltextfloatsep</literal> +</term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"/><para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>. </para> -<anchor id="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltopnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltopnumber</literal> -</term><listitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltopnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltopnumber</literal> +</term><listitem><anchor id="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"/><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The &latex; default is <literal>2</literal>. </para> @@ -1983,7 +2531,7 @@ at all type sizes. <anchor id="page-layout-parameters-headsep"/><para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the <literal>article</literal> and <literal>report</literal> classes is ‘<literal>25pt</literal>’. In the <literal>book</literal> class the default is: if the -document is set at 10pt then it is ‘<literal>0.25in</literal>’, and at 11pt and 12pt +document is set at 10pt then it is ‘<literal>0.25in</literal>’, and at 11pt or 12pt it is ‘<literal>0.275in</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\footskip</literal> @@ -2039,12 +2587,13 @@ distance. </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\evensidemargin</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"/><anchor id="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"/><para>The <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> is the extra distance between the left side of +<anchor id="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"/><anchor id="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"/><!-- xx TODO re-align on French version that is more complete/accurate. --> +<para>The <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> length is the extra distance between the left side of the page and the text’s left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the document class option <literal>twoside</literal> is chosen and on all pages when <literal>oneside</literal> is in effect. When <literal>twoside</literal> is in effect, on even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is -<literal>evensidemargin</literal>. +<literal>\evensidemargin</literal>. </para> <para>&latex;’s default is that <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> is 40% of the difference between <literal>\paperwidth</literal> and <literal>\textwidth</literal>, and @@ -2094,15 +2643,16 @@ column), while <literal>\linewidth</literal> may decrease for nested lists. specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <literal>minipage</literal> or <literal>\parbox</literal>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="page-layout-parameters-hsize"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm><literal>\hsize</literal> -</term><listitem><para>This entry is included for completeness: <literal>\hsize</literal> is the &tex; +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm><literal>\hsize</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="page-layout-parameters-hsize"/><para>This entry is included for completeness: <literal>\hsize</literal> is the &tex; primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal &latex; documents. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\topmargin</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>topmargin</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"/><para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the +<anchor id="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"/><!-- xxx TODO re-align on French version that is more accurate. --> +<para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed based on many other parameters: <literal>\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</literal>, @@ -2117,7 +2667,119 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ at a type siz </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> -<sect1 label="5.6" id="Floats"> +<sect1 label="5.6" id="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"> +<title><literal>\baselineskip</literal> & <literal>\baselinestretch</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space between lines</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interline space</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>leading</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is a rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It gives +the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +baseline to baseline. +</para> +<para>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <literal>\baselineskip</literal> +while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection +command <literal>\fontsize</literal> (see <link linkend="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</link>). +The <literal>\baselineskip</literal>’s value is reset every time a font change +happens and so any direct change to <literal>\baselineskip</literal> would vanish +the next time there was a font switch. For how to influence line +spacing, see the discussion of <literal>\baselinestretch</literal> below. +</para> +<para>Usually, a font’s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font +designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, +a font’s style file has the command <literal>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</literal> +then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; +for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does +it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the +<literal>\baselineskip</literal> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) +</para> +<!-- adapted from FAQ --> +<para>The <literal>\baselineskip</literal> is not a property of each line but of the +entire paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, +such as a single <literal>{\Huge Q}</literal>, will be squashed into its line. +&tex; will make sure it doesn’t scrape up against the line above but +won’t change the <literal>\baselineskip</literal> for that one line to make extra +room above. For the fix, use a <literal>\strut</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>). +</para> +<para>The value of <literal>\baselineskip</literal> that &tex; uses for the paragraph is +the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph +unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be +scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs. +</para> +<!-- Adapted from B Beeton's "Lapses in TeX" TB 42:1 p 13. --> +<screen>Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as +bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph. +Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the +baseline spacing matching that size. +{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$} +</screen> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lineskip</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lineskiplimit</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prevdepth</primary></indexterm> +<para>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if +the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less +than <literal>\baselineskip</literal> then &tex; inserts vertical glue to make up +the difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the +lines would be too close together, closer than <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal>, +then &tex; instead uses <literal>\lineskip</literal> as the interline glue. The +second is that &tex; doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous +line. Instead it uses <literal>\prevdepth</literal>, which usually contains that +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) +or just after a rule, <literal>\prevdepth</literal> has the value -1000pt and this +special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the +paragraph start. +</para> +<para>In the standard classes <literal>\lineskiplimit</literal> is 0pt and +<literal>\lineskip</literal> is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance +between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than +zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart. +</para> +<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double +space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline +distance is via <literal>\baselinestretch</literal>. It scales +<literal>\baselineskip</literal>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, +not a length, so change the scale factor as in +<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</literal>. +</para> +<para>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire +document is to put <literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> in the preamble. +For double spacing, take <replaceable>factor</replaceable> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half +spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the +<literal>\baselineskip</literal> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by +1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +<literal>\linespread</literal> command is defined as +<literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> so it won’t +take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at +the start of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with +<literal>\selectfont</literal>.) +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>A simpler approach is the <filename>setspace</filename> package. The basic example: +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{setspace} +\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 +</screen> +<para>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. +But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change +the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +<literal>\singlespacing</literal> to return the spacing to normal. In the +document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use +environments, such as <literal>\begin{doublespace} +... \end{doublespace}</literal>. The package also has commands to do +arbitrary spacing: <literal>\setstretch{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> and +<literal>\begin{spacing}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>} ... \end{spacing}</literal>. +</para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="5.7" id="Floats"> <title>Floats</title> <para>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken @@ -2161,7 +2823,7 @@ both <literal>article</literal> and <literal>book</literal> classes, is <literal allowed for full-width floats (<literal>figure*</literal>) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the <filename>stfloats</filename> or <filename>dblfloatfix</filename> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the -FAQ: <ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</ulink>. +FAQ: <ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</ulink>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>h</literal> </term><listitem><para>(Here)—at the position in the text where the <literal>figure</literal> environment @@ -2175,7 +2837,7 @@ automatically added. <para>To absolutely force a float to appear “here”, you can <literal>\usepackage{float}</literal> and use the <literal>H</literal> specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at -<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</ulink>. +<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</ulink>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>float page</primary></indexterm> @@ -2287,13 +2949,13 @@ default 2. <anchor id="floats-totalnumber"/><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>The principal &tex; FAQ entry relating to floats -<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</ulink> contains +<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</ulink> contains suggestions for relaxing &latex;’s default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to influence the position of float environments like figure and table in &latex;?” -(<ulink url="http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf">http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</ulink>). +(<ulink url="https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</ulink>). </para> </sect1> @@ -2306,12 +2968,14 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in <indexterm role="cp"><primary>chapter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>section</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsection</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subsubsection</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>subparagraph</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\part</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chapter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\section</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsection</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm> @@ -2348,8 +3012,8 @@ not available in <literal>article</literal>. </para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>*</literal>-form of sectioning commands</primary></indexterm> <para>All these commands have a <literal>*</literal>-form that prints <replaceable>title</replaceable> as usual -but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. -An example of using this is for an appendix in an <literal>article</literal> . The +but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. +An example of using this is for an appendix in an <literal>article</literal>. The input <literal>\appendix\section{Appendix}</literal> gives the output ‘<literal>A Appendix</literal>’ (see <link linkend="_005cappendix">\appendix</link>). You can lose the numbering ‘<literal>A</literal>’ by instead entering <literal>\section*{Appendix}</literal> (articles often omit a @@ -2372,25 +3036,35 @@ of contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (see <link linkend="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</link>). </para> <para>&latex; expects that before you have a <literal>\subsection</literal> you will have -a <literal>\section</literal> and, in a book, that before a <literal>\section</literal> you will -have a <literal>\chapter</literal>. Otherwise you can get a something like a -subsection numbered ‘<literal>3.0.1</literal>’. +a <literal>\section</literal> and, in a <literal>book</literal> class document, that before a +<literal>\section</literal> you will have a <literal>\chapter</literal>. Otherwise you can get +something like a subsection numbered ‘<literal>3.0.1</literal>’. </para> -<para>Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>titlesec</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>titlesec</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a +simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case +letters with <literal>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</literal> in the +preamble (see <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). CTAN +has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably +<filename>titlesec</filename>. +</para> +<para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>secnumdepth</primary></indexterm><literal>secnumdepth</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>secnumdepth counter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>section numbers, printing</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="sectioning-secnumdepth"/><anchor id="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"/><para>Controls which sectioning commands are -numbered. Suppress numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than -<replaceable>level</replaceable> <literal>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<replaceable>level</replaceable>}</literal> -(see <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>). See the above table for the level numbers. For -instance, if the <literal>secnumdepth</literal> is 1 in an <literal>article</literal> then a -<literal>\section{Introduction}</literal> command will produce output like ‘<literal>1 -Introduction</literal>’ while <literal>\subsection{Discussion}</literal> will produce output -like ‘<literal>Discussion</literal>’, without the number. &latex;’s default -<literal>secnumdepth</literal> is 3 in <filename>article</filename> class and  2 in the -<filename>book</filename> and <filename>report</filename> classes. +<anchor id="sectioning-secnumdepth"/><anchor id="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"/><para>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with +<literal>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<replaceable>level</replaceable>}</literal> will suppress +numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than <replaceable>level</replaceable> +(see <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>). See the above table for the level numbers. +For instance, if the <literal>secnumdepth</literal> is 1 in an <literal>article</literal> then +a <literal>\section{Introduction}</literal> command will produce output like +‘<literal>1 Introduction</literal>’ while <literal>\subsection{Discussion}</literal> will +produce output like ‘<literal>Discussion</literal>’, without the number. &latex;’s +default <literal>secnumdepth</literal> is 3 in <filename>article</filename> class and + 2 in the <filename>book</filename> and <filename>report</filename> classes. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>tocdepth</primary></indexterm><literal>tocdepth</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>tocdepth counter</primary></indexterm> @@ -2401,7 +3075,7 @@ sectioning units at <replaceable>level</replaceable> be the smallest ones listed (see <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if <literal>tocdepth</literal> is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but not subsections. &latex;’s default -<literal>secnumdepth</literal> is 3 in <filename>article</filename> class and  2 in the +<literal>tocdepth</literal> is 3 in <filename>article</filename> class and  2 in the <filename>book</filename> and <filename>report</filename> classes. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> @@ -2456,7 +3130,7 @@ out the break in the table of contents. </screen> <para>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 -(see <link linkend="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</link> and see <link linkend="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</link>). +(see <link linkend="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</link>, and <link linkend="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</link>). </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>indentfirst</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>indentfirst</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -2527,7 +3201,7 @@ title, the title but that doesn’t work well with running headers so it omits the break in the contents </para> -<screen>\chapter[Given it all\\ my story]{Given it all\\ my story} +<screen>\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story} </screen> <para>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 @@ -2707,13 +3381,13 @@ holds in <literal>article</literal> except that there are no chapters in that cl so it looks like ‘<literal>2.3 <replaceable>title</replaceable></literal>’. </para> <para>The <literal>*</literal> form shows <replaceable>title</replaceable>. -But it does not show the section number, does not increment the -<literal>section</literal> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. +But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the +<literal>subsection</literal> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. </para> -<para>The optional argument <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> will appear as the section title +<para>The optional argument <replaceable>toc-title</replaceable> will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>). If it is -not present then <replaceable>title</replaceable> will be there. This shows the full name in -the title of the section, +not present then <replaceable>title</replaceable> will be there. This shows the full text in +the title of the subsection, </para> <screen>\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow} @@ -2865,38 +3539,45 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <literal>section</literal> and </screen> <para>the first two will generate output numbered ‘<literal>Chapter 1</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Chapter 2</literal>’. After the <literal>\appendix</literal> the numbering will be -‘<literal>Appendix A</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Appendix B</literal>’. See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link> +‘<literal>Appendix A</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Appendix B</literal>’. See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link>, for another example. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>appendix</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>appendix</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <filename>appendix</filename> package adds the command <literal>\appendixpage</literal> to put a separate ‘<literal>Appendices</literal>’ in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <literal>\addappheadtotoc</literal> to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name -‘<literal>Appendix</literal>’ with a command like +‘<literal>Appendices</literal>’ with a command like <literal>\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}</literal>, as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </sect1> - <sect1 label="6.7" id="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"> <title><literal>\frontmatter</literal>, <literal>\mainmatter</literal>, <literal>\backmatter</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frontmatter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, front matter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>front matter of a book</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mainmatter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, main matter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>main matter of a book</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backmatter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, back matter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>book, end matter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>back matter of a book</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>end matter of a book</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis, one of: +<para>Synopsis, one or more of: </para> <screen>\frontmatter +... \mainmatter +... \backmatter +... </screen> <para>Format a <literal>book</literal> class document differently according to which part of the document is being produced. All three commands are optional. @@ -2908,19 +3589,23 @@ pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a bibliography, and an index. </para> -<para>The <literal>\frontmatter</literal> declaration makes the pages numbered in -lowercase roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each -chapter’s title appears in the table of contents; if you use other -sectioning commands here, use the <literal>*</literal>-version (see <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>). -The <literal>\mainmatter</literal> changes the behavior back to the expected -version, and resets the page number. The <literal>\backmatter</literal> leaves the -page numbering alone but switches the chapters back to being not -numbered. See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link> for an example using the three. +<para>The <literal>\frontmatter</literal> command makes the pages numbered in lowercase +roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter’s title +appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands +here, use the <literal>*</literal>-version (see <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>). +</para> +<para>The <literal>\mainmatter</literal> command changes the behavior back to the expected +version, and resets the page number. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\backmatter</literal> command leaves the page numbering alone but +switches the chapters back to being not numbered. +</para> +<para>See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link>, for an example using these three commands. </para> </sect1> <sect1 label="6.8" id="_005c_0040startsection"> -<title><literal>\@startsection</literal></title> +<title><literal>\@startsection</literal>, typesetting sectional unit headings</title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@startsection</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>section, redefining</primary></indexterm> @@ -2958,12 +3643,13 @@ make such a command you may want to use the <literal>\secdef</literal> command. {<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable>} {<replaceable>style</replaceable>}} </screen> -<para>redefines <literal>\section</literal> to have the form -<literal>\section*[<replaceable>toctitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal> (here too, the -star <literal>*</literal> is optional). See <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>. This implies that -when you write a command like <literal>\renewcommand{section}{...}</literal>, -the <literal>\@startsection{...}</literal> must come last in the definition. See -the examples below. +<para>redefines <literal>\section</literal> while keeping its standard calling form +<literal>\section*[<replaceable>toctitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal> (in which, for reminder, +the star <literal>*</literal> is optional). See <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>. This implies +that when you write a command like +<literal>\renewcommand{\section}{...}</literal>, the +<literal>\@startsection{...}</literal> must come last in the definition. See the +examples below. </para> <variablelist> <varlistentry><term><replaceable>name</replaceable> @@ -2979,7 +3665,7 @@ example below. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>level</replaceable> </term><listitem><anchor id="startsection-level"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"/><para>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. -See <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link> for the list of standard level numbers. +See <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>, for the list of standard level numbers. </para> <para>If <replaceable>level</replaceable> is less than or equal to the value of the counter <literal>secnumdepth</literal> then titles for this sectioning command will be @@ -3004,7 +3690,7 @@ the title into the left margin. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> </term><listitem><anchor id="startsection-beforeskip"/><anchor id="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"/><para>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit’s title. This space will be -discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the top of a fresh +discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the negative of <literal>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</literal> @@ -3062,20 +3748,24 @@ produce titles that are bold and uppercase. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>These are &latex;’s defaults for the first three sectioning units that are defined with <literal>\@startsection</literal>, for the <filename>article</filename>, -<filename>book</filename>, and <filename>report</filename> classes. For section, the <replaceable>level</replaceable> is -1, the <replaceable>indent</replaceable> is 0pt, the <replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> is <literal>-3.5ex -plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>, the <replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> is <literal>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</literal>, -and the <replaceable>style</replaceable> is <literal>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</literal>. For -subsection, the <replaceable>level</replaceable> is 2, the <replaceable>indent</replaceable> is 0pt, the -<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> is <literal>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>, the -<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> is <literal>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</literal>, and the <replaceable>style</replaceable> is -<literal>\normalfont\large\bfseries</literal>. For subsubsection, the <replaceable>level</replaceable> -is 3, the <replaceable>indent</replaceable> is 0pt, the <replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> is -<literal>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>, the <replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> is -<literal>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</literal>, and the <replaceable>style</replaceable> is -<literal>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</literal>. +<filename>book</filename>, and <filename>report</filename> classes. </para> -<para>Here are examples. They go either in a package or class file or in the +<itemizedlist><listitem><para>For <literal>section</literal>: <replaceable>level</replaceable> is 1, <replaceable>indent</replaceable> is 0pt, +<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> is <literal>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>, +<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> is <literal>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</literal>, and <replaceable>style</replaceable> is +<literal>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</literal>. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><para>For <literal>subsection</literal>: <replaceable>level</replaceable> is 2, <replaceable>indent</replaceable> is 0pt, +<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> is <literal>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex<!-- /@w --></literal>, +<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> is <literal>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</literal>, and <replaceable>style</replaceable> is +<literal>\normalfont\large\bfseries</literal>. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><para>For <literal>subsubsection</literal>: <replaceable>level</replaceable> is 3, <replaceable>indent</replaceable> is 0pt, +<replaceable>beforeskip</replaceable> is <literal>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</literal>, +<replaceable>afterskip</replaceable> is <literal>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</literal>, and <replaceable>style</replaceable> is +<literal>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</literal>. +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> +<para>Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or in the preamble of a &latex; document. If you put them in the preamble they must go between a <literal>\makeatletter</literal> command and a <literal>\makeatother</literal>. (Probably the error message <literal>You can't use @@ -3319,6 +4009,68 @@ reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </sect1> +<sect1 label="7.4" id="xr-package"> +<title><literal>xr</literal> package</title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>xr</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>xr-hyper</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\externaldocument</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing, across documents</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>or +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument[<replaceable>reference-prefix</replaceable>]{<replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Make cross references to the external document +<literal><replaceable>document-basename</replaceable>.tex</literal>. +</para> +<para>Here is an example. If <literal>lectures.tex</literal> has this in the preamble +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{exercises} + \externaldocument[H-]{hints} + \externaldocument{answers} +</screen> +<para>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. +Suppose that <literal>exercises.tex</literal> has an enumerated list containing +this, +</para> +<screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? +</screen> +<para>and <literal>hints.tex</literal> has an enumerated list with this, +</para> +<screen>\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. +</screen> +<para>and <literal>answers.tex</literal> has an enumerated list with this. +</para> +<screen>\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there + are exactly two vertices. +</screen> +<para>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering +this in the body of <literal>lectures.tex</literal> will result in the lectures +getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. +</para> +<screen>See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. +The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}. +</screen> +<para>The prefix <literal>H-</literal> for the reference from the hints file is needed +because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the +exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the +number from the later file. +</para> +<para>Note: if the document uses the <literal>hyperref</literal> package then in place of +<literal>xr</literal>, put <literal>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</literal> before the +<literal>\usepackage{hyperref}</literal>. Also, if any of the multiple documents +uses <literal>hyperref</literal> then they all must use it. +</para> + +</sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="8" id="Environments"> <title>Environments</title> @@ -3375,6 +4127,9 @@ default only in the <literal>report</literal> class. in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. \end{abstract} </screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>abstract</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>abstract</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for a more flexible solution, use the package <filename>abstract</filename>). </para> @@ -3546,7 +4301,7 @@ ending. <screen>\begin{center} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\ - I grew up in that belief. --Richard Burton + I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton \end{center} </screen> <para>A double backslash after the final line is optional. If present it @@ -3632,10 +4387,10 @@ missing \item</literal>’. </para> <para>This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. </para> -<screen>\begin{definition} +<screen>\begin{description} \item[lama] A priest. \item[llama] A beast. -\end{definition} +\end{description} </screen> <para>The labels ‘<literal>lama</literal>’ and ‘<literal>llama</literal>’ are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. @@ -3688,9 +4443,9 @@ lists. <replaceable>mathematical text</replaceable> \end{displaymath} </screen> -<para>Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style -and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option -<literal>fleqn</literal>; see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>. +<para>Environment to typeset the <replaceable>mathematical text</replaceable> on its own line, in +display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the +global option <literal>fleqn</literal>; see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>. </para> <para>In the <literal>displaymath</literal> environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the @@ -3705,18 +4460,20 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </para> -<para>The construct <literal>\[<replaceable>math text</replaceable>\]</literal> is essentially a synonym for -<literal>\begin{displaymath}<replaceable>math text</replaceable>\end{displaymath}</literal> but the -latter is easier to work with in the source file; for instance, +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\[...\] display math</primary></indexterm> +<para>The construct <literal>\[<replaceable>math</replaceable>\]</literal> is a synonym for the environment +<literal>\begin{displaymath} <replaceable>math</replaceable> \end{displaymath}</literal> but the +latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word -<literal>displaymath</literal> will likely be unique. (The construct -<literal>$$<replaceable>math text</replaceable>$$</literal> from Plain &tex; is sometimes -mistakenly used as a synonym for <literal>displaymath</literal>. It is not a -synonym, because the <literal>displaymath</literal> environment checks that it isn’t -started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching -environment start, because the <literal>displaymath</literal> environment has -different vertical spacing, and because the <literal>displaymath</literal> -environment honors the <literal>fleqn</literal> option.) +<literal>displaymath</literal> will likely be unique. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$$...$$ plain &tex; display math</primary></indexterm> +<para>(Aside: The construct <literal>$$<replaceable>math</replaceable>$$</literal> from Plain &tex; is +sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <literal>displaymath</literal>. It is +not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all; +<literal>$$</literal> doesn’t support the <literal>fleqn</literal> option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document +class options</link>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform +consistency checks.) </para> <para>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. </para> @@ -3887,7 +4644,7 @@ period. <para>The <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars Madsen -<ulink url="http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</ulink>). New documents +<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</ulink>). New documents should include the <filename>amsmath</filename> package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the <literal>align</literal> environment. We include a description only for completeness and for @@ -4042,7 +4799,7 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. </sect1> <sect1 label="8.11" id="filecontents"> -<title><literal>filecontents</literal>: Write an external file</title> +<title><literal>filecontents</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> @@ -4055,34 +4812,55 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\begin{filecontents}{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} +<screen>\begin{filecontents}[<replaceable>option</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} <replaceable>text</replaceable> \end{filecontents} </screen> <para>or </para> -<screen>\begin{filecontents*}{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} +<screen>\begin{filecontents*}[<replaceable>option</replaceable>]{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>} <replaceable>text</replaceable> \end{filecontents*} </screen> -<para>Create a file named <replaceable>filename</replaceable> and fill it with <replaceable>text</replaceable>. The -unstarred version of the environment <literal>filecontents</literal> prefixes the -content of the created file with a header; see the example below. The -starred version <literal>filecontents*</literal> does not include the header. +<para>Create a file named <replaceable>filename</replaceable> in the current directory (or the +output directory, if specified; see <link linkend="output-directory">output directory</link>) and write +<replaceable>text</replaceable> to it. By default, an existing file is not overwritten. </para> -<para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it often -appears before the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command. It is typically used -when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file. The -environment will write that file to the directory containing the source -and thus make the source file self-contained. Another use is to include -<literal>bib</literal> references in the file, again to make it self-contained. +<para>The unstarred version of the environment +<literal>filecontents</literal> prefixes the content of the created file with a +header of &tex; comments; see the example below. The starred +version <literal>filecontents*</literal> does not include the header. </para> -<para>The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and if -so, does not do anything. There is a <filename>filecontents</filename> package that -redefines the <literal>filecontents</literal> environment so that instead of doing -nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. +<para>The possible options are: </para> -<para>For example, this document +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>force</literal> +</term><term><literal>overwrite</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>force</literal> option for <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>overwrite</literal> option for <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para>Overwrite an existing file. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>noheader</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>noheader</literal> option for <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <literal>filecontents*</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>nosearch</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>nosearch</literal> option for <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if +specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>These options were added in a 2019 release of &latex;. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>self-contained sources</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>source files, making self-contained</primary></indexterm> +<para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it +often appears before the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command. It is +commonly used to create a <literal>.bib</literal> or other such data file from the +main document source, to make the source file self-contained. +Similarly, it can be used to create a custom style or class file, +again making the source self-contained. +</para> +<para>For example, this document: </para> <screen>\documentclass{article} \begin{filecontents}{JH.sty} @@ -4093,7 +4871,7 @@ nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. Article by \myname. \end{document} </screen> -<para>produces this file <filename>JH.sty</filename>. +<para>produces this file <filename>JH.sty</filename>: </para> <screen>%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment @@ -4124,7 +4902,7 @@ Article by \myname. <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and -stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use a double +stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. For the declaration form see <link linkend="_005craggedright">\raggedright</link>. </para> @@ -4161,7 +4939,7 @@ flush left and ragged right. \end{<replaceable>environment</replaceable>} </screen> <para>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and -ragged right. It can be used inside an environment such as <literal>quote</literal> +ragged right. It can be used inside an <replaceable>environment</replaceable> such as <literal>quote</literal> or in a <literal>parbox</literal>. For the environment form see <link linkend="flushleft">flushleft</link>. </para> @@ -4204,11 +4982,13 @@ delimit its effect. <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that -avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new +avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. For the declaration form see <link linkend="_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</link>. </para> -<para>For an example related to this environment, see <link linkend="flushleft">flushleft</link>. +<para>For an example related to this environment, see <link linkend="flushleft">flushleft</link>, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <literal>flushleft</literal> by +<literal>flushright</literal>. </para> @@ -4231,7 +5011,7 @@ see <link linkend="_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</link>. \end{<replaceable>environment</replaceable>} </screen> <para>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and -ragged left. It can be used inside an environment such as <literal>quote</literal> +ragged left. It can be used inside an <replaceable>environment</replaceable> such as <literal>quote</literal> or in a <literal>parbox</literal>. For the environment form see <link linkend="flushright">flushright</link>. </para> @@ -4241,7 +5021,9 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <literal>\end</literal> command that ends the paragraph unit. </para> -<para>For an example related to this environment, see <link linkend="_005craggedright">\raggedright</link>. +<para>For an example related to this environment, see <link linkend="_005craggedright">\raggedright</link>, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <literal>\raggedright</literal> by +<literal>\raggedleft</literal>. </para> </sect2> @@ -4266,8 +5048,8 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. ... \end{itemize} </screen> -<para>Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list. The -environment must have at least one <literal>\item</literal>; having none causes the +<para>Produce an <firstterm>unordered list</firstterm>, sometimes called a bullet list. There +must be at least one <literal>\item</literal> within the environment; having none causes the &latex; error ‘<literal>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</literal>’. </para> <para>This gives a two-item list. @@ -4277,34 +5059,38 @@ environment must have at least one <literal>\item</literal>; having none causes \item Rice portrait \end{itemize} </screen> -<para>As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. -The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. +<para>With the default locale—without loading e.g. <filename>babel</filename> package +with another language than USenglish—as a top-level list each label +would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling +depends on the nesting level; see below. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> <para>Start list items with the <literal>\item</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>). If you give <literal>\item</literal> an optional argument by following it with square -brackets, as in <literal>\item[Optional label]</literal>, then by default it will -appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left -margin. For labels that are flush left see the <link linkend="description">description</link> -environment. Following the <literal>\item</literal> is optional text, which may -contain multiple paragraphs. +brackets, as in <literal>\item[<replaceable>Optional label</replaceable>]</literal>, then by default +<replaceable>Optional label</replaceable> will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could +extend into the left margin. For labels that are flush left see the +<link linkend="description">description</link> environment. Following the <literal>\item</literal> is the text of +the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. +</para> +<para>Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. +They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such +as <literal>enumerate</literal> (see <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>). </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemi</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemii</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiii</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiv</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="itemize-labelitemi"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemii"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemiii"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemiv"/><para>Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. -They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as <literal>enumerate</literal> (see <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>). The <literal>itemize</literal> environment -uses the commands <literal>\labelitemi</literal> through <literal>\labelitemiv</literal> to -produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase -roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting -level). These are the default marks at each level. +<anchor id="itemize-labelitemi"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemii"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemiii"/><anchor id="itemize-labelitemiv"/><para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment uses the commands <literal>\labelitemi</literal> +through <literal>\labelitemiv</literal> to produce the default label (note the +convention of lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names +that signify the nesting level). These are the default marks at each +level. </para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>• (bullet, from <literal>\textbullet</literal>) </para></listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">--<!-- /@w --></emphasis> (bold en-dash, from <literal>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</literal>) </para></listitem><listitem><para>* (asterisk, from <literal>\textasteriskcentered</literal>) -</para></listitem><listitem><para>. (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <literal>\textperiodcentered</literal>) +</para></listitem><listitem><para>. (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <literal>\textperiodcentered</literal>) </para></listitem></orderedlist> <para>Change the labels with <literal>\renewcommand</literal>. For instance, this makes the first level use diamonds. @@ -4320,18 +5106,22 @@ the first level use diamonds. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginvi</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="itemize-leftmargin"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmargini"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginii"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginiii"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginiv"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginv"/><anchor id="itemize-leftmarginvi"/><para>The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the <literal>itemize</literal> list is determined by the -parameters <literal>\leftmargini</literal> through <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal>. (Note the -convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command -name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: <literal>2.5em</literal> in -level 1 (<literal>2em</literal> in two-column mode), <literal>2.2em</literal> in level 2, -<literal>1.87em</literal> in level 3, and <literal>1.7em</literal> in level 4, with smaller -values for more deeply nested levels. +parameters <literal>\leftmargini</literal> through <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal>. (This also +uses the convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the +command name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: +<literal>2.5em</literal> in level 1 (<literal>2em</literal> in two-column mode), <literal>2.2em</literal> in +level 2, <literal>1.87em</literal> in level 3, and <literal>1.7em</literal> in level 4, with +smaller values for more deeply nested levels. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>enumitem</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>enumitem</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see -<link linkend="description">description</link> and <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>. For information about list -layout parameters, including the default values, and for information -about customizing list layout, see <link linkend="list">list</link>. The package -<filename>enumitem</filename> is useful for customizing lists. +<link linkend="description">description</link> and <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>. The <literal>itemize</literal>, +<literal>enumerate</literal> and <literal>description</literal> environment use the same list +layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and +for information about customizing list layout, see <link linkend="list">list</link>. The +package <filename>enumitem</filename> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <para>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -4414,11 +5204,11 @@ environment. </screen> <para>The mandatory first argument <replaceable>labeling</replaceable> specifies the default labeling of list items. It can contain text and &latex; commands, as -above where it contains both ‘<literal>Item</literal>’ and ‘<literal>\Roman{...}</literal>’. +above where it contains both ‘<literal>Item</literal>’ and ‘<literal>\Roman{…}</literal>’. &latex; forms the label by putting the <replaceable>labeling</replaceable> argument in a box of width <literal>\labelwidth</literal>. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. When making an instance of a -list you can override the default labeling by giving <literal>\item</literal> an +<literal>list</literal> you can override the default labeling by giving <literal>\item</literal> an optional argument by including square braces and the text, as in the above <literal>\item[Special label.]</literal>; see <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>. </para> @@ -4440,7 +5230,7 @@ definition of the environment add <literal>\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</literal>, and between the <literal>\setlength</literal> command and the parenthesis that closes the <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> argument also add <literal>\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</literal>. -Then the items will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the +Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to <literal>\let\makelabel\fbox</literal> puts the labels inside a framed box. Another example of the <literal>\makelabel</literal> command is below, in the definition of the <literal>redlabel</literal> environment. @@ -4466,7 +5256,7 @@ and ‘<literal>report</literal>’ classes at 10 point size are: <liter minus1pt</literal>, <literal>\parsep</literal> (that is, <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>), and <literal>\topsep</literal> (that is, <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>). The defaults at 11 point are: <literal>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal>, <literal>\parsep</literal> (that is, -<literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>), and <literal>topsep</literal> (that is, <literal>2pt +<literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>), and <literal>\topsep</literal> (that is, <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>). The defaults at 12 point are: <literal>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</literal>, <literal>\parsep</literal> (that is, <literal>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>), and <literal>\topsep</literal> (that is, <literal>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>). @@ -4521,14 +5311,14 @@ item. A negative value makes this an “outdent”. Its default value is <literal>0pt</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\parsep</literal> -</term><listitem><anchor id="list-parsep"/><para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the ‘<literal>book</literal>’ -and ‘<literal>article</literal>’ classes The defaults for the first three levels in -&latex;’s ‘<literal>article</literal>’, ‘<literal>book</literal>’, and ‘<literal>report</literal>’ classes at 10 -point size are: <literal>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal>, <literal>2pt plus1pt -minus1pt</literal>, and <literal>0pt</literal>. The defaults at 11 point size are: -<literal>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal>, <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>, and -<literal>0pt</literal>. The defaults at 12 point size are: <literal>5pt plus2.5pt -minus1pt</literal>, <literal>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>, and <literal>0pt</literal>. +</term><listitem><anchor id="list-parsep"/><para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. +The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;’s ‘<literal>article</literal>’, +‘<literal>book</literal>’, and ‘<literal>report</literal>’ classes at 10 point size are: <literal>4pt +plus2pt minus1pt</literal>, <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>, and <literal>0pt</literal>. The +defaults at 11 point size are: <literal>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal>, +<literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal>, and <literal>0pt</literal>. The defaults at 12 point +size are: <literal>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</literal>, <literal>2.5pt plus1pt +minus1pt</literal>, and <literal>0pt</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\partopsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\partopsep</literal> </term><listitem><anchor id="list-partopsep"/><para>Vertical space added, beyond <literal>\topsep</literal>+<literal>\parskip</literal>, to the top @@ -4672,7 +5462,7 @@ See <link linkend="_005cusecounter">\usecounter</link>. \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel } } -{\end{list} } +{\end{list}} </screen> @@ -4691,7 +5481,7 @@ See <link linkend="_005cusecounter">\usecounter</link>. depends on the list type. </para> <para>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets -‘<literal>[...]</literal>’, if you have an item whose text starts with ‘<literal>[</literal>’, you +‘<literal>[...]</literal>’, if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <literal>\item {[} is an open square bracket</literal>; otherwise, &latex; will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -4729,7 +5519,7 @@ labelled ‘<literal>3.</literal>’. <para>A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not indented and an <literal>\item</literal> without an optional argument produces no text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where -the <literal>\item</literal> command as part of the environment’s definition. For +the <literal>\item</literal> command is part of the environment’s definition. For instance, the <literal>center</literal> environment is defined essentially like this: </para> @@ -4766,7 +5556,7 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>in-line formulas</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>inline formulas</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4774,6 +5564,8 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <replaceable>math</replaceable> \end{math} </screen> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$ inline math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\(...\) inline math</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>math</literal> environment inserts given <replaceable>math</replaceable> material within the running text. <literal>\(...\)</literal> and <literal>$...$</literal> are synonyms. See <link linkend="Math-formulas">Math formulas</link>. @@ -4826,24 +5618,30 @@ It gives the width of the box into which <replaceable>contents</replaceable> are <para>There are three optional arguments, <replaceable>position</replaceable>, <replaceable>height</replaceable>, and <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>. You need not include all three. For example, get the default <replaceable>position</replaceable> and set the <replaceable>height</replaceable> with -<literal>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] <replaceable>contents</replaceable> \end{minipage}</literal>. -(Get the natural height with an empty argument, <literal>[]</literal>.) +<literal>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <replaceable>contents</replaceable> +\end{minipage}</literal>. (Get the natural height with an empty argument, +<literal>[]</literal>.) </para> <para>The optional argument <replaceable>position</replaceable> governs how the <literal>minipage</literal> vertically aligns with the surrounding material. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> -</term><listitem><para>(synonym <literal>m</literal>) Default. Positions the <literal>minipage</literal> so its -vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what -Plain &tex; calls <literal>\vcenter</literal>). +</term><listitem><!-- xx Clarify what it means when adjacent text lines do not have aligned --> +<!-- vertical center with each other --> +<para>(synonym <literal>m</literal>) Default. Positions the <literal>minipage</literal> so its +vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Match the top line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain &tex;’s <literal>\vtop</literal>. +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vtop plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> +<!-- xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word --> +<!-- ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? --> +<para>Match the top line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the baseline of the +surrounding text (plain &tex;’s <literal>\vtop</literal>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Match the bottom line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain &tex;’s <literal>\vbox</literal>. +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vbox plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> +<para>Match the bottom line in the <literal>minipage</literal> with the baseline of the +surrounding text (plain &tex;’s <literal>\vbox</literal>). </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>To see the effects of these, contrast running this </para> @@ -4853,6 +5651,8 @@ surrounding text (Plain &tex;’s <literal>\vbox</literal>. </screen> <para>with the results of changing <literal>c</literal> to <literal>b</literal> or <literal>t</literal>. </para> +<!-- xx Clarify what happens if user enter a rubber length instead of a --> +<!-- rigid length. --> <para>The optional argument <replaceable>height</replaceable> is a rigid length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). It sets the height of the <literal>minipage</literal>. You can enter any value larger than, or equal to, or smaller than the <literal>minipage</literal>’s natural @@ -4860,11 +5660,11 @@ height and &latex; will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of zero or a negative value. </para> <para>The final optional argument <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> controls the placement of -<replaceable>content</replaceable> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the +<replaceable>contents</replaceable> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default is the value of <replaceable>position</replaceable>). </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Place <replaceable>content</replaceable> at the top of the box. +</term><listitem><para>Place <replaceable>contents</replaceable> at the top of the box. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> </term><listitem><para>Place it in the vertical center. @@ -4929,19 +5729,29 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next <para>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. </para> -<screen>\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}} +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>siunitx</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>siunitx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<screen>% siunitx to have the S column specifier, +% which aligns numbers on their decimal point. +\usepackage{siunitx} +\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}} ... \begin{center} \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}} \hspace{0.1\textwidth} \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth} - \begin{tabular}{r|l} - \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &Pop (million) \\ \hline - The Bronx &$1.5$ \\ - Brooklyn &$2.6$ \\ - Manhattan &$1.6$ \\ - Queens &$2.3$ \\ - Staten Island &$0.5$ + \begin{tabular}{r|S} + % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers + \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} & + % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the + % period as a decimal separator + {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline + The Bronx &1.5 \\ + Brooklyn &2.6 \\ + Manhattan &1.6 \\ + Queens &2.3 \\ + Staten Island &0.5 \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -4959,22 +5769,24 @@ are vertically centered. <para>Synopses: </para><screen>\begin{picture}(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>) - <replaceable>picture commands</replaceable> + <replaceable>picture command</replaceable> \end{picture} </screen> <para>or </para> <screen>\begin{picture}(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)(<replaceable>xoffset</replaceable>,<replaceable>yoffset</replaceable>) - <replaceable>picture commands</replaceable> + <replaceable>picture command</replaceable> \end{picture} </screen> +<para>Where there may be any number of <replaceable>picture command</replaceable>’s. +</para> <para>An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows, -boxes, circles, and text. Note that while this environment is not -obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics -creation systems, such as <literal>TikZ</literal>, <literal>PSTricks</literal>, <literal>MetaPost</literal>, -or <literal>Asymptote</literal>. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. +boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new +documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems, +such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are +covered in this document; see CTAN. </para> -<para>This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. +<para>To start, here’s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unitlength</primary></indexterm> <screen>\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} @@ -4983,41 +5795,24 @@ or <literal>Asymptote</literal>. These are not covered in this document; see CT \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}} \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}} \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ second leg}} - \put(0,0){\line(1,1){6}} + \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}} \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }} \end{picture} </screen> -<para>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an -exact location. -</para> -<screen>\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble - ... -\begin{center} -\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} -\begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall - \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} - \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} -\end{picture} -\end{center} -</screen> -<para>The red X will be precisely a quarter of the <literal>\linewidth</literal> from -the left margin, and <literal>0.35\linewidth</literal> up from the bottom. Another -example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get -repeat material on each of a document’s pages. -</para> <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment has one required argument, a pair of -numbers (<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>). Multiply these by the value -<literal>\unitlength</literal> to get the nominal size of the output, the space that -&latex; reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how -large the picture really is; &latex; will draw things from the picture -outside the picture’s box. +positive real numbers (<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>). Multiply these by the +value <literal>\unitlength</literal> to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. +the space that &latex; reserves on the output page. This nominal size +need not be how large the picture really is; &latex; will draw things +from the picture outside the picture’s box. </para> <para>This environment also has an optional argument (<replaceable>xoffset</replaceable>,<replaceable>yoffset</replaceable>). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets. -As with the required argument, it consists of two real numbers. -Multiply these by <literal>\unitlength</literal> to get the point at the lower-left -corner of the picture. +As with the required argument, it consists of a pair of two real +numbers, but these may also be negative or null. Multiply these +by <literal>\unitlength</literal> to get the coordinates of the point at the +lower-left corner of the picture. </para> <para>For example, if <literal>\unitlength</literal> has been set to <literal>1mm</literal>, the command @@ -5034,24 +5829,27 @@ optional argument. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>position, in picture</primary></indexterm> <para>Each <replaceable>picture command</replaceable> tells &latex; where to put something by -naming its position. A <firstterm>position</firstterm> is a pair such as <literal>(2.4,-5)</literal> +providing its position. A <firstterm>position</firstterm> is a pair such as <literal>(2.4,-5)</literal> giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <firstterm>coordinate</firstterm> is a not a length, it is a real number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <literal>\unitlength</literal>, so if <literal>\unitlength</literal> has been set to <literal>1cm</literal>, then the coordinate -2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. +<literal>2.54</literal> specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. </para> -<para>&latex;’s default for <literal>\unitlength</literal> is <literal>1pt</literal>. it is a rigid +<para>&latex;’s default for <literal>\unitlength</literal> is <literal>1pt</literal>. It is a rigid length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). Change it with the <literal>\setlength</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005csetlength">\setlength</link>). Make this change only outside of a <literal>picture</literal> environment. </para> -<para>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at +<para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment supports using standard arithmetic +expressions as well as numbers. +</para> +<para>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, as with <literal>\put(1,2){...}</literal>, it is not enclosed in braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are -further up the page. +further up the page, for example, <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 1</mathphrase></inlineequation> is <emphasis>above</emphasis> <inlineequation><mathphrase>y = 0</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> <para>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <literal>\put</literal>, <literal>\multiput</literal>, <literal>\qbezier</literal>, and <literal>\graphpaper</literal>. The most @@ -5082,21 +5880,24 @@ line of length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of <para>The <literal>\multiput</literal>, <literal>qbezier</literal>, and <literal>graphpaper</literal> commands are described below. </para> -<para>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <literal>\qbezier</literal> for -that curve. +<para>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an +exact location. For example: </para> -<screen>\begin{picture}(3,1.5) - \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis - \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis - \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side rectangle - \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side - \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) - \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) - \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick - \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} - \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} +<screen>\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble + ... +\begin{center} +\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} +\begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall + \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} + \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} \end{picture} +\end{center} </screen> +<para>The red X will be precisely a quarter of the <literal>\textwidth</literal> from +the left margin, and <literal>0.35\textwidth</literal> up from the bottom of the +picture. Another example of this usage is to put similar code in the +page header to get repeat material on each of a document’s pages. +</para> <sect2 label="8.19.1" id="_005cput"> @@ -5178,7 +5979,21 @@ intermediate points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of points is <literal>\qbeziermax</literal> (change this value with <literal>\renewcommand</literal>). </para> - +<para>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <literal>\qbezier</literal> for +that curve. +</para> +<screen>\begin{picture}(8,4) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis + \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side + \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side + \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) + \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) + \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick + \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} + \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} +\end{picture} +</screen> </sect2> <sect2 label="8.19.4" id="_005cgraphpaper"> <title><literal>\graphpaper</literal></title> @@ -5189,7 +6004,10 @@ maximum number of points is <literal>\qbeziermax</literal> (change this value wi <screen>\graphpaper(<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable>) \graphpaper[<replaceable>spacing</replaceable>](<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)(<replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable>) </screen> -<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <literal>graphpap</literal> package. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>graphpap</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>graphpap</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <filename>graphpap</filename> package. The grid’s origin is <literal>(<replaceable>x_init</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_init</replaceable>)</literal>. Grid lines come every <replaceable>spacing</replaceable> units (the default is 10). The grid extends <replaceable>x_dimen</replaceable> units to the right and <replaceable>y_dimen</replaceable> units up. @@ -5218,7 +6036,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. </screen> <para>Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> for every horizontal <replaceable>x_run</replaceable>. The <replaceable>travel</replaceable> is the total horizontal -change — it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in +change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation>. In the special case of vertical lines, where (<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>)=(0,1), the <replaceable>travel</replaceable> gives the change in <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation>. @@ -5270,9 +6088,10 @@ relatively prime, so that <replaceable>(x_run,y_rise)</replaceable> can be (2,1) (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -<literal>picture</literal>, see the package <filename>pict2e</filename> on CTAN. Another solution -is to use a full-featured graphics system such as <filename>TikZ</filename>, or -<filename>PSTricks</filename>, or <filename>MetaPost</filename>, or <filename>Asymptote</filename> +<literal>picture</literal>, see the package <filename>pict2e</filename> +(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</ulink>). Another solution +is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, +MetaPost, or Asymptote. </para> </sect2> @@ -5334,8 +6153,8 @@ one. The <literal>*</literal> form produces a filled-in circle. </para> <screen>\put(5,7){\circle{6}} </screen> -<para>The available radii for <literal>circle</literal> are, in points, the even -numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <literal>circle*</literal> they are all the +<para>The available radii for <literal>\circle</literal> are, in points, the even +numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <literal>\circle*</literal> they are all the integers from 1 to 15. </para> @@ -5438,7 +6257,7 @@ argument <literal>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</literal>. </screen> <para>Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises <replaceable>y_rise</replaceable> for every horizontal <replaceable>x_run</replaceable>. The -<replaceable>travel</replaceable> is the total horizontal change — it is not the +<replaceable>travel</replaceable> is the total horizontal change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation>. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (<replaceable>x_run</replaceable>,<replaceable>y_rise</replaceable>)=(0,1), then <replaceable>travel</replaceable> gives the change in <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation>. @@ -5640,6 +6459,8 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <literal>\parsep</literal>). <sect1 label="8.21" id="tabbing"> <title><literal>tabbing</literal></title> +<!-- xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. --> + <indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>tabbing</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabbing</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> @@ -5665,12 +6486,12 @@ known in advance. widths, ended by a <literal>\kill</literal> command (which is described below): </para> <screen>\begin{tabbing} -\hspace{0.75in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \kill -Ship \> Guns \> Year \\ -\textit{Sophie} \> 14 \> 1800 \\ -\textit{Polychrest} \> 24 \> 1803 \\ -\textit{Lively} \> 38 \> 1804 \\ -\textit{Surprise} \> 28 \> 1805 \\ +\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill +Ship \>Guns \>Year \\ +\textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\ +\textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\ +\textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\ +\textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\ \end{tabbing} </screen> <para>Both the <literal>tabbing</literal> environment and the more widely-used @@ -5680,10 +6501,10 @@ determined automatically by &latex;, while in <literal>tabbing</literal> the use sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that <literal>tabular</literal> generates a box, but <literal>tabbing</literal> can be broken across pages. Finally, while <literal>tabular</literal> can be used in any mode, <literal>tabbing</literal> -can be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph. +can be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph, +without indentation. </para> -<para>A <literal>tabbing</literal> environment always starts a new paragraph, without -indentation. Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need +<para>Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the starred form of the <literal>\hspace</literal> command at the beginning of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <literal>tabbing</literal> environment is the end of line, so that the width of the environment is @@ -5696,8 +6517,9 @@ rows</firstterm>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after <literal>\kill</literal>. The last row may omit the <literal>\\</literal> and end with just <literal>\end{tabbing}</literal>. </para> -<para>At any point the <literal>tabbing</literal> environment has a current tab stop -pattern, a sequence of <inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>n</replaceable> > 0</mathphrase></inlineequation> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pattern, current tab stops, tabbing</primary></indexterm> +<para>At any point the <literal>tabbing</literal> environment has a <firstterm>current tab stop +pattern</firstterm>, a sequence of <inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>n</replaceable> > 0</mathphrase></inlineequation> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create <replaceable>n</replaceable> corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number <replaceable>i</replaceable> is set if it is assigned a horizontal @@ -5854,20 +6676,18 @@ are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a following page. \label{tab:cello} \end{table} </screen> -<para>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <literal>table</literal>, -including text, &latex; commands, etc. +<para>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <literal>table</literal>: +the <replaceable>table body</replaceable> may contain text, &latex; commands, graphics, etc. It is +typeset in a <literal>parbox</literal> of width <literal>\textwidth</literal>. </para> <para>For the possible values of <replaceable>placement</replaceable> and their effect on the float placement algorithm, see <link linkend="Floats">Floats</link>. </para> -<para>The table body is typeset in a <literal>parbox</literal> of width <literal>\textwidth</literal>. -It can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. -</para> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross references</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> The <literal>\caption</literal> command is also optional. It specifies caption text -for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional +<replaceable>title</replaceable> for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional <replaceable>lottitle</replaceable> is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead of <replaceable>title</replaceable> (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</link>). </para> @@ -5924,7 +6744,7 @@ illustrates many of the features. <para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar between them. This is specified in <literal>tabular</literal>’s argument <literal>{l|l}</literal>. -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>&</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>& for table cells</primary></indexterm> Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, <literal>&</literal>. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double @@ -6032,7 +6852,7 @@ a <literal>\centering</literal>, <literal>\raggedright</literal>, or <literal>\r declaration (when used in a <literal>p</literal>-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with <literal>{\centering .. \\ ..}</literal>). Otherwise &latex; will misinterpret the double backslash as -ending the row. Instead, to get a line break in there use +ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there use <literal>\newline</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>*{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}</literal> @@ -6268,7 +7088,7 @@ is required. </screen> <para>Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a -few references and can maintain the list by hand. See <link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link> +few references and can maintain the list by hand. See <link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link>, for a more sophisticated approach. </para> <para>This shows the environment with two entries. @@ -6288,15 +7108,17 @@ Together they are \cite{latexdps, texbook}. \end{thebibliography} </screen> <para>This styles the first reference as ‘<literal>[1] Leslie ...</literal>’, and so that -<literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> produces the matching ‘<literal>... based on [1]</literal>’. -The second <literal>\cite</literal> produces ‘<literal>[1, 2]</literal>’. You must compile the -document twice to resolve these references. +<literal>... based on \cite{latexdps}</literal> produces the matching +‘<literal>... based on [1]</literal>’. The second <literal>\cite</literal> produces ‘<literal>[1, +2]</literal>’. You must compile the document twice to resolve these references. </para> <para>The mandatory argument <replaceable>widest-label</replaceable> is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the <literal>\bibitem</literal> commands. The tradition is to use <literal>9</literal> for bibliographies with less than 10 references, <literal>99</literal> for ones with less than 100, etc. </para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibname</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\refname</primary></indexterm> <para>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as ‘<literal>Bibliography</literal>’. To change it there are two cases. In the <filename>book</filename> and <filename>report</filename> classes, where the top level sectioning is <literal>\chapter</literal> and the @@ -6304,7 +7126,7 @@ default title is ‘<literal>Bibliography</literal>’, that title is in <literal>\bibname</literal>. For <filename>article</filename>, where the class’s top level sectioning is <literal>\section</literal> and the default is ‘<literal>References</literal>’, the title is in macro <literal>\refname</literal>. Change it by redefining the command, -as with <literal>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</literal> after +as with <literal>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</literal>, after <literal>\begin{document}</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm> @@ -6314,6 +7136,8 @@ as with <literal>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</literal> after redefine <literal>\refname</literal> or <literal>\bibname</literal> to fit the selected language. </para> +<para>See <link linkend="list">list</link>, for the list layout control parameters. +</para> <sect2 label="8.24.1" id="_005cbibitem"> @@ -6329,16 +7153,16 @@ language. </para> <screen>\bibitem[<replaceable>label</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Generate an entry labeled by <replaceable>label</replaceable>. The default is for &latex; to -generates a number using the <literal>enumi</literal> counter. The <firstterm>citation key</firstterm> +<para>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the +<literal>enumi</literal> counter. The <firstterm>citation key</firstterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>citation key</primary></indexterm> -<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> is a string of +<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> can be any string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). </para> -<para>See <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link> for an example. +<para>See <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>, for an example. </para> -<para>The optional <replaceable>label</replaceable> changes the default label from an integer to the -given string. With this +<para>When provided, the optional <replaceable>label</replaceable> becomes the entry label and the +<literal>enumi</literal> counter is not incremented. With this </para> <screen>\begin{thebibliography} \bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps} @@ -6367,8 +7191,8 @@ Warning: There were multiply-defined labels</literal>’. </para> <para>Under the hood, &latex; remembers the <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> and <replaceable>label</replaceable> information because <literal>\bibitem</literal> writes it to the auxiliary file -<filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>. For instance, the above example causes -<literal>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</literal> and +<filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>). For instance, the above +example causes the two <literal>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</literal> and <literal>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</literal> to appear in that file. The <filename>.aux</filename> file is read by the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command and then the information is available for <literal>\cite</literal> commands. This explains why @@ -6410,20 +7234,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} </screen> -<para>produces output like ‘<literal>... source is [1]</literal>’. (You can change the -appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in -<link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link>.) +<para>produces output like ‘<literal>... source is [1]</literal>’. You can change the +appearance of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography +styles if you generate automatically the <literal>thebibliography</literal> +environment. More information in <link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link>. </para> <para>The optional argument <replaceable>subcite</replaceable> is appended to the citation. For example, <literal>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</literal> might produce ‘<literal>See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]</literal>’. </para> <para>In addition to what appears in the output, <literal>\cite</literal> writes -information to the auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>. For -instance, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> writes ‘<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>’ -to that file. This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -<link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> also. +information to the auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> +(see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>). For instance, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> writes +‘<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>’ to that file. This information is used by +Bib&tex; to include in your reference list only those works that you +have actually cited; see <link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> also. </para> <para>If <replaceable>keys</replaceable> is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘<literal>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</literal>’, and in the output @@ -6446,12 +7271,12 @@ the fix may be to run &latex; again. <screen><literal>\nocite{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>}</literal> </screen> <para>Produces no output but writes <replaceable>keys</replaceable> to the auxiliary file -<filename><replaceable>doc-filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>. +<filename><replaceable>jobname</replaceable>.aux</filename> (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>). </para> <para>The mandatory argument <replaceable>keys</replaceable> is a comma-separated list of one or more citation keys (see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>). This information is used by Bib&tex; to include these works in your reference list even though you -have not cited them (see <link linkend="_005ccite">\cite</link>). +have not explicitly cited them (see <link linkend="_005ccite">\cite</link>). </para> </sect2> @@ -6467,7 +7292,7 @@ have not cited them (see <link linkend="_005ccite">\cite</link>). <para>As described in <literal>thebibliography</literal> (see <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the Bib&tex; program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN. +documentation on CTAN (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). </para> <para>With Bib&tex;, you don’t use <literal>thebibliography</literal> (see <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). Instead, include these lines. @@ -6492,7 +7317,7 @@ Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist, tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN’s listing -<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</ulink>. +<ulink url="https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</ulink>. </para> <para>The <literal>\bibliography</literal> command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -6651,8 +7476,13 @@ the string <literal>\end{verbatim}</literal>. <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a <literal>\section</literal>. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>), instead it just cannot appear -there. (But the <literal>cprotect</literal> package can help with this.) +commands being fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>), instead it just cannot work, +as the <literal>verbatim</literal> environment changes the catcode regime before +processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, +nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has +already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect +when the macro was called. However, the <literal>cprotect</literal> package can +help with this. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>listings</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>listings</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -6675,7 +7505,7 @@ and <literal>minted</literal>. <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is <literal>fancyvrb</literal>. Another is <literal>verbatimbox</literal>. </para> -<para>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN. +<para>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). </para> @@ -6703,27 +7533,28 @@ exclamation point, <literal>!</literal>. The second instead uses plus, <literal because the exclamation point is part of <literal>literal-text</literal>. </para> <para>The single-character delimiter <replaceable>char</replaceable> surrounds -<replaceable>literal-text</replaceable> — it must be the same character before and -after. No spaces come between <literal>\verb</literal> or <literal>\verb*</literal> and -<replaceable>char</replaceable>, or between <replaceable>char</replaceable> and <replaceable>literal-text</replaceable>, or between -<replaceable>literal-text</replaceable> and the second occurrence of <replaceable>char</replaceable> (the synopsis -shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other). The -delimiter must not appear in <replaceable>literal-text</replaceable>. The <replaceable>literal-text</replaceable> -cannot include a line break. +<replaceable>literal-text</replaceable>—it must be the same character before and after. +No spaces come between <literal>\verb</literal> or <literal>\verb*</literal> and <replaceable>char</replaceable>, +or between <replaceable>char</replaceable> and <replaceable>literal-text</replaceable>, or between +<replaceable>literal-text</replaceable> and the second occurrence of <replaceable>char</replaceable> (the +synopsis shows a space only to distinguish one component from the +other). The delimiter must not appear in <replaceable>literal-text</replaceable>. The +<replaceable>literal-text</replaceable> cannot include a line break. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>visible space</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>*</literal>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. </para> -<para>The output from this will include a character showing the spaces. +<para>The output from this will include a visible space on both side of word +‘<literal>with</literal>’: </para> -<screen>The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... +<screen>The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... </screen> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>url</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>url</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <literal>url</literal> -provides an option that is better than the <literal>\verb</literal> command, since +is a better option than the <literal>\verb</literal> command, since it allows line breaks. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>listings</literal></primary></indexterm> @@ -6740,8 +7571,12 @@ it allows line breaks. <para>You cannot use <literal>\verb</literal> in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a <literal>\section</literal>. It is not a question of <literal>\verb</literal> -being fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>), instead it just cannot appear there. -(But the <literal>cprotect</literal> package can help with this.) +being fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>), instead it just cannot work, as the +<literal>\verb</literal> command changes the catcode regime before reading its +argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a +macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a +token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. +However, the <literal>cprotect</literal> package can help with this. </para> </sect2> @@ -6899,8 +7734,8 @@ internally) the same as <literal>\\</literal>, followed by <literal>\relax</lite new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The <literal>\restorecr</literal> command restores normal line-breaking behavior. </para> -<para>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. -See <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link> instead. +<para>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use +<literal>verbatim</literal> (see <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link>) instead. </para> <para>With &latex;’s usual defaults, this </para> @@ -7143,7 +7978,7 @@ underrepresented groups. </screen> <para>When you issue <literal>\linebreak</literal>, the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right margin. See <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link> -and <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link> to have the spaces not stretched out. +and <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>, to have the spaces not stretched out. </para> @@ -7183,7 +8018,7 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page &latex; doesn’t look as far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. </para> -<para>See <link linkend="Layout">Layout</link> for more material that is relevant to page breaking. +<para>See <link linkend="Layout">Layout</link>, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. </para> @@ -7272,7 +8107,7 @@ continent, \noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. </screen> -<para>makes a new page start after ‘<literal>continent,</literal>’ and the cut-off line is +<para>makes a new page start after ‘<literal>continent</literal>’, and the cut-off line is not right justified. In addition, <literal>\newpage</literal> does not vertically stretch out the page, as <literal>\pagebreak</literal> does. </para> @@ -7347,13 +8182,13 @@ continent, a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. </screen> -<para>does not give a page break at ‘<literal>continent,</literal>’ but instead at -‘<literal>nation,</literal>’ since that is where &latex; breaks that line. In +<para>does not give a page break at ‘<literal>continent</literal>’, but instead at +‘<literal>nation</literal>’, since that is where &latex; breaks that line. In addition, with <literal>\pagebreak</literal> the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if <literal>\flushbottom</literal> is in effect this can cause you to get ‘<literal>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</literal>’. See <link linkend="_005cnewpage">\newpage</link> for a command that +occurred while \output is active</literal>’. See <link linkend="_005cnewpage">\newpage</link>, for a command that does not have these effects. </para> @@ -7452,7 +8287,7 @@ sectioning command such as <literal>\chapter</literal> (it can only be used in o paragraph mode; see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). There are some workarounds; see following sections. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Footnotes, in a minipage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, in a minipage</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>mpfootnote counter</primary></indexterm> <para>In a <literal>minipage</literal> environment the <literal>\footnote</literal> command uses the <literal>mpfootnote</literal> counter instead of the <literal>footnote</literal> counter, so @@ -7549,7 +8384,7 @@ that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (see <link linkend="Modes" The optional argument <replaceable>number</replaceable> changes the number of the footnote mark. </para> -<para>See <link linkend="_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</link> and <link linkend="Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</link> for usage +<para>See <link linkend="_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</link> and <link linkend="Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</link>, for usage examples. </para> @@ -7712,13 +8547,16 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% \renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} \renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of -<literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal> in <link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</link>. +<para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of +<literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal> in <link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</link>). +</para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>starred form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm> -The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain -multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms that it not be -<literal>\long</literal>). +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\long</primary></indexterm> +<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing +multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands +are not <literal>\long</literal>). With the default form, arguments can be +multiple paragraphs. </para> <para>These are the parameters: </para> @@ -7739,8 +8577,8 @@ different number of arguments than the old version. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is optional, with default value <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> -(which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not take an optional argument. +(which may be the empty string). If <replaceable>optargsdefault</replaceable> is not present +then <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not take an optional argument. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>positional parameter</primary></indexterm> <para>That is, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is used with square brackets, as in @@ -7849,13 +8687,13 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as <literal>\newcommand</literal>. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. -See <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link> for the description of the arguments. +See <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>, for the description of the arguments. </para> <para>This example </para> <screen>\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} -From \myaffiliation. +>From \myaffiliation. </screen> <para>outputs ‘<literal>From Saint Michael's College</literal>’. Unlike <literal>\newcommand</literal>, the repeated use of <literal>\providecommand</literal> does not give an error. @@ -7894,19 +8732,19 @@ or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. </para> -<para>The pair <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal> changes the -default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a <filename>.tex</filename> -file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands -named with <literal>@</literal>, by having them surround your definition. Don’t -use these inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files since the -<literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands already arrange -that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. +<para>Use the pair <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal> inside a +<filename>.tex</filename> file, typically in the preamble, when you are defining or +redefining commands named with <literal>@</literal>, by having them surround your +definition. Don’t use these inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files +since the <literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands already +arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, +catcode 11. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>. +<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>. </para> <para>In this example the class file has a command <literal>\thesis@universityname</literal> that the user wants to change. These @@ -7939,27 +8777,33 @@ Examples are the <literal>table</literal> and <literal>table*</literal> environm </para> <para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward because <literal>\newenvironment</literal> and <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as <literal>\mycmd</literal>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, &latex; does not really have a -<literal>\section*</literal> command; instead, the <literal>\section</literal> command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> and <literal>\mycmd@star</literal>. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign <literal>@</literal> -must be enclosed inside a <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal> block +environment name to contain a star. So you just have to write +<literal>\newenvironment{<replaceable>myenv</replaceable>}</literal> or +<literal>\newenvironment{<replaceable>myenv</replaceable>*}</literal> and continue the definition as +usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the star not being +a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the synopsis above, +there will be a user-called command, given above as <literal>\mycmd</literal>, which +peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, &latex; +does not really have a <literal>\section*</literal> command; instead, the +<literal>\section</literal> command peeks ahead. This command does not accept +arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept +arguments. In the synopsis these two are <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> and +<literal>\mycmd@star</literal>. They could take the same number of arguments or a +different number, or no arguments at all. As always, in a &latex; +document a command using an at-sign <literal>@</literal> in its name must be +enclosed inside a <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal> block (see <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>). </para> <para>This example of <literal>\@ifstar</literal> defines the command <literal>\ciel</literal> and a variant <literal>\ciel*</literal>. Both have one required argument. A call to -<literal>\ciel{night}</literal> will return "starry night sky" while -<literal>\ciel*{blue}</literal> will return "starry not blue sky". +<literal>\ciel{blue}</literal> will return "not starry blue sky" while +<literal>\ciel*{night}</literal> will return "starry night sky". </para> -<screen>\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +<screen>\makeatletter +\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{not starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry #1 sky} \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} +\makeatother </screen> <para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s @@ -7972,15 +8816,31 @@ arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} </screen> -<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -<literal>\@ifstar</literal>. The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the construct -<literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}</literal> followed by -<literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}</literal>. And -&latex;3 has the <filename>xparse</filename> package that allows this code. +<para>After a command name, a star is handled similarly to an optional +argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is +part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, +it is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the +command and the star. Thus <literal>\agentsecret*{Bond}</literal> and +<literal>\agentsecret *<!-- /@w -->{Bond}</literal> are equivalent. However, the +standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>suffix</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>suffix</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xparse</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xparse</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of +<literal>\@ifstar</literal>. (1) The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the +construct <literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred-variant</replaceable>}</literal> +followed by +<literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred-variant</replaceable>}</literal>. +(2) &latex; provides the <filename>xparse</filename> package, which allows +this code: </para> <screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}% - {<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}% + {<replaceable>starred-variant</replaceable>}% + {<replaceable>unstarred-variant</replaceable>}% } </screen> @@ -8493,7 +9353,7 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>. </screen> <para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore spaces after the end of the command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from Plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. +from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. </para> <para>The <literal>ignorespaces</literal> is often used when defining commands via <literal>\newcommand</literal>, or <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, or <literal>\def</literal>. The @@ -8518,21 +9378,20 @@ commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <literal>\fullname</literal> will reproduce that. </para> -<screen>\makeatletter -\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title -\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1} % put title before name -\makeatother +<screen>\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title +\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name + \begin{tabular}{|l|} \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % no extra space here \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % extra space before title \end{tabular} </screen> <para>To fix this, change to -<literal>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}</literal>. +<literal>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</literal>. </para> <para>The <literal>\ignorespaces</literal> is also often used in a <literal>\newenvironment</literal> -at the end of the <replaceable>begin</replaceable> clause, that is, as part of the second -argument, as in <literal>\begin{newenvironment}{<replaceable>env +at the end of the <replaceable>begin</replaceable> clause, as in +<literal>\begin{newenvironment}{<replaceable>env name</replaceable>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</literal>. </para> <para>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use @@ -8558,6 +9417,61 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to </para> </sect1> +<sect1 label="12.13" id="xspace-package"> +<title>xspace package</title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{xspace} + ... +\newcommand{...}{...\xspace} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\xspace</literal> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a +space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +</para> +<para>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character +command names using non-letters such as <literal>\$</literal>), &tex; gobbles white +space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ +placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +</para> +<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} +Our college is in \VT . +The \VT{} summers are nice. +</screen> +<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ from +‘<literal>summers</literal>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +<literal>\ </literal> for this. See <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>.) +</para> +<para>The <filename>xspace</filename> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a +space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +</para> +<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} +Our college is in \VT . +\VT summers are nice. +</screen> +<para>The default exception list contains the characters <literal>,.'/?;:!~-)</literal>, +the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, +and the commands <literal>\footnote</literal> or <literal>\footnotemark</literal>. Add to that +list as with <literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal> and remove +from that list as with <literal>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</literal>. +</para> +<!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 --> +<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <literal>\xspace</literal>. Putting it in +a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. +But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +<literal>\xspace</literal> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another +command, and so <literal>\xspace</literal> can make editing material harder and more +error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +</para> + +</sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="13" id="Counters"> <title>Counters</title> @@ -8756,7 +9670,8 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\addtocounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable> </screen> +<screen>\addtocounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>} +</screen> <para>Globally increment <replaceable>counter</replaceable> by the amount specified by the <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument, which may be negative. </para> @@ -8804,7 +9719,7 @@ within it. (For the definition of “counters numbered within”, see <link linkend="_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</link>.) </para> <para>This command differs from <literal>\refstepcounter</literal> in that this one does -not influence references — it does not define the current +not influence references; that is, it does not define the current <literal>\ref</literal> value to be the result of <literal>\thecounter</literal> (see <link linkend="_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</link>). </para> @@ -8844,14 +9759,20 @@ bogus month value produces no output). <para>A <firstterm>length</firstterm> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>rigid lengths</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>rubber lengths</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dimen plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>skip plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>glue plain &tex;</primary></indexterm> <para>Lengths come in two types. A <firstterm>rigid length</firstterm> such as <literal>10pt</literal> -does not contain a <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component. (Plain &tex; -calls this a <firstterm>dimen</firstterm>.) A <firstterm>rubber length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex; -calls a <firstterm>skip</firstterm>) such as as with <literal>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal> -can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, -the <literal>1cm</literal> is the <firstterm>natural length</firstterm> while the other two, the -<literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> components, allow &tex; to stretch or -shrink the length to optimize placement. +does not contain a <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component. (Plain +&tex; calls this a <firstterm>dimen</firstterm>.) A <firstterm>rubber length</firstterm> (what plain +&tex; calls a <firstterm>skip</firstterm> or <firstterm>glue</firstterm>) such as with <literal>1cm +plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal> can contain either or both of those +components. In that rubber length, the <literal>1cm</literal> is the <firstterm>natural +length</firstterm> while the other two, the <literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> +components, allow &tex; to stretch or shrink the length to optimize +placement. </para> <para>The illustrations below use these two commands. </para> @@ -8951,9 +9872,9 @@ math mode. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Point</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal -places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units +is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pc</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pica</primary></indexterm> @@ -8967,32 +9888,32 @@ places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>bp</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Big point</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-bp"/><para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cm</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Centimeter</primary></indexterm> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>mm</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Millimeter</primary></indexterm> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dd</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Didot point</primary></indexterm> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>didot point</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-dd"/><para>Didot point, 1.07 pt </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cc</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Cicero</primary></indexterm> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cicero</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-cc"/><para>Cicero, 12 dd </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sp</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Scaled point</primary></indexterm> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>scaled point</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="units-of-length-sp"/><para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </para> @@ -9177,6 +10098,153 @@ then you get something like ‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argu </para> </sect1> +<sect1 label="14.7" id="_005cstretch"> +<title><literal>\stretch</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stretch</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\stretch{<replaceable>number</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <replaceable>number</replaceable> times +<literal>\fill</literal> units of stretchability (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). The +<replaceable>number</replaceable> can be positive or negative. This command is robust +(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +</para> +<para>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this horizontal +example, &latex; produces three tick marks, and the distance between +the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the +second and third. +</para> +<screen>\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} +</screen> +<para>In this vertical example, the ‘<literal>We dedicate …</literal>’ will have three +times as much space under it as above it. +</para> +<screen>\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble + \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top + \it +}{% + \vspace{\stretch{3}} % space at bot is 3x as at top + \clearpage +} + ... +\begin{dedication} % in document body +We dedicate this book to our wives. +\end{dedication} +</screen> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="14.8" id="Expressions"> +<title>Expressions</title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>expressions</primary></indexterm> + +<!-- Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 --> +<para>Synopsis, one of: +</para> +<screen>\numexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable> +\dimexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable> +\glueexpr <replaceable>expression</replaceable> +\muglue <replaceable>expression</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>Any place where you may write an integer, or a &tex; dimen, or &tex; +glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that +type of quantity. +</para> +<para>An example is that <literal>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</literal> will +produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a +line (the only purpose of <literal>\the</literal> is to show the result in the +document). Analogously, <literal>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</literal> will +produce ‘<literal>ix</literal>’, and <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</literal> +will produce ‘<literal>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</literal>’. +</para> +<para>A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and +then using <literal>\advance</literal>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions +does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places +where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width +of the <literal>\parbox</literal>. +</para> +<screen>\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em} +\begin{center} +\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none +with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see +the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the +nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and +for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may +achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with +all nations. ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the +memorial} +\end{center} +</screen> +<para>The <replaceable>expression</replaceable> consists of one or more terms of the same type +(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that is +a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type, +optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is +either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The +expression produces a result of the given type, so that <literal>\numexpr</literal> +produces an integer, <literal>\dimexpr</literal> produces a dimension, etc. +</para> +<para>In the quotation example above, changing to +<literal>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</literal> gives the error <literal>Illegal unit +of measure (pt inserted)</literal>. This is because for <literal>\dimexpr</literal> and +<literal>\glueexpr</literal>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value +followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way +around. Thus <literal>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</literal> is valid and produces +‘<literal>10.0pt</literal>’, but <literal>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</literal> gives the +<literal>Illegal unit</literal> error. +</para> +<para>The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up +to a <literal>\relax</literal> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first +non-valid token. Thus, <literal>\the\numexpr2+3px</literal> will print +‘<literal>5px</literal>’, because &latex; reads the <literal>\numexpr2+3</literal>, which is +made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <literal>p</literal>, which cannot +be part of a number. It therefore terminates the expression and +produces the ‘<literal>5</literal>’, followed by the regular text ‘<literal>px</literal>’. +</para> +<para>This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In +<literal>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi</literal>, the less than +sign terminates the expression and the result is ‘<literal>No</literal>’ (in a +standard &latex; article). +</para> +<para>Expressions may use the operators <literal>+</literal>, <literal>-</literal>, <literal>*</literal> and +<literal>/</literal> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <literal>(...)</literal>. In +glue expressions the <literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> parts do not need +parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <literal>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus +1pt * 2 \relax</literal> results in ‘<literal>10pt plus 2pt</literal>’. +</para> +<para>&tex; will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when +doing register assignment. Thus <literal>\the\numexpr\dimexpr +1pt\relax\relax</literal> will result in ‘<literal>65536</literal>’, which is <literal>1pt</literal> +converted to scaled points (&tex;’s internal unit) and then coerced +into an integer. With a <literal>\glueexpr</literal> here, the stretch and shrink +would be dropped. Going the other way, a <literal>\numexpr</literal> inside a +<literal>\dimexpr</literal> or <literal>\glueexpr</literal> will need appropriate units, as in +<literal>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</literal>, which produces +‘<literal>3.0pt</literal>’. +</para> +<para>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the +allowed range, numbers must be less than <inlineequation><mathphrase>2^{31}</mathphrase></inlineequation> in absolute +value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than +<inlineequation><mathphrase>2^{14}</mathphrase></inlineequation> points, or <literal>mu</literal>, or <literal>fil</literal>, etc. The +arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling +operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which +is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as +intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to +be in the allowed range. +</para> +<para>Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike &tex;’s +<literal>\divide</literal>, which truncates). Thus +<literal>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</literal> puts ‘<literal>10.0pt</literal>’ in the document, +because it rounds <literal>3/2</literal> to <literal>2</literal>, while +<literal>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</literal> produces ‘<literal>5.0pt</literal>’. +</para> + +</sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="15" id="Making-paragraphs"> <title>Making paragraphs</title> @@ -9307,7 +10375,7 @@ first outputs an empty box whose width is <literal>\parindent</literal>. These commands are robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <para>Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -See <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link> for the difference between this command and <literal>\par</literal>. To +See <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link>, for the difference between this command and <literal>\par</literal>. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use <literal>\noindent</literal>. </para> @@ -9351,32 +10419,38 @@ look on CTAN for the package <literal>indentfirst</literal>. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical space before paragraphs</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\setlength{\parskip}{<replaceable>horizontal len</replaceable>} -\setlength{\parinden}{<replaceable>vertical len</replaceable>} +<screen>\setlength{\parindent}{<replaceable>horizontal len</replaceable>} +\setlength{\parskip}{<replaceable>vertical len</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Both are a rubber lengths (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). They give the indentation -of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages -(see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>), and the vertical space between paragraphs. +<para>Both are rubber lengths (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). They affect the +indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside +minipages (see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>), and the vertical space between +paragraphs, respectively. </para> -<para>This, put in the preamble, +<para>For example, if this is put in the preamble: </para> <screen>\setlength{\parindent}{0em} \setlength{\parskip}{1ex} </screen> -<para>arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented, -but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase -‘<literal>x</literal>’. +<para>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead +are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase ‘<literal>x</literal>’. </para> <para>In standard &latex; documents, the default value for <literal>\parindent</literal> in one-column documents is <literal>15pt</literal> when the default text size is -<literal>10pt</literal> , <literal>17pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>1.5em</literal> for -<literal>12pt</literal>. In two-column documents it is <literal>1em</literal>. The default -value for <literal>\parskip</literal> in &latex;’s standard document styles is -<literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>. +<literal>10pt</literal>, <literal>17pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>1.5em</literal> for +<literal>12pt</literal>. In two-column documents it is <literal>1em</literal>. (These values +are set before &latex; calls <literal>\normalfont</literal> so <literal>em</literal> is derived +from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font +then to set <literal>\parindent</literal> in units matching that font, do +<literal>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</literal>.) +</para> +<para>The default value for <literal>\parskip</literal> in &latex;’s standard document +styles is <literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>. </para> </sect1> @@ -9423,8 +10497,9 @@ hyphenation there by beginning <replaceable>left</replaceable> or <replaceable>r <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparpush</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparpush</literal> -</term><listitem><anchor id="marginal-notes-marginparpush"/><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<literal>7pt</literal>’ for -‘<literal>12pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’ else. +</term><listitem><anchor id="marginal-notes-marginparpush"/><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<literal>7pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’ +documents, ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’ else. See also <link linkend="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters +marginparpush</link>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparsep</literal> </term><listitem><anchor id="marginal-notes-marginparsep"/><para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default @@ -9568,9 +10643,9 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>superscript</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>subscript</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>^ superscript</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>_ subscript</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>exponent</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>_</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>^</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of: </para> @@ -9625,7 +10700,7 @@ subscript. subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a prior symbols. </para> -<para>Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or +<para>Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or display math mode, as in <literal>the expression x^2</literal>, will get you the error ‘<literal>Missing $ inserted</literal>’. </para> @@ -9633,7 +10708,7 @@ the error ‘<literal>Missing $ inserted</literal>’. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mhchem</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to -typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as +typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as <filename>mhchem</filename>; see CTAN. </para> @@ -9645,15 +10720,15 @@ typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as <indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, math</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>greek letters</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>symbols</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>symbols</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>comprehensive</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>comprehensive</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that -anyone uses. For example, if you include <literal>$\pi$</literal> in your source, -you will get the pi symbol π. See the <filename>Comprehensive -&latex; Symbol List</filename> at -<ulink url="https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/">https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/</ulink>. +anyone uses. For example, if you include <literal>$\pi$</literal> in your source, +you will get the pi symbol π. See the “Comprehensive +&latex; Symbol List” package at +<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive">https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</ulink>. </para> <para>Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive. Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class, @@ -9738,13 +10813,13 @@ union <literal>\cup</literal>. (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigvee</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigvee</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). +</term><listitem><para>⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigwedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigwedge</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). +</term><listitem><para>⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bot</primary></indexterm><literal>\bot</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊥ Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +</term><listitem><para>⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <literal>\top</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bowtie</primary></indexterm><literal>\bowtie</literal> @@ -9779,7 +10854,7 @@ variable-sized operator <literal>\bigcirc</literal>. </term><listitem><para>♣ Club card suit (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\complement</primary></indexterm><literal>\complement</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∁ Set complement, used as a superscript as in +</term><listitem><para>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in <literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. Also used: <literal>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</literal> or <literal>$\bar{S}$</literal>. </para> @@ -9947,8 +11022,8 @@ accents</link>). </term><listitem><para>λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\land</primary></indexterm><literal>\land</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∧ Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for <literal>\wedge</literal>. -See also logical or <literal>\lor</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: <literal>\wedge</literal>. +See also logical or <literal>\lor</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\langle</primary></indexterm><literal>\langle</literal> </term><listitem><para>⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: @@ -9971,7 +11046,7 @@ shaved off (opening). Matches <literal>\rceil</literal>. for <literal>\leq</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leadsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\leadsto</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +</term><listitem><para>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <literal>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</literal> in the preamble and then use <literal>\Leadsto</literal> instead. @@ -10009,7 +11084,7 @@ for <literal>\le</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> @@ -10037,15 +11112,16 @@ double-line double-headed arrow <literal>\Longleftrightarrow</literal>. double-line right arrow <literal>\Longrightarrow</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lor</primary></indexterm><literal>\lor</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge <literal>\wedge</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: <literal>\vee</literal>. +See also logical and <literal>\land</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mapsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\mapsto</literal> -</term><listitem><para>↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). +</term><listitem><para>↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar +(relation). Similar: longer version <literal>\longmapsto</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mho</primary></indexterm><literal>\mho</literal> </term><listitem><para>℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mid</primary></indexterm><literal>\mid</literal> </term><listitem><para>∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of @@ -10155,6 +11231,9 @@ of <literal>\in</literal>. same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. </para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Phi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Phi</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). +</para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\phi</primary></indexterm><literal>\phi</literal> </term><listitem><para>ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <literal>\varphi</literal> φ. @@ -10219,11 +11298,11 @@ double-line, or blackboard bold, R <literal>\mathbb{R}</literal>; to access this, load the <filename>amsfonts</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restriction</primary></indexterm><literal>\restriction</literal> -</term><listitem><para>↾ Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: +</term><listitem><para>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: <literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\revemptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\revemptyset</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⦰ Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +</term><listitem><para>⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: <literal>\varnothing</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>stix</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\rfloor</literal> @@ -10232,7 +11311,7 @@ off (closing). Matches <literal>\lfloor</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> @@ -10305,7 +11384,7 @@ union <literal>cup</literal>. Related: variable-sized operator <literal>\bigsqcup</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊏ Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: +</term><listitem><para>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal> @@ -10313,7 +11392,7 @@ subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; equal to <literal>\subseteq</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊐ Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: +</term><listitem><para>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset <literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal> @@ -10395,14 +11474,14 @@ relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -10428,7 +11507,7 @@ arrow <literal>\updownarrow</literal>. arrow <literal>\Updownarrow</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upharpoonright</primary></indexterm><literal>\upharpoonright</literal> -</term><listitem><para>↾ Up harpoon, with barb on right side +</term><listitem><para>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: <literal>\restriction</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> @@ -10450,7 +11529,7 @@ more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form membership <literal>\in</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vanothing</primary></indexterm><literal>\vanothing</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∅ Empty set symbol. Similar: <literal>\emptyset</literal>. Related: +</term><listitem><para>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <literal>\emptyset</literal>. Related: <literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal> @@ -10486,38 +11565,15 @@ logical and <literal>\wedge</literal>. Similar: variable-sized operator <literal>\bigvee</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\Vert</literal> -</term><listitem><para>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single -bar <literal>\vert</literal>. -</para> -<para>For a norm symbol, you can use the <filename>mathtools</filename> package and put in -your preamble -<literal>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}</literal>. This gives you -three command variants for double-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version <literal>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</literal> then the height of the vertical bars -will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<literal>\norm{M^\perp}</literal> the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and <literal>\norm[<replaceable>size -command</replaceable>]{M^\perp}</literal> also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the <replaceable>size command</replaceable>, e.g., <literal>\Bigg</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, +for how to use the <filename>mathtools</filename> package to create flexibly-sized +norm symbols. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\vert</literal> -</term><listitem><para>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line -vertical bar <literal>\Vert</literal>. For such that, as in the definition of a -set, use <literal>\mid</literal> because it is a relation. -</para> -<para>For absolute value you can use the <filename>mathtools</filename> package and in your -preamble put -<literal>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</literal>. This gives you -three command variants for single-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version <literal>$\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}$</literal> then the height of the -vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<literal>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</literal> the bars do not grow with the height of -the argument but instead are the default height, and -<literal>\abs[<replaceable>size command</replaceable>]{\frac{22}{7}}</literal> also gives bars that -do not grow but are set to the size given in the <replaceable>size command</replaceable>, -e.g., <literal>\Bigg</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For “such +that”, as in the definition of a set, use <literal>\mid</literal> because it +is a relation. See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, for how to use the <filename>mathtools</filename> +package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\wedge</literal> </term><listitem><para>∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: <literal>\land</literal>. See also @@ -10561,7 +11617,93 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<sect2 label="16.2.1" id="Blackboard-bold"> +<sect2 label="16.2.1" id="Arrows"> +<title>Arrows</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrows</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, arrows</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math, arrows</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsfonts</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsfonts</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>latexsym</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>latexsym</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The +<filename>latexsym</filename> and <filename>amsfonts</filename> packages contain many more. +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colwidth="10*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="40*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="50*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>⇓ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Downarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↓ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\downarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↩ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\hookleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↪ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\hookrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>← </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\leftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇐ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Leftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇔ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↔ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟵ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟸ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longleftarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟷ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟺ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longleftrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟼ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longmapsto</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟹ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Longrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟶ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\longrightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↦ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\mapsto</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↗ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nearrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↖ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nwarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇒ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Rightarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>→ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rightarrow</literal>, or <literal>\to</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↘ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\searrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↙ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\swarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↑ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\uparrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇑ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Uparrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>↕ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\updownarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row><row><entry><para>⇕ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\Updownarrow</literal> </para></entry><entry></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>An example of the difference between <literal>\to</literal> and <literal>\mapsto</literal> +is: <literal>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</literal>. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amscd</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amscd</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tikz-cd</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tikz-cd</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including +<filename>tikz-cd</filename> and <filename>amscd</filename>. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="16.2.2" id="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath"> +<title><literal>\boldmath</literal> & <literal>\unboldmath</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>boldface mathematics</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, boldface</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +</para> +<screen>\boldmath \( <replaceable>math</replaceable> \) +</screen> +<para>or +</para> +<screen>\unboldmath \( <replaceable>math</replaceable> \) +</screen> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm> +<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <replaceable>math</replaceable> to be in +a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular +(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display +math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). Both commands are fragile +(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +</para> +<para>In this example each <literal>\boldmath</literal> command takes place inside an +<literal>\mbox</literal>, +</para> +<screen>we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ +</screen> +<para>which means <literal>\boldmath</literal> is only called in a text mode, here LR +mode, and explains why &latex; must switch to math mode to set <literal>v</literal> +and <literal>u</literal>. +</para> +<para>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <literal>Trouble: \( +\boldmath x \)</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>LaTeX Font Warning: +Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</literal>’ and ‘<literal>LaTeX +Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line +11</literal>’. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>bm</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>bm</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>There are many issues with <literal>\boldmath</literal>. New documents should use +the <filename>bm</filename> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete +description is outside the scope of this document (see the full +documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{bm} % in preamble +... +we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +</screen> +<para>shows that it is an improvement over <literal>\boldmath</literal>. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="16.2.3" id="Blackboard-bold"> <title>Blackboard bold</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>blackboard bold</primary></indexterm> @@ -10581,7 +11723,7 @@ integers, etc. </para> <screen>\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \) </screen> -<para>the <literal>\mathbb{N}</literal> gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ +<para>the <literal>\mathbb{N}</literal> gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the natural numbers. </para> <para>If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error @@ -10592,7 +11734,7 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.2.2" id="Calligraphic"> +<sect2 label="16.2.4" id="Calligraphic"> <title>Calligraphic</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>calligraphic fonts</primary></indexterm> @@ -10610,68 +11752,295 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. <screen>Let the graph be \( \mathcal{G} \). </screen> <para>If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not get -an error. Instead you get unexpected output. For instance, -<literal>\mathcal{g}</literal> outputs a close curly brace symbol, while -<literal>\mathcal{+}</literal> outputs a plus sign. +an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance, +<literal>\mathcal{g}</literal> outputs a close curly brace symbol. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.2.3" id="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath"> -<title><literal>\boldmath</literal> & <literal>\unboldmath</literal></title> +<sect2 label="16.2.5" id="Delimiters"> +<title>Delimiters</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimiters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parentheses</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>braces</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>curly braces</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>brackets</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark +the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of +parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. +</para> +<screen>(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2 +</screen> +<para>The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter <literal>\( [0,1) \)</literal>. +</para> +<para>Here are the common delimiters: +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="11*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="20*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="40*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="29*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Delimiter</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry><para>Name +</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>( </para></entry><entry><para><literal>(</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left parenthesis +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>) </para></entry><entry><para><literal>)</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Right parenthesis +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>\} </para></entry><entry><para><literal>{</literal> or <literal>\lbrace</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left brace +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>\{ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>}</literal> or <literal>\rbrace</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Right brace +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>[ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>[</literal> or <literal>\lbrack</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>] </para></entry><entry><para><literal>]</literal> or <literal>\rbrack</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Right bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>⌊ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\lfloor</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left floor bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>⌋ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rfloor</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Right floor bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>⌈ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\lceil</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left ceiling bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>⌉ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rceil</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Right ceiling bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟨ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\langle</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Left angle bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>⟩ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rangle</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Right angle bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>/ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>/</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Slash, or forward slash +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>\ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\backslash</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Reverse slash, or backslash +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>| </para></entry><entry><para><literal>|</literal> or <literal>\vert</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Vertical bar +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>‖ </para></entry><entry><para><literal>\|</literal> or <literal>\Vert</literal> </para></entry><entry><para>Double vertical bar +</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>boldface mathematics</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, boldface</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <filename>mathtools</filename> package allows you to create commands for paired +delimiters. For instance, if you put +<literal>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</literal> in your preamble +then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work +in math mode). The starred version, such as +<literal>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, has the height of the vertical bars +match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +<literal>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, has the bars fixed at a default height. +This version accepts an optional argument, as in <literal>\abs[<replaceable>size +command</replaceable>]{\frac{22}{7}}</literal>, where the height of the bars is given in +<replaceable>size command</replaceable>, such as <literal>\Bigg</literal>. Using <literal>\lVert</literal> and +<literal>\rVert</literal> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same +behavior. +</para> -<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): + +<sect3 label="16.2.5.1" id="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"> +<title><literal>\left</literal> & <literal>\right</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimiters, paired</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paired delimiters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matching parentheses</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matching brackets</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>null delimiter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm> + +<!-- Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 --> + +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\boldmath \( <replaceable>math</replaceable> \) +<screen>\left <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> </screen> -<para>or +<para>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. &latex; makes +the delimiters tall enough to just cover the size of the formula that +they enclose. </para> -<screen>\unboldmath \( <replaceable>math</replaceable> \) +<para>This makes a unit vector surrounded by parentheses tall enough to cover +the entries. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \left(\begin{array}{c} + 1 \\ + 0 \\ + \end{array}\right) +\end{equation} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm> -<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <replaceable>math</replaceable> to be in -a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular -(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display -math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). Both commands are fragile -(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +<para>See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, for a list of the common delimiters. </para> -<para>In this example each <literal>\boldmath</literal> command takes place inside an -<literal>\mbox</literal>, +<para>Every <literal>\left</literal> must have a matching <literal>\right</literal>. In the above +example, leaving out the <literal>\left(</literal> gets the error message +‘<literal>Extra \right</literal>’. Leaving out the <literal>\right)</literal> gets ‘<literal>You +can't use `\eqno' in math mode</literal>’. </para> -<screen>we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>However, <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> and <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> need not match. A common +case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, +‘<literal>.</literal>’, as a null delimiter. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} + 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ + f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} + \end{array}\right. +\end{equation} </screen> -<para>which means <literal>\boldmath</literal> is only called in a text mode, here LR -mode, and explains why &latex; must switch to math mode to set <literal>v</literal> -and <literal>u</literal>. +<para>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a +backslash, <literal>\{</literal>. (The packages <filename>amsmath</filename> and +<filename>mathtools</filename> allow you to get the above construct through in a +<literal>cases</literal> environment.) </para> -<para>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <literal>Trouble: \( -\boldmath x \)</literal>, then you get something like ‘<literal>LaTeX Font Warning: -Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</literal>’ and ‘<literal>LaTeX -Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line -11</literal>’. +<para>The <literal>\left ... \right</literal> pair make a group. One consequence is that +the formula enclosed in the <literal>\left ... \right</literal> pair cannot have +line breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and +&latex;-generated automatic ones. In this example, &latex; breaks the +equation to make the formula fit the margins. +</para> +<screen>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \) +</screen> +<para>But with <literal>\left</literal> and <literal>\right</literal> +</para> +<screen>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \) +</screen> +<para>&latex; won’t break the line, causing the formula to extend into the +margin. +</para> +<para>Because <literal>\left ... \right</literal> make a group, all the usual grouping +rules hold. Here, the value of <literal>\testlength</literal> set inside the +equation will be forgotten, and the output is ‘<literal>1.2pt</literal>’. +</para> +<screen>\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt} +\begin{equation} + \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right) + \the\testlength +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\left ... \right</literal> pair affect the horizontal spacing of the +enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in <literal>\( \sin(x) = +\sin\left(x\right) \)</literal> the one after the equals sign has more space +around the <literal>x</literal>. That’s because <literal>\left( ... \right)</literal> inserts +an inner node while <literal>( ... )</literal> inserts an opening node. The second +way that the pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they +form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural +width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. +</para> +<para>&tex; scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the +contained formula. Here &latex; grows the brackets to extend the full +height of the integral. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right] +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>Manual sizing is often better. For instance, although below the rule +has no depth, &tex; will create delimiters that extend far below the +rule. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right) +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>&tex; can choose delimiters that are too small, as in <literal>\( \left| +|x|+|y| \right| \)</literal>. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, +as here. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right) +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than +one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing +delimiter; you can’t use <literal>\left</literal> on the first line and +<literal>\right</literal> on the last because they must be paired. +</para> +<para>To size the delimiters manually, see <link linkend="_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</link>. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>bm</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>bm</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>There are many issues with <literal>\boldmath</literal>. New documents should use -the <filename>bm</filename> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete -description is outside the scope of this document (see the full -documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +</sect3> +<sect3 label="16.2.5.2" id="_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"> +<title><literal>\bigl</literal>, <literal>\bigr</literal>, etc.</title> + +<para>Synopsis, one of: </para> -<screen>\usepackage{bm} % in preamble -... -we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +<screen>\bigl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \bigr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> +\Bigl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \bigr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> +\biggl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \biggr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> +\Biggl<replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \Biggr<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> </screen> -<para>shows that it is an improvement over <literal>\boldmath</literal>. +<para>(as with <literal>\bigl[...\bigr]</literal>; strictly speaking they need not be +paired, see below), or one of: +</para> +<screen>\bigm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +\Bigm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +\biggm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +\Biggm<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>(as with <literal>\bigm|</literal>), or one of: +</para> +<screen>\big<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +\Big<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +\bigg<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +\Bigg<replaceable>delimiter</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>(as with <literal>\big[</literal>). +</para> +<para>Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are +automatically sized see <link linkend="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</link>). +</para> +<para>This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. +</para> +<screen> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr| +</screen> +<para>The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can use +the smallest size such as <literal>\bigl...\bigr</literal> in a paragraph without +causing &latex; to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant +for displayed equations. +</para> +<para>See <link linkend="Delimiters">Delimiters</link>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of +commands with ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’, <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> and +<replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> need not be the same. +</para> +<para>The ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’ commands produce open and close delimiters +that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the +delimiter, while the commands without ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’ insert some +space (because each delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare +these two. +</para> +<!-- credit: Martin Heller https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1234 --> +<screen>\begin{tabular}{l} + \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % good + \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % bad +\end{tabular} +</screen> +<para>The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the +second line the output will have some extra space between the +<literal>\sin</literal> and the open parenthesis. +</para> +<para>Commands without ‘<literal>l</literal>’ or ‘<literal>r</literal>’ do give correct spacing in +some circumstances, as with this large vertical line +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b +\end{equation} +</screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>(many authors would replace <literal>\frac</literal> with the <literal>\tfrac</literal> command +from the <filename>amsmath</filename> package), and as with this larger slash. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>Unlike the <literal>\left...\right</literal> pair (see <link linkend="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</link>), the +commands here with ‘<literal>l</literal>’ and ‘<literal>r</literal>’ do not make a group. +Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something +like this. +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \Biggl[ \pi/6 ] +\end{equation} +</screen> +<para>The commands with ‘<literal>m</literal>’ are for relations, which are in the middle of +formulas, as here. </para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\} +\end{equation} +</screen> +<!-- xx Add discussion \bigg\mid not being good --> +<!-- and \bigg| being right; maybe mention of \middle and braket package? --> + +</sect3> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.2.4" id="Dots"> +<sect2 label="16.2.6" id="Dots"> <title>Dots, horizontal or vertical</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>ellipses</primary></indexterm> @@ -10739,6 +12108,52 @@ or relation symbol, <literal>\dotsi</literal> for dots with integrals, or </para> </sect2> +<sect2 label="16.2.7" id="Greek-letters"> +<title>Greek letters</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Greek letters</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they +differ from Roman upper case letters. +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="10*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="30*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="15*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="45*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry><para>Name</para></entry><entry></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>α</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\alpha</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Alpha +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>β</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\beta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Beta +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>γ, Γ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\gamma</literal>, <literal>\Gamma</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Gamma +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>δ, Δ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\delta</literal>, <literal>\Delta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Delta +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ε, ϵ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\varepsilon</literal>, <literal>\epsilon</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Epsilon +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ζ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\zeta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Zeta +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>η</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\eta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Eta +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>θ, ϑ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\theta</literal>, <literal>\vartheta</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Theta +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ι</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\iota</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Iota +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>κ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\kappa</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Kappa +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>λ, Λ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\lambda</literal>, <literal>\Lambda</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Lambda +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>μ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\mu</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Mu +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ν</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\nu</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Nu +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ξ, Ξ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\xi</literal>, <literal>\Xi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Xi +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>π, Π</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\pi</literal>, <literal>\Pi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Pi +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ρ, ϱ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\rho</literal>, <literal>\varrho</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Rho +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>σ, Σ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\sigma</literal>, <literal>\Sigma</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Sigma +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>τ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\tau</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Tau +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ϕ, φ, Φ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\phi</literal>, <literal>\varphi</literal>, <literal>\Phi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Phi +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>χ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\chi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>chi +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ψ, Ψ</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\psi</literal>, <literal>\Psi</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Psi +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ω, Ω</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\omega</literal>, <literal>\Omega</literal></para></entry><entry><para>Omega +</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>unicode-math</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>unicode-math</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;’s default Computer Modern font +then enter omicron just as ‘<literal>o</literal>’ or ‘<literal>O</literal>’. If you like having the +name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like +<literal>\newcommand\omicron{o}</literal>. The package <filename>unicode-math</filename> has +<literal>\upomicron</literal> for upright omicron and <literal>\mitomicron</literal> for math +italic. +</para> +<para>While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by +<literal>\in</literal> is related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable. +</para> + +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="16.3" id="Math-functions"> <title>Math functions</title> @@ -11009,9 +12424,9 @@ normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <literal>y=m x</literal> then &latex; ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as <inlineequation><mathphrase>y=mx</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -<para>But &latex;’s rules sometimes need tweaking. For example, in an +<para>But &latex;’s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the -<literal>f(x)</literal> and the <literal>dx</literal>, here done with the <literal>\,</literal> command. +<literal>f(x)</literal> and the <literal>dx</literal>, here done with the <literal>\,</literal> command: </para> <screen>\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx </screen> @@ -11025,8 +12440,15 @@ a ‘<literal>M</literal>’. <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\;</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\;</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thickspace</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\thickspace</literal>. Normally <literal>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</literal>. Math -mode only. +<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\thickspace</literal>. Normally <literal>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</literal>. +With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\negthickspace</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthickspace</primary></indexterm> +<para>Normally <literal>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. +With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\:</literal> </term><term><literal>\></literal> @@ -11034,7 +12456,14 @@ mode only. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medspace</primary></indexterm> <anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"/><para>Synonym: <literal>\medspace</literal>. Normally <literal>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. -Math mode only. +With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\negmedspace</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negmedspace</primary></indexterm> +<para>Normally <literal>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</literal>. +With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\,</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\,</primary></indexterm> @@ -11057,9 +12486,11 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation. </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\!</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\negthinspace</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>thin space, negative</primary></indexterm> -<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"/><para>A negative thin space. Normally <literal>-3mu</literal>. The <literal>\!</literal> command is -math mode only but the <literal>\negthinspace</literal> command is available for -text mode (see <link linkend="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</link>). +<anchor id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"/><para>A negative thin space. Normally <literal>-3mu</literal>. +With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, +The <literal>\!</literal> command is math mode only but the <literal>\negthinspace</literal> +command has always worked in text mode (see <link linkend="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</link>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\quad</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quad</primary></indexterm> @@ -11169,23 +12600,31 @@ control over smashing a subformula box. </screen> <para>The <literal>\phantom</literal> command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but empty. That is, this command causes -&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink. The <literal>\vphantom</literal> -variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as -<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but it has width zero. And <literal>\hphantom</literal> makes a -box with the same width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> but with height and depth -zero. +&latex; to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here +&latex; will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. </para> -<para>Without the <literal>\vphantom</literal> in this example, the top bars of the two -square roots would be at different heights. -</para> -<screen>\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) +<screen>\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. + --- Mark Twain}} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\vphantom{a^3}</literal> causes the first <literal>\sqrt</literal> to have inside -it a box of the same height as the second <literal>\sqrt</literal>, so &latex; -makes the bars align. +<para>The <literal>\vphantom</literal> variant produces an invisible box with the same +vertical size as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, the same height and depth, but having +zero width. And <literal>\hphantom</literal> makes a box with the same width as +<replaceable>subformula</replaceable> but with zero height and depth. </para> -<para>These commands often are combined with <literal>\smash</literal>. See <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link> -for another example of the use of <literal>\vphantom</literal>. +<para>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression +is so tall that &tex; places this expression further down than its +default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at +different levels. The <literal>\vphantom</literal> in the first expression tells +&tex; to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the +two expressions come out at the same level. +</para> +<screen>\begin{displaymath} + \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}} + \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j +\end{displaymath} +</screen> +<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <literal>\smash</literal>. +See <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link>, which includes another example of <literal>\vphantom</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -11213,6 +12652,37 @@ with <literal>\leavevmode</literal>. </para> </sect2> +<sect2 label="16.6.3" id="_005cmathstrut"> +<title><literal>\mathstrut</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>\mathstrut</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>invisible character</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character, invisible</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\mathstrut +</screen> +<para>The analogue of <literal>\strut</literal> for mathematics. See <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>. +</para> +<para>The input <literal>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</literal> gives output where the +second radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space +without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use +<literal>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</literal>. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\mathstrut</literal> command adds the vertical height of an open +parenthesis, <literal>(</literal>, but no horizontal space. It is defined as +<literal>\vphantom{(}</literal>, so see <link linkend="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</link> for +more. An advantage over <literal>\strut</literal> is that <literal>\mathstrut</literal> adds no +depth, which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of +an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the +amount of space, use <literal>\rule</literal> with a width of zero. See <link linkend="_005crule">\rule</link>. +</para> + +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="16.7" id="Math-miscellany"> <title>Math miscellany</title> @@ -11227,9 +12697,8 @@ some that don’t fit into other categories. <sect2 label="16.7.1" id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"> <title>Colon character <literal>:</literal> & <literal>\colon</literal></title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>:</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>colon character</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>:</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>: for math</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\colon</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis, one of: @@ -11299,52 +12768,7 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <literal>\displaystyle</literal> </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.4" id="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"> -<title><literal>\left</literal> & <literal>\right</literal></title> - -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>delimiters, paired</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paired delimiters</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matching parentheses</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>matching brackets</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>null delimiter</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm> - -<para>Synopsis: -</para> -<screen>\left <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> -</screen> -<para>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. The delimiters -are sized according to the math they enclose. This makes a unit vector -surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses. -</para> -<screen>\begin{equation} - \left(\begin{array}{c} - 1 \\ - 0 \\ - \end{array}\right) -</screen> -<para>Every <literal>\left</literal> must have a matching <literal>\right</literal>. Leaving out the -<literal>\left(</literal> in the above gets ‘<literal>Extra \right</literal>’. Leaving off the -<literal>\right)</literal> gets ‘<literal>You can't use `\eqno' in math mode</literal>’. -</para> -<para>However, the two delimiters <replaceable>delimiter1</replaceable> and <replaceable>delimiter2</replaceable> need -not match. A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as -below. Use a period, ‘<literal>.</literal>’, as a null delimiter. -</para> -<screen>\begin{equation} - f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} - 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ - f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} - \end{array}\right. -\end{equation} -</screen> -<para>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, <literal>\{</literal>. -</para> - -</sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.5" id="_005csqrt"> +<sect2 label="16.7.4" id="_005csqrt"> <title><literal>\sqrt</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>square root</primary></indexterm> @@ -11368,7 +12792,7 @@ a large enough <literal>arg</literal>, it is vertical). </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="16.7.6" id="_005cstackrel"> +<sect2 label="16.7.5" id="_005cstackrel"> <title><literal>\stackrel</literal></title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>stack math</primary></indexterm> @@ -11509,7 +12933,7 @@ styles. See its documentation on CTAN. </screen> <para>Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a separate page, except in the <literal>article</literal> class where it is at the top -of the first page. (See <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link> for information about +of the first page. (See <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>, for information about the <literal>titlepage</literal> document class option.) </para> <para>This example shows <literal>\maketitle</literal> appearing in its usual place, @@ -11823,7 +13247,7 @@ measurement such as points (see <link linkend="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</link> \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png} \end{center} </screen> -<para>See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link> for <literal>\quad</literal> and <literal>\qquad</literal>. These +<para>See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>, for <literal>\quad</literal> and <literal>\qquad</literal>. These are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with <literal>\hspace</literal>. @@ -12095,7 +13519,7 @@ The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring <literal>\frenchspacing</literal> -(the command is from Plain &tex;) switches to the tradition that all +(the command is from plain &tex;) switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally. </para> @@ -12121,7 +13545,9 @@ spaces are treated equally. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>\NEWLINE</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>\ (backslash-space)</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>\TAB</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm> <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: @@ -12156,7 +13582,7 @@ in <literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>. (But using curly parentheses, as in <literal>\TeX{} is best</literal>, has the advantage of still working if the next character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <literal>So -says Prof.\ Smith</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). +says Prof.\ Smith</literal> or <literal>Jones et al.\ (1993)</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). </para> <para>Under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> and <literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap> are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>. @@ -12172,8 +13598,9 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>~</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, hard</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, unbreakable</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hard space</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>unbreakable space</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>NBSP</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -12192,16 +13619,21 @@ space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus <para>In addition, despite the period, &latex; does not use the end-of-sentence spacing (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>). </para> -<para>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could cause -confusion. But they also reduce &latex;’s options when it breaks lines -into paragraphs, so you can use too many. They are also matters of -taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, -here are some usage models, many of them from the &tex;book. +<para>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could +cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the +tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive +words in an <literal>\mbox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>). +</para> +<para>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, +among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them +from <citetitle>The &tex;book</citetitle>. </para> <itemizedlist><listitem><para>Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: <literal>Chapter~12</literal>, or <literal>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</literal>, or -<literal>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</literal>. When cases are enumerated inline: -<literal>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</literal>. +<literal>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</literal>. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><para>When cases are enumerated inline: <literal>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is +(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>siunitx</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>siunitx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -12209,10 +13641,12 @@ here are some usage models, many of them from the &tex;book. </listitem><listitem><para>Between a number and its unit: <literal>$745.7.8$~watts</literal> (the <filename>siunitx</filename> package has a special facility for this) or <literal>144~eggs</literal>. This includes between a month and a date: -<literal>October~12</literal> or <literal>12~Oct</literal>. In general, in any expressions where -numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +<literal>October~12</literal> or <literal>12~Oct</literal>. In general, in any expressions +where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: <literal>AD~565</literal>, or <literal>2:50~pm</literal>, or <literal>Boeing~747</literal>, or -<literal>268~Plains Road</literal>, or <literal>\$$1.4$~billion</literal>. +<literal>268~Plains Road</literal>, or <literal>\$$1.4$~billion</literal>. Other common +choices here are a thin space (see <link linkend="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</link>) and +no space at all. </para> </listitem><listitem><para>When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: <literal>equals~$n$</literal>, or <literal>less than~$\epsilon$</literal>, or <literal>given~$X$</literal>, or <literal>modulo~$p^e$ @@ -12226,13 +13660,11 @@ common with~$m$</literal>. </listitem><listitem><para>Between symbols in series: <literal>$1$,~$2$, or~$3$</literal> or <literal>$1$,~$2$, \ldots,~$n$</literal>. </para> -</listitem><listitem><para>Between a person’s forenames and between multiple surnames: +</listitem><listitem><para>Between a person’s given names and between multiple surnames: <literal>Donald~E. Knuth</literal>, or <literal>Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</literal>, or -<literal>Charles~XII</literal> (but you must give TeX places to break the line so -you may do <literal>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin</literal>). -</para> -</listitem><listitem><para>Before a dash: <literal>pages 12~--14</literal> or <literal>it is~--- it must be -said~--- plausible</literal>. +<literal>Charles~XII</literal>—but you must give &tex; places to break the line +so you might do <literal>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la +Vall\'ee~Poussin</literal>. </para> </listitem></itemizedlist> @@ -12252,23 +13684,29 @@ said~--- plausible</literal>. <screen>\thinspace \negthinspace </screen> -<para>Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6em and --1/6em. These are the text mode equivalents of <literal>\,</literal> and -<literal>\!</literal> (see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</link>). You can use -<literal>\,</literal> as a synonym for <literal>\thinspace</literal> in text mode. +<para>These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and +-1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of +<literal>\,</literal> and <literal>\!</literal> (see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</link>). </para> -<para>The <literal>\negthinspace</literal> command is used in text mode mostly for -fiddling with spaces. One common use of <literal>\thinspace</literal> is as the -space between nested quotes. +<para>You can use <literal>\,</literal> as a synonym for <literal>\thinspace</literal> in text mode. +</para> +<para>One common use of <literal>\thinspace</literal> is as the space between nested +quotes: </para> <screen>Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' </screen> <para>Another use is that some style guides call for a <literal>\thinspace</literal> between an ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, -though, think the three dots are quite enough already). Still another -use is between initials, as in <literal>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</literal>. +think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another +style-specific use is between initials, as in <literal>D.\thinspace E.\ +Knuth</literal>. +</para> +<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands +(see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>). With <literal>amsmath</literal>, or as of the +2020-10-01 &latex; release, they can be used in text mode as well as +math mode, including <literal>\!</literal> for <literal>\negthinspace</literal>; before that, +they were available only in math mode. </para> - </sect1> <sect1 label="19.9" id="_005c_002f"> <title><literal>\/</literal></title> @@ -12281,32 +13719,45 @@ use is between initials, as in <literal>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</literal>. <screen><replaceable>before-character</replaceable>\/<replaceable>after-character</replaceable> </screen> <para>Insert an <firstterm>italic correction</firstterm>, a small space defined by the font -designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with -whatever follows. When you use <literal>\/</literal>, &latex; takes the correction -from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been -applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. +designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character +colliding with whatever follows. When you use <literal>\/</literal>, &latex; +takes the correction from the font metric file, scales it by any +scaling that has been applied to the font, and then inserts that much +horizontal space. </para> <para>Here, were it not for the <literal>\/</literal>, the <replaceable>before-character</replaceable> italic f would hit the <replaceable>after-character</replaceable> roman H </para> <screen>\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H} </screen> -<para>because the italic letter leans far to the right. +<para>because the italic letter f leans far to the right. </para> <para>If <replaceable>after-character</replaceable> is a period or comma then don’t insert an -italic correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small -height. However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal -letters, the italic correction can help. +italic correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the +baseline already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with +normal letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used +between a switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font. +</para> +<para>When you use commands such as <literal>\emph</literal> and <literal>\textit</literal> and +<literal>\textsl</literal> to change fonts, &latex; automatically inserts the +italic correction when needed (see <link linkend="Font-styles">Font styles</link>). However, +declarations such as <literal>\em</literal> and <literal>\itshape</literal> and +<literal>\slshape</literal> do not automatically insert italic corrections. </para> -<para>When you use commands such as <literal>\textit</literal> or <literal>\itshape</literal> to -change fonts, &latex; will automatically insert any needed italic -correction (see <link linkend="Font-styles">Font styles</link>). +<para>Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example +where this is needed is the name <literal>pdf\/\TeX</literal>. However, most +upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators +do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. </para> -<para>Roman characters can also have an italic correction. An example is in -the name <literal>pdf\/\TeX</literal>. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontdimen1</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font dimension, slant</primary></indexterm> +<para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called +slant parameter (namely <literal>\fontdimen1</literal>), to determine whether to +possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +particular font commands. </para> -<para>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is done -in a different way. +<para>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is +done in a different way. </para> </sect1> @@ -12566,7 +14017,7 @@ or <literal>minus</literal> component (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link \vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex} The new day dawned cold. </screen> -<para>(See <link linkend="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</link> for common inter-paragraph +<para>(See <link linkend="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</link>, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) </para> <para>The <literal>*</literal>-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More @@ -12676,7 +14127,7 @@ The two rules here are 22pt apart: the sum of the <para>Now uncomment the second <literal>\addvspace</literal>. It does not make the gap 20pt longer; instead the gap is the sum of <literal>\baselineskip</literal> and 20pt. So <literal>\addvspace</literal> in a sense does the opposite of -its name — it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not +its name—it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used. </para> <para>&latex; uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below @@ -12702,6 +14153,9 @@ with a <literal>\par</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link> <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>adjustbox</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>adjustbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is <filename>adjustbox</filename>. </para> @@ -12730,11 +14184,11 @@ LR mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>) so it is not broken into lines. </para> <para>Because <literal>text</literal> is not broken into lines, you can use <literal>\mbox</literal> to prevent hyphenation. In this example, &latex; will not hyphenate -the table name, ‘<literal>T-4</literal>’. +the tank name, ‘<literal>T-34</literal>’. </para> -<screen>See Table~\mbox{T-4} +<screen>The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism. </screen> -<para>The first two command versions, <literal>\mbox</literal> and <literal>\makebox</literal>, are +<para>The first two command synopsis versions, <literal>\mbox</literal> and <literal>\makebox</literal>, are roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the <replaceable>text</replaceable>. (They are like plain &tex;’s <literal>\hbox</literal>.) </para> @@ -12757,7 +14211,7 @@ size you can say this. </para> <screen>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} </screen> -<para>For the fourth command version the optional argument <replaceable>position</replaceable> +<para>For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument <replaceable>position</replaceable> gives position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: </para> @@ -12791,12 +14245,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The right edge of the output ‘<literal>10 points </literal>’ (note the ending space) -will be just before the ‘<literal>What</literal>’ (note the space after -‘<literal>points</literal>’). You can use <literal>\makebox</literal> similarly when making -graphics, such as in <filename>TikZ</filename> or <filename>Asymptote</filename>, where you put the -edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that -text. +<para>The right edge of the output ‘<literal>10 points </literal>’ (note the ending space +after ‘<literal>points</literal>’) will be just before the ‘<literal>What</literal>’. You can use +<literal>\makebox</literal> similarly when making graphics, such as in <filename>TikZ</filename> +or <filename>Asymptote</filename>, where you put the edge of the text at a known +location, regardless of the length of that text. </para> <para>For boxes with frames see <link linkend="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</link>. For colors see <link linkend="Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</link>. @@ -12805,11 +14258,12 @@ see <link linkend="Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</link>. <literal>picture</literal> environment, where the length is given in terms of <literal>\unitlength</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</link>). </para> -<para>If you put a double-backslash into <replaceable>text</replaceable> then &latex; will not -give you a new line; for instance <literal>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</literal> -outputs ‘<literal>abc defghi</literal>’ while <literal>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</literal> -outputs ‘<literal>abc def ghi</literal>’, but neither go to a second line. To get -multiple lines see <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link> and <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>. +<para>As <replaceable>text</replaceable> is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash +<literal>\\</literal> nor <literal>\par</literal> will give you a new line; for instance +<literal>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</literal> outputs ‘<literal>abc defghi</literal>’ while +<literal>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</literal> outputs ‘<literal>abc def ghi</literal>’, both on +a single line. To get multiple lines see <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link> +and <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>. </para> </sect1> @@ -12841,7 +14295,7 @@ a frame. <literal>\framebox{...}</literal>, are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <replaceable>width</replaceable> and the position of the text inside that box as -<replaceable>position</replaceable>. See <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link> for the full description but +<replaceable>position</replaceable>. See <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. </para> <screen>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}} @@ -12884,7 +14338,7 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. And if you wish to go anywhere you must run twice as fast as that. \end{minipage}} </screen> -<para>See <link linkend="Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</link> for colors other than black and white. +<para>See <link linkend="Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</link>, for colors other than black and white. </para> <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment has a version of this command where the units depend on <literal>picture</literal>’s <literal>\unitlength</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox @@ -12933,10 +14387,10 @@ in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components. </para> <para>There are three optional arguments, <replaceable>position</replaceable>, <replaceable>height</replaceable>, and <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>. The <replaceable>position</replaceable> gives the vertical alignment of the -<literal>parbox</literal> with respect to the surrounding material. The possible +<firstterm>parbox</firstterm> with respect to the surrounding material. The supported values are <literal>c</literal> or <literal>m</literal> to make the vertical center of the -<literal>parbox</literal> lines up with the center of the adjacent line (this is the -default), or <literal>t</literal> to match the top line of the <literal>parbox</literal> with +parbox lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (this is the +default), or <literal>t</literal> to match the top line of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or <literal>b</literal> to match the bottom line. </para> @@ -12965,11 +14419,11 @@ stretchable space). </screen> <para>Raise or lower <replaceable>text</replaceable>. This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> -<para>This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by -lowering the vertical bar symbol. +<para>This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a function +by lowering the vertical bar symbol. </para> <!-- credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/278631/121234 --> -<screen>\newcommand\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} +<screen>\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} $f\restricted{A}$ </screen> <para>The first mandatory argument <replaceable>distance</replaceable> specifies how far to raise @@ -12991,7 +14445,7 @@ depth). <para>This will align two graphics on their top (see <link linkend="Graphics">Graphics</link>). </para> <!-- credit: FAQ https://texfaq.org/FAQ-topgraph --> -<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{calc} % in preamble +<screen>\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble ... \begin{center} \raisebox{1ex-\height}{% @@ -13022,44 +14476,44 @@ second is the height of <filename>meta.png</filename>. </screen> <para>Typeset <replaceable>text</replaceable> just as with <literal>\makebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>) except that &latex; does not output it but instead saves it -in a storage bin named <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>. The bin name <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> begins -with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. You must have previously allocated the bin -<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> with <literal>\newsavebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>).The -<literal>\sbox</literal> command is robust while <literal>\savebox</literal> is fragile -(see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +in a box register referred to by a variable named <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>. The +variable name <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> begins with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. You must +have previously allocated the box register <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> with <literal>\newsavebox</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). The <literal>\sbox</literal> command is robust while +<literal>\savebox</literal> is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> -<para>This creates and uses a bin. +<para>This creates and uses a box register. </para> <screen>\newsavebox{\fullname} \sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt} ... \usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too! Whenever we go out, the people always shout! -There goes \\usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. +There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. </screen> -<para>One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a <literal>\newcommand</literal> is -efficiency, that &latex; need not repeatedly retypeset the contents. -See the example below. +<para>One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a +<literal>\newcommand</literal> macro variable is efficiency, that &latex; need not +repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below. </para> <para>The first two command invocations, <literal>\sbox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> and <literal>\savebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>, are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <replaceable>width</replaceable>, and the position of the text inside that -box as <replaceable>position</replaceable>. See <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link> for the full +box as <replaceable>position</replaceable>. See <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>, for the full description. </para> <para>In the <literal>\sbox</literal> and <literal>\savebox</literal> commands the <replaceable>text</replaceable> is typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>). If you use these then &latex; doesn’t give you an error but it ignores -what you want: if you enter <literal>\sbox{\newbin}{test \\ test}</literal> and -<literal>\usebox{\newbin}</literal> then you get ‘<literal>testtest</literal>’, while if you -enter <literal>\sbox{\newbin}{test \par test}</literal> and -<literal>\usebox{\newbin}</literal> then you get ‘<literal>test test</literal>’, but no error or +what you want: if you enter <literal>\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}</literal> and +<literal>\usebox{\newreg}</literal> then you get ‘<literal>testtest</literal>’, while if you +enter <literal>\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</literal> and +<literal>\usebox{\newreg}</literal> then you get ‘<literal>test test</literal>’, but no error or warning. To fix this use a <literal>\parbox</literal> or <literal>minipage</literal> as here. </para> <!-- credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 --> -<screen>\savebox{\abin}{% +<screen>\savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -13067,15 +14521,15 @@ warning. To fix this use a <literal>\parbox</literal> or <literal>minipage</lit \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}} ... -\usebox{\abin} +\usebox{\areg} </screen> -<para>As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin’s contents, this puts +<para>As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register’s contents, this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the header. &latex; only typesets it once. </para> <screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble -\newsavebox{\sealbin} -\savebox{\sealbin}{% +\newsavebox{\sealreg} +\savebox{\sealreg}{% \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}% \begin{picture}(0,0)% \put(1.5,-2.5){% @@ -13085,13 +14539,13 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. \end{tabular}} \end{picture}% } -\markright{\usebox{\sealbin}} +\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}} \pagestyle{headings} </screen> <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment is good for fine-tuning the placement. </para> -<para>If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like -‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin</literal>’. +<para>If the register <literal>\noreg</literal> has not already been defined then you get something like +‘<literal>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg</literal>’. </para> </sect1> @@ -13106,25 +14560,26 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. <replaceable>text</replaceable> \end{lrbox} </screen> -<para>The <replaceable>text</replaceable> inside the environment is saved in the bin -<literal><replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable></literal>. The <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> must begin with a -backslash. You must create this bin in advance with <literal>\newsavebox</literal> -(see <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). This is the environment form of the <literal>\sbox</literal> -and <literal>\savebox</literal> commands, and is equivalent to them. See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & -\savebox</link> for the full information. +<para>This is the environment form of the <literal>\sbox</literal> and <literal>\savebox</literal> +commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, +See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</link>. </para> -<para>In this example the environment is convenient for entering the -<literal>tabular</literal>. +<para>The <replaceable>text</replaceable> inside the environment is saved in the box register +referred to by variable <literal><replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable></literal>. The variable name +<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> must begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>. You must allocate +this box register in advance with <literal>\newsavebox</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). In this example the environment is convenient +for entering the <literal>tabular</literal>. </para> -<screen>\newsavebox{\jhbin} -\begin{lrbox}{\jhbin} +<screen>\newsavebox{\jhreg} +\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg} \begin{tabular}{c} \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\ Jim Hef{}feron \end{tabular} \end{lrbox} ... -\usebox{\jhbin} +\usebox{\jhreg} </screen> </sect1> @@ -13138,11 +14593,11 @@ and <literal>\savebox</literal> commands, and is equivalent to them. See <link l </para> <screen>\usebox{<replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Produce the box most recently saved in the bin <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> by the -commands <literal>\sbox</literal> or <literal>\savebox</literal>, or the <literal>lrbox</literal> -environment. See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</link> for more information and examples. -(Note that <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> starts with a backslash.) This command is -robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +<para>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> by +the commands <literal>\sbox</literal> or <literal>\savebox</literal>, or the <literal>lrbox</literal> +environment. For more information and examples, See <link linkend="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & +\savebox</link>. (Note that the variable name <replaceable>box-cmd</replaceable> starts with a +backslash, <literal>\</literal>.) This command is robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> </sect1> @@ -13365,9 +14820,9 @@ but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the synopses. </para> <screen>Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and -{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37} Gold} for the team. +{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team. </screen> -<para>The format of <replaceable>color specification </replaceable> depends on the color model +<para>The format of <replaceable>color specification</replaceable> depends on the color model (see <link linkend="Color-models">Color models</link>). For instance, while <literal>rgb</literal> takes three numbers, <literal>gray</literal> takes only one. </para> @@ -13545,7 +15000,7 @@ rectangle (unless another size is specified in the <literal>\includegraphics</literal> command). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>draft</literal> -</term><listitem><para>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is +</term><listitem><para>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. </para> @@ -13580,11 +15035,6 @@ option has &latex; to read the size from the latter. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics package</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>configuration, graphics package</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>EPS files</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>JPEG files</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>JPG files</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>PDF graphic files</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>PNG files</primary></indexterm> <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for the graphic. @@ -13604,15 +15054,16 @@ the documentation in <filename>grfguide.pdf</filename>, or the &latex; source, o <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\graphicspath{<replaceable>list of dir names inside curly brackets</replaceable>} +<screen>\graphicspath{<replaceable>list of directories inside curly braces</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows you to later say something like <literal>\includegraphics{lion.png}</literal> instead of having to give its path. </para> -<para>&latex; always looks for graphic files first in the current directory. -The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory -<filename>pix</filename>, and then <filename>../pix</filename>. +<para>&latex; always looks for graphic files first in the current directory +(and the output directory, if specified; see <link linkend="output-directory">output directory</link>). +The declaration below tells the system to then look in the +subdirectory <filename>pix</filename>, and then <filename>../pix</filename>. </para> <screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble ... @@ -13642,7 +15093,7 @@ current directory, \usepackage{lion.png} </screen> <para>for each of the listed directories, &latex; concatenates it with the -file name and searches for the result, checking for <filename>pix/lion.png</filename> +filename and searches for the result, checking for <filename>pix/lion.png</filename> and then <filename>../pix/lion.png</filename>. This algorithm means that the <literal>\graphicspath</literal> command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue <literal>\graphicspath{{a/}}</literal> and the graphic is in @@ -13688,7 +15139,7 @@ files. ... \includegraphics{lion} % will find <filename>lion.png</filename> before <filename>lion.pdf</filename> </screen> -<para>Because the file name <filename>lion</filename> does not have a period, &latex; uses +<para>Because the filename <filename>lion</filename> does not have a period, &latex; uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (see <link linkend="_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</link>), &latex; will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories @@ -13704,8 +15155,13 @@ platform is not case sensitive. your document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the most recent <filename>pdftex.def</filename> has this extension list. </para> -<screen>.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 +<screen>.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 </screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>grfext</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>grfext</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>To change the order, use the <literal>grfext</literal> package. +</para> <para>You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with <literal>\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother</literal>. @@ -13743,7 +15199,7 @@ extension not covered by another rule, so it covers <filename>filename.1</filena <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>extension</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use the Kleene star, -<literal>*</literal>, to denote the default behaviour for all undeclared extensions. +<literal>*</literal>, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>type</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be defined @@ -13773,7 +15229,7 @@ other format is available.) </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>command</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>A command that will be applied to the -file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a +file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, <literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}</literal> specifies that any file with the extension <filename>.eps.gz</filename> should @@ -13853,10 +15309,10 @@ is <literal>\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}</literal>. </para> <para>The <literal>\includegraphics{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}</literal> command decides on the type of graphic by splitting <replaceable>filename</replaceable> on the first dot. You can -use <replaceable>filename</replaceable> with no dot, as in <literal>\includegraphics{turing}</literal> -and then &latex; tries a sequence of extensions such as <literal>.png</literal> and -<literal>.pdf</literal> until it finds a file with that extension -(see <link linkend="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</link>). +instead use <replaceable>filename</replaceable> with no dot, as in +<literal>\includegraphics{turing}</literal>, and then &latex; tries a sequence of +extensions such as <literal>.png</literal> and <literal>.pdf</literal> until it finds a file +with that extension (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</link>). </para> <para>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @@ -13865,7 +15321,7 @@ the <filename>graphicx</filename> package then you can use the options <literal> <literal>ext</literal>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package <filename>grffile</filename>. </para> -<para>This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so &latex; can +<para>This example puts a graphic in a <literal>figure</literal> environment so &latex; can move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link>). </para> @@ -13931,8 +15387,10 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. </para> <para>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bounding box</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>box, bounding</primary></indexterm> <para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is -traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the +traditionally referred to as its <firstterm>bounding box</firstterm> (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic’s printed area may go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when &latex; makes up a page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the @@ -13944,7 +15402,7 @@ is <literal>\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</literal>. You can use the standa &tex; dimensions (see <link linkend="Units-of-length">Units of length</link>) and also convenient is <literal>\linewidth</literal>, or in a two-column document, <literal>\columnwidth</literal> (see <link linkend="Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</link>). An example is that by using the -<filename>calc</filename> package you can make the graphic be 1 cm narrow than +<filename>calc</filename> package you can make the graphic be 1 cm narrower than the width of the text with <literal>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</literal>. </para> @@ -13957,7 +15415,7 @@ layout parameters</link>). For instance, the command graphic a quarter of the height of the text area. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>totalheight</literal> -</term><listitem><anchor id="includegraphics-totalheght"/><para>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus +</term><listitem><anchor id="includegraphics-totalheight"/><para>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated. For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero height but a large depth. @@ -13976,7 +15434,7 @@ is the graphic wider than <literal>width</literal> nor taller than <literal>heig </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>scale</literal> </term><listitem><para>Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter <literal>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</literal>. This -number may be any value; a number between 1 and 0 will shrink the +number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>angle</literal> @@ -14005,10 +15463,10 @@ vertical center in <literal>lc</literal> or <literal>rc</literal>.) The default <variablelist><anchor id="includegraphics-viewport"/><varlistentry><term><literal>viewport</literal> </term><listitem><para>Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in &tex; dimensions, as with -<literal>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</literal>. The -dimensions default to big points, <literal>bp</literal>. They are taken -relative to the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the -<literal>trim</literal> option. +<literal>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</literal>. When +the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big +points, <literal>bp</literal>. They are taken relative to the origin specified +by the bounding box. See also the <literal>trim</literal> option. </para> <anchor id="includegraphics-trim"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>trim</literal> </term><listitem><para>Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments, separated @@ -14055,7 +15513,7 @@ set with <literal>interpolate=true</literal> or just specified as here. <anchor id="includegraphics-quiet"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>quiet</literal> </term><listitem><para>Do not write information to the log. You can set it with <literal>quiet=true</literal> or just specified it with -<literal>\includegraphics[...,quite,...]{...}</literal>, +<literal>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</literal>, </para> <anchor id="includegraphics-draft"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>draft</literal> </term><listitem><para>If you set it with <literal>draft=true</literal> or just specify it with @@ -14127,7 +15585,7 @@ Only use this in conjunction with the option <literal>type</literal>. </para> <anchor id="includegraphics-command"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>command</literal> </term><listitem><para>Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in -conjunction with the option <literal>type</literal>. See <link linkend="Command-line-options">Command line options</link> +conjunction with the option <literal>type</literal>. See <link linkend="Command-line-options">Command line options</link>, for a discussion of enabling the <literal>\write18</literal> functionality to run external commands. </para> @@ -14154,7 +15612,7 @@ external commands. <para>Put <replaceable>material</replaceable> in a box and rotate it <replaceable>angle</replaceable> degrees counterclockwise. </para> -<para>This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees. +<para>This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees. </para> <screen>\begin{tabular}{ll} \rotatebox{45}{Character} &\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\ @@ -14316,7 +15774,8 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, special</primary></indexterm> <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign <literal>%</literal> is for comments. They are -called <firstterm>reserved characters</firstterm> or <firstterm>special characters</firstterm>. +called <firstterm>reserved characters</firstterm> or <firstterm>special characters</firstterm>. They are +all discussed elsewhere in this manual. </para> <screen># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </screen> @@ -14337,13 +15796,13 @@ typing <literal>\$1.23</literal> will produce <literal>$1.23</literal> in y <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbackslash</primary></indexterm> <para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use <literal>\~{}</literal> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next -character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text -body font circumflex use <literal>\^{}</literal>. To get a backslash in the font -of the text body, enter <literal>\textbackslash{}</literal>. +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body +font circumflex use <literal>\^{}</literal>. To get a backslash in the font of +the text body, enter <literal>\textbackslash{}</literal>. </para> <para>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use <literal>\verb!!</literal> as below (the double backslash <literal>\\</literal> is only -there to split the lines). +there to split the lines in the output). </para> <screen>\begin{center} \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ @@ -14358,6 +15817,7 @@ there to split the lines). <indexterm role="cp"><primary>uppercase</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lowercase</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, case of</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>changing case of characters</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14366,13 +15826,13 @@ there to split the lines). \MakeUppercase{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} \MakeLowercase{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Change the case of characters. The &tex; primitives commands -<literal>\uppercase</literal> and <literal>\lowercase</literal> only work for American -characters. The &latex; commands <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and -<literal>\MakeLowercase</literal> commands also change characters accessed by -commands such as <literal>\ae</literal> or <literal>\aa</literal>. The commands -<literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and <literal>\MakeLowercase</literal> are robust but they have -moving arguments (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). +<para>Change the case of characters. The &tex; primitive commands +<literal>\uppercase</literal> and <literal>\lowercase</literal> are set up by default to work +only with the 26 letters a–z and A–Z. The &latex; commands +<literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and <literal>\MakeLowercase</literal> commands also change +characters accessed by commands such as <literal>\ae</literal> or <literal>\aa</literal>. The +commands <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and <literal>\MakeLowercase</literal> are robust +but they have moving arguments (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> <para>These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within <replaceable>text</replaceable>. But they do change the case of every other @@ -14405,10 +15865,23 @@ standard &latex; commands <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mfirstuc</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mfirstuc</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - + <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package <filename>mfirstuc</filename>. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>expl3</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>expl3</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Wright, Joseph</primary></indexterm> +<para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for +non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in +the original &tex; and &latex;. It has been implemented in the +<literal>expl3</literal> package as of 2020. The article “Case changing: From +&tex; primitives to the Unicode algorithm”, (Joseph Wright, +<citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> 41:1, +<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</ulink>), gives a +good overview of the topic, past and present. +</para> </sect1> <sect1 label="23.3" id="Symbols-by-font-position"> @@ -14420,13 +15893,14 @@ standard &latex; commands <literal>\MakeUppercase</literal> and <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with the <literal>\symbol</literal> command. For example, the visible space character -used in the <literal>\verb*</literal> command has the code decimal 32, so it can be -typed as <literal>\symbol{32}</literal>. +used in the <literal>\verb*</literal> command has the code decimal 32 in the +standard Computer Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as +<literal>\symbol{32}</literal>. </para> <para>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <literal>'</literal> -prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <literal>"</literal> prefix, so the previous -example could also be written as <literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> or -<literal>\symbol{"20}</literal>. +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <literal>"</literal> prefix, so the +visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as +<literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> or <literal>\symbol{"20}</literal>. </para> </sect1> @@ -14437,10 +15911,13 @@ example could also be written as <literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> or <indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>textcomp package</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in -running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1. Unless you are using Xe&latex; or Lua&latex; then -you may need to load the <literal>textcomp</literal> package. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>TS1 encoding</primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols +in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are +not available in OT1. As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all +symbols are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use +the <literal>textcomp</literal> package for some (technically, those in the +<literal>TS1</literal> font encoding). </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\copyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\copyright</literal> </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcopyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcopyright</literal> @@ -14560,7 +16037,7 @@ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbigcircle</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbigcircle</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>big circle symbols, in text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>circle symbol, big, in text</primary></indexterm> -<para>◯ Big circle symbol. +<para>◯, Big circle symbol. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceleft</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left brace, in text</primary></indexterm> @@ -14578,7 +16055,7 @@ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circled letter, in text</primary></indexterm> -<para>Ⓐ Circle around <replaceable>letter</replaceable>. +<para>Ⓐ, Circle around <replaceable>letter</replaceable>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcompwordmark</literal> </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcapitalcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcapitalcompwordmark</literal> @@ -14608,13 +16085,14 @@ while the <literal>\textascendercompwordmark</literal> form has the ascender hei </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textemdash (or <literal>---</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textemdash (or <literal>---</literal>)</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash</primary></indexterm> -<para>— Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in -<literal>The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- -is more like a sprint.</literal>). +<para>— Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or +parentheses, as in ‘<literal>The playoffs---if you're lucky +enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</literal>’ Conventions +for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textendash (or <literal>--</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textendash (or <literal>--</literal>)</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-dash</primary></indexterm> -<para>– En-dash (used for ranges, as in <literal>See pages 12--14</literal>). +<para>– En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ‘<literal>see pages 12--14</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texteuro</primary></indexterm><literal>\texteuro</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>euro symbol</primary></indexterm> @@ -14622,7 +16100,11 @@ is more like a sprint.</literal>). <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>eurosym</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>eurosym</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>The Euro symbol: €. For an alternative glyph design, try the +<para>The Euro currency symbol: €. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>eurosym</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>eurosym</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +</para> +<para>For an alternative glyph design, try the <filename>eurosym</filename> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </para> @@ -14630,10 +16112,24 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>exclamation point, upside-down</primary></indexterm> <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point. </para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfiguredash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfiguredash</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>figure dash character</primary></indexterm> +<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021 +release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an +en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available +in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing character” warning +to the log file. +</para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textgreater</primary></indexterm><literal>\textgreater</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>greater than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm> <para>> Greater than symbol. </para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texthorizontalbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\texthorizontalbar</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal bar character</primary></indexterm> +<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 +release of &latex;. Behavior as with <literal>\textfiguredash</literal> above; +the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash. +</para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textless</primary></indexterm><literal>\textless</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>less than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm> <para>< Less than symbol. @@ -14641,7 +16137,15 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\textleftarrow</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrow, left, in text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>left arrow, in text</primary></indexterm> -<para>← Left arrow. +<para>←, Left arrow. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textnonbreakinghyphen</primary></indexterm><literal>\textnonbreakinghyphen</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>non-breaking hyphen character</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphen character, non-breaking</primary></indexterm> +<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June +2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <literal>\textfiguredash</literal> +above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with +breaks disallowed after). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordfeminine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordfeminine</literal> </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordmasculine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordmasculine</literal> @@ -14684,7 +16188,7 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quote, single straight</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>straight single quote</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>single quote, straight</primary></indexterm> -<para>' Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +<para>', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightbase</literal> </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightdblbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightdblbase</literal> @@ -14702,12 +16206,12 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\textrightarrow</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrow, right, in text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>right arrow, in text</primary></indexterm> -<para>→ Right arrow. +<para>→, Right arrow. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textthreequartersemdash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textthreequartersemdash</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>three-quarters em-dash</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, three-quarters</primary></indexterm> -<para>﹘ “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +<para>﹘, “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttrademark</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttrademark</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>trademark symbol</primary></indexterm> @@ -14717,7 +16221,7 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttwelveudash</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttwelveudash</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-thirds em-dash</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, two-thirds</primary></indexterm> -<para>﹘ “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +<para>﹘, “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textunderscore</primary></indexterm><literal>\textunderscore</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>underscore, in text</primary></indexterm> @@ -14725,7 +16229,7 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textvisiblespace</primary></indexterm><literal>\textvisiblespace</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>visible space symbol, in text</primary></indexterm> -<para>␣ Visible space symbol. +<para>␣, Visible space symbol. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> @@ -14744,13 +16248,16 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>multilingual support</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages, -through the <literal>babel</literal> package and related support if you are using -pdf&latex;, or <filename>polyglossia</filename> if you are using Xe&latex; or -Lua&latex;. This section does not cover that support. It only lists -the core &latex; commands for creating accented characters. The -<literal>\capital...</literal> commands shown here produce alternative forms for use -with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. +<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and +languages, provided through the core <literal>babel</literal> package, which +supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The +<filename>polyglossia</filename> package provides similar support with the latter +two engines. +</para> +<para>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core +&latex; commands for creating accented characters. The +<literal>\capital...</literal> commands shown here produce alternative forms for +use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. </para> <para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase ‘<literal>o</literal>’. @@ -14896,6 +16403,54 @@ its box. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> + +<sect2 label="23.5.1" id="_005caccent"> +<title><literal>\accent</literal></title> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\accent</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\accent <replaceable>number</replaceable> <replaceable>character</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>, +a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable> argument +constructs the accented character in the current font. +</para> +<para>These are accented ‘<literal>e</literal>’ characters. +</para> +<screen>\accent18 e +\accent20 e +\accent21 e +\accent22 e +\accent23 e +</screen> +<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +</para> +<para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the +outcome of <literal>\accent</literal> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is +desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building +them using <literal>\accent</literal>. Using glyphs that already contain the +accented characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation +whereas <literal>\accent</literal> disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font +encoding where accented glyphs are absent). +</para> +<para>There can be an optional font change between <replaceable>number</replaceable> and +<replaceable>character</replaceable>. Note also that this command sets the +<literal>\spacefactor</literal> to 1000 (see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>). +</para> +<para>An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and +the majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be +assembled from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while +<literal>\accent</literal> provides for a single accent mark and a single letter +combination. There are also cases where accents must appear between +letters that \accent does not support. Still other cases exist where +the letters I and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that +conflict with dotted accent marks. The use of <literal>\accent</literal> in these +cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. +</para> + +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="23.6" id="Additional-Latin-letters"> <title>Additional Latin letters</title> @@ -14998,7 +16553,70 @@ font encoding, such as T1. </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> -<sect1 label="23.7" id="_005crule"> +<sect1 label="23.7" id="inputenc-package"> +<title><literal>inputenc</literal> package</title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>inputenc</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>]{inputenc} +</screen> +<para>Declare the input file’s text encoding to be <replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>. The +default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, +specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not +useful to omit it. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>encoding, of input files</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character encoding</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Unicode</primary></indexterm> +<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme +called the <firstterm>encoding</firstterm>. There are many different encodings. The +simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough +for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the +a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the +sequence <literal>\"a</literal> is used. This would make source files for anything +but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive +encoding is more convenient. +</para> +<para>The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is +UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for +&latex; since 2018. +</para> +<para>The <literal>inputenc</literal> package is how &latex; knows what encoding is +used. For instance, the following command explicitly says that the +input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash). +</para> +<screen>\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +</screen> +<para>Caution: use <literal>inputenc</literal> only with the pdf&tex; engine +(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). (The Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; engines assume +that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke &latex; with +either the <command>xelatex</command> command or the <command>lualatex</command> +command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <literal>inputenc</literal>, +such as <literal>latin1</literal>, then you will get the error <literal>inputenc is +not designed for xetex or luatex</literal>. +</para> +<para>An <literal>inputenc</literal> package error such as <literal>Invalid UTF-8 byte "96</literal> +means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the +encoding scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a +document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one +is a left single quote from a web page using <literal>latin1</literal> inside a +&latex; input file that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to +replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a +&latex; equivalent command or character. +</para> +<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be +necessary. Use the command +<literal>\inputencoding{<replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable>}</literal>. The most common values +for <replaceable>encoding-name</replaceable> are: <literal>ascii</literal>, <literal>latin1</literal>, +<literal>latin2</literal>, <literal>latin3</literal>, <literal>latin4</literal>, <literal>latin5</literal>, +<literal>latin9</literal>, <literal>latin10</literal>, and <literal>utf8</literal>. +</para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="23.8" id="_005crule"> <title><literal>\rule</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rule</primary></indexterm> @@ -15012,8 +16630,8 @@ font encoding, such as T1. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Halmos symbol</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tombstone</primary></indexterm> -<para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, -often used to mark the end of a proof. +<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, +or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof: </para> <screen>\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} </screen> @@ -15038,11 +16656,11 @@ thickness is common in &latex;. </para> <para>A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. -See <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link> for examples. +See <link linkend="_005cstrut">\strut</link>, for examples. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="23.8" id="_005ctoday"> +<sect1 label="23.9" id="_005ctoday"> <title><literal>\today</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\today</primary></indexterm> @@ -15128,7 +16746,7 @@ a file with five included files. <para>This will bring in material from <filename>pref.tex</filename>, <filename>chap1.tex</filename>, <filename>chap2.tex</filename>, <filename>append.tex</filename>, and <filename>bib.tex</filename>. If you compile this file, and then comment out all of the lines inside -<literal>\includeonly{...}</literal> except for <literal>chap1,</literal> and compile again, +<literal>\includeonly{...}</literal> except for <literal>chap1</literal>, and compile again, then &latex; will only process the material in the first chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print. However, the advantage of the <literal>\includeonly</literal> command is that @@ -15136,7 +16754,7 @@ However, the advantage of the <literal>\includeonly</literal> command is that information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. </para> -<para>See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link> for another example of <literal>\includeonly</literal>. +<para>See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link>, for another example of <literal>\includeonly</literal>. </para> @@ -15164,12 +16782,13 @@ This material will appear in the document. This will not appear. </screen> <para>This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end of a -file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during mailing. -It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to -put <literal>\endinput</literal> halfway through the included file and see if the -error disappears. Now, knowing which half contains the error, moving -<literal>\endinput</literal> to halfway through that area further narrows down the -location. This process rapidly finds the offending line. +file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file is +transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for debugging: +one strategy to localize errors is to put <literal>\endinput</literal> halfway +through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing +which half contains the error, moving <literal>\endinput</literal> to halfway +through that area further narrows down the location. This process +rapidly finds the offending line. </para> <para>After reading <literal>\endinput</literal>, &latex; continues to read to the end of the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless. @@ -15201,10 +16820,12 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <literal>\if...</literal> with a <literal>\clearpage</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</link>), then it inputs the material from <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.tex</filename> into the document, and then it does another <literal>\clearpage</literal>. This command can only -appear in the document body. The <literal>\includeonly</literal> command controls -which files will be read by &latex; under subsequent <literal>\include</literal> -commands. Its list of filenames is comma-separated, and it can only -appear in the preamble. +appear in the document body. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\includeonly</literal> command controls which files will be read by +&latex; under subsequent <literal>\include</literal> commands. Its list of +filenames is comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even +earlier, e.g., the command line; it can’t appear in the document body. </para> <para>This example root document, <filename>constitution.tex</filename>, brings in three files, <filename>preamble.tex</filename>, <filename>articles.tex</filename>, and @@ -15233,7 +16854,7 @@ in Order to form a more perfect Union, ... <para>Running &latex; on <filename>constitution.tex</filename> makes the material from the three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files <filename>preamble.aux</filename>, <filename>articles.aux</filename>, and -<filename>amendments.tex</filename>. These contain information such as page numbers +<filename>amendments.aux</filename>. These contain information such as page numbers and cross-references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross references</link>). If you now comment out <literal>\includeonly</literal>’s lines with <literal>preamble</literal> and <literal>amendments</literal> and run &latex; again then the resulting document shows only the @@ -15250,7 +16871,7 @@ commands. <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). </para> -<para>See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link> for another example using <literal>\include</literal> +<para>See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book template</link>, for another example using <literal>\include</literal> and <literal>\includeonly</literal>. That example also uses <literal>\input</literal> for some material that will not necessarily start on a new page. </para> @@ -15301,8 +16922,8 @@ athiesm.tex.</literal>’ (It will also create <filename>athiesm.aux</filen <para>If you <literal>\include</literal> the root file in itself then you first get ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.</literal>’ Later runs get ‘<literal>TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]</literal>’. To fix -this, you must remove the inclusion <literal>\include{root}</literal> but also -delete the file <filename><replaceable>root</replaceable>.aux</filename> and rerun &latex;. +this, you must remove the inclusion <literal>\include{<replaceable>root</replaceable>}</literal> but +also delete the file <filename><replaceable>root</replaceable>.aux</filename> and rerun &latex;. </para> </sect1> @@ -15395,7 +17016,7 @@ commands <literal>\chapter</literal>, etc. </screen> <para>Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter and section listings but not subsection listings, because the -<literal>\section</literal> command has level 1. See <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link> for level +<literal>\section</literal> command has level 1. See <link linkend="Sectioning">Sectioning</link>, for level numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the <literal>tocdepth</literal> see <link linkend="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</link>. </para> @@ -15406,7 +17027,7 @@ book template</link>. <literal>\newpage</literal> command after the <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> command, as above. </para> -<para>To make the table of contents &latex; stores the information in an +<para>To make the table of contents, &latex; stores the information in an auxiliary file named <filename><replaceable>root-file</replaceable>.toc</filename> (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>). For example, this &latex; file <filename>test.tex</filename> </para> @@ -15417,45 +17038,64 @@ input</link>). For example, this &latex; file <filename>test.tex</filename> \subsection{First subsection} ... </screen> -<para>writes the following line to <filename>test.toc</filename>. +<para>writes these lines to <filename>test.toc</filename>. </para> <screen>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2} \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2} </screen> -<para>The <literal>section</literal> or <literal>subsection</literal> is the sectioning unit. The -hook <literal>\numberline</literal> lets you to change how the information appears -in the table of contents. Of its two arguments, <literal>1</literal> or <literal>1.1</literal> -is the sectioning unit number and <literal>First section</literal> or <literal>First -subsection</literal> is the title. Finally, <literal>2</literal> is the page number on which -the sectioning units start. -</para> -<para>One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the -contents page correct you must run &latex; twice, once to store the -information and once to get it. In particular, the first time that you -run &latex; on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty -except for its ‘<literal>Contents</literal>’ header. Just run it again. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm> +<para>Each line contains a single command, <literal>\contentsline</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). The first argument, the <literal>section</literal> or +<literal>subsection</literal>, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two +components. The hook <literal>\numberline</literal> determines how the sectioning +number, <literal>1</literal> or <literal>1.1</literal>, appears in the table of contents +(see <link linkend="_005cnumberline">\numberline</link>). The remainder of the second argument of +<literal>\contentsline</literal>, ‘<literal>First section</literal>’ or ‘<literal>First subsection</literal>’, +is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, ‘<literal>2</literal>’, is +the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. +</para> +<para>To typeset these lines, the document class provides +<literal>\l@<replaceable>section-unit</replaceable></literal> commands such as +<literal>\l@section{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}</literal> and +<literal>\l@subsection{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}</literal>. These commands +often use the <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> command +(see <link linkend="_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</link>). +</para> +<para>A consequence of &latex;’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to +get the correct information in the document you must run &latex; twice, +once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In +the ordinary course of writing a document authors run &latex; a number +of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new +document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its +‘<literal>Contents</literal>’ header. Just run &latex; again. </para> <para>The commands <literal>\listoffigures</literal> and <literal>\listoftables</literal> produce a -list of figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the -contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in -<filename>.lof</filename> and <filename>.lot</filename> files. -</para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like -the first line here. -</para> -<screen>\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} -\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots} -\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables} -</screen> -<para>Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two. -Internationalization packages such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename> -will change the headers depending on the chosen base language. +list of figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in +files with extension <filename>.lof</filename> and <filename>.lot</filename>. They work the same way +as <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> but the latter is more common, so we use it +for most examples. +</para> +<para>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of +figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a +section to the table of contents with +<literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>. +(see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line +material, with <literal>\addtocontents</literal>, as with the command +<literal>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</literal>, which adds +vertical space to the list of figures (see <link linkend="_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</link>). +</para> +<para>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of +tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which +sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title +text, such as ‘<literal>First section</literal>’. Finally there is a box up against +the right margin, inside of which &latex; puts the page number box. +For the indent and the width of the number box, +see <link linkend="_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</link>. The right margin box has width +<literal>\@tocrmarg</literal> and the page number is flush right in that space, +inside a box of width <literal>\@pnumwidth</literal>. By default +<literal>\@tocrmarg</literal> is <literal>2.55em</literal> and <literal>\@pnumwidth</literal> is +<literal>1.55em</literal>. Change these as with +<literal>\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tocloft</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocloft</literal> package</primary></indexterm> @@ -15464,14 +17104,71 @@ will change the headers depending on the chosen base language. <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tocbibbind</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the -default, such as spacing, is <filename>tocloft</filename>. And, <filename>tocbibbind</filename> -will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of -contents. +and tables (see <link linkend="CTAN">CTAN</link>). The package <filename>tocloft</filename> is convenient for +adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, +<filename>tocbibbind</filename> will automatically add the bibliography, index, +etc. to the table of contents. +</para> +<para>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like +these commands before you call <literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, etc. +</para> +<screen>\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents} +\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots} +\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications} +</screen> +<para><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>polyglossia</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>polyglossia</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Internationalization packages such as <filename>babel</filename> or <filename>polyglossia</filename> +will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. </para> -<sect2 label="25.1.1" id="_005caddcontentsline"> +<sect2 label="25.1.1" id="_005c_0040dottedtocline"> +<title><literal>\@dottedtocline</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@dottedtocline</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents entry, create dotted line</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\@dottedtocline{<replaceable>section-level-num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>indent</replaceable>}{<replaceable>numwidth</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Used internally by &latex; to format an entry line in the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly +enter <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> commands. +</para> +<para>This command is typically used by <literal>\l@section</literal>, <literal>\l@subsection</literal>, +etc., to format the content lines. For example, the <filename>article.cls</filename> +file contains these definitions: +</para> +<screen>\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}} +\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}} +</screen> +<para>In this example, <literal>\@dottedcline</literal> appears to have been given only +three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up +the final <replaceable>text</replaceable> and <replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable> arguments in the synopsis +from a call to <literal>\contentsline</literal>. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>leaders, dots in table of contents</primary></indexterm> +<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin +box, these <literal>\@dottedtocline</literal> commands insert <firstterm>leaders</firstterm>, that +is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command +<literal>\@dotsep</literal>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which +are <literal>1/18</literal> em. Change it using <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, as +in <literal>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</literal>. +</para> +<para>In the default book class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders for +the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class +it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="25.1.2" id="_005caddcontentsline"> <title><literal>\addcontentsline</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline</primary></indexterm> @@ -15482,9 +17179,7 @@ contents. <screen>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm> -<para>Add an entry to the file specified by <replaceable>ext</replaceable>. Usually <replaceable>ext</replaceable> is -one of <literal>toc</literal> for the table of contents, <literal>lof</literal> for the list of -figures, or <literal>lot</literal> for the list of tables. +<para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <replaceable>ext</replaceable>. </para> <para>The following will result in an ‘<literal>Appendices</literal>’ line in the table of contents. @@ -15499,26 +17194,24 @@ where it appears in the input file. <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename>. It writes that information as the text of the command <literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}</literal>, where -<literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> is the current value of counter <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal>. The -most common case is the table of contents and there <replaceable>num</replaceable> is the -page number of the first page of <replaceable>unit</replaceable>. +<literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> is the current value of counter <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal> +(see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). The most common case is the table of contents +and there <replaceable>num</replaceable> is the page number of the first page of <replaceable>unit</replaceable>. </para> <para>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <literal>\chapter</literal>, etc., and also by <literal>\caption</literal> inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, in a book to have the preface -unnumbered, you may use the starred <literal>\chapter*</literal>. But that does not -put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as -here. +also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style +is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <literal>\chapter*</literal>. +But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be +entered manually, as here. </para> <screen>\chapter*{Preface} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface} </screen> <para>In the <filename>.toc</filename> file &latex; will put the line <literal>\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</literal>; note the page number -‘<literal>3</literal>’. +{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</literal>; note that the page number +‘<literal>3</literal>’ is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. </para> -<!-- xx how hardwired are these values? other unit names? --> - <para>All of the arguments for <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> are required. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable> @@ -15559,7 +17252,7 @@ will not make sense. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="25.1.2" id="_005caddtocontents"> +<sect2 label="25.1.3" id="_005caddtocontents"> <title><literal>\addtocontents</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocontents{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm> @@ -15570,7 +17263,7 @@ will not make sense. </screen> <para>Add <replaceable>text</replaceable>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the auxiliary file with extension <replaceable>ext</replaceable>. This is most commonly used -for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also +for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to the list of figures and list of tables. </para> <para>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the @@ -15579,6 +17272,24 @@ applies to the list of figures and list of tables. <screen>\tableofcontents\newpage \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}} </screen> +<para>This puts the word ‘<literal>Page</literal>’, in boldface, above the column of page +numbers and after the header. +</para> +<screen>\tableofcontents +\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par} +\chapter{...} +</screen> +<para>This adds a line announcing work by a new author. +</para> +<screen>\addtocontents{toc}{% + \protect\vspace{2ex} + \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par} +</screen> +<para>The difference between <literal>\addtocontents</literal> and <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> +is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the +page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above +examples show, <literal>\addtocontents</literal> is for material such as spacing. +</para> <para>The <literal>\addtocontents</literal> command has two arguments. Both are required. </para> @@ -15605,7 +17316,63 @@ move <literal>\addtocontents</literal> into the file being included. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="25.1.3" id="_005cnofiles"> +<sect2 label="25.1.4" id="_005ccontentsline"> +<title><literal>\contentsline</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lof file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.lot file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l@chapter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l@section</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l@subsection</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Used internally by &latex; to typeset an entry of the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <link linkend="Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents +etc.</link>). Authors do not directly enter <literal>\contentsline</literal> commands. +</para> +<para>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the +commands <literal>\chapter</literal>, <literal>\section</literal>, etc. for the table of +contents, or by the <literal>\caption</literal> command inside of a <literal>\figure</literal> +or <literal>\table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link> and see <link linkend="table">table</link>). Thus, +where the base file is <filename>thesis.tex</filename>, and contains the declaration +<literal>\tableofcontents</literal>, the command <literal>\chapter{Chapter One}</literal> +produces something like this in the file <filename>thesis.toc</filename>. +</para> +<screen>\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3} +</screen> +<para>If the file contains the declaration <literal>\listoffigures</literal> then a figure +environment involving <literal>\caption{Test}</literal> will produce +something like this in <filename>thesis.lof</filename>. +</para> +<screen>\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6} +</screen> +<para>To manually add material, use +<literal>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>filetype</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>, +where <replaceable>filetype</replaceable> is <literal>toc</literal>, <literal>lof</literal>, or <literal>lot</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). +</para> +<para>For manipulating how the <literal>\contentline</literal> material is typeset, see +the <filename>tocloft</filename> package. +</para> +<para>Note that the <literal>hyperref</literal> package changes the definition of +<literal>\contentsline</literal> (and <literal>\addcontentsline</literal>) to add more +arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error +<literal>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</literal>. Fix this error by +deleting the <filename>.toc</filename> or <filename>.lof</filename> or <filename>.lot</filename> file, and running +&latex; again. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="25.1.5" id="_005cnofiles"> <title><literal>\nofiles</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm> @@ -15635,6 +17402,41 @@ the old information. </para> </sect2> +<sect2 label="25.1.6" id="_005cnumberline"> +<title><literal>\numberline</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\numberline</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\numberline{<replaceable>number</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a +<literal>\contentsline</literal> command to typeset the section number +(see <link linkend="_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</link>). +</para> +<para>For example, this line in a <filename>.toc</filename> file causes the <literal>1</literal> to be +typeset flush left. +</para> +<screen>\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} +</screen> +<para>By default, &latex; typesets the section numbers in a box of length +<literal>\@tempdima</literal>. That length is set by the commands +<literal>\l@section</literal>, <literal>\l@subsection</literal>, etc. Put section numbers +inside a natural-width box with +<literal>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</literal>. +</para> +<para>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +<literal>\protect</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). An example is the use of +<literal>\protect</literal> in the command +<literal>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</literal> +to get the <literal>\numberline</literal> into this command in the <filename>.toc</filename> file: +<literal>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</literal> (the +page number ‘<literal>6</literal>’ is automatically added by &latex;; +see <link linkend="_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</link>). +</para> + +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="25.2" id="Indexes"> <title>Indexes</title> @@ -15678,12 +17480,15 @@ information back into your document and typeset it with the <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>multind</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>multind</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<para>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The -<literal>showidx</literal> package causes each index entries to be shown in the -margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing -the index. The <literal>multind</literal> package supports multiple indexes. See -also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, -<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</ulink>. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>index, multiple</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiple indexes</primary></indexterm> +<para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <literal>showidx</literal> +package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the +page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +The <literal>multind</literal> package, among others, supports multiple indexes. +See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, +<ulink url="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</ulink>, and the CTAN topic, +<ulink url="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</ulink>. </para> @@ -15746,7 +17551,7 @@ the output is the item ‘<literal>Jones</literal>’ with no comma or p followed by two subitems, like ‘<literal>program, 50</literal>’ and ‘<literal>results, 51</literal>’. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>‘see’ and ‘see also’ index entries</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>see and see also index entries</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\seename</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alsoname</primary></indexterm> @@ -15901,8 +17706,8 @@ formatted. Default: <literal>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</literal>. <para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for entries starting with ‘<literal>a</literal>’, etc. This specifier gives what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <literal>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</literal> -(<literal>\indexspace</literal> is a rubber length with default value <literal>10pt -plus5pt minus3pt</literal>). +(<literal>\indexspace</literal> is a command inserting a rubber length, by default +<literal>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</literal>). </para> <anchor id="makeindex-letheadflag"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_flag</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_flag</literal> </term><listitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If @@ -15993,14 +17798,18 @@ roman <literal>R</literal>, and uppercase alphabetic <literal>A</literal>. Defa <literal>"rnaRA"</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindy</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>xindy</command> program</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindy program</primary></indexterm> <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job -<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does -internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up -using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is highly -configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order -of the text, as described in its documentation. +<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command> +(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of +other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in +markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as +described in its documentation. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindex program</primary></indexterm> +<para>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <literal>xindex</literal>, +written in Lua (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</ulink>). </para> </sect2> @@ -16020,7 +17829,7 @@ of the text, as described in its documentation. <para>To get an index you must first include <literal>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</literal> in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command <command>makeindex</command>, -and then compile the document again. See <link linkend="Indexes">Indexes</link> for further +and then compile the document again. See <link linkend="Indexes">Indexes</link>, for further discussion and an example of the use of <literal>\printindex</literal>. </para> @@ -16115,7 +17924,7 @@ CTAN. the document. The settings associated with the label are pairs: <literal><replaceable>key</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>. </para> -<para>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ in the +<para>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ, in the glossary. </para> <screen>\newglossaryentry{R} @@ -16528,24 +18337,6 @@ the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a (see <link linkend="Graphics">Graphics</link>). </para> -<!-- I think this is not a user-level command; it is used to keep from breaking --> -<!-- the page between the closing and the signature --> -<!-- @node \stopbreaks and \startbreaks --> -<!-- @section @code{\stopbreaks} and @code{\startbreaks} --> - -<!-- @findex \startbreak --> -<!-- @findex \stopbreaks --> - -<!-- @example --> -<!-- @code{\stopbreaks} --> -<!-- text --> -<!-- @code{\startbreaks} --> -<!-- @end example --> - -<!-- The @code{\stopbreaks} inhibits page breaking. The @code{\startbreaks} resumes --> -<!-- normal page breaking. --> -<!-- --> -<!-- --> </sect1> <sect1 label="26.11" id="_005ctelephone"> <title><literal>\telephone</literal></title> @@ -16564,15 +18355,143 @@ page. </sect1> </chapter> -<chapter label="27" id="Terminal-input_002foutput"> -<title>Terminal input/output</title> +<chapter label="27" id="Input_002foutput"> +<title>Input/output</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>input/output, to terminal</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>terminal input/output</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>input/output</primary></indexterm> + +<para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in +to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You +can also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for +others to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. +And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. +</para> + + +<sect1 label="27.1" id="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout"> +<title><literal>\openin</literal> & <literal>\openout</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\openout</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closein</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closeout</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>file, opening</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>file, closing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>open a file</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\openin <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>or: +</para> +<screen>\openout <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <replaceable>number</replaceable> +must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal> (in Lua&latex; +<replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 255). +</para> +<para>Here &tex; opens the file <filename>presidents.tex</filename> for reading. +</para> +<screen>\newread\presidentsfile +\openin\presidentsfile=presidents +\typeout{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile} +\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline +\typeout{\presidentline} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\newread</literal> command allocates input stream numbers from 0 +to 15 (there is also a <literal>\newwrite</literal>). The +<literal>\presidentsfile</literal> is more memorable but under the hood it is still +a number; the first <literal>\typeout</literal> gives something like +‘<literal>presidentsfile is 1</literal>’. In addition, <literal>\newread</literal> keeps track of +the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an error like +‘<literal>! No room for a new \read</literal>’. The second <literal>\typeout</literal> gives the +first line of the file, something like ‘<literal>1 Washington, George</literal>’. +</para> +<para>Ordinarily &tex; will not try to open the file until the next page +shipout. To change this, use +<literal>\immediate\openin <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable></literal> or +<literal>\immediate\openout <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable></literal>. +</para> +<para>Close files with <literal>\closein <replaceable>number</replaceable></literal> and +<literal>\closeout <replaceable>number</replaceable></literal>. +</para> +<para>How &latex; handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can +vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an +extension then &tex; will add a <filename>.tex</filename>. This creates +<filename>presidents.tex</filename>, writes one line to it, and closes it. +</para> +<screen>\newwrite\presidentsfile +\openout\presidentsfile=presidents +\write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George} +\closeout\presidentsfile +</screen> +<para>But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if &tex; finds a +<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of <filename>presidents.dat</filename> it could look first for +<filename>presidents.dat.tex</filename> and later for <filename>presidents.dat</filename>, or it +could do the opposite. Your distribution’s documentation should say +more, and if you find something that works for you then you are good, +but to ensure complete portability the best thing is to use file names +containing only the twenty six ASCII letters (not case-sensitive) and +the ten digits, along with underscore and dash, and in particular with +no dot or space. +</para> +<para>For <literal>\openin</literal>, if &tex; cannot find the file then it does not give +an error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this +with <literal>\ifeof</literal>; one recourse is the command +<literal>\InputIfFileExists</literal>, see <link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</link>). If you +try to use the same number twice, &latex; won’t give you an error. If +you try to use a bad number then you get an error message like ‘<literal>! +Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</literal>’. +</para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="27.2" id="_005cread"> +<title><literal>\read</literal></title> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\read</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>file, reading</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>read a file</primary></indexterm> +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\read <replaceable>number</replaceable> to<replaceable>macro</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>Make the command <replaceable>macro</replaceable> contain the next line of input from text +stream <replaceable>number</replaceable>, as in <literal>\read5 to\data</literal>. +</para> +<para>This opens the file <filename>email.tex</filename> for reading, puts the contents of +the first line into the command <literal>\email</literal>, and then closes the file. +</para> +<screen>\newread\recipientfile +\openin\recipientfile=email +\read\recipientfile to\email +\typeout{Email address: \email} +\closein\recipientfile +</screen> +<para>If <replaceable>number</replaceable> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file +of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then <literal>\read</literal> +will take input from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not +allowed, e.g., <literal>\nonstopmode</literal>; see <link linkend="interaction-modes">interaction modes</link>). +(However, the natural way in &latex; to take input from the terminal +is <literal>\typein</literal> (see <link linkend="_005ctypein">\typein</link>.) +</para> +<para>To read an entire file as additional &latex; source, use +<literal>\input</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>) or <literal>\include</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & +\includeonly</link>). +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>datatool</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datatool</literal> package</primary></indexterm> -<sect1 label="27.1" id="_005ctypein"> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mail merges</primary></indexterm> +<para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <filename>datatool</filename>. +</para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="27.3" id="_005ctypein"> <title><literal>\typein</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\typein</primary></indexterm> @@ -16603,9 +18522,9 @@ the input you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the <literal>\typein</literal> command. </para> <para>In the second command version the optional argument <literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> -argument must be a command name — it must begin with a backslash, \. -This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you -typed. For example, this +argument must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a +backslash, \. This command name is then defined or redefined to be +the input that you typed. For example, this </para> <screen>\typein[\student]{Enter student name:} \typeout{Recommendation for \student .} @@ -16621,7 +18540,7 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="27.2" id="_005ctypeout"> +<sect1 label="27.4" id="_005ctypeout"> <title><literal>\typeout</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\typeout</primary></indexterm> @@ -16658,19 +18577,373 @@ character with <literal>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</literal>. </para> </sect1> +<sect1 label="27.5" id="_005cwrite"> +<title><literal>\write</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\write</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\write <replaceable>number</replaceable>{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Write <replaceable>string</replaceable> to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file +opened by <literal>\openout</literal>. For instance, <literal>\write6</literal> writes to text +stream number 6. +</para> +<para>If the following appears in <filename><replaceable>basefile</replaceable>.tex</filename> then it opens +<filename><replaceable>basefile</replaceable>.jh</filename>, writes ‘<literal>Hello World!</literal>’ and a newline to +it, and closes that file. +</para> +<screen>\newwrite\myfile +\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename +... +\immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!} +... +\immediate\closeout\myfile +</screen> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newwrite</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\newwrite</literal> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic +name to make life easier, so that <literal>stream +\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</literal> produces something like ‘<literal>stream 3</literal>’. +Then <literal>\openout</literal> associates the stream number with the given file +name. &tex; ultimately executed <literal>\write3</literal> which puts the string +in the file. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>log file, writing to</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>terminal, writing to</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><inlineequation><mathphrase>-1</mathphrase></inlineequation>, write stream number</primary></indexterm> +<para>Typically <replaceable>number</replaceable> is between 0 and 15, because typically +&latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated +by the system. If <replaceable>number</replaceable> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or +if it is not associated with an open file then &latex; writes +<replaceable>string</replaceable> to the log file. If <replaceable>number</replaceable> is positive then in +addition &latex; writes <replaceable>string</replaceable> to the terminal. +</para> +<para>Thus, <literal>test \write-1{Hello World!}</literal> puts ‘<literal>Hello World!</literal>’ +followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the <literal>\wlog</literal> +command does; see <link linkend="_005cwlog">\wlog</link>). And <literal>\write100{Hello World!}</literal> +puts the same in the log file but also puts ‘<literal>Hello World!</literal>’ +followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are +special as <replaceable>number</replaceable>; see below.) +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</primary></indexterm> +<para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 +(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@auxout</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@mainaux</primary></indexterm> +<para>Use <literal>\write\@auxout{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}</literal> to write to the current +<filename>.aux</filename> file, which is associated with either the root file or +with the current include file; and use +<literal>\write\@mainaux{<replaceable>string</replaceable>}</literal> to write to the main +<filename>.aux</filename>. These symbolic names are defined by &latex;. +</para> +<!-- credit: David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115933/121234 --> +<para>By default &latex; does not write <replaceable>string</replaceable> to the file right +away. This is because, for example, you may need <literal>\write</literal> to +save the current page number, but when &tex; comes across a +<literal>\write</literal> it typically does not know what the page number is, +since it has not yet done the page breaking. So, you use <literal>\write</literal> +in one of three contexts: +</para> +<screen>\immediate\write\@auxout{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} %1 +\write\@auxout{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} %2 +\protected@write\@auxout{}{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} %3 +</screen> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>immediate <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\immediate\write</primary></indexterm> +<para>With the first, &latex; writes <replaceable>string</replaceable> to the file immediately. +Any macros in <replaceable>string</replaceable> are fully expanded (just as in +<literal>\edef</literal>) so to prevent expansion you must use <literal>\noexpand</literal>, +<literal>toks</literal>, etc., except that you should use <literal>#</literal> instead of +<literal>##</literal>). +</para> +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>delayed <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>whatsit item</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\shipout and expansion</primary></indexterm> +<para>With the second, <replaceable>string</replaceable> is stored on the current list of things +(as a &tex; “whatsit” item) and kept until the page is shipped out +and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <literal>\shipout</literal>. At +<literal>\shipout</literal>, <replaceable>string</replaceable> is fully expanded. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protected@write</primary></indexterm> +<para>The third, <literal>\protected@write</literal>, is like the second except that +you can use <literal>\protect</literal> to avoid expansion. The extra first +argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more +macros protected or to have some other special definition for the +write. +</para></listitem></orderedlist> +<para>As a simple example of expansion with <literal>\write</literal>, <replaceable>string</replaceable> here +contains a control sequence <literal>\triplex</literal> which we’ve defined to be +the text ‘<literal>XYZ</literal>’: +</para> +<screen>\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=test.jh +\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ} +\write\jhfile{test \triplex test} +</screen> +<para>This results in the file <filename>test.jh</filename> containing the text +‘<literal>test XYZtest</literal>’ followed by a newline. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write</literal> streams 16, 17, 18</primary></indexterm> +<para>The cases where <replaceable>number</replaceable> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of +<literal>\write</literal>’s behavior when <replaceable>number</replaceable> is outside the range from 0 +to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <literal>\write16</literal> and +<literal>\write17</literal> were sometimes used to write to the log file and the +terminal; however, in &latex;, the natural way to do that is with +<literal>\typeout</literal> (see <link linkend="_005ctypeout">\typeout</link>). The <literal>\write18</literal> command is +even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to +the operating system (see <link linkend="_005cwrite18">\write18</link>). +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>newline, in <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>^^J</literal>, in <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para>Ordinarily <literal>\write</literal> outputs a single line. You can include a +newline with <literal>^^J</literal>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log +file: +</para> +<screen>\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.} +</screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>answers</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>answers</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for +answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write +out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of +packages for this; one is <filename>answers</filename>. +</para> + + +<sect2 label="27.5.1" id="_005cwrite-and-security"> +<title><literal>\write</literal> and security</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>security and <literal>\write</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write</literal> and security</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a +downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you +would be justifiably troubled. +</para> +<para>Thus, by default &tex; systems only allow you to open files for +writing that are in the current directory or output directory, if +specified (see <link linkend="output-directory">output directory</link>), or in a subdirectory of +those. So, this code +</para> +<screen>\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=../test.jh +</screen> +<para>gives an error like: +</para><screen>Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p). +! I can't write on file `../test.jh' +</screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parent directories, cannot write to</primary></indexterm> +<para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as +<literal>\include{../filename}</literal> because &latex; will try to open +<filename>../filename.aux</filename>. The simplest solution is to put the included +files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="27.5.2" id="_005cmessage"> +<title><literal>\message</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\message</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\message{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Write <replaceable>string</replaceable> to the log file and the terminal. +</para> +<para>Typically, &latex; authors use <literal>\typeout</literal> (see <link linkend="_005ctypeout">\typeout</link>). It +allows you to use <literal>\protect</literal> on any fragile commands in +<replaceable>string</replaceable> (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). But <literal>\typeout</literal> always inserts a +newline at the end of <replaceable>string</replaceable> while <literal>\message</literal> does not, so +the latter can be useful. +</para> +<para>With this example document body. +</para> +<screen>before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI} +\message{declare a thumb war.}After +</screen> +<para>under some circumstances (see below) &latex; writes the following to +both the terminal and the log file. +</para> +<screen>One Two Three Four +I declare a thumb war. +</screen> +<para>The <literal>^^J</literal> produces a newline. Also, in the output document, +between ‘<literal>before</literal>’ and ‘<literal>After</literal>’ will be a single space (from +the end of line following ‘<literal>I}</literal>’). +</para> +<para>While <literal>\message</literal> allows you more control over formatting, a +gotcha is that &latex; may mess up that formatting because it inserts +line breaks depending on what it has already written. Contrast this +document body, where the ‘<literal>Two</literal>’ has moved, to the one given above. +</para> +<screen>before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI} +\message{declare a thumb war.}After +</screen> +<para>This can happen: when &latex; is outputting the messages to the +terminal, now the message with ‘<literal>One</literal>’ is shorter and it fits at the +end of the output terminal line, and so &latex; breaks the line between +it and the ‘<literal>Two Three</literal>’. That line break appears also in the log +file. This line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length +of the full path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted +lines in a way that is portable is hard, likely requiring +starting your message at the beginning of a line. +</para> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="27.5.3" id="_005cwlog"> +<title><literal>\wlog</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wlog</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\wlog{<replaceable>string</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Write <replaceable>string</replaceable> to the log file. +</para> +<screen>\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?} +\wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.} +</screen> +<para>Ordinarily <replaceable>string</replaceable> appears in a single separate line. Use +<literal>^^J</literal> to insert a newline. +</para> +<screen>\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.} +\wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.} +</screen> + +</sect2> +<sect2 label="27.5.4" id="_005cwrite18"> +<title><literal>\write18</literal></title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\write18</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>external commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, run from &latex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>system commands, run from &latex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>shell access</primary></indexterm> +<!-- Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 --> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\write18{<replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system +runs the command and &latex;’s execution is blocked until that +finishes. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>Asymptote</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Asymptote</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>This sequence (on Unix) +</para> +<screen>\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble + ... +\newcommand{\fignum}{1} +\immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum} +\includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf} +</screen> +<para>will run Asymptote (the <literal>asy</literal> program) on <filename>pix/figure1.asy</filename>, +so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic +(see <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>). Like any <literal>\write</literal>, here &latex; +expands macros in <replaceable>shell_command</replaceable> so that <literal>\fignum</literal> is +replaced by ‘<literal>1</literal>’. +</para> +<para>Another example is that you can automatically run Bib&tex; at the start +of each &latex; run (see <link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link>) by including +<literal>\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</literal> as the first line of the +file. Note that <literal>\jobname</literal> expands to the basename of the root +file unless the <literal>--jobname</literal> option is passed on the command line, +in which case this is the option argument. +</para> +<para>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information +that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files +in the current directory (but see <filename>texosquery</filename> below): +</para> +<screen>\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} +\input{tmp.dat} +</screen> +<para>The standard behavior of any <literal>\write</literal> is to wait until a page is +being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream +(see <link linkend="_005cwrite">\write</link>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +<literal>\immediate\write18{<replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>}</literal>. +</para> +<para>There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands inside +a &latex; file. If you download a file off the net and it contains +commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The +standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell +access. You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are +safe, by compiling with <literal>latex --enable-write18 <replaceable>filename</replaceable></literal> +(see <link linkend="Command-line-options">Command line options</link>). (The <literal>--shell-escape</literal> option is +a synonym, in &tex; Live.) +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>restricted shell access</primary></indexterm> +<para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use +a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those +that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use +the <literal>enable-write18</literal> option. By default this list of allowed +commands is short and features only commands that are under the +control of the distribution maintainers (see <link linkend="Command-line-options">Command line +options</link>). +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>/bin/sh, used by <literal>\write18</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sh, used by <literal>\write18</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cmd.exe, used by <literal>\write18</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>SHELL, environment variables</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <replaceable>shell_command</replaceable> text is always passed to <filename>/bin/sh</filename> on +Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter +<filename>cmd.exe</filename> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and +the <literal>SHELL</literal> environment variable, is ignored. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>texosquery</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>texosquery</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>system information</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>operating system information</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>locale information, from system</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>directory listings, from system</primary></indexterm> +<para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system +name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the +<filename>texosquery</filename> package, which provides a convenient and secure +interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw +<literal>\write18</literal>: <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</ulink>. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>shellesc</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>shellesc</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ShellEscape</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DelayedShellEscape</primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; provides a package <literal>shellesc</literal> on top of the primitive +<literal>\write18</literal> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command +<literal>\ShellEscape</literal> which works identically on all &tex; engines; +Lua&tex; intentionally did not retain <literal>\write18</literal> as a way to +invoke a shell command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The +<literal>shellesc</literal> package also provides a command +<literal>\DelayedShellEscape</literal>, executed at <literal>\output</literal> time, for the +same reason. +</para> + +</sect2> +</sect1> </chapter> -<chapter label="28" id="Command-line"> -<title>Command line</title> +<chapter label="28" id="Command-line-interface"> +<title>Command line interface</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>command line</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="Command-line"/><!-- old name --> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>command line interface</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>interface, command line</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>CLI</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line): </para> <screen>pdflatex <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable> </screen> -<para>Run &latex; on <replaceable>argument</replaceable>. In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you can -also use <command>xelatex</command>, or <literal>lualatex</literal>, or <literal>dviluatex</literal>, or -<literal>latex</literal>. +<para>Run &latex; on <replaceable>argument</replaceable>. In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you +can also use (for PDF output) <command>xelatex</command> or <literal>lualatex</literal>, or +(for DVI output) <literal>latex</literal> or <literal>dvilualatex</literal>, among others +(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). </para> <para>For example, this will run &latex; on the file <filename>thesis.tex</filename>, creating the output <filename>thesis.pdf</filename>. @@ -16678,19 +18951,20 @@ creating the output <filename>thesis.pdf</filename>. <screen>pdflatex thesis </screen> <para><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.tex, default extension</primary></indexterm> -Note that <filename>.tex</filename> is the default file extension. -</para> -<para>pdf&tex; is a development of the original &tex; program, as are -Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). They are completely -backward compatible. But the original program had a custom output -format, DVI, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This -allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as -hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and -ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run <command>pdflatex</command> or -<command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> then you will by default get PDF -and have access to all its modern features. If you run <command>latex</command>, -or <literal>dvilualatex</literal>, then you will get DVI. The description here -assumes pdf&latex;. +Note that <filename>.tex</filename> is the default file name extension. +</para> +<para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are +Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). The first two are +completely backward compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the +most fundamental new feature for all three is that the original &tex; +output its own DVI format, while the newer ones can output directly to +PDF. This allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF +such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and +PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run +<command>pdflatex</command> or <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> then you +will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features. +If you run <command>latex</command>, or <literal>dvilualatex</literal>, then you will get +DVI. The description here assumes pdf&latex;. </para> <para>See <link linkend="Command-line-options">Command line options</link>, for a selection of the most useful command line options. As to <replaceable>argument</replaceable>, the usual case is that it @@ -16702,10 +18976,10 @@ input</link>). </para> <para>If you gave no arguments or options then <command>pdflatex</command> prompts for input from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering -<literal><control>-D</literal>. +<userinput>CTRL-D</userinput>. </para> <para>If &latex; finds an error in your document then by default it stops and -asks you about it. See <link linkend="Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</link> for an outline of what +asks you about it. See <link linkend="Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</link>, for an outline of what to do. </para> @@ -16720,9 +18994,12 @@ authoring. For a full list, try running ‘<literal>latex --help</literal>&# command line. </para> <para>With many implementations you can specify command line options by -prefixing them with ‘<literal>-</literal>’ or ‘<literal>--</literal>’. This is the case for -both &tex; Live (and Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;. We will use both -conventions interchangeably. +prefixing them with ‘<literal>-</literal>’ or ‘<literal>--</literal>’. This is the case for both +&tex; Live (including Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;. We will use both +conventions interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be +specified either as a separate argument (‘<literal>--foo val</literal>’), or as one +argument with an ‘<literal>=</literal>’ sign (‘<literal>--foo=val</literal>’), but there can be no +spaces around the ‘<literal>=</literal>’. We will generally use the ‘<literal>=</literal>’ syntax. </para> <variablelist><indexterm role="fn"><primary>--version command-line option</primary></indexterm> <varlistentry><term><literal>-version</literal> @@ -16734,18 +19011,22 @@ and exit. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-help</literal> </term><listitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--interaction command-line option</primary></indexterm> +<anchor id="interaction-modes"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>--interaction command-line option</primary></indexterm> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-interaction=<replaceable>mode</replaceable></literal> -</term><listitem><para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>batchmode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>scrollmode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>errorstopmode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nonstopmode</primary></indexterm> +<para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: <literal>batchmode</literal>, <literal>nonstopmode</literal>, <literal>scrollmode</literal>, -<literal>errorstopmode</literal>. In <firstterm>errorstop mode</firstterm> (the default), &tex; -stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <firstterm>batch -mode</firstterm> it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the -user hit <literal><return></literal> at every error, and missing files cause the -job to abort. In <firstterm>nonstop mode</firstterm>, diagnostic message appear on the -terminal but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In -<firstterm>scroll mode</firstterm>, &tex; only stops for missing files or keyboard -input. +<literal>errorstopmode</literal>. In <firstterm>errorstopmode</firstterm> (the default), &tex; +stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <firstterm>batchmode</firstterm> +it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user +hit <userinput>RETURN</userinput> at every error, and missing files cause the job to +abort. In <firstterm>nonstopmode</firstterm>, diagnostic message appear on the terminal +but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In +<firstterm>scrollmode</firstterm>, &tex; stops for missing files or keyboard +input, but nothing else. </para> <para>For instance, starting &latex; with this command line </para> @@ -16753,54 +19034,54 @@ input. </screen> <para>eliminates most terminal output. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>jobname</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>filename for current job</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--jobname command-line option</primary></indexterm> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-jobname=<replaceable>string</replaceable></literal> -</term><listitem><para>Set the value of &tex;’s <literal>jobname</literal> to the string. The log file +</term><listitem><para>Set the value of &tex;’s <firstterm>jobname</firstterm> to the string. The log file and output file will then be named <filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.log</filename> and -<filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.pdf</filename>. -</para> -<para>When you run <literal><command>pdflatex</command> <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, if -<replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it -the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first -<literal>\input</literal> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The -<literal>jobname</literal> option overrides that process and directly specifies the -name. See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for an example of its use. +<filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.pdf</filename>. see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>. </para> +<anchor id="output-directory"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>output directory for all external files</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--output-directory command-line option</primary></indexterm> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-output-directory=<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal> </term><listitem><para>Write files in the directory <replaceable>directory</replaceable>. It must already exist. -</para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--no-shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm> +This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such +as the <filename>.log</filename> file for the run, the <filename>.aux</filename>, <filename>.toc</filename>, +etc., files created by &latex;, as well as the main <filename>.pdf</filename> or +<filename>.dvi</filename> output file itself. +</para> +<para>When specified, the output directory <replaceable>directory</replaceable> is also +automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that the +external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current +directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also +checked for input files. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>shell escape</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\write18</literal>, enabling</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--enable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--disable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>--shell-escape</literal> -</term><term><literal>--no-shell-escape</literal> -</term><term><literal>--enable-write18</literal> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>--no-shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>--enable-write18</literal> </term><term><literal>--disable-write18</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Enable or disable <literal>\write18{<replaceable>shell command</replaceable>}</literal>. The first two -options are for with &tex; Live or Mac&tex; while the second two are -for MiK&tex;. -</para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>sagetex</literal></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>sagetex</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<para>Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a -&latex; file. For instance the package <filename>sagetex</filename> allows you to -have the mathematics software system <emphasis>Sage</emphasis> do calculations or draw -graphs and then incorporate that output in your document. For this -&tex; provides the <literal>\write18</literal> command. -</para> -<para>But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen if you -compiled a &latex; file from the Internet. By default <literal>\write18</literal> -is disabled. (More precisely, by default &tex; Live, Mac&tex;, and -MiK&tex; only allow the execution of a limited number of &tex;-related -programs, which they distribute.) -</para> -<para>If you invoke &latex; with the option <literal>no-shell-escape</literal>, and in -your document you call <literal>\write18{ls -l}</literal>, then you do not get an -error but the log file says ‘<literal>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</literal>’. +</term><term><literal>--shell-escape</literal> +</term><term><literal>--no-shell-escape</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Enable or disable <literal>\write18{<replaceable>shell_command</replaceable>}</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005cwrite18">\write18</link>). The first two options are supported by both +&tex; Live and MiK&tex;, while the second two are synonyms supported +by &tex; Live. +</para> +<para>Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since it +allows a &latex; file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by +default, unrestricted <literal>\write18</literal> is not allowed. (The default +for &tex; Live, Mac&tex;, and MiK&tex; is to allow the execution of +a limited number of &tex;-related programs, which they distribute.) +</para> +<para>For example, if you invoke &latex; with the option +<literal>no-shell-escape</literal>, and in your document you call +<literal>\write18{ls -l}</literal>, then you do not get an error but the log +file says ‘<literal>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</literal>’. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--halt-on-error command-line option</primary></indexterm> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-halt-on-error</literal> @@ -16820,17 +19101,19 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>input, on command line</primary></indexterm> -<para>As part of the command line invocation <literal>pdflatex <replaceable>options</replaceable> -<replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting -<replaceable>argument</replaceable> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special -effects. +<para>As part of the command line invocation +</para> +<screen><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> <replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable> +</screen> +<para>you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting +<replaceable>argument</replaceable> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This +allows you to do some special effects. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm> - -<para>For example, this file (which uses the <filename>hyperref</filename> package for -hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a -PDF. +<para>For example, this file (which uses the +<filename>hyperref</filename> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. </para> <screen>\ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black} @@ -16844,10 +19127,15 @@ PDF. </screen> <para>Compiling this document <filename>book.tex</filename> with the command line <literal>pdflatex book</literal> will give the ‘<literal>CTAN</literal>’ link in blue. But -compiling it with <literal>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</literal> -has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent -interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may -do this differently.) +compiling it with +</para> +<screen>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex" +</screen> +<para>has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent +interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This +usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many +peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if +need be.) </para> <para>In a similar way, from the single file <filename>main.tex</filename> you can compile two different versions. @@ -16857,22 +19145,107 @@ two different versions. pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" </screen> <para>The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because otherwise both files would be -called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first. +called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first. (See +the next section.) +</para> +<para>In this example, we pass the <literal>draft</literal> option to the +<filename>graphicx</filename> package: +</para> +<screen>pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +</screen> +<para>so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information +but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only +the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. </para> -<para>A final example. This loads the package <filename>graphicx</filename> with the option -<literal>draft</literal> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="28.3" id="Jobname"> +<title>Jobname</title> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>\jobname</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>jobname</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document root name</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>name of document root</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or +DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the +so-called <firstterm>jobname</firstterm>. The most common case is also the simplest, +where for instance the command <literal>pdflatex thesis</literal> creates +<literal>thesis.pdf</literal> and also <literal>thesis.log</literal> and <literal>thesis.aux</literal>. +Here the job name is <literal>thesis</literal>. +</para> +<para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <literal><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> +<replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, where <replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> is +<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc. (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>). +If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash, as is the case +above with <literal>thesis</literal>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of +the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, +without the <filename>.tex</filename> extension, is the jobname. If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> +does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then +it waits for the first <literal>\input</literal> command, and the jobname is the +argument to <literal>\input</literal>. +</para> +<para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly +specified with the <literal>-jobname</literal> option, as in <literal>pdflatex +-jobname=myname</literal> (see <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for a real example). +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>texput, jobname default</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fallback jobname</primary></indexterm> +<para>The final possibility is <filename>texput</filename>, which is the final fallback +default if no other name is available to &tex;. For example, if no +<literal>-jobname</literal> option was specified, and the compilation stops before +there is any output, then the log file will be named +<filename>texput.log</filename>. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass, and <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage, and <literal>texput</literal> jobname</primary></indexterm> +<para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately) +2020 or later, the jobname is also <filename>texput</filename> if the first +<literal>\input</literal> occurs as a result of being called by either +<literal>\documentclass</literal> or <literal>\RequirePackage</literal>. So this will produce +a file named <filename>texput.pdf</filename>: +</para> +<screen>pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}" +</screen> +<para>However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, with </para> <!-- credit Herbert Voss: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 --> -<screen>pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +<screen>pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}" +</screen> +<para>the output file is <filename>lipsum.pdf</filename>, as <literal>\usepackage</literal> calls +<literal>\input</literal>. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\jobname</primary></indexterm> +<para>Within the document, the macro <literal>\jobname</literal> expands to the jobname. +(When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string +returned by <literal>\jobname</literal> contains matching start and end quotes.) +In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of +catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10, +including letters that are normally catcode 11. +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfBeginWith* macro from <filename>xstring</filename></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xstring</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xstring</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional +can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro +<literal>\IfBeginWith</literal> from the <filename>xstring</filename> package in its star +variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the +following text the footnote “Including Respublica Bananensis +Francorum.” is only present if the task name starts with +<filename>my-doc</filename>. +</para> +<screen>If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then +all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% +{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are +democracies. </screen> -<para>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because -otherwise the output file would be <filename>graphicx.pdf</filename>, as -<literal>\RequirePackage</literal> does an <literal>\input</literal> of its own.) +<para>Manipulating the value of <literal>\jobname</literal> inside of a document does not +change the name of the output file or the log file. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="28.3" id="Recovering-from-errors"> +<sect1 label="28.4" id="Recovering-from-errors"> <title>Recovering from errors</title> <para>If &latex; finds an error in your document then it gives you an error @@ -16889,8 +19262,8 @@ l.5 The \PN {} problem is a million dollar one. ? </screen> -<para>The simplest thing is to enter ‘<literal>x</literal>’ and <literal><return></literal> and fix the -typo. You could instead enter ‘<literal>?</literal>’ and <literal><return></literal> to see other +<para>The simplest thing is to enter <userinput>x</userinput> and <userinput>RETURN</userinput> and fix the +typo. You could instead enter <userinput>?</userinput> and <userinput>RETURN</userinput> to see other options. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>‘<literal>*</literal>’ prompt</primary></indexterm> @@ -16899,9 +19272,10 @@ options. <para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the <literal>\end{document}</literal> or misspelled it. In this case &latex; gives you a ‘<literal>*</literal>’ prompt. You can get back to the command -line by typing <literal>\stop</literal> and <literal><return></literal>. +line by typing <userinput>\stop</userinput> and <userinput>RETURN</userinput>; this command does its +best to exit &latex; immediately, whatever state it may be in. </para> -<para>The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name. For instance, +<para>The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance, instead of <literal>pdflatex test</literal> you might type <literal>pdflatex tste</literal>. </para> <screen>! I can't find file `tste'. @@ -16910,8 +19284,8 @@ instead of <literal>pdflatex test</literal> you might type <literal>pdflatex tst (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit) Please type another input file name: </screen> -<para>The simplest thing is to enter <literal><Control></literal> and ‘<literal>d</literal>’ (holding -them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. +<para>The simplest thing is to enter <userinput>CTRL d</userinput> (holding the Control and d +keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </para> </sect1> @@ -16922,9 +19296,9 @@ them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>document templates</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>templates, document</primary></indexterm> -<para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will +<para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at -<ulink url="http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</ulink>. +<ulink url="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</ulink>. </para> @@ -16933,6 +19307,9 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>beamer</literal> template and class</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>template, <literal>beamer</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>beamer</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>beamer</literal> package</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>beamer</literal> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @@ -16941,7 +19318,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} -\date{July 31, 2007} +\date{July 31, 2020} \begin{document} @@ -16959,16 +19336,17 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \end{document} </screen> -<para>One web resource for this: -<ulink url="http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/">http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/</ulink>. +<para>The Beamer package on CTAN: <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</ulink>. </para> </sect1> <sect1 label="A.2" id="article-template"> <title><literal>article</literal> template</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>template, <literal>article</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>template (simple), <literal>article</literal></primary></indexterm> +<para>A simple template for an article. +</para> <screen>\documentclass{article} \title{Article Class Template} \author{Alex Author} @@ -16984,6 +19362,7 @@ Additional text. \section{Second section} Some more text. + \end{document} </screen> @@ -16993,8 +19372,8 @@ Some more text. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>template, <literal>book</literal></primary></indexterm> -<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. See See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book -template</link> for a more elaborate one. +<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <link linkend="Larger-book-template">Larger book +template</link>, for a more elaborate one. </para> <screen>\documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} @@ -17011,6 +19390,7 @@ Some other text. \section{A subtopic} The end. + \end{document} </screen> @@ -17020,19 +19400,22 @@ The end. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>template, <literal>book</literal></primary></indexterm> -<para>This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has -<literal>\frontmatter</literal>, <literal>\mainmatter</literal>, and <literal>\backmatter</literal> to -control the typography of the three main areas of a book -(see <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</link>). The book has a -bibliography and an index. +<para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. See <link linkend="book-template">book template</link>, +for a simpler one. </para> -<para>Notable is that it uses <literal>\include</literal> and <literal>\includeonly</literal> +<para>This template uses <literal>\frontmatter</literal>, <literal>\mainmatter</literal>, and +<literal>\backmatter</literal> to control the typography of the three main areas +of a book (see <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</link>). The +book has a bibliography and an index. +</para> +<para>Also notable is that it uses <literal>\include</literal> and <literal>\includeonly</literal> (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>). While you are working on a chapter you can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to -<literal>\includeonly</literal>. That will speed up compilation without losing any -information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to -come on a new page is brought in with <literal>\input</literal> instead of -<literal>\include</literal>. You don’t get the cross-reference benefit this way.) +<literal>\includeonly</literal>. That will speed up compilation without losing +any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not +need to come on a new page is brought in with <literal>\input</literal> instead of +<literal>\include</literal>. You don’t get the cross-reference benefit with +<literal>\input</literal>.) </para> <screen>\documentclass[titlepage]{book} \usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex @@ -17041,11 +19424,12 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <literal>\input</literal> instead of \author{Alex Author} \includeonly{% - frontcover, +% frontcover, preface, chap1, - ... +% appenA, } + \begin{document} \frontmatter \include{frontcover} @@ -17053,111 +19437,22 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <literal>\input</literal> instead of \maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright} \tableofcontents \include{preface} + \mainmatter \include{chap1} ... \appendix -\include{appena} +\include{appenA} ... + \backmatter \bibliographystyle{apalike} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} \bibliography \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex -\include{backcover} -\end{document} -</screen> - -</sect1> -<sect1 label="A.5" id="tugboat-template"> -<title><literal>tugboat</literal> template</title> - -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>template, TUGboat</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>TUGboat template</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>ltugboat</literal> class</primary></indexterm> - -<para><citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group, -<ulink url="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</ulink>. -</para> -<screen>\documentclass{ltugboat} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} -\else -\usepackage{url} -\fi - -%%% Start of metadata %%% - -\title{Example \TUB\ article} -% repeat info for each author. -\author{First Last} -\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country} -\netaddress{user (at) example dot org} -\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} - -%%% End of metadata %%% - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} -This is an example article for \TUB{}. -Please write an abstract. -\end{abstract} - -\section{Introduction} - -This is an example article for \TUB, linked from -\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. - -We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} -output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): -% verbatim blocks are often better in \small -\begin{verbatim}[\small] -\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW -\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\mf \MFB -\plain \POBox \PS -\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP -\TUB \TUG \tug -\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE - -\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph - -\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! -\cs{fred} -> \fred -\meta{fred} -> <fred> -\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... -\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 -\booktitle{Book of Fred} -\end{verbatim} - -For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format -\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. - -This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the -\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For -\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using -\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, -\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) - -Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - -\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style -\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty -\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX - -\makesignature +\include{backcover} \end{document} </screen> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html index a1cd59daf2f..f778eee8c21 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <html> <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a -document preparation system, version of October 2018. +document preparation system, version of July 2021. This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -36,50 +36,37 @@ notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> -<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> +<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.7, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> -<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title> +<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</title> -<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)"> -<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)"> +<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)"> +<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)"> <meta name="resource-type" content="document"> <meta name="distribution" content="global"> <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo"> <link href="#Top" rel="start" title="Top"> <link href="#Index" rel="index" title="Index"> <link href="#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents"> -<link href="http://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)"> +<link href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)"> <style type="text/css"> <!-- -/* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $ +/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain. Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */ -/* So you can style for yourself */ -@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css"); - - a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none} blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em} -blockquote.smallindentedblock {margin-right: 0em; font-size: smaller} -blockquote.smallquotation {font-size: smaller} div.display {margin-left: 3.2em} div.example {margin-left: 3.2em} div.lisp {margin-left: 3.2em} -div.smalldisplay {margin-left: 3.2em} -div.smallexample {margin-left: 3.2em} -div.smalllisp {margin-left: 3.2em} kbd {font-style: oblique} pre.display {font-family: inherit} pre.format {font-family: inherit} pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif} pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif} -pre.smalldisplay {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller} -pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller} -pre.smallformat {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller} -pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller} span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap} span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal} span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal} @@ -101,6 +88,9 @@ code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; } /* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */ div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;} +/* So you can style for yourself */ +@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css"); + --> </style> @@ -108,589 +98,638 @@ div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;} </head> <body lang="en"> -<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</h1> - +<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</h1> + + + +<div class='intro'> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for +LaTeX. See below for the <a href='#SEC_Overview'>Table of Contents</a>. +If you want a tutorial then please instead visit <a +href="https://www.learnlatex.org/"><code>learnlatex.org</code></a> or <a +href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>this list</a>.</p> +<p>This manual has two versions. One has <a +href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or +subsection</a>. It's also available as a <a +href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and +as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p> +<p> This document is not official. It has not been reviewed by the +LaTeX maintainers. Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX +commands. Your comments and contributions, including bug reports, are +very welcome. See <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project +page</a> for more, including <a +href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license information</a> and +information on how you can +<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to this manual</a> +as well as +<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror it</a>.</p> +<!-- End of opening header --> -<a name="SEC_Overview"></a> +<span id="SEC_Overview"></span> <h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2> <div class="shortcontents"> <ul class="no-bullet"> -<li><a name="stoc-About-this-document-1" href="#toc-About-this-document-1">1 About this document</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Document-classes-1" href="#toc-Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Fonts-1" href="#toc-Fonts-1">4 Fonts</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Definitions-1" href="#toc-Definitions-1">12 Definitions</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Counters-1" href="#toc-Counters-1">13 Counters</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Lengths-1" href="#toc-Lengths-1">14 Lengths</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#toc-Making-paragraphs-1">15 Making paragraphs</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Math-formulas-1" href="#toc-Math-formulas-1">16 Math formulas</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Modes-1" href="#toc-Modes-1">17 Modes</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Page-styles-1" href="#toc-Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Spaces-1" href="#toc-Spaces-1">19 Spaces</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Boxes-1" href="#toc-Boxes-1">20 Boxes</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">22 Graphics</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Special-insertions-1" href="#toc-Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#toc-Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#toc-Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Letters-1" href="#toc-Letters-1">26 Letters</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Terminal-input_002foutput-1" href="#toc-Terminal-input_002foutput-1">27 Terminal input/output</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Command-line-1" href="#toc-Command-line-1">28 Command line</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Document-templates-1" href="#toc-Document-templates-1">Appendix A Document templates</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Index-1" href="#toc-Index-1">Index</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-About-this-document-1" href="#toc-About-this-document-1">1 About this document</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Document-classes-1" href="#toc-Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Fonts-1" href="#toc-Fonts-1">4 Fonts</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Definitions-1" href="#toc-Definitions-1">12 Definitions</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Counters-1" href="#toc-Counters-1">13 Counters</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Lengths-1" href="#toc-Lengths-1">14 Lengths</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#toc-Making-paragraphs-1">15 Making paragraphs</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Math-formulas-1" href="#toc-Math-formulas-1">16 Math formulas</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Modes-1" href="#toc-Modes-1">17 Modes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Page-styles-1" href="#toc-Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Spaces-1" href="#toc-Spaces-1">19 Spaces</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Boxes-1" href="#toc-Boxes-1">20 Boxes</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">22 Graphics</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Special-insertions-1" href="#toc-Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#toc-Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#toc-Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Letters-1" href="#toc-Letters-1">26 Letters</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Input_002foutput-1" href="#toc-Input_002foutput-1">27 Input/output</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Command-line-interface-1" href="#toc-Command-line-interface-1">28 Command line interface</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Document-templates-1" href="#toc-Document-templates-1">Appendix A Document templates</a></li> +<li><a id="stoc-Index-1" href="#toc-Index-1" rel="index">Index</a></li> </ul> </div> -<a name="SEC_Contents"></a> +<span id="SEC_Contents"></span> <h2 class="contents-heading">Table of Contents</h2> <div class="contents"> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-About-this-document-1" href="#About-this-document">1 About this document</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#Overview">2 Overview of LaTeX</a> + <li><a id="toc-About-this-document-1" href="#About-this-document">1 About this document</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#Overview">2 Overview of LaTeX</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Environment-1" href="#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-CTAN_003a-the-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Environment-1" href="#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a> + <li><a id="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Document-class-options-1" href="#Document-class-options">3.1 Document class options</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Additional-packages-1" href="#Additional-packages">3.2 Additional packages</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Class-and-package-construction-1" href="#Class-and-package-construction">3.3 Class and package construction</a> + <li><a id="toc-Document-class-options-1" href="#Document-class-options">3.1 Document class options</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Additional-packages-1" href="#Additional-packages">3.2 Additional packages</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-construction-1" href="#Class-and-package-construction">3.3 Class and package construction</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Class-and-package-structure-1" href="#Class-and-package-structure">3.3.1 Class and package structure</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="#Class-and-package-commands">3.3.2 Class and package commands</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-structure-1" href="#Class-and-package-structure">3.3.1 Class and package structure</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="#Class-and-package-commands">3.3.2 Class and package commands</a></li> </ul></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Fonts-1" href="#Fonts">4 Fonts</a> + <li><a id="toc-Fonts-1" href="#Fonts">4 Fonts</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Font-styles-1" href="#Font-styles">4.1 Font styles</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="#Font-sizes">4.2 Font sizes</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.3 Low-level font commands</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="#fontenc-package">4.1 <code>fontenc</code> package</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">4.1.3 <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">4.1.4 <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">4.1.5 <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextComposite-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">4.1.6 <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">4.1.7 <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1" href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1" href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></a></li> + </ul></li> + <li><a id="toc-Font-styles-1" href="#Font-styles">4.2 Font styles</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="#Font-sizes">4.3 Font sizes</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.4 Low-level font commands</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Layout-1" href="#Layout">5 Layout</a> + <li><a id="toc-Layout-1" href="#Layout">5 Layout</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005conecolumn-1" href="#g_t_005conecolumn">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ctwocolumn-1" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Page-layout-parameters-1" href="#Page-layout-parameters">5.5 Page layout parameters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Floats-1" href="#Floats">5.6 Floats</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005conecolumn-1" href="#g_t_005conecolumn">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ctwocolumn-1" href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cflushbottom-1" href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005craggedbottom-1" href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Page-layout-parameters-1" href="#Page-layout-parameters">5.5 Page layout parameters</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1" href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">5.6 <code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Floats-1" href="#Floats">5.7 Floats</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Sectioning-1" href="#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a> + <li><a id="toc-Sectioning-1" href="#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cpart-1" href="#g_t_005cpart">6.1 <code>\part</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cchapter-1" href="#g_t_005cchapter">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csection-1" href="#g_t_005csection">6.3 <code>\section</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csubsection-1" href="#g_t_005csubsection">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="#g_t_005cappendix">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040startsection-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cpart-1" href="#g_t_005cpart">6.1 <code>\part</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cchapter-1" href="#g_t_005cchapter">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csection-1" href="#g_t_005csection">6.3 <code>\section</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csubsection-1" href="#g_t_005csubsection">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="#g_t_005cappendix">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Cross-references-1" href="#Cross-references">7 Cross references</a> + <li><a id="toc-Cross-references-1" href="#Cross-references">7 Cross references</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code>\label</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code>\label</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-xr-package-1" href="#xr-package">7.4 <code>xr</code> package</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a> + <li><a id="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code>array</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-center-1" href="#center">8.3 <code>center</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code>array</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-center-1" href="#center">8.3 <code>center</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005ccentering-1" href="#g_t_005ccentering">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccentering-1" href="#g_t_005ccentering">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-description-1" href="#description">8.4 <code>description</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-displaymath-1" href="#displaymath">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-document-1" href="#document">8.6 <code>document</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-description-1" href="#description">8.4 <code>description</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-displaymath-1" href="#displaymath">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-document-1" href="#document">8.6 <code>document</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cAtBeginDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cAtEndDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cAtBeginDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cAtEndDocument-1" href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-enumerate-1" href="#enumerate">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-eqnarray-1" href="#eqnarray">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-equation-1" href="#equation">8.9 <code>equation</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-figure-1" href="#figure">8.10 <code>figure</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-filecontents_003a-Write-an-external-file" href="#filecontents">8.11 <code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-flushleft-1" href="#flushleft">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-enumerate-1" href="#enumerate">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-eqnarray-1" href="#eqnarray">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-equation-1" href="#equation">8.9 <code>equation</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-figure-1" href="#figure">8.10 <code>figure</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-filecontents-1" href="#filecontents">8.11 <code>filecontents</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-flushleft-1" href="#flushleft">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005craggedright-1" href="#g_t_005craggedright">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005craggedright-1" href="#g_t_005craggedright">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-flushright-1" href="#flushright">8.13 <code>flushright</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-flushright-1" href="#flushright">8.13 <code>flushright</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005craggedleft-1" href="#g_t_005craggedleft">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005craggedleft-1" href="#g_t_005craggedleft">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">8.14 <code>itemize</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-letter-environment_003a-writing-letters" href="#letter">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code>list</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">8.14 <code>itemize</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-letter-environment_003a-writing-letters" href="#letter">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code>list</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list" href="#g_t_005citem">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list" href="#trivlist">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list" href="#g_t_005citem">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list" href="#trivlist">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-math-1" href="#math">8.17 <code>math</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">8.18 <code>minipage</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">8.19 <code>picture</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-math-1" href="#math">8.17 <code>math</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">8.18 <code>minipage</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">8.19 <code>picture</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cput-1" href="#g_t_005cput">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmultiput-1" href="#g_t_005cmultiput">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cqbezier-1" href="#g_t_005cqbezier">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cgraphpaper-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cline-1" href="#g_t_005cline">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005clinethickness-1" href="#g_t_005clinethickness">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cthinlines-1" href="#g_t_005cthinlines">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cthicklines-1" href="#g_t_005cthicklines">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ccircle-1" href="#g_t_005ccircle">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005coval-1" href="#g_t_005coval">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cshortstack-1" href="#g_t_005cshortstack">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cvector-1" href="#g_t_005cvector">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cframe-1" href="#g_t_005cframe">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cdashbox-1" href="#g_t_005cdashbox">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cput-1" href="#g_t_005cput">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmultiput-1" href="#g_t_005cmultiput">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cqbezier-1" href="#g_t_005cqbezier">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphpaper-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cline-1" href="#g_t_005cline">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005clinethickness-1" href="#g_t_005clinethickness">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cthinlines-1" href="#g_t_005cthinlines">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cthicklines-1" href="#g_t_005cthicklines">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccircle-1" href="#g_t_005ccircle">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005coval-1" href="#g_t_005coval">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cshortstack-1" href="#g_t_005cshortstack">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cvector-1" href="#g_t_005cvector">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1" href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cframe-1" href="#g_t_005cframe">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cdashbox-1" href="#g_t_005cdashbox">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-quotation-_0026-quote-1" href="#quotation-_0026-quote">8.20 <code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-tabbing-1" href="#tabbing">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-table-1" href="#table">8.22 <code>table</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-tabular-1" href="#tabular">8.23 <code>tabular</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-quotation-_0026-quote-1" href="#quotation-_0026-quote">8.20 <code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-tabbing-1" href="#tabbing">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-table-1" href="#table">8.22 <code>table</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-tabular-1" href="#tabular">8.23 <code>tabular</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmulticolumn-1" href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cvline-1" href="#g_t_005cvline">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ccline-1" href="#g_t_005ccline">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chline-1" href="#g_t_005chline">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmulticolumn-1" href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cvline-1" href="#g_t_005cvline">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccline-1" href="#g_t_005ccline">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005chline-1" href="#g_t_005chline">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-thebibliography-1" href="#thebibliography">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-thebibliography-1" href="#thebibliography">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Using-BibTeX-1" href="#Using-BibTeX">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cbibitem-1" href="#g_t_005cbibitem">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccite-1" href="#g_t_005ccite">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnocite-1" href="#g_t_005cnocite">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Using-BibTeX-1" href="#Using-BibTeX">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">8.25 <code>theorem</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-verbatim-1" href="#verbatim">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-theorem-1" href="#theorem">8.25 <code>theorem</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-titlepage-1" href="#titlepage">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-verbatim-1" href="#verbatim">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cverb-1" href="#g_t_005cverb">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cverb-1" href="#g_t_005cverb">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-verse-1" href="#verse">8.28 <code>verse</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-verse-1" href="#verse">8.28 <code>verse</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Line-breaking-1" href="#Line-breaking">9 Line breaking</a> + <li><a id="toc-Line-breaking-1" href="#Line-breaking">9 Line breaking</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_005c-1" href="#g_t_005c_005c">9.1 <code>\\</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">9.3 <code>\newline</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_005c-1" href="#g_t_005c_005c">9.1 <code>\\</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">9.3 <code>\newline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-sloppypar-1" href="#sloppypar">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-sloppypar-1" href="#sloppypar">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Page-breaking-1" href="#Page-breaking">10 Page breaking</a> + <li><a id="toc-Page-breaking-1" href="#Page-breaking">10 Page breaking</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewpage-1" href="#g_t_005cnewpage">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cenlargethispage-1" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1" href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewpage-1" href="#g_t_005cnewpage">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cenlargethispage-1" href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1" href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Footnotes-1" href="#Footnotes">11 Footnotes</a> + <li><a id="toc-Footnotes-1" href="#Footnotes">11 Footnotes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfootnote-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnote">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfootnotemark-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfootnotetext-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Footnotes-in-section-headings-1" href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Footnotes-in-a-table-1" href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">11.5 Footnotes in a table</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Footnotes-of-footnotes-1" href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnote-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnote">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotemark-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfootnotetext-1" href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Footnotes-in-section-headings-1" href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Footnotes-in-a-table-1" href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">11.5 Footnotes in a table</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Footnotes-of-footnotes-1" href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Definitions-1" href="#Definitions">12 Definitions</a> + <li><a id="toc-Definitions-1" href="#Definitions">12 Definitions</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code>\protect</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code>\protect</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="#xspace-package">12.13 xspace package</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Counters-1" href="#Counters">13 Counters</a> + <li><a id="toc-Counters-1" href="#Counters">13 Counters</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cusecounter-1" href="#g_t_005cusecounter">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cvalue-1" href="#g_t_005cvalue">13.3 <code>\value</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csetcounter-1" href="#g_t_005csetcounter">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddtocounter-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005crefstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1" href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">13.8 <code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters" href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cusecounter-1" href="#g_t_005cusecounter">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cvalue-1" href="#g_t_005cvalue">13.3 <code>\value</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csetcounter-1" href="#g_t_005csetcounter">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocounter-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005crefstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cstepcounter-1" href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1" href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">13.8 <code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Lengths-1" href="#Lengths">14 Lengths</a> + <li><a id="toc-Lengths-1" href="#Lengths">14 Lengths</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Units-of-length-1" href="#Units-of-length">14.1 Units of length</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csetlength-1" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddtolength-1" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csettowidth-1" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Units-of-length-1" href="#Units-of-length">14.1 Units of length</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csetlength-1" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005caddtolength-1" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csettowidth-1" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cstretch-1" href="#g_t_005cstretch">14.7 <code>\stretch</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Expressions-1" href="#Expressions">14.8 Expressions</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#Making-paragraphs">15 Making paragraphs</a> + <li><a id="toc-Making-paragraphs-1" href="#Making-paragraphs">15 Making paragraphs</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cpar-1" href="#g_t_005cpar">15.1 <code>\par</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1" href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">15.2 <code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Marginal-notes-1" href="#Marginal-notes">15.4 Marginal notes</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cpar-1" href="#g_t_005cpar">15.1 <code>\par</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1" href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">15.2 <code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1" href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Marginal-notes-1" href="#Marginal-notes">15.4 Marginal notes</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Math-formulas-1" href="#Math-formulas">16 Math formulas</a> + <li><a id="toc-Math-formulas-1" href="#Math-formulas">16 Math formulas</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">16.1 Subscripts & superscripts</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Math-symbols-1" href="#Math-symbols">16.2 Math symbols</a> + <li><a id="toc-Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">16.1 Subscripts & superscripts</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Math-symbols-1" href="#Math-symbols">16.2 Math symbols</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Blackboard-bold-1" href="#Blackboard-bold">16.2.1 Blackboard bold</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Calligraphic-1" href="#Calligraphic">16.2.2 Calligraphic</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1" href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">16.2.3 <code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical" href="#Dots">16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Arrows-1" href="#Arrows">16.2.1 Arrows</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1" href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">16.2.2 <code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Blackboard-bold-1" href="#Blackboard-bold">16.2.3 Blackboard bold</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Calligraphic-1" href="#Calligraphic">16.2.4 Calligraphic</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Delimiters-1" href="#Delimiters">16.2.5 Delimiters</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1" href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">16.2.5.1 <code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e" href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">16.2.5.2 <code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</a></li> + </ul></li> + <li><a id="toc-Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical" href="#Dots">16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Greek-letters-1" href="#Greek-letters">16.2.7 Greek letters</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Math-functions-1" href="#Math-functions">16.3 Math functions</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Math-accents-1" href="#Math-accents">16.4 Math accents</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Over_002d-and-Underlining-1" href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">16.5 Over- and Underlining</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a> + <li><a id="toc-Math-functions-1" href="#Math-functions">16.3 Math functions</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Math-accents-1" href="#Math-accents">16.4 Math accents</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Over_002d-and-Underlining-1" href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">16.5 Over- and Underlining</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmathstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.7 Math miscellany</a> + <li><a id="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.7 Math miscellany</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.7.2 <code>\*</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.7.3 <code>\frac</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1" href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">16.7.4 <code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.7.5 <code>\sqrt</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.7.6 <code>\stackrel</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_002a-1" href="#g_t_005c_002a">16.7.2 <code>\*</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfrac-1" href="#g_t_005cfrac">16.7.3 <code>\frac</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csqrt-1" href="#g_t_005csqrt">16.7.4 <code>\sqrt</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cstackrel-1" href="#g_t_005cstackrel">16.7.5 <code>\stackrel</code></a></li> </ul></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Modes-1" href="#Modes">17 Modes</a> + <li><a id="toc-Modes-1" href="#Modes">17 Modes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005censuremath-1" href="#g_t_005censuremath">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005censuremath-1" href="#g_t_005censuremath">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Page-styles-1" href="#Page-styles">18 Page styles</a> + <li><a id="toc-Page-styles-1" href="#Page-styles">18 Page styles</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cthispagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cthispagestyle-1" href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Spaces-1" href="#Spaces">19 Spaces</a> + <li><a id="toc-Spaces-1" href="#Spaces">19 Spaces</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1" href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chss-1" href="#g_t_005chss">19.4 <code>\hss</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cspacefactor-1" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></a> + <li><a id="toc-_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1" href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005chss-1" href="#g_t_005chss">19.4 <code>\hss</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cspacefactor-1" href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_007e-1" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code>~</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.9 <code>\/</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cstrut">19.13 <code>\strut</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cvspace-1" href="#g_t_005cvspace">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cvfill-1" href="#g_t_005cvfill">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddvspace-1" href="#g_t_005caddvspace">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_007e-1" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code>~</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.9 <code>\/</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1" href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1" href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cstrut-1" href="#g_t_005cstrut">19.13 <code>\strut</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cvspace-1" href="#g_t_005cvspace">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cvfill-1" href="#g_t_005cvfill">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005caddvspace-1" href="#g_t_005caddvspace">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Boxes-1" href="#Boxes">20 Boxes</a> + <li><a id="toc-Boxes-1" href="#Boxes">20 Boxes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cparbox-1" href="#g_t_005cparbox">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005craisebox-1" href="#g_t_005craisebox">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="#g_t_005cusebox">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cparbox-1" href="#g_t_005cparbox">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005craisebox-1" href="#g_t_005craisebox">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1" href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="#g_t_005cusebox">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Color-1" href="#Color">21 Color</a> + <li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="#Color">21 Color</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-color-package-options" href="#Color-package-options">21.1 <code>color</code> package options</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Color-models-1" href="#Color-models">21.2 Color models</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="#Commands-for-color">21.3 Commands for color</a> + <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="#Color-package-options">21.1 <code>color</code> package options</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Color-models-1" href="#Color-models">21.2 Color models</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="#Commands-for-color">21.3 Commands for color</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Define-colors-1" href="#Define-colors">21.3.1 Define colors</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Colored-text-1" href="#Colored-text">21.3.2 Colored text</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="#Colored-boxes">21.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Colored-pages-1" href="#Colored-pages">21.3.4 Colored pages</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Define-colors-1" href="#Define-colors">21.3.1 Define colors</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Colored-text-1" href="#Colored-text">21.3.2 Colored text</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="#Colored-boxes">21.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Colored-pages-1" href="#Colored-pages">21.3.4 Colored pages</a></li> </ul></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Graphics-1" href="#Graphics">22 Graphics</a> + <li><a id="toc-Graphics-1" href="#Graphics">22 Graphics</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-graphics-package-options" href="#Graphics-package-options">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="#Graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> + <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="#Graphics-package-options">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="#Graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="#Commands-for-graphics">22.3 Commands for graphics</a> + <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="#Commands-for-graphics">22.3 Commands for graphics</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></a></li> </ul></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Special-insertions-1" href="#Special-insertions">23 Special insertions</a> + <li><a id="toc-Special-insertions-1" href="#Special-insertions">23 Special insertions</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Reserved-characters-1" href="#Reserved-characters">23.1 Reserved characters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Upper-and-lower-case-1" href="#Upper-and-lower-case">23.2 Upper and lower case</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Symbols-by-font-position-1" href="#Symbols-by-font-position">23.3 Symbols by font position</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Text-symbols-1" href="#Text-symbols">23.4 Text symbols</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Accents-1" href="#Accents">23.5 Accents</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Additional-Latin-letters-1" href="#Additional-Latin-letters">23.6 Additional Latin letters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">23.7 <code>\rule</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">23.8 <code>\today</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Reserved-characters-1" href="#Reserved-characters">23.1 Reserved characters</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Upper-and-lower-case-1" href="#Upper-and-lower-case">23.2 Upper and lower case</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Symbols-by-font-position-1" href="#Symbols-by-font-position">23.3 Symbols by font position</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Text-symbols-1" href="#Text-symbols">23.4 Text symbols</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Accents-1" href="#Accents">23.5 Accents</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-_005caccent-1" href="#g_t_005caccent">23.5.1 <code>\accent</code></a></li> + </ul></li> + <li><a id="toc-Additional-Latin-letters-1" href="#Additional-Latin-letters">23.6 Additional Latin letters</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-inputenc-package-1" href="#inputenc-package">23.7 <code>inputenc</code> package</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">23.8 <code>\rule</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">23.9 <code>\today</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#Splitting-the-input">24 Splitting the input</a> + <li><a id="toc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#Splitting-the-input">24 Splitting the input</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cendinput-1" href="#g_t_005cendinput">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">24.2 <code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">24.3 <code>\input</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cendinput-1" href="#g_t_005cendinput">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">24.2 <code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">24.3 <code>\input</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#Front_002fback-matter">25 Front/back matter</a> + <li><a id="toc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#Front_002fback-matter">25 Front/back matter</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">25.1 Table of contents etc.</a> + <li><a id="toc-Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1" href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">25.1 Table of contents etc.</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.1 <code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.2 <code>\addtocontents</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.3 <code>\nofiles</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040dottedtocline-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005caddcontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005caddtocontents-1" href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccontentsline-1" href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">25.1.4 <code>\contentsline</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnofiles-1" href="#g_t_005cnofiles">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnumberline-1" href="#g_t_005cnumberline">25.1.6 <code>\numberline</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Indexes-1" href="#Indexes">25.2 Indexes</a> + <li><a id="toc-Indexes-1" href="#Indexes">25.2 Indexes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.1 <code>\index</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.2 <code>makeindex</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.3 <code>\printindex</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cindex-1" href="#g_t_005cindex">25.2.1 <code>\index</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-makeindex-1" href="#makeindex">25.2.2 <code>makeindex</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cprintindex-1" href="#g_t_005cprintindex">25.2.3 <code>\printindex</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Glossaries-1" href="#Glossaries">25.3 Glossaries</a> + <li><a id="toc-Glossaries-1" href="#Glossaries">25.3 Glossaries</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005cnewglossaryentry-1" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cgls-1" href="#g_t_005cgls">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cnewglossaryentry-1" href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cgls-1" href="#g_t_005cgls">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></a></li> </ul></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Letters-1" href="#Letters">26 Letters</a> + <li><a id="toc-Letters-1" href="#Letters">26 Letters</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddress-1" href="#g_t_005caddress">26.1 <code>\address</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ccc-1" href="#g_t_005ccc">26.2 <code>\cc</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cclosing-1" href="#g_t_005cclosing">26.3 <code>\closing</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cencl-1" href="#g_t_005cencl">26.4 <code>\encl</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005clocation-1" href="#g_t_005clocation">26.5 <code>\location</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cmakelabels-1" href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cname-1" href="#g_t_005cname">26.7 <code>\name</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005copening-1" href="#g_t_005copening">26.8 <code>\opening</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cps-1" href="#g_t_005cps">26.9 <code>\ps</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csignature-1" href="#g_t_005csignature">26.10 <code>\signature</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ctelephone-1" href="#g_t_005ctelephone">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005caddress-1" href="#g_t_005caddress">26.1 <code>\address</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ccc-1" href="#g_t_005ccc">26.2 <code>\cc</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cclosing-1" href="#g_t_005cclosing">26.3 <code>\closing</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cencl-1" href="#g_t_005cencl">26.4 <code>\encl</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005clocation-1" href="#g_t_005clocation">26.5 <code>\location</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmakelabels-1" href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cname-1" href="#g_t_005cname">26.7 <code>\name</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005copening-1" href="#g_t_005copening">26.8 <code>\opening</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cps-1" href="#g_t_005cps">26.9 <code>\ps</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005csignature-1" href="#g_t_005csignature">26.10 <code>\signature</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ctelephone-1" href="#g_t_005ctelephone">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Terminal-input_002foutput-1" href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">27 Terminal input/output</a> + <li><a id="toc-Input_002foutput-1" href="#Input_002foutput">27 Input/output</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-_005ctypein-1" href="#g_t_005ctypein">27.1 <code>\typein</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ctypeout-1" href="#g_t_005ctypeout">27.2 <code>\typeout</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1" href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">27.1 <code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cread-1" href="#g_t_005cread">27.2 <code>\read</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ctypein-1" href="#g_t_005ctypein">27.3 <code>\typein</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005ctypeout-1" href="#g_t_005ctypeout">27.4 <code>\typeout</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite">27.5 <code>\write</code></a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite-and-security-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">27.5.1 <code>\write</code> and security</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cmessage-1" href="#g_t_005cmessage">27.5.2 <code>\message</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cwlog-1" href="#g_t_005cwlog">27.5.3 <code>\wlog</code></a></li> + <li><a id="toc-_005cwrite18-1" href="#g_t_005cwrite18">27.5.4 <code>\write18</code></a></li> + </ul></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Command-line-1" href="#Command-line">28 Command line</a> + <li><a id="toc-Command-line-interface-1" href="#Command-line-interface">28 Command line interface</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Command-line-options-1" href="#Command-line-options">28.1 Command line options</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Command-line-input-1" href="#Command-line-input">28.2 Command line input</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Recovering-from-errors-1" href="#Recovering-from-errors">28.3 Recovering from errors</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Command-line-options-1" href="#Command-line-options">28.1 Command line options</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Command-line-input-1" href="#Command-line-input">28.2 Command line input</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Jobname-1" href="#Jobname">28.3 Jobname</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Recovering-from-errors-1" href="#Recovering-from-errors">28.4 Recovering from errors</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Document-templates-1" href="#Document-templates">Appendix A Document templates</a> + <li><a id="toc-Document-templates-1" href="#Document-templates">Appendix A Document templates</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-beamer-template-1" href="#beamer-template">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-article-template-1" href="#article-template">A.2 <code>article</code> template</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-book-template-1" href="#book-template">A.3 <code>book</code> template</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Larger-book-template-1" href="#Larger-book-template">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-tugboat-template-1" href="#tugboat-template">A.5 <code>tugboat</code> template</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-beamer-template-1" href="#beamer-template">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-article-template-1" href="#article-template">A.2 <code>article</code> template</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-book-template-1" href="#book-template">A.3 <code>book</code> template</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Larger-book-template-1" href="#Larger-book-template">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Index-1" href="#Index">Index</a></li> + <li><a id="toc-Index-1" href="#Index" rel="index">Index</a></li> </ul> </div> -<a name="Top"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Top"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="http://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="https://tug.org/texinfohtml/" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></a> -<h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1> +<span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1> <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -October 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +July 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Overview" accesskey="2">Overview</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What is LaTeX? +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Overview" accesskey="2">Overview</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What is LaTeX? </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="3">Document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Some of the various classes available. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="3">Document classes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Some of the various classes available. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="4">Fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Italic, bold, typewriter, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="4">Fonts</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Italic, bold, typewriter, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Layout" accesskey="5">Layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Controlling the page layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Layout" accesskey="5">Layout</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Controlling the page layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="6">Sectioning</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parts, Chapters, Sections, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="6">Sectioning</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parts, Chapters, Sections, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="7">Cross references</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic referencing. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="7">Cross references</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic referencing. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environments" accesskey="8">Environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Such as enumerate & itemize. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environments" accesskey="8">Environments</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Such as enumerate & itemize. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="9">Line breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing line breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="9">Line breaking</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing line breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing page breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to produce footnotes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to produce footnotes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Internal counters used by LaTeX. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Internal counters used by LaTeX. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The length commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The length commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to create mathematical formulas. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to create mathematical formulas. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph, Math or LR modes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph, Math or LR modes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various styles of page layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various styles of page layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal and vertical space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal and vertical space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making boxes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making boxes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color">Color</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Defining and using colors. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color">Color</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Defining and using colors. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Importing graphics from outside LaTeX. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Importing graphics from outside LaTeX. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting reserved and special characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting reserved and special characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Dealing with big files by splitting. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Dealing with big files by splitting. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The <code>letter</code> class. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The <code>letter</code> class. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">Terminal input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">User interaction. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">User interaction. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line">Command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">System-independent command-line behavior. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Common command-line options. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Starter templates for various document classes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Starter templates for various document classes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Index">Index</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General index. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Index" rel="index">Index</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General index. </td></tr> </table> - <hr> -<a name="About-this-document"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="About-this-document"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Top</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="About-this-document-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">1 About this document</h2> +<span id="About-this-document-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">1 About this document</h2> -<a name="index-home-page-for-manual"></a> +<span id="index-home-page-for-manual"></span> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). </p> -<p>This document’s home page is <a href="https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</a>. There -you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its -archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in -various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. -Probably the most convenient one, shown at <a href="http://latexref.xyz/">http://latexref.xyz/</a>, -has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the -note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at -<a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co">http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</a>, -has all the information on single page. -</p> -<a name="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></a> +<p>This document’s home page is <a href="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</a>; it has +separate web pages for each topic. Alternatively. +<a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</a> has the entire document on +a single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more +information, see <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/">https://latexref.xyz/dev/</a>. +</p> +<span id="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></span> <p>In this document, we will mostly just use ‘LaTeX’ rather than ‘LaTeX2e’, since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades ago. </p> -<a name="index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual"></a> -<a name="index-LaTeX-Project-team"></a> -<a name="index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"></a> -<p>LaTeX is currently maintained by a group of volunteers -(<a href="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</a>). The official documentation written by -the LaTeX project is available from their web site. This document is -completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the LaTeX -maintainers. -<a name="index-bug-reporting"></a> -<a name="index-reporting-bugs"></a> +<span id="index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual"></span> +<span id="index-LaTeX-Project-team"></span> +<span id="index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"></span> +<p>LaTeX is maintained by a group of volunteers +(<a href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>). The official documentation written +by the LaTeX project is available from their web site. The present +document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed +by the LaTeX maintainers. +<span id="index-bug-reporting"></span> +<span id="index-reporting-bugs"></span> Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <a href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a>. </p> -<p>This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources -of information about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a few -introductions. +<p>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array +of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here +are a few introductions. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a></dt> -<dd><a name="index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"></a> +<dt><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a></dt> +<dd><span id="index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"></span> <p>Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. </p> </dd> -<dt><a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a></dt> -<dd><a name="index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"></a> +<dt><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a></dt> +<dd><span id="index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"></span> <p>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. </p> </dd> -<dt><a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide">http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</a></dt> -<dd><a name="index-usrguide-official-documentation"></a> -<p>The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX. -Many other guides by many other people are also available, independent -of LaTeX itself; one such is the next item: -</p> -</dd> -<dt><a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a></dt> -<dd><a name="index-lshort-document"></a> -<p>A short introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. +<dt><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a></dt> +<dd><span id="index-lshort-document"></span> +<p>A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. </p> </dd> -<dt><a href="http://tug.org/begin.html">http://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt> +<dt><a href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt> <dd><p>Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further references. </p> @@ -699,73 +738,73 @@ references. <hr> -<a name="Overview"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Overview"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document classes</a>, Previous: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Overview-of-LaTeX"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">2 Overview of LaTeX</h2> +<span id="Overview-of-LaTeX"></span><h2 class="chapter">2 Overview of LaTeX</h2> -<a name="index-overview-of-LaTeX"></a> -<a name="index-basics-of-LaTeX"></a> -<a name="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></a> -<a name="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></a> -<a name="index-LaTeX-overview"></a> +<span id="index-overview-of-LaTeX"></span> +<span id="index-basics-of-LaTeX"></span> +<span id="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></span> +<span id="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></span> +<span id="index-LaTeX-overview"></span> <p>LaTeX is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally -created by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(<a href="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</a>). It is widely used, particularly for -complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics. -</p> -<a name="index-macro-package_002c-LaTeX-as"></a> -<p>A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text along with -interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text -should be formatted. It is implemented as a set of related commands -that interface with Donald E. Knuth’s TeX typesetting program -(the technical term is that LaTeX is a <em>macro package</em> for the -TeX engine). The user produces the output document by giving that -input file to the TeX engine. +created by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group +of volunteers for many years now (<a href="https://latex-project.org">https://latex-project.org</a>). +It is widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical +and technical documents. +</p> +<span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-default-LaTeX-input-encoding"></span> +<p>A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text to be typeset +along with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is +UTF-8 (as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text +should be formatted. +</p> +<p>LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called “macros” which +use Donald E. Knuth’s TeX typesetting program or one of its +derivatives, collectively known as “engines”. Thus, the user +produces output, typically PDF, by giving the input file to a TeX +engine. (The following sections describe all this in more detail.) </p> <p>The term LaTeX is also sometimes used to mean the language in which -the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands +the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands available to a LaTeX user. </p> -<a name="index-Lamport-TeX"></a> -<a name="index-pronunciation"></a> +<span id="index-Lamport-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-pronunciation"></span> <p>The name LaTeX is short for “Lamport TeX”. It is pronounced LAH-teck or LAY-teck, or sometimes LAY-tecks. Inside a document, produce the logo with <code>\LaTeX</code>. Where use of the logo is not sensible, such as in plain text, write it as ‘<samp>LaTeX</samp>’. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="1">Starting and ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The standard beginning and end of a document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="1">Starting and ending</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The standard beginning and end of a document. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="2">Output files</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Files produced. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="2">Output files</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Files produced. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General syntax of LaTeX commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General syntax of LaTeX commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Area of the source giving distinct behavior. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">An area of the source with distinct behavior. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Starting-and-ending"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Starting-and-ending"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="n" rel="next">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Starting-and-ending-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.1 Starting and ending</h3> +<span id="Starting-and-ending-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.1 Starting and ending</h3> -<a name="Starting-_0026-ending"></a><a name="index-starting-and-ending"></a> -<a name="index-ending-and-starting"></a> -<a name="index-hello_002c-world"></a> +<span id="Starting-_0026-ending"></span><span id="index-starting-and-ending"></span> +<span id="index-ending-and-starting"></span> +<span id="index-hello_002c-world"></span> <p>LaTeX files have a simple global structure, with a standard beginning and ending. This is a small example. @@ -780,19 +819,19 @@ Hello, \LaTeX\ world. <p>Every LaTeX document has a <code>\begin{document}</code> line and an <code>\end{document}</code> line. </p> -<a name="index-document-class_002c-defined"></a> +<span id="index-document-class_002c-defined"></span> <p>Here, the ‘<samp>article</samp>’ is the <em>document class</em>. It is implemented in a file <samp>article.cls</samp>. You can use any document class on your system. A few document classes are defined by LaTeX itself, and vast array of others are widely available. See <a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a>. </p> -<a name="index-preamble_002c-defined"></a> +<span id="index-preamble_002c-defined"></span> <p>You can include other LaTeX commands between the <code>\documentclass</code> and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands. This area is called the <em>preamble</em>. </p> <p>The <code>\begin{document}</code>, <code>\end{document}</code> pair defines an -<a name="index-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment"></span> <em>environment</em>; the ‘<samp>document</samp>’ environment (and no others) is required in all LaTeX documents (see <a href="#document">document</a>). LaTeX make available to you many environments that are documented here @@ -804,40 +843,38 @@ a LaTeX input file. </p> <hr> -<a name="Output-files"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Output-files"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="n" rel="next">TeX engines</a>, Previous: <a href="#Starting-and-ending" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Starting and ending</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Output-files-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.2 Output files</h3> +<span id="Output-files-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.2 Output files</h3> <p>LaTeX produces a main output file and at least two auxiliary files. The main output file’s name ends in either <samp>.dvi</samp> or <samp>.pdf</samp>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>.dvi</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_002edvi-file"></a> -<a name="index-latex-command"></a> -<a name="index-xdvi-command"></a> -<a name="index-dvips-command"></a> -<a name="index-dvipdfmx-command"></a> -<a name="index-dvitype-command"></a> -<a name="output-files-dvi"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code>latex</code> then it +<dd><span id="index-_002edvi-file"></span> +<span id="index-latex-command"></span> +<span id="index-xdvi-command"></span> +<span id="index-dvips-command"></span> +<span id="index-dvipdfmx-command"></span> +<span id="index-dvitype-command"></span> +<span id="output-files-dvi"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code>latex</code> then it produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension <samp>.dvi</samp>. You can view this file with a command such as <code>xdvi</code>, or convert it to a PostScript <code>.ps</code> file with <code>dvips</code> or to a Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code> file with <code>dvipdfmx</code>. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with <code>dvitype</code>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (<a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>). +available (<a href="https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>.pdf</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_002epdf-file"></a> -<a name="index-pdfTeX"></a> -<a name="index-pdflatex-command"></a> -<a name="output-files-pdf"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>pdflatex</code>, +<dd><span id="index-_002epdf-file"></span> +<span id="index-pdfTeX"></span> +<span id="index-pdflatex-command"></span> +<span id="output-files-pdf"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>pdflatex</code>, among other commands (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), then the main output is a Portable Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. @@ -845,25 +882,25 @@ self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. </dd> </dl> -<p>LaTeX also produces at least two additional files. +<p>LaTeX always produces at least two additional files. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>.log</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-transcript-file"></a> -<a name="index-log-file"></a> -<a name="index-_002elog-file"></a> -<a name="output-files-log"></a><p>This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of +<dd><span id="index-transcript-file"></span> +<span id="index-log-file"></span> +<span id="index-_002elog-file"></span> +<span id="output-files-log"></span><p>This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of loaded packages. It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps additional information for any errors. </p> </dd> <dt><code>.aux</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-auxiliary-file"></a> -<a name="index-_002eaux-file"></a> -<a name="index-cross-references_002c-resolving"></a> -<a name="index-forward-references_002c-resolving"></a> -<a name="index-references_002c-resolving-forward"></a> -<a name="output-files-aux"></a><p>Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as +<dd><span id="index-auxiliary-file"></span> +<span id="index-_002eaux-file"></span> +<span id="index-cross-references_002c-resolving"></span> +<span id="index-forward-references_002c-resolving"></span> +<span id="index-references_002c-resolving-forward"></span> +<span id="output-files-aux"></span><p>Auxiliary information is used by LaTeX for things such as cross references. For example, the first time that LaTeX finds a forward reference—a cross reference to something that has not yet appeared in the source—it will appear in the output as a doubled @@ -877,13 +914,13 @@ location. </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-_002elof-file"></a> -<a name="index-list-of-figures-file"></a> -<a name="index-_002elot-file"></a> -<a name="index-list-of-tables-file"></a> -<a name="index-_002etoc-file"></a> -<a name="index-table-of-contents-file"></a> -<a name="index-contents-file"></a> +<span id="index-_002elof-file"></span> +<span id="index-list-of-figures-file"></span> +<span id="index-_002elot-file"></span> +<span id="index-list-of-tables-file"></span> +<span id="index-_002etoc-file"></span> +<span id="index-table-of-contents-file"></span> +<span id="index-contents-file"></span> <p>LaTeX may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename ending. These include a <code>.lof</code> file that is used to make a list of figures, a <code>.lot</code> file used to make a list of tables, and a @@ -892,39 +929,49 @@ open-ended. </p> <hr> -<a name="TeX-engines"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="TeX-engines"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="n" rel="next">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Previous: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Output files</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="TeX-engines-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.3 TeX engines</h3> +<span id="TeX-engines-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.3 TeX engines</h3> -<a name="index-engines_002c-TeX"></a> -<a name="index-implementations-of-TeX"></a> -<a name="index-UTF_002d8"></a> -<a name="index-Unicode-input_002c-native"></a> -<a name="index-TrueType-fonts"></a> -<a name="index-OpenType-fonts"></a> +<span id="index-engines_002c-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-implementations-of-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-engine-support-for"></span> +<span id="index-Unicode-input_002c-native"></span> +<span id="index-TrueType-fonts"></span> +<span id="index-OpenType-fonts"></span> -<p>LaTeX is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a TeX -implementation (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). This section gives a terse -overview of the main programs (see also <a href="#Command-line">Command line</a>). +<span id="index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files"></span> +<span id="index-LaTeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files"></span> +<span id="index-format-files_002c-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-_002efmt-file"></span> +<p>LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX +program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). Such a set of commands is called a +<em>format</em>, and is embodied in a binary <code>.fmt</code> file, which can +be read much more quickly than the corresponding TeX source. +</p> +<p>This section gives a terse overview of the TeX programs that are +commonly available (see also <a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>latex</code></dt> -<dt><code>pdflatex</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-pdfTeX-engine"></a> -<a name="index-etex-command"></a> -<a name="index-e_002dTeX"></a> -<a name="tex-engines-latex"></a><p>In TeX Live (<a href="http://tug.org/texlive">http://tug.org/texlive</a>), if LaTeX is invoked +<dt><code>latex</code> +<span id="index-latex"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>pdflatex</code> +<span id="index-pdflatex"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-etex-command"></span> +<span id="index-pdfTeX-engine"></span> +<span id="index-e_002dTeX"></span> +<span id="tex-engines-latex"></span><p>In TeX Live (<a href="https://tug.org/texlive">https://tug.org/texlive</a>), if LaTeX is invoked via either the system command <code>latex</code> or <code>pdflatex</code>, -then the pdfTeX engine is run (<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</a>). +then the pdfTeX engine is run (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex">https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</a>). When invoked as <code>latex</code>, the main output is a <samp>.dvi</samp> file; as <code>pdflatex</code>, the main output is a <samp>.pdf</samp> file. </p> <p>pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth’s original -program (<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/etex">http://ctan.org/pkg/etex</a>), including additional +program (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/etex">https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</a>), including additional programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of extensions of its own. e-TeX is available on its own as the system command <code>etex</code>, but this is plain TeX (and produces @@ -935,26 +982,27 @@ rather than pdfTeX. In any case, the e-TeX extensions can be assumed to be available in LaTeX. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>lualatex</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-lualatex-command"></a> -<a name="index-LuaTeX"></a> -<a name="tex-engines-lualatex"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>lualatex</code>, the -LuaTeX engine is run (<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</a>). This +<dt><code>lualatex</code> +<span id="index-lualatex"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-LuaTeX"></span> +<span id="tex-engines-lualatex"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked via the system command <code>lualatex</code>, the +LuaTeX engine is run (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex">https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</a>). This program allows code written in the scripting language Lua (<a href="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</a>) to interact with TeX’s typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and produces a <samp>.pdf</samp> file by default. -There is also <code>dvilualatex</code> to produce a <samp>.dvi</samp> file, -but this is rarely used. +There is also <code>dvilualatex</code> to produce a <samp>.dvi</samp> file. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>xelatex</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-xelatex-command"></a> -<a name="index-XeTeX"></a> -<a name="index-_002exdv-file"></a> -<a name="index-xdvipdfmx"></a> -<a name="tex-engines-xelatex"></a><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code>xelatex</code>, the -XeTeX engine is run (<a href="http://tug.org/xetex">http://tug.org/xetex</a>). Like LuaTeX, +<dt><code>xelatex</code> +<span id="index-xelatex"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-XeTeX"></span> +<span id="index-_002exdv-file"></span> +<span id="index-xdvipdfmx"></span> +<span id="tex-engines-xelatex"></span><p>If LaTeX is invoked with the system command <code>xelatex</code>, the +XeTeX engine is run (<a href="https://tug.org/xetex">https://tug.org/xetex</a>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using external libraries instead of internal code. XeTeX produces a @@ -966,33 +1014,85 @@ program, but this process is automatic. The <code>.xdv</code> file is only useful for debugging. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>platex</code> +<span id="index-platex"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>uplatex</code> +<span id="index-uplatex"></span> +</dt> +<dd><p>These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese and +other languages; the <code>u</code> variant supports Unicode. See +<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</a> and <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</a>. +</p></dd> </dl> -<p>Other variants of LaTeX and TeX exist, e.g., to provide -additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX, -<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex">http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</a>, <a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex">http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</a>). +<p>As of 2019, there is a companion <code>-dev</code> command and format for +all of the above: +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><code>dvilualatex-dev</code> +<span id="index-dvilualatex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>latex-dev</code> +<span id="index-latex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>lualatex-dev</code> +<span id="index-lualatex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>pdflatex-dev</code> +<span id="index-pdflatex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>platex-dev</code> +<span id="index-platex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>uplatex-dev</code> +<span id="index-uplatex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dt><code>xelatex-dev</code> +<span id="index-xelatex_002ddev"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-release-candidates"></span> +<span id="index-prerelease-testing"></span> +<p>These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main +purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an +official release. +</p> +<p>These <code>-dev</code> formats make it easy for anyone to help test +documents and code: you can run, say, <code>pdflatex-dev</code> instead of +<code>pdflatex</code>, without changing anything else in your environment. +Indeed, it is easiest and most helpful to always run the <code>-dev</code> +versions instead of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet +times after a release, the commands will be equivalent. +</p> +<p>These are not daily snapshots or untested development code. They +undergo the same extensive regression testing by the LaTeX team +before being released. +</p> +<p>For more information, see “The LaTeX release workflow and the +LaTeX <code>dev</code> formats” by Frank Mittelbach, <cite>TUGboat</cite> 40:2, +<a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</a>. </p> +</dd> +</dl> <hr> -<a name="LaTeX-command-syntax"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="LaTeX-command-syntax"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="LaTeX-command-syntax-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3> +<span id="LaTeX-command-syntax-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3> -<a name="index-command-syntax"></a> -<a name="index-_005c-character-starting-commands"></a> -<a name="index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-for-optional-arguments"></a> -<a name="index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-for-required-arguments"></a> +<span id="index-command-syntax"></span> +<span id="index-_005c-character-starting-commands"></span> +<span id="index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-for-optional-arguments"></span> +<span id="index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-for-required-arguments"></span> <p>In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a backslash character, <code>\</code>. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. </p> <p>LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that <code>\pagebreak</code> differs from <code>\Pagebreak</code> (the latter is not a standard command). -Most commands are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all +Most command names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same case as they are defined. </p> <p>A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These @@ -1009,11 +1109,6 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. </p> -<p>Some of LaTeX’s commands are a <em>declaration</em>. Such a command -changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For -instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> declaration changes the typesetting of -page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>). -</p> <p>LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and <code>\chapter*</code>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -1022,27 +1117,37 @@ to command. <p>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-expl3"></span> +<span id="index-expl3-package"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-xparse"></span> +<span id="index-xparse-package"></span> + +<span id="index-LaTeX3-syntax"></span> +<p>As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the <code>expl3</code> and +<code>xparse</code> packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They +provide a completely different underlying programming language +syntax. We won’t try to cover them in this document; see the related +package documentation and other LaTeX manuals. +</p> <hr> -<a name="Environment"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Environment"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Environment-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.5 Environment</h3> +<span id="Environment-1"></span><h3 class="section">2.5 Environment</h3> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment name</var>} +<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment-name</var>} ... -\end{<var>environment name</var>} +\end{<var>environment-name</var>} </pre></div> -<p>An area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is a distinct -behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between -<code>\begin{verse}</code> and <code>\end{verse}</code>. +<p>An <em>environment</em> is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which +there is a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX +put the lines between <code>\begin{verse}</code> and <code>\end{verse}</code>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{verse} @@ -1051,12 +1156,12 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between \end{verse} </pre></div> -<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a> for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a>, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is that every LaTeX document must have a <code>document</code> environment, a <code>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair. </p> -<p>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at -the end. This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a +<p>The <var>environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. This includes the case where <var>environment-name</var> ends in a star (<code>*</code>); both the <code>\begin</code> and <code>\end</code> texts must include the star. </p> @@ -1073,15 +1178,13 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). <hr> -<a name="CTAN"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="CTAN"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="CTAN_003a-the-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></a> -<h3 class="section">2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3> +<span id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></span><h3 class="section">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3> -<a name="index-CTAN"></a> +<span id="index-CTAN"></span> <p>The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX community’s repository of free material. It is a set of @@ -1094,34 +1197,34 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher’s specifications. </p> -<p>In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such -as search by name or by functionality. +<p>In addition to the massive holdings, the <code>ctan.org</code> web site +offers features such as search by name or by functionality. +</p> +<span id="index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e"></span> +<p>CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of which +is the so-called “master”. The master host actively manages the +material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated +packages. For many years, it has been hosted by the German TeX +group, DANTE e.V. </p> -<a name="index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e"></a> -<a name="index-mirrors-of-CTAN"></a> -<p>CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the -sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for -instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is -hosted by the German TeX group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the -world help out by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their -collections with the core site and then in turn making their copies -publicly available. This gives users close to their location better -access and relieves the load on the core site. The list of mirrors is -at <a href="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</a>. +<span id="index-mirrors-of-CTAN"></span> +<p>Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is, +automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then +in turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close +to their location better access and relieves the load on the master +site. The list of mirrors is at <a href="https://ctan.org/mirrors">https://ctan.org/mirrors</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Document-classes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Document-classes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="n" rel="next">Fonts</a>, Previous: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Overview</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Document-classes-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">3 Document classes</h2> +<span id="Document-classes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">3 Document classes</h2> -<a name="index-document-classes"></a> -<a name="index-classes-of-documents"></a> -<a name="index-_005cdocumentclass"></a> +<span id="index-document-classes"></span> +<span id="index-classes-of-documents"></span> +<span id="index-_005cdocumentclass"></span> <p>The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is normally the first command in a LaTeX source file. @@ -1130,39 +1233,41 @@ normally the first command in a LaTeX source file. <pre class="example">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>} </pre></div> -<a name="index-article-class"></a> -<a name="index-report-class"></a> -<a name="index-book-class"></a> -<a name="index-letter-class"></a> -<a name="index-slides-class"></a> +<span id="index-article-class"></span> +<span id="index-report-class"></span> +<span id="index-book-class"></span> +<span id="index-letter-class"></span> +<span id="index-slides-class"></span> <p>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into LaTeX. (Many other document classes are available as separate packages; see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>.) </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>article</code></dt> -<dd><a name="document-classes-article"></a><p>For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general use. +<dd><span id="document-classes-article"></span><p>For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general use. </p> </dd> <dt><code>book</code></dt> -<dd><a name="document-classes-book"></a><p>Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front +<dd><span id="document-classes-book"></span><p>Full-length books, including chapters and possibly including front matter, such as a preface, and back matter, such as an appendix (see <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>letter</code></dt> -<dd><a name="document-classes-letter"></a><p>Mail, optionally including mailing labels +<dd><span id="document-classes-letter"></span><p>Mail, optionally including mailing labels (see <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>report</code></dt> -<dd><a name="document-classes-report"></a><p>For documents of length between an <code>article</code> and a <code>book</code>, +<dd><span id="document-classes-report"></span><p>For documents of length between an <code>article</code> and a <code>book</code>, such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. </p> </dd> <dt><code>slides</code></dt> -<dd><a name="document-classes-slides"></a><p>For slide presentations—rarely used today. In its place the -<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent (see <a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a>). +<dd><span id="document-classes-slides"></span><p>For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The +<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent +(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a>, for a +small template for a beamer document. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -1170,28 +1275,26 @@ such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. <p>Standard <var>options</var> are described in the next section. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Global options. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Global options. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bring in packages. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bring in packages. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Create new classes and packages. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Create new classes and packages. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Document-class-options"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Document-class-options"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Document-class-options-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">3.1 Document class options</h3> +<span id="Document-class-options-1"></span><h3 class="section">3.1 Document class options</h3> -<a name="index-document-class-options"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-document-class"></a> -<a name="index-class-options"></a> -<a name="index-global-options"></a> +<span id="index-document-class-options"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-document-class"></span> +<span id="index-class-options"></span> +<span id="index-global-options"></span> <p>You can specify <em>global options</em> or <em>class options</em> to the <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. To @@ -1203,9 +1306,9 @@ specify more than one <var>option</var>, separate them with a comma. <p>Here is the list of the standard class options. </p> -<a name="index-10pt-option"></a> -<a name="index-11pt-option"></a> -<a name="index-12pt-option"></a> +<span id="index-10pt-option"></span> +<span id="index-11pt-option"></span> +<span id="index-12pt-option"></span> <p>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): </p> @@ -1213,12 +1316,12 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): <pre class="example">10pt 11pt 12pt </pre></div> -<a name="index-a4paper-option"></a> -<a name="index-a5paper-option"></a> -<a name="index-b5paper-option"></a> -<a name="index-executivepaper-option"></a> -<a name="index-legalpaper-option"></a> -<a name="index-letterpaper-option"></a> +<span id="index-a4paper-option"></span> +<span id="index-a5paper-option"></span> +<span id="index-b5paper-option"></span> +<span id="index-executivepaper-option"></span> +<span id="index-legalpaper-option"></span> +<span id="index-letterpaper-option"></span> <p>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (these show height by width): </p> @@ -1248,68 +1351,68 @@ size (these show height by width): </p></dd> </dl> -<a name="index-_005cpdfpagewidth"></a> -<a name="index-_005cpdfpageheight"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-geometry"></a> -<a name="index-geometry-package"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpdfpagewidth"></span> +<span id="index-_005cpdfpageheight"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-geometry"></span> +<span id="index-geometry-package"></span> <p>When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and <code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document’s preamble. -<a name="index-package_002c-geometry-1"></a> -<a name="index-geometry-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-geometry-1"></span> +<span id="index-geometry-package-1"></span> </p> <p>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size. </p> -<a name="index-draft-option"></a> -<a name="index-final-option"></a> -<a name="index-fleqn-option"></a> -<a name="index-landscape-option"></a> -<a name="index-leqno-option"></a> -<a name="index-openbib-option"></a> -<a name="index-titlepage-option"></a> -<a name="index-notitlepage-option"></a> +<span id="index-draft-option"></span> +<span id="index-final-option"></span> +<span id="index-fleqn-option"></span> +<span id="index-landscape-option"></span> +<span id="index-leqno-option"></span> +<span id="index-openbib-option"></span> +<span id="index-titlepage-option"></span> +<span id="index-notitlepage-option"></span> <p>Miscellaneous other options: </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>draft</code></dt> <dt><code>final</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-black-boxes_002c-omitting"></a> +<dd><span id="index-black-boxes_002c-omitting"></span> <p>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>fleqn</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-flush-left-equations"></a> -<a name="index-centered-equations"></a> -<a name="index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered"></a> +<dd><span id="index-flush-left-equations"></span> +<span id="index-centered-equations"></span> +<span id="index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered"></span> <p>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. </p> </dd> <dt><code>landscape</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-landscape-orientation"></a> -<a name="index-portrait-orientation"></a> +<dd><span id="index-landscape-orientation"></span> +<span id="index-portrait-orientation"></span> <p>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. </p> </dd> <dt><code>leqno</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers"></a> -<a name="index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers"></a> -<a name="index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right"></a> +<dd><span id="index-left_002dhand-equation-numbers"></span> +<span id="index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers"></span> +<span id="index-equation-numbers_002c-left-vs_002e-right"></span> <p>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. </p> </dd> <dt><code>openbib</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-bibliography-format_002c-open"></a> +<dd><span id="index-bibliography-format_002c-open"></span> <p>Use “open” bibliography format. </p> </dd> <dt><code>titlepage</code></dt> <dt><code>notitlepage</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din"></a> +<dd><span id="index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din"></span> <p>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is @@ -1319,12 +1422,12 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <p>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class. </p> -<a name="index-onecolumn-option"></a> -<a name="index-twocolumn-option"></a> -<a name="index-oneside-option"></a> -<a name="index-twoside-option"></a> -<a name="index-openright-option"></a> -<a name="index-openany-option"></a> +<span id="index-onecolumn-option"></span> +<span id="index-twocolumn-option"></span> +<span id="index-oneside-option"></span> +<span id="index-twoside-option"></span> +<span id="index-openright-option"></span> +<span id="index-openany-option"></span> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>onecolumn</code></dt> <dt><code>twocolumn</code></dt> @@ -1333,8 +1436,8 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the </dd> <dt><code>oneside</code></dt> <dt><code>twoside</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cevensidemargin"></a> -<a name="index-_005coddsidemargin"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cevensidemargin"></span> +<span id="index-_005coddsidemargin"></span> <p>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>. </p> @@ -1353,24 +1456,22 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and </p></dd> </dl> -<a name="index-clock-option-to-slides-class"></a> +<span id="index-clock-option-to-slides-class"></span> <p>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </p> <hr> -<a name="Additional-packages"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Additional-packages"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package construction</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Additional-packages-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">3.2 Additional packages</h3> +<span id="Additional-packages-1"></span><h3 class="section">3.2 Additional packages</h3> -<a name="index-loading-additional-packages"></a> -<a name="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></a> -<a name="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></a> -<a name="index-_005cusepackage"></a> +<span id="index-loading-additional-packages"></span> +<span id="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></span> +<span id="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></span> +<span id="index-_005cusepackage"></span> <p>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated list <var>options</var>, as here. </p> @@ -1382,25 +1483,23 @@ list <var>options</var>, as here. as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple <code>\usepackage</code> commands. </p> -<a name="index-global-options-1"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-global"></a> +<span id="index-global-options-1"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-global"></span> <p>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Class-and-package-construction"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Class-and-package-construction"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Class-and-package-construction-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">3.3 Class and package construction</h3> +<span id="Class-and-package-construction-1"></span><h3 class="section">3.3 Class and package construction</h3> -<a name="index-document-class-commands"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-document-class"></a> -<a name="index-new-class-commands"></a> +<span id="index-document-class-commands"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-document-class"></span> +<span id="index-new-class-commands"></span> <p>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a @@ -1413,8 +1512,8 @@ package are useful across classes while those in a document class are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the SMC Math Department</code> is for a class. -<a name="index-class-and-package-difference"></a> -<a name="index-difference-between-class-and-package"></a> +<span id="index-class-and-package-difference"></span> +<span id="index-difference-between-class-and-package"></span> </p> <p>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>@</code> as a character in command names without having to surround the code @@ -1428,29 +1527,27 @@ others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Layout of the file. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Layout of the file. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of commands. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Class-and-package-structure"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Class-and-package-structure"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Class-and-package-structure-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4> +<span id="Class-and-package-structure-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4> -<a name="index-class-and-package-structure"></a> -<a name="index-class-file-layout"></a> -<a name="index-package-file-layout"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-document-class-1"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-package"></a> -<a name="index-class-options-1"></a> -<a name="index-package-options"></a> +<span id="index-class-and-package-structure"></span> +<span id="index-class-file-layout"></span> +<span id="index-package-file-layout"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-document-class-1"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-package"></span> +<span id="index-class-options-1"></span> +<span id="index-package-options"></span> <p>A class file or package file typically has four parts. </p><ol> @@ -1474,9 +1571,9 @@ name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default document font size. -</li><li> Finally, in the <em>more declarations part</em> the class or package usually does -most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and -loading other files. +</li><li> Finally, in the <em>more declarations part</em> the class or package +usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and +fonts, and loading other files. </li></ol> <p>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <samp>stub.cls</samp> @@ -1490,7 +1587,7 @@ where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the \ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article} </pre></div> -<a name="index-class-file-example"></a> +<span id="index-class-file-example"></span> <p>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the @@ -1498,35 +1595,33 @@ passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the </p> <p>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the Class Guide, at -<a href="http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much +<a href="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial <a href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Class-and-package-commands"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Class-and-package-commands"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class and package structure</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Class-and-package-commands-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4> -<a name="index-class-and-package-commands"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></a> +<span id="Class-and-package-commands-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4> +<span id="index-class-and-package-commands"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></span> <p>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cAtBeginDvi"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cAtBeginDvi"></span> <p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp>.dvi</samp> file at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cAtEndOfClass"></a> -<a name="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cAtEndOfClass"></span> +<span id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></span> <p>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you @@ -1535,13 +1630,13 @@ called it. See also <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a>. </dd> <dt><code>\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cCheckCommand"></a> -<a name="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></a> -<a name="index-new-command_002c-check"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cCheckCommand"></span> +<span id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></span> +<span id="index-new-command_002c-check"></span> <p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) but does not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not -<a name="index-long-command"></a> +<span id="index-long-command"></span> <em>long</em> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts <code>\par</code> within an argument. The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an @@ -1560,16 +1655,16 @@ redefined this command. <dt><code>\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cClassError"></a> -<a name="index-_005cPackageError"></a> -<a name="index-_005cClassWarning"></a> -<a name="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a> -<a name="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a> -<a name="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a> -<a name="index-_005cClassInfo"></a> -<a name="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a> -<a name="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a> -<a name="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cClassError"></span> +<span id="index-_005cPackageError"></span> +<span id="index-_005cClassWarning"></span> +<span id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></span> +<span id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></span> +<span id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></span> +<span id="index-_005cClassInfo"></span> +<span id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></span> +<span id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></span> +<span id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></span> <p>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. </p> <p>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is @@ -1591,7 +1686,7 @@ appends a period to the messages. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\CurrentOption</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cCurrentOption"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cCurrentOption"></span> <p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. @@ -1599,12 +1694,12 @@ or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. </dd> <dt><code>\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cDeclareOption"></a> -<a name="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></a> -<a name="index-class-options-2"></a> -<a name="index-package-options-1"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-class"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-package-1"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareOption"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></span> +<span id="index-class-options-2"></span> +<span id="index-package-options-1"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-class"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-package-1"></span> <p>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their <code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing @@ -1613,10 +1708,10 @@ must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>}</code> (and later, <code>\ProcessOptions</code>). </p> <p>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this -will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s): [badoption].</code> -Change this behaviour with the starred version -<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes extend -an existing class, using a declaration such as +will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s): +[badoption].</code> Change this behavior with the starred version +<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes +extend an existing class, using a command such as <code>\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as this. </p> @@ -1640,9 +1735,9 @@ passes the option to the <code>article</code> class. </dd> <dt><code>\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"></a> -<a name="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></a> -<a name="index-new-command_002c-definition"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></span> +<span id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></span> <p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and fragile commands see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>.) Use this command to define new @@ -1655,8 +1750,8 @@ transcript file if a command is redefined. using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a> -<a name="index-etoolbox-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></span> +<span id="index-etoolbox-package"></span> <p>The <samp>etoolbox</samp> package offers the commands <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands @@ -1678,10 +1773,10 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine </dd> -<dt><code>\IfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> -<dt><code>\InputIfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cIfFileExists"></a> -<a name="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a> +<dt><code>\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cIfFileExists"></span> +<span id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></span> <p>Execute <var>true code</var> if LaTeX finds the file <samp><var>file name</var></samp> or <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing <var>true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command @@ -1705,8 +1800,8 @@ extensions see <a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a>. </dd> <dt><code>\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> <dt><code>\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cLoadClass"></a> -<a name="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cLoadClass"></span> +<span id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></span> <p>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is <code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>. @@ -1733,7 +1828,7 @@ that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cExecuteOptions"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cExecuteOptions"></span> <p>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command executes the command <code>\ds@<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not defined then that option is silently ignored. @@ -1745,7 +1840,7 @@ default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify </p> </dd> <dt><code>\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"></span> <p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: <code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is @@ -1767,7 +1862,7 @@ release `2016/02/01' is available. </dd> <dt><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cOptionNotUsed"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cOptionNotUsed"></span> <p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. @@ -1776,8 +1871,8 @@ within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or </dd> <dt><code>\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</code></dt> <dt><code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"></a> -<a name="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"></span> +<span id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></span> <p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code> command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>. @@ -1818,8 +1913,8 @@ option. The user could start their LaTeX file with </dd> <dt><code>\ProcessOptions</code></dt> <dt><code>\ProcessOptions*<var>\@options</var></code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cProcessOptions"></a> -<a name="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cProcessOptions"></span> +<span id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></span> <p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the existence of the starred command). @@ -1862,8 +1957,8 @@ means that the global options are processed first. <dt><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> <dt><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></dt> <dt><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cProvidesClass"></a> -<a name="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cProvidesClass"></span> +<span id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></span> <p>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. </p> @@ -1896,20 +1991,20 @@ than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\ProvidesFile{<var>file name</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cProvidesFile"></a> +<dt><code>\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cProvidesFile"></span> <p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config -2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>file name</var> equal to +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>filename</var> equal to ‘<samp>test.config</samp>’ and <var>additional information</var> equal to ‘<samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> <dt><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cRequirePackage"></a> -<a name="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cRequirePackage"></span> +<span id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></span> <p>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (see <a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these commands over Plain TeX’s <code>\input</code>; see the Class Guide. An example is @@ -1939,133 +2034,781 @@ causes LaTeX to give error like <code>\usepackage before <hr> -<a name="Fonts"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Fonts"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="n" rel="next">Layout</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document classes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Fonts-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">4 Fonts</h2> -<a name="Typefaces"></a> -<a name="index-typefaces"></a> -<a name="index-fonts"></a> +<span id="Fonts-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">4 Fonts</h2> +<span id="Typefaces"></span> +<span id="index-typefaces"></span> +<span id="index-fonts"></span> + +<p>LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New +Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families +in your document (for instance, see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). And, +LaTeX documents can use most fonts that are available today, +including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note, +though, that many fonts do not have support for mathematics.) +</p> +<p>The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family, +developed by Donald Knuth. It is the default for LaTeX documents and +is still the most widely used. But changing to another font often only +involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your +preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more +readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to +typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe, +<a href="https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</a>.) +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math +\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif +\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter +\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX +\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal +</pre></div> + +<p>In addition, the <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> engines allow +you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType +format (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). +</p> +<p>The LaTeX Font Catalogue (<a href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</a>) shows +font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts, +including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin +alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX. +</p> +<p>More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at +<a href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>. +</p> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1">fontenc package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Encoding of the font. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="2">Font styles</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="3">Font sizes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="4">Low-level font commands</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<span id="fontenc-package"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="fontenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.1 <code>fontenc</code> package</h3> + +<span id="index-font-encoding"></span> +<span id="index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for"></span> +<span id="index-T1"></span> +<span id="index-OT1"></span> +<span id="index-fontenc"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc} +</pre></div> + +<p>or +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc} +</pre></div> + +<p>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the +character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. +</p> +<p>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine +(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). If you use the <code>xelatex</code> or +<code>lualatex</code> engine then instead use the <samp>fontspec</samp> package. +</p> +<p>TeX’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character +set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use +<code>\accent</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a>) but this disables hyphenation. TeX +users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of +characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using +<code>pdflatex</code> then this in the preamble +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +</pre></div> -<p>Two important aspects of selecting a <em>font</em> are specifying a size -and a style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. +<p>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including +French, German, Italian, Polish, and others. In particular, if you have +words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your +output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you +to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-lmodern"></span> +<span id="index-lmodern-package"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"></span> +<span id="index-cm_002dsuper-package"></span> + +<p>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear +blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, +sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a +package such as <samp>lmodern</samp> or <samp>cm-super</samp> to get a font that +extends LaTeX’s default using vector fonts. +</p> +<p>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already +declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named +<samp><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</samp>. It also sets <code>\encodingdefault</code> +to be the last encoding in the option list. +</p> +<p>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>. +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><code>OT1</code></dt> +<dd><p>The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English characters. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>OMS, OML</code></dt> +<dd><p>Math symbols and math letters encoding. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>T1</code></dt> +<dd><p>TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users +Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most European +accented characters. The most common option for this package. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>TS1</code></dt> +<dd><p>Text Companion encoding. +</p></dd> +</dl> + +<p>LaTeX’s default is to load <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>, <code>OT1</code>, and +then <code>OMS</code>, and set the default to <code>OT1</code>. +</p> +<p>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font +encoding if your font requires it. +</p> +<p>If you use <code>T1</code> encoded fonts other than the default Computer +Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your +fonts before loading <samp>fontenc</samp>, to prevent the system from loading +any <code>T1</code> encoded fonts from the default. +</p> +<p>The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: ‘<samp>T</samp>’ for the +standard text encodings with 256 characters, ‘<samp>TS</samp>’ for symbols that +extend the corresponding T encodings, ‘<samp>X</samp>’ for test encodings, +‘<samp>M</samp>’ for standard math encodings with 256 characters, ‘<samp>A</samp>’ for +special applications, ‘<samp>OT</samp>’ for standard text encodings with 128 +characters, and ‘<samp>OM</samp>’ for standard math encodings with 128 +characters (‘<samp>O</samp>’ stands for ‘<samp>obsolete</samp>’). +</p> +<p>This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of +them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works +for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command +is not in effect. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="1">Font styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="1">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define an encoding. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="2">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define an accent in the encoding. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="3">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fallback for using an accent in the encoding. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="4">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">New encoding-specific command. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="5">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fallback for encoding-specific commands. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="6">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Directly access an accented glyph, in the encoding. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="7">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Run code in slot, in the encoding. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="8">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a symbol in the encoding. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="2">Font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="9">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fallback for a symbol in the encoding. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="3">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Save most recently declared encoding. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Temporarily switch to another encoding. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Font-styles"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextAccent</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.1 <code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></h4> + +<span id="index-font-encoding_002c-declaring"></span> +<span id="index-encoding_002c-font"></span> +<span id="index-accents_002c-defining"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareFontEncoding{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>text-settings</var>}{<var>math-settings</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Declare the font encoding <var>encoding</var>. It also saves the value of +<var>encoding</var> in <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a>). +</p> +<p>The file <samp>t1enc.def</samp> contains this line (followed by many others). +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <var>text-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will run every +time it switches from one encoding to another with the +<code>\selectfont</code> or <code>\fontencoding</code> command. The +<var>math-settings</var> are the commands that LaTeX will use whenever the +font is accessed as a math alphabet. +</p> +<p>LaTeX ignores any space characters inside <var>text-settings</var> and +<var>math-settings</var>, to prevent unintended spaces in the output. +</p> +<p>If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name +starting with ‘<samp>L</samp>’ for ‘<samp>local</samp>’, or ‘<samp>E</samp>’ for +‘<samp>experimental</samp>’. +</p> +<p>Note that output encoding files may be read several times by LaTeX so +using, e.g., <code>\newcommand</code> may cause an error. In addition, such +files should contain <code>\ProvidesFile</code> line (see <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>). +</p> +<p>Note also that you should use the <code>\...Default</code> commands only in a +package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files +should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareFontEncoding</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Font-styles-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">4.1 Font styles</h3> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.2 <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></h4> + +<span id="index-font-encoding-1"></span> +<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccent{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +</pre></div> -<a name="index-font-styles"></a> -<a name="index-type-styles"></a> -<a name="index-styles-of-text"></a> +<p>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding +<var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>. +</p> +<p>This line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> declares that to make a circumflex +accent as in <code>\^A</code>, the system will put the accent in slot 2 +over the ‘<samp>A</samp>’ character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. +(This holds unless there is a relevant <code>DeclareTextComposite</code> or +<code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code> declaration; +see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a>.) +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2} +</pre></div> + +<p>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextAccent</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.3 <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></h4> + +<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>If there is an encoding-specific accent command <var>cmd</var> but there is +no associated <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> for that encoding then this +command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for +<var>encoding</var>. +</p> +<p>For example, to make the encoding <code>OT1</code> be the default encoding for +the accent <code>\"</code>, declare this. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1} +</pre></div> + +<p>If you issue a <code>\"</code> when the current encoding does not have a +definition for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from +<code>OT1</code> +</p> +<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>). +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{#1}} +</pre></div> + +<p>Note that <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> works for any one-argument +<samp>fontenc</samp> command, not just the accent command. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.4 <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"></span> +<span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand"></span> + +<p>Synopsis, one of: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var> +\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or one of: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Define the command <var>cmd</var>, which will be specific to one encoding. +The command name <var>cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, \. These +commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining <code>cmd</code> does +not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code +in <var>defn</var> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +</p> +<p>For example, the file <samp>t1enc.def</samp> contains this line. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 } +</pre></div> + +<p>With that, you can express parts per thousand. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble + ... +Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. +</pre></div> + +<p>If you change the font encoding to <code>OT1</code> then you get an error like +‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding +OT1</samp>’. +</p> +<p>The <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it +does nothing if <var>cmd</var> is already defined. The +<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple +slot-to-glyph association (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a>) +</p> +<p>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargsdefault</var> arguments play the +same role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). Briefly, <var>nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9 +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command <code>cmd</code> +takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this +argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that <var>cmd</var> will have +no arguments. And, if <var>optargsdefault</var> is present then the first +argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value +<var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If +<var>optargsdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take +an optional argument. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextComposite</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault-"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.5 <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Give a default definition for <var>cmd</var>, for when that command is not +defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use +encodings known to be available. +</p> +<p>This makes <code>\copyright</code> available. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} +</pre></div> + +<p>It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. +</p> +<p>The <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> should not occur in the encoding +definition files since those files should declare only commands for use +when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. +</p> +<p>As with the related non-default commands, the +<code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> has exactly the same behavior as +<code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> except that it does nothing if +<var>cmd</var> is already defined (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks +that other packages can improve upon. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.6 <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></h4> + +<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-3"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an +accent over a separate character. +</p> +<p>This line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> means that <code>\^o</code> will cause +LaTeX to typeset lowercase ‘<samp>o</samp>’ by taking the character +directly from location 224 in the font. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} +</pre></div> + +<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The +<var>simple_object</var> should be a single character or a single command. +The <var>slot</var> argument is usually a positive integer represented in +decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally +<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with +<code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or with a one-argument +<code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. In <samp>t1enc.def</samp>, the above line follows +the <code>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code> command. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextSymbol</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextComposite</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.7 <code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></h4> + +<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-4"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>A more general version of <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code> that runs +arbitrary code with <var>cmd</var>. +</p> +<p>This allows accents on ‘<samp>i</samp>’ to act like accents on dotless i, +<code>\i</code>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} +</pre></div> + +<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a>, for a list of common encodings. Normally +<var>cmd</var> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> +or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.8 <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></h4> + +<span id="index-symbol_002c-defining"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbol{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Define a symbol in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location +<var>slot</var>. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not +mathematics. +</p> +<p>For example, this line from <samp>t1enc.def</samp> declares the number of the +glyph to use for «, the left guillemet. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19} +</pre></div> + +<p>The command <code>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char +19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a>). +</p> +<p>See <a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a>, for a list of common encodings. The <var>slot</var> +can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <code>'023</code>), or +hexadecimal (as in <code>"13</code>), although decimal has the advantage that +single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. +</p> +<p>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="n" rel="next">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextSymbol</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.9 <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></h4> + +<span id="index-accents_002c-defining-5"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <var>cmd</var> but there is no +associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then this command +will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for +<var>encoding</var>. +</p> +<p>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for +<code>\textdollar</code> then use the one from <code>OT1</code>, declare this. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1} +</pre></div> + +<p>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (see <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>). +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}} +</pre></div> + +<p>Note that <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> can be used to define a +default for any zero-argument <samp>fontenc</samp> command. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.10 <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\LastDeclaredEncoding +</pre></div> + +<p>Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The +<code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code> command stores the name so that it can be +retrieved with this command (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a>). +</p> +<p>This relies on <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> rather than give the +name of the encoding explicitly. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{} +\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} +</pre></div> + + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a>, Up: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="u" rel="up">fontenc package</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">4.1.11 <code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cUseTextSymbol"></span> +<span id="index-_005cUseTextAccent"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. +</p> +<p>In general, to use a <samp>fontenc</samp> command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it +like this: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss} +</pre></div> + +<p>which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so LaTeX +reverts back to the prior encoding after the <code>\ss</code>): +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss} +</pre></div> + +<p>Similarly, to use a <samp>fontenc</samp> command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a} +</pre></div> + +<p>which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a group): +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<var>enc_in_use</var>}\selectfont a}} +</pre></div> + +<p>Here, <var>enc_in_use</var> is the encoding in force before this sequence +of commands, so that ‘<samp>a</samp>’ is typeset using the current encoding +and only the accent is taken from <code>OT1</code>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Font-styles"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev">fontenc package</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Font-styles-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.2 Font styles</h3> + +<span id="index-font-styles"></span> +<span id="index-type-styles"></span> +<span id="index-styles-of-text"></span> <p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. </p> +<span id="index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands"></span> <p>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code> commands, -is used with an argument, as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is -the preferred form. But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the -corresponding declaration form, which is sometimes useful. This form -takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>. The scope of -the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end -of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as -<code>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>. -</p> -<p>These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, are -cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of +are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is +the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the +corresponding <em>declaration form</em>, which is often useful. This +form takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment +form such as <code>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>, which we’ll +describe further at the end of the section. +</p> +<p>These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for instance +you can get bold sans serif by saying either of <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>. </p> -<a name="index-_005cnocorrlist"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnocorr"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnocorrlist"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnocorr"></span> <p>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (see <a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a>). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list -<code>\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of a period and a comma. +<code>\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use <code>\nocorr</code> at the start or end of the command argument, such as <code>\textit{\nocorr text}</code> or <code>\textsc{text \nocorr}</code>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm"></a> -<a name="index-_005crmfamily"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextrm"></span> +<span id="index-_005crmfamily"></span> <p>Roman. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextit"></a> -<a name="index-_005citshape"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextit"></span> +<span id="index-_005citshape"></span> <p>Italics. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextmd"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmdseries"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextmd"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmdseries"></span> <p>Medium weight (default). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextbf"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbfseries"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextbf"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbfseries"></span> <p>Boldface. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextup"></a> -<a name="index-_005cupshape"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextup"></span> +<span id="index-_005cupshape"></span> <p>Upright (default). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextsl"></a> -<a name="index-_005cslshape"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextsl"></span> +<span id="index-_005cslshape"></span> <p>Slanted. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextsf"></a> -<a name="index-_005csffamily"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextsf"></span> +<span id="index-_005csffamily"></span> <p>Sans serif. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextsc"></a> -<a name="index-_005cscshape"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextsc"></span> +<span id="index-_005cscshape"></span> <p>Small caps. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctexttt"></a> -<a name="index-_005cttfamily"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctexttt"></span> +<span id="index-_005cttfamily"></span> <p>Typewriter. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextnormal"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnormalfont"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextnormal"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnormalfont"></span> <p>Main document font. </p> </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-emphasis"></a> -<a name="index-_005cemph"></a> +<span id="index-emphasis"></span> +<span id="index-_005cemph"></span> <p>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph{<var>start @@ -2080,67 +2823,67 @@ used as declarations: <code>{\<var>cmd</var>...}</code> instead of </p> <p>(The unconditional commands below are an older version of font switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most -circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely -what you want.) +circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is +needed.) </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\bf</code> -<a name="index-_005cbf"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbf"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-bold-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-bold-font"></span> <p>Switch to bold face. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cal</code> -<a name="index-_005ccal"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccal"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-script-letters-for-math"></a> -<a name="index-calligraphic-letters-for-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-script-letters-for-math"></span> +<span id="index-calligraphic-letters-for-math"></span> <p>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\it</code> -<a name="index-_005cit"></a> +<span id="index-_005cit"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-italic-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-italic-font"></span> <p>Italics. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rm</code> -<a name="index-_005crm"></a> +<span id="index-_005crm"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-roman-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-roman-font"></span> <p>Roman. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sc</code> -<a name="index-_005csc"></a> +<span id="index-_005csc"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-small-caps-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-small-caps-font"></span> <p>Small caps. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sf</code> -<a name="index-_005csf"></a> +<span id="index-_005csf"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-sans-serif-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-sans-serif-font"></span> <p>Sans serif. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sl</code> -<a name="index-_005csl"></a> +<span id="index-_005csl"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-slanted-font"></a> -<a name="index-oblique-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-slanted-font"></span> +<span id="index-oblique-font"></span> <p>Slanted (oblique). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tt</code> -<a name="index-_005ctt"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctt"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-typewriter-font"></a> -<a name="index-monospace-font"></a> -<a name="index-fixed_002dwidth-font"></a> +<dd><span id="index-typewriter-font"></span> +<span id="index-monospace-font"></span> +<span id="index-fixed_002dwidth-font"></span> <p>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </p> </dd> @@ -2156,22 +2899,22 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\mathrm</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmathrm"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmathrm"></span> <p>Roman, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathbf</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmathbf"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmathbf"></span> <p>Boldface, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathsf</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmathsf"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmathsf"></span> <p>Sans serif, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathtt</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmathtt"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmathtt"></span> <p>Typewriter, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> @@ -2181,71 +2924,65 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathnormal</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmathnormal"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmathnormal"></span> <p>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathcal</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmathcal"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmathcal"></span> <p>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode. </p> </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-_005cmathversion"></a> -<a name="index-math_002c-bold"></a> -<a name="index-bold-math"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathversion"></span> +<span id="index-math_002c-bold"></span> +<span id="index-bold-math"></span> <p>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. </p> -<a name="index-_005coldstylenums"></a> -<a name="index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle"></a> -<a name="index-old_002dstyle-numerals"></a> -<a name="index-lining-numerals"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-textcomp"></a> -<a name="index-textcomp-package"></a> - -<p>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset -so-called “old-style” numerals, which have differing heights and -depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard “lining” numerals, -which all have the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX’s -default fonts support this, and will respect <code>\textbf</code> (but not -other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in Computer -Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; sometimes the -<code>textcomp</code> package must be loaded, and sometimes package options -are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: -<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf</a>. +<span id="index-_005coldstylenums"></span> +<span id="index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle"></span> +<span id="index-old_002dstyle-numerals"></span> +<span id="index-lining-numerals"></span> +<p>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will +typeset so-called “old-style” numerals, which have differing heights +and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard “lining” +numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters. +LaTeX’s default fonts support this, and will respect <code>\textbf</code> +(but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in +Computer Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; +sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ +entry: <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Font-sizes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Font-sizes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Low-level font commands</a>, Previous: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Font-sizes-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">4.2 Font sizes</h3> +<span id="Font-sizes-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.3 Font sizes</h3> -<a name="index-font-sizes"></a> -<a name="index-typeface-sizes"></a> -<a name="index-sizes-of-text"></a> +<span id="index-font-sizes"></span> +<span id="index-typeface-sizes"></span> +<span id="index-sizes-of-text"></span> <p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used (in points) with the ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’, ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’, and ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’ document size options, respectively (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> -<a name="index-_005ctiny"></a> -<a name="index-_005cscriptsize"></a> -<a name="index-_005cfootnotesize"></a> -<a name="index-_005csmall"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnormalsize"></a> -<a name="index-_005clarge"></a> -<a name="index-_005cLarge"></a> -<a name="index-_005cLARGE"></a> -<a name="index-_005chuge"></a> -<a name="index-_005cHuge"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctiny"></span> +<span id="index-_005cscriptsize"></span> +<span id="index-_005cfootnotesize"></span> +<span id="index-_005csmall"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnormalsize"></span> +<span id="index-_005clarge"></span> +<span id="index-_005cLarge"></span> +<span id="index-_005cLARGE"></span> +<span id="index-_005chuge"></span> +<span id="index-_005cHuge"></span> <table> <thead><tr><th>Command</th><th><code>10pt</code></th><th><code>11pt</code></th><th><code>12pt</code></th></tr></thead> @@ -2261,8 +2998,9 @@ size used (in points) with the ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’, ‘<samp>11p <tr><td><code>\Huge</code></td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td><td>24.88</td></tr> </table> -<p>The commands are listed here in declaration forms. You use them by -declaring them, as with this example. +<span id="index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands"></span> +<p>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, +since that is how they are typically used. For example. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{quotation} \small @@ -2270,34 +3008,44 @@ declaring them, as with this example. \end{quotation} </pre></div> -<p>The scope of the <code>\small</code> lasts until the end of the -<code>quotation</code> environment. It would also end at the next type style -command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in -extra curly braces <code>{\small We are here, we are here, we are -here!}</code>. You can instead use the environment form of these commands; -for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. +<p>Here, the scope of the <code>\small</code> lasts until the end of the +<code>quotation</code> environment. It would also end at the next type +style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it +in curly braces <code>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>. +</p> +<span id="index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands"></span> +<p>An <em>environment form</em> of each of these commands is also defined; for +instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice +this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or +end of the environment without careful consideration, so it’s +generally less error-prone to stick to the declaration form. +</p> +<p>(Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines <code>\begin</code> and +<code>\end</code>, nearly every command that does not take an argument +technically has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would +only cause confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the +environment form of the font size declarations specifically is that +this particular use is not rare.) </p> <hr> -<a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">4.3 Low-level font commands</h3> +<span id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1"></span><h3 class="section">4.4 Low-level font commands</h3> -<a name="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a> -<a name="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></a> +<span id="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></span> +<span id="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></span> <p>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding"></span></dd> <dt><code>\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfontencoding"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cfontencoding"></span> <p>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>, Knuth’s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and @@ -2307,13 +3055,13 @@ accented characters used by the most widespread European languages hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide</a>. </p> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily"></a></dd> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily"></span></dd> <dt><code>\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfontfamily"></a> -<a name="index-families_002c-of-fonts"></a> -<a name="index-font-catalogue"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cfontfamily"></span> +<span id="index-families_002c-of-fonts"></span> +<span id="index-font-catalogue"></span> <p>Select the font family. The web page -<a href="http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/">http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</a> provides one way to browse +<a href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/">https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</a> provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are examples of some common families. </p> @@ -2341,10 +3089,10 @@ examples of some common families. </table> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries"></a></dd> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontseries"></span></dd> <dt><code>\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfontseries"></a> -<a name="index-series_002c-of-fonts"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cfontseries"></span> +<span id="index-series_002c-of-fonts"></span> <p>Select the font series. A <em>series</em> combines a <em>weight</em> and a <em>width</em>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible combinations. Some common combined series values include: @@ -2357,7 +3105,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: <tr><td><code>bx</code></td><td>Bold extended</td></tr> </table> -<a name="index-weights_002c-of-fonts"></a> +<span id="index-weights_002c-of-fonts"></span> <p>The possible values for weight, individually, are: </p> <table> @@ -2372,7 +3120,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: <tr><td><code>ub</code></td><td>Ultra bold</td></tr> </table> -<a name="index-widths_002c-of-fonts"></a> +<span id="index-widths_002c-of-fonts"></span> <p>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): </p> @@ -2395,9 +3143,9 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one </p> </dd> <dt><code>\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfontshape"></a> -<a name="index-shapes_002c-of-fonts"></a> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"></a><p>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +<dd><span id="index-_005cfontshape"></span> +<span id="index-shapes_002c-of-fonts"></span> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontshape"></span><p>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </p> <table> <tr><td><code>n</code></td><td>Upright (normal)</td></tr> @@ -2411,51 +3159,32 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one <p>The two last shapes are not available for most font families, and small caps are often missing as well. </p> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"></a></dd> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"></span></dd> <dt><code>\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfontsize"></a> -<a name="index-font-size"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbaselineskip"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cfontsize"></span> +<span id="index-font-size"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbaselineskip"></span> <p>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the parameter <code>\baselineskip</code>. The default <code>\baselineskip</code> for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>. Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is -reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next. -</p> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch"></a></dd> -<dt><code>\baselinestretch</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></a> -<p>LaTeX multiplies the line spacing by the value of the -<code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1. A change -takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called. You can -make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance -doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in -the preamble. -</p> -<a name="index-package_002c-setspace"></a> -<a name="index-setspace-package"></a> - -<a name="index-double-spacing"></a> -<p>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the -<samp>setspace</samp> package. In addition to offering a number of spacing -options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places -where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure -captions. See the package documentation. -</p> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-linespread"></a></dd> +reset every time a size change happens; instead use +<code>\baselinestretch</code>. (see <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>). +</p> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-linespread"></span></dd> <dt><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005clinespread"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005clinespread"></span> <p>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. Best specified in the preamble, or use the <code>setspace</code> package, as just described. </p> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont"></a></dd> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-selectfont"></span></dd> <dt><code>\selectfont</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cselectfont"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cselectfont"></span> <p>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in <code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful @@ -2463,9 +3192,9 @@ to put this in a macro:<br> <code>\newcommand*{\myfont}{\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont}</code><br> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). </p> -<a name="low-level-font-commands-usefont"></a></dd> +<span id="low-level-font-commands-usefont"></span></dd> <dt><code>\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cusefont"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cusefont"></span> <p>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: @@ -2479,45 +3208,43 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <hr> -<a name="Layout"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Layout"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Fonts</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Layout-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">5 Layout</h2> +<span id="Layout-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">5 Layout</h2> -<a name="index-layout-commands"></a> +<span id="index-layout-commands"></span> <p>Commands for controlling the general page layout. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1">\onecolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use one-column layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1">\onecolumn</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use one-column layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2">\twocolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use two-column layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2">\twocolumn</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use two-column layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3">\flushbottom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make all text pages the same height. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3">\flushbottom</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make all text pages the same height. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4">\raggedbottom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Allow text pages of differing height. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4">\raggedbottom</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Allow text pages of differing height. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Floats" accesskey="6">Floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Figures, tables, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="6">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space between lines. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Floats" accesskey="7">Floats</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Figures, tables, etc. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005conecolumn"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005conecolumn"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005conecolumn-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005conecolumn-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005conecolumn"></a> -<a name="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></a> +<span id="index-_005conecolumn"></span> +<span id="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -2532,17 +3259,15 @@ behavior (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). Th </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ctwocolumn"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ctwocolumn"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\flushbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\onecolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005ctwocolumn"></a> -<a name="index-multicolumn-text"></a> -<a name="index-two_002dcolumn-output"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctwocolumn"></span> +<span id="index-multicolumn-text"></span> +<span id="index-two_002dcolumn-output"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -2564,31 +3289,31 @@ typesetting starts. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\columnsep</code> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="twocolumn-columnsep"></a><p>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a -command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code> You must change -it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good +<dd><span id="twocolumn-columnsep"></span><p>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a +command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change +it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\columnseprule</code> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnseprule"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="twocolumn-columnseprule"></a><p>The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between -the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. -Change it with a command such as +<dd><span id="twocolumn-columnseprule"></span><p>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that +there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two +columns. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column -environment starts. +mode starts. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\columnwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnwidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="twocolumn-columnwidth"></a><p>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to +<dd><span id="twocolumn-columnwidth"></span><p>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the -width of each of the two columns to be half of <code>\textwidth</code> minus -<code>\columnsep</code>. +width of each of the two columns, <code>\columnwidth</code>, to be half of +<code>\textwidth</code> minus <code>\columnsep</code>. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -2600,14 +3325,14 @@ and see <a href="#table">table</a>). LaTeX places starred floats at the top of a The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltopfraction"></span></dd> <dt><code>\dbltopfraction</code> -<a name="index-_005cdbltopfraction"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdbltopfraction"></span> </dt> <dd><p>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not -exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code> . If the height of your starred float +exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code>. If the height of your starred float environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: </p> @@ -2625,37 +3350,37 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. <p>You can redefine it, as with <code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>. </p> -<a name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"></a></dd> +</dd> <dt><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code> -<a name="index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdblfloatpagefraction"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction +<dd><span id="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction"></span><p>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. LaTeX’s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>. </p> -<a name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"></a></dd> +</dd> <dt><code>\dblfloatsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cdblfloatsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdblfloatsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance +<dd><span id="twocolumn-dblfloatsep"></span><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or <code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at <code>12pt</code>. </p> -<a name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"></a></dd> +</dd> <dt><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdbltextfloatsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or +<dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep"></span><p>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>. </p> -<a name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"></a></dd> +</dd> <dt><code>\dbltopnumber</code> -<a name="index-_005cdbltopnumber"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdbltopnumber"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the +<dd><span id="twocolumn-dbltopnumber"></span><p>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX default is <code>2</code>. </p> @@ -2687,15 +3412,13 @@ Two column text here. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cflushbottom"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cflushbottom"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raggedbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cflushbottom-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cflushbottom-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cflushbottom"></a> +<span id="index-_005cflushbottom"></span> <p>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the @@ -2717,16 +3440,14 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005craggedbottom"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005craggedbottom"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\flushbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005craggedbottom-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005craggedbottom-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005craggedbottom"></a> -<a name="index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical"></a> +<span id="index-_005craggedbottom"></span> +<span id="index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical"></span> <p>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided @@ -2738,65 +3459,63 @@ option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="Page-layout-parameters"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Page-layout-parameters"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="n" rel="next">Floats</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="n" rel="next">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Page-layout-parameters-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">5.5 Page layout parameters</h3> +<span id="Page-layout-parameters-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.5 Page layout parameters</h3> -<a name="index-page-layout-parameters"></a> -<a name="index-parameters_002c-page-layout"></a> -<a name="index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for"></a> -<a name="index-header_002c-parameters-for"></a> -<a name="index-footer_002c-parameters-for"></a> -<a name="index-running-header-and-footer"></a> +<span id="index-page-layout-parameters"></span> +<span id="index-parameters_002c-page-layout"></span> +<span id="index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for"></span> +<span id="index-header_002c-parameters-for"></span> +<span id="index-footer_002c-parameters-for"></span> +<span id="index-running-header-and-footer"></span> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\columnsep</code> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnsep-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnsep-1"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\columnseprule</code> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnseprule-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-1"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\columnwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnwidth-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-1"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ccolumnsep-2"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep"></a><a name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule"></a><a name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth"></a><p>The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between the +<dd><span id="index-_005ccolumnsep-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnseprule-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-columnsep"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth"></span><p>The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between the columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). See <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\headheight</code> -<a name="index-_005cheadheight"></a> +<span id="index-_005cheadheight"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cheadheight-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-headheight"></a><p>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the +<dd><span id="index-_005cheadheight-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-headheight"></span><p>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’, at all type sizes. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\headsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cheadsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cheadsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cheadsep-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-headsep"></a><p>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of +<dd><span id="index-_005cheadsep-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-headsep"></span><p>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> classes is ‘<samp>25pt</samp>’. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if the -document is set at 10pt then it is ‘<samp>0.25in</samp>’, and at 11pt and 12pt +document is set at 10pt then it is ‘<samp>0.25in</samp>’, and at 11pt or 12pt it is ‘<samp>0.275in</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\footskip</code> -<a name="index-_005cfootskip"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfootskip"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfootskip-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-footskip"></a><p>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of +<dd><span id="index-_005cfootskip-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-footskip"></span><p>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> classes is ‘<samp>30pt</samp>’. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: when the type size is 10pt the default is ‘<samp>0.35in</samp>’, while at 11pt it is @@ -2804,10 +3523,10 @@ the type size is 10pt the default is ‘<samp>0.35in</samp>’, while at </p> </dd> <dt><code>\linewidth</code> -<a name="index-_005clinewidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005clinewidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005clinewidth-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth"></a><p>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> +<dd><span id="index-_005clinewidth-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-linewidth"></span><p>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> (see <a href="#list">list</a>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to equal <code>\textwidth</code> but for each nested list the <code>\linewidth</code> is decreased by the sum of that list’s <code>\leftmargin</code> and @@ -2815,18 +3534,18 @@ is decreased by the sum of that list’s <code>\leftmargin</code> and </p> </dd> <dt><code>\marginparpush</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarginparpush"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarginparpush"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\marginsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarginsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarginsep"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\marginparwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarginparwidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmarginparpush-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmarginsep-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"></a><a name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep"></a><a name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth"></a><p>The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the horizontal +<dd><span id="index-_005cmarginparpush-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmarginsep-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-marginsep"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth"></span><p>The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the horizontal space between the text body and the marginal notes, and the horizontal width of the notes. </p> @@ -2852,19 +3571,19 @@ distance. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\oddsidemargin</code> -<a name="index-_005coddsidemargin-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005coddsidemargin-1"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\evensidemargin</code> -<a name="index-_005cevensidemargin-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cevensidemargin-1"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005coddsidemargin-2"></a> -<a name="index-_005cevensidemargin-2"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"></a><a name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"></a><p>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is the extra distance between the left side of +<dd><span id="index-_005coddsidemargin-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005cevensidemargin-2"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin"></span><span id="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin"></span><p>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> length is the extra distance between the left side of the page and the text’s left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the document class option <code>twoside</code> is chosen and on all pages when <code>oneside</code> is in effect. When <code>twoside</code> is in effect, on even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is -<code>evensidemargin</code>. +<code>\evensidemargin</code>. </p> <p>LaTeX’s default is that <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and @@ -2872,28 +3591,28 @@ difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and </p> </dd> <dt><code>\paperheight</code> -<a name="index-_005cpaperheight"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpaperheight"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cpaperheight-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight"></a><p>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area. +<dd><span id="index-_005cpaperheight-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-paperheight"></span><p>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\paperwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005cpaperwidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpaperwidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cpaperwidth-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth"></a><p>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area. +<dd><span id="index-_005cpaperwidth-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth"></span><p>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textheight</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextheight"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextheight"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextheight-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-textheight"></a><p>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextheight-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-textheight"></span><p>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> the default is ‘<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>’, while for a <code>book</code> it is ‘<samp>41\baselineskip</samp>’. At a type size of 11pt the default is @@ -2902,10 +3621,10 @@ the default is ‘<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>’, while for a <code>boo </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextwidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextwidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextwidth-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth"></a><p>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextwidth-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-textwidth"></span><p>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is ‘<samp>345pt</samp>’ when the chosen type size is 10pt, the default is ‘<samp>360pt</samp>’ at 11pt, and it is ‘<samp>390pt</samp>’ at 12pt. For a <code>book</code> document, the default @@ -2924,21 +3643,21 @@ column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists. specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>. </p> -<a name="index-_005chsize"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-hsize"></a></dd> +</dd> <dt><code>\hsize</code> -<a name="index-_005chsize-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005chsize"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the TeX +<dd><span id="index-_005chsize-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-hsize"></span><p>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the TeX primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal LaTeX documents. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\topmargin</code> -<a name="index-_005ctopmargin"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctopmargin"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-topmargin"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"></a><p>Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the +<dd><span id="index-topmargin"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-topmargin"></span><p>Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight - 2in - \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip</code>, @@ -2946,10 +3665,10 @@ and then divided by two. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\topskip</code> -<a name="index-_005ctopskip"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctopskip"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctopskip-1"></a> -<a name="page-layout-parameters-topskip"></a><p>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of +<dd><span id="index-_005ctopskip-1"></span> +<span id="page-layout-parameters-topskip"></span><p>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the same as the font size, e.g., ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ at a type size of 10pt. </p> @@ -2958,13 +3677,128 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ at a type size of 1 <hr> -<a name="Floats"></a> -<div class="header"> -<p> -Previous: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page layout parameters</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> -</div> -<a name="Floats-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">5.6 Floats</h3> +<span id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Floats" accesskey="n" rel="next">Floats</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page layout parameters</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.6 <code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></h3> + +<span id="index-_005cbaselineskip-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbaselinestretch"></span> +<span id="index-_005clinespread-1"></span> +<span id="index-space-between-lines"></span> +<span id="index-interline-space"></span> +<span id="index-leading"></span> +<span id="index-double-spacing"></span> + +<p>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). It gives +the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +baseline to baseline. +</p> +<p>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code>\baselineskip</code> +while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection +command <code>\fontsize</code> (see <a href="#low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</a>). +The <code>\baselineskip</code>’s value is reset every time a font change +happens and so any direct change to <code>\baselineskip</code> would vanish +the next time there was a font switch. For how to influence line +spacing, see the discussion of <code>\baselinestretch</code> below. +</p> +<p>Usually, a font’s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font +designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, +a font’s style file has the command <code>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code> +then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; +for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does +it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the +<code>\baselineskip</code> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) +</p> +<p>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is not a property of each line but of the +entire paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, +such as a single <code>{\Huge Q}</code>, will be squashed into its line. +TeX will make sure it doesn’t scrape up against the line above but +won’t change the <code>\baselineskip</code> for that one line to make extra +room above. For the fix, use a <code>\strut</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>). +</p> +<p>The value of <code>\baselineskip</code> that TeX uses for the paragraph is +the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph +unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be +scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as +bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph. +Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the +baseline spacing matching that size. +{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$} +</pre></div> + +<span id="index-_005clineskip"></span> +<span id="index-_005clineskiplimit"></span> +<span id="index-_005cprevdepth"></span> +<p>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if +the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less +than <code>\baselineskip</code> then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up +the difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the +lines would be too close together, closer than <code>\lineskiplimit</code>, +then TeX instead uses <code>\lineskip</code> as the interline glue. The +second is that TeX doesn’t actually use the depth of the previous +line. Instead it uses <code>\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) +or just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and this +special value tells TeX not to insert any interline glue at the +paragraph start. +</p> +<p>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0pt and +<code>\lineskip</code> is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance +between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than +zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart. +</p> +<p>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double +space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline +distance is via <code>\baselinestretch</code>. It scales +<code>\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, +not a length, so change the scale factor as in +<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</code>. +</p> +<p>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire +document is to put <code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code> in the preamble. +For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half +spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the +<code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by +1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +<code>\linespread</code> command is defined as +<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code> so it won’t +take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at +the start of a document, so there you don’t need to follow it with +<code>\selectfont</code>.) +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-setspace"></span> +<span id="index-setspace-package"></span> + +<p>A simpler approach is the <samp>setspace</samp> package. The basic example: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{setspace} +\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 +</pre></div> + +<p>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. +But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change +the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +<code>\singlespacing</code> to return the spacing to normal. In the +document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use +environments, such as <code>\begin{doublespace} +... \end{doublespace}</code>. The package also has commands to do +arbitrary spacing: <code>\setstretch{<var>factor</var>}</code> and +<code>\begin{spacing}{<var>factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Floats"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Floats-1"></span><h3 class="section">5.7 Floats</h3> <p>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken across pages. They must be typeset outside of the normal flow of text, @@ -2991,8 +3825,8 @@ float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in that class also appears at the end. </p> -<a name="index-placement-of-floats"></a> -<a name="index-specifier_002c-float-placement"></a> +<span id="index-placement-of-floats"></span> +<span id="index-specifier_002c-float-placement"></span> <p>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its <var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the @@ -3009,7 +3843,7 @@ both <code>article</code> and <code>book</code> classes, is <code>tbp</code>. allowed for full-width floats (<code>figure*</code>) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the <samp>stfloats</samp> or <samp>dblfloatfix</samp> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the -FAQ: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</a>. +FAQ: <a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</a>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>h</code></dt> @@ -3017,18 +3851,18 @@ FAQ: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://w appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. </p> -<a name="index-here_002c-putting-floats"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-float"></a> -<a name="index-float-package"></a> +<span id="index-here_002c-putting-floats"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-float"></span> +<span id="index-float-package"></span> <p>To absolutely force a float to appear “here”, you can <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at -<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</a>. +<a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</a>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>p</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-float-page"></a> +<dd><span id="index-float-page"></span> <p>(Page of floats)—on a separate <em>float page</em>, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </p> @@ -3058,8 +3892,8 @@ use the <samp>afterpage</samp> package and issue <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-flafter"></a> -<a name="index-flafter-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-flafter"></span> +<span id="index-flafter-package"></span> <p>LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in @@ -3067,7 +3901,7 @@ the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the <samp>flafter</samp> package or using the command -<a name="index-_005csuppressfloats"></a> +<span id="index-_005csuppressfloats"></span> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. </p> @@ -3077,35 +3911,35 @@ non-float text (change them with </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\bottomfraction</code> -<a name="index-_005cbottomfraction"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbottomfraction"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cbottomfraction-1"></a> -<a name="floats-bottomfraction"></a><p>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at +<dd><span id="index-_005cbottomfraction-1"></span> +<span id="floats-bottomfraction"></span><p>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at the bottom; default ‘<samp>.3</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\floatpagefraction</code> -<a name="index-_005cfloatpagefraction"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"></a> -<a name="floats-floatpagefraction"></a><p>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; +<dd><span id="index-_005cfloatpagefraction-1"></span> +<span id="floats-floatpagefraction"></span><p>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default ‘<samp>.5</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textfraction</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextfraction"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextfraction"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextfraction-1"></a> -<a name="floats-textfraction"></a><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextfraction-1"></span> +<span id="floats-textfraction"></span><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a different page. The default is ‘<samp>.2</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\topfraction</code> -<a name="index-_005ctopfraction"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctopfraction"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctopfraction-1"></a> -<a name="floats-topfraction"></a><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before +<dd><span id="index-_005ctopfraction-1"></span> +<span id="floats-topfraction"></span><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before floats; default ‘<samp>.7</samp>’. </p></dd> </dl> @@ -3116,27 +3950,27 @@ expression</var>}</code>): </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\floatsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cfloatsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfloatsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cfloatsep-1"></a> -<a name="floats-floatsep"></a><p>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default +<dd><span id="index-_005cfloatsep-1"></span> +<span id="floats-floatsep"></span><p>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default ‘<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\intextsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cintextsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cintextsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cintextsep-1"></a> -<a name="floats-intextsep"></a><p>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default +<dd><span id="index-_005cintextsep-1"></span> +<span id="floats-intextsep"></span><p>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default ‘<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>’ for 10 point and 11 point documents, and ‘<samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp>’ for 12 point documents. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textfloatsep</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextfloatsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextfloatsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"></a> -<a name="floats-textfloatsep"></a><p>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; +<dd><span id="index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"></span> +<span id="floats-textfloatsep"></span><p>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default ‘<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>’. </p></dd> </dl> @@ -3147,69 +3981,69 @@ number</var>}</code>): </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>bottomnumber</code> -<a name="index-bottomnumber"></a> +<span id="index-bottomnumber"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-bottomnumber-1"></a> -<a name="floats-bottomnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; +<dd><span id="index-bottomnumber-1"></span> +<span id="floats-bottomnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; default 1. </p> </dd> <dt><code>dbltopnumber</code> -<a name="index-dbltopnumber"></a> +<span id="index-dbltopnumber"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dbltopnumber-1"></a> -<a name="floats-dbltopnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a +<dd><span id="index-dbltopnumber-1"></span> +<span id="floats-dbltopnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a two-column page; default 2. </p> </dd> <dt><code>topnumber</code> -<a name="index-topnumber"></a> +<span id="index-topnumber"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-topnumber-1"></a> -<a name="floats-topnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; +<dd><span id="index-topnumber-1"></span> +<span id="floats-topnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; default 2. </p> </dd> <dt><code>totalnumber</code> -<a name="index-totalnumber"></a> +<span id="index-totalnumber"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-totalnumber-1"></a> -<a name="floats-totalnumber"></a><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. +<dd><span id="index-totalnumber-1"></span> +<span id="floats-totalnumber"></span><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. </p></dd> </dl> <p>The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats -<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</a> contains +<a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</a> contains suggestions for relaxing LaTeX’s default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to influence the position of float environments like figure and table in LaTeX?” -(<a href="http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf">http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</a>). +(<a href="https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="Sectioning"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Sectioning"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cross references</a>, Previous: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Layout</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Sectioning-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">6 Sectioning</h2> - -<a name="index-sectioning-commands"></a> -<a name="index-part"></a> -<a name="index-chapter"></a> -<a name="index-section"></a> -<a name="index-subsection"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph"></a> -<a name="index-subparagraph"></a> -<a name="index-_005cpart"></a> -<a name="index-_005cchapter"></a> -<a name="index-_005csection"></a> -<a name="index-_005csubsection"></a> -<a name="index-_005cparagraph"></a> -<a name="index-_005csubparagraph"></a> +<span id="Sectioning-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">6 Sectioning</h2> + +<span id="index-sectioning-commands"></span> +<span id="index-part"></span> +<span id="index-chapter"></span> +<span id="index-section"></span> +<span id="index-subsection"></span> +<span id="index-subsubsection"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph"></span> +<span id="index-subparagraph"></span> +<span id="index-_005cpart"></span> +<span id="index-_005cchapter"></span> +<span id="index-_005csection"></span> +<span id="index-_005csubsection"></span> +<span id="index-_005csubsubsection"></span> +<span id="index-_005cparagraph"></span> +<span id="index-_005csubparagraph"></span> <p>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All sectioning commands have the same form, one of: @@ -3239,10 +4073,10 @@ not available in <code>article</code>. <tr><td width="25%">Subparagraph</td><td width="25%"><code>\subparagraph</code></td><td width="40%">5</td></tr> </table> -<a name="index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"></a> +<span id="index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"></span> <p>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual -but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. -An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code> . The +but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. +An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>. The input <code>\appendix\section{Appendix}</code> gives the output ‘<samp>A Appendix</samp>’ (see <a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a>). You can lose the numbering ‘<samp>A</samp>’ by instead entering <code>\section*{Appendix}</code> (articles often omit a @@ -3265,79 +4099,87 @@ of contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). </p> <p>LaTeX expects that before you have a <code>\subsection</code> you will have -a <code>\section</code> and, in a book, that before a <code>\section</code> you will -have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get a something like a -subsection numbered ‘<samp>3.0.1</samp>’. +a <code>\section</code> and, in a <code>book</code> class document, that before a +<code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get +something like a subsection numbered ‘<samp>3.0.1</samp>’. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec"></span> +<span id="index-titlesec-package"></span> + +<p>LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a +simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case +letters with <code>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> in the +preamble (see <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>). CTAN +has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably +<samp>titlesec</samp>. </p> -<p>Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. +<p>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>secnumdepth</code> -<a name="index-secnumdepth"></a> -</dt> -<dd><a name="index-secnumdepth-counter"></a> -<a name="index-section-numbers_002c-printing"></a> -<a name="sectioning-secnumdepth"></a><a name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"></a><p>Controls which sectioning commands are -numbered. Suppress numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than -<var>level</var> <code>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For -instance, if the <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then a -<code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like ‘<samp>1 -Introduction</samp>’ while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will produce output -like ‘<samp>Discussion</samp>’, without the number. LaTeX’s default -<code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <samp>article</samp> class and 2 in the -<samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes. +<span id="index-secnumdepth"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-secnumdepth-counter"></span> +<span id="index-section-numbers_002c-printing"></span> +<span id="sectioning-secnumdepth"></span><span id="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"></span><p>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with +<code>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> will suppress +numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than <var>level</var> +(see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>). See the above table for the level numbers. +For instance, if the <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then +a <code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like +‘<samp>1 Introduction</samp>’ while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will +produce output like ‘<samp>Discussion</samp>’, without the number. LaTeX’s +default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <samp>article</samp> class and + 2 in the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes. </p> </dd> <dt><code>tocdepth</code> -<a name="index-tocdepth"></a> +<span id="index-tocdepth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-tocdepth-counter"></a> -<a name="index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed"></a> -<a name="sectioning-tocdepth"></a><a name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"></a><p>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents. +<dd><span id="index-tocdepth-counter"></span> +<span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed"></span> +<span id="sectioning-tocdepth"></span><span id="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"></span><p>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents. The setting <code>\setcounter{tocdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> makes the sectioning units at <var>level</var> be the smallest ones listed (see <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if <code>tocdepth</code> is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but not subsections. LaTeX’s default -<code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <samp>article</samp> class and 2 in the +<code>tocdepth</code> is 3 in <samp>article</samp> class and 2 in the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes. </p> </dd> </dl> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1">\part</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a part. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="1">\part</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a part. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2">\chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a chapter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="2">\chapter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a chapter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3">\section</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a section. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="3">\section</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a section. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4">\subsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a subsection. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="4">\subsection</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a subsection. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Lower divisions. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Lower divisions. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6">\appendix</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start appendices. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6">\appendix</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start appendices. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The three parts of a book. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The three parts of a book. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8">\@startsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Layout of sectional units. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8">\@startsection</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sectional unit headings. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cpart"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cpart"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\chapter</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cpart-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\part</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cpart-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\part</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cpart-1"></a> -<a name="index-part-1"></a> -<a name="index-sectioning_002c-part"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpart-1"></span> +<span id="index-part-1"></span> +<span id="index-sectioning_002c-part"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -3387,33 +4229,31 @@ out the break in the table of contents. <p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 -(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). +(see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>, and <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-indentfirst"></a> -<a name="index-indentfirst-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst"></span> +<span id="index-indentfirst-package"></span> <p>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-titlesec"></a> -<a name="index-titlesec-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-1"></span> +<span id="index-titlesec-package-1"></span> <p>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <samp>titlesec</samp>. See its documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cchapter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cchapter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="n" rel="next">\section</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpart" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\part</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cchapter-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cchapter-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.2 <code>\chapter</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cchapter-1"></a> -<a name="index-chapter-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cchapter-1"></span> +<span id="index-chapter-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -3472,15 +4312,15 @@ the title but that doesn’t work well with running headers so it omits the break in the contents </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\chapter[Given it all\\ my story]{Given it all\\ my story} +<pre class="example">\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story} </pre></div> <p>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"></a> -<a name="index-indentfirst-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-1"></span> +<span id="index-indentfirst-package-1"></span> <p>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package @@ -3497,8 +4337,8 @@ something like ‘<samp>Lecture 1</samp>’, put in the preamble either \makeatother </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-babel"></a> -<a name="index-babel-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-babel"></span> +<span id="index-babel-package"></span> <p>To make this change because of the primary language for the document, see the package <samp>babel</samp>. @@ -3508,8 +4348,8 @@ necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any running headers. To make that page completely blank, see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-titlesec-1"></a> -<a name="index-titlesec-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-2"></span> +<span id="index-titlesec-package-2"></span> <p>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its definition from the LaTeX format file and make adjustments. But @@ -3532,16 +4372,14 @@ running headers. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csection"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csection"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="n" rel="next">\subsection</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cchapter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\chapter</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csection-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.3 <code>\section</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csection-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.3 <code>\section</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csection-1"></a> -<a name="index-section-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005csection-1"></span> +<span id="index-section-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -3608,15 +4446,15 @@ so it is omitted from the contents and headers. the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 (see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"></a> -<a name="index-indentfirst-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-2"></span> +<span id="index-indentfirst-package-2"></span> <p>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-titlesec-2"></a> -<a name="index-titlesec-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-3"></span> +<span id="index-titlesec-package-3"></span> <p>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there are a number of options. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command @@ -3639,16 +4477,14 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csubsection"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csubsection"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="n" rel="next">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csection" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\section</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csubsection-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csubsection-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.4 <code>\subsection</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csubsection-1"></a> -<a name="index-subsection-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005csubsection-1"></span> +<span id="index-subsection-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -3680,13 +4516,13 @@ holds in <code>article</code> except that there are no chapters in that class so it looks like ‘<samp>2.3 <var>title</var></samp>’. </p> <p>The <code>*</code> form shows <var>title</var>. -But it does not show the section number, does not increment the -<code>section</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. +But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the +<code>subsection</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. </p> -<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the section title +<p>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). If it is -not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in -the title of the section, +not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full text in +the title of the subsection, </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of @@ -3700,15 +4536,15 @@ paper</samp>’ on the contents page. the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"></a> -<a name="index-indentfirst-package-3"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-3"></span> +<span id="index-indentfirst-package-3"></span> <p>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-titlesec-3"></a> -<a name="index-titlesec-package-3"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-4"></span> +<span id="index-titlesec-package-4"></span> <p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the <code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command @@ -3730,21 +4566,19 @@ text. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="n" rel="next">\appendix</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsection" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\subsection</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph"></span><h3 class="section">6.5 <code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csubsubsection"></a> -<a name="index-subsubsection"></a> -<a name="index-_005cparagraph-1"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005csubparagraph-1"></a> -<a name="index-subparagraph-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005csubsubsection-1"></span> +<span id="index-subsubsection-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cparagraph-1"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005csubparagraph-1"></span> +<span id="index-subparagraph-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -3808,15 +4642,15 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is 3, of a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 (see <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a> and see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"></a> -<a name="index-indentfirst-package-4"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"></span> +<span id="index-indentfirst-package-4"></span> <p>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <samp>indentfirst</samp>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-titlesec-4"></a> -<a name="index-titlesec-package-4"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-titlesec-5"></span> +<span id="index-titlesec-package-5"></span> <p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. One is the <code>\@startsection</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a>). @@ -3825,18 +4659,16 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cappendix"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cappendix"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cappendix-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cappendix-1"></span><h3 class="section">6.6 <code>\appendix</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cappendix"></a> -<a name="index-appendix"></a> -<a name="index-appendices"></a> +<span id="index-_005cappendix"></span> +<span id="index-appendix"></span> +<span id="index-appendices"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -3864,44 +4696,49 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and <p>the first two will generate output numbered ‘<samp>Chapter 1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Chapter 2</samp>’. After the <code>\appendix</code> the numbering will be -‘<samp>Appendix A</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Appendix B</samp>’. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a> +‘<samp>Appendix A</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Appendix B</samp>’. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for another example. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-appendix"></a> -<a name="index-appendix-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-appendix"></span> +<span id="index-appendix-package"></span> + <p>The <samp>appendix</samp> package adds the command <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate ‘<samp>Appendices</samp>’ in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code> to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name -‘<samp>Appendix</samp>’ with a command like +‘<samp>Appendices</samp>’ with a command like <code>\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}</code>, as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next">\@startsection</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\appendix</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> +<span id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter"></span><h3 class="section">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></h3> -<a name="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.7 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></h3> - -<a name="index-_005cfrontmatter"></a> -<a name="index-book_002c-front-matter"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmainmatter"></a> -<a name="index-book_002c-main-matter"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbackmatter"></a> -<a name="index-book_002c-back-matter"></a> -<a name="index-book_002c-end-matter"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfrontmatter"></span> +<span id="index-book_002c-front-matter"></span> +<span id="index-front-matter-of-a-book"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmainmatter"></span> +<span id="index-book_002c-main-matter"></span> +<span id="index-main-matter-of-a-book"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbackmatter"></span> +<span id="index-book_002c-back-matter"></span> +<span id="index-book_002c-end-matter"></span> +<span id="index-back-matter-of-a-book"></span> +<span id="index-end-matter-of-a-book"></span> -<p>Synopsis, one of: +<p>Synopsis, one or more of: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\frontmatter +... \mainmatter +... \backmatter +... </pre></div> <p>Format a <code>book</code> class document differently according to which part @@ -3914,27 +4751,29 @@ pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a bibliography, and an index. </p> -<p>The <code>\frontmatter</code> declaration makes the pages numbered in -lowercase roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each -chapter’s title appears in the table of contents; if you use other -sectioning commands here, use the <code>*</code>-version (see <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>). -The <code>\mainmatter</code> changes the behavior back to the expected -version, and resets the page number. The <code>\backmatter</code> leaves the -page numbering alone but switches the chapters back to being not -numbered. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a> for an example using the three. +<p>The <code>\frontmatter</code> command makes the pages numbered in lowercase +roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter’s title +appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands +here, use the <code>*</code>-version (see <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>). +</p> +<p>The <code>\mainmatter</code> command changes the behavior back to the expected +version, and resets the page number. +</p> +<p>The <code>\backmatter</code> command leaves the page numbering alone but +switches the chapters back to being not numbered. +</p> +<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for an example using these three commands. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings"></span><h3 class="section">6.8 <code>\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</h3> -<a name="index-_005c_0040startsection"></a> -<a name="index-section_002c-redefining"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040startsection"></span> +<span id="index-section_002c-redefining"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -3974,16 +4813,17 @@ make such a command you may want to use the <code>\secdef</code> command. {<var>style</var>}} </pre></div> -<p>redefines <code>\section</code> to have the form -<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code> (here too, the -star <code>*</code> is optional). See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>. This implies that -when you write a command like <code>\renewcommand{section}{...}</code>, -the <code>\@startsection{...}</code> must come last in the definition. See -the examples below. +<p>redefines <code>\section</code> while keeping its standard calling form +<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code> (in which, for reminder, +the star <code>*</code> is optional). See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>. This implies +that when you write a command like +<code>\renewcommand{\section}{...}</code>, the +<code>\@startsection{...}</code> must come last in the definition. See the +examples below. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><var>name</var></dt> -<dd><a name="startsection-name"></a><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></a><p>Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This counter +<dd><span id="startsection-name"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></span><p>Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This counter must be defined separately. Most commonly this is either <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, or <code>paragraph</code>. Although in those cases the counter name is the same as the sectioning command @@ -3995,8 +4835,8 @@ example below. </p> </dd> <dt><var>level</var></dt> -<dd><a name="startsection-level"></a><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></a><p>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. -See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a> for the list of standard level numbers. +<dd><span id="startsection-level"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></span><p>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. +See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for the list of standard level numbers. </p> <p>If <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter <code>secnumdepth</code> then titles for this sectioning command will be @@ -4014,16 +4854,16 @@ list sections but not subsections. </p> </dd> <dt><var>indent</var></dt> -<dd><a name="startsection-indent"></a><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></a><p>A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with respect +<dd><span id="startsection-indent"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></span><p>A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with respect to the left margin. To have the title flush with the margin use <code>0pt</code>. A negative indentation such as <code>-\parindent</code> will move the title into the left margin. </p> </dd> <dt><var>beforeskip</var></dt> -<dd><a name="startsection-beforeskip"></a><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></a><p>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that +<dd><span id="startsection-beforeskip"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></span><p>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit’s title. This space will be -discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the top of a fresh +discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the negative of <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> @@ -4048,7 +4888,7 @@ page.) </p> </dd> <dt><var>afterskip</var></dt> -<dd><a name="startsection-afterskip"></a><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></a><p>This is a length. If <var>afterskip</var> is non-negative then this is the +<dd><span id="startsection-afterskip"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></span><p>This is a length. If <var>afterskip</var> is non-negative then this is the vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit’s title header. If it is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so that it becomes part of the next paragraph. In this case the absolute value of @@ -4072,7 +4912,7 @@ header’s from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative </p> </dd> <dt><var>style</var></dt> -<dd><a name="startsection-style"></a><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></a><p>Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below. Typical +<dd><span id="startsection-style"></span><span id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></span><p>Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below. Typical commands to use here are <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, <code>\normalfont</code>, <code>\hrule</code>, or <code>\newpage</code>. The last command in <var>style</var> may be one that takes one argument, such as @@ -4085,20 +4925,26 @@ produce titles that are bold and uppercase. <p>These are LaTeX’s defaults for the first three sectioning units that are defined with <code>\@startsection</code>, for the <samp>article</samp>, -<samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes. For section, the <var>level</var> is -1, the <var>indent</var> is 0pt, the <var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex -plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, the <var>afterskip</var> is <code>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code>, -and the <var>style</var> is <code>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>. For -subsection, the <var>level</var> is 2, the <var>indent</var> is 0pt, the -<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, the -<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and the <var>style</var> is -<code>\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>. For subsubsection, the <var>level</var> -is 3, the <var>indent</var> is 0pt, the <var>beforeskip</var> is -<code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, the <var>afterskip</var> is -<code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and the <var>style</var> is -<code>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>. +<samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes. </p> -<p>Here are examples. They go either in a package or class file or in the +<ul> +<li> For <code>section</code>: <var>level</var> is 1, <var>indent</var> is 0pt, +<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, +<var>afterskip</var> is <code>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is +<code>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>. + +</li><li> For <code>subsection</code>: <var>level</var> is 2, <var>indent</var> is 0pt, +<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus <span class="nolinebreak">-0.2ex</span><!-- /@w --></code>, +<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is +<code>\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>. + +</li><li> <p>For <code>subsubsection</code>: <var>level</var> is 3, <var>indent</var> is 0pt, +<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, +<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is +<code>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>. +</p></li></ul> + +<p>Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or in the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble they must go between a <code>\makeatletter</code> command and a <code>\makeatother</code>. (Probably the error message <code>You can't use @@ -4157,17 +5003,15 @@ display that counter. <hr> -<a name="Cross-references"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Cross-references"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environments</a>, Previous: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Sectioning</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Cross-references-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">7 Cross references</h2> +<span id="Cross-references-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">7 Cross references</h2> -<a name="index-cross-references"></a> +<span id="index-cross-references"></span> -<a name="index-label"></a> +<span id="index-label"></span> <p>We often want something like ‘<samp>See Theorem~31</samp>’. But by-hand typing the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <em>label</em> such as <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <em>reference</em> it, as with @@ -4191,8 +5035,8 @@ the <code>\label</code>. So if <code>\label</code> is in <samp>calculus.tex</sa the information is in <samp>calculus.aux</samp>. LaTeX puts the information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>. </p> -<a name="index-forward-reference"></a> -<a name="index-reference_002c-forward"></a> +<span id="index-forward-reference"></span> +<span id="index-reference_002c-forward"></span> <p>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that happens when your document has a <em>forward reference</em>, a <code>\ref</code> that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>. If this is the first @@ -4204,8 +5048,8 @@ change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the document a second time. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-cleveref"></a> -<a name="index-cleveref-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-cleveref"></span> +<span id="index-cleveref-package"></span> <p>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances LaTeX’s cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then @@ -4213,25 +5057,25 @@ cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter having to enter the “Theorem.” </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2">\pageref</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a page number. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2">\pageref</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a page number. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3">\ref</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a section, figure or similar. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3">\ref</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a section, figure or similar. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="4">xr package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">References from another document. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005clabel"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005clabel"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005clabel-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">7.1 <code>\label</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005clabel-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.1 <code>\label</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005clabel"></a> +<span id="index-_005clabel"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4305,17 +5149,15 @@ See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cpageref"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cpageref"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ref</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\label</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cpageref-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cpageref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cpageref"></a> -<a name="index-cross-referencing-with-page-number"></a> -<a name="index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpageref"></span> +<span id="index-cross-referencing-with-page-number"></span> +<span id="index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4345,20 +5187,18 @@ those.) <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cref"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cref"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#xr-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xr package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cref-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">7.3 <code>\ref</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cref-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.3 <code>\ref</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cref"></a> -<a name="index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic"></a> -<a name="index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> -<a name="index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> -<a name="index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> -<a name="index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cref"></span> +<span id="index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic"></span> +<span id="index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span> +<span id="index-equation-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span> +<span id="index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span> +<span id="index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4388,25 +5228,102 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice. \end{enumerate} </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-cleveref-1"></a> -<a name="index-cleveref-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-cleveref-1"></span> +<span id="index-cleveref-package-1"></span> <p>The <samp>cleveref</samp> package includes text such as ‘<samp>Theorem</samp>’ in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="Environments"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="xr-package"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="xr-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">7.4 <code>xr</code> package</h3> + +<span id="index-xr-package"></span> +<span id="index-xr_002dhyper-package"></span> +<span id="index-_005cexternaldocument"></span> +<span id="index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{<var>document-basename</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>or +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument[<var>reference-prefix</var>]{<var>document-basename</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Make cross references to the external document +<code><var>document-basename</var>.tex</code>. +</p> +<p>Here is an example. If <code>lectures.tex</code> has this in the preamble +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{exercises} + \externaldocument[H-]{hints} + \externaldocument{answers} +</pre></div> + +<p>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. +Suppose that <code>exercises.tex</code> has an enumerated list containing +this, +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? +</pre></div> + +<p>and <code>hints.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this, +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. +</pre></div> + +<p>and <code>answers.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there + are exactly two vertices. +</pre></div> + +<p>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering +this in the body of <code>lectures.tex</code> will result in the lectures +getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. +The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}. +</pre></div> + +<p>The prefix <code>H-</code> for the reference from the hints file is needed +because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the +exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the +number from the later file. +</p> +<p>Note: if the document uses the <code>hyperref</code> package then in place of +<code>xr</code>, put <code>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</code> before the +<code>\usepackage{hyperref}</code>. Also, if any of the multiple documents +uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Environments"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Environments-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2> +<span id="Environments-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2> -<a name="index-environments"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbegin"></a> -<a name="index-_005cend"></a> +<span id="index-environments"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbegin"></span> +<span id="index-_005cend"></span> <p>LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>, @@ -4424,82 +5341,80 @@ the end. For instance, the input ‘<samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by \end{table}.</samp>’ </p> -<a name="index-group_002c-and-environments"></a> +<span id="index-group_002c-and-environments"></span> <p>Environments are executed within a group. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce an abstract. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce an abstract. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#array" accesskey="2">array</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math arrays. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#array" accesskey="2">array</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math arrays. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#center" accesskey="3">center</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Centered lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#center" accesskey="3">center</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Centered lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#description" accesskey="4">description</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Labelled lists. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#description" accesskey="4">description</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Labelled lists. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5">displaymath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Formulas that appear on their own line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5">displaymath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Formulas that appear on their own line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#document" accesskey="6">document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enclose the whole document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#document" accesskey="6">document</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enclose the whole document. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7">enumerate</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numbered lists. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7">enumerate</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numbered lists. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8">eqnarray</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sequences of aligned equations. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8">eqnarray</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sequences of aligned equations. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#equation" accesskey="9">equation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Displayed equation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#equation" accesskey="9">equation</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Displayed equation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#figure">figure</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating figures. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#figure">figure</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating figures. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Writing multiple files from the source. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Writing multiple files from the source. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed left lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed left lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushright">flushright</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed right lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed right lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bulleted lists. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bulleted lists. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#letter">letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Letters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#letter">letter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Letters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#list">list</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generic list environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#list">list</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generic list environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#math">math</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">In-line math. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#math">math</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">In-line math. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Miniature page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Miniature page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#picture">picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#picture">picture</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include a quotation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include a quotation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text arbitrarily. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text arbitrarily. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#table">table</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating tables. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#table">table</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating tables. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text in columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text in columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bibliography or reference list. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bibliography or reference list. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#theorem">theorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Theorems, lemmas, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Theorems, lemmas, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For hand crafted title pages. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For hand crafted title pages. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Simulating typed input. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Simulating typed input. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verse">verse</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For poetry and other things. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verse">verse</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For poetry and other things. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="abstract"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="abstract"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="abstract-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.1 <code>abstract</code></h3> +<span id="abstract-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.1 <code>abstract</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-abstract"></a> -<a name="index-abstract-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-abstract"></span> +<span id="index-abstract-environment"></span> -<a name="index-abstracts"></a> +<span id="index-abstracts"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4526,6 +5441,9 @@ default only in the <code>report</code> class. \end{abstract} </pre></div> +<span id="index-package_002c-abstract"></span> +<span id="index-abstract-package"></span> + <p>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for a more flexible solution, use the package <samp>abstract</samp>). </p> @@ -4552,18 +5470,16 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <samp>abstract</samp>). <hr> -<a name="array"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="array"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="prev">abstract</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="array-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.2 <code>array</code></h3> +<span id="array-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.2 <code>array</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-array"></a> -<a name="index-array-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-array"></span> +<span id="index-array-environment"></span> -<a name="index-arrays_002c-math"></a> +<span id="index-arrays_002c-math"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4619,13 +5535,13 @@ the column with <code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>’s parameter <code>\tabcolsep</code>, LaTeX’s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is governed by -<a name="index-_005carraycolsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005carraycolsep"></span> <code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is ‘<samp>5pt</samp>’ so that between two columns comes 10pt of space. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package"></span> <p>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <samp>amsmath</samp> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array @@ -4636,8 +5552,8 @@ an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|...|</code>, and <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-1"></span> <p>The next example uses the <samp>amsmath</samp> package. </p> @@ -4652,11 +5568,11 @@ bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-array-_0028package_0029"></a> -<a name="index-array-_0028package_0029-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-array-_0028package_0029"></span> +<span id="index-array-_0028package_0029-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-dcolumn"></a> -<a name="index-dcolumn-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-dcolumn"></span> +<span id="index-dcolumn-package"></span> <p>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <samp>array</samp> package has many useful extensions, including more column types. The <samp>dcolumn</samp> @@ -4665,18 +5581,16 @@ the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="center"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="center"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="prev">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="center-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.3 <code>center</code></h3> +<span id="center-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.3 <code>center</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-center"></a> -<a name="index-center-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-center"></span> +<span id="index-center-environment"></span> -<a name="index-centering-text_002c-environment-for"></a> +<span id="index-centering-text_002c-environment-for"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4691,7 +5605,7 @@ Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <p>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). -<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"></span> If some text is too long to fit on a line then LaTeX will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any interword space. @@ -4721,7 +5635,7 @@ ending. <pre class="example">\begin{center} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\ - I grew up in that belief. --Richard Burton + I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton \end{center} </pre></div> @@ -4732,22 +5646,20 @@ doesn’t add any vertical space. entire page. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1">\centering</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1">\centering</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ccentering"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ccentering"></span><div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up">center</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ccentering-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005ccentering-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005ccentering"></a> -<a name="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccentering"></span> +<span id="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></span> <p>Synopsis: @@ -4798,19 +5710,17 @@ centered lines ‘<samp>xx</samp>’ and ‘<samp>yy</samp>’, </p> <hr> -<a name="description"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="description"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next">displaymath</a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="prev">center</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="description-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.4 <code>description</code></h3> +<span id="description-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.4 <code>description</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-description"></a> -<a name="index-description-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-description"></span> +<span id="index-description-environment"></span> -<a name="index-labelled-lists_002c-creating"></a> -<a name="index-description-lists_002c-creating"></a> +<span id="index-labelled-lists_002c-creating"></span> +<span id="index-description-lists_002c-creating"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4831,23 +5741,23 @@ missing \item</samp>’. <p>This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{definition} +<pre class="example">\begin{description} \item[lama] A priest. \item[llama] A beast. -\end{definition} +\end{description} </pre></div> <p>The labels ‘<samp>lama</samp>’ and ‘<samp>llama</samp>’ are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. </p> -<a name="index-_005citem"></a> +<span id="index-_005citem"></span> <p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). Use the optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. </p> -<a name="index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding"></a> -<a name="index-typewriter-labels-in-lists"></a> +<span id="index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding"></span> +<span id="index-typewriter-labels-in-lists"></span> <p>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font change given in argument style (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>) then it will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with @@ -4876,16 +5786,14 @@ lists. <hr> -<a name="displaymath"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="displaymath"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="prev">description</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="displaymath-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3> +<span id="displaymath-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-displaymath"></a> -<a name="index-displaymath-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-displaymath"></span> +<span id="index-displaymath-environment"></span> <p>Synopsis: @@ -4896,9 +5804,9 @@ Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a hr \end{displaymath} </pre></div> -<p>Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style -and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option -<code>fleqn</code>; see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>. +<p>Environment to typeset the <var>mathematical text</var> on its own line, in +display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the +global option <code>fleqn</code>; see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>. </p> <p>In the <code>displaymath</code> environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the @@ -4906,25 +5814,26 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the </p> <p>LaTeX will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-2"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-2"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-2"></span> <p>Note that the <samp>amsmath</samp> package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </p> -<p>The construct <code>\[<var>math text</var>\]</code> is essentially a synonym for -<code>\begin{displaymath}<var>math text</var>\end{displaymath}</code> but the -latter is easier to work with in the source file; for instance, +<span id="index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"></span> +<p>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment +<code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the +latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word -<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. (The construct -<code>$$<var>math text</var>$$</code> from Plain TeX is sometimes -mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is not a -synonym, because the <code>displaymath</code> environment checks that it isn’t -started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching -environment start, because the <code>displaymath</code> environment has -different vertical spacing, and because the <code>displaymath</code> -environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.) +<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. +</p> +<span id="index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"></span> +<p>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain TeX is +sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is +not a synonym, and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; +<code>$$</code> doesn’t support the <code>fleqn</code> option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform +consistency checks.) </p> <p>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. </p> @@ -4939,40 +5848,36 @@ environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.) </p> <hr> -<a name="document"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="document"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next">enumerate</a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">displaymath</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="document-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.6 <code>document</code></h3> +<span id="document-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.6 <code>document</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-document"></a> -<a name="index-document-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-document"></span> +<span id="index-document-environment"></span> <p>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. It is required in every LaTeX document. See <a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1">\AtBeginDocument</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Hook for commands at the start of the document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="1">\AtBeginDocument</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Hook for commands at the start of the document. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2">\AtEndDocument</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Hook for commands at the end of the document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="2">\AtEndDocument</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Hook for commands at the end of the document. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument" accesskey="n" rel="next">\AtEndDocument</a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up">document</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cAtBeginDocument-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.6.1 <code>\AtBeginDocument</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cAtBeginDocument"></a> -<a name="index-beginning-of-document-hook"></a> +<span id="index-_005cAtBeginDocument"></span> +<span id="index-beginning-of-document-hook"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -4991,16 +5896,14 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cAtEndDocument"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\AtBeginDocument</a>, Up: <a href="#document" accesskey="u" rel="up">document</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cAtEndDocument-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cAtEndDocument-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.6.2 <code>\AtEndDocument</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cAtEndDocument"></a> -<a name="index-end-of-document-hook"></a> +<span id="index-_005cAtEndDocument"></span> +<span id="index-end-of-document-hook"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5020,18 +5923,16 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. </p> <hr> -<a name="enumerate"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="enumerate"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next">eqnarray</a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="prev">document</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="enumerate-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3> +<span id="enumerate-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-enumerate"></a> -<a name="index-enumerate-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-enumerate"></span> +<span id="index-enumerate-environment"></span> -<a name="index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered"></a> +<span id="index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5061,7 +5962,7 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as ‘<samp>1.</samp>’ a \end{enumerate} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005citem-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005citem-1"></span> <p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item @@ -5083,11 +5984,11 @@ the outermost level. </li><li> uppercase letter followed by a period: ‘<samp>A.</samp>’, ‘<samp>B.</samp>’, … </li></ol> -<a name="index-_005cenumi"></a> -<a name="index-_005cenumii"></a> -<a name="index-_005cenumiii"></a> -<a name="index-_005cenumiv"></a> -<a name="enumerate-enumi"></a><a name="enumerate-enumii"></a><a name="enumerate-enumiii"></a><a name="enumerate-enumiv"></a><p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code>\enumi</code> through +<span id="index-_005cenumi"></span> +<span id="index-_005cenumii"></span> +<span id="index-_005cenumiii"></span> +<span id="index-_005cenumiv"></span> +<span id="enumerate-enumi"></span><span id="enumerate-enumii"></span><span id="enumerate-enumiii"></span><span id="enumerate-enumiv"></span><p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code>\enumi</code> through <code>\enumiv</code> (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). </p> <p>For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see @@ -5096,17 +5997,17 @@ parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see <a href="#list">list</a>. The package <samp>enumitem</samp> is useful for customizing lists. </p> -<a name="index-_005clabelenumi"></a> -<a name="index-_005clabelenumii"></a> -<a name="index-_005clabelenumiii"></a> -<a name="index-_005clabelenumiv"></a> -<a name="enumerate-labelenumi"></a><a name="enumerate-labelenumii"></a><a name="enumerate-labelenumiii"></a><a name="enumerate-labelenumiv"></a><p>To change the format of the label use <code>\renewcommand</code> +<span id="index-_005clabelenumi"></span> +<span id="index-_005clabelenumii"></span> +<span id="index-_005clabelenumiii"></span> +<span id="index-_005clabelenumiv"></span> +<span id="enumerate-labelenumi"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumii"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumiii"></span><span id="enumerate-labelenumiv"></span><p>To change the format of the label use <code>\renewcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) on the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period. </p> -<a name="index-_005cAlph-example"></a> +<span id="index-_005cAlph-example"></span> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}} \begin{enumerate} @@ -5119,27 +6020,25 @@ period. </p> <hr> -<a name="eqnarray"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="eqnarray"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next">equation</a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="prev">enumerate</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="eqnarray-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3> +<span id="eqnarray-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-eqnarray"></a> -<a name="index-eqnarray-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-eqnarray"></span> +<span id="index-eqnarray-environment"></span> -<a name="index-equations_002c-aligning"></a> -<a name="index-aligning-equations"></a> +<span id="index-equations_002c-aligning"></span> +<span id="index-aligning-equations"></span> -<a name="index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray"></a> -<a name="index-Madsen_002c-Lars"></a> +<span id="index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray"></span> +<span id="index-Madsen_002c-Lars"></span> <p>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars Madsen -<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). New documents +<a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). New documents should include the <samp>amsmath</samp> package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the <code>align</code> environment. We include a description only for completeness and for @@ -5163,7 +6062,7 @@ working with old documents. \end{eqnarray*} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></span> <p>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text mode. @@ -5171,18 +6070,18 @@ mode. <p>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>). -<a name="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c_002a-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"></span> The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). </p> -<a name="index-_005cnonumber"></a> -<a name="index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnonumber"></span> +<span id="index-equation-numbers_002c-omitting"></span> <p>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a <code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits equation numbering, while otherwise being the same. </p> -<a name="index-_005clefteqn"></a> +<span id="index-_005clefteqn"></span> <p>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. @@ -5200,19 +6099,17 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <hr> -<a name="equation"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="equation"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next">figure</a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="prev">eqnarray</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="equation-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.9 <code>equation</code></h3> +<span id="equation-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.9 <code>equation</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-equation"></a> -<a name="index-equation-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-equation"></span> +<span id="index-equation-environment"></span> -<a name="index-equations_002c-environment-for"></a> -<a name="index-formulas_002c-environment-for"></a> +<span id="index-equations_002c-environment-for"></span> +<span id="index-formulas_002c-environment-for"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5230,27 +6127,25 @@ The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter. <code>\begin{equation}</code>, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing dollar sign. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-3"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-3"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-3"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-3"></span> <p>The package <samp>amsmath</samp> package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. </p> <hr> -<a name="figure"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="figure"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">filecontents</a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">equation</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="figure-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.10 <code>figure</code></h3> +<span id="figure-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.10 <code>figure</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-figure"></a> -<a name="index-figure-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-figure"></span> +<span id="index-figure-environment"></span> -<a name="index-inserting-figures"></a> -<a name="index-figures_002c-inserting"></a> +<span id="index-inserting-figures"></span> +<span id="index-figures_002c-inserting"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5294,7 +6189,7 @@ placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var>placement</var> <code>b</cod in <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. </p> <p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). -<a name="index-_005ccaption"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccaption"></span> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). @@ -5315,27 +6210,25 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <hr> -<a name="filecontents"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="filecontents"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushleft</a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">figure</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="filecontents_003a-Write-an-external-file"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.11 <code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</h3> +<span id="filecontents-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.11 <code>filecontents</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-filecontents"></a> -<a name="index-filecontents-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-filecontents"></span> +<span id="index-filecontents-environment"></span> -<a name="index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"></a> -<a name="index-filecontents_002a-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"></span> +<span id="index-filecontents_002a-environment"></span> -<a name="index-external-files_002c-writing"></a> -<a name="index-writing-external-files"></a> +<span id="index-external-files_002c-writing"></span> +<span id="index-writing-external-files"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents}{<var>filename</var>} +<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents}[<var>option</var>]{<var>filename</var>} <var>text</var> \end{filecontents} </pre></div> @@ -5343,29 +6236,55 @@ Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushleft</a>, Previous: <a <p>or </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents*}{<var>filename</var>} +<pre class="example">\begin{filecontents*}[<var>option</var>]{<var>filename</var>} <var>text</var> \end{filecontents*} </pre></div> -<p>Create a file named <var>filename</var> and fill it with <var>text</var>. The -unstarred version of the environment <code>filecontents</code> prefixes the -content of the created file with a header; see the example below. The -starred version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header. +<p>Create a file named <var>filename</var> in the current directory (or the +output directory, if specified; see <a href="#output-directory">output directory</a>) and write +<var>text</var> to it. By default, an existing file is not overwritten. </p> -<p>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it often -appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is typically used -when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file. The -environment will write that file to the directory containing the source -and thus make the source file self-contained. Another use is to include -<code>bib</code> references in the file, again to make it self-contained. +<p>The unstarred version of the environment +<code>filecontents</code> prefixes the content of the created file with a +header of TeX comments; see the example below. The starred +version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header. </p> -<p>The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and if -so, does not do anything. There is a <samp>filecontents</samp> package that -redefines the <code>filecontents</code> environment so that instead of doing -nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. +<p>The possible options are: </p> -<p>For example, this document +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><code>force</code></dt> +<dt><code>overwrite</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-force-option-for-filecontents"></span> +<span id="index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"></span> +<p>Overwrite an existing file. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>noheader</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"></span> +<p>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>nosearch</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"></span> +<p>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if +specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. +</p> +</dd> +</dl> + +<p>These options were added in a 2019 release of LaTeX. +</p> +<span id="index-self_002dcontained-sources"></span> +<span id="index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained"></span> +<p>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it +often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is +commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the +main document source, to make the source file self-contained. +Similarly, it can be used to create a custom style or class file, +again making the source self-contained. +</p> +<p>For example, this document: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\documentclass{article} @@ -5378,7 +6297,7 @@ Article by \myname. \end{document} </pre></div> -<p>produces this file <samp>JH.sty</samp>. +<p>produces this file <samp>JH.sty</samp>: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty' @@ -5390,19 +6309,17 @@ Article by \myname. <hr> -<a name="flushleft"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="flushleft"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushright</a>, Previous: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">filecontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="flushleft-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></h3> +<span id="flushleft-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-flushleft"></a> -<a name="index-flushleft-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-flushleft"></span> +<span id="index-flushleft-environment"></span> -<a name="index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a> -<a name="index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for"></a> +<span id="index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></span> +<span id="index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5414,11 +6331,11 @@ Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushright</a>, Previous: < \end{flushleft} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-for-flushleft"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-flushleft"></span> <p>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and -stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use a double +stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>. </p> @@ -5437,24 +6354,22 @@ flush left and ragged right. <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1">\raggedright</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1">\raggedright</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005craggedright"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005craggedright"></span><div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushleft</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005craggedright-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005craggedright-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.12.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005craggedright"></a> -<a name="index-ragged-right-text"></a> -<a name="index-left_002djustifying-text"></a> -<a name="index-justification_002c-ragged-right"></a> +<span id="index-_005craggedright"></span> +<span id="index-ragged-right-text"></span> +<span id="index-left_002djustifying-text"></span> +<span id="index-justification_002c-ragged-right"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -5471,7 +6386,7 @@ Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushleft</a> [<a href="# </pre></div> <p>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and -ragged right. It can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> +ragged right. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form see <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>. </p> @@ -5496,19 +6411,17 @@ delimit its effect. <hr> -<a name="flushright"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="flushright"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next">itemize</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="prev">flushleft</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="flushright-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.13 <code>flushright</code></h3> +<span id="flushright-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.13 <code>flushright</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-flushright"></a> -<a name="index-flushright-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-flushright"></span> +<span id="index-flushright-environment"></span> -<a name="index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for"></a> -<a name="index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a> +<span id="index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for"></span> +<span id="index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></span> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{flushright} @@ -5518,35 +6431,35 @@ Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next">itemize</a>, Previous: <a href \end{flushright} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"></span> <p>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that -avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new +avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form see <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a>. </p> -<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>. +<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>flushleft</code> by +<code>flushright</code>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1">\raggedleft</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1">\raggedleft</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005craggedleft"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005craggedleft"></span><div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushright</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005craggedleft-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005craggedleft-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.13.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005craggedleft"></a> -<a name="index-ragged-left-text"></a> -<a name="index-justification_002c-ragged-left"></a> -<a name="index-right_002djustifying-text"></a> +<span id="index-_005craggedleft"></span> +<span id="index-ragged-left-text"></span> +<span id="index-justification_002c-ragged-left"></span> +<span id="index-right_002djustifying-text"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -5563,7 +6476,7 @@ Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushright</a> [<a href= </pre></div> <p>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and -ragged left. It can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> +ragged left. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form see <a href="#flushright">flushright</a>. </p> @@ -5573,26 +6486,26 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command that ends the paragraph unit. </p> -<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>. +<p>For an example related to this environment, see <a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>\raggedright</code> by +<code>\raggedleft</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="itemize"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="itemize"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="prev">flushright</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="itemize-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.14 <code>itemize</code></h3> +<span id="itemize-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.14 <code>itemize</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-itemize"></a> -<a name="index-itemize-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-itemize"></span> +<span id="index-itemize-environment"></span> -<a name="index-_005citem-2"></a> -<a name="index-lists-of-items"></a> -<a name="index-unordered-lists"></a> -<a name="index-bulleted-lists"></a> -<a name="index-bullet-lists"></a> +<span id="index-_005citem-2"></span> +<span id="index-lists-of-items"></span> +<span id="index-unordered-lists"></span> +<span id="index-bulleted-lists"></span> +<span id="index-bullet-lists"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5604,8 +6517,8 @@ Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href=" \end{itemize} </pre></div> -<p>Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list. The -environment must have at least one <code>\item</code>; having none causes the +<p>Produce an <em>unordered list</em>, sometimes called a bullet list. There +must be at least one <code>\item</code> within the environment; having none causes the LaTeX error ‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>’. </p> <p>This gives a two-item list. @@ -5617,35 +6530,39 @@ LaTeX error ‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>&rsquo \end{itemize} </pre></div> -<p>As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. -The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. +<p>With the default locale—without loading e.g. <samp>babel</samp> package +with another language than USenglish—as a top-level list each label +would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling +depends on the nesting level; see below. </p> -<a name="index-_005citem-3"></a> +<span id="index-_005citem-3"></span> <p>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square -brackets, as in <code>\item[Optional label]</code>, then by default it will -appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left -margin. For labels that are flush left see the <a href="#description">description</a> -environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may -contain multiple paragraphs. +brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default +<var>Optional label</var> will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could +extend into the left margin. For labels that are flush left see the +<a href="#description">description</a> environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is the text of +the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. </p> -<a name="index-_005clabelitemi"></a> -<a name="index-_005clabelitemii"></a> -<a name="index-_005clabelitemiii"></a> -<a name="index-_005clabelitemiv"></a> -<a name="itemize-labelitemi"></a><a name="itemize-labelitemii"></a><a name="itemize-labelitemiii"></a><a name="itemize-labelitemiv"></a><p>Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. +<p>Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as <code>enumerate</code> (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). The <code>itemize</code> environment -uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to -produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase -roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting -level). These are the default marks at each level. +as <code>enumerate</code> (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). +</p> +<span id="index-_005clabelitemi"></span> +<span id="index-_005clabelitemii"></span> +<span id="index-_005clabelitemiii"></span> +<span id="index-_005clabelitemiv"></span> +<span id="itemize-labelitemi"></span><span id="itemize-labelitemii"></span><span id="itemize-labelitemiii"></span><span id="itemize-labelitemiv"></span><p>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> +through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to produce the default label (note the +convention of lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names +that signify the nesting level). These are the default marks at each +level. </p> <ol> <li> • (bullet, from <code>\textbullet</code>) </li><li> <b>-<span class="nolinebreak">-</span><!-- /@w --></b> (bold en-dash, from <code>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>) </li><li> * (asterisk, from <code>\textasteriskcentered</code>) -</li><li> . (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>) +</li><li> . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>) </li></ol> <p>Change the labels with <code>\renewcommand</code>. For instance, this makes @@ -5655,27 +6572,31 @@ the first level use diamonds. <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cleftmargin"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleftmargini"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleftmarginii"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleftmarginiii"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleftmarginiv"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleftmarginv"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleftmarginvi"></a> -<a name="itemize-leftmargin"></a><a name="itemize-leftmargini"></a><a name="itemize-leftmarginii"></a><a name="itemize-leftmarginiii"></a><a name="itemize-leftmarginiv"></a><a name="itemize-leftmarginv"></a><a name="itemize-leftmarginvi"></a><p>The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and +<span id="index-_005cleftmargin"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleftmargini"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleftmarginii"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleftmarginiii"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleftmarginiv"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleftmarginv"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleftmarginvi"></span> +<span id="itemize-leftmargin"></span><span id="itemize-leftmargini"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginii"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginiii"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginiv"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginv"></span><span id="itemize-leftmarginvi"></span><p>The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the <code>itemize</code> list is determined by the -parameters <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (Note the -convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command -name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: <code>2.5em</code> in -level 1 (<code>2em</code> in two-column mode), <code>2.2em</code> in level 2, -<code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with smaller -values for more deeply nested levels. +parameters <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (This also +uses the convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the +command name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: +<code>2.5em</code> in level 1 (<code>2em</code> in two-column mode), <code>2.2em</code> in +level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with +smaller values for more deeply nested levels. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-enumitem"></span> +<span id="index-enumitem-package"></span> + <p>For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see -<a href="#description">description</a> and <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>. For information about list -layout parameters, including the default values, and for information -about customizing list layout, see <a href="#list">list</a>. The package -<samp>enumitem</samp> is useful for customizing lists. +<a href="#description">description</a> and <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>. The <code>itemize</code>, +<code>enumerate</code> and <code>description</code> environment use the same list +layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and +for information about customizing list layout, see <a href="#list">list</a>. The +package <samp>enumitem</samp> is useful for customizing lists. </p> <p>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -5684,7 +6605,7 @@ lists. <pre class="example">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cparskip-example"></a> +<span id="index-_005cparskip-example"></span> <p>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -5702,34 +6623,30 @@ see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a <hr> -<a name="letter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="letter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="prev">itemize</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3> +<span id="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters"></span><h3 class="section">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-letter"></a> -<a name="index-letter-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-letter"></span> +<span id="index-letter-environment"></span> <p>This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="list"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="list"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next">math</a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">letter</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="list-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.16 <code>list</code></h3> +<span id="list-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.16 <code>list</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-list"></a> -<a name="index-list-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-list"></span> +<span id="index-list-environment"></span> -<a name="index-lists-of-items_002c-generic"></a> +<span id="index-lists-of-items_002c-generic"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -5775,11 +6692,11 @@ environment. <p>The mandatory first argument <var>labeling</var> specifies the default labeling of list items. It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as -above where it contains both ‘<samp>Item</samp>’ and ‘<samp>\Roman{...}</samp>’. +above where it contains both ‘<samp>Item</samp>’ and ‘<samp>\Roman{…}</samp>’. LaTeX forms the label by putting the <var>labeling</var> argument in a box of width <code>\labelwidth</code>. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. When making an instance of a -list you can override the default labeling by giving <code>\item</code> an +<code>list</code> you can override the default labeling by giving <code>\item</code> an optional argument by including square braces and the text, as in the above <code>\item[Special label.]</code>; see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>. </p> @@ -5791,8 +6708,8 @@ counter will be reset to zero each time LaTeX enters the environment, and the counter is incremented by one each time LaTeX encounters an <code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument. </p> -<a name="index-_005cmakelabel"></a> -<a name="list-makelabel"></a><p>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is +<span id="index-_005cmakelabel"></span> +<span id="list-makelabel"></span><p>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is <code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it typesets in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). One example of changing its @@ -5801,7 +6718,7 @@ definition of the environment add <code>\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</code>, and between the <code>\setlength</code> command and the parenthesis that closes the <var>spacing</var> argument also add <code>\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</code>. -Then the items will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the +Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to <code>\let\makelabel\fbox</code> puts the labels inside a framed box. Another example of the <code>\makelabel</code> command is below, in the definition of the <code>redlabel</code> environment. @@ -5818,39 +6735,39 @@ For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\itemindent</code> -<a name="index-_005citemindent"></a> +<span id="index-_005citemindent"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-itemindent"></a><p>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the +<dd><span id="list-itemindent"></span><p>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\itemsep</code> -<a name="index-_005citemsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005citemsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-itemsep"></a><p>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults +<dd><span id="list-itemsep"></span><p>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 11 point are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, -<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt +<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\labelsep</code> -<a name="index-_005clabelsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005clabelsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-labelsep"></a><p>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. +<dd><span id="list-labelsep"></span><p>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The default for LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes is <code>0.5em</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\labelwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005clabelwidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005clabelwidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-labelwidth"></a><p>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide. +<dd><span id="list-labelwidth"></span><p>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide. If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first line of the item will be indented to make room for this extra material. If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text of width less than or equal to @@ -5872,9 +6789,9 @@ environment. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leftmargin</code> -<a name="index-_005cleftmargin-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleftmargin-1"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-leftmargin"></a><p>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment +<dd><span id="list-leftmargin"></span><p>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the left margin of this list. It must be non-negative. </p> @@ -5892,31 +6809,31 @@ error message ‘<samp>Too deeply nested</samp>’.) </p> </dd> <dt><code>\listparindent</code> -<a name="index-_005clistparindent"></a> +<span id="index-_005clistparindent"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-listparindent"></a><p>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond +<dd><span id="list-listparindent"></span><p>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item. A negative value makes this an “outdent”. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\parsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cparsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cparsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-parsep"></a><p>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the ‘<samp>book</samp>’ -and ‘<samp>article</samp>’ classes The defaults for the first three levels in -LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 -point size are: <code>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt -minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point size are: -<code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and -<code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt -minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. +<dd><span id="list-parsep"></span><p>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. +The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, +‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt +plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The +defaults at 11 point size are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, +<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point +size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt +minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\partopsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cpartopsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpartopsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-partopsep"></a><p>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top +<dd><span id="list-partopsep"></span><p>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by a blank line. (A blank line in the LaTeX source before the list changes spacing at both the top and bottom of the list; whether the line @@ -5932,17 +6849,17 @@ minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rightmargin</code> -<a name="index-_005crightmargin"></a> +<span id="index-_005crightmargin"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-rightmargin"></a><p>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right +<dd><span id="list-rightmargin"></span><p>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. It must be non-negative. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\topsep</code> -<a name="index-_005ctopsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctopsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-topsep"></a><p>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition +<dd><span id="list-topsep"></span><p>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition to <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). The defaults for the first three levels in LaTeX’s ‘<samp>article</samp>’, ‘<samp>book</samp>’, and ‘<samp>report</samp>’ classes at 10 point size are: <code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>, @@ -6029,27 +6946,27 @@ page break. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\@beginparpenalty</code> -<a name="index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-beginparpenalty"></a><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>). +<dd><span id="list-beginparpenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\@itempenalty</code> -<a name="index-_005c_0040itempenalty"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040itempenalty"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-itempenalty"></a><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>). +<dd><span id="list-itempenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\@endparpenalty</code> -<a name="index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="list-endparpenalty"></a><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>). +<dd><span id="list-endparpenalty"></span><p>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>). </p> </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-package_002c-enumitem"></a> -<a name="index-enumitem-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-enumitem-1"></span> +<span id="index-enumitem-package-1"></span> <p>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </p> @@ -6072,25 +6989,23 @@ See <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>. \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel } } -{\end{list} } +{\end{list}} </pre></div> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1">\item</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">An entry in a list. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="1">\item</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">An entry in a list. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2">trivlist</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A restricted form of <code>list</code>. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="2">trivlist</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A restricted form of <code>list</code>. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005citem"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005citem"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next">trivlist</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up">list</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</h4> +<span id="g_t_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list</h4> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6108,7 +7023,7 @@ Next: <a href="#trivlist" accesskey="n" rel="next">trivlist</a>, Up: <a href="#l depends on the list type. </p> <p>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets -‘<samp>[...]</samp>’, if you have an item whose text starts with ‘<samp>[</samp>’, you +‘<samp>[...]</samp>’, if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item {[} is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -6135,13 +7050,11 @@ labelled ‘<samp>3.</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<a name="trivlist"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="trivlist"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\item</a>, Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up">list</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></h4> +<span id="trivlist_003a-A-restricted-form-of-list"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.16.2 <code>trivlist</code>: A restricted form of <code>list</code></h4> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6154,7 +7067,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005citem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\item</a>, Up: <a hre <p>A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not indented and an <code>\item</code> without an optional argument produces no text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where -the <code>\item</code> command as part of the environment’s definition. For +the <code>\item</code> command is part of the environment’s definition. For instance, the <code>center</code> environment is defined essentially like this: </p> @@ -6188,18 +7101,16 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <hr> -<a name="math"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="math"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next">minipage</a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="prev">list</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="math-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.17 <code>math</code></h3> +<span id="math-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.17 <code>math</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-math-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-math-environment"></span> -<a name="index-in_002dline-formulas"></a> +<span id="index-inline-formulas"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6209,24 +7120,24 @@ Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next">minipage</a>, Previous: <a hr \end{math} </pre></div> +<span id="index-_0024-inline-math"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-inline-math"></span> <p>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. See <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="minipage"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="minipage"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next">picture</a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="prev">math</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="minipage-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.18 <code>minipage</code></h3> +<span id="minipage-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.18 <code>minipage</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-minipage"></a> -<a name="index-minipage-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-minipage"></span> +<span id="index-minipage-environment"></span> -<a name="index-minipage_002c-creating-a"></a> +<span id="index-minipage_002c-creating-a"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -6272,8 +7183,9 @@ It gives the width of the box into which <var>contents</var> are typeset. <p>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>inner-pos</var>. You need not include all three. For example, get the default <var>position</var> and set the <var>height</var> with -<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] <var>contents</var> \end{minipage}</code>. -(Get the natural height with an empty argument, <code>[]</code>.) +<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var>contents</var> +\end{minipage}</code>. (Get the natural height with an empty argument, +<code>[]</code>.) </p> <p>The optional argument <var>position</var> governs how the <code>minipage</code> vertically aligns with the surrounding material. @@ -6281,18 +7193,19 @@ vertically aligns with the surrounding material. <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>c</code></dt> <dd><p>(synonym <code>m</code>) Default. Positions the <code>minipage</code> so its -vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what -Plain TeX calls <code>\vcenter</code>). +vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. </p> </dd> <dt><code>t</code></dt> -<dd><p>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain TeX’s <code>\vtop</code>. +<dd><span id="index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX"></span> +<p>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the +surrounding text (plain TeX’s <code>\vtop</code>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>b</code></dt> -<dd><p>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain TeX’s <code>\vbox</code>. +<dd><span id="index-_005cvbox-plain-TeX"></span> +<p>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the +surrounding text (plain TeX’s <code>\vbox</code>). </p></dd> </dl> @@ -6313,12 +7226,12 @@ height and LaTeX will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of zero or a negative value. </p> <p>The final optional argument <var>inner-pos</var> controls the placement of -<var>content</var> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the +<var>contents</var> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default is the value of <var>position</var>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>t</code></dt> -<dd><p>Place <var>content</var> at the top of the box. +<dd><p>Place <var>contents</var> at the top of the box. </p> </dd> <dt><code>c</code></dt> @@ -6351,15 +7264,15 @@ in place of <code>b</code>. Text after </pre></div> -<a name="index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage"></a> -<a name="index-_005cparindent"></a> +<span id="index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-indentation_002c-in-minipage"></span> +<span id="index-_005cparindent"></span> <p>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at the start of <var>contents</var>. </p> -<a name="index-footnotes-in-figures"></a> -<a name="index-figures_002c-footnotes-in"></a> +<span id="index-footnotes-in-figures"></span> +<span id="index-figures_002c-footnotes-in"></span> <p>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at @@ -6392,20 +7305,30 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next <p>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-siunitx"></span> +<span id="index-siunitx-package"></span> + <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}} +<pre class="example">% siunitx to have the S column specifier, +% which aligns numbers on their decimal point. +\usepackage{siunitx} +\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}} ... \begin{center} \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}} \hspace{0.1\textwidth} \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth} - \begin{tabular}{r|l} - \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &Pop (million) \\ \hline - The Bronx &$1.5$ \\ - Brooklyn &$2.6$ \\ - Manhattan &$1.6$ \\ - Queens &$2.3$ \\ - Staten Island &$0.5$ + \begin{tabular}{r|S} + % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers + \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} & + % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the + % period as a decimal separator + {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline + The Bronx &1.5 \\ + Brooklyn &2.6 \\ + Manhattan &1.6 \\ + Queens &2.3 \\ + Staten Island &0.5 \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -6413,24 +7336,22 @@ are vertically centered. <hr> -<a name="picture"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="picture"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next">quotation & quote</a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">minipage</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="picture-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.19 <code>picture</code></h3> +<span id="picture-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.19 <code>picture</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-picture"></a> -<a name="index-picture-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-picture"></span> +<span id="index-picture-environment"></span> -<a name="index-creating-pictures"></a> -<a name="index-pictures_002c-creating"></a> +<span id="index-creating-pictures"></span> +<span id="index-pictures_002c-creating"></span> <p>Synopses: </p><div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>) - <var>picture commands</var> + <var>picture command</var> \end{picture} </pre></div> @@ -6438,19 +7359,21 @@ Next: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next">quotation & </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)(<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>) - <var>picture commands</var> + <var>picture command</var> \end{picture} </pre></div> +<p>Where there may be any number of <var>picture command</var>’s. +</p> <p>An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows, -boxes, circles, and text. Note that while this environment is not -obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics -creation systems, such as <code>TikZ</code>, <code>PSTricks</code>, <code>MetaPost</code>, -or <code>Asymptote</code>. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. +boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new +documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems, +such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are +covered in this document; see CTAN. </p> -<p>This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. +<p>To start, here’s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors. </p> -<a name="index-_005cunitlength"></a> +<span id="index-_005cunitlength"></span> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} \begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall @@ -6458,44 +7381,25 @@ or <code>Asymptote</code>. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}} \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}} \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ second leg}} - \put(0,0){\line(1,1){6}} + \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}} \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }} \end{picture} </pre></div> -<p>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an -exact location. -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble - ... -\begin{center} -\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} -\begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall - \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} - \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} -\end{picture} -\end{center} -</pre></div> - -<p>The red X will be precisely a quarter of the <code>\linewidth</code> from -the left margin, and <code>0.35\linewidth</code> up from the bottom. Another -example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get -repeat material on each of a document’s pages. -</p> <p>The <code>picture</code> environment has one required argument, a pair of -numbers (<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>). Multiply these by the value -<code>\unitlength</code> to get the nominal size of the output, the space that -LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how -large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture -outside the picture’s box. +positive real numbers (<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>). Multiply these by the +value <code>\unitlength</code> to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. +the space that LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size +need not be how large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things +from the picture outside the picture’s box. </p> <p>This environment also has an optional argument (<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets. -As with the required argument, it consists of two real numbers. -Multiply these by <code>\unitlength</code> to get the point at the lower-left -corner of the picture. +As with the required argument, it consists of a pair of two real +numbers, but these may also be negative or null. Multiply these +by <code>\unitlength</code> to get the coordinates of the point at the +lower-left corner of the picture. </p> <p>For example, if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command @@ -6512,26 +7416,29 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. </p> -<a name="index-position_002c-in-picture"></a> +<span id="index-position_002c-in-picture"></span> <p>Each <var>picture command</var> tells LaTeX where to put something by -naming its position. A <em>position</em> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code> +providing its position. A <em>position</em> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code> giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <em>coordinate</em> is a not a length, it is a real number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, then the coordinate -2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. +<code>2.54</code> specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. </p> -<p>LaTeX’s default for <code>\unitlength</code> is <code>1pt</code>. it is a rigid +<p>LaTeX’s default for <code>\unitlength</code> is <code>1pt</code>. It is a rigid length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). Change it with the <code>\setlength</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a>). Make this change only outside of a <code>picture</code> environment. </p> -<p>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at +<p>The <code>picture</code> environment supports using standard arithmetic +expressions as well as numbers. +</p> +<p>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, as with <code>\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are -further up the page. +further up the page, for example, <em>y = 1</em> is <em>above</em> <em>y = 0</em>. </p> <p>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code>\put</code>, <code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code>, and <code>\graphpaper</code>. The most @@ -6544,7 +7451,7 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This <p>places the object with its reference point at coordinates <em>(11.3,-0.3)</em>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. -<a name="index-LR-box"></a> +<span id="index-LR-box"></span> The <code>\put</code> command creates an <em>LR box</em> (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) can go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point @@ -6566,69 +7473,70 @@ line of length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of <p>The <code>\multiput</code>, <code>qbezier</code>, and <code>graphpaper</code> commands are described below. </p> -<p>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <code>\qbezier</code> for -that curve. +<p>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an +exact location. For example: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(3,1.5) - \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis - \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis - \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side rectangle - \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side - \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) - \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) - \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick - \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} - \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} +<pre class="example">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble + ... +\begin{center} +\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} +\begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall + \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} + \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} \end{picture} +\end{center} </pre></div> +<p>The red X will be precisely a quarter of the <code>\textwidth</code> from +the left margin, and <code>0.35\textwidth</code> up from the bottom of the +picture. Another example of this usage is to put similar code in the +page header to get repeat material on each of a document’s pages. +</p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1">\put</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Place an object at a specified place. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="1">\put</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Place an object at a specified place. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2">\multiput</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw multiple instances of an object. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="2">\multiput</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw multiple instances of an object. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3">\qbezier</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a quadratic Bezier curve. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="3">\qbezier</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a quadratic Bézier curve. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4">\graphpaper</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw graph paper. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="4">\graphpaper</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw graph paper. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5">\line</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a straight line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="5">\line</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a straight line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6">\linethickness</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set thickness of horizontal and vertical lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="6">\linethickness</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set thickness of horizontal and vertical lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7">\thinlines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The default line thickness. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="7">\thinlines</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The default line thickness. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8">\thicklines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A heavier line thickness. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8">\thicklines</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A heavier line thickness. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9">\circle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a circle. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="9">\circle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a circle. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw an oval. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw an oval. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make a stack of objects. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make a stack of objects. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a line with an arrow. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a line with an arrow. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box of the specified size. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box of the specified size. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box with a frame around it. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box with a frame around it. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a frame around an object. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a frame around an object. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a dashed box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a dashed box. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cput"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cput"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\multiput</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cput-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cput-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.1 <code>\put</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cput"></a> +<span id="index-_005cput"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6652,15 +7560,13 @@ text, at the bottom left of the ‘<samp>A</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmultiput"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmultiput"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next">\qbezier</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\put</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmultiput-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cmultiput-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.2 <code>\multiput</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cmultiput"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmultiput"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6688,15 +7594,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="n" rel="next">\qbezier</a>, Previous <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cqbezier"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cqbezier"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="n" rel="next">\graphpaper</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\multiput</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cqbezier-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cqbezier-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.3 <code>\qbezier</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cqbezier"></a> +<span id="index-_005cqbezier"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6726,17 +7630,31 @@ intermediate points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of points is <code>\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with <code>\renewcommand</code>). </p> +<p>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <code>\qbezier</code> for +that curve. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{picture}(8,4) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis + \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side + \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side + \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) + \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) + \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick + \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} + \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} +\end{picture} +</pre></div> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cgraphpaper"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cgraphpaper"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\line</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cqbezier" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\qbezier</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cgraphpaper-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cgraphpaper-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.4 <code>\graphpaper</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cgraphpaper"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgraphpaper"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> @@ -6744,7 +7662,10 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\line</a>, Previous: <a h \graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>) </pre></div> -<p>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package. +<span id="index-package_002c-graphpap"></span> +<span id="index-graphpap-package"></span> + +<p>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <samp>graphpap</samp> package. The grid’s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>. Grid lines come every <var>spacing</var> units (the default is 10). The grid extends <var>x_dimen</var> units to the right and <var>y_dimen</var> units up. @@ -6764,15 +7685,13 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cline"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cline"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linethickness</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\graphpaper</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cline-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.5 <code>\line</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cline"></a> +<span id="index-_005cline"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6782,7 +7701,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linethickness</ <p>Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The <var>travel</var> is the total horizontal -change — it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in +change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <em>x</em>. In the special case of vertical lines, where (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), the <var>travel</var> gives the change in <em>y</em>. @@ -6811,22 +7730,22 @@ then the line’s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than <p>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.</code> </p> -<a name="index-pict2e-package"></a> -<a name="index-graphics-packages"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-pict2e"></a> -<a name="index-pict2e-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-pict2e-package"></span> +<span id="index-graphics-packages"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-pict2e"></span> +<span id="index-pict2e-package-1"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-TikZ"></a> -<a name="index-TikZ-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-TikZ"></span> +<span id="index-TikZ-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-PSTricks"></a> -<a name="index-PSTricks-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-PSTricks"></span> +<span id="index-PSTricks-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-MetaPost"></a> -<a name="index-MetaPost-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-MetaPost"></span> +<span id="index-MetaPost-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-Asymptote"></a> -<a name="index-Asymptote-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote"></span> +<span id="index-Asymptote-package"></span> <p>Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes because these lines are made by putting together line segments from @@ -6836,21 +7755,20 @@ relatively prime, so that <var>(x_run,y_rise)</var> can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -<code>picture</code>, see the package <samp>pict2e</samp> on CTAN. Another solution -is to use a full-featured graphics system such as <samp>TikZ</samp>, or -<samp>PSTricks</samp>, or <samp>MetaPost</samp>, or <samp>Asymptote</samp> +<code>picture</code>, see the package <samp>pict2e</samp> +(<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</a>). Another solution +is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, +MetaPost, or Asymptote. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005clinethickness"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005clinethickness"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinlines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\line</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005clinethickness-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005clinethickness-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.6 <code>\linethickness</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005clinethickness"></a> +<span id="index-_005clinethickness"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6866,15 +7784,13 @@ lines, circles, or ovals. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cthinlines"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cthinlines"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thicklines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\linethickness</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cthinlines-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cthinlines-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.7 <code>\thinlines</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cthinlines"></a> +<span id="index-_005cthinlines"></span> <p>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.4pt. This is the default @@ -6883,15 +7799,13 @@ changed with either <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> or <a hr </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cthicklines"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cthicklines"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\circle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thinlines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cthicklines-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cthicklines-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cthicklines"></a> +<span id="index-_005cthicklines"></span> <p>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8pt. See also @@ -6900,15 +7814,13 @@ in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <a href="#picture">picture</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ccircle"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ccircle"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next">\oval</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thicklines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ccircle-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005ccircle-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.9 <code>\circle</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005ccircle"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccircle"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6926,21 +7838,19 @@ one. The <code>*</code> form produces a filled-in circle. <pre class="example">\put(5,7){\circle{6}} </pre></div> -<p>The available radii for <code>circle</code> are, in points, the even -numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <code>circle*</code> they are all the +<p>The available radii for <code>\circle</code> are, in points, the even +numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <code>\circle*</code> they are all the integers from 1 to 15. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005coval"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005coval"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next">\shortstack</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\circle</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005coval-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005coval-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.10 <code>\oval</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005coval"></a> +<span id="index-_005coval"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -6987,15 +7897,13 @@ boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cshortstack"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cshortstack"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vector</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\oval</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cshortstack-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cshortstack-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.11 <code>\shortstack</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cshortstack"></a> +<span id="index-_005cshortstack"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7032,7 +7940,7 @@ the left of the <em>y</em> axis. </p></dd> </dl> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-_005cshortstack-objects_0029"></span> <p>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in @@ -7048,15 +7956,13 @@ argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cvector"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cvector"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\shortstack</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cvector-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cvector-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.12 <code>\vector</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cvector"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvector"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7066,7 +7972,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\mak <p>Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The -<var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change — it is not the +<var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change—it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <em>x</em>. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), then <var>travel</var> gives the change in <em>y</em>. @@ -7082,15 +7988,13 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\framebox (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vector</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</h4> +<span id="g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.13 <code>\makebox</code> (picture)</h4> -<a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028for-picture_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmakebox-_0028for-picture_0029"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7139,15 +8043,13 @@ two of these letters. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frame</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</h4> +<span id="g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.14 <code>\framebox</code> (picture)</h4> -<a name="index-_005cframebox"></a> +<span id="index-_005cframebox"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7179,8 +8081,8 @@ the text in the center. <var>text</var>; see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a> for the values that it can take. </p> -<a name="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cfboxsep-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfboxrule-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cfboxsep-1"></span> <p>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box. </p> @@ -7190,15 +8092,13 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (see <a href="#g </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cframe"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cframe"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dashbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\framebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cframe-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cframe-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.15 <code>\frame</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cframe"></a> +<span id="index-_005cframe"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7213,15 +8113,13 @@ between the frame and the object. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cdashbox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cdashbox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frame</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cdashbox-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cdashbox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.19.16 <code>\dashbox</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cdashbox"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdashbox"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7257,26 +8155,24 @@ take. </p> <hr> -<a name="quotation-_0026-quote"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="quotation-_0026-quote"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabbing</a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="prev">picture</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="quotation-_0026-quote-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.20 <code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></h3> +<span id="quotation-_0026-quote-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.20 <code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-quotation"></a> -<a name="index-quotation-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-quotation"></span> +<span id="index-quotation-environment"></span> -<a name="index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a> -<a name="index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text"></a> -<a name="index-environment_002c-quote"></a> -<a name="index-quote-environment"></a> +<span id="index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></span> +<span id="index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text"></span> +<span id="index-environment_002c-quote"></span> +<span id="index-quote-environment"></span> -<a name="index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a> -<a name="index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting"></a> +<span id="index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></span> +<span id="index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7313,20 +8209,19 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>). <hr> -<a name="tabbing"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="tabbing"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next">table</a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation-_0026-quote" accesskey="p" rel="prev">quotation & quote</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="tabbing-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></h3> +<span id="tabbing-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-tabbing"></a> -<a name="index-tabbing-environment"></a> + +<span id="index-environment_002c-tabbing"></span> +<span id="index-tabbing-environment"></span> -<a name="index-tab-stops_002c-using"></a> -<a name="index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops"></a> -<a name="index-alignment-via-tabbing"></a> +<span id="index-tab-stops_002c-using"></span> +<span id="index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops"></span> +<span id="index-alignment-via-tabbing"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7349,12 +8244,12 @@ widths, ended by a <code>\kill</code> command (which is described below): </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{tabbing} -\hspace{0.75in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \kill -Ship \> Guns \> Year \\ -\textit{Sophie} \> 14 \> 1800 \\ -\textit{Polychrest} \> 24 \> 1803 \\ -\textit{Lively} \> 38 \> 1804 \\ -\textit{Surprise} \> 28 \> 1805 \\ +\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill +Ship \>Guns \>Year \\ +\textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\ +\textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\ +\textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\ +\textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\ \end{tabbing} </pre></div> @@ -7365,24 +8260,25 @@ determined automatically by LaTeX, while in <code>tabbing</code> the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that <code>tabular</code> generates a box, but <code>tabbing</code> can be broken across pages. Finally, while <code>tabular</code> can be used in any mode, <code>tabbing</code> -can be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph. +can be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph, +without indentation. </p> -<p>A <code>tabbing</code> environment always starts a new paragraph, without -indentation. Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need +<p>Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the starred form of the <code>\hspace</code> command at the beginning of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <code>tabbing</code> environment is the end of line, so that the width of the environment is <code>\linewidth</code>. </p> -<a name="index-row_002c-tabbing"></a> +<span id="index-row_002c-tabbing"></span> <p>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <em>tabbed rows</em>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or <code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just <code>\end{tabbing}</code>. </p> -<p>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a current tab stop -pattern, a sequence of <em><var>n</var> > 0</em> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, +<span id="index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing"></span> +<p>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <em>current tab stop +pattern</em>, a sequence of <em><var>n</var> > 0</em> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number <var>i</var> is set if it is assigned a horizontal @@ -7399,33 +8295,33 @@ They are all fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\\ <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> </dt> <dd><p>End a tabbed line and typeset it. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\= <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_003d-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\> <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_003e"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_003e"></span> <p>Advances to the next tab stop. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\<</code> -<a name="index-_005c_003c"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_003c"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\+</code> -<a name="index-_005c_002b"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_002b"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if @@ -7433,7 +8329,7 @@ necessary. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\-</code> -<a name="index-_005c_002d"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_002d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if @@ -7441,7 +8337,7 @@ necessary. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e., everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, @@ -7450,7 +8346,7 @@ to the right, flush against the current column’s tab stop. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\` <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can’t move text to the right of the last @@ -7463,18 +8359,18 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or </p> </dd> <dt><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"></span> <p>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (see <a href="#Accents">Accents</a>). Instead, use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\kill</code> -<a name="index-_005ckill"></a> +<span id="index-_005ckill"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. @@ -7483,21 +8379,21 @@ effect. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\poptabs</code> -<a name="index-_005cpoptabs"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpoptabs"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cpoptabs-1"></span> <p>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\pushtabs</code> -<a name="index-_005cpushtabs"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpushtabs"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tabbingsep</code> -<a name="index-_005ctabbingsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctabbingsep"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop. </p> @@ -7530,15 +8426,15 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ end; </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-algorithm2e"></a> -<a name="index-algorithm2e-package"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-listings"></a> -<a name="index-listings-package"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-minted"></a> -<a name="index-minted-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-algorithm2e"></span> +<span id="index-algorithm2e-package"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-listings"></span> +<span id="index-listings-package"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-minted"></span> +<span id="index-minted-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-fancyvrb"></a> -<a name="index-fancyvrb-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb"></span> +<span id="index-fancyvrb-package"></span> <p>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually typeset computer code in typewriter like this, a verbatim environment @@ -7548,19 +8444,17 @@ there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>, </p> <hr> -<a name="table"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="table"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabular</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">tabbing</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="table-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.22 <code>table</code></h3> +<span id="table-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.22 <code>table</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-table"></a> -<a name="index-table-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-table"></span> +<span id="index-table-environment"></span> -<a name="index-tables_002c-creating"></a> -<a name="index-creating-tables"></a> +<span id="index-tables_002c-creating"></span> +<span id="index-creating-tables"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7593,19 +8487,17 @@ are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a following page. \end{table} </pre></div> -<p>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <code>table</code>, -including text, LaTeX commands, etc. +<p>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <code>table</code>: +the <var>table body</var> may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is +typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>. </p> <p>For the possible values of <var>placement</var> and their effect on the float placement algorithm, see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. </p> -<p>The table body is typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>. -It can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. -</p> <p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). -<a name="index-_005ccaption-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccaption-1"></span> The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption text -for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional +<var>title</var> for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead of <var>title</var> (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). </p> @@ -7627,19 +8519,17 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <hr> -<a name="tabular"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="tabular"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next">thebibliography</a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">table</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="tabular-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.23 <code>tabular</code></h3> +<span id="tabular-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.23 <code>tabular</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-tabular"></a> -<a name="index-tabular-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-tabular"></span> +<span id="index-tabular-environment"></span> -<a name="index-lines-in-tables"></a> -<a name="index-lining-text-up-in-tables"></a> +<span id="index-lines-in-tables"></span> +<span id="index-lining-text-up-in-tables"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7675,12 +8565,12 @@ illustrates many of the features. <p>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>’s argument <code>{l|l}</code>. -<a name="index-_0026"></a> +<span id="index-_0026-for-table-cells"></span> Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, <code>&</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with <code>\hline</code>. -<a name="index-_005c_005c-for-tabular"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-tabular"></span> After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code> command follows to put a rule below the table. </p> @@ -7763,7 +8653,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it. \end{tabular} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cextracolsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cextracolsep"></span> <p>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an @-expression causes an extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike @@ -7796,7 +8686,7 @@ a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code declaration (when used in a <code>p</code>-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with <code>{\centering .. \\ ..}</code>). Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as -ending the row. Instead, to get a line break in there use +ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there use <code>\newline</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a>). </p> </dd> @@ -7826,33 +8716,33 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\arrayrulewidth</code> -<a name="index-_005carrayrulewidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005carrayrulewidth"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="tabular-arrayrulewidth"></a><p>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, +<dd><span id="tabular-arrayrulewidth"></span><p>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments. The default is ‘<samp>.4pt</samp>’. Change it as in <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\arraystretch</code> -<a name="index-_005carraystretch"></a> +<span id="index-_005carraystretch"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="tabular-arraystrech"></a><p>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and +<dd><span id="tabular-arraystrech"></span><p>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is ‘<samp>1</samp>’, for no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\doublerulesep</code> -<a name="index-_005cdoublerulesep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdoublerulesep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="tabular-doublerulesep"></a><p>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the +<dd><span id="tabular-doublerulesep"></span><p>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the <code>||</code> specifier. The default is ‘<samp>2pt</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tabcolsep</code> -<a name="index-_005ctabcolsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctabcolsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="tabular-tabcolsep"></a><p>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is +<dd><span id="tabular-tabcolsep"></span><p>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is ‘<samp>6pt</samp>’. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>. </p> </dd> @@ -7863,27 +8753,25 @@ environment, the first two inside an entry and the second two between lines: </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1">\multicolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make an item spanning several columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1">\multicolumn</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make an item spanning several columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2">\vline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a vertical line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="2">\vline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a vertical line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3">\cline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="3">\cline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4">\hline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="4">\hline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmulticolumn"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmulticolumn"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cmulticolumn"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmulticolumn"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -7978,15 +8866,13 @@ in the first row here. That’s because there is no vertical bar in the </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cvline"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cvline"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\multicolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cvline-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cvline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cvline"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvline"></span> <p>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment extending the full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical @@ -8016,15 +8902,13 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ccline"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ccline"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ccline-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005ccline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.3 <code>\cline</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005ccline"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccline"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8051,15 +8935,13 @@ height. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005chline"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005chline"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005chline-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005chline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.23.4 <code>\hline</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005chline"></a> +<span id="index-_005chline"></span> <p>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It’s most commonly used to draw a line at the @@ -8080,18 +8962,16 @@ is required. <hr> -<a name="thebibliography"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="thebibliography"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">theorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="prev">tabular</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="thebibliography-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h3> +<span id="thebibliography-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-thebibliography"></a> -<a name="index-thebibliography-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-thebibliography"></span> +<span id="index-thebibliography-environment"></span> -<a name="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029"></a> +<span id="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8104,7 +8984,7 @@ Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">theorem</a>, Previous: <a href <p>Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a -few references and can maintain the list by hand. See <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a> +few references and can maintain the list by hand. See <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>, for a more sophisticated approach. </p> <p>This shows the environment with two entries. @@ -8126,15 +9006,17 @@ Together they are \cite{latexdps, texbook}. </pre></div> <p>This styles the first reference as ‘<samp>[1] Leslie ...</samp>’, and so that -<code>\cite{latexdps}</code> produces the matching ‘<samp>... based on [1]</samp>’. -The second <code>\cite</code> produces ‘<samp>[1, 2]</samp>’. You must compile the -document twice to resolve these references. +<code>... based on \cite{latexdps}</code> produces the matching +‘<samp>... based on [1]</samp>’. The second <code>\cite</code> produces ‘<samp>[1, +2]</samp>’. You must compile the document twice to resolve these references. </p> <p>The mandatory argument <var>widest-label</var> is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands. The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. </p> +<span id="index-_005cbibname"></span> +<span id="index-_005crefname"></span> <p>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as ‘<samp>Bibliography</samp>’. To change it there are two cases. In the <samp>book</samp> and <samp>report</samp> classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the @@ -8142,38 +9024,38 @@ default title is ‘<samp>Bibliography</samp>’, that title is in the m <code>\bibname</code>. For <samp>article</samp>, where the class’s top level sectioning is <code>\section</code> and the default is ‘<samp>References</samp>’, the title is in macro <code>\refname</code>. Change it by redefining the command, -as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code> after +as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after <code>\begin{document}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-babel-1"></a> -<a name="index-babel-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-babel-1"></span> +<span id="index-babel-package-1"></span> <p>Language support packages such as <samp>babel</samp> will automatically redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected language. </p> +<p>See <a href="#list">list</a>, for the list layout control parameters. +</p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1">\bibitem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Specify a bibliography item. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1">\bibitem</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Specify a bibliography item. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2">\cite</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a bibliography item. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2">\cite</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a bibliography item. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3">\nocite</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include an item in the bibliography. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3">\nocite</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include an item in the bibliography. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic generation of bibliographies. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic generation of bibliographies. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cbibitem"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cbibitem"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cbibitem-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cbibitem-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cbibitem"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbibitem"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8187,16 +9069,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="# <pre class="example">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Generate an entry labeled by <var>label</var>. The default is for LaTeX to -generates a number using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <em>citation key</em> -<a name="index-citation-key"></a> -<var>cite_key</var> is a string of +<p>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the +<code>enumi</code> counter. The <em>citation key</em> +<span id="index-citation-key"></span> +<var>cite_key</var> can be any string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). </p> -<p>See <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> for an example. +<p>See <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>, for an example. </p> -<p>The optional <var>label</var> changes the default label from an integer to the -given string. With this +<p>When provided, the optional <var>label</var> becomes the entry label and the +<code>enumi</code> counter is not incremented. With this </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{thebibliography} @@ -8227,8 +9109,8 @@ Warning: There were multiply-defined labels</samp>’. </p> <p>Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var> information because <code>\bibitem</code> writes it to the auxiliary file -<samp><var>filename</var>.aux</samp>. For instance, the above example causes -<code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and +<samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, the above +example causes the two <code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and <code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file. The <samp>.aux</samp> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and then the information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands. This explains why @@ -8242,15 +9124,13 @@ recompiling. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ccite"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ccite"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nocite</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bibitem</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ccite-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005ccite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.2 <code>\cite</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005ccite"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccite"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8281,20 +9161,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</ \end{thebibliography} </pre></div> -<p>produces output like ‘<samp>... source is [1]</samp>’. (You can change the -appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in -<a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>.) +<p>produces output like ‘<samp>... source is [1]</samp>’. You can change the +appearance of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography +styles if you generate automatically the <code>thebibliography</code> +environment. More information in <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>. </p> <p>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation. For example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce ‘<samp>See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]</samp>’. </p> <p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes -information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>filename</var>.aux</samp>. For -instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes ‘<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>’ -to that file. This information is used by BibTeX to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -<a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also. +information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> +(see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). For instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes +‘<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>’ to that file. This information is used by +BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you +have actually cited; see <a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also. </p> <p>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>’, and in the output @@ -8307,15 +9188,13 @@ the fix may be to run LaTeX again. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnocite"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnocite"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnocite-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cnocite-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cnocite"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnocite"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8324,33 +9203,31 @@ Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previou </pre></div> <p>Produces no output but writes <var>keys</var> to the auxiliary file -<samp><var>doc-filename</var>.aux</samp>. +<samp><var>jobname</var>.aux</samp> (see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>). </p> <p>The mandatory argument <var>keys</var> is a comma-separated list of one or more citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>). This information is used by BibTeX to include these works in your reference list even though you -have not cited them (see <a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a>). +have not explicitly cited them (see <a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="Using-BibTeX"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Using-BibTeX"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nocite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Using-BibTeX-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</h4> +<span id="Using-BibTeX-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.24.4 Using BibTeX</h4> -<a name="index-using-BibTeX"></a> -<a name="index-bibTeX_002c-using"></a> -<a name="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbibliography"></a> +<span id="index-using-BibTeX"></span> +<span id="index-bibTeX_002c-using"></span> +<span id="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbibliographystyle"></span> +<span id="index-_005cbibliography"></span> <p>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (see <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN. +documentation on CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). </p> <p>With BibTeX, you don’t use <code>thebibliography</code> (see <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>). Instead, include these lines. @@ -8383,7 +9260,7 @@ Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically. <p>Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN’s listing -<a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</a>. +<a href="https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib">https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</a>. </p> <p>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -8416,18 +9293,16 @@ you used. </p> <hr> -<a name="theorem"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="theorem"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next">titlepage</a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="prev">thebibliography</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="theorem-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.25 <code>theorem</code></h3> +<span id="theorem-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.25 <code>theorem</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-theorem"></a> -<a name="index-theorem-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-theorem"></span> +<span id="index-theorem-environment"></span> -<a name="index-theorems_002c-typesetting"></a> +<span id="index-theorems_002c-typesetting"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8455,11 +9330,11 @@ The next result follows immediately. \end{thm} </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-4"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-4"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-4"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-4"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsthm"></a> -<a name="index-amsthm-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsthm"></span> +<span id="index-amsthm-package"></span> <p>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code> from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these @@ -8468,19 +9343,17 @@ such as styling options. </p> <hr> -<a name="titlepage"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="titlepage"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next">verbatim</a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">theorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="titlepage-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></h3> +<span id="titlepage-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-titlepage"></a> -<a name="index-titlepage-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-titlepage"></span> +<span id="index-titlepage-environment"></span> -<a name="index-making-a-title-page"></a> -<a name="index-title-pages_002c-creating"></a> +<span id="index-making-a-title-page"></span> +<span id="index-title-pages_002c-creating"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8524,22 +9397,20 @@ environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\make </p> <hr> -<a name="verbatim"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="verbatim"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next">verse</a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">titlepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="verbatim-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></h3> +<span id="verbatim-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-verbatim"></a> -<a name="index-verbatim-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-verbatim"></span> +<span id="index-verbatim-environment"></span> -<a name="index-verbatim-text"></a> -<a name="index-simulating-typed-text"></a> -<a name="index-typed-text_002c-simulating"></a> -<a name="index-code_002c-typesetting"></a> -<a name="index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting"></a> +<span id="index-verbatim-text"></span> +<span id="index-simulating-typed-text"></span> +<span id="index-typed-text_002c-simulating"></span> +<span id="index-code_002c-typesetting"></span> +<span id="index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8565,19 +9436,24 @@ Symbol swearing: %&$#?!. <p>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-cprotect"></a> -<a name="index-cprotect-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-cprotect"></span> +<span id="index-cprotect-package"></span> <p>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>), instead it just cannot appear -there. (But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.) +commands being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>), instead it just cannot work, +as the <code>verbatim</code> environment changes the catcode regime before +processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, +nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has +already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect +when the macro was called. However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can +help with this. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-listings-1"></a> -<a name="index-listings-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-listings-1"></span> +<span id="index-listings-package-1"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-minted-1"></a> -<a name="index-minted-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-minted-1"></span> +<span id="index-minted-package-1"></span> <p>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment. For @@ -8585,34 +9461,32 @@ instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code>listings</code>, and <code>minted</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"></a> -<a name="index-fancyvrb-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-fancyvrb-1"></span> +<span id="index-fancyvrb-package-1"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-verbatimbox"></a> -<a name="index-verbatimbox-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-verbatimbox"></span> +<span id="index-verbatimbox-package"></span> <p>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is <code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>. </p> -<p>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN. +<p>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1">\verb</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1">\verb</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cverb"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cverb"></span><div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up">verbatim</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cverb-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cverb-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">8.27.1 <code>\verb</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cverb"></a> -<a name="index-verbatim-text_002c-inline"></a> +<span id="index-_005cverb"></span> +<span id="index-verbatim-text_002c-inline"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8636,62 +9510,65 @@ exclamation point, <code>!</code>. The second instead uses plus, <code>+</code> because the exclamation point is part of <code>literal-text</code>. </p> <p>The single-character delimiter <var>char</var> surrounds -<var>literal-text</var> — it must be the same character before and -after. No spaces come between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and -<var>char</var>, or between <var>char</var> and <var>literal-text</var>, or between -<var>literal-text</var> and the second occurrence of <var>char</var> (the synopsis -shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other). The -delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The <var>literal-text</var> -cannot include a line break. -</p> -<a name="index-visible-space"></a> +<var>literal-text</var>—it must be the same character before and after. +No spaces come between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and <var>char</var>, +or between <var>char</var> and <var>literal-text</var>, or between +<var>literal-text</var> and the second occurrence of <var>char</var> (the +synopsis shows a space only to distinguish one component from the +other). The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The +<var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break. +</p> +<span id="index-visible-space"></span> <p>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. </p> -<p>The output from this will include a character showing the spaces. +<p>The output from this will include a visible space on both side of word +‘<samp>with</samp>’: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... +<pre class="example">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-url"></a> -<a name="index-url-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-url"></span> +<span id="index-url-package"></span> <p>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code> -provides an option that is better than the <code>\verb</code> command, since +is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since it allows line breaks. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-listings-2"></a> -<a name="index-listings-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-listings-2"></span> +<span id="index-listings-package-2"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-minted-2"></a> -<a name="index-minted-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-minted-2"></span> +<span id="index-minted-package-2"></span> <p>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over <code>\verb</code>. One is <samp>listings</samp>, another is <samp>minted</samp>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-cprotect-1"></a> -<a name="index-cprotect-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-cprotect-1"></span> +<span id="index-cprotect-package-1"></span> <p>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code> -being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>), instead it just cannot appear there. -(But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.) +being fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>), instead it just cannot work, as the +<code>\verb</code> command changes the catcode regime before reading its +argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a +macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a +token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. +However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this. </p> <hr> -<a name="verse"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="verse"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev">verbatim</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="verse-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">8.28 <code>verse</code></h3> +<span id="verse-1"></span><h3 class="section">8.28 <code>verse</code></h3> -<a name="index-environment_002c-verse"></a> -<a name="index-verse-environment"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-verse"></span> +<span id="index-verse-environment"></span> -<a name="index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for"></a> +<span id="index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -8712,7 +9589,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev">verbatim</a>, Up: <a href On the fair daughter of rich Capulet. </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-for-verse"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-verse"></span> <p>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. </p> @@ -8735,16 +9612,14 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified. </p> <hr> -<a name="Line-breaking"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Line-breaking"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environments</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Line-breaking-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">9 Line breaking</h2> +<span id="Line-breaking-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">9 Line breaking</h2> -<a name="index-line-breaking"></a> -<a name="index-breaking-lines"></a> +<span id="index-line-breaking"></span> +<span id="index-breaking-lines"></span> <p>The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To @@ -8761,37 +9636,35 @@ text as you input it. Putting these off until the end prevents a lot of fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1">\\</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1">\\</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make each input line start a new output line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make each input line start a new output line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3">\newline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Break the line +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3">\newline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Break the line </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert explicit hyphenation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert explicit hyphenation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5">\discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Explicit control of the hyphen character. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5">\discretionary</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Explicit control of the hyphen character. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\fussy & \sloppy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be more or less particular with line breaking. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\fussy & \sloppy</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be more or less particular with line breaking. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_005c"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_005c"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_005c-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.1 <code>\\</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005c_005c-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.1 <code>\\</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-force-line-break"></a> -<a name="index-new-line_002c-starting"></a> -<a name="index-line-break_002c-forcing"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-force-line-break"></span> +<span id="index-new-line_002c-starting"></span> +<span id="index-line-break_002c-forcing"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -8867,25 +9740,23 @@ something like this. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\\</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cobeycr"></a> -<a name="index-_005crestorecr"></a> -<a name="index-new-line_002c-output-as-input"></a> +<span id="index-_005cobeycr"></span> +<span id="index-_005crestorecr"></span> +<span id="index-new-line_002c-output-as-input"></span> <p>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (‘<samp>^^M</samp>’, internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>. So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The <code>\restorecr</code> command restores normal line-breaking behavior. </p> -<p>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. -See <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a> instead. +<p>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use +<code>verbatim</code> (see <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>) instead. </p> <p>With LaTeX’s usual defaults, this </p> @@ -8922,16 +9793,14 @@ fff ggg </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewline"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewline"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewline-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.3 <code>\newline</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewline-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.3 <code>\newline</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewline"></a> -<a name="index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewline"></span> +<span id="index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029"></span> <p>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode @@ -8959,16 +9828,14 @@ single cell of the table. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next">\discretionary</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newline</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3> +<span id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029"></span><h3 class="section">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3> -<a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a> -<a name="index-hyphenation_002c-forcing"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></span> +<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-forcing"></span> <p>Tell LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at @@ -9006,15 +9873,13 @@ care. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cdiscretionary"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cdiscretionary"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fussy & \sloppy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3> -<a name="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></a> -<a name="index-discretionary-hyphenation"></a> +<span id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029"></span><h3 class="section">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3> +<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></span> +<span id="index-discretionary-hyphenation"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -9042,17 +9907,15 @@ automatically by TeX’s hyphenation algorithm. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hyphenation</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\discretionary</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.6 <code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cfussy"></a> -<a name="index-_005csloppy"></a> -<a name="index-line-breaks_002c-changing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfussy"></span> +<span id="index-_005csloppy"></span> +<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-changing"></span> <p>Declarations to make TeX more picky or less picky about line breaking. Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between @@ -9067,22 +9930,20 @@ the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in the scope of the command. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1">sloppypar</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Environment version of \sloppy command. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#sloppypar" accesskey="1">sloppypar</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Environment version of \sloppy command. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="sloppypar"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="sloppypar"></span><div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up">\fussy & \sloppy</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="sloppypar-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4> +<span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4> -<a name="index-sloppypar"></a> -<a name="index-sloppypar-environment"></a> +<span id="index-sloppypar"></span> +<span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -9114,16 +9975,14 @@ Up: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="u" rel="up">\fussy &am <hr> -<a name="g_t_005chyphenation"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005chyphenation"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fussy & \sloppy</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005chyphenation"></a> -<a name="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></a> +<span id="index-_005chyphenation"></span> +<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -9146,18 +10005,16 @@ exactly. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hyphenation</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005clinebreak"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a> -<a name="index-line-breaks_002c-forcing"></a> -<a name="index-line-breaks_002c-preventing"></a> +<span id="index-_005clinebreak"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnolinebreak"></span> +<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-forcing"></span> +<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-preventing"></span> <p>Synopses, one of: </p> @@ -9192,21 +10049,19 @@ underrepresented groups. <p>When you issue <code>\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right margin. See <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a> -and <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a> to have the spaces not stretched out. +and <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a>, to have the spaces not stretched out. </p> <hr> -<a name="Page-breaking"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Page-breaking"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Line breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Page-breaking-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">10 Page breaking</h2> +<span id="Page-breaking-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">10 Page breaking</h2> -<a name="index-page-breaking"></a> -<a name="index-breaking-pages"></a> +<span id="index-page-breaking"></span> +<span id="index-breaking-pages"></span> <p>Ordinarily LaTeX automatically takes care of breaking output into pages with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or @@ -9235,34 +10090,32 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn’t look as far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. </p> -<p>See <a href="#Layout">Layout</a> for more material that is relevant to page breaking. +<p>See <a href="#Layout">Layout</a>, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page; eject floats. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page; eject floats. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2">\newpage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="2">\newpage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3">\enlargethispage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enlarge the current page a bit. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="3">\enlargethispage</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enlarge the current page a bit. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="4">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding page breaks. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.1 <code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cclearpage"></a> -<a name="index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page"></a> -<a name="index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></a> -<a name="index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page"></a> +<span id="index-_005cclearpage"></span> +<span id="index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page"></span> +<span id="index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></span> +<span id="index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -9311,17 +10164,15 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewpage"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewpage"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\enlargethispage</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewpage-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewpage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.2 <code>\newpage</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewpage"></a> -<a name="index-new-page_002c-starting"></a> -<a name="index-starting-a-new-page"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewpage"></span> +<span id="index-new-page_002c-starting"></span> +<span id="index-starting-a-new-page"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -9354,22 +10205,20 @@ continent, proposition that all men are created equal. </pre></div> -<p>makes a new page start after ‘<samp>continent,</samp>’ and the cut-off line is +<p>makes a new page start after ‘<samp>continent</samp>’, and the cut-off line is not right justified. In addition, <code>\newpage</code> does not vertically stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cenlargethispage"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cenlargethispage"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.3 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cenlargethispage"></a> -<a name="index-enlarge-current-page"></a> +<span id="index-_005cenlargethispage"></span> +<span id="index-enlarge-current-page"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -9399,18 +10248,16 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\enlargethispage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">10.4 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cpagebreak"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnopagebreak"></a> -<a name="index-page-break_002c-forcing"></a> -<a name="index-page-break_002c-preventing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpagebreak"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnopagebreak"></span> +<span id="index-page-break_002c-forcing"></span> +<span id="index-page-break_002c-preventing"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -9449,26 +10296,24 @@ a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. </pre></div> -<p>does not give a page break at ‘<samp>continent,</samp>’ but instead at -‘<samp>nation,</samp>’ since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In +<p>does not give a page break at ‘<samp>continent</samp>’, but instead at +‘<samp>nation</samp>’, since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In addition, with <code>\pagebreak</code> the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if <code>\flushbottom</code> is in effect this can cause you to get ‘<samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</samp>’. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a> for a command that +occurred while \output is active</samp>’. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>, for a command that does not have these effects. </p> <hr> -<a name="Footnotes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Footnotes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definitions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Footnotes-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">11 Footnotes</h2> +<span id="Footnotes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">11 Footnotes</h2> -<a name="index-footnotes_002c-creating"></a> +<span id="index-footnotes_002c-creating"></span> <p>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. </p> @@ -9490,31 +10335,29 @@ circumstances. include a bibliographic style with that behavior (see <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>). </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1">\footnote</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert a footnote. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1">\footnote</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert a footnote. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2">\footnotemark</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote mark only. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2">\footnotemark</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote mark only. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3">\footnotetext</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote text only. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3">\footnotetext</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote text only. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="4">Footnotes in section headings</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Chapter or section titles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="4">Footnotes in section headings</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Chapter or section titles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="5">Footnotes in a table</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Table footnotes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="5">Footnotes in a table</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Table footnotes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="6">Footnotes of footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Multiple classes of footnotes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="6">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Multiple classes of footnotes. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfootnote"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfootnote"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfootnote-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cfootnote-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.1 <code>\footnote</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cfootnote"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfootnote"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -9538,9 +10381,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotemark</a> the footnote. If you use this then LaTeX does not increment the <code>footnote</code> counter. </p> -<a name="index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers"></a> -<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"></a> +<span id="index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers"></span> +<span id="index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"></span> <p>By default, LaTeX uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change this with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which @@ -9550,14 +10393,14 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with </p> <p>LaTeX determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters. </p> -<a name="index-footnote-parameters"></a> -<a name="index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes"></a> +<span id="index-footnote-parameters"></span> +<span id="index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes"></span> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\footnoterule</code> -<a name="index-_005cfootnoterule"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfootnoterule"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="footnote-footnoterule"></a><p>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page’s +<dd><span id="footnote-footnoterule"></span><p>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page’s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except <code>slides</code>, where it does not appear) is: vertical thickness of <code>0.4pt</code>, and horizontal size of <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> long. @@ -9572,9 +10415,9 @@ Change the rule with something like this. </dd> <dt><code>\footnotesep</code> -<a name="index-_005cfootnotesep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfootnotesep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="footnote-footnotesep"></a><p>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote +<dd><span id="footnote-footnotesep"></span><p>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote (see <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for <code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (see <a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a>), therefore there is no extra space between footnotes. This is ‘<samp>6.65pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’, @@ -9592,8 +10435,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer paragraph mode; see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). There are some workarounds; see following sections. </p> -<a name="index-Footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage"></a> -<a name="index-mpfootnote-counter"></a> +<span id="index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage"></span> +<span id="index-mpfootnote-counter"></span> <p>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the @@ -9602,15 +10445,13 @@ shown alphabetically. See <a href="#minipage">minipage</a> and <a href="#Footnot </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfootnotemark"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfootnotemark"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotetext</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnote</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cfootnotemark"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfootnotemark"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -9663,11 +10504,11 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver}] Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-cleveref-2"></a> -<a name="index-cleveref-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-cleveref-2"></span> +<span id="index-cleveref-package-2"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-hyperref"></a> -<a name="index-hyperref-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref"></span> +<span id="index-hyperref-package"></span> <p>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <samp>cleveref</samp>. </p> @@ -9680,22 +10521,20 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-hyperref-1"></a> -<a name="index-hyperref-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-1"></span> +<span id="index-hyperref-package-1"></span> <p>It will work with the package <samp>hyperref</samp>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfootnotetext"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfootnotetext"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cfootnotetext"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfootnotetext"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -9710,21 +10549,19 @@ that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Mode The optional argument <var>number</var> changes the number of the footnote mark. </p> -<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a> for usage +<p>See <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a> and <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a>, for usage examples. </p> <hr> -<a name="Footnotes-in-section-headings"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Footnotes-in-section-headings"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes in a table</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\footnotetext</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Footnotes-in-section-headings-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</h3> +<span id="Footnotes-in-section-headings-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.4 Footnotes in section headings</h3> -<a name="index-footnote_002c-in-section-headings"></a> -<a name="index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes"></a> +<span id="index-footnote_002c-in-section-headings"></span> +<span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes"></span> <p>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </p> @@ -9748,15 +10585,13 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument. </p> <hr> -<a name="Footnotes-in-a-table"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Footnotes-in-a-table"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes of footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in section headings</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Footnotes-in-a-table-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">11.5 Footnotes in a table</h3> +<span id="Footnotes-in-a-table-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.5 Footnotes in a table</h3> -<a name="index-footnote_002c-in-a-table"></a> +<span id="index-footnote_002c-in-a-table"></span> <p>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but @@ -9833,18 +10668,16 @@ other footnotes. </p> <hr> -<a name="Footnotes-of-footnotes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Footnotes-of-footnotes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes in a table</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Footnotes-of-footnotes-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</h3> +<span id="Footnotes-of-footnotes-1"></span><h3 class="section">11.6 Footnotes of footnotes</h3> -<a name="index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote"></a> +<span id="index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-bigfoot"></a> -<a name="index-bigfoot-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-bigfoot"></span> +<span id="index-bigfoot-package"></span> <p>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package @@ -9863,60 +10696,58 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <hr> -<a name="Definitions"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Definitions"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Footnotes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Definitions-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">12 Definitions</h2> +<span id="Definitions-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">12 Definitions</h2> -<a name="index-definitions"></a> +<span id="index-definitions"></span> <p>LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">(Re)define a new command. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">(Re)define a new command. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2">\providecommand</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new command, if name not used. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2">\providecommand</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new command, if name not used. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4">\@ifstar</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4">\@ifstar</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5">\newcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5">\newcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6">\newlength</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6">\newlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7">\newsavebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9">\newtheorem</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discard extra spaces. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discard extra spaces. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space after a macro, conditionally. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewcommand"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-redefining"></a> -<a name="index-defining-a-new-command"></a> -<a name="index-new-commands_002c-defining"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewcommand"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-redefining"></span> +<span id="index-defining-a-new-command"></span> +<span id="index-new-commands_002c-defining"></span> <p>Synopses, one of: </p> @@ -9940,13 +10771,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\providecommand \renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of -<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>. -<a name="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></a> -<a name="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></a> -The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain -multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms that it not be -<code>\long</code>). +<p>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of +<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>). +</p> +<span id="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></span> +<span id="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></span> +<span id="index-_005clong"></span> +<p>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing +multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands +are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be +multiple paragraphs. </p> <p>These are the parameters: </p> @@ -9970,10 +10804,10 @@ different number of arguments than the old version. <dt><var>optargdefault</var></dt> <dd><p>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> -(which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. +(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present +then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. </p> -<a name="index-positional-parameter"></a> +<span id="index-positional-parameter"></span> <p>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the @@ -10069,18 +10903,16 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cprovidecommand"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cprovidecommand"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cprovidecommand"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1"></a> -<a name="index-defining-a-new-command-1"></a> -<a name="index-new-commands_002c-defining-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cprovidecommand"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1"></span> +<span id="index-defining-a-new-command-1"></span> +<span id="index-new-commands_002c-defining-1"></span> <p>Synopses, one of: </p> @@ -10098,14 +10930,14 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as <code>\newcommand</code>. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. -See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a> for the description of the arguments. +See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, for the description of the arguments. </p> <p>This example </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} -From \myaffiliation. +>From \myaffiliation. </pre></div> <p>outputs ‘<samp>From Saint Michael's College</samp>’. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code>, @@ -10113,13 +10945,11 @@ the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next">\@ifstar</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> & <code>\makeatother</code></h3> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -10136,9 +10966,9 @@ letter, code 11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value. </p> <p>As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or -<a name="index-catcode"></a> -<a name="index-character-category-code"></a> -<a name="index-category-code_002c-character"></a> +<span id="index-catcode"></span> +<span id="index-character-category-code"></span> +<span id="index-category-code_002c-character"></span> <em>catcode</em>. For instance, it assigns the backslash character ‘<samp><code>\</code></samp>’ the catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed @@ -10152,19 +10982,19 @@ or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. </p> -<p>The pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> changes the -default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a <samp>.tex</samp> -file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands -named with <code>@</code>, by having them surround your definition. Don’t -use these inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files since the -<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange -that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. +<p>Use the pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> inside a +<samp>.tex</samp> file, typically in the preamble, when you are defining or +redefining commands named with <code>@</code>, by having them surround your +definition. Don’t use these inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files +since the <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already +arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, +catcode 11. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a> -<a name="index-macros2e-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-macros2e"></span> +<span id="index-macros2e-package"></span> <p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>. +<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>. </p> <p>In this example the class file has a command <code>\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These @@ -10179,17 +11009,15 @@ three lines should go in the preamble, before the <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a> -<a name="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></span> +<span id="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -10206,28 +11034,34 @@ Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the </p> <p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, LaTeX does not really have a -<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a LaTeX document a command using at-sign <code>@</code> -must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block +environment name to contain a star. So you just have to write +<code>\newenvironment{<var>myenv</var>}</code> or +<code>\newenvironment{<var>myenv</var>*}</code> and continue the definition as +usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the star not being +a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the synopsis above, +there will be a user-called command, given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which +peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, LaTeX +does not really have a <code>\section*</code> command; instead, the +<code>\section</code> command peeks ahead. This command does not accept +arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept +arguments. In the synopsis these two are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and +<code>\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the same number of arguments or a +different number, or no arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX +document a command using an at-sign <code>@</code> in its name must be +enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block (see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a>). </p> <p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to -<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while -<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". +<code>\ciel{blue}</code> will return "not starry blue sky" while +<code>\ciel*{night}</code> will return "starry night sky". </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +<pre class="example">\makeatletter +\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{not starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry #1 sky} \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} +\makeatother </pre></div> <p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of @@ -10243,31 +11077,45 @@ arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007’s \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} </pre></div> -<p>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -<code>\@ifstar</code>. The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the construct -<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by -<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And -LaTeX3 has the <samp>xparse</samp> package that allows this code. +<p>After a command name, a star is handled similarly to an optional +argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is +part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, +it is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the +command and the star. Thus <code>\agentsecret*{Bond}</code> and +<code>\agentsecret *<!-- /@w -->{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the +standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-suffix"></span> +<span id="index-suffix-package"></span> + +<span id="index-package_002c-xparse-1"></span> +<span id="index-xparse-package-1"></span> + +<p>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of +<code>\@ifstar</code>. (1) The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the +construct <code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred-variant</var>}</code> +followed by +<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred-variant</var>}</code>. +(2) LaTeX provides the <samp>xparse</samp> package, which allows +this code: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {<var>starred version</var>}% - {<var>unstarred version</var>}% + {<var>starred-variant</var>}% + {<var>unstarred-variant</var>}% } </pre></div> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewcounter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewcounter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@ifstar</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter"></span><h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewcounter"></a> -<a name="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewcounter"></span> +<span id="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -10316,19 +11164,17 @@ defined.</samp>’ </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewlength"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewlength"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewlength"></a> -<a name="index-lengths_002c-allocating-new"></a> -<a name="index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new"></a> -<a name="index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX"></a> -<a name="index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewlength"></span> +<span id="index-lengths_002c-allocating-new"></span> +<span id="index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new"></span> +<span id="index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -10356,16 +11202,14 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewsavebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a> -<a name="index-box_002c-allocating-new"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewsavebox"></span> +<span id="index-box_002c-allocating-new"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -10398,19 +11242,17 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newsavebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a> -<a name="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a> -<a name="index-environments_002c-defining"></a> -<a name="index-defining-new-environments"></a> -<a name="index-redefining-environments"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewenvironment"></span> +<span id="index-_005crenewenvironment"></span> +<span id="index-environments_002c-defining"></span> +<span id="index-defining-new-environments"></span> +<span id="index-redefining-environments"></span> <p>Synopses, one of: </p> @@ -10437,7 +11279,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Pr <p>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"></a> +<span id="index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"></span> <p>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these environments can contain multiple paragraphs. @@ -10570,20 +11412,18 @@ the document, use the environment like this. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewtheorem"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a> -<a name="index-theorems_002c-defining"></a> -<a name="index-defining-new-theorems"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewtheorem"></span> +<span id="index-theorems_002c-defining"></span> +<span id="index-defining-new-theorems"></span> -<a name="index-theorem_002dlike-environment"></a> -<a name="index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike"></a> +<span id="index-theorem_002dlike-environment"></span> +<span id="index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> <div class="example"> @@ -10714,17 +11554,15 @@ by ‘<samp>Theorem 2.1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewfont"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewfont"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next">\protect</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newtheorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cnewfont"></a> -<a name="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></a> -<a name="index-defining-new-fonts"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnewfont"></span> +<span id="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></span> +<span id="index-defining-new-fonts"></span> <p>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old documents. New documents should define fonts in families through the @@ -10741,8 +11579,8 @@ boldface with a roman (see <a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>). The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. </p> -<a name="index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions"></a> -<a name="index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions"></a> +<span id="index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions"></span> +<span id="index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions"></span> <p>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional <em>at clause</em>. LaTeX will look on your system for a file named <samp><var>fontname</var>.tfm</samp>. The at clause can have the form either @@ -10763,17 +11601,15 @@ relative to the font’s design size, which is a value defined in the <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cprotect"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cprotect"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newfont</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cprotect-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.11 <code>\protect</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cprotect-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.11 <code>\protect</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cprotect"></a> -<a name="index-fragile-commands"></a> -<a name="index-robust-commands"></a> +<span id="index-_005cprotect"></span> +<span id="index-fragile-commands"></span> +<span id="index-robust-commands"></span> <p>All LaTeX commands are either <em>fragile</em> or <em>robust</em>. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain @@ -10791,7 +11627,7 @@ name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to the document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without typesetting it directly is referred to as a -<a name="index-moving-arguments"></a> +<span id="index-moving-arguments"></span> <em>moving argument</em>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code> @@ -10834,18 +11670,16 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cignorespaces"></a> -<a name="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></a> -<a name="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces"></a> +<span id="index-_005cignorespaces"></span> +<span id="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></span> +<span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -10861,7 +11695,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <p>Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore spaces after the end of the command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from Plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. +from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. </p> <p>The <code>ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via <code>\newcommand</code>, or <code>\newenvironment</code>, or <code>\def</code>. The @@ -10891,10 +11725,9 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\makeatletter -\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title -\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1} % put title before name -\makeatother +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title +\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name + \begin{tabular}{|l|} \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % no extra space here \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % extra space before title @@ -10902,11 +11735,11 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then </pre></div> <p>To fix this, change to -<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}</code>. +<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>. </p> <p>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is also often used in a <code>\newenvironment</code> -at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, that is, as part of the second -argument, as in <code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env +at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in +<code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>. </p> <p>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use @@ -10934,16 +11767,77 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to </p> <hr> -<a name="Counters"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="xspace-package"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3> + +<span id="index-_005cxspace"></span> +<span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{xspace} + ... +\newcommand{...}{...\xspace} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a +space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +</p> +<p>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character +command names using non-letters such as <code>\$</code>), TeX gobbles white +space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ +placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} +Our college is in \VT . +The \VT{} summers are nice. +</pre></div> + +<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<samp>Vermont</samp>’ from +‘<samp>summers</samp>’. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +<code>\ </code> for this. See <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a>.) +</p> +<p>The <samp>xspace</samp> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a +space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} +Our college is in \VT . +\VT summers are nice. +</pre></div> + +<p>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>, +the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, +and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. Add to that +list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> and remove +from that list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>. +</p> +<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in +a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. +But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another +command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more +error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Counters"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Lengths</a>, Previous: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Definitions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Counters-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">13 Counters</h2> +<span id="Counters-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">13 Counters</h2> -<a name="index-counters_002c-a-list-of"></a> -<a name="index-variables_002c-a-list-of"></a> +<span id="index-counters_002c-a-list-of"></span> +<span id="index-variables_002c-a-list-of"></span> <p>Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the @@ -10974,35 +11868,33 @@ up to four levels of nesting (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print value of a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print value of a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use a specified counter in a list environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use a specified counter in a list environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use the value of a counter in an expression. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use the value of a counter in an expression. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day & \month & \year</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numeric date values. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day & \month & \year</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numeric date values. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h3> +<span id="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters"></span><h3 class="section">13.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h3> -<a name="index-counters_002c-printing"></a> +<span id="index-counters_002c-printing"></span> <p>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a @@ -11015,7 +11907,7 @@ start with a backslash. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then @@ -11023,7 +11915,7 @@ you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>’ </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Print in uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter @@ -11031,13 +11923,13 @@ too large.</samp>’ </p> </dd> <dt><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Print in Arabic numbers such as ‘<samp>5</samp>’ or ‘<samp>-2</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Print in lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but @@ -11045,7 +11937,7 @@ LaTeX does not print anything in the output. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Print in uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, <small class="enddots">...</small> If the counter’s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but @@ -11053,7 +11945,7 @@ LaTeX does not print anything in the output. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of @@ -11082,17 +11974,15 @@ warning but LaTeX does not output anything. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cusecounter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cusecounter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next">\value</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cusecounter-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cusecounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.2 <code>\usecounter</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cusecounter"></a> -<a name="index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter"></a> -<a name="index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter"></a> +<span id="index-_005cusecounter"></span> +<span id="index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter"></span> +<span id="index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11124,16 +12014,14 @@ enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>: <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cvalue"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cvalue"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cvalue-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.3 <code>\value</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cvalue-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.3 <code>\value</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cvalue"></a> -<a name="index-counters_002c-getting-value-of"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvalue"></span> +<span id="index-counters_002c-getting-value-of"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11173,17 +12061,15 @@ preceded by <code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csetcounter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csetcounter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\value</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csetcounter-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csetcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.4 <code>\setcounter</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csetcounter"></a> -<a name="index-counters_002c-setting"></a> -<a name="index-setting-counters"></a> +<span id="index-_005csetcounter"></span> +<span id="index-counters_002c-setting"></span> +<span id="index-setting-counters"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11206,20 +12092,19 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005caddtocounter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005caddtocounter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\refstepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddtocounter-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005caddtocounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.5 <code>\addtocounter</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005caddtocounter"></a> +<span id="index-_005caddtocounter"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var> </pre></div> +<pre class="example">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>} +</pre></div> <p>Globally increment <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative. @@ -11234,15 +12119,13 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005crefstepcounter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005crefstepcounter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005crefstepcounter-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005crefstepcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.6 <code>\refstepcounter</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005crefstepcounter"></a> +<span id="index-_005crefstepcounter"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11263,15 +12146,13 @@ locally, i.e., inside the current group. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cstepcounter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cstepcounter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next">\day & \month & \year</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\refstepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cstepcounter-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cstepcounter-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.7 <code>\stepcounter</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cstepcounter"></a> +<span id="index-_005cstepcounter"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11284,23 +12165,21 @@ within it. (For the definition of “counters numbered within”, see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>.) </p> <p>This command differs from <code>\refstepcounter</code> in that this one does -not influence references — it does not define the current +not influence references; that is, it does not define the current <code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">13.8 <code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear-1"></span><h3 class="section">13.8 <code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cday"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmonth"></a> -<a name="index-_005cyear"></a> +<span id="index-_005cday"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmonth"></span> +<span id="index-_005cyear"></span> <p>LaTeX defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of @@ -11322,27 +12201,31 @@ bogus month value produces no output). </p> <hr> -<a name="Lengths"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Lengths"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a>, Previous: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Lengths-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">14 Lengths</h2> +<span id="Lengths-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">14 Lengths</h2> -<a name="index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using"></a> +<span id="index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using"></span> <p>A <em>length</em> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. </p> +<span id="index-rigid-lengths"></span> +<span id="index-rubber-lengths"></span> +<span id="index-dimen-plain-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-skip-plain-TeX"></span> +<span id="index-glue-plain-TeX"></span> <p>Lengths come in two types. A <em>rigid length</em> such as <code>10pt</code> -does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain TeX -calls this a <em>dimen</em>.) A <em>rubber length</em> (what Plain TeX -calls a <em>skip</em>) such as as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> -can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, -the <code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural length</em> while the other two, the -<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow TeX to stretch or -shrink the length to optimize placement. +does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain +TeX calls this a <em>dimen</em>.) A <em>rubber length</em> (what plain +TeX calls a <em>skip</em> or <em>glue</em>) such as with <code>1cm +plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> can contain either or both of those +components. In that rubber length, the <code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural +length</em> while the other two, the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> +components, allow TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize +placement. </p> <p>The illustrations below use these two commands. </p> @@ -11443,101 +12326,103 @@ that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and <code>\zlength</code> is <code>3in</code>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="1">Units of length</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The units that LaTeX knows. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="1">Units of length</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The units that LaTeX knows. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2">\setlength</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a length. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3">\addtolength</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a length. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="2">\setlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4">\settodepth</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the depth of something. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="3">\addtolength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5">\settoheight</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the height of something. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="4">\settodepth</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the depth of something. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6">\settowidth</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the width of something. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="5">\settoheight</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the height of something. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="7">\stretch</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add infinite stretchability. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="6">\settowidth</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the width of something. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="8">Expressions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Compute with lengths and integers. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Units-of-length"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Units-of-length"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Units-of-length-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.1 Units of length</h3> +<span id="Units-of-length-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.1 Units of length</h3> -<a name="index-units_002c-of-length"></a> +<span id="index-units_002c-of-length"></span> <p>TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>pt</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-pt"></a> -<a name="index-Point"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-pt"></a><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal -places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. +<dd><span id="index-pt"></span> +<span id="index-point"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units +is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. </p> </dd> <dt><code>pc</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-pica"></a> -<a name="index-pc"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-pc"></a><p>Pica, 12 pt +<dd><span id="index-pica"></span> +<span id="index-pc"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt </p> </dd> <dt><code>in</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-in"></a> -<a name="index-inch"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-in"></a><p>Inch, 72.27 pt +<dd><span id="index-in"></span> +<span id="index-inch"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt </p> </dd> <dt><code>bp</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-bp"></a> -<a name="index-Big-point"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-bp"></a><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in +<dd><span id="index-bp"></span> +<span id="index-big-point"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </p> </dd> <dt><code>cm</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-Centimeter"></a> -<a name="index-cm"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-cm"></a><p>Centimeter +<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span> +<span id="index-cm"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter </p> </dd> <dt><code>mm</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-Millimeter"></a> -<a name="index-mm"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-mm"></a><p>Millimeter +<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span> +<span id="index-mm"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter </p> </dd> <dt><code>dd</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-Didot-point"></a> -<a name="index-dd"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-dd"></a><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt +<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span> +<span id="index-dd"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt </p> </dd> <dt><code>cc</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-Cicero"></a> -<a name="index-cc"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-cc"></a><p>Cicero, 12 dd +<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span> +<span id="index-cc"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd </p> </dd> <dt><code>sp</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-Scaled-point"></a> -<a name="index-sp"></a> -<a name="units-of-length-sp"></a><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt +<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span> +<span id="index-sp"></span> +<span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </p> </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-ex"></a> -<a name="index-x_002dheight"></a> -<a name="index-ex-1"></a> -<a name="index-m_002dwidth"></a> -<a name="index-em"></a> -<a name="index-em-1"></a> -<a name="Lengths_002fem"></a><a name="Lengths_002fen"></a><a name="Lengths_002fex"></a><a name="units-of-length-em"></a><a name="units-of-length-en"></a><a name="units-of-length-ex"></a><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of +<span id="index-ex"></span> +<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span> +<span id="index-ex-1"></span> +<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span> +<span id="index-em"></span> +<span id="index-em-1"></span> +<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of the font. The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital @@ -11549,24 +12434,22 @@ of the vertical space between list items given as likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition given in points. </p> -<a name="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></a> -<a name="index-mu"></a> +<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span> +<span id="index-mu"></span> <p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit <em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csetlength"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csetlength"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtolength</a>, Previous: <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Units of length</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csetlength-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csetlength-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csetlength"></a> -<a name="index-lengths_002c-setting"></a> +<span id="index-_005csetlength"></span> +<span id="index-lengths_002c-setting"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11599,16 +12482,14 @@ read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>&rsquo </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005caddtolength"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005caddtolength"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settodepth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddtolength-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005caddtolength-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005caddtolength"></a> -<a name="index-lengths_002c-adding-to"></a> +<span id="index-_005caddtolength"></span> +<span id="index-lengths_002c-adding-to"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11642,15 +12523,13 @@ If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csettodepth"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csettodepth"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settoheight</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtolength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csettodepth-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csettodepth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csettodepth"></a> +<span id="index-_005csettodepth"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11679,15 +12558,13 @@ then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argumen </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csettoheight"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csettoheight"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settowidth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settodepth</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csettoheight-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csettoheight-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csettoheight"></a> +<span id="index-_005csettoheight"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11717,15 +12594,13 @@ you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csettowidth"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csettowidth"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stretch</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csettowidth-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csettowidth-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\settowidth</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csettowidth"></a> +<span id="index-_005csettowidth"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11754,16 +12629,176 @@ then you get something like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argumen </p> <hr> -<a name="Making-paragraphs"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cstretch"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Expressions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Expressions</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settowidth</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cstretch-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.7 <code>\stretch</code></h3> + +<span id="index-_005cstretch"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\stretch{<var>number</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <var>number</var> times +<code>\fill</code> units of stretchability (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The +<var>number</var> can be positive or negative. This command is robust +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +</p> +<p>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this horizontal +example, LaTeX produces three tick marks, and the distance between +the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the +second and third. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} +</pre></div> + +<p>In this vertical example, the ‘<samp>We dedicate …</samp>’ will have three +times as much space under it as above it. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble + \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top + \it +}{% + \vspace{\stretch{3}} % space at bot is 3x as at top + \clearpage +} + ... +\begin{dedication} % in document body +We dedicate this book to our wives. +\end{dedication} +</pre></div> + + +<hr> +<span id="Expressions"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstretch" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\stretch</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Expressions-1"></span><h3 class="section">14.8 Expressions</h3> + +<span id="index-expressions"></span> + +<p>Synopsis, one of: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\numexpr <var>expression</var> +\dimexpr <var>expression</var> +\glueexpr <var>expression</var> +\muglue <var>expression</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>Any place where you may write an integer, or a TeX dimen, or TeX +glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that +type of quantity. +</p> +<p>An example is that <code>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> will +produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a +line (the only purpose of <code>\the</code> is to show the result in the +document). Analogously, <code>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code> will +produce ‘<samp>ix</samp>’, and <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code> +will produce ‘<samp>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>’. +</p> +<p>A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and +then using <code>\advance</code>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions +does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places +where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width +of the <code>\parbox</code>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em} +\begin{center} +\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none +with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see +the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the +nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and +for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may +achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with +all nations. ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the +memorial} +\end{center} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <var>expression</var> consists of one or more terms of the same type +(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that is +a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type, +optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is +either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The +expression produces a result of the given type, so that <code>\numexpr</code> +produces an integer, <code>\dimexpr</code> produces a dimension, etc. +</p> +<p>In the quotation example above, changing to +<code>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> gives the error <code>Illegal unit +of measure (pt inserted)</code>. This is because for <code>\dimexpr</code> and +<code>\glueexpr</code>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value +followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way +around. Thus <code>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> is valid and produces +‘<samp>10.0pt</samp>’, but <code>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> gives the +<code>Illegal unit</code> error. +</p> +<p>The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up +to a <code>\relax</code> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first +non-valid token. Thus, <code>\the\numexpr2+3px</code> will print +‘<samp>5px</samp>’, because LaTeX reads the <code>\numexpr2+3</code>, which is +made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <code>p</code>, which cannot +be part of a number. It therefore terminates the expression and +produces the ‘<samp>5</samp>’, followed by the regular text ‘<samp>px</samp>’. +</p> +<p>This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In +<code>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, the less than +sign terminates the expression and the result is ‘<samp>No</samp>’ (in a +standard LaTeX article). +</p> +<p>Expressions may use the operators <code>+</code>, <code>-</code>, <code>*</code> and +<code>/</code> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <code>(...)</code>. In +glue expressions the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> parts do not need +parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus +1pt * 2 \relax</code> results in ‘<samp>10pt plus 2pt</samp>’. +</p> +<p>TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when +doing register assignment. Thus <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr +1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in ‘<samp>65536</samp>’, which is <code>1pt</code> +converted to scaled points (TeX’s internal unit) and then coerced +into an integer. With a <code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink +would be dropped. Going the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a +<code>\dimexpr</code> or <code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in +<code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces +‘<samp>3.0pt</samp>’. +</p> +<p>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the +allowed range, numbers must be less than <em>2^{31}</em> in absolute +value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than +<em>2^{14}</em> points, or <code>mu</code>, or <code>fil</code>, etc. The +arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling +operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which +is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as +intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to +be in the allowed range. +</p> +<p>Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX’s +<code>\divide</code>, which truncates). Thus +<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> puts ‘<samp>10.0pt</samp>’ in the document, +because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while +<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produces ‘<samp>5.0pt</samp>’. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Making-paragraphs"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Lengths</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Making-paragraphs-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">15 Making paragraphs</h2> +<span id="Making-paragraphs-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">15 Making paragraphs</h2> -<a name="index-making-paragraphs"></a> -<a name="index-paragraphs"></a> +<span id="index-making-paragraphs"></span> +<span id="index-paragraphs"></span> <p>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by @@ -11814,28 +12849,26 @@ complete</samp>’. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1">\par</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">End the current paragraph. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="1">\par</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">End the current paragraph. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2">\indent & \noindent</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Go into horizontal mode, possibly with an indent. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="2">\indent & \noindent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Go into horizontal mode, possibly with an indent. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="3">\parindent & \parskip</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space added before paragraphs. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="3">\parindent & \parskip</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space added before paragraphs. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put remarks in the margin. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put remarks in the margin. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cpar"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cpar"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\indent & \noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cpar-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">15.1 <code>\par</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cpar-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.1 <code>\par</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cpar"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpar"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></span> <p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): @@ -11893,18 +12926,16 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parindent & \parskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\par</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">15.2 <code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.2 <code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cindent"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnoindent"></a> -<a name="index-_005cparindent-1"></a> -<a name="index-indent_002c-forcing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cindent"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnoindent"></span> +<span id="index-_005cparindent-1"></span> +<span id="index-indent_002c-forcing"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -11923,7 +12954,7 @@ first outputs an empty box whose width is <code>\parindent</code>. These commands are robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> <p>Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -See <a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a> for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To +See <a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a>, for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use <code>\noindent</code>. </p> @@ -11956,8 +12987,8 @@ because LaTeX is already in horizontal mode there. The you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"></a> -<a name="index-indentfirst-package-5"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"></span> +<span id="index-indentfirst-package-5"></span> <p>Default LaTeX styles have the first paragraph after a section that is not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that, @@ -11965,62 +12996,64 @@ look on CTAN for the package <code>indentfirst</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\indent & \noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.3 <code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cparindent-2"></a> -<a name="index-_005cparskip"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph-indentation"></a> -<a name="index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs"></a> +<span id="index-_005cparindent-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005cparskip"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-indentation"></span> +<span id="index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation"></span> +<span id="index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\setlength{\parskip}{<var>horizontal len</var>} -\setlength{\parinden}{<var>vertical len</var>} +<pre class="example">\setlength{\parindent}{<var>horizontal len</var>} +\setlength{\parskip}{<var>vertical len</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Both are a rubber lengths (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). They give the indentation -of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages -(see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>), and the vertical space between paragraphs. +<p>Both are rubber lengths (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). They affect the +indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside +minipages (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>), and the vertical space between +paragraphs, respectively. </p> -<p>This, put in the preamble, +<p>For example, if this is put in the preamble: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\setlength{\parindent}{0em} \setlength{\parskip}{1ex} </pre></div> -<p>arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented, -but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase -‘<samp>x</samp>’. +<p>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead +are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase ‘<samp>x</samp>’. </p> <p>In standard LaTeX documents, the default value for <code>\parindent</code> in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the default text size is -<code>10pt</code> , <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>1.5em</code> for -<code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. The default -value for <code>\parskip</code> in LaTeX’s standard document styles is -<code>0pt plus1pt</code>. +<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>1.5em</code> for +<code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. (These values +are set before LaTeX calls <code>\normalfont</code> so <code>em</code> is derived +from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font +then to set <code>\parindent</code> in units matching that font, do +<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code>.) +</p> +<p>The default value for <code>\parskip</code> in LaTeX’s standard document +styles is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Marginal-notes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Marginal-notes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\parindent & \parskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Marginal-notes-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">15.4 Marginal notes</h3> +<span id="Marginal-notes-1"></span><h3 class="section">15.4 Marginal notes</h3> -<a name="index-marginal-notes"></a> -<a name="index-notes-in-the-margin"></a> -<a name="index-remarks-in-the-margin"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmarginpar"></a> +<span id="index-marginal-notes"></span> +<span id="index-notes-in-the-margin"></span> +<span id="index-remarks-in-the-margin"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmarginpar"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -12041,8 +13074,8 @@ two-sided layout (document option <code>twoside</code>) then it goes in the outside margin. If you are in two-column layout (document option <code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin. </p> -<a name="index-_005creversemarginpar"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnormalmarginpar"></a> +<span id="index-_005creversemarginpar"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnormalmarginpar"></span> <p>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then LaTeX will place subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with @@ -12060,23 +13093,23 @@ hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\marginparpush</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarginparpush-2"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarginparpush-2"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="marginal-notes-marginparpush"></a><p>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<samp>7pt</samp>’ for -‘<samp>12pt</samp>’ documents, ‘<samp>5pt</samp>’ else. +<dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparpush"></span><p>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<samp>7pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’ +documents, ‘<samp>5pt</samp>’ else. See also <a href="#page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</a>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\marginparsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarginparsep"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarginparsep"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="marginal-notes-marginparsep"></a><p>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default +<dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparsep"></span><p>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ documents, ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ else. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\marginparwidth</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarginparwidth-2"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarginparwidth-2"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth"></a><p>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ document +<dd><span id="marginal-notes-marginparwidth"></span><p>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ document is ‘<samp>90pt</samp>’, ‘<samp>83pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’, and ‘<samp>68pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>12pt</samp>’; ‘<samp>17pt</samp>’ more in each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the default is ‘<samp>48pt</samp>’. @@ -12089,25 +13122,23 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. </p> <hr> -<a name="Math-formulas"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Math-formulas"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Making paragraphs</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Math-formulas-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">16 Math formulas</h2> +<span id="Math-formulas-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">16 Math formulas</h2> -<a name="index-math-formulas"></a> -<a name="index-formulas_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-math-mode_002c-entering"></a> -<a name="index-environment_002c-math-1"></a> -<a name="index-math-environment-1"></a> +<span id="index-math-formulas"></span> +<span id="index-formulas_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-math-mode_002c-entering"></span> +<span id="index-environment_002c-math-1"></span> +<span id="index-math-environment-1"></span> -<a name="index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"></a> -<a name="index-displaymath-environment-1"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"></span> +<span id="index-displaymath-environment-1"></span> -<a name="index-environment_002c-equation-1"></a> -<a name="index-equation-environment-1"></a> +<span id="index-environment_002c-equation-1"></span> +<span id="index-equation-environment-1"></span> <p>Produce mathematical text by putting LaTeX into math mode or display @@ -12176,7 +13207,7 @@ equivalent to <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). </p> -<a name="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdisplaystyle"></span> <p>The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences. One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer @@ -12204,14 +13235,14 @@ fraction will be scrunched. But, because of its <code>\displaystyle</code>, the ‘<samp>Geometric</samp>’ line’s fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as in the rest of the line. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-5"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-5"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-5"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-5"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsfonts"></a> -<a name="index-amsfonts-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsfonts"></span> +<span id="index-amsfonts-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools"></a> -<a name="index-mathtools-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools"></span> +<span id="index-mathtools-package"></span> <p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, @@ -12222,37 +13253,35 @@ Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts & superscripts</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Also known as exponent or index. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Also known as exponent or index. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various mathematical squiggles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various mathematical squiggles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math function names like sin and exp. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math function names like sin and exp. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="4">Math accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Accents in math. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="4">Math accents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Accents in math. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="5">Over- and Underlining</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Things over or under formulas. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="5">Over- and Underlining</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Things over or under formulas. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="6">Spacing in math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Thick, medium, thin, and negative spaces. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="6">Spacing in math mode</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Thick, medium, thin, and negative spaces. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="7">Math miscellany</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stuff that doesn’t fit anywhere else. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="7">Math miscellany</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stuff that doesn’t fit anywhere else. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.1 Subscripts & superscripts</h3> +<span id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.1 Subscripts & superscripts</h3> -<a name="index-superscript"></a> -<a name="index-subscript"></a> -<a name="index-exponent"></a> -<a name="index-_005f"></a> -<a name="index-_005e"></a> +<span id="index-superscript"></span> +<span id="index-subscript"></span> +<span id="index-_005e-superscript"></span> +<span id="index-_005f-subscript"></span> +<span id="index-exponent"></span> <p>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of: </p> @@ -12317,40 +13346,38 @@ subscript. subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a prior symbols. </p> -<p>Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or +<p>Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you the error ‘<samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-mhchem"></a> -<a name="index-mhchem-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-mhchem"></span> +<span id="index-mhchem-package"></span> <p>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to -typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as +typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as <samp>mhchem</samp>; see CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="Math-symbols"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Math-symbols"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math functions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Subscripts & superscripts</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Math-symbols-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.2 Math symbols</h3> +<span id="Math-symbols-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.2 Math symbols</h3> -<a name="index-math-symbols"></a> -<a name="index-symbols_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-greek-letters"></a> +<span id="index-math-symbols"></span> +<span id="index-symbols_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-greek-letters"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-symbols"></a> -<a name="index-symbols-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-comprehensive"></span> +<span id="index-comprehensive-package"></span> <p>LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that -anyone uses. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source, -you will get the pi symbol π. See the <samp>Comprehensive -LaTeX Symbol List</samp> at -<a href="https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/">https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/</a>. +anyone uses. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source, +you will get the pi symbol π. See the “Comprehensive +LaTeX Symbol List” package at +<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive">https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</a>. </p> <p>Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive. Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class, @@ -12362,44 +13389,44 @@ mode, see <a href="#g_t_005censuremath">\ensuremath</a>. <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\|</code> -<a name="index-_005c_007c"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_007c"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\aleph</code> -<a name="index-_005caleph"></a> +<span id="index-_005caleph"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ℵ Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\alpha</code> -<a name="index-_005calpha"></a> +<span id="index-_005calpha"></span> </dt> <dd><p>α Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\amalg</code> -<a name="index-_005camalg"></a> +<span id="index-_005camalg"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨿ Disjoint union (binary) </p> </dd> <dt><code>\angle</code> -<a name="index-_005cangle"></a> +<span id="index-_005cangle"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\approx</code> -<a name="index-_005capprox"></a> +<span id="index-_005capprox"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≈ Almost equal to (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ast</code> -<a name="index-_005cast"></a> +<span id="index-_005cast"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∗ Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or @@ -12409,281 +13436,281 @@ sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\asymp</code> -<a name="index-_005casymp"></a> +<span id="index-_005casymp"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\backslash</code> -<a name="index-_005cbackslash"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbackslash"></span> </dt> <dd><p>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\beta</code> -<a name="index-_005cbeta"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbeta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>β Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigcap</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigcap"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigcap"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⋂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection <code>\cap</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigcirc</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigcirc"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigcirc"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition <code>\circ</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigcup</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigcup"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigcup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⋃ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union <code>\cup</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigodot</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigodot"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigodot"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigoplus</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigoplus"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigoplus"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigotimes</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigotimes"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigotimes"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigtriangledown</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigtriangledown"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigtriangledown"></span> </dt> <dd><p>▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigtriangleup</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigtriangleup"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigtriangleup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>△ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigsqcup</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigsqcup"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigsqcup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨆ Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\biguplus</code> -<a name="index-_005cbiguplus"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbiguplus"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨄ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigvee</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigvee"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigvee"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). +<dd><p>⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bigwedge</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigwedge"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigwedge"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). +<dd><p>⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bot</code> -<a name="index-_005cbot"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbot"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⊥ Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +<dd><p>⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bowtie</code> -<a name="index-_005cbowtie"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbowtie"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Box</code> -<a name="index-_005cBox"></a> +<span id="index-_005cBox"></span> </dt> <dd><p>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bullet</code> -<a name="index-_005cbullet"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbullet"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-bullet-symbol"></a> +<dd><span id="index-bullet-symbol"></span> <p>• Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot <code>\cdot</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cap</code> -<a name="index-_005ccap"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccap"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∩ Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcap</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cdot</code> -<a name="index-_005ccdot"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccdot"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot <code>\bullet</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\chi</code> -<a name="index-_005cchi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cchi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>χ Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\circ</code> -<a name="index-_005ccirc"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccirc"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∘ Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\clubsuit</code> -<a name="index-_005cclubsuit"></a> +<span id="index-_005cclubsuit"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♣ Club card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\complement</code> -<a name="index-_005ccomplement"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccomplement"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>∁ Set complement, used as a superscript as in +<dd><p>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in <code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used: <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cong</code> -<a name="index-_005ccong"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccong"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≅ Congruent (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\coprod</code> -<a name="index-_005ccoprod"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccoprod"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∐ Coproduct (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cup</code> -<a name="index-_005ccup"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∪ Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcup</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dagger</code> -<a name="index-_005cdagger"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdagger"></span> </dt> <dd><p>† Dagger relation (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dashv</code> -<a name="index-_005cdashv"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdashv"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊣ Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile <code>\vdash</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ddagger</code> -<a name="index-_005cddagger"></a> +<span id="index-_005cddagger"></span> </dt> <dd><p>‡ Double dagger relation (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Delta</code> -<a name="index-_005cDelta"></a> +<span id="index-_005cDelta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Δ Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\delta</code> -<a name="index-_005cdelta"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdelta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Diamond</code> -<a name="index-_005cDiamond"></a> +<span id="index-_005cDiamond"></span> </dt> <dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\diamond</code> -<a name="index-_005cdiamond"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdiamond"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\diamondsuit</code> -<a name="index-_005cdiamondsuit"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdiamondsuit"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♢ Diamond card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\div</code> -<a name="index-_005cdiv"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdiv"></span> </dt> <dd><p>÷ Division sign (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\doteq</code> -<a name="index-_005cdoteq"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdoteq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≐ Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal to <code>\Doteq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\downarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cdownarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdownarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: <code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Downarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cDownarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cDownarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: <code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ell</code> -<a name="index-_005cell"></a> +<span id="index-_005cell"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ℓ Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\emptyset</code> -<a name="index-_005cemptyset"></a> +<span id="index-_005cemptyset"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varnothing</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\epsilon</code> -<a name="index-_005cepsilon"></a> +<span id="index-_005cepsilon"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ϵ Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small @@ -12692,127 +13719,127 @@ the set membership relation <code>\in</code> ∈. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\equiv</code> -<a name="index-_005cequiv"></a> +<span id="index-_005cequiv"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≡ Equivalence (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\eta</code> -<a name="index-_005ceta"></a> +<span id="index-_005ceta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>η Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\exists</code> -<a name="index-_005cexists"></a> +<span id="index-_005cexists"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∃ Existential quantifier (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\flat</code> -<a name="index-_005cflat"></a> +<span id="index-_005cflat"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♭ Musical flat (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\forall</code> -<a name="index-_005cforall"></a> +<span id="index-_005cforall"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∀ Universal quantifier (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\frown</code> -<a name="index-_005cfrown"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfrown"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⌢ Downward curving arc (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Gamma</code> -<a name="index-_005cGamma"></a> +<span id="index-_005cGamma"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Γ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\gamma</code> -<a name="index-_005cgamma"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgamma"></span> </dt> <dd><p>γ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ge</code> -<a name="index-_005cge"></a> +<span id="index-_005cge"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\geq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\geq</code> -<a name="index-_005cgeq"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgeq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\ge</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\gets</code> -<a name="index-_005cgets"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgets"></span> </dt> <dd><p>← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\gg</code> -<a name="index-_005cgg"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgg"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than <code>\ll</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\hbar</code> -<a name="index-_005chbar"></a> +<span id="index-_005chbar"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ℏ Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\heartsuit</code> -<a name="index-_005cheartsuit"></a> +<span id="index-_005cheartsuit"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♡ Heart card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\hookleftarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005chookleftarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005chookleftarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↩ Hooked left arrow (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\hookrightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005chookrightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005chookrightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↪ Hooked right arrow (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\iff</code> -<a name="index-_005ciff"></a> +<span id="index-_005ciff"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟷ If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Im</code> -<a name="index-_005cIm"></a> +<span id="index-_005cIm"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\imath</code> -<a name="index-_005cimath"></a> +<span id="index-_005cimath"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dotless-i_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-dotless-i_002c-math"></span> <p>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\in</code> -<a name="index-_005cin"></a> +<span id="index-_005cin"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∈ Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate epsilon <code>\epsilon</code>ϵ and small letter script @@ -12820,115 +13847,115 @@ epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\infty</code> -<a name="index-_005cinfty"></a> +<span id="index-_005cinfty"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∞ Infinity (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\int</code> -<a name="index-_005cint"></a> +<span id="index-_005cint"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∫ Integral (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\iota</code> -<a name="index-_005ciota"></a> +<span id="index-_005ciota"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ι Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Join</code> -<a name="index-_005cJoin"></a> +<span id="index-_005cJoin"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⨝ Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain TeX. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\jmath</code> -<a name="index-_005cjmath"></a> +<span id="index-_005cjmath"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dotless-j_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-dotless-j_002c-math"></span> <p>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (see <a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\kappa</code> -<a name="index-_005ckappa"></a> +<span id="index-_005ckappa"></span> </dt> <dd><p>κ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Lambda</code> -<a name="index-_005cLambda"></a> +<span id="index-_005cLambda"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Λ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lambda</code> -<a name="index-_005clambda"></a> +<span id="index-_005clambda"></span> </dt> <dd><p>λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\land</code> -<a name="index-_005cland"></a> +<span id="index-_005cland"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>∧ Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for <code>\wedge</code>. -See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. +<dd><p>∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>. +See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\langle</code> -<a name="index-_005clangle"></a> +<span id="index-_005clangle"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lbrace</code> -<a name="index-_005clbrace"></a> +<span id="index-_005clbrace"></span> </dt> <dd><p>{ Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lbrack</code> -<a name="index-_005clbrack"></a> +<span id="index-_005clbrack"></span> </dt> <dd><p>[ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lceil</code> -<a name="index-_005clceil"></a> +<span id="index-_005clceil"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⌈ Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\le</code> -<a name="index-_005cle"></a> +<span id="index-_005cle"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leadsto</code> -<a name="index-_005cleadsto"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleadsto"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<dd><p>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Leftarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cLeftarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cLeftarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇐ Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leftarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cleftarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleftarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left @@ -12936,116 +13963,117 @@ arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leftharpoondown</code> -<a name="index-_005cleftharpoondown"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleftharpoondown"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↽ Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leftharpoonup</code> -<a name="index-_005cleftharpoonup"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleftharpoonup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↼ Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Leftrightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cLeftrightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cLeftrightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇔ Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leftrightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cleftrightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleftrightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↔ Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\leq</code> -<a name="index-_005cleq"></a> +<span id="index-_005cleq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\le</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lfloor</code> -<a name="index-_005clfloor"></a> +<span id="index-_005clfloor"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lhd</code> -<a name="index-_005clhd"></a> +<span id="index-_005clhd"></span> </dt> <dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). -Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ll</code> -<a name="index-_005cll"></a> +<span id="index-_005cll"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than <code>\gg</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lnot</code> -<a name="index-_005clnot"></a> +<span id="index-_005clnot"></span> </dt> <dd><p>¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\longleftarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005clongleftarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005clongleftarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟵ Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\longleftrightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005clongleftrightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005clongleftrightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟷ Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\longmapsto</code> -<a name="index-_005clongmapsto"></a> +<span id="index-_005clongmapsto"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟼ Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\longrightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005clongrightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005clongrightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟶ Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lor</code> -<a name="index-_005clor"></a> +<span id="index-_005clor"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge <code>\wedge</code>. +<dd><p>∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: <code>\vee</code>. +See also logical and <code>\land</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mapsto</code> -<a name="index-_005cmapsto"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmapsto"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). +<dd><p>↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar +(relation). Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mho</code> -<a name="index-_005cmho"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmho"></span> </dt> <dd><p>℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mid</code> -<a name="index-_005cmid"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmid"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>. @@ -13058,50 +14086,50 @@ for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</cod </p> </dd> <dt><code>\models</code> -<a name="index-_005cmodels"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmodels"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊨ Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mp</code> -<a name="index-_005cmp"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmp"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∓ Minus or plus (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mu</code> -<a name="index-_005cmu"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmu"></span> </dt> <dd><p>μ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\nabla</code> -<a name="index-_005cnabla"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnabla"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∇ Hamilton’s del, or differential, operator (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\natural</code> -<a name="index-_005cnatural"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnatural"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♮ Musical natural notation (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ne</code> -<a name="index-_005cne"></a> +<span id="index-_005cne"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\nearrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cnearrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnearrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↗ North-east arrow (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\neg</code> -<a name="index-_005cneg"></a> +<span id="index-_005cneg"></span> </dt> <dd><p>¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for @@ -13109,13 +14137,13 @@ negation: <code>\sim</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\neq</code> -<a name="index-_005cneq"></a> +<span id="index-_005cneq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ni</code> -<a name="index-_005cni"></a> +<span id="index-_005cni"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member @@ -13123,7 +14151,7 @@ of <code>\in</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\not</code> -<a name="index-_005cnot"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnot"></span> </dt> <dd><p>  Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator (relation). @@ -13134,78 +14162,78 @@ is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\notin</code> -<a name="index-_005cnotin"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnotin"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∉ Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of <code>\nsubseteq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\nu</code> -<a name="index-_005cnu"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnu"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ν Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\nwarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cnwarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnwarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↖ North-west arrow (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\odot</code> -<a name="index-_005codot"></a> +<span id="index-_005codot"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊙ Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigodot</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\oint</code> -<a name="index-_005coint"></a> +<span id="index-_005coint"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∮ Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Omega</code> -<a name="index-_005cOmega"></a> +<span id="index-_005cOmega"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Ω uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\omega</code> -<a name="index-_005comega"></a> +<span id="index-_005comega"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ω Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ominus</code> -<a name="index-_005cominus"></a> +<span id="index-_005cominus"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊖ Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\oplus</code> -<a name="index-_005coplus"></a> +<span id="index-_005coplus"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊕ Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigoplus</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\oslash</code> -<a name="index-_005coslash"></a> +<span id="index-_005coslash"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊘ Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\otimes</code> -<a name="index-_005cotimes"></a> +<span id="index-_005cotimes"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊗ Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\owns</code> -<a name="index-_005cowns"></a> +<span id="index-_005cowns"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member @@ -13213,66 +14241,72 @@ of <code>\in</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\parallel</code> -<a name="index-_005cparallel"></a> +<span id="index-_005cparallel"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\partial</code> -<a name="index-_005cpartial"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpartial"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∂ Partial differential (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\perp</code> -<a name="index-_005cperp"></a> +<span id="index-_005cperp"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\Phi</code> +<span id="index-_005cPhi"></span> +</dt> +<dd><p>Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). +</p> +</dd> <dt><code>\phi</code> -<a name="index-_005cphi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cphi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varphi</code> φ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Pi</code> -<a name="index-_005cPi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cPi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Π uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\pi</code> -<a name="index-_005cpi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>π Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varpi</code> ϖ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\pm</code> -<a name="index-_005cpm"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpm"></span> </dt> <dd><p>± Plus or minus (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\prec</code> -<a name="index-_005cprec"></a> +<span id="index-_005cprec"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\preceq</code> -<a name="index-_005cpreceq"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpreceq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\prime</code> -<a name="index-_005cprime"></a> +<span id="index-_005cprime"></span> </dt> <dd><p>′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> @@ -13285,58 +14319,58 @@ single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character </p> </dd> <dt><code>\prod</code> -<a name="index-_005cprod"></a> +<span id="index-_005cprod"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∏ Product (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\propto</code> -<a name="index-_005cpropto"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpropto"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∝ Is proportional to (relation) </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Psi</code> -<a name="index-_005cPsi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cPsi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Ψ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\psi</code> -<a name="index-_005cpsi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpsi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ψ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rangle</code> -<a name="index-_005crangle"></a> +<span id="index-_005crangle"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rbrace</code> -<a name="index-_005crbrace"></a> +<span id="index-_005crbrace"></span> </dt> <dd><p>} Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rbrack</code> -<a name="index-_005crbrack"></a> +<span id="index-_005crbrack"></span> </dt> <dd><p>] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rceil</code> -<a name="index-_005crceil"></a> +<span id="index-_005crceil"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Re</code> -<a name="index-_005cRe"></a> +<span id="index-_005cRe"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access @@ -13344,51 +14378,51 @@ this, load the <samp>amsfonts</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\restriction</code> -<a name="index-_005crestriction"></a> +<span id="index-_005crestriction"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>↾ Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: +<dd><p>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: <code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\revemptyset</code> -<a name="index-_005crevemptyset"></a> +<span id="index-_005crevemptyset"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⦰ Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +<dd><p>⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: <code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>stix</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rfloor</code> -<a name="index-_005crfloor"></a> +<span id="index-_005crfloor"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rhd</code> -<a name="index-_005crhd"></a> +<span id="index-_005crhd"></span> </dt> <dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). -Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rho</code> -<a name="index-_005crho"></a> +<span id="index-_005crho"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ρ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varrho</code> ϱ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Rightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cRightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cRightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇒ Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005crightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005crightarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>→ Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line @@ -13396,34 +14430,34 @@ arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rightharpoondown</code> -<a name="index-_005crightharpoondown"></a> +<span id="index-_005crightharpoondown"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇁ Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rightharpoonup</code> -<a name="index-_005crightharpoonup"></a> +<span id="index-_005crightharpoonup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇀ Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rightleftharpoons</code> -<a name="index-_005crightleftharpoons"></a> +<span id="index-_005crightleftharpoons"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇌ Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\searrow</code> -<a name="index-_005csearrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005csearrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↘ Arrow pointing southeast (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\setminus</code> -<a name="index-_005csetminus"></a> +<span id="index-_005csetminus"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⧵ Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also @@ -13431,64 +14465,64 @@ like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sharp</code> -<a name="index-_005csharp"></a> +<span id="index-_005csharp"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♯ Musical sharp (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Sigma</code> -<a name="index-_005cSigma"></a> +<span id="index-_005cSigma"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Σ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sigma</code> -<a name="index-_005csigma"></a> +<span id="index-_005csigma"></span> </dt> <dd><p>σ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varsigma</code> ς. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sim</code> -<a name="index-_005csim"></a> +<span id="index-_005csim"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∼ Similar, in a relation (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\simeq</code> -<a name="index-_005csimeq"></a> +<span id="index-_005csimeq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≃ Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\smallint</code> -<a name="index-_005csmallint"></a> +<span id="index-_005csmallint"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∫ Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display (operator). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\smile</code> -<a name="index-_005csmile"></a> +<span id="index-_005csmile"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\spadesuit</code> -<a name="index-_005cspadesuit"></a> +<span id="index-_005cspadesuit"></span> </dt> <dd><p>♠ Spade card suit (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqcap</code> -<a name="index-_005csqcap"></a> +<span id="index-_005csqcap"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊓ Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection <code>cap</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqcup</code> -<a name="index-_005csqcup"></a> +<span id="index-_005csqcup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized @@ -13496,35 +14530,35 @@ operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqsubset</code> -<a name="index-_005csqsubset"></a> +<span id="index-_005csqsubset"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⊏ Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: +<dd><p>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqsubseteq</code> -<a name="index-_005csqsubseteq"></a> +<span id="index-_005csqsubseteq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal to <code>\subseteq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqsupset</code> -<a name="index-_005csqsupset"></a> +<span id="index-_005csqsupset"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>⊐ Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: +<dd><p>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqsupseteq</code> -<a name="index-_005csqsupseteq"></a> +<span id="index-_005csqsupseteq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\star</code> -<a name="index-_005cstar"></a> +<span id="index-_005cstar"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⋆ Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). @@ -13534,52 +14568,52 @@ as with the Kleene star. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\subset</code> -<a name="index-_005csubset"></a> +<span id="index-_005csubset"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊂ Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\subseteq</code> -<a name="index-_005csubseteq"></a> +<span id="index-_005csubseteq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊆ Subset or equal to (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\succ</code> -<a name="index-_005csucc"></a> +<span id="index-_005csucc"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than <code>></code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\succeq</code> -<a name="index-_005csucceq"></a> +<span id="index-_005csucceq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⪰ Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal to <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sum</code> -<a name="index-_005csum"></a> +<span id="index-_005csum"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma <code>\Sigma</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\supset</code> -<a name="index-_005csupset"></a> +<span id="index-_005csupset"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊃ Superset (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\supseteq</code> -<a name="index-_005csupseteq"></a> +<span id="index-_005csupseteq"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊇ Superset or equal to (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\surd</code> -<a name="index-_005csurd"></a> +<span id="index-_005csurd"></span> </dt> <dd><p>√ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command <code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar @@ -13587,53 +14621,53 @@ that extends to cover the argument. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\swarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cswarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cswarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↙ Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tau</code> -<a name="index-_005ctau"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctau"></span> </dt> <dd><p>τ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\theta</code> -<a name="index-_005ctheta"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctheta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>θ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\vartheta</code> ϑ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\times</code> -<a name="index-_005ctimes"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctimes"></span> </dt> <dd><p>× Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also <code>\cdot</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\to</code> -<a name="index-_005cto"></a> +<span id="index-_005cto"></span> </dt> <dd><p>→ Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\top</code> -<a name="index-_005ctop"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctop"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\triangle</code> -<a name="index-_005ctriangle"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctriangle"></span> </dt> <dd><p>△ Triangle (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\triangleleft</code> -<a name="index-_005ctriangleleft"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctriangleleft"></span> </dt> <dd><p>◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you @@ -13642,7 +14676,7 @@ is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\triangleright</code> -<a name="index-_005ctriangleright"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctriangleright"></span> </dt> <dd><p>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load @@ -13651,27 +14685,27 @@ relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\unlhd</code> -<a name="index-_005cunlhd"></a> +<span id="index-_005cunlhd"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\unrhd</code> -<a name="index-_005cunrhd"></a> +<span id="index-_005cunrhd"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Uparrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cUparrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cUparrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing @@ -13679,7 +14713,7 @@ arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\uparrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cuparrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cuparrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing @@ -13687,7 +14721,7 @@ arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Updownarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cUpdownarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cUpdownarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing @@ -13695,7 +14729,7 @@ arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\updownarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005cupdownarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005cupdownarrow"></span> </dt> <dd><p>↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing @@ -13703,15 +14737,15 @@ arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\upharpoonright</code> -<a name="index-_005cupharpoonright"></a> +<span id="index-_005cupharpoonright"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>↾ Up harpoon, with barb on right side +<dd><p>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: <code>\restriction</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\uplus</code> -<a name="index-_005cuplus"></a> +<span id="index-_005cuplus"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: @@ -13719,19 +14753,19 @@ variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Upsilon</code> -<a name="index-_005cUpsilon"></a> +<span id="index-_005cUpsilon"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Υ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\upsilon</code> -<a name="index-_005cupsilon"></a> +<span id="index-_005cupsilon"></span> </dt> <dd><p>υ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varepsilon</code> -<a name="index-_005cvarepsilon"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvarepsilon"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form @@ -13740,35 +14774,35 @@ membership <code>\in</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vanothing</code> -<a name="index-_005cvanothing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvanothing"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>∅ Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related: +<dd><p>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related: <code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varphi</code> -<a name="index-_005cvarphi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvarphi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> ϕ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varpi</code> -<a name="index-_005cvarpi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvarpi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ϖ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> π. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varrho</code> -<a name="index-_005cvarrho"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvarrho"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ϱ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> ρ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varsigma</code> -<a name="index-_005cvarsigma"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvarsigma"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ς Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is @@ -13776,7 +14810,7 @@ The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> ρ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vartheta</code> -<a name="index-_005cvartheta"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvartheta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ϑ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is @@ -13784,7 +14818,7 @@ The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> ρ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vdash</code> -<a name="index-_005cvdash"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvdash"></span> </dt> <dd><p>⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a @@ -13792,7 +14826,7 @@ half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vee</code> -<a name="index-_005cvee"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvee"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized @@ -13800,47 +14834,24 @@ operator <code>\bigvee</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Vert</code> -<a name="index-_005cVert"></a> +<span id="index-_005cVert"></span> </dt> -<dd><p>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single -bar <code>\vert</code>. -</p> -<p>For a norm symbol, you can use the <samp>mathtools</samp> package and put in -your preamble -<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}</code>. This gives you -three command variants for double-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version <code>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</code> then the height of the vertical bars -will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<code>\norm{M^\perp}</code> the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and <code>\norm[<var>size -command</var>]{M^\perp}</code> also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the <var>size command</var>, e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. +<dd><p>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, +for how to use the <samp>mathtools</samp> package to create flexibly-sized +norm symbols. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vert</code> -<a name="index-_005cvert"></a> -</dt> -<dd><p>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line -vertical bar <code>\Vert</code>. For such that, as in the definition of a -set, use <code>\mid</code> because it is a relation. -</p> -<p>For absolute value you can use the <samp>mathtools</samp> package and in your -preamble put -<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code>. This gives you -three command variants for single-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version <code>$\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}$</code> then the height of the -vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code> the bars do not grow with the height of -the argument but instead are the default height, and -<code>\abs[<var>size command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code> also gives bars that -do not grow but are set to the size given in the <var>size command</var>, -e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. +<span id="index-_005cvert"></span> +</dt> +<dd><p>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For “such +that”, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it +is a relation. See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for how to use the <samp>mathtools</samp> +package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\wedge</code> -<a name="index-_005cwedge"></a> +<span id="index-_005cwedge"></span> </dt> <dd><p>∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\land</code>. See also logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized @@ -13848,31 +14859,31 @@ operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\wp</code> -<a name="index-_005cwp"></a> +<span id="index-_005cwp"></span> </dt> <dd><p>℘ Weierstrass p (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\wr</code> -<a name="index-_005cwr"></a> +<span id="index-_005cwr"></span> </dt> <dd><p>≀ Wreath product (binary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Xi</code> -<a name="index-_005cXi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cXi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Ξ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\xi</code> -<a name="index-_005cxi"></a> +<span id="index-_005cxi"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ξ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\zeta</code> -<a name="index-_005czeta"></a> +<span id="index-_005czeta"></span> </dt> <dd><p>ζ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </p> @@ -13884,31 +14895,31 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\mathdollar</code> -<a name="index-_005cmathdollar"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathdollar"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Dollar sign in math mode: $. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathparagraph</code> -<a name="index-_005cmathparagraph"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathparagraph"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, ¶. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathsection</code> -<a name="index-_005cmathsection"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathsection"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Section sign in math mode §. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathsterling</code> -<a name="index-_005cmathsterling"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathsterling"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Sterling sign in math mode: £. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathunderscore</code> -<a name="index-_005cmathunderscore"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathunderscore"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Underscore in math mode: _. </p> @@ -13916,28 +14927,161 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. </dl> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="1">Blackboard bold</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Doublestruck characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Arrows" accesskey="1">Arrows</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of arrows. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="2">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Symbols in boldface. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="2">Calligraphic</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Cursive characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="3">Blackboard bold</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Doublestruck characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="3">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Symbols in boldface. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="4">Calligraphic</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Cursive characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Dots" accesskey="4">Dots</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ellipses, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="5">Delimiters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parentheses, braces, etc. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Dots" accesskey="6">Dots</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ellipses, etc. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="7">Greek letters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of Greek letters. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Blackboard-bold"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Arrows"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Arrows-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.1 Arrows</h4> + +<span id="index-arrows"></span> +<span id="index-symbols_002c-arrows"></span> +<span id="index-math_002c-arrows"></span> + +<span id="index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"></span> +<span id="index-amsfonts-package-1"></span> + +<span id="index-package_002c-latexsym"></span> +<span id="index-latexsym-package"></span> + +<p>These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The +<samp>latexsym</samp> and <samp>amsfonts</samp> packages contain many more. +</p> +<table> +<thead><tr><th width="10%">Symbol</th><th width="40%">Command</th><th width="50%"></th></tr></thead> +<tr><td width="10%">⇓</td><td width="40%"><code>\Downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↓</td><td width="40%"><code>\downarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↩</td><td width="40%"><code>\hookleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↪</td><td width="40%"><code>\hookrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">←</td><td width="40%"><code>\leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⇐</td><td width="40%"><code>\Leftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⇔</td><td width="40%"><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↔</td><td width="40%"><code>\leftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟵</td><td width="40%"><code>\longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟸</td><td width="40%"><code>\Longleftarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟷</td><td width="40%"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟺</td><td width="40%"><code>\Longleftrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟼</td><td width="40%"><code>\longmapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟹</td><td width="40%"><code>\Longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⟶</td><td width="40%"><code>\longrightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↦</td><td width="40%"><code>\mapsto</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↗</td><td width="40%"><code>\nearrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↖</td><td width="40%"><code>\nwarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⇒</td><td width="40%"><code>\Rightarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">→</td><td width="40%"><code>\rightarrow</code>, or <code>\to</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↘</td><td width="40%"><code>\searrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↙</td><td width="40%"><code>\swarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↑</td><td width="40%"><code>\uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⇑</td><td width="40%"><code>\Uparrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">↕</td><td width="40%"><code>\updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">⇕</td><td width="40%"><code>\Updownarrow</code></td><td width="50%"></td></tr> +</table> + +<p>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code> +is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-amscd"></span> +<span id="index-amscd-package"></span> + +<span id="index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"></span> +<span id="index-tikz_002dcd-package"></span> + +<p>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including +<samp>tikz-cd</samp> and <samp>amscd</samp>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="n" rel="next">Blackboard bold</a>, Previous: <a href="#Arrows" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Arrows</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.2 <code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></h4> + +<span id="index-boldface-mathematics"></span> +<span id="index-symbols_002c-boldface"></span> +<span id="index-_005cboldmath"></span> +<span id="index-_005cunboldmath"></span> + +<p>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\boldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +</pre></div> + +<p>or +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +</pre></div> + +<span id="index-_005cboldmath-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cunboldmath-1"></span> +<p>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in +a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular +(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display +math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). Both commands are fragile +(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +</p> +<p>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an +<code>\mbox</code>, +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ +</pre></div> + +<p>which means <code>\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR +mode, and explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set <code>v</code> +and <code>u</code>. +</p> +<p>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code>Trouble: \( +\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>LaTeX Font Warning: +Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp>’ and ‘<samp>LaTeX +Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line +11</samp>’. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-bm"></span> +<span id="index-bm-package"></span> + +<p>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use +the <samp>bm</samp> package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete +description is outside the scope of this document (see the full +documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{bm} % in preamble +... +we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +</pre></div> + +<p>shows that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Blackboard-bold"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="n" rel="next">Calligraphic</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="n" rel="next">Calligraphic</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Blackboard-bold-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.2.1 Blackboard bold</h4> +<span id="Blackboard-bold-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.3 Blackboard bold</h4> -<a name="index-blackboard-bold"></a> -<a name="index-doublestruck"></a> +<span id="index-blackboard-bold"></span> +<span id="index-doublestruck"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -13957,7 +15101,7 @@ integers, etc. <pre class="example">\( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \) </pre></div> -<p>the <code>\mathbb{N}</code> gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ +<p>the <code>\mathbb{N}</code> gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the natural numbers. </p> <p>If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error @@ -13968,17 +15112,15 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="Calligraphic"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Calligraphic"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>, Previous: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Blackboard bold</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Delimiters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Blackboard-bold" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Blackboard bold</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Calligraphic-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.2.2 Calligraphic</h4> +<span id="Calligraphic-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.4 Calligraphic</h4> -<a name="index-calligraphic-fonts"></a> -<a name="index-script-fonts"></a> -<a name="index-fonts_002c-script"></a> +<span id="index-calligraphic-fonts"></span> +<span id="index-script-fonts"></span> +<span id="index-fonts_002c-script"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -13995,90 +15137,353 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="n" rel="next" </pre></div> <p>If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not get -an error. Instead you get unexpected output. For instance, -<code>\mathcal{g}</code> outputs a close curly brace symbol, while -<code>\mathcal{+}</code> outputs a plus sign. +an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance, +<code>\mathcal{g}</code> outputs a close curly brace symbol. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Delimiters"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="n" rel="next">Dots</a>, Previous: <a href="#Calligraphic" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Calligraphic</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.2.3 <code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></h4> +<span id="Delimiters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.5 Delimiters</h4> -<a name="index-boldface-mathematics"></a> -<a name="index-symbols_002c-boldface"></a> -<a name="index-_005cboldmath"></a> -<a name="index-_005cunboldmath"></a> +<span id="index-delimiters"></span> +<span id="index-parentheses"></span> +<span id="index-braces"></span> +<span id="index-curly-braces"></span> +<span id="index-brackets"></span> -<p>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +<p>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark +the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of +parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\boldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +<pre class="example">(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2 </pre></div> -<p>or +<p>The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter <code>\( [0,1) \)</code>. +</p> +<p>Here are the common delimiters: +</p> +<table> +<thead><tr><th width="11%">Delimiter</th><th width="20%">Command</th><th width="40%">Name</th></tr></thead> +<tr><td width="11%">(</td><td width="20%"><code>(</code></td><td width="40%">Left parenthesis</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">)</td><td width="20%"><code>)</code></td><td width="40%">Right parenthesis</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">\}</td><td width="20%"><code>{</code> or <code>\lbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Left brace</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">\{</td><td width="20%"><code>}</code> or <code>\rbrace</code></td><td width="40%">Right brace</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">[</td><td width="20%"><code>[</code> or <code>\lbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Left bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">]</td><td width="20%"><code>]</code> or <code>\rbrack</code></td><td width="40%">Right bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">⌊</td><td width="20%"><code>\lfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Left floor bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">⌋</td><td width="20%"><code>\rfloor</code></td><td width="40%">Right floor bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">⌈</td><td width="20%"><code>\lceil</code></td><td width="40%">Left ceiling bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">⌉</td><td width="20%"><code>\rceil</code></td><td width="40%">Right ceiling bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">⟨</td><td width="20%"><code>\langle</code></td><td width="40%">Left angle bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">⟩</td><td width="20%"><code>\rangle</code></td><td width="40%">Right angle bracket</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">/</td><td width="20%"><code>/</code></td><td width="40%">Slash, or forward slash</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">\</td><td width="20%"><code>\backslash</code></td><td width="40%">Reverse slash, or backslash</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">|</td><td width="20%"><code>|</code> or <code>\vert</code></td><td width="40%">Vertical bar</td></tr> +<tr><td width="11%">‖</td><td width="20%"><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code></td><td width="40%">Double vertical bar</td></tr> +</table> + +<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-1"></span> +<span id="index-mathtools-package-1"></span> + +<p>The <samp>mathtools</samp> package allows you to create commands for paired +delimiters. For instance, if you put +<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> in your preamble +then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work +in math mode). The starred version, such as +<code>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the height of the vertical bars +match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +<code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the bars fixed at a default height. +This version accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size +command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, where the height of the bars is given in +<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using <code>\lVert</code> and +<code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same +behavior. +</p> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="1">\left & \right</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatically sized delimiters. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="2">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Manually sized delimiters. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">16.2.5.1 <code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></h4> + +<span id="index-delimiters_002c-paired"></span> +<span id="index-paired-delimiters"></span> +<span id="index-matching-parentheses"></span> +<span id="index-matching-brackets"></span> +<span id="index-null-delimiter"></span> +<span id="index-_005cleft"></span> +<span id="index-_005cright"></span> + + +<p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +<pre class="example">\left <var>delimiter1</var> ... \right <var>delimiter2</var> </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cboldmath-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cunboldmath-1"></a> -<p>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in -a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular -(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display -math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). Both commands are fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. LaTeX makes +the delimiters tall enough to just cover the size of the formula that +they enclose. </p> -<p>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an -<code>\mbox</code>, +<p>This makes a unit vector surrounded by parentheses tall enough to cover +the entries. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \left(\begin{array}{c} + 1 \\ + 0 \\ + \end{array}\right) +\end{equation} </pre></div> -<p>which means <code>\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR -mode, and explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set <code>v</code> -and <code>u</code>. +<p>See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters. </p> -<p>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code>Trouble: \( -\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like ‘<samp>LaTeX Font Warning: -Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp>’ and ‘<samp>LaTeX -Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line -11</samp>’. +<p>Every <code>\left</code> must have a matching <code>\right</code>. In the above +example, leaving out the <code>\left(</code> gets the error message +‘<samp>Extra \right</samp>’. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets ‘<samp>You +can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-bm"></a> -<a name="index-bm-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-6"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-6"></span> -<p>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use -the <samp>bm</samp> package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete -description is outside the scope of this document (see the full -documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></span> +<span id="index-mathtools-package-2"></span> + +<p>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common +case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, +‘<samp>.</samp>’, as a null delimiter. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\usepackage{bm} % in preamble -... -we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} + 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ + f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} + \end{array}\right. +\end{equation} </pre></div> -<p>shows that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code>. +<p>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a +backslash, <code>\{</code>. (The packages <samp>amsmath</samp> and +<samp>mathtools</samp> allow you to get the above construct through in a +<code>cases</code> environment.) +</p> +<p>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair make a group. One consequence is that +the formula enclosed in the <code>\left ... \right</code> pair cannot have +line breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and +LaTeX-generated automatic ones. In this example, LaTeX breaks the +equation to make the formula fit the margins. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \) +</pre></div> + +<p>But with <code>\left</code> and <code>\right</code> +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \) +</pre></div> + +<p>LaTeX won’t break the line, causing the formula to extend into the +margin. +</p> +<p>Because <code>\left ... \right</code> make a group, all the usual grouping +rules hold. Here, the value of <code>\testlength</code> set inside the +equation will be forgotten, and the output is ‘<samp>1.2pt</samp>’. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt} +\begin{equation} + \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right) + \the\testlength +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair affect the horizontal spacing of the +enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in <code>\( \sin(x) = +\sin\left(x\right) \)</code> the one after the equals sign has more space +around the <code>x</code>. That’s because <code>\left( ... \right)</code> inserts +an inner node while <code>( ... )</code> inserts an opening node. The second +way that the pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they +form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural +width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. +</p> +<p>TeX scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the +contained formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full +height of the integral. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right] +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>Manual sizing is often better. For instance, although below the rule +has no depth, TeX will create delimiters that extend far below the +rule. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right) +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in <code>\( \left| +|x|+|y| \right| \)</code>. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, +as here. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right) +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than +one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing +delimiter; you can’t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and +<code>\right</code> on the last because they must be paired. +</p> +<p>To size the delimiters manually, see <a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\left & \right</a>, Up: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Delimiters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cbigl_002c-_005cbigr_002c-etc_002e"></span><h4 class="subsubsection">16.2.5.2 <code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</h4> + +<p>Synopsis, one of: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var> +\Bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var> +\biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<var>delimiter2</var> +\Biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<var>delimiter2</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>(as with <code>\bigl[...\bigr]</code>; strictly speaking they need not be +paired, see below), or one of: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\bigm<var>delimiter</var> +\Bigm<var>delimiter</var> +\biggm<var>delimiter</var> +\Biggm<var>delimiter</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>(as with <code>\bigm|</code>), or one of: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\big<var>delimiter</var> +\Big<var>delimiter</var> +\bigg<var>delimiter</var> +\Bigg<var>delimiter</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>(as with <code>\big[</code>). +</p> +<p>Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are +automatically sized see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a>). </p> +<p>This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example"> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr| +</pre></div> + +<p>The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can use +the smallest size such as <code>\bigl...\bigr</code> in a paragraph without +causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant +for displayed equations. +</p> +<p>See <a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of +commands with ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’, <var>delimiter1</var> and +<var>delimiter2</var> need not be the same. +</p> +<p>The ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’ commands produce open and close delimiters +that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the +delimiter, while the commands without ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’ insert some +space (because each delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare +these two. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l} + \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % good + \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % bad +\end{tabular} +</pre></div> + +<p>The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the +second line the output will have some extra space between the +<code>\sin</code> and the open parenthesis. +</p> +<p>Commands without ‘<samp>l</samp>’ or ‘<samp>r</samp>’ do give correct spacing in +some circumstances, as with this large vertical line +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-7"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-7"></span> + +<p>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command +from the <samp>amsmath</samp> package), and as with this larger slash. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>Unlike the <code>\left...\right</code> pair (see <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a>), the +commands here with ‘<samp>l</samp>’ and ‘<samp>r</samp>’ do not make a group. +Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something +like this. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \Biggl[ \pi/6 ] +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + +<p>The commands with ‘<samp>m</samp>’ are for relations, which are in the middle of +formulas, as here. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\} +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + + <hr> -<a name="Dots"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Dots"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Greek-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Greek letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Delimiters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Delimiters</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical</h4> +<span id="Dots_002c-horizontal-or-vertical"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical</h4> -<a name="index-ellipses"></a> -<a name="index-dots"></a> +<span id="index-ellipses"></span> +<span id="index-dots"></span> <p>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern continues. @@ -14094,24 +15499,24 @@ continues. <p>LaTeX provides these. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="ellipses-cdots"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="ellipses-cdots"></span></dd> <dt><code>\cdots</code> -<a name="index-_005ccdots"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccdots"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as in ⋯. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)</code>. </p> -<a name="ellipses-ddots"></a></dd> +<span id="ellipses-ddots"></span></dd> <dt><code>\ddots</code> -<a name="index-_005cddots"></a> +<span id="index-_005cddots"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Diagonal ellipsis, ⋱. See the above array example for a usage. </p> -<a name="ellipses-ldots"></a></dd> +<span id="ellipses-ldots"></span></dd> <dt><code>\ldots</code> -<a name="index-_005cldots"></a> +<span id="index-_005cldots"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: <code>\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example. A @@ -14122,9 +15527,9 @@ package is <code>\hdots</code>. <code>The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</code>. (In a paragraph mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.) </p> -<a name="ellipses-vdots"></a></dd> +<span id="ellipses-vdots"></span></dd> <dt><code>\vdots</code> -<a name="index-_005cvdots"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvdots"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Vertical ellipsis, ⋮. See the above array example for a usage. @@ -14132,8 +15537,8 @@ usage. </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-6"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-6"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-8"></span> <p>The <samp>amsmath</samp> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs @@ -14161,229 +15566,279 @@ or relation symbol, <code>\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or </p> <hr> -<a name="Math-functions"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Greek-letters"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#Dots" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Dots</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math symbols</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Greek-letters-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.2.7 Greek letters</h4> + +<span id="index-Greek-letters"></span> + +<p>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they +differ from Roman upper case letters. +</p> +<table> +<thead><tr><th width="10%">Symbol</th><th width="30%">Command</th><th width="15%">Name</th><th width="45%"></th></tr></thead> +<tr><td width="10%">α</td><td width="30%"><code>\alpha</code></td><td width="15%">Alpha</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">β</td><td width="30%"><code>\beta</code></td><td width="15%">Beta</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">γ, Γ</td><td width="30%"><code>\gamma</code>, <code>\Gamma</code></td><td width="15%">Gamma</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">δ, Δ</td><td width="30%"><code>\delta</code>, <code>\Delta</code></td><td width="15%">Delta</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ε, ϵ</td><td width="30%"><code>\varepsilon</code>, <code>\epsilon</code></td><td width="15%">Epsilon</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ζ</td><td width="30%"><code>\zeta</code></td><td width="15%">Zeta</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">η</td><td width="30%"><code>\eta</code></td><td width="15%">Eta</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">θ, ϑ</td><td width="30%"><code>\theta</code>, <code>\vartheta</code></td><td width="15%">Theta</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ι</td><td width="30%"><code>\iota</code></td><td width="15%">Iota</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">κ</td><td width="30%"><code>\kappa</code></td><td width="15%">Kappa</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">λ, Λ</td><td width="30%"><code>\lambda</code>, <code>\Lambda</code></td><td width="15%">Lambda</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">μ</td><td width="30%"><code>\mu</code></td><td width="15%">Mu</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ν</td><td width="30%"><code>\nu</code></td><td width="15%">Nu</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ξ, Ξ</td><td width="30%"><code>\xi</code>, <code>\Xi</code></td><td width="15%">Xi</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">π, Π</td><td width="30%"><code>\pi</code>, <code>\Pi</code></td><td width="15%">Pi</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ρ, ϱ</td><td width="30%"><code>\rho</code>, <code>\varrho</code></td><td width="15%">Rho</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">σ, Σ</td><td width="30%"><code>\sigma</code>, <code>\Sigma</code></td><td width="15%">Sigma</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">τ</td><td width="30%"><code>\tau</code></td><td width="15%">Tau</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ϕ, φ, Φ</td><td width="30%"><code>\phi</code>, <code>\varphi</code>, <code>\Phi</code></td><td width="15%">Phi</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">χ</td><td width="30%"><code>\chi</code></td><td width="15%">chi</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ψ, Ψ</td><td width="30%"><code>\psi</code>, <code>\Psi</code></td><td width="15%">Psi</td></tr> +<tr><td width="10%">ω, Ω</td><td width="30%"><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></td><td width="15%">Omega</td></tr> +</table> + +<span id="index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"></span> +<span id="index-unicode_002dmath-package"></span> + +<p>For omicron, if you are using LaTeX’s default Computer Modern font +then enter omicron just as ‘<samp>o</samp>’ or ‘<samp>O</samp>’. If you like having the +name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like +<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <samp>unicode-math</samp> has +<code>\upomicron</code> for upright omicron and <code>\mitomicron</code> for math +italic. +</p> +<p>While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by +<code>\in</code> is related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Math-functions"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Math-functions-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.3 Math functions</h3> +<span id="Math-functions-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.3 Math functions</h3> -<a name="index-math-functions"></a> -<a name="index-functions_002c-math"></a> +<span id="index-math-functions"></span> +<span id="index-functions_002c-math"></span> <p>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\arccos</code> -<a name="index-_005carccos"></a> +<span id="index-_005carccos"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Inverse cosine </p> </dd> <dt><code>\arcsin</code> -<a name="index-_005carcsin"></a> +<span id="index-_005carcsin"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Inverse sine </p> </dd> <dt><code>\arctan</code> -<a name="index-_005carctan"></a> +<span id="index-_005carctan"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Inverse tangent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\arg</code> -<a name="index-_005carg"></a> +<span id="index-_005carg"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bmod</code> -<a name="index-_005cbmod"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbmod"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code> </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cos</code> -<a name="index-_005ccos"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccos"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Cosine </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cosh</code> -<a name="index-_005ccosh"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccosh"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic cosine </p> </dd> <dt><code>\cot</code> -<a name="index-_005ccot"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccot"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Cotangent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\coth</code> -<a name="index-_005ccoth"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccoth"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic cotangent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\csc</code> -<a name="index-_005ccsc"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccsc"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Cosecant </p> </dd> <dt><code>\deg</code> -<a name="index-_005cdeg"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdeg"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Degrees </p> </dd> <dt><code>\det</code> -<a name="index-_005cdet"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdet"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Determinant </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dim</code> -<a name="index-_005cdim"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdim"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Dimension </p> </dd> <dt><code>\exp</code> -<a name="index-_005cexp"></a> +<span id="index-_005cexp"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Exponential </p> </dd> <dt><code>\gcd</code> -<a name="index-_005cgcd"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgcd"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Greatest common divisor </p> </dd> <dt><code>\hom</code> -<a name="index-_005chom"></a> +<span id="index-_005chom"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Homomorphism </p> </dd> <dt><code>\inf</code> -<a name="index-_005cinf"></a> +<span id="index-_005cinf"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Infinum </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ker</code> -<a name="index-_005cker"></a> +<span id="index-_005cker"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Kernel </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lg</code> -<a name="index-_005clg"></a> +<span id="index-_005clg"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Base 2 logarithm </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lim</code> -<a name="index-_005clim"></a> +<span id="index-_005clim"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Limit </p> </dd> <dt><code>\liminf</code> -<a name="index-_005climinf"></a> +<span id="index-_005climinf"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Limit inferior </p> </dd> <dt><code>\limsup</code> -<a name="index-_005climsup"></a> +<span id="index-_005climsup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Limit superior </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ln</code> -<a name="index-_005cln"></a> +<span id="index-_005cln"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Natural logarithm </p> </dd> <dt><code>\log</code> -<a name="index-_005clog"></a> +<span id="index-_005clog"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Logarithm </p> </dd> <dt><code>\max</code> -<a name="index-_005cmax"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmax"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Maximum </p> </dd> <dt><code>\min</code> -<a name="index-_005cmin"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmin"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Minimum </p> </dd> <dt><code>\pmod</code> -<a name="index-_005cpmod"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpmod"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code> </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Pr</code> -<a name="index-_005cPr"></a> +<span id="index-_005cPr"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Probability </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sec</code> -<a name="index-_005csec"></a> +<span id="index-_005csec"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Secant </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sin</code> -<a name="index-_005csin"></a> +<span id="index-_005csin"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Sine </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sinh</code> -<a name="index-_005csinh"></a> +<span id="index-_005csinh"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic sine </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sup</code> -<a name="index-_005csup"></a> +<span id="index-_005csup"></span> </dt> <dd><p>sup </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tan</code> -<a name="index-_005ctan"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctan"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Tangent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tanh</code> -<a name="index-_005ctanh"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctanh"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Hyperbolic tangent </p> </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-7"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-7"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-9"></span> <p>The <samp>amsmath</samp> package adds improvements on some of these, and also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but @@ -14395,16 +15850,14 @@ below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code>, or <code>\ma </p> <hr> -<a name="Math-accents"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Math-accents"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="n" rel="next">Over- and Underlining</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math functions</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Math-accents-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.4 Math accents</h3> +<span id="Math-accents-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.4 Math accents</h3> -<a name="index-math-accents"></a> -<a name="index-accents_002c-mathematical"></a> +<span id="index-math-accents"></span> +<span id="index-accents_002c-mathematical"></span> <p>LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text @@ -14412,96 +15865,96 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\acute</code> -<a name="index-_005cacute"></a> +<span id="index-_005cacute"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-acute-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-acute-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math acute accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bar</code> -<a name="index-_005cbar"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbar"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-macron-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-macron-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math bar-over accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\breve</code> -<a name="index-_005cbreve"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbreve"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-breve-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-breve-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math breve accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\check</code> -<a name="index-_005ccheck"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccheck"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-check-accent_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-hacek-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-check-accent_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-hacek-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math háček (check) accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ddot</code> -<a name="index-_005cddot"></a> +<span id="index-_005cddot"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-double-dot-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-double-dot-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math dieresis accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dot</code> -<a name="index-_005cdot"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdot"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-overdot-accent_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-dot-over-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-overdot-accent_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-dot-over-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math dot accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\grave</code> -<a name="index-_005cgrave"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgrave"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-grave-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-grave-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math grave accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\hat</code> -<a name="index-_005chat"></a> +<span id="index-_005chat"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-hat-accent_002c-math"></a> -<a name="index-circumflex-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-hat-accent_002c-math"></span> +<span id="index-circumflex-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math hat (circumflex) accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mathring</code> -<a name="index-_005cmathring"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmathring"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-ring-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-ring-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math ring accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tilde</code> -<a name="index-_005ctilde"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctilde"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-tilde-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-tilde-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math tilde accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vec</code> -<a name="index-_005cvec"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvec"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-vector-symbol_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-vector-symbol_002c-math"></span> <p>Math vector symbol </p> </dd> <dt><code>\widehat</code> -<a name="index-_005cwidehat"></a> +<span id="index-_005cwidehat"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math wide hat accent </p> </dd> <dt><code>\widetilde</code> -<a name="index-_005cwidetilde"></a> +<span id="index-_005cwidetilde"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math"></a> +<dd><span id="index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math"></span> <p>Math wide tilde accent </p> </dd> @@ -14512,31 +15965,29 @@ one without a dot, <code>\imath</code> or <code>jmath</code> (see <a href="#Math </p> <hr> -<a name="Over_002d-and-Underlining"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Over_002d-and-Underlining"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spacing in math mode</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Over_002d-and-Underlining-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.5 Over- and Underlining</h3> +<span id="Over_002d-and-Underlining-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.5 Over- and Underlining</h3> -<a name="index-overlining"></a> -<a name="index-underlining"></a> +<span id="index-overlining"></span> +<span id="index-underlining"></span> <p>LaTeX provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or putting braces over or under some material. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. The line is always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in <code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-ulem"></a> -<a name="index-ulem-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-ulem"></span> +<span id="index-ulem-package"></span> <p>Note that the package <samp>ulem</samp> does text mode underlining and allows line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the @@ -14545,7 +15996,7 @@ producing a line, for such things as a signature. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>. @@ -14553,7 +16004,7 @@ Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (see <a href="#Math-ac </p> </dd> <dt><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this <code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part. @@ -14572,7 +16023,7 @@ unconnected to the underbrace. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with <code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also @@ -14581,33 +16032,31 @@ unconnected to the underbrace. </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-1"></a> -<a name="index-mathtools-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></span> +<span id="index-mathtools-package-3"></span> <p>The package <samp>mathtools</samp> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. </p> <hr> -<a name="Spacing-in-math-mode"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Spacing-in-math-mode"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math miscellany</a>, Previous: <a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Over- and Underlining</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Spacing-in-math-mode-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.6 Spacing in math mode</h3> +<span id="Spacing-in-math-mode-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.6 Spacing in math mode</h3> -<a name="index-spacing-within-math-mode"></a> -<a name="index-math-mode_002c-spacing"></a> +<span id="index-spacing-within-math-mode"></span> +<span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing"></span> <p>When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then LaTeX ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as <em>y=mx</em>. </p> -<p>But LaTeX’s rules sometimes need tweaking. For example, in an +<p>But LaTeX’s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the -<code>f(x)</code> and the <code>dx</code>, here done with the <code>\,</code> command. +<code>f(x)</code> and the <code>dx</code>, here done with the <code>\,</code> command: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx @@ -14622,26 +16071,42 @@ a ‘<samp>M</samp>’. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\;</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_003b"></a> -<a name="index-_005cthickspace"></a> -<a name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"></a><p>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. Math -mode only. +<dd><span id="index-_005c_003b"></span> +<span id="index-_005cthickspace"></span> +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\negthickspace</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cnegthickspace"></span> +<p>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\:</code></dt> <dt><code>\></code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_003a"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_003e-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmedspace"></a> -<a name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"></a><p>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -Math mode only. +<dd><span id="index-_005c_003a"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_003e-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmedspace"></span> +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\negmedspace</code></dt> +<dd><span id="index-_005cnegmedspace"></span> +<p>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\,</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_002c"></a> -<a name="index-_005cthinspace"></a> -<a name="index-thin-space"></a> -<a name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"></a><a name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace"></a><p>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6em. +<dd><span id="index-_005c_002c"></span> +<span id="index-_005cthinspace"></span> +<span id="index-thin-space"></span> +<span id="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"></span><span id="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace"></span><p>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6em. Can be used in both math mode and text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>). </p> <p>This space is widely used, for instance between the function and the @@ -14657,49 +16122,51 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation. </dd> <dt><code>\!</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_0021"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnegthinspace"></a> -<a name="index-thin-space_002c-negative"></a> -<a name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"></a><p>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. The <code>\!</code> command is -math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> command is available for -text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>). +<dd><span id="index-_005c_0021"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnegthinspace"></span> +<span id="index-thin-space_002c-negative"></span> +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace"></span><p>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, +The <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> +command has always worked in text mode (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\quad</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-quad"></a> -<a name="index-_005cquad"></a> -<a name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad"></a><p>This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space +<dd><span id="index-quad"></span> +<span id="index-_005cquad"></span> +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-quad"></span><p>This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available in both text and math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\qquad</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cqquad"></a> -<a name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad"></a><p>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in +<dd><span id="index-_005cqquad"></span> +<span id="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad"></span><p>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em. It is available in both text and math mode. </p></dd> </dl> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1">\smash</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1">\smash</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make empty box same size as argument. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="3">\mathstrut</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add some vertical space to a formula. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csmash"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csmash"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csmash-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005csmash-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></h4> -<a name="index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a> -<a name="index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space"></a> +<span id="index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode"></span> +<span id="index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -14765,28 +16232,26 @@ mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></a> -<a name="index-mathtools-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-4"></span> +<span id="index-mathtools-package-4"></span> <p>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer control over smashing a subformula box. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next">\mathstrut</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></h4> -<a name="index-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a> -<a name="index-horizontal-spacing"></a> -<a name="index-vertical-spacing"></a> -<a name="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1"></a> -<a name="index-invisible-character"></a> -<a name="index-character_002c-invisible"></a> +<span id="index-spacing_002c-math-mode"></span> +<span id="index-horizontal-spacing"></span> +<span id="index-vertical-spacing"></span> +<span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1"></span> +<span id="index-invisible-character"></span> +<span id="index-character_002c-invisible"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -14808,28 +16273,38 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a h <p>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes -LaTeX to typeset the box but not its ink. The <code>\vphantom</code> -variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as -<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a -box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth -zero. -</p> -<p>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two -square roots would be at different heights. +LaTeX to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here +LaTeX will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) +<pre class="example">\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. + --- Mark Twain}} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside -it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so LaTeX -makes the bars align. +<p>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same +vertical size as <var>subformula</var>, the same height and depth, but having +zero width. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a box with the same width as +<var>subformula</var> but with zero height and depth. </p> -<p>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a> -for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>. +<p>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression +is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than its +default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at +different levels. The <code>\vphantom</code> in the first expression tells +TeX to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the +two expressions come out at the same level. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></a> -<a name="index-mathtools-package-3"></a> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{displaymath} + \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}} + \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j +\end{displaymath} +</pre></div> + +<p>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>. +See <a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-mathtools-5"></span> +<span id="index-mathtools-package-5"></span> <p>The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more @@ -14839,8 +16314,8 @@ as <code>\settodepth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>), In addition, the <samp>mathtools</samp> package has many commands that offer fine-grained control over spacing. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-8"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-10"></span> <p>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you @@ -14854,48 +16329,77 @@ with <code>\leavevmode</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Math-miscellany"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmathstrut"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cmathstrut-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.6.3 <code>\mathstrut</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cmathstrut"></span> +<span id="index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1"></span> +<span id="index-vertical-spacing-1"></span> +<span id="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2"></span> +<span id="index-invisible-character-1"></span> +<span id="index-character_002c-invisible-1"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\mathstrut +</pre></div> + +<p>The analogue of <code>\strut</code> for mathematics. See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>. +</p> +<p>The input <code>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> gives output where the +second radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space +without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use +<code>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</code>. +</p> +<p>The <code>\mathstrut</code> command adds the vertical height of an open +parenthesis, <code>(</code>, but no horizontal space. It is defined as +<code>\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a> for +more. An advantage over <code>\strut</code> is that <code>\mathstrut</code> adds no +depth, which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of +an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the +amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. See <a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Math-miscellany"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spacing in math mode</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Math-miscellany-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">16.7 Math miscellany</h3> +<span id="Math-miscellany-1"></span><h3 class="section">16.7 Math miscellany</h3> -<a name="index-math-miscellany"></a> +<span id="index-math-miscellany"></span> <p>LaTeX contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some that don’t fit into other categories. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Colon character & \colon</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Colon. -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2">\*</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discretionary multiplication. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="1">Colon character & \colon</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Colon. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3">\frac</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fraction. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="2">\*</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Discretionary multiplication. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="4">\left & \right</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paired delimiters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="3">\frac</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fraction. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="5">\sqrt</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Radicals. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="4">\sqrt</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Radicals. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="6">\stackrel</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Text over a relation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="5">\stackrel</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Text over a relation. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></h4> +<span id="Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></h4> -<a name="index-_003a"></a> -<a name="index-colon-character"></a> -<a name="index-_003a-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccolon"></a> +<span id="index-colon-character"></span> +<span id="index-_003a-for-math"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccolon"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -14910,15 +16414,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Ma <pre class="example">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right. </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-9"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-11"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-11"></span> <p>Ordinary LaTeX defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></a> -<a name="index-amsmath-package-10"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsmath-12"></span> +<span id="index-amsmath-package-12"></span> <p>But the widely-used <samp>amsmath</samp> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want @@ -14926,19 +16430,17 @@ the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_002a"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_002a"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frac</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colon character & \colon</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_002a-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.7.2 <code>\*</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005c_002a-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.2 <code>\*</code></h4> -<a name="index-multiplication_002c-discretionary"></a> -<a name="index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></a> -<a name="index-line-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></a> -<a name="index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_002a"></a> +<span id="index-multiplication_002c-discretionary"></span> +<span id="index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></span> +<span id="index-line-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary"></span> +<span id="index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_002a"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -14958,16 +16460,14 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfrac"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfrac"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="n" rel="next">\left & \right</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sqrt</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfrac-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.7.3 <code>\frac</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cfrac-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.3 <code>\frac</code></h4> -<a name="index-fraction"></a> -<a name="index-_005cfrac"></a> +<span id="index-fraction"></span> +<span id="index-_005cfrac"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -14982,74 +16482,16 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code> </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csqrt"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sqrt</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frac</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stackrel</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrac" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frac</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.7.4 <code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005csqrt-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.4 <code>\sqrt</code></h4> -<a name="index-delimiters_002c-paired"></a> -<a name="index-paired-delimiters"></a> -<a name="index-matching-parentheses"></a> -<a name="index-matching-brackets"></a> -<a name="index-null-delimiter"></a> -<a name="index-_005cleft"></a> -<a name="index-_005cright"></a> - -<p>Synopsis: -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\left <var>delimiter1</var> ... \right <var>delimiter2</var> -</pre></div> - -<p>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. The delimiters -are sized according to the math they enclose. This makes a unit vector -surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses. -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{equation} - \left(\begin{array}{c} - 1 \\ - 0 \\ - \end{array}\right) -</pre></div> - -<p>Every <code>\left</code> must have a matching <code>\right</code>. Leaving out the -<code>\left(</code> in the above gets ‘<samp>Extra \right</samp>’. Leaving off the -<code>\right)</code> gets ‘<samp>You can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>’. -</p> -<p>However, the two delimiters <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need -not match. A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as -below. Use a period, ‘<samp>.</samp>’, as a null delimiter. -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{equation} - f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} - 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ - f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} - \end{array}\right. -\end{equation} -</pre></div> - -<p>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, <code>\{</code>. -</p> - -<hr> -<a name="g_t_005csqrt"></a> -<div class="header"> -<p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstackrel" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stackrel</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\left & \right</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> -</div> -<a name="g_t_005csqrt-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.7.5 <code>\sqrt</code></h4> - -<a name="index-square-root"></a> -<a name="index-roots"></a> -<a name="index-radical"></a> -<a name="index-_005csqrt"></a> +<span id="index-square-root"></span> +<span id="index-roots"></span> +<span id="index-radical"></span> +<span id="index-_005csqrt"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -15069,17 +16511,15 @@ a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cstackrel"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cstackrel"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csqrt" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sqrt</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math miscellany</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cstackrel-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">16.7.6 <code>\stackrel</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cstackrel-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">16.7.5 <code>\stackrel</code></h4> -<a name="index-stack-math"></a> -<a name="index-relation_002c-text-above"></a> -<a name="index-_005cstackrel"></a> +<span id="index-stack-math"></span> +<span id="index-relation_002c-text-above"></span> +<span id="index-_005cstackrel"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -15092,15 +16532,13 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Modes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Modes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Math formulas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Modes-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">17 Modes</h2> +<span id="Modes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">17 Modes</h2> -<a name="index-modes"></a> +<span id="index-modes"></span> <p>As LaTeX processes your document, at any point it is in one of six modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal @@ -15109,14 +16547,14 @@ in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. </p> <ul> -<li> <a name="modes-paragraph-mode"></a><a name="index-paragraph-mode"></a> +<li> <span id="modes-paragraph-mode"></span><span id="index-paragraph-mode"></span> <em>Paragraph mode</em> is what LaTeX is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. This is the mode LaTeX is in most of the time. -<a name="index-left_002dto_002dright-mode"></a> -<a name="index-LR-mode"></a> -<a name="modes-lr-mode"></a><p><em>LR mode</em> (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called +<span id="index-left_002dto_002dright-mode"></span> +<span id="index-LR-mode"></span> +<span id="modes-lr-mode"></span><p><em>LR mode</em> (for left-to-right mode; in plain TeX this is called <em>restricted horizontal mode</em>) is in effect when LaTeX starts making a box with an <code>\mbox</code> command. As in paragraph mode, LaTeX’s output is a string of words with spaces between them. Unlike @@ -15126,23 +16564,23 @@ that the LR box is too long, when it is finished and next tries to put that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR box won’t fit there.) </p> -</li><li> <a name="index-math-mode"></a> -<a name="modes-math-mode"></a><em>Math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating +</li><li> <span id="index-math-mode"></span> +<span id="modes-math-mode"></span><em>Math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating an inline mathematical formula. -<a name="index-display-math-mode"></a> +<span id="index-display-math-mode"></span> <p><em>Display math mode</em> is when LaTeX is generating a displayed mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code> differs in the two situations.) </p> -</li><li> <a name="index-vertical-mode"></a> -<a name="modes-vertical-mode"></a><em>Vertical mode</em> is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and +</li><li> <span id="index-vertical-mode"></span> +<span id="modes-vertical-mode"></span><em>Vertical mode</em> is when LaTeX is building the list of lines and other material making the output page. This is the mode LaTeX is in when it starts a document. -<a name="index-internal-vertical-mode"></a> -<a name="modes-internal-vertical-mode"></a><p><em>Internal vertical mode</em> is in effect when LaTeX starts making a +<span id="index-internal-vertical-mode"></span> +<span id="modes-internal-vertical-mode"></span><p><em>Internal vertical mode</em> is in effect when LaTeX starts making a <code>\vbox</code>. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. </p> </li></ul> @@ -15154,9 +16592,9 @@ mode, then the next switch happens at the ‘<samp>\(</samp>’ where La changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode. </p> -<a name="index-inner-paragraph-mode"></a> -<a name="index-outer-paragraph-mode"></a> -<a name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></a><a name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></a><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command +<span id="index-inner-paragraph-mode"></span> +<span id="index-outer-paragraph-mode"></span> +<span id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></span><span id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></span><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or a <code>minipage</code> then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode. But it will not put a page break here. Inside one of these boxes, called a <em>parbox</em>, LaTeX is in <em>inner paragraph mode</em>. Its more usual @@ -15164,18 +16602,16 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is <em>outer paragraph mode</em> (see <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>). </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005censuremath"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005censuremath"></span><div class="header"> <p> Up: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Modes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005censuremath-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005censuremath-1"></span><h3 class="section">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></h3> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15205,16 +16641,14 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf. </p> <hr> -<a name="Page-styles"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Page-styles"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spaces</a>, Previous: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Modes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Page-styles-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">18 Page styles</h2> +<span id="Page-styles-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">18 Page styles</h2> -<a name="index-styles_002c-page"></a> -<a name="index-page-styles"></a> +<span id="index-styles_002c-page"></span> +<span id="index-page-styles"></span> <p>The style of a page determines where LaTeX places the components of that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This @@ -15222,35 +16656,33 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first page of an article. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-fancyhdr"></a> -<a name="index-fancyhdr-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr"></span> +<span id="index-fancyhdr-package"></span> <p>The package <samp>fancyhdr</samp> is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1">\maketitle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a title page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1">\maketitle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a title page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2">\pagenumbering</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the style used for page numbers. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2">\pagenumbering</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the style used for page numbers. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3">\pagestyle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3">\pagestyle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4">\thispagestyle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style for this page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4">\thispagestyle</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style for this page. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmaketitle"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmaketitle"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmaketitle-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cmaketitle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h3> -<a name="index-titles_002c-making"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmaketitle"></a> +<span id="index-titles_002c-making"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmaketitle"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15260,7 +16692,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagenumbering</ <p>Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a separate page, except in the <code>article</code> class where it is at the top -of the first page. (See <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a> for information about +of the first page. (See <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>, for information about the <code>titlepage</code> document class option.) </p> <p>This example shows <code>\maketitle</code> appearing in its usual place, @@ -15294,11 +16726,11 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</code> -<a name="index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-author_002c-for-titlepage"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-for-_005cauthor"></a> -<a name="index-_005cand-for-_005cauthor"></a> +<dd><span id="index-author_002c-for-titlepage"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-_005cauthor"></span> +<span id="index-_005cand-for-_005cauthor"></span> <p>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. To separate lines within a single author’s entry, for instance to give the author’s @@ -15308,9 +16740,9 @@ the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Warning: No </p> </dd> <dt><code>\date{<var>text</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cdate_007btext_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdate_007btext_007d"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-date_002c-for-titlepage"></a> +<dd><span id="index-date_002c-for-titlepage"></span> <p>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document’s date. The <var>text</var> doesn’t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you omit <code>\date</code> then LaTeX uses the current date (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>). @@ -15318,10 +16750,10 @@ To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></a> -<a name="index-credit-footnote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></span> +<span id="index-credit-footnote"></span> <p>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at @@ -15330,10 +16762,10 @@ address. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-title_002c-for-titlepage"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-for-_005ctitle"></a> +<dd><span id="index-title_002c-for-titlepage"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-_005ctitle"></span> <p>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: No @@ -15350,16 +16782,14 @@ house requirements.) </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cpagenumbering"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cpagenumbering"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\maketitle</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cpagenumbering"></a> -<a name="index-page-numbering-style"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpagenumbering"></span> +<span id="index-page-numbering-style"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15410,8 +16840,8 @@ get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>gobble</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-package_002c-hyperref-2"></a> -<a name="index-hyperref-package-2"></a> +<dd><span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-2"></span> +<span id="index-hyperref-package-2"></span> <p>LaTeX does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not work with the popular package <samp>hyperref</samp> so to have the page number @@ -15432,18 +16862,16 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cpagestyle"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cpagestyle"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thispagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cpagestyle-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cpagestyle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cpagestyle"></a> -<a name="index-header-style"></a> -<a name="index-footer-style"></a> -<a name="index-running-header-and-footer-style"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpagestyle"></span> +<span id="index-header-style"></span> +<span id="index-footer-style"></span> +<span id="index-running-header-and-footer-style"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15454,8 +16882,8 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thispagestyle</ <p>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset, from the current page onwards. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"></a> -<a name="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"></span> +<span id="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></span> <p>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package <samp>fancyhdr</samp> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and @@ -15532,7 +16960,7 @@ setting <code>\rightmark</code> to ‘<samp>Subsection 2.1</samp>&rsquo </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarkboth_007bleft_002dhead_007d_007bright_002dhead_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page @@ -15544,7 +16972,7 @@ the last one that came before that page. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged. </p> @@ -15553,16 +16981,14 @@ the last one that came before that page. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cthispagestyle"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cthispagestyle"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pagestyle</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1"></span><h3 class="section">18.4 <code>\thispagestyle</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cthispagestyle"></a> -<a name="index-page-style_002c-this-page"></a> +<span id="index-_005cthispagestyle"></span> +<span id="index-page-style_002c-this-page"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15596,16 +17022,14 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command </p> <hr> -<a name="Spaces"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Spaces"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Page styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Spaces-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">19 Spaces</h2> +<span id="Spaces-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">19 Spaces</h2> -<a name="index-spaces"></a> -<a name="index-white-space"></a> +<span id="index-spaces"></span> +<span id="index-white-space"></span> <p>LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of these are best suited to mathematical text; see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>. Some spacing commands are suitable for both regular text @@ -15614,56 +17038,54 @@ chapter. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">Horizontal space -</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="1">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Traditional horizontal spaces. +</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="1">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Traditional horizontal spaces. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2">\hspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Any horizontal space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="2">\hspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Any horizontal space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3">\hfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="3">\hfill</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4">\hss</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4">\hss</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5">\spacefactor</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchability of following space +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5">\spacefactor</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchability of following space </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">\(SPACE)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Backslash-space; and explicit space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">\(SPACE)</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Backslash-space, and explicit space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7">~</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tie, an unbreakable space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7">~</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tie, an unbreakable space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9">\/</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Italic correction. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9">\/</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Italic correction. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. </td></tr> <tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment"> Vertical space -</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inter-paragraph vertical spaces. +</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inter-paragraph vertical spaces. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inter-paragraph space and page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inter-paragraph space and page breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure height of a line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure height of a line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Vertical space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Vertical space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable vertical space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable vertical space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.1 <code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005censpace"></a> -<a name="index-_005cquad-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cqquad-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005censpace"></span> +<span id="index-_005cquad-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cqquad-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -15688,22 +17110,20 @@ measurement such as points (see <a href="#Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</a>). \end{center} </pre></div> -<p>See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a> for <code>\quad</code> and <code>\qquad</code>. These +<p>See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>, for <code>\quad</code> and <code>\qquad</code>. These are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with <code>\hspace</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005chspace"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005chspace"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005chspace-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005chspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.2 <code>\hspace</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005chspace"></a> +<span id="index-_005chspace"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -15759,18 +17179,16 @@ space won’t shrink more than 0.25cm (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005chfill"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005chfill"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hss</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005chfill-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005chfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\hfill</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005chfill"></a> +<span id="index-_005chfill"></span> -<a name="index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal"></a> -<a name="index-infinite-horizontal-stretch"></a> +<span id="index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal"></span> +<span id="index-infinite-horizontal-stretch"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15788,7 +17206,7 @@ of the page and ‘<samp>Quiz One</samp>’ on the right. <pre class="example">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cfill"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfill"></span> <p>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use <code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>). @@ -15811,18 +17229,16 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005chss"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005chss"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="n" rel="next">\spacefactor</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005chss-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\hss</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005chss-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\hss</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005chss"></a> -<a name="index-horizontal-space"></a> -<a name="index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal"></a> +<span id="index-_005chss"></span> +<span id="index-horizontal-space"></span> +<span id="index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable"></span> +<span id="index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15849,13 +17265,11 @@ X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cspacefactor"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cspacefactor"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\(SPACE)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hss</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cspacefactor-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cspacefactor-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.5 <code>\spacefactor</code></h3> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -15863,7 +17277,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\(SPACE)</a>, <pre class="example">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var> </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cspacefactor"></a> +<span id="index-_005cspacefactor"></span> <p>Influence LaTeX’s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level documents do not use this command. </p> @@ -15921,30 +17335,28 @@ See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \ </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1">\@</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Distinguish sentence-ending periods from abbreviations. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="1">\@</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Distinguish sentence-ending periods from abbreviations. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="2">\frenchspacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="2">\frenchspacing</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3">\normalsfcodes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Restore space factor settings to the default. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="3">\normalsfcodes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Restore space factor settings to the default. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frenchspacing</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up">\spacefactor</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_0040-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.1 <code>\@</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005c_0040"></a> -<a name="index-at_002dsign"></a> -<a name="index-period_002c-sentence_002dending"></a> -<a name="index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending"></a> -<a name="index-period_002c-spacing-after"></a> -<a name="g_t_005cAT"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040"></span> +<span id="index-at_002dsign"></span> +<span id="index-period_002c-sentence_002dending"></span> +<span id="index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending"></span> +<span id="index-period_002c-spacing-after"></span> +<span id="g_t_005cAT"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> @@ -15998,17 +17410,15 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes" accesskey="n" rel="next">\normalsfcodes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up">\spacefactor</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.2 <code>\frenchspacing</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></a> -<a name="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></span> +<span id="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16026,21 +17436,19 @@ The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring <code>\frenchspacing</code> -(the command is from Plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all +(the command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frenchspacing</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="u" rel="up">\spacefactor</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cnormalsfcodes-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">19.5.3 <code>\normalsfcodes</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cnormalsfcodes"></a> -<a name="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnormalsfcodes"></span> +<span id="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16053,17 +17461,17 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\frenchspaci </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next">~</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\spacefactor</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></h3> +<span id="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-"></span><h3 class="section">19.6 Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cNEWLINE"></a> -<a name="index-_005cSPACE"></a> -<a name="index-_005cTAB"></a> +<span id="index-_005cNEWLINE"></span> +<span id="index-_005cSPACE"></span> +<span id="index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cTAB"></span> +<span id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></span> <p>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: @@ -16102,7 +17510,7 @@ in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But using curly parentheses, as in <code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So -says Prof.\ Smith</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). +says Prof.\ Smith</code> or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). </p> <p>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> and <code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt> are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. @@ -16110,19 +17518,18 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. <hr> -<a name="g_t_007e"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_007e"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\(SPACE)</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_007e-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.7 <code>~</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_007e-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.7 <code>~</code></h3> -<a name="index-_007e"></a> -<a name="index-tie"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-hard"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-unbreakable"></a> -<a name="index-NBSP"></a> +<span id="index-_007e"></span> +<span id="index-tie"></span> +<span id="index-space_002c-unbreakable"></span> +<span id="index-hard-space"></span> +<span id="index-unbreakable-space"></span> +<span id="index-NBSP"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16144,28 +17551,35 @@ space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus <p>In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the end-of-sentence spacing (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>). </p> -<p>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could cause -confusion. But they also reduce LaTeX’s options when it breaks lines -into paragraphs, so you can use too many. They are also matters of -taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, -here are some usage models, many of them from the TeXbook. +<p>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could +cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the +tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive +words in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>). +</p> +<p>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, +among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them +from <cite>The TeXbook</cite>. </p> <ul> <li> Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: <code>Chapter~12</code>, or <code>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, or -<code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. When cases are enumerated inline: -<code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>. +<code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. + +</li><li> When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is +(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>. -<a name="index-package_002c-siunitx"></a> -<a name="index-siunitx-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-siunitx-1"></span> +<span id="index-siunitx-package-1"></span> </li><li> Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the <samp>siunitx</samp> package has a special facility for this) or <code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and a date: -<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions where -numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions +where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: <code>AD~565</code>, or <code>2:50~pm</code>, or <code>Boeing~747</code>, or -<code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. +<code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. Other common +choices here are a thin space (see <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>) and +no space at all. </li><li> When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: <code>equals~$n$</code>, or <code>less than~$\epsilon$</code>, or <code>given~$X$</code>, or <code>modulo~$p^e$ @@ -16179,32 +17593,28 @@ common with~$m$</code>. </li><li> Between symbols in series: <code>$1$,~$2$, or~$3$</code> or <code>$1$,~$2$, \ldots,~$n$</code>. -</li><li> Between a person’s forenames and between multiple surnames: +</li><li> Between a person’s given names and between multiple surnames: <code>Donald~E. Knuth</code>, or <code>Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</code>, or -<code>Charles~XII</code> (but you must give TeX places to break the line so -you may do <code>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>). - -</li><li> Before a dash: <code>pages 12~--14</code> or <code>it is~--- it must be -said~--- plausible</code>. +<code>Charles~XII</code>—but you must give TeX places to break the line +so you might do <code>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la +Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>. </li></ul> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next">\/</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">~</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.8 <code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cthinspace-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnegthinspace-1"></a> -<a name="index-thin-space-1"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-thin"></a> -<a name="index-thin-space_002c-negative-1"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-negative-thin"></a> +<span id="index-_005cthinspace-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnegthinspace-1"></span> +<span id="index-thin-space-1"></span> +<span id="index-space_002c-thin"></span> +<span id="index-thin-space_002c-negative-1"></span> +<span id="index-space_002c-negative-thin"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16213,14 +17623,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next">\/</a>, Previous: <a hre \negthinspace </pre></div> -<p>Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6em and --1/6em. These are the text mode equivalents of <code>\,</code> and -<code>\!</code> (see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</a>). You can use -<code>\,</code> as a synonym for <code>\thinspace</code> in text mode. +<p>These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and +-1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of +<code>\,</code> and <code>\!</code> (see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</a>). +</p> +<p>You can use <code>\,</code> as a synonym for <code>\thinspace</code> in text mode. </p> -<p>The <code>\negthinspace</code> command is used in text mode mostly for -fiddling with spaces. One common use of <code>\thinspace</code> is as the -space between nested quotes. +<p>One common use of <code>\thinspace</code> is as the space between nested +quotes: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' @@ -16228,21 +17638,25 @@ space between nested quotes. <p>Another use is that some style guides call for a <code>\thinspace</code> between an ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, -though, think the three dots are quite enough already). Still another -use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>. +think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another +style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ +Knuth</code>. +</p> +<p>LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands +(see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>). With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the +2020-10-01 LaTeX release, they can be used in text mode as well as +math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; before that, +they were available only in math mode. </p> - <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_002f"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_002f"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c_002f-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.9 <code>\/</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005c_002f-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.9 <code>\/</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005c_002f"></a> -<a name="index-italic-correction"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_002f"></span> +<span id="index-italic-correction"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16251,10 +17665,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ </pre></div> <p>Insert an <em>italic correction</em>, a small space defined by the font -designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with -whatever follows. When you use <code>\/</code>, LaTeX takes the correction -from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been -applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. +designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character +colliding with whatever follows. When you use <code>\/</code>, LaTeX +takes the correction from the font metric file, scales it by any +scaling that has been applied to the font, and then inserts that much +horizontal space. </p> <p>Here, were it not for the <code>\/</code>, the <var>before-character</var> italic f would hit the <var>after-character</var> roman H @@ -16263,35 +17678,45 @@ italic f would hit the <var>after-character</var> roman H <pre class="example">\newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H} </pre></div> -<p>because the italic letter leans far to the right. +<p>because the italic letter f leans far to the right. </p> <p>If <var>after-character</var> is a period or comma then don’t insert an -italic correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small -height. However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal -letters, the italic correction can help. +italic correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the +baseline already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with +normal letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used +between a switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font. +</p> +<p>When you use commands such as <code>\emph</code> and <code>\textit</code> and +<code>\textsl</code> to change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the +italic correction when needed (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). However, +declarations such as <code>\em</code> and <code>\itshape</code> and +<code>\slshape</code> do not automatically insert italic corrections. </p> -<p>When you use commands such as <code>\textit</code> or <code>\itshape</code> to -change fonts, LaTeX will automatically insert any needed italic -correction (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>). +<p>Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example +where this is needed is the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. However, most +upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators +do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. </p> -<p>Roman characters can also have an italic correction. An example is in -the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. +<span id="index-_005cfontdimen1"></span> +<span id="index-font-dimension_002c-slant"></span> +<p>Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called +slant parameter (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether to +possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +particular font commands. </p> -<p>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is done -in a different way. +<p>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is +done in a different way. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\/</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.10 <code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005chrulefill"></a> -<a name="index-_005cdotfill"></a> +<span id="index-_005chrulefill"></span> +<span id="index-_005cdotfill"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16353,13 +17778,11 @@ Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.11 <code>\bigskip</code> & <code>\medskip</code> & <code>\smallskip</code></h3> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16388,29 +17811,29 @@ said Peter. file. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="bigskip"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="bigskip"></span></dd> <dt><code>\bigskip</code> -<a name="index-_005cbigskip"></a> +<span id="index-_005cbigskip"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cbigskipamount"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cbigskipamount"></span> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>. </p> -<a name="medskip"></a></dd> +<span id="medskip"></span></dd> <dt><code>\medskip</code> -<a name="index-_005cmedskip"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmedskip"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmedskipamount"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cmedskipamount"></span> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>. </p> -<a name="smallskip"></a></dd> +<span id="smallskip"></span></dd> <dt><code>\smallskip</code> -<a name="index-_005csmallskip"></a> +<span id="index-_005csmallskip"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005csmallskipamount"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005csmallskipamount"></span> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>. @@ -16429,13 +17852,11 @@ put a page break (see <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005c </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="n" rel="next">\strut</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.12 <code>\bigbreak</code> & <code>\medbreak</code> & <code>\smallbreak</code></h3> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16467,16 +17888,14 @@ with ‘<samp>def</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cstrut"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cstrut"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cstrut-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.13 <code>\strut</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cstrut-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.13 <code>\strut</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cstrut"></a> -<a name="index-strut"></a> +<span id="index-_005cstrut"></span> +<span id="index-strut"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16540,10 +17959,10 @@ third list’s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline space. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></a> -<a name="index-TikZ-package-1"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"></a> -<a name="index-Asymptote-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></span> +<span id="index-TikZ-package-1"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"></span> +<span id="index-Asymptote-package-1"></span> <p>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in <samp>TikZ</samp> or <samp>Asymptote</samp>. For instance, you may have a command @@ -16575,17 +17994,15 @@ integral would still hit the line.) </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cvspace"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cvspace"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstrut" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\strut</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cvspace-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cvspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.14 <code>\vspace</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cvspace"></a> -<a name="index-vertical-space"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-vertical"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvspace"></span> +<span id="index-vertical-space"></span> +<span id="index-space_002c-vertical"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16607,7 +18024,7 @@ or <code>minus</code> component (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). The new day dawned cold. </pre></div> -<p>(See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a> for common inter-paragraph +<p>(See <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a>, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) </p> <p>The <code>*</code>-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More @@ -16645,18 +18062,16 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cvfill"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cvfill"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addvspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cvfill-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cvfill-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.15 <code>\vfill</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cvfill"></a> +<span id="index-_005cvfill"></span> -<a name="index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical"></a> -<a name="index-infinite-vertical-stretch"></a> +<span id="index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical"></span> +<span id="index-infinite-vertical-stretch"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16691,17 +18106,15 @@ Lost Dog! <hr> -<a name="g_t_005caddvspace"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005caddvspace"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddvspace-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005caddvspace-1"></span><h3 class="section">19.16 <code>\addvspace</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005caddvspace"></a> -<a name="index-vertical-space-1"></a> -<a name="index-space_002c-inserting-vertical"></a> +<span id="index-_005caddvspace"></span> +<span id="index-vertical-space-1"></span> +<span id="index-space_002c-inserting-vertical"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -16739,7 +18152,7 @@ The two rules here are 22pt apart: the sum of the <p>Now uncomment the second <code>\addvspace</code>. It does not make the gap 20pt longer; instead the gap is the sum of <code>\baselineskip</code> and 20pt. So <code>\addvspace</code> in a sense does the opposite of -its name — it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not +its name—it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used. </p> <p>LaTeX uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below @@ -16755,54 +18168,53 @@ with a <code>\par</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cpar">\par</a>), as in th </p> <hr> -<a name="Boxes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Boxes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Boxes-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">20 Boxes</h2> +<span id="Boxes-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">20 Boxes</h2> -<a name="index-boxes"></a> +<span id="index-boxes"></span> <p>At its core, LaTeX puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-adjustbox"></span> +<span id="index-adjustbox-package"></span> + <p>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is <samp>adjustbox</samp>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1">\mbox & \makebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal boxes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="1">\mbox & \makebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal boxes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="2">\fbox & \framebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put a frame around a box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="2">\fbox & \framebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put a frame around a box. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3">\parbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Box with text in paragraph mode. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="3">\parbox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Box with text in paragraph mode. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4">\raisebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Raise or lower text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="4">\raisebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Raise or lower text. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="5">\sbox & \savebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Like <code>\makebox</code> but save the text for later. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="5">\sbox & \savebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Like <code>\makebox</code> but save the text for later. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6">lrbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Environment version of <code>\sbox</code>. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="6">lrbox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Environment version of <code>\sbox</code>. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7">\usebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print saved text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="7">\usebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print saved text. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox & \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.1 <code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cmbox"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmakebox"></a> -<a name="index-box"></a> -<a name="index-make-a-box"></a> -<a name="index-hyphenation_002c-preventing"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmbox"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmakebox"></span> +<span id="index-box"></span> +<span id="index-make-a-box"></span> +<span id="index-hyphenation_002c-preventing"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -16820,13 +18232,13 @@ LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it is not broken into lines. The </p> <p>Because <code>text</code> is not broken into lines, you can use <code>\mbox</code> to prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate -the table name, ‘<samp>T-4</samp>’. +the tank name, ‘<samp>T-34</samp>’. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">See Table~\mbox{T-4} +<pre class="example">The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism. </pre></div> -<p>The first two command versions, <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, are +<p>The first two command synopsis versions, <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, are roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the <var>text</var>. (They are like plain TeX’s <code>\hbox</code>.) </p> @@ -16842,7 +18254,7 @@ this creates a full-line box <p>with ‘<samp>Chapter Exam</samp>’ centered. But <var>text</var> can also be too wide for <var>width</var>. See the example below of zero-width boxes. </p> -<a name="mbox-makebox-depth"></a><a name="mbox-makebox-height"></a><a name="mbox-makebox-width"></a><a name="mbox-makebox-totalheight"></a><p>In the <var>width</var> argument you can use the following lengths that refer +<span id="mbox-makebox-depth"></span><span id="mbox-makebox-height"></span><span id="mbox-makebox-width"></span><span id="mbox-makebox-totalheight"></span><p>In the <var>width</var> argument you can use the following lengths that refer to the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting <var>text</var>: <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\width</code>, <code>\totalheight</code> (this is the box’s height plus its depth). For @@ -16853,7 +18265,7 @@ size you can say this. <pre class="example">\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} </pre></div> -<p>For the fourth command version the optional argument <var>position</var> +<p>For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument <var>position</var> gives position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: </p> @@ -16889,18 +18301,17 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. \pts{90}An African or European swallow? </pre></div> -<p><a name="index-package_002c-TikZ-2"></a> -<a name="index-TikZ-package-2"></a> +<p><span id="index-package_002c-TikZ-2"></span> +<span id="index-TikZ-package-2"></span> </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"></a> -<a name="index-Asymptote-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"></span> +<span id="index-Asymptote-package-2"></span> -<p>The right edge of the output ‘<samp>10 points </samp>’ (note the ending space) -will be just before the ‘<samp>What</samp>’ (note the space after -‘<samp>points</samp>’). You can use <code>\makebox</code> similarly when making -graphics, such as in <samp>TikZ</samp> or <samp>Asymptote</samp>, where you put the -edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that -text. +<p>The right edge of the output ‘<samp>10 points </samp>’ (note the ending space +after ‘<samp>points</samp>’) will be just before the ‘<samp>What</samp>’. You can use +<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <samp>TikZ</samp> +or <samp>Asymptote</samp>, where you put the edge of the text at a known +location, regardless of the length of that text. </p> <p>For boxes with frames see <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a>. For colors see <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>. @@ -16909,24 +18320,23 @@ see <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>. <code>picture</code> environment, where the length is given in terms of <code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>). </p> -<p>If you put a double-backslash into <var>text</var> then LaTeX will not -give you a new line; for instance <code>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> -outputs ‘<samp>abc defghi</samp>’ while <code>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> -outputs ‘<samp>abc def ghi</samp>’, but neither go to a second line. To get -multiple lines see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a> and <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>. +<p>As <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash +<code>\\</code> nor <code>\par</code> will give you a new line; for instance +<code>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> outputs ‘<samp>abc defghi</samp>’ while +<code>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> outputs ‘<samp>abc def ghi</samp>’, both on +a single line. To get multiple lines see <a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a> +and <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\mbox & \makebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.2 <code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cfbox"></a> -<a name="index-_005cframebox-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfbox"></span> +<span id="index-_005cframebox-1"></span> <p>Synopses, one of: </p> @@ -16954,7 +18364,7 @@ a frame. <code>\framebox{...}</code>, are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <var>width</var> and the position of the text inside that box as -<var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a> for the full description but +<var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -16967,23 +18377,23 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. <p>These parameters determine the frame layout. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="fbox-framebox-fboxrule"></span></dd> <dt><code>\fboxrule</code> -<a name="index-_005cfboxrule-2"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfboxrule-2"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-frame_002c-line-width"></a> -<a name="index-frame-rule-width"></a> -<a name="index-_005cfboxrule"></a> +<dd><span id="index-frame_002c-line-width"></span> +<span id="index-frame-rule-width"></span> +<span id="index-_005cfboxrule"></span> <p>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2pt. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a>). </p> -<a name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"></a></dd> +<span id="fbox-framebox-fboxsep"></span></dd> <dt><code>\fboxsep</code> -<a name="index-_005cfboxsep-2"></a> +<span id="index-_005cfboxsep-2"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"></a> -<a name="index-_005cfboxsep"></a> +<dd><span id="index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"></span> +<span id="index-_005cfboxsep"></span> <p>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3pt. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a>). Setting it to 0pt is useful sometimes: @@ -17012,24 +18422,22 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. \end{minipage}} </pre></div> -<p>See <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a> for colors other than black and white. +<p>See <a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a>, for colors other than black and white. </p> <p>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of this command where the units depend on <code>picture</code>’s <code>\unitlength</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cparbox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cparbox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raisebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fbox & \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cparbox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cparbox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.3 <code>\parbox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cparbox"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph-mode-1"></a> -<a name="index-paragraph_002c-in-a-box"></a> +<span id="index-_005cparbox"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph-mode-1"></span> +<span id="index-paragraph_002c-in-a-box"></span> <p>Synopses, one of: </p> @@ -17069,10 +18477,10 @@ in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components. </p> <p>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>inner-pos</var>. The <var>position</var> gives the vertical alignment of the -<code>parbox</code> with respect to the surrounding material. The possible +<em>parbox</em> with respect to the surrounding material. The supported values are <code>c</code> or <code>m</code> to make the vertical center of the -<code>parbox</code> lines up with the center of the adjacent line (this is the -default), or <code>t</code> to match the top line of the <code>parbox</code> with +parbox lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (this is the +default), or <code>t</code> to match the top line of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or <code>b</code> to match the bottom line. </p> @@ -17088,15 +18496,13 @@ stretch it out vertically (for this, the text must contain vertically stretchable space). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005craisebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005craisebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sbox & \savebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\parbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005craisebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005craisebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.4 <code>\raisebox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005craisebox"></a> +<span id="index-_005craisebox"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -17108,11 +18514,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sbox <p>Raise or lower <var>text</var>. This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> -<p>This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by -lowering the vertical bar symbol. +<p>This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a function +by lowering the vertical bar symbol. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} +<pre class="example">\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} $f\restricted{A}$ </pre></div> @@ -17126,7 +18532,7 @@ the second mandatory argument <var>text</var>. This is a rigid length they are specified, they override the natural height and depth of the box LaTeX gets by typesetting <var>text</var>. </p> -<a name="raisebox-depth"></a><a name="raisebox-height"></a><a name="raisebox-width"></a><a name="raisebox-totalheight"></a><p>In the arguments <var>distance</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>depth</var> you can +<span id="raisebox-depth"></span><span id="raisebox-height"></span><span id="raisebox-width"></span><span id="raisebox-totalheight"></span><p>In the arguments <var>distance</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>depth</var> you can use the following lengths that refer to the dimension of the box that LaTeX gets on typesetting <var>text</var>: <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\width</code>, <code>\totalheight</code> (this is the box’s height plus its @@ -17135,7 +18541,7 @@ depth). <p>This will align two graphics on their top (see <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>). </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{calc} % in preamble +<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble ... \begin{center} \raisebox{1ex-\height}{% @@ -17151,17 +18557,15 @@ second is the height of <samp>meta.png</samp>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">lrbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\raisebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.5 <code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005csbox"></a> -<a name="index-_005csavebox"></a> -<a name="index-box_002c-save"></a> +<span id="index-_005csbox"></span> +<span id="index-_005csavebox"></span> +<span id="index-box_002c-save"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -17173,13 +18577,13 @@ Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">lrbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g </pre></div> <p>Typeset <var>text</var> just as with <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>) except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it -in a storage bin named <var>box-cmd</var>. The bin name <var>box-cmd</var> begins -with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must have previously allocated the bin -<var>box-cmd</var> with <code>\newsavebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>).The -<code>\sbox</code> command is robust while <code>\savebox</code> is fragile -(see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +in a box register referred to by a variable named <var>box-cmd</var>. The +variable name <var>box-cmd</var> begins with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must +have previously allocated the box register <var>box-cmd</var> with <code>\newsavebox</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>). The <code>\sbox</code> command is robust while +<code>\savebox</code> is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> -<p>This creates and uses a bin. +<p>This creates and uses a box register. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newsavebox{\fullname} @@ -17187,32 +18591,32 @@ with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must have previously allocated the bin ... \usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too! Whenever we go out, the people always shout! -There goes \\usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. +There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. </pre></div> -<p>One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a <code>\newcommand</code> is -efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset the contents. -See the example below. +<p>One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a +<code>\newcommand</code> macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not +repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below. </p> <p>The first two command invocations, <code>\sbox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code> and <code>\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <var>width</var>, and the position of the text inside that -box as <var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a> for the full +box as <var>position</var>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a>, for the full description. </p> <p>In the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> commands the <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). If you use these then LaTeX doesn’t give you an error but it ignores -what you want: if you enter <code>\sbox{\newbin}{test \\ test}</code> and -<code>\usebox{\newbin}</code> then you get ‘<samp>testtest</samp>’, while if you -enter <code>\sbox{\newbin}{test \par test}</code> and -<code>\usebox{\newbin}</code> then you get ‘<samp>test test</samp>’, but no error or +what you want: if you enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}</code> and +<code>\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get ‘<samp>testtest</samp>’, while if you +enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</code> and +<code>\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get ‘<samp>test test</samp>’, but no error or warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as here. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\savebox{\abin}{% +<pre class="example">\savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -17220,17 +18624,17 @@ warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as her \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}} ... -\usebox{\abin} +\usebox{\areg} </pre></div> -<p>As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin’s contents, this puts +<p>As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register’s contents, this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the header. LaTeX only typesets it once. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble -\newsavebox{\sealbin} -\savebox{\sealbin}{% +\newsavebox{\sealreg} +\savebox{\sealreg}{% \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}% \begin{picture}(0,0)% \put(1.5,-2.5){% @@ -17240,26 +18644,24 @@ header. LaTeX only typesets it once. \end{tabular}} \end{picture}% } -\markright{\usebox{\sealbin}} +\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}} \pagestyle{headings} </pre></div> <p>The <code>picture</code> environment is good for fine-tuning the placement. </p> -<p>If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like -‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin</samp>’. +<p>If the register <code>\noreg</code> has not already been defined then you get something like +‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg</samp>’. </p> <hr> -<a name="lrbox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="lrbox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sbox & \savebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="lrbox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></h3> +<span id="lrbox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.6 <code>lrbox</code></h3> -<a name="index-lrbox"></a> +<span id="index-lrbox"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -17269,39 +18671,39 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usebox</a>, Previous: \end{lrbox} </pre></div> -<p>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the bin -<code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The <var>box-cmd</var> must begin with a -backslash. You must create this bin in advance with <code>\newsavebox</code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>). This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> -and <code>\savebox</code> commands, and is equivalent to them. See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a> for the full information. +<p>This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> +commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, +See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a>. </p> -<p>In this example the environment is convenient for entering the -<code>tabular</code>. +<p>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box register +referred to by variable <code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The variable name +<var>box-cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must allocate +this box register in advance with <code>\newsavebox</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>). In this example the environment is convenient +for entering the <code>tabular</code>. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\jhbin} -\begin{lrbox}{\jhbin} +<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\jhreg} +\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg} \begin{tabular}{c} \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\ Jim Hef{}feron \end{tabular} \end{lrbox} ... -\usebox{\jhbin} +\usebox{\jhreg} </pre></div> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cusebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cusebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">lrbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cusebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cusebox-1"></span><h3 class="section">20.7 <code>\usebox</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cusebox"></a> -<a name="index-box_002c-use-saved-box"></a> +<span id="index-_005cusebox"></span> +<span id="index-box_002c-use-saved-box"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -17309,23 +18711,20 @@ Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">lrbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Box <pre class="example">\usebox{<var>box-cmd</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Produce the box most recently saved in the bin <var>box-cmd</var> by the -commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code> -environment. See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a> for more information and examples. -(Note that <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a backslash.) This command is -robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <var>box-cmd</var> by +the commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code> +environment. For more information and examples, See <a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a +backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="Color"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Color"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Color-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">21 Color</h2> +<span id="Color-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">21 Color</h2> -<a name="index-color"></a> +<span id="index-color"></span> <p>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. @@ -17340,26 +18739,24 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding ‘<samp>HTML</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Hsb</samp>’ color models. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1">Color package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Options when you load the standard package. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1">Color package options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Options when you load the standard package. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How colors are represented. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How colors are represented. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The available commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The available commands. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Color-package-options"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Color-package-options"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="color-package-options"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.1 <code>color</code> package options</h3> +<span id="color-package-options"></span><h3 class="section">21.1 <code>color</code> package options</h3> -<a name="index-color-package-options"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-color-package"></a> +<span id="index-color-package-options"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-color-package"></span> <p>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </p> @@ -17408,15 +18805,13 @@ memory space. <hr> -<a name="Color-models"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Color-models"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Color-models-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.2 Color models</h3> +<span id="Color-models-1"></span><h3 class="section">21.2 Color models</h3> -<a name="index-color-models"></a> +<span id="index-color-models"></span> <p>A <em>color model</em> is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <samp>pdftex</samp>, @@ -17432,7 +18827,7 @@ such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta, and yellow makes black. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="color-models-cmyk"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="color-models-cmyk"></span></dd> <dt><code>cmyk</code></dt> <dd><p>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1, inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is @@ -17440,12 +18835,12 @@ magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model. </p> -<a name="color-models-gray"></a></dd> +<span id="color-models-gray"></span></dd> <dt><code>gray</code></dt> <dd><p>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white. </p> -<a name="color-models-rgb"></a></dd> +<span id="color-models-rgb"></span></dd> <dt><code>rgb</code></dt> <dd><p>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1, inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the @@ -17453,7 +18848,7 @@ second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity. This is an additive model. </p> -<a name="color-models-RGB"></a></dd> +<span id="color-models-RGB"></span></dd> <dt><code>RGB</code></dt> <dd><p>(<samp>pdftex</samp>, <samp>xetex</samp>, <samp>luatex</samp> drivers) A comma-separated list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a @@ -17462,7 +18857,7 @@ often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range. The values entered here are converted to the <code>rgb</code> model by dividing by 255. </p> -<a name="color-models-named"></a></dd> +<span id="color-models-named"></span></dd> <dt><code>named</code></dt> <dd><p>Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘<samp>PrussianBlue</samp>’. The list of names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<samp>black</samp>’, @@ -17475,42 +18870,38 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<samp>black</samp> <hr> -<a name="Commands-for-color"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Commands-for-color"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Commands-for-color-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.3 Commands for color</h3> +<span id="Commands-for-color-1"></span><h3 class="section">21.3 Commands for color</h3> -<a name="index-color-package-commands"></a> +<span id="index-color-package-commands"></span> <p>These are the commands available with the <samp>color</samp> package. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Give a color a name. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Give a color a name. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Text or rules in color. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Text or rules in color. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A box of color, to write over. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A box of color, to write over. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A whole page colored. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A whole page colored. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Define-colors"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Define-colors"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Define-colors-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">21.3.1 Define colors</h4> +<span id="Define-colors-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.1 Define colors</h4> -<a name="index-color-1"></a> -<a name="index-define-color"></a> -<a name="index-color_002c-define"></a> +<span id="index-color-1"></span> +<span id="index-define-color"></span> +<span id="index-color_002c-define"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -17540,16 +18931,14 @@ or style, rather than in the document body. </p> <hr> -<a name="Colored-text"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Colored-text"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Define colors</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Colored-text-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">21.3.2 Colored text</h4> +<span id="Colored-text-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.2 Colored text</h4> -<a name="index-color-2"></a> -<a name="index-colored-text"></a> +<span id="index-color-2"></span> +<span id="index-colored-text"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -17620,10 +19009,10 @@ synopses. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and -{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37} Gold} for the team. +{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team. </pre></div> -<p>The format of <var>color specification </var> depends on the color model +<p>The format of <var>color specification</var> depends on the color model (see <a href="#Color-models">Color models</a>). For instance, while <code>rgb</code> takes three numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. </p> @@ -17642,17 +19031,15 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. <hr> -<a name="Colored-boxes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Colored-boxes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored pages</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Colored-boxes-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">21.3.3 Colored boxes</h4> +<span id="Colored-boxes-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.3 Colored boxes</h4> -<a name="index-color-3"></a> -<a name="index-colored-boxes"></a> -<a name="index-box_002c-colored"></a> +<span id="index-color-3"></span> +<span id="index-colored-boxes"></span> +<span id="index-box_002c-colored"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -17701,18 +19088,16 @@ of the second line. <hr> -<a name="Colored-pages"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Colored-pages"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Colored-pages-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">21.3.4 Colored pages</h4> +<span id="Colored-pages-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">21.3.4 Colored pages</h4> -<a name="index-color-4"></a> -<a name="index-colored-page"></a> -<a name="index-page_002c-colored"></a> -<a name="index-background_002c-colored"></a> +<span id="index-color-4"></span> +<span id="index-colored-page"></span> +<span id="index-page_002c-colored"></span> +<span id="index-background_002c-colored"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -17738,16 +19123,14 @@ rather than the default transparent background.) <hr> -<a name="Graphics"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Graphics"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Graphics-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">22 Graphics</h2> +<span id="Graphics-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">22 Graphics</h2> -<a name="index-graphics"></a> -<a name="index-graphics-package"></a> +<span id="index-graphics"></span> +<span id="index-graphics-package"></span> <p>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your LaTeX document. You need an additional package, which comes standard with LaTeX. @@ -17787,26 +19170,24 @@ Full description of these systems is outside the scope of this document; see their documentation on CTAN. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="1">Graphics package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Options when you load the package. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="1">Graphics package options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Options when you load the package. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="2">Graphics package configuration</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Where to look for files, which file types. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="2">Graphics package configuration</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Where to look for files, which file types. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="3">Commands for graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The available commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="3">Commands for graphics</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The available commands. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Graphics-package-options"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Graphics-package-options"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="graphics-package-options"></a> -<h3 class="section">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</h3> +<span id="graphics-package-options"></span><h3 class="section">22.1 <code>graphics</code> package options</h3> -<a name="index-graphics-package-options"></a> -<a name="index-options_002c-graphics-package"></a> +<span id="index-graphics-package-options"></span> +<span id="index-options_002c-graphics-package"></span> <p>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </p> @@ -17853,7 +19234,7 @@ rectangle (unless another size is specified in the </p> </dd> <dt><code>draft</code></dt> -<dd><p>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is +<dd><p>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. </p> @@ -17886,22 +19267,15 @@ option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter. <hr> -<a name="Graphics-package-configuration"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Graphics-package-configuration"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="graphics-package-configuration"></a> -<h3 class="section">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</h3> +<span id="graphics-package-configuration"></span><h3 class="section">22.2 <code>graphics</code> package configuration</h3> -<a name="index-graphics-1"></a> -<a name="index-graphics-package-1"></a> -<a name="index-configuration_002c-graphics-package"></a> -<a name="index-EPS-files"></a> -<a name="index-JPEG-files"></a> -<a name="index-JPG-files"></a> -<a name="index-PDF-graphic-files"></a> -<a name="index-PNG-files"></a> +<span id="index-graphics-1"></span> +<span id="index-graphics-package-1"></span> +<span id="index-configuration_002c-graphics-package"></span> <p>These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for the graphic. @@ -17913,39 +19287,38 @@ the documentation in <samp>grfguide.pdf</samp>, or the LaTeX source, or your TeX distribution’s documentation. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1">\graphicspath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Directories to search. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="1">\graphicspath</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Directories to search. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">File types, such as JPG or EPS. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="2">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">File types, such as JPG or EPS. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to handle file types. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="3">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to handle file types. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cgraphicspath"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cgraphicspath"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.1 <code>\graphicspath</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cgraphicspath"></a> +<span id="index-_005cgraphicspath"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\graphicspath{<var>list of dir names inside curly brackets</var>} +<pre class="example">\graphicspath{<var>list of directories inside curly braces</var>} </pre></div> <p>Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows you to later say something like <code>\includegraphics{lion.png}</code> instead of having to give its path. </p> -<p>LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory. -The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory -<samp>pix</samp>, and then <samp>../pix</samp>. +<p>LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory +(and the output directory, if specified; see <a href="#output-directory">output directory</a>). +The declaration below tells the system to then look in the +subdirectory <samp>pix</samp>, and then <samp>../pix</samp>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble @@ -17979,7 +19352,7 @@ current directory, </pre></div> <p>for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the -file name and searches for the result, checking for <samp>pix/lion.png</samp> +filename and searches for the result, checking for <samp>pix/lion.png</samp> and then <samp>../pix/lion.png</samp>. This algorithm means that the <code>\graphicspath</code> command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue <code>\graphicspath{{a/}}</code> and the graphic is in @@ -18004,15 +19377,13 @@ instead in <samp>book/plots</samp>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\graphicspath</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.2 <code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></a> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -18034,7 +19405,7 @@ files. \includegraphics{lion} % will find <samp>lion.png</samp> before <samp>lion.pdf</samp> </pre></div> -<p>Because the file name <samp>lion</samp> does not have a period, LaTeX uses +<p>Because the filename <samp>lion</samp> does not have a period, LaTeX uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (see <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">\graphicspath</a>), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories @@ -18051,24 +19422,27 @@ your document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the most recent <samp>pdftex.def</samp> has this extension list. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 +<pre class="example">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 </pre></div> +<span id="index-package_002c-grfext"></span> +<span id="index-grfext-package"></span> + +<p>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package. +</p> <p>You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with <code>\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin@extensions}\makeatother</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.2.3 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></a> +<span id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -18103,7 +19477,7 @@ extension not covered by another rule, so it covers <samp>filename.1</samp>, <dt><var>extension</var></dt> <dd><p>The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use the Kleene star, -<code>*</code>, to denote the default behaviour for all undeclared extensions. +<code>*</code>, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. </p> </dd> <dt><var>type</var></dt> @@ -18136,7 +19510,7 @@ other format is available.) </dd> <dt><var>command</var></dt> <dd><p>A command that will be applied to the -file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a +file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <samp>.eps.gz</samp> should @@ -18153,51 +19527,47 @@ See the documentation for your TeX distribution. </dl> <hr> -<a name="Commands-for-graphics"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Commands-for-graphics"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Commands-for-graphics-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3> +<span id="Commands-for-graphics-1"></span><h3 class="section">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3> -<a name="index-graphics-package-commands"></a> -<a name="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></a> +<span id="index-graphics-package-commands"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></span> <p>These are the commands available with the <samp>graphics</samp> and <samp>graphicx</samp> packages. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1">\includegraphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using a graphic in your document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="1">\includegraphics</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using a graphic in your document. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2">\rotatebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rotating boxes, including graphics. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="2">\rotatebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rotating boxes, including graphics. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3">\scalebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Scaling boxes, including graphics. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="3">\scalebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Scaling boxes, including graphics. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4">\resizebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Scaling boxes, including graphics, to a set size. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="4">\resizebox</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Scaling boxes, including graphics, to a set size. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cincludegraphics"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cincludegraphics"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rotatebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.1 <code>\includegraphics</code></h4> -<a name="index-graphics-2"></a> -<a name="index-graphics-package-2"></a> -<a name="index-including-graphics"></a> -<a name="index-importing-graphics"></a> -<a name="index-EPS-files-1"></a> -<a name="index-JPEG-files-1"></a> -<a name="index-JPG-files-1"></a> -<a name="index-PDF-graphic-files-1"></a> -<a name="index-PNG-files-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cincludegraphics"></a> +<span id="index-graphics-2"></span> +<span id="index-graphics-package-2"></span> +<span id="index-including-graphics"></span> +<span id="index-importing-graphics"></span> +<span id="index-EPS-files"></span> +<span id="index-JPEG-files"></span> +<span id="index-JPG-files"></span> +<span id="index-PDF-graphic-files"></span> +<span id="index-PNG-files"></span> +<span id="index-_005cincludegraphics"></span> <p>Synopses for <samp>graphics</samp> package: </p> @@ -18244,10 +19614,10 @@ is <code>\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}</code>. </p> <p>The <code>\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>}</code> command decides on the type of graphic by splitting <var>filename</var> on the first dot. You can -use <var>filename</var> with no dot, as in <code>\includegraphics{turing}</code> -and then LaTeX tries a sequence of extensions such as <code>.png</code> and -<code>.pdf</code> until it finds a file with that extension -(see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>). +instead use <var>filename</var> with no dot, as in +<code>\includegraphics{turing}</code>, and then LaTeX tries a sequence of +extensions such as <code>.png</code> and <code>.pdf</code> until it finds a file +with that extension (see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a>). </p> <p>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @@ -18256,7 +19626,7 @@ the <samp>graphicx</samp> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> <code>ext</code>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package <samp>grffile</samp>. </p> -<p>This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so LaTeX can +<p>This example puts a graphic in a <code>figure</code> environment so LaTeX can move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (see <a href="#figure">figure</a>). </p> @@ -18329,28 +19699,30 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. </p> <p>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. </p> +<span id="index-bounding-box"></span> +<span id="index-box_002c-bounding"></span> <p>Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is -traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the +traditionally referred to as its <em>bounding box</em> (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic’s printed area may go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the graphic. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-width"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="includegraphics-width"></span></dd> <dt><code>width</code></dt> <dd><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this width. An example is <code>\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</code>. You can use the standard TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>) and also convenient is <code>\linewidth</code>, or in a two-column document, <code>\columnwidth</code> (see <a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). An example is that by using the -<samp>calc</samp> package you can make the graphic be 1 cm narrow than +<samp>calc</samp> package you can make the graphic be 1 cm narrower than the width of the text with <code>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>height</code></dt> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-height"></a><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You can +<dd><span id="includegraphics-height"></span><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box is this height. You can use the standard TeX dimensions (see <a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a>), and also convenient are <code>\pageheight</code> and <code>\textheight</code> (see <a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a>). For instance, the command <code>\includegraphics[height=0.25\textheight]{godel}</code> will make the @@ -18358,14 +19730,14 @@ graphic a quarter of the height of the text area. </p> </dd> <dt><code>totalheight</code></dt> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-totalheght"></a><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus +<dd><span id="includegraphics-totalheight"></span><p>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated. For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero height but a large depth. </p> </dd> <dt><code>keepaspectratio</code></dt> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"></a><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here +<dd><span id="includegraphics-keepaspectratio"></span><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example"><code>\includegraphics[...,keepaspectratio,...]{...}</code> @@ -18381,7 +19753,7 @@ is the graphic wider than <code>width</code> nor taller than <code>height</code> <dt><code>scale</code></dt> <dd><p>Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter <code>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</code>. This -number may be any value; a number between 1 and 0 will shrink the +number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. </p> </dd> @@ -18412,16 +19784,16 @@ vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is <code>lB <p>These are lesser-used options. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-viewport"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="includegraphics-viewport"></span></dd> <dt><code>viewport</code></dt> <dd><p>Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with -<code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. The -dimensions default to big points, <code>bp</code>. They are taken -relative to the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the -<code>trim</code> option. +<code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. When +the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big +points, <code>bp</code>. They are taken relative to the origin specified +by the bounding box. See also the <code>trim</code> option. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-trim"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-trim"></span></dd> <dt><code>trim</code></dt> <dd><p>Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces, that are given in TeX dimensions, as with @@ -18431,7 +19803,7 @@ will crop the picture by 0 inches on the left, 0.1 inches on the bottom, 0.2 inches on the right, and 0.3 inches on the top. See also the <code>viewport</code> option. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-clip"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-clip"></span></dd> <dt><code>clip</code></dt> <dd><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as here </p> @@ -18443,12 +19815,12 @@ top. See also the <code>viewport</code> option. using the starred form of the command, <code>\includegraphics*[...]{...}</code>. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-page"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-page"></span></dd> <dt><code>page</code></dt> <dd><p>Give the page number of a multi-page PDF file. The default is <code>page=1</code>. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-pagebox"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-pagebox"></span></dd> <dt><code>pagebox</code></dt> <dd><p>Specifies which bounding box to use for PDF files from among <code>mediabox</code>, <code>cropbox</code>, <code>bleedbox</code>, <code>trimbox</code>, or @@ -18463,7 +19835,7 @@ content. The driver will set the image size based on CropBox if present, otherwise it will not use one of the others, with a driver-defined order of preference. MediaBox is always present. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-interpolate"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-interpolate"></span></dd> <dt><code>interpolate</code></dt> <dd><p>Enable or disable interpolation of raster images by the viewer. Can be set with <code>interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here. @@ -18472,13 +19844,13 @@ set with <code>interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here. <pre class="example">\includegraphics[...,interpolate,...]{...} </pre></div> -<a name="includegraphics-quiet"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-quiet"></span></dd> <dt><code>quiet</code></dt> <dd><p>Do not write information to the log. You can set it with <code>quiet=true</code> or just specified it with -<code>\includegraphics[...,quite,...]{...}</code>, +<code>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</code>, </p> -<a name="includegraphics-draft"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-draft"></span></dd> <dt><code>draft</code></dt> <dd><p>If you set it with <code>draft=true</code> or just specify it with </p> @@ -18504,7 +19876,7 @@ For example, if an <samp>.eps</samp> file has the line <code>%%BoundingBox 10 60/72 inch tall. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-bb"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="includegraphics-bb"></span></dd> <dt><code>bb</code></dt> <dd><p>Specify the bounding box of the displayed region. The argument is four dimensions separated by spaces, as with <code>\includegraphics[.., bb= @@ -18513,12 +19885,12 @@ BoundingBox numbers from the EPS file automatically, so this option is only useful if the bounding box is missing from that file or if you want to change it. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-bbllx"></a><a name="includegraphics-bblly"></a><a name="includegraphics-bburx"></a><a name="includegraphics-bbury"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-bbllx"></span><span id="includegraphics-bblly"></span><span id="includegraphics-bburx"></span><span id="includegraphics-bbury"></span></dd> <dt><code>bbllx, bblly, bburx, bbury</code></dt> <dd><p>Set the bounding box. These four are obsolete, but are retained for compatibility with old packages. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-natwidth"></a><a name="includegraphics-natheight"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-natwidth"></span><span id="includegraphics-natheight"></span></dd> <dt><code>natwidth, natheight</code></dt> <dd><p>An alternative for <code>bb</code>. Setting </p> @@ -18528,7 +19900,7 @@ compatibility with old packages. <p>is the same as setting <code>bb=0 0 1in 0.618in</code>. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-hiresbb"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-hiresbb"></span></dd> <dt><code>hiresbb</code></dt> <dd><p>If set to <code>true</code>, or just specified as with </p> @@ -18552,24 +19924,24 @@ will read the file <samp>lion.xxx</samp> as though it were <samp>lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a>. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="includegraphics-type"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="includegraphics-type"></span></dd> <dt><code>type</code></dt> <dd><p>Specify the graphics type. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-ext"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-ext"></span></dd> <dt><code>ext</code></dt> <dd><p>Specify the graphics extension. Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-read"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-read"></span></dd> <dt><code>read</code></dt> <dd><p>Specify the file extension of the read file. Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. </p> -<a name="includegraphics-command"></a></dd> +<span id="includegraphics-command"></span></dd> <dt><code>command</code></dt> <dd><p>Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in -conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. See <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a> +conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. See <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>, for a discussion of enabling the <code>\write18</code> functionality to run external commands. </p> @@ -18578,18 +19950,16 @@ external commands. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005crotatebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005crotatebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\scalebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\includegraphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005crotatebox-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005crotatebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.2 <code>\rotatebox</code></h4> -<a name="index-rotation"></a> -<a name="index-rotating-graphics"></a> -<a name="index-rotating-text"></a> -<a name="index-_005crotatebox"></a> +<span id="index-rotation"></span> +<span id="index-rotating-graphics"></span> +<span id="index-rotating-text"></span> +<span id="index-_005crotatebox"></span> <p>Synopsis if you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package: </p> @@ -18607,7 +19977,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\scalebox</a>, Previo <p>Put <var>material</var> in a box and rotate it <var>angle</var> degrees counterclockwise. </p> -<p>This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees. +<p>This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{ll} @@ -18676,22 +20046,20 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cscalebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cscalebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\resizebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rotatebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cscalebox-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cscalebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.3 <code>\scalebox</code></h4> -<a name="index-graphics_002c-scaling"></a> -<a name="index-graphics_002c-resizing"></a> -<a name="index-scaling"></a> -<a name="index-resizing"></a> -<a name="index-text_002c-scaling"></a> -<a name="index-text_002c-resizing"></a> -<a name="index-_005cscalebox"></a> -<a name="index-_005creflectbox"></a> +<span id="index-graphics_002c-scaling"></span> +<span id="index-graphics_002c-resizing"></span> +<span id="index-scaling"></span> +<span id="index-resizing"></span> +<span id="index-text_002c-scaling"></span> +<span id="index-text_002c-resizing"></span> +<span id="index-_005cscalebox"></span> +<span id="index-_005creflectbox"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -18730,21 +20098,19 @@ immediately followed by its mirror reflection. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cresizebox"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cresizebox"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\scalebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cresizebox-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cresizebox-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">22.3.4 <code>\resizebox</code></h4> -<a name="index-graphics_002c-scaling-1"></a> -<a name="index-graphics_002c-resizing-1"></a> -<a name="index-scaling-1"></a> -<a name="index-resizing-1"></a> -<a name="index-text_002c-scaling-1"></a> -<a name="index-text_002c-resizing-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cresizebox"></a> +<span id="index-graphics_002c-scaling-1"></span> +<span id="index-graphics_002c-resizing-1"></span> +<span id="index-scaling-1"></span> +<span id="index-resizing-1"></span> +<span id="index-text_002c-scaling-1"></span> +<span id="index-text_002c-resizing-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cresizebox"></span> <p>Synopses: </p> @@ -18778,85 +20144,84 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with </p> <hr> -<a name="Special-insertions"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Special-insertions"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Special-insertions-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">23 Special insertions</h2> +<span id="Special-insertions-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">23 Special insertions</h2> -<a name="index-special-insertions"></a> -<a name="index-insertions-of-special-characters"></a> +<span id="index-special-insertions"></span> +<span id="index-insertions-of-special-characters"></span> <p>LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting ‘<samp># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \</samp>’ +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting ‘<samp># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \</samp>’ +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="2">Upper and lower case</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make text upper or lower case. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="2">Upper and lower case</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make text upper or lower case. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="3">Symbols by font position</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting font symbols by number. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="3">Symbols by font position</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting font symbols by number. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="4">Text symbols</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="4">Text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="5">Accents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting accents. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="5">Accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting accents. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="7">inputenc package</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the input file text encoding. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="7">\rule</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="8">\rule</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="8">\today</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="9">\today</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Reserved-characters"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Reserved-characters"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="n" rel="next">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Reserved-characters-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.1 Reserved characters</h3> +<span id="Reserved-characters-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.1 Reserved characters</h3> -<a name="index-reserved-characters"></a> -<a name="index-characters_002c-reserved"></a> -<a name="index-special-characters"></a> -<a name="index-characters_002c-special"></a> +<span id="index-reserved-characters"></span> +<span id="index-characters_002c-reserved"></span> +<span id="index-special-characters"></span> +<span id="index-characters_002c-special"></span> <p>LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments. They are -called <em>reserved characters</em> or <em>special characters</em>. +called <em>reserved characters</em> or <em>special characters</em>. They are +all discussed elsewhere in this manual. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005c_0023"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_0024"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_0025"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_0026"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_005f"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_007b"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0023"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_0024"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_0025"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_0026"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_005f"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_007b"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_007d"></span> <p>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus, typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output. </p> -<a name="index-_005c_007e"></a> -<a name="index-_005c_005e"></a> -<a name="index-_005ctextbackslash"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_007e"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_005e"></span> +<span id="index-_005ctextbackslash"></span> <p>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next -character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text -body font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. To get a backslash in the font -of the text body, enter <code>\textbackslash{}</code>. +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body +font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. To get a backslash in the font of +the text body, enter <code>\textbackslash{}</code>. </p> <p>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use <code>\verb!!</code> as below (the double backslash <code>\\</code> is only -there to split the lines). +there to split the lines in the output). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{center} @@ -18867,17 +20232,16 @@ there to split the lines). <hr> -<a name="Upper-and-lower-case"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Upper-and-lower-case"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="n" rel="next">Symbols by font position</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Reserved characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Upper-and-lower-case-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.2 Upper and lower case</h3> +<span id="Upper-and-lower-case-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.2 Upper and lower case</h3> -<a name="index-uppercase"></a> -<a name="index-lowercase"></a> -<a name="index-characters_002c-case-of"></a> +<span id="index-uppercase"></span> +<span id="index-lowercase"></span> +<span id="index-characters_002c-case-of"></span> +<span id="index-changing-case-of-characters"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -18888,13 +20252,13 @@ Next: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="n" rel="next">Symbols by fo \MakeLowercase{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Change the case of characters. The TeX primitives commands -<code>\uppercase</code> and <code>\lowercase</code> only work for American -characters. The LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and -<code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change characters accessed by -commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The commands -<code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust but they have -moving arguments (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +<p>Change the case of characters. The TeX primitive commands +<code>\uppercase</code> and <code>\lowercase</code> are set up by default to work +only with the 26 letters a–z and A–Z. The LaTeX commands +<code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change +characters accessed by commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The +commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust +but they have moving arguments (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> <p>These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within <var>text</var>. But they do change the case of every other @@ -18920,308 +20284,321 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces <!-- /@w -->\expandafter{\schoolname}} </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-textcase"></a> -<a name="index-textcase-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-textcase"></span> +<span id="index-textcase-package"></span> <p>The <samp>textcase</samp> package brings some of the missing feature of the standard LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-mfirstuc"></a> -<a name="index-mfirstuc-package"></a> - +<span id="index-package_002c-mfirstuc"></span> +<span id="index-mfirstuc-package"></span> + <p>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package <samp>mfirstuc</samp>. </p> +<span id="index-package_002c-expl3-1"></span> +<span id="index-expl3-package-1"></span> + +<span id="index-Wright_002c-Joseph"></span> +<p>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for +non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in +the original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the +<code>expl3</code> package as of 2020. The article “Case changing: From +TeX primitives to the Unicode algorithm”, (Joseph Wright, +<cite>TUGboat</cite> 41:1, +<a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</a>), gives a +good overview of the topic, past and present. +</p> <hr> -<a name="Symbols-by-font-position"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Symbols-by-font-position"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Previous: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Symbols-by-font-position-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.3 Symbols by font position</h3> +<span id="Symbols-by-font-position-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.3 Symbols by font position</h3> -<a name="index-_005csymbol"></a> -<a name="index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font"></a> -<a name="index-font-symbols_002c-by-number"></a> +<span id="index-_005csymbol"></span> +<span id="index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font"></span> +<span id="index-font-symbols_002c-by-number"></span> <p>You can access any character of the current font using its number with the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character -used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32, so it can be -typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. +used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32 in the +standard Computer Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as +<code>\symbol{32}</code>. </p> <p>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <code>'</code> -prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>"</code> prefix, so the previous -example could also be written as <code>\symbol{'40}</code> or -<code>\symbol{"20}</code>. +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>"</code> prefix, so the +visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as +<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Text-symbols"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Text-symbols"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Symbols by font position</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Text-symbols-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.4 Text symbols</h3> +<span id="Text-symbols-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.4 Text symbols</h3> -<a name="index-text-symbols"></a> -<a name="index-symbols_002c-text"></a> +<span id="index-text-symbols"></span> +<span id="index-symbols_002c-text"></span> -<a name="index-textcomp-package-1"></a> -<p>LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in -running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1. Unless you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX then -you may need to load the <code>textcomp</code> package. +<span id="index-textcomp-package"></span> +<span id="index-TS1-encoding"></span> +<p>LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols +in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are +not available in OT1. As of the LaTeX February 2020 release, all +symbols are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use +the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the +<code>TS1</code> font encoding). </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\copyright</code> -<a name="index-_005ccopyright"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccopyright"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textcopyright</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextcopyright"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextcopyright"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-copyright-symbol"></a> +<dd><span id="index-copyright-symbol"></span> <p>© The copyright symbol. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dag</code> -<a name="index-_005cdag"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdag"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dagger_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-in-text"></span> <p>† The dagger symbol (in text). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ddag</code> -<a name="index-_005cddag"></a> +<span id="index-_005cddag"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text"></span> <p>‡ The double dagger symbol (in text). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\LaTeX</code> -<a name="index-_005cLaTeX"></a> +<span id="index-_005cLaTeX"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-LaTeX-logo"></a> -<a name="index-logo_002c-LaTeX"></a> +<dd><span id="index-LaTeX-logo"></span> +<span id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX"></span> <p>The LaTeX logo. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\LaTeXe</code> -<a name="index-_005cLaTeXe"></a> +<span id="index-_005cLaTeXe"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-LaTeX2e-logo"></a> -<a name="index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e"></a> +<dd><span id="index-LaTeX2e-logo"></span> +<span id="index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e"></span> <p>The LaTeX2e logo. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\guillemotleft <span class="roman">(«)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\guillemotright <span class="roman">(»)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="roman">(‹)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\guilsinglright <span class="roman">(›)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"></a> -</dt> -<dd><a name="index-double-guillemets"></a> -<a name="index-single-guillemets"></a> -<a name="index-left-angle-quotation-marks"></a> -<a name="index-right-angle-quotation-marks"></a> -<a name="index-double-angle-quotation-marks"></a> -<a name="index-single-angle-quotation-marks"></a> -<a name="index-French-quotation-marks"></a> -<a name="index-quotation-marks_002c-French"></a> +<span id="index-_005cguilsinglright-_0028_203a_0029"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-double-guillemets"></span> +<span id="index-single-guillemets"></span> +<span id="index-left-angle-quotation-marks"></span> +<span id="index-right-angle-quotation-marks"></span> +<span id="index-double-angle-quotation-marks"></span> +<span id="index-single-angle-quotation-marks"></span> +<span id="index-French-quotation-marks"></span> +<span id="index-quotation-marks_002c-French"></span> <p>«, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ldots</code> -<a name="index-_005cldots-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cldots-1"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\dots</code> -<a name="index-_005cdots"></a> +<span id="index-_005cdots"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textellipsis</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextellipsis"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextellipsis"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-ellipsis"></a> +<dd><span id="index-ellipsis"></span> <p>… An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lq</code> -<a name="index-_005clq"></a> +<span id="index-_005clq"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-left-quote"></a> -<a name="index-opening-quote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-left-quote"></span> +<span id="index-opening-quote"></span> <p>‘ Left (opening) quote. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\P</code> -<a name="index-_005cP"></a> +<span id="index-_005cP"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textparagraph</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextparagraph"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextparagraph"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-paragraph-symbol"></a> -<a name="index-pilcrow"></a> +<dd><span id="index-paragraph-symbol"></span> +<span id="index-pilcrow"></span> <p>¶ Paragraph sign (pilcrow). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\pounds</code> -<a name="index-_005cpounds"></a> +<span id="index-_005cpounds"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textsterling</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextsterling"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextsterling"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-pounds-symbol"></a> -<a name="index-sterling-symbol"></a> +<dd><span id="index-pounds-symbol"></span> +<span id="index-sterling-symbol"></span> <p>£ English pounds sterling. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\quotedblbase <span class="roman">(„)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cquotedblbase-_0028_201e_0029"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\quotesinglbase <span class="roman">(‚)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005cquotesinglbase-_0028_201a_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></a> -<a name="index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></a> -<a name="index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double"></a> +<dd><span id="index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></span> +<span id="index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark"></span> +<span id="index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double"></span> <p>„ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rq</code> -<a name="index-_005crq"></a> +<span id="index-_005crq"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-right-quote"></a> -<a name="index-closing-quote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-right-quote"></span> +<span id="index-closing-quote"></span> <p>’ Right (closing) quote. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\S</code> -<a name="index-_005cS"></a> +<span id="index-_005cS"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textsection</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextsection"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextsection"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-section-symbol"></a> +<dd><span id="index-section-symbol"></span> <p>§ Section sign. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\TeX</code> -<a name="index-_005cTeX"></a> +<span id="index-_005cTeX"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-TeX-logo"></a> -<a name="index-logo_002c-TeX"></a> +<dd><span id="index-TeX-logo"></span> +<span id="index-logo_002c-TeX"></span> <p>The TeX logo. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textasciicircum</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextasciicircum"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextasciicircum"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text"></span> <p>^ ASCII circumflex. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textasciitilde</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextasciitilde"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextasciitilde"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-ASCII-tilde_002c-in-text"></span> <p>~ ASCII tilde. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textasteriskcentered</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-asterisk_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text"></span> <p>* Centered asterisk. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbackslash</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbackslash-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbackslash-1"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-backslash_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-backslash_002c-in-text"></span> <p>\ Backslash. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbar</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbar"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbar"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text"></span> <p>| Vertical bar. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbardbl</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbardbl"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbardbl"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text"></span> <p>⏸ Double vertical bar. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbigcircle</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbigcircle"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbigcircle"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text"></a> -<p>◯ Big circle symbol. +<dd><span id="index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text"></span> +<p>◯, Big circle symbol. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbraceleft</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbraceleft"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbraceleft"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-left-brace_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-left-brace_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text"></span> <p>{ Left brace. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbraceright</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbraceright"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbraceright"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-right-brace_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-right-brace_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text"></span> <p>} Right brace. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbullet</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbullet"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextbullet"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-bullet_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-bullet_002c-in-text"></span> <p>• Bullet. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-circled-letter_002c-in-text"></a> -<p>Ⓐ Circle around <var>letter</var>. +<dd><span id="index-circled-letter_002c-in-text"></span> +<p>Ⓐ, Circle around <var>letter</var>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textcompwordmark</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextcompwordmark"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextcompwordmark"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-cap-height"></a> -<a name="index-ascender-height"></a> +<dd><span id="index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-cap-height"></span> +<span id="index-ascender-height"></span> <p>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example, <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces ‘<samp>fi</samp>’ without a ligature. This is most useful in non-English languages. The @@ -19230,259 +20607,296 @@ while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textdagger</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextdagger"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextdagger"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></a> +<dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></span> <p>† Dagger. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textdaggerdbl</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></a> +<dd><span id="index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-double-dagger_002c-in-text-1"></span> <p>‡ Double dagger. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-dollar-sign"></a> -<a name="index-currency_002c-dollar"></a> +<dd><span id="index-dollar-sign"></span> +<span id="index-currency_002c-dollar"></span> <p>$ Dollar sign. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(or <code>---</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-em_002ddash"></a> -<p>— Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in -<code>The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- -is more like a sprint.</code>). +<dd><span id="index-em_002ddash"></span> +<p>— Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or +parentheses, as in ‘<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky +enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</code>’ Conventions +for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-e_002ddash"></a> -<p>– En-dash (used for ranges, as in <code>See pages 12--14</code>). +<dd><span id="index-e_002ddash"></span> +<p>– En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ‘<code>see pages 12--14</code>’. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\texteuro</code> -<a name="index-_005ctexteuro"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctexteuro"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-euro-symbol"></a> -<a name="index-currency_002c-euro"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-eurosym"></a> -<a name="index-eurosym-package"></a> +<dd><span id="index-euro-symbol"></span> +<span id="index-currency_002c-euro"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-eurosym"></span> +<span id="index-eurosym-package"></span> -<p>The Euro symbol: €. For an alternative glyph design, try the +<p>The Euro currency symbol: €. +<span id="index-package_002c-eurosym-1"></span> +<span id="index-eurosym-package-1"></span> +</p> +<p>For an alternative glyph design, try the <samp>eurosym</samp> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown"></a> +<dd><span id="index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown"></span> <p>¡ Upside down exclamation point. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\textfiguredash</code> +<span id="index-_005ctextfiguredash"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-figure-dash-character"></span> +<p>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021 +release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an +en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available +in the current font, or writes the usual “Missing character” warning +to the log file. +</p> +</dd> <dt><code>\textgreater</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextgreater"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextgreater"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></span> <p>> Greater than symbol. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\texthorizontalbar</code> +<span id="index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-horizontal-bar-character"></span> +<p>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 +release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above; +the pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash. +</p> +</dd> <dt><code>\textless</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextless"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextless"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text"></span> <p>< Less than symbol. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textleftarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextleftarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextleftarrow"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-left-arrow_002c-in-text"></a> -<p>← Left arrow. +<dd><span id="index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-left-arrow_002c-in-text"></span> +<p>←, Left arrow. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code> +<span id="index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"></span> +</dt> +<dd><span id="index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character"></span> +<span id="index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking"></span> +<p>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June +2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> +above; the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with +breaks disallowed after). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textordfeminine</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextordfeminine"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextordfeminine"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textordmasculine</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextordmasculine"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextordmasculine"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-feminine-ordinal-symbol"></a> -<a name="index-masculine-ordinal-symbol"></a> -<a name="index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></a> -<a name="index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></a> +<dd><span id="index-feminine-ordinal-symbol"></span> +<span id="index-masculine-ordinal-symbol"></span> +<span id="index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></span> +<span id="index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine"></span> <p>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textperiodcentered</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextperiodcentered"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextperiodcentered"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-centered-period_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-centered-period_002c-in-text"></span> <p>· Centered period. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown"></a> +<dd><span id="index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown"></span> <p>¿ Upside down question mark. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(or <code>``</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-left-quote_002c-double"></a> -<a name="index-double-left-quote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-left-quote_002c-double"></span> +<span id="index-double-left-quote"></span> <p>“ Double left quote. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-right-quote_002c-double"></a> -<a name="index-double-right-quote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-right-quote_002c-double"></span> +<span id="index-double-right-quote"></span> <p>” Double right quote. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(or <code>`</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-left-quote_002c-single"></a> -<a name="index-single-left-quote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-left-quote_002c-single"></span> +<span id="index-single-left-quote"></span> <p>‘ Single left quote. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-right-quote_002c-single"></a> -<a name="index-single-right-quote"></a> +<dd><span id="index-right-quote_002c-single"></span> +<span id="index-single-right-quote"></span> <p>’ Single right quote. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquotesingle</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquotesingle"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquotesingle"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-quote_002c-single-straight"></a> -<a name="index-straight-single-quote"></a> -<a name="index-single-quote_002c-straight"></a> -<p>' Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +<dd><span id="index-quote_002c-single-straight"></span> +<span id="index-straight-single-quote"></span> +<span id="index-single-quote_002c-straight"></span> +<p>', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquotestraightbase</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"></span> </dt> <dt><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-quote_002c-straight-base"></a> -<a name="index-straight-quote_002c-base"></a> -<a name="index-double-quote_002c-straight-base"></a> -<a name="index-straight-double-quote_002c-base"></a> +<dd><span id="index-quote_002c-straight-base"></span> +<span id="index-straight-quote_002c-base"></span> +<span id="index-double-quote_002c-straight-base"></span> +<span id="index-straight-double-quote_002c-base"></span> <p>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textregistered</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextregistered"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextregistered"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-registered-symbol"></a> +<dd><span id="index-registered-symbol"></span> <p>® Registered symbol. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textrightarrow</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextrightarrow"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextrightarrow"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text"></a> -<a name="index-right-arrow_002c-in-text"></a> -<p>→ Right arrow. +<dd><span id="index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text"></span> +<span id="index-right-arrow_002c-in-text"></span> +<p>→, Right arrow. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextthreequartersemdash"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash"></a> -<a name="index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters"></a> -<p>﹘ “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +<dd><span id="index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash"></span> +<span id="index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters"></span> +<p>﹘, “Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\texttrademark</code> -<a name="index-_005ctexttrademark"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctexttrademark"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-trademark-symbol"></a> +<dd><span id="index-trademark-symbol"></span> <p>™ Trademark symbol. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\texttwelveudash</code> -<a name="index-_005ctexttwelveudash"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctexttwelveudash"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash"></a> -<a name="index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds"></a> -<p>﹘ “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +<dd><span id="index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash"></span> +<span id="index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds"></span> +<p>﹘, “Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textunderscore</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextunderscore"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextunderscore"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-underscore_002c-in-text"></a> +<dd><span id="index-underscore_002c-in-text"></span> <p>_ Underscore. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textvisiblespace</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextvisiblespace"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctextvisiblespace"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text"></a> -<p>␣ Visible space symbol. +<dd><span id="index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text"></span> +<p>␣, Visible space symbol. </p> </dd> </dl> <hr> -<a name="Accents"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Accents"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional Latin letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Accents-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.5 Accents</h3> +<span id="Accents-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.5 Accents</h3> -<a name="index-accents"></a> -<a name="index-characters_002c-accented"></a> -<a name="index-letters_002c-accented"></a> +<span id="index-accents"></span> +<span id="index-characters_002c-accented"></span> +<span id="index-letters_002c-accented"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-babel-2"></a> -<a name="index-babel-package-2"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-babel-2"></span> +<span id="index-babel-package-2"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-polyglossia"></a> -<a name="index-polyglossia-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia"></span> +<span id="index-polyglossia-package"></span> -<a name="index-multilingual-support"></a> -<p>LaTeX has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages, -through the <code>babel</code> package and related support if you are using -pdfLaTeX, or <samp>polyglossia</samp> if you are using XeLaTeX or -LuaLaTeX. This section does not cover that support. It only lists -the core LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The -<code>\capital...</code> commands shown here produce alternative forms for use -with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. +<span id="index-multilingual-support"></span> +<p>LaTeX has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and +languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which +supports pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The +<samp>polyglossia</samp> package provides similar support with the latter +two engines. +</p> +<p>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core +LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The +<code>\capital...</code> commands shown here produce alternative forms for +use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. </p> <p>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase ‘<samp>o</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"></a> -<a name="index-dotless-i"></a> +<span id="index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"></span> +<span id="index-dotless-i"></span> <p>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i, -<a name="index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"></a> -<a name="index-dotless-j"></a> +<span id="index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"></span> +<span id="index-dotless-j"></span> and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j. These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are accented. @@ -19490,70 +20904,70 @@ accented. <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\"</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitaldieresis</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></a> -<a name="index-umlaut-accent"></a> -<a name="index-dieresis-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitaldieresis"></span> +<span id="index-umlaut-accent"></span> +<span id="index-dieresis-accent"></span> <p>ö Umlaut (dieresis). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\'</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalacute</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalacute"></a> -<a name="index-acute-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalacute"></span> +<span id="index-acute-accent"></span> <p>ó Acute accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\.</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-dot-accent"></a> -<a name="index-dot_002dover-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_002e-_0028dot_002dover-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-dot-accent"></span> +<span id="index-dot_002dover-accent"></span> <p>ȯ Dot accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\=</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalmacron</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></a> -<a name="index-macron-accent"></a> -<a name="index-overbar-accent"></a> -<a name="index-bar_002dover-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_003d-_0028macron-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalmacron"></span> +<span id="index-macron-accent"></span> +<span id="index-overbar-accent"></span> +<span id="index-bar_002dover-accent"></span> <p>ō Macron (overbar) accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\^</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></a> -<a name="index-circumflex-accent"></a> -<a name="index-hat-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_005e-_0028circumflex-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalcircumflex"></span> +<span id="index-circumflex-accent"></span> +<span id="index-hat-accent"></span> <p>ô Circumflex (hat) accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\`</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalgrave</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></a> -<a name="index-grave-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_0060-_0028grave-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalgrave"></span> +<span id="index-grave-accent"></span> <p>ò Grave accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\~</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitaltilde</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></a> -<a name="index-tilde-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitaltilde"></span> +<span id="index-tilde-accent"></span> <p>ñ Tilde accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\b</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-bar_002dunder-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-bar_002dunder-accent"></span> <p>o_ Bar accent underneath. </p> -<a name="index-_005cunderbar"></a> -<a name="index-underbar"></a> +<span id="index-_005cunderbar"></span> +<span id="index-underbar"></span> <p>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under <var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, @@ -19563,41 +20977,41 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in </dd> <dt><code>\c</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalcedilla</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></a> -<a name="index-cedilla-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cc-_0028cedilla-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalcedilla"></span> +<span id="index-cedilla-accent"></span> <p>ç Cedilla accent underneath. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\d</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></a> -<a name="index-dot_002dunder-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitaldotaccent"></span> +<span id="index-dot_002dunder-accent"></span> <p>ọ Dot accent underneath. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\H</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></a> -<a name="index-hungarian-umlaut-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cH-_0028Hungarian-umlaut-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalhungarumlaut"></span> +<span id="index-hungarian-umlaut-accent"></span> <p>ő Long Hungarian umlaut accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\k</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalogonek</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></a> -<a name="index-ogonek"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalogonek"></span> +<span id="index-ogonek"></span> <p>ǫ Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\r</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalring</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalring"></a> -<a name="index-ring-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cr-_0028ring-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalring"></span> +<span id="index-ring-accent"></span> <p>o* Ring accent. </p> </dd> @@ -19605,51 +21019,108 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <dt><code>\capitaltie</code></dt> <dt><code>\newtie</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalnewtie</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitaltie"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnewtie"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></a> -<a name="index-tie_002dafter-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitaltie"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnewtie"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalnewtie"></span> +<span id="index-tie_002dafter-accent"></span> <p>oo[ Tie-after accent. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\u</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalbreve</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></a> -<a name="index-breve-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalbreve"></span> +<span id="index-breve-accent"></span> <p>ŏ Breve accent. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\v</code></dt> <dt><code>\capitalcaron</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></a> -<a name="index-hacek-accent"></a> -<a name="index-check-accent"></a> -<a name="index-caron-accent"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccapitalcaron"></span> +<span id="index-hacek-accent"></span> +<span id="index-check-accent"></span> +<span id="index-caron-accent"></span> <p>ǒ Háček (check, caron) accent. </p> </dd> </dl> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caccent" accesskey="1">\accent</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Low level command to produce an accented character. +</td></tr> +</table> + <hr> -<a name="Additional-Latin-letters"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005caccent"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Up: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="u" rel="up">Accents</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Additional-Latin-letters-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.6 Additional Latin letters</h3> +<span id="g_t_005caccent-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">23.5.1 <code>\accent</code></h4> +<span id="index-_005caccent"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\accent <var>number</var> <var>character</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, +a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument +constructs the accented character in the current font. +</p> +<p>These are accented ‘<samp>e</samp>’ characters. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\accent18 e +\accent20 e +\accent21 e +\accent22 e +\accent23 e +</pre></div> -<a name="Non_002dEnglish-characters"></a><a name="index-Latin-letters_002c-additional"></a> -<a name="index-letters_002c-additional-Latin"></a> -<a name="index-extended-Latin"></a> -<a name="index-special-characters-1"></a> -<a name="index-non_002dEnglish-characters"></a> -<a name="index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish"></a> +<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +</p> +<p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the +outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is +desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building +them using <code>\accent</code>. Using glyphs that already contain the +accented characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation +whereas <code>\accent</code> disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font +encoding where accented glyphs are absent). +</p> +<p>There can be an optional font change between <var>number</var> and +<var>character</var>. Note also that this command sets the +<code>\spacefactor</code> to 1000 (see <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a>). +</p> +<p>An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and +the majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be +assembled from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while +<code>\accent</code> provides for a single accent mark and a single letter +combination. There are also cases where accents must appear between +letters that \accent does not support. Still other cases exist where +the letters I and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that +conflict with dotted accent marks. The use of <code>\accent</code> in these +cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Additional-Latin-letters"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">inputenc package</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Additional-Latin-letters-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.6 Additional Latin letters</h3> + +<span id="Non_002dEnglish-characters"></span><span id="index-Latin-letters_002c-additional"></span> +<span id="index-letters_002c-additional-Latin"></span> +<span id="index-extended-Latin"></span> +<span id="index-special-characters-1"></span> +<span id="index-non_002dEnglish-characters"></span> +<span id="index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish"></span> <p>Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters beyond A–Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other @@ -19658,26 +21129,26 @@ than English. <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\aa</code></dt> <dt><code>\AA</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></a> -<a name="index-aring"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"></span> +<span id="index-aring"></span> <p>å and Å. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ae</code></dt> <dt><code>\AE</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></a> -<a name="index-ae-ligature"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"></span> +<span id="index-ae-ligature"></span> <p>æ and Æ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dh</code></dt> <dt><code>\DH</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></a> -<a name="index-Icelandic-eth"></a> -<a name="index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></span> +<span id="index-Icelandic-eth"></span> +<span id="index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter"></span> <p>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <small>OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. @@ -19685,8 +21156,8 @@ font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </dd> <dt><code>\dj</code></dt> <dt><code>\DJ</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cdj"></a> -<a name="index-_005cDJ"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cdj"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDJ"></span> <p>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. Not available with <small>OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. @@ -19694,58 +21165,58 @@ select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </dd> <dt><code>\ij</code></dt> <dt><code>\IJ</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></a> -<a name="index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"></span> +<span id="index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch"></span> <p>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\l</code></dt> <dt><code>\L</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></a> -<a name="index-polish-l"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"></span> +<span id="index-polish-l"></span> <p>ł and Ł. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ng</code></dt> <dt><code>\NG</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cng"></a> -<a name="index-_005cNG"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cng"></span> +<span id="index-_005cNG"></span> <p>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\o</code></dt> <dt><code>\O</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005co-_0028o_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></a> -<a name="index-oslash"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005co-_0028o_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"></span> +<span id="index-oslash"></span> <p>ø and Ø. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\oe</code></dt> <dt><code>\OE</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></a> -<a name="index-oe-ligature"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"></span> +<span id="index-oe-ligature"></span> <p>œ and Œ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ss</code></dt> <dt><code>\SS</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></a> -<a name="index-es_002dzet-German-letter"></a> -<a name="index-sharp-S-letters"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"></span> +<span id="index-es_002dzet-German-letter"></span> +<span id="index-sharp-S-letters"></span> <p>ß and SS. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\th</code></dt> <dt><code>\TH</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"></a> -<a name="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></a> -<a name="index-Icelandic-thorn"></a> -<a name="index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"></span> +<span id="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></span> +<span id="index-Icelandic-thorn"></span> +<span id="index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter"></span> <p>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <small>OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. @@ -19755,15 +21226,83 @@ font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005crule"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="inputenc-package"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="inputenc-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.7 <code>inputenc</code> package</h3> + +<span id="index-inputenc"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>encoding-name</var>]{inputenc} +</pre></div> + +<p>Declare the input file’s text encoding to be <var>encoding-name</var>. The +default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, +specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not +useful to omit it. +</p> +<span id="index-encoding_002c-of-input-files"></span> +<span id="index-character-encoding"></span> +<span id="index-Unicode"></span> +<p>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme +called the <em>encoding</em>. There are many different encodings. The +simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough +for most of the world’s languages. For instance, to typeset the +a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the +sequence <code>\"a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything +but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive +encoding is more convenient. +</p> +<p>The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is +UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for +LaTeX since 2018. +</p> +<p>The <code>inputenc</code> package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is +used. For instance, the following command explicitly says that the +input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash). +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +</pre></div> + +<p>Caution: use <code>inputenc</code> only with the pdfTeX engine +(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume +that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with +either the <code>xelatex</code> command or the <code>lualatex</code> +command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <code>inputenc</code>, +such as <code>latin1</code>, then you will get the error <code>inputenc is +not designed for xetex or luatex</code>. +</p> +<p>An <code>inputenc</code> package error such as <code>Invalid UTF-8 byte "96</code> +means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the +encoding scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a +document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one +is a left single quote from a web page using <code>latin1</code> inside a +LaTeX input file that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to +replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a +LaTeX equivalent command or character. +</p> +<p>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be +necessary. Use the command +<code>\inputencoding{<var>encoding-name</var>}</code>. The most common values +for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>, +<code>latin2</code>, <code>latin3</code>, <code>latin4</code>, <code>latin5</code>, +<code>latin9</code>, <code>latin10</code>, and <code>utf8</code>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005crule"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#inputenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev">inputenc package</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005crule-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.7 <code>\rule</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005crule-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.8 <code>\rule</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005crule"></a> +<span id="index-_005crule"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -19774,17 +21313,17 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a <p>Produce a <em>rule</em>, a filled-in rectangle. </p> -<a name="index-Halmos-symbol"></a> -<a name="index-tombstone"></a> -<p>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, -often used to mark the end of a proof. +<span id="index-Halmos-symbol"></span> +<span id="index-tombstone"></span> +<p>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, +or just “qed”, often used to mark the end of a proof: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} </pre></div> -<a name="index-package_002c-amsthm-1"></a> -<a name="index-amsthm-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-amsthm-1"></span> +<span id="index-amsthm-package-1"></span> <p>The <samp>amsthm</samp> package includes this command, with a somewhat different-looking symbol. @@ -19806,21 +21345,19 @@ thickness is common in LaTeX. </p> <p>A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it. -See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a> for examples. +See <a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a>, for examples. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ctoday"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ctoday"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ctoday-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">23.8 <code>\today</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005ctoday-1"></span><h3 class="section">23.9 <code>\today</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005ctoday"></a> -<a name="index-date_002c-today_0027s"></a> -<a name="index-today_0027s-date"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctoday"></span> +<span id="index-date_002c-today_0027s"></span> +<span id="index-today_0027s-date"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -19832,11 +21369,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a hre <var>yyyy</var></samp>’. An example of a date in that format is ‘<samp>July 4, 1976</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-babel-3"></a> -<a name="index-babel-package-3"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-babel-3"></span> +<span id="index-babel-package-3"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"></a> -<a name="index-polyglossia-package-1"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-1"></span> +<span id="index-polyglossia-package-1"></span> <p>Multilingual packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp>, or classes such as <samp>lettre</samp>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, @@ -19854,8 +21391,8 @@ the following will output ‘<samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>’: <p><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and <code>\year</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day & \month & \year</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-datetime"></a> -<a name="index-datetime-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-datetime"></span> +<span id="index-datetime-package"></span> <p>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <samp>datetime</samp> package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. @@ -19865,24 +21402,22 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes. </p> <hr> -<a name="Splitting-the-input"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Splitting-the-input"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="n" rel="next">Front/back matter</a>, Previous: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Special insertions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Splitting-the-input-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">24 Splitting the input</h2> +<span id="Splitting-the-input-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">24 Splitting the input</h2> -<a name="index-splitting-the-input-file"></a> -<a name="index-input-file"></a> +<span id="index-splitting-the-input-file"></span> +<span id="index-input-file"></span> <p>LaTeX lets you split a large document into several smaller ones. This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document. It can also speed processing. </p> <p>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one -<a name="index-root-file"></a> -<a name="index-file_002c-root"></a> +<span id="index-root-file"></span> +<span id="index-file_002c-root"></span> <em>root file</em>, on which LaTeX compilation starts. This shows such a file with five included files. </p> @@ -19911,7 +21446,7 @@ a file with five included files. <p>This will bring in material from <samp>pref.tex</samp>, <samp>chap1.tex</samp>, <samp>chap2.tex</samp>, <samp>append.tex</samp>, and <samp>bib.tex</samp>. If you compile this file, and then comment out all of the lines inside -<code>\includeonly{...}</code> except for <code>chap1,</code> and compile again, +<code>\includeonly{...}</code> except for <code>chap1</code>, and compile again, then LaTeX will only process the material in the first chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print. However, the advantage of the <code>\includeonly</code> command is that @@ -19919,29 +21454,27 @@ LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. </p> -<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a> for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>. +<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1">\endinput</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stop including material from a file. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="1">\endinput</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stop including material from a file. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2">\include & \includeonly</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Conditionally include files. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2">\include & \includeonly</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Conditionally include files. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3">\input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Unconditionally include a file. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3">\input</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Unconditionally include a file. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cendinput"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cendinput"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next">\include & \includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cendinput-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cendinput-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.1 <code>\endinput</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cendinput"></a> +<span id="index-_005cendinput"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -19965,12 +21498,13 @@ This will not appear. </pre></div> <p>This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end of a -file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during mailing. -It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to -put <code>\endinput</code> halfway through the included file and see if the -error disappears. Now, knowing which half contains the error, moving -<code>\endinput</code> to halfway through that area further narrows down the -location. This process rapidly finds the offending line. +file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file is +transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for debugging: +one strategy to localize errors is to put <code>\endinput</code> halfway +through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing +which half contains the error, moving <code>\endinput</code> to halfway +through that area further narrows down the location. This process +rapidly finds the offending line. </p> <p>After reading <code>\endinput</code>, LaTeX continues to read to the end of the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless. @@ -19979,16 +21513,14 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cendinput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\endinput</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">24.2 <code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.2 <code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cinclude"></a> -<a name="index-_005cincludeonly"></a> +<span id="index-_005cinclude"></span> +<span id="index-_005cincludeonly"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -20009,10 +21541,12 @@ LaTeX document. <code>\clearpage</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a>), then it inputs the material from <samp><var>filename</var>.tex</samp> into the document, and then it does another <code>\clearpage</code>. This command can only -appear in the document body. The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls -which files will be read by LaTeX under subsequent <code>\include</code> -commands. Its list of filenames is comma-separated, and it can only -appear in the preamble. +appear in the document body. +</p> +<p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by +LaTeX under subsequent <code>\include</code> commands. Its list of +filenames is comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even +earlier, e.g., the command line; it can’t appear in the document body. </p> <p>This example root document, <samp>constitution.tex</samp>, brings in three files, <samp>preamble.tex</samp>, <samp>articles.tex</samp>, and @@ -20045,7 +21579,7 @@ in Order to form a more perfect Union, ... <p>Running LaTeX on <samp>constitution.tex</samp> makes the material from the three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files <samp>preamble.aux</samp>, <samp>articles.aux</samp>, and -<samp>amendments.tex</samp>. These contain information such as page numbers +<samp>amendments.aux</samp>. These contain information such as page numbers and cross-references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). If you now comment out <code>\includeonly</code>’s lines with <code>preamble</code> and <code>amendments</code> and run LaTeX again then the resulting document shows only the @@ -20062,7 +21596,7 @@ commands. <a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). </p> -<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a> for another example using <code>\include</code> +<p>See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for another example using <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code>. That example also uses <code>\input</code> for some material that will not necessarily start on a new page. </p> @@ -20105,7 +21639,7 @@ this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux: \end{document} </pre></div> -<a name="index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed"></a> +<span id="index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed"></span> <p>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or you get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>’ The <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will @@ -20119,20 +21653,18 @@ athiesm.tex.</samp>’ (It will also create <samp>athiesm.aux</samp>.) <p>If you <code>\include</code> the root file in itself then you first get ‘<samp>LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.</samp>’ Later runs get ‘<samp>TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]</samp>’. To fix -this, you must remove the inclusion <code>\include{root}</code> but also -delete the file <samp><var>root</var>.aux</samp> and rerun LaTeX. +this, you must remove the inclusion <code>\include{<var>root</var>}</code> but +also delete the file <samp><var>root</var>.aux</samp> and rerun LaTeX. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cinput"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cinput"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\include & \includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cinput-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">24.3 <code>\input</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cinput-1"></span><h3 class="section">24.3 <code>\input</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cinput"></a> +<span id="index-_005cinput"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -20178,41 +21710,37 @@ this works under TeX Live on GNU/Linux: <hr> -<a name="Front_002fback-matter"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Front_002fback-matter"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Splitting the input</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Front_002fback-matter-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">25 Front/back matter</h2> +<span id="Front_002fback-matter-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">25 Front/back matter</h2> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="1">Table of contents etc.</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="1">Table of contents etc.</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="2">Indexes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate an index. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="2">Indexes</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate an index. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="3">Glossaries</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a glossary. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="3">Glossaries</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a glossary. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">25.1 Table of contents etc.</h3> +<span id="Table-of-contents-etc_002e-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.1 Table of contents etc.</h3> -<a name="index-table-of-contents_002c-creating"></a> +<span id="index-table-of-contents_002c-creating"></span> -<a name="index-_005ctableofcontents"></a> -<a name="index-_002etoc-file-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005clistoffigures"></a> -<a name="index-_005clistoftables"></a> -<a name="index-_002elof-file-1"></a> -<a name="index-_002elot-file-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctableofcontents"></span> +<span id="index-_002etoc-file-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005clistoffigures"></span> +<span id="index-_005clistoftables"></span> +<span id="index-_002elof-file-1"></span> +<span id="index-_002elot-file-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -20248,7 +21776,7 @@ LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book’s first page. <p>Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter and section listings but not subsection listings, because the -<code>\section</code> command has level 1. See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a> for level +<code>\section</code> command has level 1. See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, for level numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the <code>tocdepth</code> see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>. </p> @@ -20258,7 +21786,7 @@ see <a href="#Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</a>. <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command, as above. </p> -<p>To make the table of contents LaTeX stores the information in an +<p>To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an auxiliary file named <samp><var>root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). For example, this LaTeX file <samp>test.tex</samp> </p> <div class="example"> @@ -20270,83 +21798,170 @@ auxiliary file named <samp><var>root-file</var>.toc</samp> (see <a href="#Splitt ... </pre></div> -<p>writes the following line to <samp>test.toc</samp>. +<p>writes these lines to <samp>test.toc</samp>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2} \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>section</code> or <code>subsection</code> is the sectioning unit. The -hook <code>\numberline</code> lets you to change how the information appears -in the table of contents. Of its two arguments, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code> -is the sectioning unit number and <code>First section</code> or <code>First -subsection</code> is the title. Finally, <code>2</code> is the page number on which -the sectioning units start. -</p> -<p>One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the -contents page correct you must run LaTeX twice, once to store the -information and once to get it. In particular, the first time that you -run LaTeX on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty -except for its ‘<samp>Contents</samp>’ header. Just run it again. +<span id="index-_005ccontentsline"></span> +<p>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or +<code>subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two +components. The hook <code>\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning +number, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents +(see <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a>). The remainder of the second argument of +<code>\contentsline</code>, ‘<samp>First section</samp>’ or ‘<samp>First subsection</samp>’, +is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, ‘<samp>2</samp>’, is +the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. +</p> +<p>To typeset these lines, the document class provides +<code>\l@<var>section-unit</var></code> commands such as +<code>\l@section{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code> and +<code>\l@subsection{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code>. These commands +often use the <code>\@dottedtocline</code> command +(see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a>). +</p> +<p>A consequence of LaTeX’s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to +get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice, +once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In +the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number +of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new +document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its +‘<samp>Contents</samp>’ header. Just run LaTeX again. </p> <p>The commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a -list of figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the -contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in -<samp>.lof</samp> and <samp>.lot</samp> files. -</p> -<a name="index-package_002c-babel-4"></a> -<a name="index-babel-package-4"></a> - -<a name="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></a> -<a name="index-polyglossia-package-2"></a> +list of figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in +files with extension <samp>.lof</samp> and <samp>.lot</samp>. They work the same way +as <code>\tableofcontents</code> but the latter is more common, so we use it +for most examples. +</p> +<p>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of +figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a +section to the table of contents with +<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var>text</var>}</code>. +(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line +material, with <code>\addtocontents</code>, as with the command +<code>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds +vertical space to the list of figures (see <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>). +</p> +<p>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of +tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which +sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title +text, such as ‘<samp>First section</samp>’. Finally there is a box up against +the right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box. +For the indent and the width of the number box, +see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a>. The right margin box has width +<code>\@tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space, +inside a box of width <code>\@pnumwidth</code>. By default +<code>\@tocrmarg</code> is <code>2.55em</code> and <code>\@pnumwidth</code> is +<code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with +<code>\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-tocloft"></span> +<span id="index-tocloft-package"></span> + +<span id="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></span> +<span id="index-tocbibbind-package"></span> -<p>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like -the first line here. +<p>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures +and tables (see <a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a>). The package <samp>tocloft</samp> is convenient for +adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, +<samp>tocbibbind</samp> will automatically add the bibliography, index, +etc. to the table of contents. +</p> +<p>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like +these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} +<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents} \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots} -\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables} +\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications} </pre></div> -<p>Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two. -Internationalization packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp> -will change the headers depending on the chosen base language. +<p><span id="index-package_002c-babel-4"></span> +<span id="index-babel-package-4"></span> </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-tocloft"></a> -<a name="index-tocloft-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"></span> +<span id="index-polyglossia-package-2"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-tocbibbind"></a> -<a name="index-tocbibbind-package"></a> - -<p>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the -default, such as spacing, is <samp>tocloft</samp>. And, <samp>tocbibbind</samp> -will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of -contents. +<p>Internationalization packages such as <samp>babel</samp> or <samp>polyglossia</samp> +will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="1">\addcontentsline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add an entry to table of contents, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="1">\@dottedtocline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Format entry line in table of contents, etc. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="2">\addcontentsline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add an entry to table of contents, etc. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="3">\addtocontents</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="2">\addtocontents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="4">\contentsline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set line in table of contents, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="3">\nofiles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Prevent writing to auxiliary files. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="5">\nofiles</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Prevent writing to auxiliary files. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="6">\numberline</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put its number argument flush left in a box. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005caddcontentsline"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.1.1 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.1 <code>\@dottedtocline</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005caddcontentsline"></a> -<a name="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"></span> +<span id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\@dottedtocline{<var>section-level-num</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>numwidth</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly +enter <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands. +</p> +<p>This command is typically used by <code>\l@section</code>, <code>\l@subsection</code>, +etc., to format the content lines. For example, the <samp>article.cls</samp> +file contains these definitions: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}} +\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}} +</pre></div> + +<p>In this example, <code>\@dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only +three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up +the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis +from a call to <code>\contentsline</code>. +</p> +<span id="index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents"></span> +<p>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin +box, these <code>\@dottedtocline</code> commands insert <em>leaders</em>, that +is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command +<code>\@dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which +are <code>1/18</code> em. Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as +in <code>\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}</code>. +</p> +<p>In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for +the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class +it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@dottedtocline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.2 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005caddcontentsline"></span> +<span id="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -20354,10 +21969,8 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</ <pre class="example">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005ccontentsline"></a> -<p>Add an entry to the file specified by <var>ext</var>. Usually <var>ext</var> is -one of <code>toc</code> for the table of contents, <code>lof</code> for the list of -figures, or <code>lot</code> for the list of tables. +<span id="index-_005ccontentsline-1"></span> +<p>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>. </p> <p>The following will result in an ‘<samp>Appendices</samp>’ line in the table of contents. @@ -20374,16 +21987,16 @@ where it appears in the input file. <samp><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></samp>. It writes that information as the text of the command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where -<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>. The -most common case is the table of contents and there <var>num</var> is the -page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>. +<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a>). The most common case is the table of contents +and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>. </p> <p>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>, etc., and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, in a book to have the preface -unnumbered, you may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. But that does not -put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as -here. +also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style +is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. +But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be +entered manually, as here. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\chapter*{Preface} @@ -20391,10 +22004,9 @@ here. </pre></div> <p>In the <samp>.toc</samp> file LaTeX will put the line <code>\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note the page number -‘<samp>3</samp>’. +{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note that the page number +‘<samp>3</samp>’ is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. </p> - <p>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required. </p> <dl compact="compact"> @@ -20447,15 +22059,13 @@ will not make sense. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005caddtocontents"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005caddtocontents"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nofiles</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\contentsline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.1.2 <code>\addtocontents</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.3 <code>\addtocontents</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></a> +<span id="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -20465,7 +22075,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nofiles</a>, Previous <p>Add <var>text</var>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>. This is most commonly used -for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also +for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to the list of figures and list of tables. </p> <p>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the @@ -20476,6 +22086,28 @@ applies to the list of figures and list of tables. \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}} </pre></div> +<p>This puts the word ‘<samp>Page</samp>’, in boldface, above the column of page +numbers and after the header. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\tableofcontents +\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par} +\chapter{...} +</pre></div> + +<p>This adds a line announcing work by a new author. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\addtocontents{toc}{% + \protect\vspace{2ex} + \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par} +</pre></div> + +<p>The difference between <code>\addtocontents</code> and <code>\addcontentsline</code> +is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the +page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above +examples show, <code>\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing. +</p> <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has two arguments. Both are required. </p> @@ -20506,15 +22138,77 @@ move <code>\addtocontents</code> into the file being included. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnofiles"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ccontentsline"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nofiles</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005ccontentsline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.4 <code>\contentsline</code></h4> + +<span id="index-table-of-contents"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccontentsline-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005ctableofcontents-1"></span> +<span id="index-_002etoc-file-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005clistoffigures-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005clistoftables-1"></span> +<span id="index-_002elof-file-2"></span> +<span id="index-_002elot-file-2"></span> +<span id="index-_005cl_0040chapter"></span> +<span id="index-_005cl_0040section"></span> +<span id="index-_005cl_0040subsection"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline</code> commands. +</p> +<p>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the +commands <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>, etc. for the table of +contents, or by the <code>\caption</code> command inside of a <code>\figure</code> +or <code>\table</code> environment (see <a href="#figure">figure</a> and see <a href="#table">table</a>). Thus, +where the base file is <samp>thesis.tex</samp>, and contains the declaration +<code>\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code>\chapter{Chapter One}</code> +produces something like this in the file <samp>thesis.toc</samp>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3} +</pre></div> + +<p>If the file contains the declaration <code>\listoffigures</code> then a figure +environment involving <code>\caption{Test}</code> will produce +something like this in <samp>thesis.lof</samp>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6} +</pre></div> + +<p>To manually add material, use +<code>\addcontentsline{<var>filetype</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, +where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). +</p> +<p>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see +the <samp>tocloft</samp> package. +</p> +<p>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of +<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more +arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error +<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code>. Fix this error by +deleting the <samp>.toc</samp> or <samp>.lof</samp> or <samp>.lot</samp> file, and running +LaTeX again. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cnofiles"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnumberline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\numberline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\contentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnofiles-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.1.3 <code>\nofiles</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cnofiles-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.5 <code>\nofiles</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005cnofiles"></a> +<span id="index-_005cnofiles"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -20545,19 +22239,59 @@ the old information. </p> <hr> -<a name="Indexes"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnumberline"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnofiles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\nofiles</a>, Up: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="u" rel="up">Table of contents etc.</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cnumberline-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.1.6 <code>\numberline</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cnumberline"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\numberline{<var>number</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a +<code>\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number +(see <a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a>). +</p> +<p>For example, this line in a <samp>.toc</samp> file causes the <code>1</code> to be +typeset flush left. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} +</pre></div> + +<p>By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length +<code>\@tempdima</code>. That length is set by the commands +<code>\l@section</code>, <code>\l@subsection</code>, etc. Put section numbers +inside a natural-width box with +<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code>. +</p> +<p>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +<code>\protect</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). An example is the use of +<code>\protect</code> in the command +<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code> +to get the <code>\numberline</code> into this command in the <samp>.toc</samp> file: +<code>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the +page number ‘<samp>6</samp>’ is automatically added by LaTeX; +see <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>). +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Indexes"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glossaries</a>, Previous: <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Table of contents etc.</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Indexes-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">25.2 Indexes</h3> +<span id="Indexes-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.2 Indexes</h3> -<a name="index-indexes"></a> +<span id="index-indexes"></span> -<a name="index-_005cmakeindex"></a> -<a name="index-_005cindex"></a> -<a name="index-_002eidx-file"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmakeindex"></span> +<span id="index-_005cindex"></span> +<span id="index-_002eidx-file"></span> <p>This document has an index. </p> @@ -20588,40 +22322,41 @@ These output a file <samp><var>root-name</var>.ind</samp>. Finally, you bring t information back into your document and typeset it with the <code>\printindex</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a>). </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-showidx"></a> -<a name="index-showidx-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-showidx"></span> +<span id="index-showidx-package"></span> -<a name="index-package_002c-multind"></a> -<a name="index-multind-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-multind"></span> +<span id="index-multind-package"></span> -<p>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The -<code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the -margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing -the index. The <code>multind</code> package supports multiple indexes. See -also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, -<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</a>. +<span id="index-index_002c-multiple"></span> +<span id="index-multiple-indexes"></span> +<p>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code> +package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the +page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +The <code>multind</code> package, among others, supports multiple indexes. +See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, +<a href="https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind">https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</a>, and the CTAN topic, +<a href="https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi">https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</a>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="1">\index</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declare an index entry. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="1">\index</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declare an index entry. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="2">makeindex</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Alphabetize index entries. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="2">makeindex</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Alphabetize index entries. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="3">\printindex</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put the index here. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="3">\printindex</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put the index here. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cindex"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cindex"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="n" rel="next">makeindex</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cindex-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.2.1 <code>\index</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.1 <code>\index</code></h4> -<a name="index-index-entry"></a> -<a name="index-_005cindex-1"></a> +<span id="index-index-entry"></span> +<span id="index-_005cindex-1"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -20662,7 +22397,7 @@ document as above will give an index entry like ‘<samp>Ackermann, 22, instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-index_002c-page-range"></a> +<span id="index-index_002c-page-range"></span> <p>Get a page range in the output, like ‘<samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>’, as here. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -20682,14 +22417,14 @@ the output is the item ‘<samp>Jones</samp>’ with no comma or page nu followed by two subitems, like ‘<samp>program, 50</samp>’ and ‘<samp>results, 51</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027-index-entries"></a> -<a name="index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027"></a> -<a name="index-_005cseename"></a> -<a name="index-_005calsoname"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-babel-5"></a> -<a name="index-babel-package-5"></a> -<a name="index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"></a> -<a name="index-polyglossia-package-3"></a> +<span id="index-see-and-see-also-index-entries"></span> +<span id="index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027"></span> +<span id="index-_005cseename"></span> +<span id="index-_005calsoname"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-babel-5"></span> +<span id="index-babel-package-5"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"></span> +<span id="index-polyglossia-package-3"></span> <p>Generate a index entry that says ‘<samp>See</samp>’ by using a vertical bar @@ -20744,8 +22479,8 @@ would naturally give it. entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. (The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-index"></a> -<a name="index-index-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-index"></span> +<span id="index-index-package"></span> <p>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that provided by <samp>makeidx</samp>. One is <samp>index</samp>, which allows for @@ -20753,8 +22488,8 @@ multiple indices and contains a command <code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it. </p> -<a name="index-_005cindexentry"></a> -<a name="index-idx-file"></a> +<span id="index-_005cindexentry"></span> +<span id="index-idx-file"></span> <p>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file <samp><var>root-name</var>.idx</samp> file. Specifically, it writes text of the command @@ -20773,19 +22508,17 @@ message like this. <hr> -<a name="makeindex"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="makeindex"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex" accesskey="n" rel="next">\printindex</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\index</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="makeindex-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.2.2 <code>makeindex</code></h4> +<span id="makeindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.2 <code>makeindex</code></h4> -<a name="index-index_002c-processing"></a> -<a name="index-makeindex"></a> -<a name="index-makeindex-program"></a> -<a name="index-_002eind-file"></a> -<a name="index-_002eidx-file-1"></a> +<span id="index-index_002c-processing"></span> +<span id="index-makeindex"></span> +<span id="index-makeindex-program"></span> +<span id="index-_002eind-file"></span> +<span id="index-_002eidx-file-1"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -20801,9 +22534,9 @@ raw index files, <samp><var>filename</var>.idx</samp> files, and produces the actual index file, the <samp><var>filename</var>.ind</samp> file that is input by <code>\printindex</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a>). </p> -<a name="index-_002eisty-file"></a> -<a name="index-index_002c-style-file"></a> -<a name="index-makeindex_002c-style-file"></a> +<span id="index-_002eisty-file"></span> +<span id="index-index_002c-style-file"></span> +<span id="index-makeindex_002c-style-file"></span> <p>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows you to format the index by using an <em>index style file</em>, a <samp>.isty</samp> file. The third form is the most general; see the full @@ -20840,33 +22573,33 @@ is for a tab. Backslashes are escaped with another backslash, comment. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="makeindex-preamble"></a></dd> +<dd><span id="makeindex-preamble"></span></dd> <dt><code>preamble</code> -<a name="index-preamble"></a> +<span id="index-preamble"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is formatted. Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-postamble"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-postamble"></span></dd> <dt><code>postamble</code> -<a name="index-postamble"></a> +<span id="index-postamble"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Postamble of the output file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-group-skip"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-group-skip"></span></dd> <dt><code>group_skip</code> -<a name="index-group_005fskip"></a> +<span id="index-group_005fskip"></span> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cindexspace"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_005cindexspace"></span> <p>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for entries starting with ‘<samp>a</samp>’, etc. This specifier gives what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</code> -(<code>\indexspace</code> is a rubber length with default value <code>10pt -plus5pt minus3pt</code>). +(<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber length, by default +<code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>). </p> -<a name="makeindex-letheadflag"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-letheadflag"></span></dd> <dt><code>lethead_flag</code> -<a name="index-lethead_005fflag"></a> +<span id="index-lethead_005fflag"></span> </dt> <dd><p>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing @@ -20876,129 +22609,129 @@ inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them. If it is negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default is 0. </p> -<a name="makeindex-lethead-prefix"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-lethead-prefix"></span></dd> <dt><code>lethead_prefix</code> -<a name="index-lethead_005fprefix"></a> +<span id="index-lethead_005fprefix"></span> </dt> <dd><p>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code> </p> -<a name="makeindex-lethead-suffix"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-lethead-suffix"></span></dd> <dt><code>lethead_suffix</code> -<a name="index-lethead_005fsuffix"></a> +<span id="index-lethead_005fsuffix"></span> </dt> <dd><p>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-0"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-0"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_0</code> -<a name="index-item_005f0"></a> +<span id="index-item_005f0"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is put between two level 0 items. Default: <code>"\n \\item "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-1"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-1"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_1</code> -<a name="index-item_005f1"></a> +<span id="index-item_005f1"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Put between two level 1 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-2"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-2"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_2</code> -<a name="index-item_005f2"></a> +<span id="index-item_005f2"></span> </dt> <dd><p>put between two level 2 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-01"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-01"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_01</code> -<a name="index-item_005f01"></a> +<span id="index-item_005f01"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-x1"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-x1"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_x1</code> -<a name="index-item_005fx1"></a> +<span id="index-item_005fx1"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case that the level 0 item doesn’t have any page numbers (as in <code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-12"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-12"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_12</code> -<a name="index-item_005f12"></a> +<span id="index-item_005f12"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-item-x2"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-item-x2"></span></dd> <dt><code>item_x2</code> -<a name="index-item_005fx2"></a> +<span id="index-item_005fx2"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the level 1 item doesn’t have page numbers. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-delim-0"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-delim-0"></span></dd> <dt><code>delim_0</code> -<a name="index-delim_005f0"></a> +<span id="index-delim_005f0"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-delim-1"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-delim-1"></span></dd> <dt><code>delim_1</code> -<a name="index-delim_005f1"></a> +<span id="index-delim_005f1"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-delim-2"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-delim-2"></span></dd> <dt><code>delim_2</code> -<a name="index-delim_005f2"></a> +<span id="index-delim_005f2"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-delim-n"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-delim-n"></span></dd> <dt><code>delim_n</code> -<a name="index-delim_005fn"></a> +<span id="index-delim_005fn"></span> </dt> <dd><p>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-delim-r"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-delim-r"></span></dd> <dt><code>delim_r</code> -<a name="index-delim_005fr"></a> +<span id="index-delim_005fr"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range. Default: <code>"--"</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-line-max"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-line-max"></span></dd> <dt><code>line_max</code> -<a name="index-line_005fmax"></a> +<span id="index-line_005fmax"></span> </dt> <dd><p>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry’s line in the output, beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-indent-space"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-indent-space"></span></dd> <dt><code>indent_space</code> -<a name="index-indent_005fspace"></a> +<span id="index-indent_005fspace"></span> </dt> <dd><p>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default: <code>"\t\t"</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-indent-length"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-indent-length"></span></dd> <dt><code>indent_length</code> -<a name="index-indent_005flength"></a> +<span id="index-indent_005flength"></span> </dt> <dd><p>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default <code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the default here is <code>16</code>. </p> -<a name="makeindex-page-precedence"></a></dd> +<span id="makeindex-page-precedence"></span></dd> <dt><code>page_precedence</code> -<a name="index-page_005fprecedence"></a> +<span id="index-page_005fprecedence"></span> </dt> <dd><p>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main @@ -21012,27 +22745,29 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default: </dd> </dl> -<a name="index-xindy"></a> -<a name="index-xindy-program"></a> +<span id="index-xindy-program"></span> <p>There are a number of other programs that do the job -<code>makeindex</code> does. One is <code>xindy</code>, which does -internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up -using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is highly -configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order -of the text, as described in its documentation. +<code>makeindex</code> does. One is <code>xindy</code> +(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of +other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in +markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as +described in its documentation. +</p> +<span id="index-xindex-program"></span> +<p>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>, +written in Lua (<a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex">https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</a>). </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cprintindex"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cprintindex"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev">makeindex</a>, Up: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Indexes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cprintindex-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.2.3 <code>\printindex</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cprintindex-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.2.3 <code>\printindex</code></h4> -<a name="index-index_002c-printing"></a> -<a name="index-_005cprintindex"></a> +<span id="index-index_002c-printing"></span> +<span id="index-_005cprintindex"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21040,30 +22775,28 @@ Previous: <a href="#makeindex" accesskey="p" rel="prev">makeindex</a>, Up: <a hr <pre class="example">\printindex </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005cprintindex-1"></a> +<span id="index-_005cprintindex-1"></span> <p>Place the index into the output. </p> <p>To get an index you must first include <code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command <code>makeindex</code>, -and then compile the document again. See <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a> for further +and then compile the document again. See <a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a>, for further discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Glossaries"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Glossaries"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Indexes</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Glossaries-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">25.3 Glossaries</h3> +<span id="Glossaries-1"></span><h3 class="section">25.3 Glossaries</h3> -<a name="index-glossary"></a> -<a name="index-glossaries"></a> -<a name="index-acronyms_002c-list-of"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmakeglossary"></a> -<a name="index-_005cprintglossaries"></a> +<span id="index-glossary"></span> +<span id="index-glossaries"></span> +<span id="index-acronyms_002c-list-of"></span> +<span id="index-_005cmakeglossary"></span> +<span id="index-_005cprintglossaries"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21106,9 +22839,9 @@ of a Turing machine</samp>’. In addition, in a separate sectional unit he ‘<samp>Turing machine</samp>’ and the rest of the item says in normal type ‘<samp>A model of a machine … Computer Science</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-_005cmakeglossary-1"></a> -<a name="index-_005cprintglossaries-1"></a> -<a name="index-_002eglo-file"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmakeglossary-1"></span> +<span id="index-_005cprintglossaries-1"></span> +<span id="index-_002eglo-file"></span> <p>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the entry information, <samp><var>root-file</var>.glo</samp>. Put the <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear @@ -21120,24 +22853,22 @@ commands for a list of acronyms. See the package documentations on CTAN. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1">\newglossaryentry</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declare the content of a glossary entry. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="1">\newglossaryentry</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declare the content of a glossary entry. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2">\gls</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Give a page reference for a glossary entry. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="2">\gls</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Give a page reference for a glossary entry. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next">\gls</a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cnewglossaryentry-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.3.1 <code>\newglossaryentry</code></h4> -<a name="index-glossary_002c-entries"></a> -<a name="index-_005cnewglossaryentry"></a> +<span id="index-glossary_002c-entries"></span> +<span id="index-_005cnewglossaryentry"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -21165,7 +22896,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cgls" accesskey="n" rel="next">\gls</a>, Up: <a href="#Gl the document. The settings associated with the label are pairs: <code><var>key</var>=<var>value</var></code>. </p> -<p>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ in the +<p>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ, in the glossary. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -21184,13 +22915,13 @@ here are a few. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>name</code> -<a name="index-name"></a> +<span id="index-name"></span> </dt> <dd><p>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining. </p> </dd> <dt><code>description</code> -<a name="index-description"></a> +<span id="index-description"></span> </dt> <dd><p>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary. If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command @@ -21198,20 +22929,20 @@ form given in the synopsis. </p> </dd> <dt><code>plural</code> -<a name="index-plural"></a> +<span id="index-plural"></span> </dt> <dd><p>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using <code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>sort</code> -<a name="index-sort"></a> +<span id="index-sort"></span> </dt> <dd><p>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds. </p> </dd> <dt><code>symbol</code> -<a name="index-symbol"></a> +<span id="index-symbol"></span> </dt> <dd><p>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name. </p> @@ -21220,16 +22951,14 @@ form given in the synopsis. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cgls"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cgls"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newglossaryentry</a>, Up: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="u" rel="up">Glossaries</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cgls-1"></a> -<h4 class="subsection">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></h4> +<span id="g_t_005cgls-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">25.3.2 <code>\gls</code></h4> -<a name="index-glossary_002c-entry-reference"></a> -<a name="index-_005cgls"></a> +<span id="index-glossary_002c-entry-reference"></span> +<span id="index-_005cgls"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -21264,16 +22993,14 @@ which also takes the plural. </p> <hr> -<a name="Letters"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Letters"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Terminal input/output</a>, Previous: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Front/back matter</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Input/output</a>, Previous: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Front/back matter</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Letters-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">26 Letters</h2> +<span id="Letters-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">26 Letters</h2> -<a name="index-letters_002c-writing"></a> -<a name="index-writing-letters"></a> +<span id="index-letters_002c-writing"></span> +<span id="index-writing-letters"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21323,7 +23050,7 @@ such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. </p> -<a name="index-_005c_005c-for-letters"></a> +<span id="index-_005c_005c-for-letters"></span> <p>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There’s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for @@ -21360,41 +23087,39 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you. <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1">\address</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s return address. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1">\address</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s return address. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2">\cc</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Carbon copy list. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2">\cc</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Carbon copy list. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3">\closing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying goodbye. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3">\closing</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying goodbye. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4">\encl</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of enclosed material. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4">\encl</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of enclosed material. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5">\location</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s organizational location. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5">\location</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s organizational location. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6">\makelabels</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make address labels. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6">\makelabels</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make address labels. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7">\name</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s name, for the return address. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7">\name</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s name, for the return address. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8">\opening</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying hello. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8">\opening</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying hello. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9">\ps</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Adding a postscript. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9">\ps</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Adding a postscript. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s signature. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s signature. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s phone number. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sender’s phone number. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005caddress"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005caddress"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddress-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.1 <code>\address</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005caddress-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.1 <code>\address</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005caddress"></a> +<span id="index-_005caddress"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21424,16 +23149,14 @@ is formatted as a personal letter. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ccc"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ccc"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\closing</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\address</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ccc-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.2 <code>\cc</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005ccc-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.2 <code>\cc</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005ccc"></a> -<a name="index-cc-list_002c-in-letters"></a> +<span id="index-_005ccc"></span> +<span id="index-cc-list_002c-in-letters"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21454,17 +23177,15 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in: <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cclosing"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cclosing"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next">\encl</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cclosing-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.3 <code>\closing</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cclosing-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.3 <code>\closing</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cclosing"></a> -<a name="index-letters_002c-ending"></a> -<a name="index-closing-letters"></a> +<span id="index-_005cclosing"></span> +<span id="index-letters_002c-ending"></span> +<span id="index-closing-letters"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21481,16 +23202,14 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example: <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cencl"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cencl"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\location</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\closing</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cencl-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.4 <code>\encl</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cencl-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.4 <code>\encl</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cencl"></a> -<a name="index-enclosure-list"></a> +<span id="index-_005cencl"></span> +<span id="index-enclosure-list"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21510,15 +23229,13 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. <hr> -<a name="g_t_005clocation"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005clocation"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makelabels</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\encl</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005clocation-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.5 <code>\location</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005clocation-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.5 <code>\location</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005clocation"></a> +<span id="index-_005clocation"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21531,15 +23248,13 @@ appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cmakelabels"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cmakelabels"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next">\name</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\location</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cmakelabels-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cmakelabels-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cmakelabels"></a> +<span id="index-_005cmakelabels"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21595,8 +23310,8 @@ columns having two labels each. <p>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column contains the address for each recipient. </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-envlab"></a> -<a name="index-envlab-package"></a> +<span id="index-package_002c-envlab"></span> +<span id="index-envlab-package"></span> <p>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines @@ -21605,15 +23320,13 @@ are all that you need to print envelopes. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cname"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cname"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next">\opening</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makelabels</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cname-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.7 <code>\name</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005cname-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.7 <code>\name</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cname"></a> +<span id="index-_005cname"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21626,16 +23339,14 @@ with the return address. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005copening"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005copening"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\name</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005copening-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.8 <code>\opening</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005copening-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.8 <code>\opening</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005copening"></a> -<a name="index-letters_002c-starting"></a> +<span id="index-_005copening"></span> +<span id="index-letters_002c-starting"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21652,15 +23363,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href= <hr> -<a name="g_t_005cps"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cps"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\opening</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005cps-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.9 <code>\ps</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005cps"></a> -<a name="index-postscript_002c-in-letters"></a> +<span id="g_t_005cps-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.9 <code>\ps</code></h3> +<span id="index-_005cps"></span> +<span id="index-postscript_002c-in-letters"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21677,13 +23386,11 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Prev <hr> -<a name="g_t_005csignature"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005csignature"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\ps</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csignature-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.10 <code>\signature</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005csignature-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.10 <code>\signature</code></h3> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21692,7 +23399,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Prev ... } </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005csignature"></a> +<span id="index-_005csignature"></span> <p>The sender’s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is usual. @@ -21728,19 +23435,14 @@ the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a (see <a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a>). </p> - - - <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ctelephone"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ctelephone"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\signature</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ctelephone-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005ctelephone-1"></span><h3 class="section">26.11 <code>\telephone</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005ctelephone"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctelephone"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21755,35 +23457,182 @@ page. </p> <hr> -<a name="Terminal-input_002foutput"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Input_002foutput"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line</a>, Previous: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line interface</a>, Previous: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Terminal-input_002foutput-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">27 Terminal input/output</h2> +<span id="Input_002foutput-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">27 Input/output</h2> -<a name="index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal"></a> -<a name="index-terminal-input_002foutput"></a> +<span id="index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal"></span> +<span id="index-terminal-input_002foutput"></span> +<span id="index-input_002foutput"></span> +<p>LaTeX uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in +to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You +can also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for +others to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. +And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. +</p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="1">\typein</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from the terminal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="1">\openin & \openout</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Open a file. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="2">\read</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from a file. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="3">\typein</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from the terminal. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="2">\typeout</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the terminal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="4">\typeout</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the terminal. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="5">\write</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to a file or terminal. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ctypein"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typeout</a>, Up: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Terminal input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="n" rel="next">\read</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ctypein-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">27.1 <code>\typein</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.1 <code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></h3> + +<span id="index-_005copenin"></span> +<span id="index-_005copenout"></span> +<span id="index-_005cclosein"></span> +<span id="index-_005ccloseout"></span> +<span id="index-file_002c-opening"></span> +<span id="index-file_002c-closing"></span> +<span id="index-open-a-file"></span> -<a name="index-_005ctypein"></a> +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>or: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var> +must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX +<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255). +</p> +<p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newread\presidentsfile +\openin\presidentsfile=presidents +\typeout{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile} +\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline +\typeout{\presidentline} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\newread</code> command allocates input stream numbers from 0 +to 15 (there is also a <code>\newwrite</code>). The +<code>\presidentsfile</code> is more memorable but under the hood it is still +a number; the first <code>\typeout</code> gives something like +‘<samp>presidentsfile is 1</samp>’. In addition, <code>\newread</code> keeps track of +the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an error like +‘<samp>! No room for a new \read</samp>’. The second <code>\typeout</code> gives the +first line of the file, something like ‘<samp>1 Washington, George</samp>’. +</p> +<p>Ordinarily TeX will not try to open the file until the next page +shipout. To change this, use +<code>\immediate\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code> or +<code>\immediate\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code>. +</p> +<p>Close files with <code>\closein <var>number</var></code> and +<code>\closeout <var>number</var></code>. +</p> +<p>How LaTeX handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can +vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an +extension then TeX will add a <samp>.tex</samp>. This creates +<samp>presidents.tex</samp>, writes one line to it, and closes it. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newwrite\presidentsfile +\openout\presidentsfile=presidents +\write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George} +\closeout\presidentsfile +</pre></div> + +<p>But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if TeX finds a +<var>filename</var> of <samp>presidents.dat</samp> it could look first for +<samp>presidents.dat.tex</samp> and later for <samp>presidents.dat</samp>, or it +could do the opposite. Your distribution’s documentation should say +more, and if you find something that works for you then you are good, +but to ensure complete portability the best thing is to use file names +containing only the twenty six ASCII letters (not case-sensitive) and +the ten digits, along with underscore and dash, and in particular with +no dot or space. +</p> +<p>For <code>\openin</code>, if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give +an error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this +with <code>\ifeof</code>; one recourse is the command +<code>\InputIfFileExists</code>, see <a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>). If you +try to use the same number twice, LaTeX won’t give you an error. If +you try to use a bad number then you get an error message like ‘<samp>! +Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</samp>’. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cread"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typein</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\openin & \openout</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cread-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.2 <code>\read</code></h3> + +<span id="index-_005cread"></span> +<span id="index-file_002c-reading"></span> +<span id="index-read-a-file"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\read <var>number</var> to<var>macro</var> +</pre></div> + +<p>Make the command <var>macro</var> contain the next line of input from text +stream <var>number</var>, as in <code>\read5 to\data</code>. +</p> +<p>This opens the file <samp>email.tex</samp> for reading, puts the contents of +the first line into the command <code>\email</code>, and then closes the file. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newread\recipientfile +\openin\recipientfile=email +\read\recipientfile to\email +\typeout{Email address: \email} +\closein\recipientfile +</pre></div> + +<p>If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file +of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then <code>\read</code> +will take input from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not +allowed, e.g., <code>\nonstopmode</code>; see <a href="#interaction-modes">interaction modes</a>). +(However, the natural way in LaTeX to take input from the terminal +is <code>\typein</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypein">\typein</a>.) +</p> +<p>To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use +<code>\input</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a>) or <code>\include</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a>). +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-datatool"></span> +<span id="index-datatool-package"></span> + +<span id="index-mail-merges"></span> +<p>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <samp>datatool</samp>. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005ctypein"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typeout</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cread" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\read</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005ctypein-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.3 <code>\typein</code></h3> + +<span id="index-_005ctypein"></span> <p>Synopsis, one of: </p> @@ -21817,9 +23666,9 @@ the input you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command. </p> <p>In the second command version the optional argument <code><var>cmd</var></code> -argument must be a command name — it must begin with a backslash, \. -This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you -typed. For example, this +argument must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a +backslash, \. This command name is then defined or redefined to be +the input that you typed. For example, this </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\typein[\student]{Enter student name:} @@ -21839,15 +23688,13 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. </p> <hr> -<a name="g_t_005ctypeout"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005ctypeout"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\typein</a>, Up: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Terminal input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\write</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\typein</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005ctypeout-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">27.2 <code>\typeout</code></h3> +<span id="g_t_005ctypeout-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.4 <code>\typeout</code></h3> -<a name="index-_005ctypeout"></a> +<span id="index-_005ctypeout"></span> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -21887,15 +23734,423 @@ character with <code>\csname @percentchar\endcsname</code>. </p> <hr> -<a name="Command-line"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="g_t_005cwrite"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\typeout</a>, Up: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cwrite-1"></span><h3 class="section">27.5 <code>\write</code></h3> + +<span id="index-_005cwrite"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\write <var>number</var>{<var>string</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file +opened by <code>\openout</code>. For instance, <code>\write6</code> writes to text +stream number 6. +</p> +<p>If the following appears in <samp><var>basefile</var>.tex</samp> then it opens +<samp><var>basefile</var>.jh</samp>, writes ‘<samp>Hello World!</samp>’ and a newline to +it, and closes that file. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newwrite\myfile +\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename +... +\immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!} +... +\immediate\closeout\myfile +</pre></div> + +<span id="index-_005cnewwrite"></span> +<p>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic +name to make life easier, so that <code>stream +\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</code> produces something like ‘<samp>stream 3</samp>’. +Then <code>\openout</code> associates the stream number with the given file +name. TeX ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string +in the file. +</p> +<span id="index-log-file_002c-writing-to"></span> +<span id="index-terminal_002c-writing-to"></span> +<span id="index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"></span> +<p>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically +LaTeX authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated +by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or +if it is not associated with an open file then LaTeX writes +<var>string</var> to the log file. If <var>number</var> is positive then in +addition LaTeX writes <var>string</var> to the terminal. +</p> +<p>Thus, <code>test \write-1{Hello World!}</code> puts ‘<samp>Hello World!</samp>’ +followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the <code>\wlog</code> +command does; see <a href="#g_t_005cwlog">\wlog</a>). And <code>\write100{Hello World!}</code> +puts the same in the log file but also puts ‘<samp>Hello World!</samp>’ +followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are +special as <var>number</var>; see below.) +</p> +<span id="index-LuaTeX_002c-256-output-streams-in"></span> +<p>In LuaTeX, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 +(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). +</p> +<span id="index-_005c_0040auxout"></span> +<span id="index-_005c_0040mainaux"></span> +<p>Use <code>\write\@auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current +<samp>.aux</samp> file, which is associated with either the root file or +with the current include file; and use +<code>\write\@mainaux{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the main +<samp>.aux</samp>. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX. +</p> +<p>By default LaTeX does not write <var>string</var> to the file right +away. This is because, for example, you may need <code>\write</code> to +save the current page number, but when TeX comes across a +<code>\write</code> it typically does not know what the page number is, +since it has not yet done the page breaking. So, you use <code>\write</code> +in one of three contexts: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\immediate\write\@auxout{<var>string</var>} %1 +\write\@auxout{<var>string</var>} %2 +\protected@write\@auxout{}{<var>string</var>} %3 +</pre></div> + +<ol> +<li> <span id="index-immediate-_005cwrite"></span> +<span id="index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"></span> +With the first, LaTeX writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately. +Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in +<code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>, +<code>toks</code>, etc., except that you should use <code>#</code> instead of +<code>##</code>). + +</li><li> <span id="index-delayed-_005cwrite"></span> +<span id="index-whatsit-item"></span> +<span id="index-_005cshipout-and-expansion"></span> +With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things +(as a TeX “whatsit” item) and kept until the page is shipped out +and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At +<code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded. + +</li><li> <span id="index-_005cprotected_0040write"></span> +The third, <code>\protected@write</code>, is like the second except that +you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first +argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more +macros protected or to have some other special definition for the +write. +</li></ol> + +<p>As a simple example of expansion with <code>\write</code>, <var>string</var> here +contains a control sequence <code>\triplex</code> which we’ve defined to be +the text ‘<samp>XYZ</samp>’: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=test.jh +\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ} +\write\jhfile{test \triplex test} +</pre></div> + +<p>This results in the file <samp>test.jh</samp> containing the text +‘<samp>test XYZtest</samp>’ followed by a newline. +</p> +<span id="index-_005cwrite-streams-16_002c-17_002c-18"></span> +<p>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of +<code>\write</code>’s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 +to 15 described above, in Plain TeX <code>\write16</code> and +<code>\write17</code> were sometimes used to write to the log file and the +terminal; however, in LaTeX, the natural way to do that is with +<code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>). The <code>\write18</code> command is +even more special; modern TeX systems use it for giving commands to +the operating system (see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a>). +</p> +<span id="index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite"></span> +<span id="index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"></span> +<p>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a +newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log +file: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.} +</pre></div> + +<span id="index-package_002c-answers"></span> +<span id="index-answers-package"></span> + +<p>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for +answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write +out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of +packages for this; one is <samp>answers</samp>. +</p> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="1">\write and security</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Security. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="2">\message</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the log file and terminal. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="3">\wlog</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the log file. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="4">\write18</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Run an operating system command. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\message</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cwrite-and-security-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.1 <code>\write</code> and security</h4> + +<span id="index-security-and-_005cwrite"></span> +<span id="index-_005cwrite-and-security"></span> + +<p>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a +downloaded LaTeX file and it overwrote your password file then you +would be justifiably troubled. +</p> +<p>Thus, by default TeX systems only allow you to open files for +writing that are in the current directory or output directory, if +specified (see <a href="#output-directory">output directory</a>), or in a subdirectory of +those. So, this code +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=../test.jh +</pre></div> + +<p>gives an error like: +</p><div class="example"> +<pre class="example">Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p). +! I can't write on file `../test.jh' +</pre></div> + +<span id="index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to"></span> +<p>You can get just such an error when using commands such as +<code>\include{../filename}</code> because LaTeX will try to open +<samp>../filename.aux</samp>. The simplest solution is to put the included +files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cmessage"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="n" rel="next">\wlog</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\write and security</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cmessage-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.2 <code>\message</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cmessage"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\message{<var>string</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file and the terminal. +</p> +<p>Typically, LaTeX authors use <code>\typeout</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>). It +allows you to use <code>\protect</code> on any fragile commands in +<var>string</var> (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). But <code>\typeout</code> always inserts a +newline at the end of <var>string</var> while <code>\message</code> does not, so +the latter can be useful. +</p> +<p>With this example document body. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI} +\message{declare a thumb war.}After +</pre></div> + +<p>under some circumstances (see below) LaTeX writes the following to +both the terminal and the log file. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">One Two Three Four +I declare a thumb war. +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>^^J</code> produces a newline. Also, in the output document, +between ‘<samp>before</samp>’ and ‘<samp>After</samp>’ will be a single space (from +the end of line following ‘<samp>I}</samp>’). +</p> +<p>While <code>\message</code> allows you more control over formatting, a +gotcha is that LaTeX may mess up that formatting because it inserts +line breaks depending on what it has already written. Contrast this +document body, where the ‘<samp>Two</samp>’ has moved, to the one given above. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI} +\message{declare a thumb war.}After +</pre></div> + +<p>This can happen: when LaTeX is outputting the messages to the +terminal, now the message with ‘<samp>One</samp>’ is shorter and it fits at the +end of the output terminal line, and so LaTeX breaks the line between +it and the ‘<samp>Two Three</samp>’. That line break appears also in the log +file. This line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length +of the full path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted +lines in a way that is portable is hard, likely requiring +starting your message at the beginning of a line. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cwlog"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates</a>, Previous: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Terminal input/output</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18" accesskey="n" rel="next">\write18</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmessage" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\message</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Command-line-1"></a> -<h2 class="chapter">28 Command line</h2> +<span id="g_t_005cwlog-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.3 <code>\wlog</code></h4> -<a name="index-command-line"></a> +<span id="index-_005cwlog"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\wlog{<var>string</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Write <var>string</var> to the log file. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?} +\wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.} +</pre></div> + +<p>Ordinarily <var>string</var> appears in a single separate line. Use +<code>^^J</code> to insert a newline. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.} +\wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.} +</pre></div> + + +<hr> +<span id="g_t_005cwrite18"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cwlog" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\wlog</a>, Up: <a href="#g_t_005cwrite" accesskey="u" rel="up">\write</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="g_t_005cwrite18-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">27.5.4 <code>\write18</code></h4> + +<span id="index-_005cwrite18"></span> +<span id="index-external-commands"></span> +<span id="index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX"></span> +<span id="index-system-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX"></span> +<span id="index-shell-access"></span> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\write18{<var>shell_command</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system +runs the command and LaTeX’s execution is blocked until that +finishes. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"></span> +<span id="index-Asymptote-package-3"></span> + +<p>This sequence (on Unix) +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble + ... +\newcommand{\fignum}{1} +\immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum} +\includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf} +</pre></div> + +<p>will run Asymptote (the <code>asy</code> program) on <samp>pix/figure1.asy</samp>, +so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic +(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>). Like any <code>\write</code>, here LaTeX +expands macros in <var>shell_command</var> so that <code>\fignum</code> is +replaced by ‘<samp>1</samp>’. +</p> +<p>Another example is that you can automatically run BibTeX at the start +of each LaTeX run (see <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>) by including +<code>\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</code> as the first line of the +file. Note that <code>\jobname</code> expands to the basename of the root +file unless the <code>--jobname</code> option is passed on the command line, +in which case this is the option argument. +</p> +<p>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information +that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files +in the current directory (but see <samp>texosquery</samp> below): +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} +\input{tmp.dat} +</pre></div> + +<p>The standard behavior of any <code>\write</code> is to wait until a page is +being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream +(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +<code>\immediate\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code>. +</p> +<p>There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands inside +a LaTeX file. If you download a file off the net and it contains +commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The +standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell +access. You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are +safe, by compiling with <code>latex --enable-write18 <var>filename</var></code> +(see <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is +a synonym, in TeX Live.) +</p> +<span id="index-restricted-shell-access"></span> +<p>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use +a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those +that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use +the <code>enable-write18</code> option. By default this list of allowed +commands is short and features only commands that are under the +control of the distribution maintainers (see <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>). +</p> +<span id="index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></span> +<span id="index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></span> +<span id="index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"></span> +<span id="index-SHELL_002c-environment-variables"></span> +<p>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <samp>/bin/sh</samp> on +Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter +<samp>cmd.exe</samp> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and +the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-texosquery"></span> +<span id="index-texosquery-package"></span> + +<span id="index-system-information"></span> +<span id="index-operating-system-information"></span> +<span id="index-locale-information_002c-from-system"></span> +<span id="index-directory-listings_002c-from-system"></span> +<p>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system +name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the +<samp>texosquery</samp> package, which provides a convenient and secure +interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw +<code>\write18</code>: <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery">https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</a>. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-shellesc"></span> +<span id="index-shellesc-package"></span> + +<span id="index-_005cShellEscape"></span> +<span id="index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"></span> +<p>LaTeX provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive +<code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command +<code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all TeX engines; +LuaTeX intentionally did not retain <code>\write18</code> as a way to +invoke a shell command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The +<code>shellesc</code> package also provides a command +<code>\DelayedShellEscape</code>, executed at <code>\output</code> time, for the +same reason. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Command-line-interface"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates</a>, Previous: <a href="#Input_002foutput" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Input/output</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Command-line-interface-1"></span><h2 class="chapter">28 Command line interface</h2> + +<span id="Command-line"></span><span id="index-command-line-interface"></span> +<span id="index-interface_002c-command-line"></span> +<span id="index-CLI"></span> <p>Synopsis (from a terminal command line): </p> @@ -21903,9 +24158,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates< <pre class="example">pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var> </pre></div> -<p>Run LaTeX on <var>argument</var>. In place of <code>pdflatex</code> you can -also use <code>xelatex</code>, or <code>lualatex</code>, or <code>dviluatex</code>, or -<code>latex</code>. +<p>Run LaTeX on <var>argument</var>. In place of <code>pdflatex</code> you +can also use (for PDF output) <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code>, or +(for DVI output) <code>latex</code> or <code>dvilualatex</code>, among others +(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). </p> <p>For example, this will run LaTeX on the file <samp>thesis.tex</samp>, creating the output <samp>thesis.pdf</samp>. @@ -21914,20 +24170,21 @@ creating the output <samp>thesis.pdf</samp>. <pre class="example">pdflatex thesis </pre></div> -<p><a name="index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"></a> -Note that <samp>.tex</samp> is the default file extension. +<p><span id="index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"></span> +Note that <samp>.tex</samp> is the default file name extension. </p> -<p>pdfTeX is a development of the original TeX program, as are -XeTeX and LuaTeX (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). They are completely -backward compatible. But the original program had a custom output -format, DVI, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This -allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as -hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and -ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run <code>pdflatex</code> or -<code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> then you will by default get PDF -and have access to all its modern features. If you run <code>latex</code>, -or <code>dvilualatex</code>, then you will get DVI. The description here -assumes pdfLaTeX. +<p>pdfTeX is an extension of the original TeX program, as are +XeTeX and LuaTeX (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). The first two are +completely backward compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the +most fundamental new feature for all three is that the original TeX +output its own DVI format, while the newer ones can output directly to +PDF. This allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF +such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and +PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run +<code>pdflatex</code> or <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> then you +will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features. +If you run <code>latex</code>, or <code>dvilualatex</code>, then you will get +DVI. The description here assumes pdfLaTeX. </p> <p>See <a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a>, for a selection of the most useful command line options. As to <var>argument</var>, the usual case is that it @@ -21938,68 +24195,75 @@ input, which can be used for special effects (see <a href="#Command-line-input"> </p> <p>If you gave no arguments or options then <code>pdflatex</code> prompts for input from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering -<code><control>-D</code>. +<kbd>CTRL-D</kbd>. </p> <p>If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and -asks you about it. See <a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a> for an outline of what +asks you about it. See <a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a>, for an outline of what to do. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="1">Command line options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from the terminal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="1">Command line options</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Commonly used command line options. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="2">Command line input</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Specify LaTeX code on the command line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="2">Command line input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the terminal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="3">Jobname</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How TeX sets the current job name. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="3">Recovering from errors</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">When something goes wrong. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="4">Recovering from errors</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">When something goes wrong. </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="Command-line-options"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Command-line-options"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Command-line-options-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">28.1 Command line options</h3> +<span id="Command-line-options-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.1 Command line options</h3> -<a name="index-options_002c-command-line"></a> +<span id="index-options_002c-command-line"></span> <p>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document authoring. For a full list, try running ‘<samp>latex --help</samp>’ from the command line. </p> <p>With many implementations you can specify command line options by -prefixing them with ‘<samp>-</samp>’ or ‘<samp>--</samp>’. This is the case for -both TeX Live (and MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both -conventions interchangeably. +prefixing them with ‘<samp>-</samp>’ or ‘<samp>--</samp>’. This is the case for both +TeX Live (including MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both +conventions interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be +specified either as a separate argument (‘<samp>--foo val</samp>’), or as one +argument with an ‘<samp>=</samp>’ sign (‘<samp>--foo=val</samp>’), but there can be no +spaces around the ‘<samp>=</samp>’. We will generally use the ‘<samp>=</samp>’ syntax. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dd><a name="index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"></a> +<dd><span id="index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-version</code></dt> <dd><p>Show the current version, like ‘<samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX Live 2015/Debian)</samp>’ along with a small amount of additional information, and exit. </p> -<a name="index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"></a> +<span id="index-_002d_002dhelp-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-help</code></dt> <dd><p>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit. </p> -<a name="index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"></a> +<span id="interaction-modes"></span><span id="index-_002d_002dinteraction-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-interaction=<var>mode</var></code></dt> -<dd><p>TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: +<dd><span id="index-batchmode"></span> +<span id="index-scrollmode"></span> +<span id="index-errorstopmode"></span> +<span id="index-nonstopmode"></span> +<p>TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: <code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>, -<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <em>errorstop mode</em> (the default), TeX -stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <em>batch -mode</em> it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the -user hit <code><return></code> at every error, and missing files cause the -job to abort. In <em>nonstop mode</em>, diagnostic message appear on the -terminal but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In -<em>scroll mode</em>, TeX only stops for missing files or keyboard -input. +<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <em>errorstopmode</em> (the default), TeX +stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <em>batchmode</em> +it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user +hit <kbd>RETURN</kbd> at every error, and missing files cause the job to +abort. In <em>nonstopmode</em>, diagnostic message appear on the terminal +but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In +<em>scrollmode</em>, TeX stops for missing files or keyboard +input, but nothing else. </p> <p>For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line </p> @@ -22009,65 +24273,65 @@ input. <p>eliminates most terminal output. </p> -<a name="index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"></a> +<span id="index-jobname"></span> +<span id="index-filename-for-current-job"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002djobname-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-jobname=<var>string</var></code></dt> -<dd><p>Set the value of TeX’s <code>jobname</code> to the string. The log file +<dd><p>Set the value of TeX’s <em>jobname</em> to the string. The log file and output file will then be named <samp><var>string</var>.log</samp> and -<samp><var>string</var>.pdf</samp>. +<samp><var>string</var>.pdf</samp>. see <a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>. </p> -<p>When you run <code><code>pdflatex</code> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, if -<var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then TeX considers it -the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first -<code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The -<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the -name. See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for an example of its use. -</p> -<a name="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></a> +<span id="output-directory"></span><span id="index-output-directory-for-all-external-files"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-output-directory=<var>directory</var></code></dt> <dd><p>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist. -</p> -<a name="index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></a> -<a name="index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></a> -<a name="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a> -<a name="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a> +This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such +as the <samp>.log</samp> file for the run, the <samp>.aux</samp>, <samp>.toc</samp>, +etc., files created by LaTeX, as well as the main <samp>.pdf</samp> or +<samp>.dvi</samp> output file itself. +</p> +<p>When specified, the output directory <var>directory</var> is also +automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that the +external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current +directory (in which LaTeX was run) remains unchanged, and is also +checked for input files. +</p> +<span id="index-shell-escape"></span> +<span id="index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002dno_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> -<dt><code>--shell-escape</code></dt> -<dt><code>--no-shell-escape</code></dt> <dt><code>--enable-write18</code></dt> <dt><code>--disable-write18</code></dt> -<dd><p>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell command</var>}</code>. The first two -options are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are -for MiKTeX. -</p> -<a name="index-package_002c-sagetex"></a> -<a name="index-sagetex-package"></a> - -<p>Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a -LaTeX file. For instance the package <samp>sagetex</samp> allows you to -have the mathematics software system <i>Sage</i> do calculations or draw -graphs and then incorporate that output in your document. For this -TeX provides the <code>\write18</code> command. +<dt><code>--shell-escape</code></dt> +<dt><code>--no-shell-escape</code></dt> +<dd><p>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code> +(see <a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a>). The first two options are supported by both +TeX Live and MiKTeX, while the second two are synonyms supported +by TeX Live. </p> -<p>But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen if you -compiled a LaTeX file from the Internet. By default <code>\write18</code> -is disabled. (More precisely, by default TeX Live, MacTeX, and -MiKTeX only allow the execution of a limited number of TeX-related -programs, which they distribute.) +<p>Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since it +allows a LaTeX file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by +default, unrestricted <code>\write18</code> is not allowed. (The default +for TeX Live, MacTeX, and MiKTeX is to allow the execution of +a limited number of TeX-related programs, which they distribute.) </p> -<p>If you invoke LaTeX with the option <code>no-shell-escape</code>, and in -your document you call <code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an -error but the log file says ‘<samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>’. +<p>For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option +<code>no-shell-escape</code>, and in your document you call +<code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log +file says ‘<samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>’. </p> -<a name="index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a> +<span id="index-_002d_002dhalt_002don_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-halt-on-error</code></dt> <dd><p>Stop processing at the first error. </p> -<a name="index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a> -<a name="index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></a> +<span id="index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span> +<span id="index-_002d_002dno_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"></span> </dd> <dt><code>-file-line-error</code></dt> <dt><code>-no-file-line-error</code></dt> @@ -22078,27 +24342,29 @@ error messages. These are only available with TeX Live or MacTeX. <hr> -<a name="Command-line-input"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Command-line-input"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recovering from errors</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line options</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="n" rel="next">Jobname</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line options</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Command-line-input-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">28.2 Command line input</h3> +<span id="Command-line-input-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.2 Command line input</h3> -<a name="index-input_002c-on-command-line"></a> +<span id="index-input_002c-on-command-line"></span> -<p>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var> -<var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting -<var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special -effects. +<p>As part of the command line invocation </p> -<a name="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></a> -<a name="index-hyperref-package-3"></a> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var> +</pre></div> -<p>For example, this file (which uses the <samp>hyperref</samp> package for -hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a -PDF. +<p>you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting +<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This +allows you to do some special effects. +</p> +<span id="index-package_002c-hyperref-3"></span> +<span id="index-hyperref-package-3"></span> +<p>For example, this file (which uses the +<samp>hyperref</samp> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble @@ -22114,10 +24380,17 @@ PDF. <p>Compiling this document <samp>book.tex</samp> with the command line <code>pdflatex book</code> will give the ‘<samp>CTAN</samp>’ link in blue. But -compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</code> -has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent -interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may -do this differently.) +compiling it with +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex" +</pre></div> + +<p>has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent +interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This +usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many +peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if +need be.) </p> <p>In a similar way, from the single file <samp>main.tex</samp> you can compile two different versions. @@ -22128,29 +24401,121 @@ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" </pre></div> <p>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be -called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first. +called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first. (See +the next section.) </p> -<p>A final example. This loads the package <samp>graphicx</samp> with the option -<code>draft</code> +<p>In this example, we pass the <code>draft</code> option to the +<samp>graphicx</samp> package: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +<pre class="example">pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" </pre></div> -<p>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The <code>jobname</code> option is there because -otherwise the output file would be <samp>graphicx.pdf</samp>, as -<code>\RequirePackage</code> does an <code>\input</code> of its own.) +<p>so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information +but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only +the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. </p> <hr> -<a name="Recovering-from-errors"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Jobname"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Recovering-from-errors" accesskey="n" rel="next">Recovering from errors</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-input" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line input</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Recovering-from-errors-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">28.3 Recovering from errors</h3> +<span id="Jobname-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.3 Jobname</h3> + +<span id="index-_005cjobname"></span> +<span id="index-jobname-1"></span> +<span id="index-document-root-name"></span> +<span id="index-name-of-document-root"></span> + +<p>Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or +DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the +so-called <em>jobname</em>. The most common case is also the simplest, +where for instance the command <code>pdflatex thesis</code> creates +<code>thesis.pdf</code> and also <code>thesis.log</code> and <code>thesis.aux</code>. +Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>. +</p> +<p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var> +<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is +<code>pdflatex</code>, <code>lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). +If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case +above with <code>thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of +the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, +without the <samp>.tex</samp> extension, is the jobname. If <var>argument</var> +does start with a backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then +it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the +argument to <code>\input</code>. +</p> +<p>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly +specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex +-jobname=myname</code> (see <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for a real example). +</p> +<span id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></span> +<span id="index-fallback-jobname"></span> +<p>The final possibility is <samp>texput</samp>, which is the final fallback +default if no other name is available to TeX. For example, if no +<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before +there is any output, then the log file will be named +<samp>texput.log</samp>. +</p> +<span id="index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span> +<span id="index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"></span> +<p>A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately) +2020 or later, the jobname is also <samp>texput</samp> if the first +<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either +<code>\documentclass</code> or <code>\RequirePackage</code>. So this will produce +a file named <samp>texput.pdf</samp>: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}" +</pre></div> + +<p>However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, with +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}" +</pre></div> + +<p>the output file is <samp>lipsum.pdf</samp>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls +<code>\input</code>. +</p> +<span id="index-_005cjobname-1"></span> +<p>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname. +(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string +returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.) +In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of +catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10, +including letters that are normally catcode 11. +</p> +<span id="index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-xstring"></span> +<span id="index-xstring-package"></span> + +<p>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional +can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro +<code>\IfBeginWith</code> from the <samp>xstring</samp> package in its star +variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the +following text the footnote “Including Respublica Bananensis +Francorum.” is only present if the task name starts with +<samp>my-doc</samp>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then +all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% +{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are +democracies. +</pre></div> + +<p>Manipulating the value of <code>\jobname</code> inside of a document does not +change the name of the output file or the log file. +</p> + +<hr> +<span id="Recovering-from-errors"></span><div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#Jobname" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Jobname</a>, Up: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="u" rel="up">Command line interface</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<span id="Recovering-from-errors-1"></span><h3 class="section">28.4 Recovering from errors</h3> <p>If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error message and prompts you with a question mark, <code>?</code>. For instance, @@ -22170,19 +24535,20 @@ l.5 The \PN ? </pre></div> -<p>The simplest thing is to enter ‘<samp>x</samp>’ and <code><return></code> and fix the -typo. You could instead enter ‘<samp>?</samp>’ and <code><return></code> to see other +<p>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd>x</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> and fix the +typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other options. </p> -<a name="index-_002a-prompt"></a> -<a name="index-prompt_002c-_002a"></a> -<a name="index-_005cstop"></a> +<span id="index-_002a-prompt"></span> +<span id="index-prompt_002c-_002a"></span> +<span id="index-_005cstop"></span> <p>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives you a ‘<samp>*</samp>’ prompt. You can get back to the command -line by typing <code>\stop</code> and <code><return></code>. +line by typing <kbd>\stop</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd>; this command does its +best to exit LaTeX immediately, whatever state it may be in. </p> -<p>The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name. For instance, +<p>The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance, instead of <code>pdflatex test</code> you might type <code>pdflatex tste</code>. </p> <div class="example"> @@ -22193,51 +24559,48 @@ instead of <code>pdflatex test</code> you might type <code>pdflatex tste</code>. Please type another input file name: </pre></div> -<p>The simplest thing is to enter <code><Control></code> and ‘<samp>d</samp>’ (holding -them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. +<p>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd>CTRL d</kbd> (holding the Control and d +keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </p> <hr> -<a name="Document-templates"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Document-templates"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line-interface" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Command line interface</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Document-templates-1"></a> -<h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Document templates</h2> +<span id="Document-templates-1"></span><h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Document templates</h2> -<a name="index-document-templates"></a> -<a name="index-templates_002c-document"></a> +<span id="index-document-templates"></span> +<span id="index-templates_002c-document"></span> -<p>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will +<p>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at -<a href="http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>. +<a href="https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="1">beamer template</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="1">beamer template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#article-template" accesskey="2">article template</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#article-template" accesskey="2">article template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#book-template" accesskey="3">book template</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#book-template" accesskey="3">book template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="4">Larger book template</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> -</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tugboat-template" accesskey="5">tugboat template</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="4">Larger book template</a></td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr> </table> <hr> -<a name="beamer-template"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="beamer-template"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">article template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="beamer-template-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</h3> +<span id="beamer-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.1 <code>beamer</code> template</h3> + +<span id="index-beamer-template-and-class"></span> +<span id="index-template_002c-beamer"></span> +<span id="index-package_002c-beamer"></span> +<span id="index-beamer-package"></span> -<a name="index-beamer-template-and-class"></a> -<a name="index-template_002c-beamer"></a> <p>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @@ -22246,7 +24609,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} -\date{July 31, 2007} +\date{July 31, 2020} \begin{document} @@ -22264,21 +24627,20 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \end{document} </pre> -<p>One web resource for this: -<a href="http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/">http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/</a>. +<p>The Beamer package on CTAN: <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>. </p> <hr> -<a name="article-template"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="article-template"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">book template</a>, Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">beamer template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="article-template-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">A.2 <code>article</code> template</h3> +<span id="article-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.2 <code>article</code> template</h3> -<a name="index-template_002c-article"></a> +<span id="index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article"></span> +<p>A simple template for an article. +</p> <pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{article} \title{Article Class Template} \author{Alex Author} @@ -22294,21 +24656,20 @@ Additional text. \section{Second section} Some more text. + \end{document} </pre> <hr> -<a name="book-template"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="book-template"></span><div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">Larger book template</a>, Previous: <a href="#article-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">article template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="book-template-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">A.3 <code>book</code> template</h3> +<span id="book-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.3 <code>book</code> template</h3> -<a name="index-template_002c-book"></a> +<span id="index-template_002c-book"></span> -<p>This is a straightforward template for a book. See See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a> for a more elaborate one. +<p>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a>, for a more elaborate one. </p> <pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} @@ -22325,33 +24686,35 @@ Some other text. \section{A subtopic} The end. + \end{document} </pre> <hr> -<a name="Larger-book-template"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Larger-book-template"></span><div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#tugboat-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">tugboat template</a>, Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">book template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">book template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Larger-book-template-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</h3> +<span id="Larger-book-template-1"></span><h3 class="section">A.4 Larger <code>book</code> template</h3> -<a name="index-template_002c-book-1"></a> +<span id="index-template_002c-book-1"></span> -<p>This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has -<code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and <code>\backmatter</code> to -control the typography of the three main areas of a book -(see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>). The book has a -bibliography and an index. +<p>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. See <a href="#book-template">book template</a>, +for a simpler one. </p> -<p>Notable is that it uses <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code> +<p>This template uses <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and +<code>\backmatter</code> to control the typography of the three main areas +of a book (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a>). The +book has a bibliography and an index. +</p> +<p>Also notable is that it uses <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code> (see <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>). While you are working on a chapter you can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to -<code>\includeonly</code>. That will speed up compilation without losing any -information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to -come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of -<code>\include</code>. You don’t get the cross-reference benefit this way.) +<code>\includeonly</code>. That will speed up compilation without losing +any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not +need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of +<code>\include</code>. You don’t get the cross-reference benefit with +<code>\input</code>.) </p> <pre class="verbatim">\documentclass[titlepage]{book} \usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex @@ -22360,11 +24723,12 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of \author{Alex Author} \includeonly{% - frontcover, +% frontcover, preface, chap1, - ... +% appenA, } + \begin{document} \frontmatter \include{frontcover} @@ -22372,154 +24736,60 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of \maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright} \tableofcontents \include{preface} + \mainmatter \include{chap1} ... \appendix -\include{appena} +\include{appenA} ... + \backmatter \bibliographystyle{apalike} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} \bibliography \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex -\include{backcover} -\end{document} -</pre> - -<hr> -<a name="tugboat-template"></a> -<div class="header"> -<p> -Previous: <a href="#Larger-book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Larger book template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> -</div> -<a name="tugboat-template-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">A.5 <code>tugboat</code> template</h3> - -<a name="index-template_002c-TUGboat"></a> -<a name="index-TUGboat-template"></a> -<a name="index-ltugboat-class"></a> - -<p><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the TeX Users Group, -<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</a>. -</p> -<pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{ltugboat} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} -\else -\usepackage{url} -\fi - -%%% Start of metadata %%% - -\title{Example \TUB\ article} -% repeat info for each author. -\author{First Last} -\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country} -\netaddress{user (at) example dot org} -\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} - -%%% End of metadata %%% - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} -This is an example article for \TUB{}. -Please write an abstract. -\end{abstract} - -\section{Introduction} - -This is an example article for \TUB, linked from -\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. - -We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} -output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): -% verbatim blocks are often better in \small -\begin{verbatim}[\small] -\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW -\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\mf \MFB -\plain \POBox \PS -\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP -\TUB \TUG \tug -\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE - -\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph - -\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! -\cs{fred} -> \fred -\meta{fred} -> <fred> -\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... -\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 -\booktitle{Book of Fred} -\end{verbatim} - -For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format -\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. - -This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the -\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For -\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using -\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, -\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) - -Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - -\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style -\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty -\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX - -\makesignature +\include{backcover} \end{document} </pre> <hr> -<a name="Index"></a> -<div class="header"> +<span id="Index"></span><div class="header"> <p> Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templates</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Index-1"></a> -<h2 class="unnumbered">Index</h2> +<span id="Index-1"></span><h2 class="unnumbered">Index</h2> -<a name="Command-Index"></a> -<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>&</b></a> +<span id="Command-Index"></span> +<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>*</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>&</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>-</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>.</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>1</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>:</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>[</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>\</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>^</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>_</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>`</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>{</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>~</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a> + +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a> <br> <a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a> @@ -22574,16 +24844,20 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <table class="index-cp" border="0"> <tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><td> </td><th align="left"> Section</th></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-1">&</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0026"><code>&</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-1">$</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0024-inline-math"><code>$ <span class="roman">inline math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"><code>$$...$$ <span class="roman">plain TeX display math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-2">&</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0026-for-table-cells"><code>& <span class="roman">for table cells</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-2">*</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-3">*</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a-prompt">‘<samp>*</samp>’ prompt</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands">*-form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-3">-</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-4">-</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--disable-write18 <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"><code>--enable-write18 <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dfile_002dline_002derror-command_002dline-option"><code>--file-line-error <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> @@ -22596,10 +24870,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"><code>--output-directory <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dshell_002descape-command_002dline-option"><code>--shell-escape <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d_002dversion-command_002dline-option"><code>--version <span class="roman">command-line option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002d1_002c-write-stream-number"><em>-1</em>, write stream number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-4">.</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-5">.</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eaux-file"><code>.aux <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002edvi-file"><code>.dvi <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002efmt-file"><code>.fmt <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eglo-file"><samp>.glo</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file"><samp>.idx</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file-1"><samp>.idx</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> @@ -22607,28 +24883,34 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eisty-file"><samp>.isty</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elof-file"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elof-file-1"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elof-file-2"><code>.lof <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elog-file"><code>.log <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elot-file"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elot-file-1"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002elot-file-2"><code>.lot <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002epdf-file"><code>.pdf <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"><code>.tex, <span class="roman">default extension</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line">Command line</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etex_002c-default-extension"><code>.tex, <span class="roman">default extension</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file-1"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002etoc-file-2"><code>.toc <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002exdv-file"><code>.xdv <span class="roman">file</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-5">1</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-6">/</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002fbin_002fsh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>/bin/sh<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-7">1</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-10pt-option"><code>10pt <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-11pt-option"><code>11pt <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-12pt-option"><code>12pt <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-6">:</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_003a">:</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_003a-1"><code>:</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-8">:</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_003a-for-math"><code>: <span class="roman">for math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-7">[</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-9">[</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005b_002e_002e_002e_005d-for-optional-arguments"><code>[...] <span class="roman">for optional arguments</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-8">\</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-10">\</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c-_0028backslash_002dspace_0029">\ (backslash-space)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c-character-starting-commands"><code>\ <span class="roman">character starting commands</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0021"><code>\!</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0022-_0028umlaut-accent_0029"><code>\" <span class="roman">(umlaut accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> @@ -22638,6 +24920,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0026"><code>\&</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028acute-accent_0029"><code>\' <span class="roman">(acute accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\' <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0028_002e_002e_002e_005c_0029-inline-math"><code>\(...\) <span class="roman">inline math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002a"><code>\*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002b"><code>\+</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_002c"><code>\,</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> @@ -22654,17 +24937,21 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-1"><code>\></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\> <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040auxout"><code>\@auxout</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040beginparpenalty"><code>\@beginparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040dottedtocline"><code>\@dottedtocline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040endparpenalty"><code>\@endparpenalty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"><code>\@fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040ifstar"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040itempenalty"><code>\@itempenalty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040mainaux"><code>\@mainaux</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a' <span class="roman">(acute accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a= <span class="roman">(macron accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa (å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA (Å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caccent"><code>\accent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddress"><code>\address</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddress">\address</a></td></tr> @@ -22707,7 +24994,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip-1"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbegin"><code>\begin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbeta"><code>\beta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbf"><code>\bf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -22715,6 +25003,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibitem"><code>\bibitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliography"><code>\bibliography</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbibname"><code>\bibname</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcap"><code>\bigcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcirc"><code>\bigcirc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbigcup"><code>\bigcup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -22780,6 +25069,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclosein"><code>\closein</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccloseout"><code>\closeout</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclosing"><code>\closing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclubsuit"><code>\clubsuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolon"><code>\colon</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> @@ -22794,7 +25085,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccolumnwidth-2"><code>\columnwidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccomplement"><code>\complement</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccong"><code>\cong</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-1"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccontentsline-2"><code>\contentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccoprod"><code>\coprod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccopyright"><code>\copyright</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccos"><code>\cos</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> @@ -22820,13 +25113,27 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddagger"><code>\ddagger</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddot"><code>\ddot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddots"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommand-1"><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-1"><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextComposite"><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand"><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbol-1"><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault"><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelayedShellEscape"><code>\DelayedShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> @@ -22841,6 +25148,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="roman">, and <code>texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a></td></tr> @@ -22869,6 +25177,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr> @@ -22886,6 +25195,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"><code>\fnsymbol<span class="roman">, and footnotes</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontdimen1"><code>\fontdimen1</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontseries"><code>\fontseries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> @@ -22945,6 +25255,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cHuge"><code>\Huge</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="roman">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="roman"> macro from <samp>xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr> @@ -22953,6 +25264,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ (IJ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimmediate_005cwrite"><code>\immediate\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cin"><code>\in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinclude"><code>\include</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cincludegraphics"><code>\includegraphics</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> @@ -22980,6 +25292,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cj-_0028dotless-j_0029"><code>\j <span class="roman">(dotless j)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjmath"><code>\jmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjobname"><code><code>\jobname</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cjobname-1"><code>\jobname</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cJoin"><code>\Join</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ck-_0028ogonek_0029"><code>\k <span class="roman">(ogonek)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -22987,6 +25301,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l (ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L (Ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040chapter"><code>\l@chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040section"><code>\l@section</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl_0040subsection"><code>\l@subsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> @@ -23005,6 +25322,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clarge"><code>\large</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLarge"><code>\Large</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLARGE"><code>\LARGE</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cLastDeclaredEncoding">\LastDeclaredEncoding</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeX"><code>\LaTeX</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLaTeXe"><code>\LaTeXe</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clbrace"><code>\lbrace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23039,12 +25357,17 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005climsup"><code>\limsup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cline"><code>\line</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinebreak"><code>\linebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clineskip"><code>\lineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clineskiplimit"><code>\lineskiplimit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinespread"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinespread-1"><code>\linespread</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinethickness"><code>\linethickness</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clinewidth-1"><code>\linewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-1"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-1"><code>\listoftables</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clistparindent"><code>\listparindent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> @@ -23053,6 +25376,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clong"><code>\long</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23091,6 +25415,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsection"><code>\mathsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsterling"><code>\mathsterling</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathstrut"><code><code>\mathstrut</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathunderscore"><code>\mathunderscore</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -23100,6 +25425,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedskip"><code>\medskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmedspace"><code>\medspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmessage"><code>\message</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmessage">\message</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> @@ -23116,6 +25442,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegmedspace"><code>\negmedspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegthickspace"><code>\negthickspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnegthinspace-1"><code>\negthinspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneq"><code>\neq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23131,6 +25459,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewwrite"><code>\newwrite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23150,6 +25479,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnot"><code>\not</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnumberline"><code>\numberline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnumberline">\numberline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o (ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O (Ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> @@ -23166,7 +25496,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005comega"><code>\omega</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cominus"><code>\ominus</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005conecolumn"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copenin"><code>\openin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copenout"><code>\openout</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23209,6 +25541,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPhi"><code>\Phi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cphi"><code>\phi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPi"><code>\Pi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpi"><code>\pi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23220,6 +25553,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPr"><code>\Pr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprevdepth"><code>\prevdepth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> @@ -23230,10 +25564,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprotected_0040write"><code>\protected@write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand-1"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"><code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPsi"><code>\Psi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpsi"><code>\psi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23256,11 +25594,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crbrack"><code>\rbrack</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crceil"><code>\rceil</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRe"><code>\Re</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cread"><code>\read</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005creflectbox"><code>\reflectbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crefname"><code>\refname</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="roman">, and <code>texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr> @@ -23306,6 +25647,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csf"><code>\sf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csffamily"><code>\sffamily</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csharp"><code>\sharp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cShellEscape"><code>\ShellEscape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cshipout-and-expansion"><code>\shipout <span class="roman">and expansion</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cshortstack"><code>\shortstack</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSigma"><code>\Sigma</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csigma"><code>\sigma</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23323,6 +25666,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmallskipamount"><code>\smallskipamount</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csmile"><code>\smile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE">\SPACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSPACE-1"><code>\SPACE</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23338,6 +25682,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstop"><code>\stop</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstretch"><code>\stretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstretch">\stretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstrut"><code>\strut</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-1"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> @@ -23345,7 +25690,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsection-1"><code>\subsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubset"><code>\subset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubseteq"><code>\subseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-1"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucc"><code>\succ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csucceq"><code>\succeq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csum"><code>\sum</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23361,6 +25707,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabcolsep"><code>\tabcolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-1"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctan"><code>\tan</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctanh"><code>\tanh</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23391,6 +25738,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexteuro"><code>\texteuro</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextexclamdown-_0028or-_0021_0060_0029"><code>\textexclamdown <span class="roman">(or <code>!`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfiguredash"><code>\textfiguredash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfloatsep-1"><code>\textfloatsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextfraction"><code>\textfraction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> @@ -23398,10 +25746,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextgreater"><code>\textgreater</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextheight-1"><code>\textheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctexthorizontalbar"><code>\texthorizontalbar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextit"><code>\textit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextleftarrow"><code>\textleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextless"><code>\textless</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextmd"><code>\textmd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextnonbreakinghyphen"><code>\textnonbreakinghyphen</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal"><code>\textnormal</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordfeminine"><code>\textordfeminine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextordmasculine"><code>\textordmasculine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23485,6 +25835,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="roman">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvanothing"><code>\vanothing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23494,6 +25846,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarrho"><code>\varrho</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarsigma"><code>\varsigma</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvbox-plain-TeX"><code>\vbox <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> @@ -23505,15 +25858,24 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvline"><code>\vline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvline">\vline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvspace"><code>\vspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvtop-plain-TeX"><code>\vtop <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwedge"><code>\wedge</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidehat"><code>\widehat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwidetilde"><code>\widetilde</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwlog"><code>\wlog</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwlog">\wlog</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwp"><code>\wp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwr"><code>\wr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite"><code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-and-security"><code>\write</code> and security</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite-streams-16_002c-17_002c-18"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18"><code>\write18</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cwrite18_002c-enabling"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cXi"><code>\Xi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cxi"><code>\xi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cxspace"><code>\xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cyear"><code>\year</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear">\day & \month & \year</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005czeta"><code>\zeta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"><code>\[...\] <span class="roman">display math</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>center</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-eqnarray_0029"><code>\\ <span class="roman">(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_005c-_0028for-flushright_0029"><code>\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> @@ -23538,53 +25900,64 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007e"><code>\~</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_007e-_0028tilde-accent_0029"><code>\~ <span class="roman">(tilde accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-9">^</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005e"><code>^</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-11">^</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005e-superscript"><code>^ <span class="roman">superscript</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005e_005eJ_002c-in-_005cwrite"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-10">_</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005f"><code>_</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-12">_</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005f-subscript"><code>_ <span class="roman">subscript</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-11">`</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027-index-entries">‘see’ and ‘see also’ index entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> -<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-12">{</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-13">{</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_007b_002e_002e_002e_007d-for-required-arguments"><code>{...} <span class="roman">for required arguments</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_symbol-13">~</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_symbol-14">~</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_007e"><code>~</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-A">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-A">A</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-a4paper-option"><code>a4paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-a5paper-option"><code>a5paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract-environment"><code><code>abstract</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract-package"><code>abstract</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstracts">abstracts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents">accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-1">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-2">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-3">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextComposite">\DeclareTextComposite</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-4">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-5">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acronyms_002c-list-of">acronyms, list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-adjustbox-package"><code>adjustbox</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-algorithm2e-package"><code>algorithm2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath">align <span class="roman">environment, from <code>amsmath</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aligning-equations">aligning equations</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alignment-via-tabbing">alignment via tabbing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amscd-package"><code>amscd</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package"><code>amsfonts</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsfonts-package-1"><code>amsfonts</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-1"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-2"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-3"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-4"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-5"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-11"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-12"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-answers-package"><code>answers</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendices">appendices</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix">appendix</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix-package"><code>appendix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> @@ -23594,6 +25967,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrays_002c-math">arrays, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text">arrow, left, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text">arrow, right, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrows">arrows</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-article-class"><code>article <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ascender-height">ascender height</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ASCII-circumflex_002c-in-text">ASCII circumflex, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23602,12 +25976,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-1"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-2"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-3"><code>Asymptote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions">at clause, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-at_002dsign"><code>at-sign</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-author_002c-for-titlepage">author, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-auxiliary-file">auxiliary file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-B">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-B">B</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-b5paper-option"><code>b5paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-1"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> @@ -23615,6 +25990,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-3"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-4"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package-5"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-back-matter-of-a-book">back matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-background_002c-colored">background, colored</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-backslash_002c-in-text">backslash, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, double vertical, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23623,6 +25999,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002dover-accent_002c-math">bar-over accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002dunder-accent">bar-under accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-basics-of-LaTeX">basics of LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-batchmode">batchmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-beamer-package"><code>beamer</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-beamer-template-and-class"><code>beamer</code> template and class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-beginning-of-document-hook">beginning of document hook</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography-format_002c-open">bibliography format, open</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> @@ -23630,7 +26008,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029">bibliography, creating (manually)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bibTeX_002c-using">bibTeX, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-big-circle-symbols_002c-in-text">big circle symbols, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Big-point">Big point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-big-point">big point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bigfoot-package"><code>bigfoot</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-black-boxes_002c-omitting">black boxes, omitting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-blackboard-bold">blackboard bold</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Blackboard-bold">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr> @@ -23646,8 +26024,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-book_002c-main-matter">book, main matter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bottomnumber"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bottomnumber-1"><code>bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bounding-box">bounding box</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box">box</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-allocating-new">box, allocating new</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-bounding">box, bounding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-colored">box, colored</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-save">box, save</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox">\sbox & \savebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-box_002c-use-saved-box">box, use saved box</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr> @@ -23655,6 +26035,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bp"><code>bp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-brace_002c-left_002c-in-text">brace, left, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-brace_002c-right_002c-in-text">brace, right, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-braces">braces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-brackets">brackets</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breaking-lines">breaking lines</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breaking-pages">breaking pages</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-breaks_002c-multiplication-discretionary">breaks, multiplication discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr> @@ -23666,7 +26048,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bullet_002c-in-text">bullet, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bulleted-lists">bulleted lists</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-C">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-C">C</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-fonts">calligraphic fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-letters-for-math">calligraphic letters for math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cap-height">cap height</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -23682,11 +26064,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centered-period_002c-in-text">centered period, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for">centering text, declaration for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-environment-for">centering text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Centimeter">Centimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centimeter">centimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-changing-case-of-characters">changing case of characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-encoding">character encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible-1">character, invisible</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-case-of">characters, case of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> @@ -23694,7 +26079,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-special">characters, special</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-check-accent">check accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-check-accent_002c-math">check accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Cicero">Cicero</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cicero">cicero</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circle-symbol_002c-big_002c-in-text">circle symbol, big, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circled-letter_002c-in-text">circled letter, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent">circumflex accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> @@ -23713,10 +26098,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cleveref-package"><code>cleveref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-1"><code>cleveref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-2"><code>cleveref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-CLI">CLI</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clock-option-to-slides-class"><code>clock <span class="roman">option to <code>slides</code> class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code>cm-super</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>cmd.exe<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-code_002c-typesetting">code, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colon-character">colon character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color">color</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color">Color</a></td></tr> @@ -23731,7 +26119,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colored-boxes">colored boxes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-boxes">Colored boxes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colored-page">colored page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-pages">Colored pages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colored-text">colored text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-line">command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line">Command line</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-line-interface">command line interface</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-syntax">command syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> @@ -23739,9 +26127,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-graphics-package">commands, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Commands-for-graphics">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-redefining">commands, redefining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants">commands, star-variants</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text">composite word mark, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-comprehensive-package"><code>comprehensive</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting">computer programs, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-configuration_002c-graphics-package">configuration, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contents-file">contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> @@ -23759,16 +26150,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-references">cross references</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-references_002c-resolving">cross references, resolving</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-referencing-with-page-number">cross referencing with page number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents">cross referencing, across documents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic">cross referencing, symbolic</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-CTAN">CTAN</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-curly-braces">curly braces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-currency_002c-dollar">currency, dollar</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-currency_002c-euro">currency, euro</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-D">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-D">D</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-double_002c-in-text">dagger, double, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text-1">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e">DANTE e.V.</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-datatool-package"><code>datatool</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-date_002c-for-titlepage">date, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-date_002c-today_0027s">date, today’s</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code>datetime</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> @@ -23776,6 +26170,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber-1"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dcolumn-package"><code>dcolumn</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands">declaration form of font size commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands">declaration form of font style commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-define-color">define color</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command-1">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr> @@ -23783,6 +26179,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-new-fonts">defining new fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-new-theorems">defining new theorems</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-definitions">definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delayed-_005cwrite">delayed <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delimiters">delimiters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delimiters_002c-paired">delimiters, paired</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005f0"><code>delim_0</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-delim_005f1"><code>delim_1</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> @@ -23793,9 +26191,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description-environment"><code><code>description</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description-lists_002c-creating">description lists, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Didot-point">Didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-didot-point">didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dimen-plain-TeX">dimen <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-directory-listings_002c-from-system">directory listings, from system</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication">discretionary breaks, multiplication</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-hyphenation">discretionary hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-display-math-mode">display math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> @@ -23808,6 +26208,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code><code>document</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-root-name">document root name</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-templates">document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dollar-sign">dollar sign</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dot-accent">dot accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> @@ -23828,15 +26229,16 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-low_002d9-quotation-mark">double low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-quote_002c-straight-base">double quote, straight base</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-right-quote">double right quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-spacing">double spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-spacing">double spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-double-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">double vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-doublestruck">doublestruck</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Blackboard-bold">Blackboard bold</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-draft-option"><code>draft <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvilualatex_002ddev"><code>dvilualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvipdfmx-command"><code>dvipdfmx <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvips-command"><code>dvips <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvitype-command"><code>dvitype <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-E">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-E">E</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-e_002dTeX">e-TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ellipses">ellipses</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> @@ -23848,13 +26250,18 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds">em-dash, two-thirds</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-emphasis">emphasis</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enclosure-list">enclosure list</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cencl">\encl</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-encoding_002c-font">encoding, font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-encoding_002c-of-input-files">encoding, of input files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-end-matter-of-a-book">end matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-end-of-document-hook">end of document hook</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ending-and-starting">ending and starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-engines_002c-TeX">engines, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enlarge-current-page">enlarge current page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code><code>enumerate</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumitem-package-1"><code>enumitem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment">environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment-form-of-font-size-commands">environment form of font size commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-abstract"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-array"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>array</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-center"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>center</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> @@ -23892,8 +26299,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environments">environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environments_002c-defining">environments, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-envlab-package"><code>envlab</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-EPS-files">EPS files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-EPS-files-1">EPS files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-EPS-files">EPS files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code><code>eqnarray</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> @@ -23903,34 +26309,46 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-aligning">equations, aligning</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-environment-for">equations, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered">equations, flush left vs. centered</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-errorstopmode">errorstopmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code>etoolbox</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-euro-symbol">euro symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eurosym-package"><code>eurosym</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eurosym-package-1"><code>eurosym</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-expl3-package"><code>expl3</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-expl3-package-1"><code>expl3</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exponent">exponent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-expressions"><code>expressions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Expressions">Expressions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-extended-Latin">extended Latin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-external-commands">external commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-external-files_002c-writing">external files, writing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-F">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-F">F</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fallback-jobname">fallback jobname</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-families_002c-of-fonts">families, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package"><code>fancyhdr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyhdr-package-1"><code>fancyhdr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fancyvrb-package-1"><code>fancyvrb</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-feminine-ordinal-symbol">feminine ordinal symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-dash-character">figure dash character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-environment"><code><code>figure</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing">figure number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-footnotes-in">figures, footnotes in</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-inserting">figures, inserting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-closing">file, closing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-opening">file, opening</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-reading">file, reading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-root">file, root</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents-environment"><code><code>filecontents</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a-environment"><code><code>filecontents*</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filename-for-current-job">filename for current job</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-final-option"><code>final <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"><code>first-latex-doc <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fixed_002dwidth-font">fixed-width font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -23944,10 +26362,15 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushright-environment"><code><code>flushright</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-catalogue">font catalogue</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel">font commands, low-level</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-dimension_002c-slant">font dimension, slant</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-encoding">font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-encoding-1">font encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-encoding_002c-declaring">font encoding, declaring</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-size">font size</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-sizes">font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-styles">font styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-symbols_002c-by-number">font symbols, by number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fontenc"><code>fontenc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts">fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for">fonts, new commands for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-script">fonts, script</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr> @@ -23960,8 +26383,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote_002c-of-a-footnote">footnote, of a footnote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes-in-figures">footnotes in figures</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-creating">footnotes, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">Footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-force-option-for-filecontents"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-format-files_002c-TeX">format files, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-environment-for">formulas, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-forward-reference">forward reference</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> @@ -23972,9 +26397,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-frame_002c-line-width"><code>frame, line width</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-frame_002c-separation-from-contents"><code>frame, separation from contents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-French-quotation-marks">French quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-front-matter-of-a-book">front matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-functions_002c-math">functions, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-G">G</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-G">G</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-geometry-package"><code>geometry</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-geometry-package-1"><code>geometry</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> @@ -23983,6 +26409,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary">glossary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entries">glossary, entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entry-reference">glossary, entry reference</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgls">\gls</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glue-plain-TeX">glue <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX">glue register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics">graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics">Graphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics-1">graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> @@ -23997,17 +26424,21 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-resizing-1">graphics, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-scaling">graphics, scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphics_002c-scaling-1">graphics, scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-graphpap-package"><code>graphpap</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grave-accent">grave accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grave-accent_002c-math">grave accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text">greater than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greek-letters">greek letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Greek-letters">Greek letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grfext-package"><code>grfext</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-group_002c-and-environments">group, and environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-group_005fskip"><code>group_skip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-H">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-H">H</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">háček accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent">hacek accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Halmos-symbol">Halmos symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hard-space">hard space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hat-accent">hat accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hat-accent_002c-math">hat accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-header-style">header style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> @@ -24015,6 +26446,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hello_002c-world">hello, world</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-here_002c-putting-floats">here, putting floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-home-page-for-manual">home page for manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-bar-character">horizontal bar character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-paragraph-indentation">horizontal paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space">horizontal space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable">horizontal space, stretchable</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-spacing">horizontal spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> @@ -24023,20 +26456,21 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-2"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-3"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphen-character_002c-non_002dbreaking">hyphen character, non-breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary">hyphenation, discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-forcing">hyphenation, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-preventing">hyphenation, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-I">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-I">I</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-eth">Icelandic eth</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-thorn">Icelandic thorn</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-idx-file">idx file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch">ij letter, Dutch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-immediate-_005cwrite">immediate <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in_002dline-formulas">in-line formulas</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr> @@ -24052,6 +26486,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entries_002c-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027">index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-entry">index entry</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index-package"><code>index</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-multiple">index, multiple</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-page-range">index, page range</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-printing">index, printing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-index_002c-processing">index, processing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> @@ -24059,14 +26494,20 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indexes">indexes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-infinite-horizontal-stretch">infinite horizontal stretch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-infinite-vertical-stretch">infinite vertical stretch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inline-formulas">inline formulas</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inner-paragraph-mode">inner paragraph mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input-file">input file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002c-on-command-line">input, on command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal">input/output, to terminal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">Terminal input/output</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002foutput">input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-input_002foutput_002c-to-terminal">input/output, to terminal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inputenc"><code>inputenc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inserting-figures">inserting figures</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-insertions-of-special-characters">insertions of special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-interface_002c-command-line">interface, command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-interface">Command line interface</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-interline-space">interline space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-internal-vertical-mode">internal vertical mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-invisible-character">invisible character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-invisible-character-1">invisible character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-correction">italic correction</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code>itemize</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> @@ -24078,35 +26519,42 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005fx1"><code>item_x1</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-item_005fx2"><code>item_x2</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-J">J</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPEG-files">JPEG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPEG-files-1">JPEG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPG-files">JPG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPG-files-1">JPG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-J">J</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-jobname">jobname</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-jobname-1">jobname</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPEG-files">JPEG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-JPG-files">JPG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justification_002c-ragged-left">justification, ragged left</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-justification_002c-ragged-right">justification, ragged right</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-K">K</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-K">K</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e">Knuth, Donald E.</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-L">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-L">L</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-label">label</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-labelled-lists_002c-creating">labelled lists, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport-TeX">Lamport TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport_002c-Leslie">Lamport, Leslie</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-landscape-option"><code>landscape <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-landscape-orientation">landscape orientation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex"><code>latex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex-command"><code>latex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">LaTeX format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-logo">LaTeX logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview">LaTeX overview</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-Project-team">LaTeX Project team</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex_002ddev"><code>latex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX3-syntax">LaTeX3 syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"><code><a href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a> <span class="roman">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexsym-package"><code>latexsym</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Latin-letters_002c-additional">Latin letters, additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout-commands">layout commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Layout">Layout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for">layout, page parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leaders_002c-dots-in-table-of-contents">leaders, dots in table of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leading">leading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-angle-quotation-marks">left angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-arrow_002c-in-text">left arrow, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-brace_002c-in-text">left brace, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -24156,8 +26604,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items">lists of items</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered">lists of items, numbered</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lmodern-package"><code>lmodern</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-locale-information_002c-from-system">locale information, from system</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-log-file">log file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-log-file_002c-writing-to">log file, writing to</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-TeX">logo, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -24169,17 +26620,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LR-mode">LR mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lrbox"><code>lrbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lshort-document"><code>lshort <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ltugboat-class"><code>ltugboat</code> class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tugboat-template">tugboat template</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lualatex-command"><code>lualatex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lualatex"><code>lualatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lualatex_002ddev"><code>lualatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LuaTeX">LuaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LuaTeX_002c-256-output-streams-in">LuaTeX, 256 output streams in</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-M">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-M">M</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-m_002dwidth">m-width</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macro-package_002c-LaTeX-as">macro package, LaTeX as</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent">macron accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent_002c-math">macron accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macros2e-package"><code>macros2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Madsen_002c-Lars">Madsen, Lars</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mail-merges">mail merges</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex"><code>makeindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code>makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> @@ -24200,17 +26653,21 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-entering">math mode, entering</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-2">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-arrows"><code>math, arrows</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-bold">math, bold</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-4"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-5"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code>MetaPost</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code>mfirstuc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code>mhchem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Millimeter">Millimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-millimeter">millimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage-environment"><code><code>minipage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage_002c-creating-a">minipage, creating a</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minted-package"><code>minted</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> @@ -24227,10 +26684,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multicolumn-text">multicolumn text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multilingual-support">multilingual support</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multind-package"><code>multind</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multiple-indexes">multiple indexes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multiplication_002c-discretionary">multiplication, discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-N">N</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-N">N</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-name"><code>name</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-name-of-document-root">name of document root</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> @@ -24242,14 +26701,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting">new line, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite">newline, in <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character">non-breaking hyphen character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nonstopmode">nonstopmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notes-in-the-margin">notes in the margin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notitlepage-option"><code>notitlepage <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-null-delimiter">null delimiter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter">numbered items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle">numerals, old-style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-O">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-O">O</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oblique-font">oblique font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oe-ligature">oe ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ogonek">ogonek</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> @@ -24257,11 +26721,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-one_002dcolumn-output">one-column output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-onecolumn-option"><code>onecolumn <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oneside-option"><code>oneside <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-open-a-file">open a file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-openany-option"><code>openany <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-openbib-option"><code>openbib <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opening-quote">opening quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-openright-option"><code>openright <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-OpenType-fonts">OpenType fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-operating-system-information">operating system information</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-color-package">options, color package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-command-line">options, command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> @@ -24273,55 +26739,74 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-OT1">OT1</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-outer-paragraph-mode">outer paragraph mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-output-directory-for-all-external-files">output directory for all external files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overbar-accent">overbar accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overdot-accent_002c-math">overdot accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overlining">overlining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overview-of-LaTeX">overview of LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-P">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-P">P</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-file-layout">package file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-options">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-abstract"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>abstract</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-adjustbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>adjustbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-algorithm2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>algorithm2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amscd"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amscd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsfonts-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsfonts</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e">\bigl & \bigr etc.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-11"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-12"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-answers"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>answers</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>appendix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-array-_0028package_0029"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>array (package)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-beamer"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>beamer</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-bigfoot"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>bigfoot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes">Footnotes of footnotes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-bm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>bm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cm-super</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-comprehensive"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>comprehensive</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-datatool"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datatool</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-datetime"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datetime</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-dcolumn"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>dcolumn</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-envlab"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>envlab</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>eurosym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>eurosym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>expl3</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>expl3</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyhdr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-fancyvrb"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>fancyvrb</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> @@ -24330,6 +26815,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-float"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>float</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-graphpap"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>graphpap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cgraphpaper">\graphpaper</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-grfext"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>grfext</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-hyperref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr> @@ -24341,14 +26828,18 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-index"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>index</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-latexsym"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>latexsym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-lmodern"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>lmodern</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>macros2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cleft-_0026-_005cright">\left & \right</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-MetaPost"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>MetaPost</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mfirstuc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mfirstuc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mhchem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mhchem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> @@ -24362,26 +26853,33 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-polyglossia-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>polyglossia</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-PSTricks"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>PSTricks</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-sagetex"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>sagetex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-shellesc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>shellesc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-showidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>showidx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-symbols"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>symbols</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcomp"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcomp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tikz_002dcd"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tikz-cd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-4"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-titlesec-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>titlesec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocbibbind"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocbibbind</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tocloft"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tocloft</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-ulem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>ulem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-unicode_002dmath"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>unicode-math</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-url"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>url</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-verbatimbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>verbatimbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> @@ -24408,12 +26906,16 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraphs">paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes">parameters, for footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-page-layout">parameters, page layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to">parent directories, cannot write to</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parentheses">parentheses</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Delimiters">Delimiters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part">part</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-part-1">part</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing">pattern, current tab stops, <span class="roman">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files-1">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex"><code>pdflatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex-command"><code>pdflatex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex_002ddev"><code>pdflatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdfTeX-engine">pdfTeX engine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending">period, abbreviation-ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr> @@ -24427,11 +26929,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pictures_002c-creating">pictures, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pilcrow">pilcrow</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-placement-of-floats">placement of floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-platex"><code>platex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-platex_002ddev"><code>platex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-plural"><code>plural</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PNG-files">PNG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PNG-files-1">PNG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PNG-files">PNG files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for">poetry, an environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Point">Point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-point">point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polyglossia-package-1"><code>polyglossia</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> @@ -24445,12 +26948,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble_002c-defined">preamble, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-prerelease-testing">prerelease testing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-prompt_002c-_002a">prompt, ‘<samp>*</samp>’</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pronunciation">pronunciation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PSTricks-package"><code>PSTricks</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pt"><code>pt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-Q">Q</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-Q">Q</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quad">quad</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown">question mark, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation-environment"><code><code>quotation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> @@ -24461,23 +26965,26 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-R">R</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-R">R</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-radical">radical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csqrt">\sqrt</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-left-text">ragged left text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for">ragged left text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text">ragged right text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for">ragged right text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-read-a-file">read a file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-redefining-environments">redefining environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reference_002c-forward">reference, forward</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-references_002c-resolving-forward">references, resolving forward</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-registered-symbol">registered symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-relation_002c-text-above">relation, text above</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstackrel">\stackrel</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-release-candidates">release candidates</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-remarks-in-the-margin">remarks in the margin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-report-class"><code>report <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reporting-bugs">reporting bugs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reserved-characters">reserved characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-resizing">resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-resizing-1">resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-restricted-shell-access">restricted shell access</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-angle-quotation-marks">right angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-arrow_002c-in-text">right arrow, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right-brace_002c-in-text">right brace, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -24487,6 +26994,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002dhand-equation-numbers">right-hand equation numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text">right-justifying text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">right-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rigid-lengths">rigid lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent">ring accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> @@ -24497,18 +27005,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotating-text">rotating text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rotation">rotation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crotatebox">\rotatebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-row_002c-tabbing">row, <span class="roman">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths">rubber lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new">rubber lengths, defining new</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer">running header and footer</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer-style">running header and footer style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-S">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sagetex-package"><code>sagetex</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-S">S</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sans-serif-font">sans serif font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Scaled-point">Scaled point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaled-point">scaled point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaling">scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scaling-1">scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-fonts">script fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Calligraphic">Calligraphic</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-script-letters-for-math">script letters for math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-scrollmode">scrollmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-secnumdepth"><code>secnumdepth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-secnumdepth-counter"><code>secnumdepth <span class="roman">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section">section</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> @@ -24519,11 +27028,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section_002c-redefining">section, redefining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sectioning-commands">sectioning commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sectioning_002c-part">sectioning, part</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-security-and-_005cwrite">security and <code>\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite-and-security">\write and security</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-see-and-see-also-index-entries">see and see also index entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-self_002dcontained-sources">self-contained sources</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-series_002c-of-fonts">series, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setting-counters">setting counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sh_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>sh<span class="roman">, used by <code>\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shapes_002c-of-fonts">shapes, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sharp-S-letters">sharp S letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shell-access">shell access</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shell-escape">shell escape</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-SHELL_002c-environment-variables"><code>SHELL<span class="roman">, environment variables</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shellesc-package"><code>shellesc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-showidx-package"><code>showidx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simulating-typed-text">simulating typed text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-angle-quotation-marks">single angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -24532,8 +27049,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark">single low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-quote_002c-straight">single quote, straight</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-right-quote">single right quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-siunitx-package"><code>siunitx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-siunitx-package"><code>siunitx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-siunitx-package-1"><code>siunitx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sizes-of-text">sizes of text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-plain-TeX">skip <span class="roman">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> @@ -24541,8 +27060,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained">source files, making self-contained</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-hard">space, hard</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space-between-lines">space between lines</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal">space, inserting horizontal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-inserting-vertical">space, inserting vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-negative-thin">space, negative thin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td></tr> @@ -24551,10 +27071,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-vertical">space, vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces">spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1">spaces, ignore around commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode-1">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> @@ -24584,18 +27106,26 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subscript">subscript</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection">subsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsection-1">subsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection">subsubsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection">subsubsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-subsubsection-1">subsubsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-suffix-package"><code>suffix</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-superscript">superscript</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbol"><code>symbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols-package"><code>symbols</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbol_002c-defining">symbol, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbol">\DeclareTextSymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-arrows">symbols, arrows</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-boldface">symbols, boldface</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath">\boldmath & \unboldmath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-math">symbols, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-symbols_002c-text">symbols, text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-system-commands_002c-run-from-LaTeX">system commands, run from LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-system-information">system information</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-T">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-T">T</th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-T1">T1</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tab-stops_002c-using">tab stops, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code>tabbing</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-environment"><code><code>table</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents">table of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccontentsline">\contentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-create-dotted-line">table of contents entry, create dotted line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040dottedtocline">\@dottedtocline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding">table of contents entry, manually adding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-file">table of contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> @@ -24603,22 +27133,24 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-article">template, <code>article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-beamer">template, <code>beamer</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-book">template, <code>book</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#book-template">book template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-book-1">template, <code>book</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Larger-book-template">Larger book template</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-TUGboat">template, TUGboat</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tugboat-template">tugboat template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-templates_002c-document">templates, document</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-terminal-input_002foutput">terminal input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">Terminal input/output</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-terminal-input_002foutput">terminal input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Input_002foutput">Input/output</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-terminal_002c-writing-to">terminal, writing to</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TeX-format-_0028_002efmt_0029-files">TeX format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TeX-logo">TeX logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texosquery-package"><code>texosquery</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-texput_002c-jobname-default"><code>texput<span class="roman">, jobname default</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text-symbols">text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing">text, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-resizing-1">text, resizing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-scaling">text, scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cscalebox">\scalebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text_002c-scaling-1">text, scaling</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcase-package"><code>textcase</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code>textcomp</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package-1"><code>textcomp <span class="roman">package</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code>textcomp <span class="roman">package</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage">thanks, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code><code>thebibliography</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code><code>theorem</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> @@ -24636,6 +27168,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TikZ-package"><code>TikZ</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-1"><code>TikZ</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TikZ-package-2"><code>TikZ</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tikz_002dcd-package"><code>tikz-cd</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde-accent">tilde accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde-accent_002c-math">tilde accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">tilde, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -24645,11 +27178,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-environment"><code><code>titlepage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-option"><code>titlepage <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titles_002c-making">titles, making</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-1"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-2"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-3"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-4"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-1"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-2"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-3"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csection">\section</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-4"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsection">\subsection</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlesec-package-5"><code>titlesec</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocbibbind-package"><code>tocbibbind</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocdepth"><code>tocdepth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tocdepth-counter"><code>tocdepth <span class="roman">counter</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> @@ -24664,7 +27198,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-trademark-symbol">trademark symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-transcript-file">transcript file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TrueType-fonts">TrueType fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TUGboat-template">TUGboat template</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tugboat-template">tugboat template</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TS1-encoding">TS1 encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-two_002dcolumn-output">two-column output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-two_002dthirds-em_002ddash">two-thirds em-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-twocolumn-option"><code>twocolumn <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> @@ -24676,23 +27210,29 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typewriter-font">typewriter font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-typewriter-labels-in-lists">typewriter labels in lists</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-U">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-U">U</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ulem-package"><code>ulem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-umlaut-accent">umlaut accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unbreakable-space">unbreakable space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-underbar">underbar</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-underlining">underlining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-underscore_002c-in-text">underscore, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Unicode">Unicode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Unicode-input_002c-native">Unicode input, native</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unicode_002dmath-package"><code>unicode-math</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Greek-letters">Greek letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual">unofficial nature of this manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unordered-lists">unordered lists</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-uplatex"><code>uplatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-uplatex_002ddev"><code>uplatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-uppercase">uppercase</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-url-package"><code>url</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-using-BibTeX">using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-usrguide-official-documentation"><code>usrguide <span class="roman">official documentation</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-default-LaTeX-input-encoding">UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-engine-support-for">UTF-8, engine support for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8_002c-font-support-for">UTF-8, font support for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-V">V</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-V">V</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-variables_002c-a-list-of">variables, a list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vector-symbol_002c-math">vector symbol, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim-environment"><code><code>verbatim</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> @@ -24707,54 +27247,65 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-1">vertical space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs">vertical space before paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent & \parskip</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing-1">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmathstrut">\mathstrut</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode">vertical spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space">visible space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text">visible space symbol, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-W">W</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-W">W</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-weights_002c-of-fonts">weights, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-whatsit-item">whatsit item</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-white-space">white space</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-wide-hat-accent_002c-math">wide hat accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-wide-tilde-accent_002c-math">wide tilde accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-widths_002c-of-fonts">widths, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Wright_002c-Joseph">Wright, Joseph</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-writing-external-files">writing external files</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-writing-letters">writing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-X">X</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-X">X</th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-x_002dheight">x-height</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xdvi-command"><code>xdvi <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xdvipdfmx"><code>xdvipdfmx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xelatex-command"><code>xelatex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xelatex"><code>xelatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xelatex_002ddev"><code>xelatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-XeTeX">XeTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy"><code>xindy</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindex-program"><code>xindex <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy <span class="roman">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code><code>xr</code> package</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code><code>xr-hyper</code> package</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> </table> -<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>&</b></a> +<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a> + +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>&</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-2"><b>*</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>*</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-3"><b>-</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>-</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-4"><b>.</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>.</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-5"><b>1</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>/</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-6"><b>:</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>1</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-7"><b>[</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>:</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-8"><b>\</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>[</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-9"><b>^</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>\</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-10"><b>_</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>^</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-11"><b>`</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>_</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-12"><b>{</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>{</b></a> -<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-13"><b>~</b></a> +<a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_symbol-14"><b>~</b></a> <br> <a class="summary-letter" href="#Index_cp_letter-A"><b>A</b></a> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf Binary files differindex 7437ab02479..7f1bc29e5b3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi index d4f0726deb0..aec0978aa88 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ \input texinfo -@c $Id: latex2e.texi 710 2018-10-14 14:32:52Z karl $ +@c $Id: latex2e.texi 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @setfilename latex2e.info -@set UPDATED October 2018 +@set UPDATED July 2021 @include common.texi @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED}) @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @@ -10,31 +10,29 @@ @c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, @c xx but latex2e stuff is missing. @c xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file +@c xx read through latex2e news for things to update. @c @c xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX -@c xx classes and packages -- required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts -@c +@c xx classes and packages: required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts @c xx merge permuted-index @c xx merge latex-manual from savannah @c xx merge display style math +@c xx check recent ltnews for (lots of) changes +@c xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail of 14 Mar 2020 21:39:41) +@c xx \nonstopmode etc., if they are officially supported by LaTeX? @c xx JH explain nfss somewhere @c xx JH expand BiBTeX @c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math @c xx JH something on code listings @c xx JH ligatures -@c xx JH \xspace -@c xx JH \stretch -@c xx JH \mathstrut -@c xx JH \phantom https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4519/how-do-i-create-an-invisible-character -@c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar -@c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? -@c xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. -@c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr +@c xx JH \caption @c @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. @c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. @c xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. +@c +@c xx All the special characters should be definitively described. @copying This document is an unofficial reference manual for @LaTeX{}, a @@ -55,7 +53,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.@* +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.@* Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@* Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. @@ -93,6 +91,32 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. \global\hbadness=4444 % don't complain much @end tex +@html +<div class='intro'> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for +LaTeX. See below for the <a href='#SEC_Overview'>Table of Contents</a>. +If you want a tutorial then please instead visit <a +href="https://www.learnlatex.org/"><code>learnlatex.org</code></a> or <a +href='https://ctan.org/topic/tut-latex'>this list</a>.</p> + +<p>This manual has two versions. One has <a +href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or +subsection</a>. It's also available as a <a +href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and +as a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.</p> + +<p> This document is not official. It has not been reviewed by the +LaTeX maintainers. Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX +commands. Your comments and contributions, including bug reports, are +very welcome. See <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project +page</a> for more, including <a +href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license information</a> and +information on how you can +<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to this manual</a> +as well as +<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror it</a>.</p> +<!-- End of opening header --> +@end html + @titlepage @title @LaTeX{}2e: An unofficial reference manual @subtitle @value{UPDATED} @@ -137,11 +161,13 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. @set NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package. @set NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package. +@ifnottex @node Top @top @LaTeX{}2e: An unofficial reference manual This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of @value{UPDATED}) for @LaTeX{}2e, a document preparation system. +@end ifnottex @menu * About this document:: Bug reporting, etc. @@ -170,13 +196,12 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of * Splitting the input:: Dealing with big files by splitting. * Front/back matter:: Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. * Letters:: The @code{letter} class. -* Terminal input/output:: User interaction. -* Command line:: System-independent command-line behavior. +* Input/output:: User interaction. +* Command line interface:: Common command-line options. * Document templates:: Starter templates for various document classes. * Index:: General index. @end menu - @node About this document @chapter About this document @@ -185,15 +210,11 @@ This is an unofficial reference manual for the @LaTeX{}2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the @TeX{} typesetting program (@pxref{Overview}). -This document's home page is @url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}. There -you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its -archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in -various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. -Probably the most convenient one, shown at @url{http://latexref.xyz/}, -has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the -note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at -@url{http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co}, -has all the information on single page. +This document's home page is @url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}; it has +separate web pages for each topic. Alternatively. +@url{https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html} has the entire document on +a single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more +information, see @url{https://latexref.xyz/dev/}. @cindex @LaTeX{} vs.@: @LaTeX{}2e In this document, we will mostly just use `@LaTeX{}' rather than @@ -203,40 +224,34 @@ frozen decades ago. @cindex unofficial nature of this manual @cindex @LaTeX{} Project team @findex @email{@value{LTXREFMAN_BUGS}} @r{email address} -@LaTeX{} is currently maintained by a group of volunteers -(@url{http://latex-project.org}). The official documentation written by -the @LaTeX{} project is available from their web site. This document is -completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the @LaTeX{} -maintainers. +@LaTeX{} is maintained by a group of volunteers +(@url{https://latex-project.org}). The official documentation written +by the @LaTeX{} project is available from their web site. The present +document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed +by the @LaTeX{} maintainers. @cindex bug reporting @cindex reporting bugs Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to @email{@value{LTXREFMAN_BUGS}}. -This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources -of information about @LaTeX{}, at all levels. Here are a few -introductions. +This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array +of other information available about @LaTeX{}, at all levels. Here +are a few introductions. @table @url -@item http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr +@item https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr @findex latex-doc-ptr @r{document} Two pages of recommended references to @LaTeX{} documentation. -@item http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc +@item https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc @findex first-latex-doc @r{document} Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. -@item http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide -@findex usrguide @r{official documentation} -The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of @LaTeX{}. -Many other guides by many other people are also available, independent -of @LaTeX{} itself; one such is the next item: - -@item http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort +@item https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort @findex lshort @r{document} -A short introduction to @LaTeX{}, translated to many languages. +A longer introduction to @LaTeX{}, translated to many languages. -@item http://tug.org/begin.html +@item https://tug.org/begin.html Introduction to the @TeX{} system, including @LaTeX{}, with further references. @@ -253,21 +268,25 @@ references. @cindex @LaTeX{} overview @LaTeX{} is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally -created by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(@url{http://latex-project.org}). It is widely used, particularly for -complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics. - -@cindex macro package, @LaTeX{} as -A @LaTeX{} user writes an input file containing text along with -interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text -should be formatted. It is implemented as a set of related commands -that interface with Donald@tie{}E. Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting program -(the technical term is that @LaTeX{} is a @dfn{macro package} for the -@TeX{} engine). The user produces the output document by giving that -input file to the @TeX{} engine. +created by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group +of volunteers for many years now (@url{https://latex-project.org}). +It is widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical +and technical documents. + +@cindex UTF-8, default @LaTeX{} input encoding +A @LaTeX{} user writes an input file containing text to be typeset +along with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is +UTF-8 (as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text +should be formatted. + +@LaTeX{} is implemented as a set of related so-called ``macros'' which +use Donald@tie{}E. Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting program or one of its +derivatives, collectively known as ``engines''. Thus, the user +produces output, typically PDF, by giving the input file to a @TeX{} +engine. (The following sections describe all this in more detail.) The term @LaTeX{} is also sometimes used to mean the language in which -the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands +the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands available to a @LaTeX{} user. @cindex Lamport @TeX{} @@ -280,9 +299,9 @@ sensible, such as in plain text, write it as @samp{LaTeX}. @menu * Starting and ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. * Output files:: Files produced. -* @TeX{} engines:: Programs that can compile @TeX{} and @LaTeX{}. +* @TeX{} engines:: Programs that can compile @TeX{} and @LaTeX{}. * @LaTeX{} command syntax:: General syntax of @LaTeX{} commands. -* Environment:: Area of the source giving distinct behavior. +* Environment:: An area of the source with distinct behavior. * CTAN:: Our repository. @end menu @@ -355,7 +374,7 @@ it to a PostScript @code{.ps} file with @command{dvips} or to a Portable Document Format @code{.pdf} file with @command{dvipdfmx}. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with @command{dvitype}. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (@url{http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware}). +available (@url{https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware}). @item .pdf @findex .pdf @r{file} @@ -369,7 +388,7 @@ self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. @end table -@LaTeX{} also produces at least two additional files. +@LaTeX{} always produces at least two additional files. @table @code @item .log @@ -421,30 +440,38 @@ open-ended. @cindex engines, @TeX{} @cindex implementations of @TeX{} -@cindex UTF-8 +@cindex UTF-8, engine support for @cindex Unicode input, native @cindex TrueType fonts @cindex OpenType fonts -@LaTeX{} is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a @TeX{} -implementation (@pxref{Overview}). This section gives a terse -overview of the main programs (see also@tie{}@ref{Command line}). +@cindex @TeX{} format (@code{.fmt}) files +@cindex @LaTeX{} format (@code{.fmt}) files +@cindex format files, @TeX{} +@findex .fmt @r{file} +@LaTeX{} is a large set of commands that is executed by a @TeX{} +program (@pxref{Overview}). Such a set of commands is called a +@dfn{format}, and is embodied in a binary @code{.fmt} file, which can +be read much more quickly than the corresponding @TeX{} source. -@table @code +This section gives a terse overview of the @TeX{} programs that are +commonly available (see also @ref{Command line interface}). + +@ftable @code @item latex @itemx pdflatex -@cindex pdf@TeX{} engine @findex etex @r{command} +@cindex pdf@TeX{} engine @cindex e-@TeX{} @anchor{tex engines latex} -In @TeX{} Live (@url{http://tug.org/texlive}), if @LaTeX{} is invoked +In @TeX{} Live (@url{https://tug.org/texlive}), if @LaTeX{} is invoked via either the system command @command{latex} or @command{pdflatex}, -then the pdf@TeX{} engine is run (@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex}). +then the pdf@TeX{} engine is run (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex}). When invoked as @command{latex}, the main output is a @file{.dvi} file; as @command{pdflatex}, the main output is a @file{.pdf} file. pdf@TeX{} incorporates the e-@TeX{} extensions to Knuth's original -program (@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/etex}), including additional +program (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/etex}), including additional programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of extensions of its own. e-@TeX{} is available on its own as the system command @command{etex}, but this is plain @TeX{} (and produces @@ -455,26 +482,23 @@ rather than pdf@TeX{}. In any case, the e-@TeX{} extensions can be assumed to be available in @LaTeX{}. @item lualatex -@findex lualatex @r{command} @cindex Lua@TeX{} @anchor{tex engines lualatex} If @LaTeX{} is invoked via the system command @command{lualatex}, the -Lua@TeX{} engine is run (@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex}). This +Lua@TeX{} engine is run (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex}). This program allows code written in the scripting language Lua (@url{http://luatex.org}) to interact with @TeX{}'s typesetting. Lua@TeX{} handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and produces a @file{.pdf} file by default. -There is also @command{dvilualatex} to produce a @file{.dvi} file, -but this is rarely used. +There is also @command{dvilualatex} to produce a @file{.dvi} file. @item xelatex -@findex xelatex @r{command} @cindex Xe@TeX{} @findex .xdv @r{file} @findex xdvipdfmx @anchor{tex engines xelatex} If @LaTeX{} is invoked with the system command @command{xelatex}, the -Xe@TeX{} engine is run (@url{http://tug.org/xetex}). Like Lua@TeX{}, +Xe@TeX{} engine is run (@url{https://tug.org/xetex}). Like Lua@TeX{}, Xe@TeX{} natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using external libraries instead of internal code. Xe@TeX{} produces a @@ -485,12 +509,46 @@ and translates that to PDF using the (@code{x})@code{dvipdfmx} program, but this process is automatic. The @code{.xdv} file is only useful for debugging. -@end table +@item platex +@itemx uplatex +These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese and +other languages; the @code{u} variant supports Unicode. See +@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex} and @url{https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex}. +@end ftable -Other variants of @LaTeX{} and @TeX{} exist, e.g., to provide -additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]p@TeX{}, -@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex}, @url{http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex}). +As of 2019, there is a companion @code{-dev} command and format for +all of the above: + +@ftable @code +@item dvilualatex-dev +@itemx latex-dev +@itemx lualatex-dev +@itemx pdflatex-dev +@itemx platex-dev +@itemx uplatex-dev +@itemx xelatex-dev +@cindex release candidates +@cindex prerelease testing +These are candidates for an upcoming @LaTeX{} release. The main +purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an +official release. + +These @code{-dev} formats make it easy for anyone to help test +documents and code: you can run, say, @code{pdflatex-dev} instead of +@code{pdflatex}, without changing anything else in your environment. +Indeed, it is easiest and most helpful to always run the @code{-dev} +versions instead of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet +times after a release, the commands will be equivalent. + +These are not daily snapshots or untested development code. They +undergo the same extensive regression testing by the @LaTeX{} team +before being released. + +For more information, see ``The @LaTeX{} release workflow and the +@LaTeX{} @code{dev} formats'' by Frank Mittelbach, @cite{TUGboat} 40:2, +@url{https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf}. +@end ftable @node @LaTeX{} command syntax @section @LaTeX{} command syntax @@ -505,7 +563,7 @@ character, @code{\}. The name itself then consists of either @LaTeX{} commands names are case sensitive so that @code{\pagebreak} differs from @code{\Pagebreak} (the latter is not a standard command). -Most commands are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all +Most command names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same case as they are defined. A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These @@ -522,12 +580,6 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. -Some of @LaTeX{}'s commands are a @dfn{declaration}. Such a command -changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For -instance, the @code{\mainmatter} declaration changes the typesetting of -page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (@pxref{\frontmatter & -\mainmatter & \backmatter}). - @LaTeX{} has the convention that some commands have a @code{*} form that is related to the form without a @code{*}, such as @code{\chapter} and @code{\chapter*}. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -536,6 +588,14 @@ to command. This manual describes all accepted options and @code{*}-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.@: bugs). +@PkgIndex{expl3} +@PkgIndex{xparse} +@cindex @LaTeX{}3 syntax +As of the 2020-10-01 release of @LaTeX{}, the @code{expl3} and +@code{xparse} packages are part of the @LaTeX{}2e format. They +provide a completely different underlying programming language +syntax. We won't try to cover them in this document; see the related +package documentation and other @LaTeX{} manuals. @node Environment @section Environment @@ -543,14 +603,14 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.@: bugs). Synopsis: @example -\begin@{@var{environment name}@} +\begin@{@var{environment-name}@} ... -\end@{@var{environment name}@} +\end@{@var{environment-name}@} @end example -An area of @LaTeX{} source, inside of which there is a distinct -behavior. For instance, for poetry in @LaTeX{} put the lines between -@code{\begin@{verse@}} and @code{\end@{verse@}}. +An @dfn{environment} is an area of @LaTeX{} source, inside of which +there is a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in @LaTeX{} +put the lines between @code{\begin@{verse@}} and @code{\end@{verse@}}. @example \begin@{verse@} @@ -559,12 +619,12 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in @LaTeX{} put the lines between \end@{verse@} @end example -@xref{Environments} for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +@xref{Environments}, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is that every @LaTeX{} document must have a @code{document} environment, a @code{\begin@{document@} ... \end@{document@}} pair. -The @var{environment name} at the beginning must exactly match that at -the end. This includes the case where @var{environment name} ends in a +The @var{environment-name} at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. This includes the case where @var{environment-name} ends in a star@tie{}(@code{*}); both the @code{\begin} and @code{\end} texts must include the star. @@ -581,7 +641,7 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). @node CTAN -@section CTAN: the Comprehensive @TeX{} Archive Network +@section CTAN: The Comprehensive @TeX{} Archive Network @cindex CTAN @@ -596,20 +656,22 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher's specifications. -In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such -as search by name or by functionality. +In addition to the massive holdings, the @code{ctan.org} web site +offers features such as search by name or by functionality. @cindex DANTE e.V. +CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of which +is the so-called ``master''. The master host actively manages the +material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated +packages. For many years, it has been hosted by the German @TeX{} +group, DANTE e.V. + @cindex mirrors of CTAN -CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the -sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for -instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is -hosted by the German @TeX{} group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the -world help out by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their -collections with the core site and then in turn making their copies -publicly available. This gives users close to their location better -access and relieves the load on the core site. The list of mirrors is -at @url{https://ctan.org/mirrors}. +Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is, +automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then +in turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close +to their location better access and relieves the load on the master +site. The list of mirrors is at @url{https://ctan.org/mirrors}. @node Document classes @@ -658,9 +720,10 @@ such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. @item slides @anchor{document classes slides} -For slide presentations---rarely used today. In its place the -@code{beamer} package is perhaps the most prevalent (@pxref{beamer -template}). +For slide presentations---rarely used nowadays. The +@code{beamer} package is perhaps the most prevalent +(@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer}). @xref{beamer template}, for a +small template for a beamer document. @end table @@ -806,6 +869,7 @@ Typeset in one or two columns; default is @code{onecolumn}. @itemx twoside @findex \evensidemargin @findex \oddsidemargin +@c xx TODO re-align on the French version which is more accurate. Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is @code{oneside}, except that in the @code{book} class the default is @code{twoside}. @@ -927,9 +991,9 @@ declare @code{\documentclass[11pt]@{article@}} to set the default document font size. @item -Finally, in the @dfn{more declarations part} the class or package usually does -most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and -loading other files. +Finally, in the @dfn{more declarations part} the class or package +usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and +fonts, and loading other files. @end enumerate Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as @file{stub.cls} @@ -952,7 +1016,7 @@ passing them all to the @code{article} class, and then loads the For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the Class Guide, at -@url{http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf} (much +@url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf} (much of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial @url{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf}. @@ -1056,10 +1120,10 @@ must contain @code{\DeclareOption@{logo@}@{@var{code}@}} (and later, @code{\ProcessOptions}). If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this -will produce a warning like @code{Unused global option(s): [badoption].} -Change this behaviour with the starred version -@code{\DeclareOption*@{@var{code}@}}. For example, many classes extend -an existing class, using a declaration such as +will produce a warning like @code{Unused global option(s): +[badoption].} Change this behavior with the starred version +@code{\DeclareOption*@{@var{code}@}}. For example, many classes +extend an existing class, using a command such as @code{\LoadClass@{article@}}, and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as this. @@ -1120,8 +1184,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine @end enumerate -@item \IfFileExists@{@var{file name}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@} -@item \InputIfFileExists@{@var{file name}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@} +@item \IfFileExists@{@var{filename}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@} +@item \InputIfFileExists@{@var{filename}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@} @findex \IfFileExists @findex \InputIfFileExists Execute @var{true code} if @LaTeX{} finds the file @file{@var{file @@ -1342,12 +1406,12 @@ with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) -@item \ProvidesFile@{@var{file name}@}[@var{additional information}] +@item \ProvidesFile@{@var{filename}@}[@var{additional information}] @findex \ProvidesFile Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like @code{File: test.config -2017/10/12 config file for test.cls} for @var{file name} equal to +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls} for @var{filename} equal to @samp{test.config} and @var{additional information} equal to @samp{2017/10/12 config file for test.cls}. @@ -1390,16 +1454,613 @@ causes @LaTeX{} to give error like @code{\usepackage before @cindex typefaces @cindex fonts -Two important aspects of selecting a @dfn{font} are specifying a size -and a style. The @LaTeX{} commands for doing this are described here. +@LaTeX{} comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New +Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families +in your document (for instance, see@tie{}@ref{Font styles}). And, +@LaTeX{} documents can use most fonts that are available today, +including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note, +though, that many fonts do not have support for mathematics.) + +The first typeface in the @TeX{} world was the Computer Modern family, +developed by Donald Knuth. It is the default for @LaTeX{} documents and +is still the most widely used. But changing to another font often only +involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your +preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more +readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to +typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe, +@url{https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf}.) + +@example +\usepackage[osf]@{newpxtext@} % osf for text, not math +\usepackage@{cabin@} % sans serif +\usepackage[varqu,varl]@{inconsolata@} % sans serif typewriter +\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]@{newpxmath@} % bb from STIX +\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]@{mathalfa@} % mathcal +@end example + +@noindent +In addition, the @command{xelatex} or @command{lualatex} engines allow +you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType +format (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). + +The @LaTeX{} Font Catalogue (@url{https://tug.org/FontCatalogue}) shows +font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts, +including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin +alphabet free fonts available for easy use with @LaTeX{}. + +More information is also available from the @TeX{} Users Group, at +@url{https://www.tug.org/fonts/}. @menu +* fontenc package:: Encoding of the font. * Font styles:: Select roman, italics, etc. * Font sizes:: Select point size. * Low-level font commands:: Select encoding, family, series, shape. @end menu +@node fontenc package +@section @code{fontenc} package + +@cindex font encoding +@cindex UTF-8, font support for +@cindex T1 +@cindex OT1 +@findex fontenc + +Synopsis: + +@example +\usepackage[@var{font_encoding}]@{fontenc@} +@end example + +or + +@example +\usepackage[@var{font_encoding1}, @var{font_encoding2}, ...]@{fontenc@} +@end example + +Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the +character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. + +This package only applies if you use the @code{pdflatex} engine +(@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). If you use the @command{xelatex} or +@command{lualatex} engine then instead use the @file{fontspec} package. + +@TeX{}'s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character +set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use +@code{\accent} (@pxref{\accent}) but this disables hyphenation. @TeX{} +users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of +characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using +@command{pdflatex} then this in the preamble + +@example +\usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@} +@end example + +@noindent +gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including +French, German, Italian, Polish, and others. In particular, if you have +words with accented letters then @LaTeX{} will hyphenate them and your +output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you +to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) + +@PkgIndex{lmodern} @PkgIndex{cm-super} +If you are using an encoding such as @code{T1} and the characters appear +blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, +sometimes called raster or Type@tie{}3. You want vector fonts. Use a +package such as @file{lmodern} or @file{cm-super} to get a font that +extends @LaTeX{}'s default using vector fonts. + +For each @var{font_encoding} given as an option but not already +declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named +@file{@var{font_encoding}enc.def}. It also sets @code{\encodingdefault} +to be the last encoding in the option list. + +These are the common values for @var{font_encoding}. + +@table @code +@item OT1 +The original encoding for @TeX{}. Limited to mostly English characters. + +@item OMS, OML +Math symbols and math letters encoding. + +@item T1 +@TeX{} text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users +Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most European +accented characters. The most common option for this package. + +@item TS1 +Text Companion encoding. +@end table + +@noindent +@LaTeX{}'s default is to load @code{OML}, @code{T1}, @code{OT1}, and +then @code{OMS}, and set the default to @code{OT1}. + +Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font +encoding if your font requires it. + +If you use @code{T1}@tie{}encoded fonts other than the default Computer +Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your +fonts before loading @file{fontenc}, to prevent the system from loading +any @code{T1}@tie{}encoded fonts from the default. + +The @LaTeX{} team reserve encoding names starting with: @samp{T} for the +standard text encodings with 256 characters, @samp{TS} for symbols that +extend the corresponding T encodings, @samp{X} for test encodings, +@samp{M} for standard math encodings with 256 characters, @samp{A} for +special applications, @samp{OT} for standard text encodings with 128 +characters, and @samp{OM} for standard math encodings with 128 +characters (@samp{O} stands for @samp{obsolete}). + +This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of +them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works +for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command +is not in effect. + +@menu +* \DeclareFontEncoding:: Define an encoding. +* \DeclareTextAccent:: Define an accent in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextAccentDefault:: Fallback for using an accent in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand:: New encoding-specific command. +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault:: Fallback for encoding-specific commands. +* \DeclareTextComposite:: Directly access an accented glyph, in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand:: Run code in slot, in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextSymbol:: Define a symbol in the encoding. +* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault:: Fallback for a symbol in the encoding. +* \LastDeclaredEncoding:: Save most recently declared encoding. +* \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent:: Temporarily switch to another encoding. +@end menu + + +@node \DeclareFontEncoding +@subsection @code{\DeclareFontEncoding} + +@cindex font encoding, declaring +@cindex encoding, font +@cindex accents, defining +@findex \DeclareFontEncoding + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareFontEncoding@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{text-settings}@}@{@var{math-settings}@} +@end example + +Declare the font encoding @var{encoding}. It also saves the value of +@var{encoding} in @code{\LastDeclaredEncoding} +(@pxref{\LastDeclaredEncoding}). + +The file @file{t1enc.def} contains this line (followed by many others). + +@example +\DeclareFontEncoding@{T1@}@{@}@{@} +@end example + +The @var{text-settings} are the commands that @LaTeX{} will run every +time it switches from one encoding to another with the +@code{\selectfont} or @code{\fontencoding} command. The +@var{math-settings} are the commands that @LaTeX{} will use whenever the +font is accessed as a math alphabet. + +@LaTeX{} ignores any space characters inside @var{text-settings} and +@var{math-settings}, to prevent unintended spaces in the output. + +If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name +starting with @samp{L} for @samp{local}, or @samp{E} for +@samp{experimental}. + +Note that output encoding files may be read several times by @LaTeX{} so +using, e.g., @code{\newcommand} may cause an error. In addition, such +files should contain @code{\ProvidesFile} line (@pxref{Class and package +commands}). + +Note also that you should use the @code{\...Default} commands only in a +package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files +should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. + + +@node \DeclareTextAccent +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextAccent} + +@cindex font encoding +@cindex accents, defining +@findex \DeclareTextAccent + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextAccent@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{slot}@} +@end example + +Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding +@var{encoding} at the location @var{slot}. + +This line from @file{t1enc.def} declares that to make a circumflex +accent as in @code{\^A}, the system will put the accent in slot@tie{}2 +over the @samp{A} character, which is represented in ASCII as@tie{}65. +(This holds unless there is a relevant @code{DeclareTextComposite} or +@code{\DeclareTextCompositeCommand} declaration; +@pxref{\DeclareTextComposite}.) + +@example +\DeclareTextAccent@{\^@}@{T1@}@{2@} +@end example + +If @var{cmd} has already been defined then @code{\DeclareTextAccent} +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. + + +@node \DeclareTextAccentDefault +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextAccentDefault} + +@cindex accents, defining +@findex \DeclareTextAccent +@findex \DeclareTextAccentDefault + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextAccentDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@} +@end example + +If there is an encoding-specific accent command @var{cmd} but there is +no associated @code{\DeclareTextAccent} for that encoding then this +command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for +@var{encoding}. + +For example, to make the encoding @code{OT1} be the default encoding for +the accent @code{\"}, declare this. + +@example +\DeclareTextAccentDefault@{\"@}@{OT1@} +@end example + +@noindent +If you issue a @code{\"} when the current encoding does not have a +definition for that accent then @LaTeX{} will use the definition from +@code{OT1} + +That is, this command is equivalent to this call (@pxref{\UseTextSymbol +& \UseTextAccent}). + +@example +\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]@{@var{cmd}@} + @{\UseTextAccent@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@}@{#1@}@} +@end example + +Note that @code{\DeclareTextAccentDefault} works for any one-argument +@file{fontenc} command, not just the accent command. + + +@node \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextCommand} & @code{\ProvideTextCommand} + +@findex \DeclareTextCommand +@findex \DeclareTextCommandDefault +@findex \ProvideTextCommand + +Synopsis, one of: + +@example +\DeclareTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\DeclareTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn@}} +\DeclareTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +@end example + +or one of: + +@example +\ProvideTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{defn}@} +\ProvideTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}]@{@var{defn}@} +\ProvideTextCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +@end example + +Define the command @var{cmd}, which will be specific to one encoding. +The command name @var{cmd} must begin with a backslash, \. These +commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining @code{cmd} does +not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code +in @var{defn} is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). + +For example, the file @file{t1enc.def} contains this line. + +@example +\DeclareTextCommand@{\textperthousand@}@{T1@}@{\%\char 24 @} +@end example + +With that, you can express parts per thousand. + +@example +\usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@} % in preamble + ... +Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. +@end example + +@noindent +If you change the font encoding to @code{OT1} then you get an error like +@samp{LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding +OT1}. + +The @code{\ProvideTextCommand} variant does the same, except that it +does nothing if @var{cmd} is already defined. The +@code{\DeclareTextSymbol} command is faster than this one for simple +slot-to-glyph association (@pxref{\DeclareTextSymbol}) + +The optional @var{nargs} and @var{optargsdefault} arguments play the +same role here as in @code{\newcommand} (@pxref{\newcommand & +\renewcommand}). Briefly, @var{nargs} is an integer from 0 to 9 +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command @code{cmd} +takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this +argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that @var{cmd} will have +no arguments. And, if @var{optargsdefault} is present then the first +argument of @code{\@var{cmd}} is optional, with default value +@var{optargdefault} (which may be the empty string). If +@var{optargsdefault} is not present then @code{\@var{cmd}} does not take +an optional argument. + + +@node \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextCommandDefault} & @code{\ProvideTextCommandDefault } + +@findex \DeclareTextCommand +@findex \DeclareTextCommandDefault +@findex \ProvideTextCommand +@findex \ProvideTextCommandDefault + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} +@end example + +or: + +@example +\ProvideTextCommandDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{defn}@} +@end example + +Give a default definition for @var{cmd}, for when that command is not +defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use +encodings known to be available. + +This makes @code{\copyright} available. + +@example +\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{\copyright@}@{\textcircled@{c@}@} +@end example + +It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. + +The @code{\DeclareTextCommandDefault} should not occur in the encoding +definition files since those files should declare only commands for use +when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. + +As with the related non-default commands, the +@code{\ProvideTextCommandDefault} has exactly the same behavior as +@code{\DeclareTextCommandDefault} except that it does nothing if +@var{cmd} is already defined (@pxref{\DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand}). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks +that other packages can improve upon. + + +@node \DeclareTextComposite +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextComposite} + +@cindex accents, defining +@findex \DeclareTextComposite + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextComposite@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{simple_object}@}@{@var{slot}@} +@end example + +Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an +accent over a separate character. + +This line from @file{t1enc.def} means that @code{\^o} will cause +@LaTeX{} to typeset lowercase@tie{}@samp{o} by taking the character +directly from location 224 in the font. + +@example +\DeclareTextComposite@{\^@}@{T1@}@{o@}@{244@} +@end example + +@xref{fontenc package}, for a list of common encodings. The +@var{simple_object} should be a single character or a single command. +The @var{slot} argument is usually a positive integer represented in +decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally +@var{cmd} has already been declared for this encoding, either with +@code{\DeclareTextAccent} or with a one-argument +@code{\DeclareTextCommand}. In @file{t1enc.def}, the above line follows +the @code{\DeclareTextAccent@{\^@}@{T1@}@{2@}} command. + + +@node \DeclareTextCompositeCommand +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextCompositeCommand} + +@cindex accents, defining +@findex \DeclareTextCompositeCommand + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextCompositeCommand@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{arg}@}@{@var{code}@} +@end example + +A more general version of @code{\DeclareTextComposite} that runs +arbitrary code with @var{cmd}. + +This allows accents on @samp{i} to act like accents on dotless@tie{}i, +@code{\i}. + +@example +\DeclareTextCompositeCommand@{\'@}@{OT1@}@{i@}@{\'\i@} +@end example + +@xref{fontenc package}, for a list of common encodings. Normally +@var{cmd} will have already been declared with @code{\DeclareTextAccent} +or as a one argument @code{\DeclareTextCommand}. + + +@node \DeclareTextSymbol +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} + +@cindex symbol, defining +@findex \DeclareTextSymbol + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextSymbol@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{slot}@} +@end example + +Define a symbol in the encoding @var{encoding} at the location +@var{slot}. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not +mathematics. + +For example, this line from @file{t1enc.def} declares the number of the +glyph to use for @BES{00AB}, the left guillemet. + +@example +\DeclareTextSymbol@{\guillemotleft@}@{T1@}@{19@} +@end example + +@noindent +The command @code{\DeclareTextCommand@{\guillemotleft@}@{T1@}@{\char +19@}} has the same effect but is slower (@pxref{\DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand}). + +@xref{fontenc package}, for a list of common encodings. The @var{slot} +can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in @code{'023}), or +hexadecimal (as in @code{"13}), although decimal has the advantage that +single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. + +If @var{cmd} has already been defined then @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. + + +@node \DeclareTextSymbolDefault +@subsection @code{\DeclareTextSymbolDefault} + +@cindex accents, defining +@findex \DeclareTextSymbol +@findex \DeclareTextSymbolDefault + +Synopsis: + +@example +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{encoding}@} +@end example + +If there is an encoding-specific symbol command @var{cmd} but there is no +associated @code{\DeclareTextSymbol} for that encoding, then this command +will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for +@var{encoding}. + +For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for +@code{\textdollar} then use the one from @code{OT1}, declare this. + +@example +\DeclareTextSymbolDefault@{\textdollar@}@{OT1@} +@end example + +That is, this command is equivalent to this call (@pxref{\UseTextSymbol +& \UseTextAccent}). + +@example +\DeclareTextCommandDefault@{@var{cmd}@} + @{\UseTextSymbol@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@}@} +@end example + +Note that @code{\DeclareTextSymbolDefault} can be used to define a +default for any zero-argument @file{fontenc} command. + + +@node \LastDeclaredEncoding +@subsection @code{\LastDeclaredEncoding} + +@findex \LastDeclaredEncoding + +Synopsis: + +@example +\LastDeclaredEncoding +@end example + +Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The +@code{\DeclareFontEncoding} command stores the name so that it can be +retrieved with this command (@pxref{\DeclareFontEncoding}). + +This relies on @code{\LastDeclaredEncoding} rather than give the +name of the encoding explicitly. + +@example +\DeclareFontEncoding@{JH1@}@{@}@{@} +\DeclareTextAccent@{\'@}@{\LastDeclaredEncoding@}@{0@} +@end example + + +@node \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent +@subsection @code{\UseTextSymbol} & @code{\UseTextAccent} + +@findex \UseTextSymbol +@findex \UseTextAccent + +Synopsis: + +@example +\UseTextSymbol@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@} +@end example + +or: + +@example +\UseTextAccent@{@var{encoding}@}@{@var{cmd}@}@{@var{text}@} +@end example + +Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. + +In general, to use a @file{fontenc} command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it +like this: + +@example +\UseTextSymbol@{OT1@}@{\ss@} +@end example + +@noindent +which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so @LaTeX{} +reverts back to the prior encoding after the @code{\ss}): + +@example +@{\fontencoding@{OT1@}\selectfont\ss@} +@end example + +Similarly, to use a @file{fontenc} command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this: + +@example +\UseTextAccent@{OT1@}@{\'@}@{a@} +@end example + +@noindent +which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a group): + +@example +@{fontencoding@{OT1@}\selectfont\'@{\fontencoding@{@var{enc_in_use}@}\selectfont a@}@} +@end example + +@noindent +Here, @var{enc_in_use} is the encoding in force before this sequence +of commands, so that @samp{a} is typeset using the current encoding +and only the accent is taken from @code{OT1}. + + @node Font styles @section Font styles @@ -1409,17 +2070,19 @@ and a style. The @LaTeX{} commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by @LaTeX{}. +@cindex declaration form of font style commands In the table below the listed commands, the @code{\text...} commands, -is used with an argument, as in @code{\textit@{@var{text}@}}. This is -the preferred form. But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the -corresponding declaration form, which is sometimes useful. This form -takes no arguments, as in @code{@{\itshape @var{text}@}}. The scope of -the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end -of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as -@code{\begin@{itshape@}...\end@{itshape@}}. - -These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, are -cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of +are used with an argument as in @code{\textit@{@var{text}@}}. This is +the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the +corresponding @dfn{declaration form}, which is often useful. This +form takes no arguments, as in @code{@{\itshape @var{text}@}}. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment +form such as @code{\begin@{itshape@}...\end@{itshape@}}, which we'll +describe further at the end of the section. + +These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for instance +you can get bold sans serif by saying either of @code{\sffamily\bfseries} or @code{\bfseries\sffamily}. @findex \nocorrlist @@ -1427,7 +2090,7 @@ cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (@pxref{\/}). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list -@code{\nocorrlist}, which by default consists of a period and a comma. +@code{\nocorrlist}, which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use @code{\nocorr} at the start or end of the command argument, such as @code{\textit@{\nocorr text@}} or @code{\textsc@{text \nocorr@}}. @@ -1501,8 +2164,8 @@ used as declarations: @code{@{\@var{cmd}...@}} instead of (The unconditional commands below are an older version of font switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most -circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely -what you want.) +circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is +needed.) @ftable @code @item \bf @@ -1593,17 +2256,15 @@ formulas. @code{\mathversion@{normal@}} restores the default. @cindex numerals, old-style @cindex old-style numerals @cindex lining numerals -@PkgIndex{textcomp} -Finally, the command @code{\oldstylenums@{@var{numerals}@}} will typeset -so-called ``old-style'' numerals, which have differing heights and -depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard ``lining'' numerals, -which all have the same height as uppercase letters. @LaTeX{}'s -default fonts support this, and will respect @code{\textbf} (but not -other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in Computer -Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; sometimes the -@code{textcomp} package must be loaded, and sometimes package options -are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: -@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf}. +Finally, the command @code{\oldstylenums@{@var{numerals}@}} will +typeset so-called ``old-style'' numerals, which have differing heights +and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard ``lining'' +numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters. +@LaTeX{}'s default fonts support this, and will respect @code{\textbf} +(but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in +Computer Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; +sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ +entry: @url{https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf}. @node Font sizes @@ -1654,8 +2315,9 @@ options}). @tab 24.88 @tab 24.88 @tab 24.88 @end multitable -The commands are listed here in declaration forms. You use them by -declaring them, as with this example. +@cindex declaration form of font size commands +The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, +since that is how they are typically used. For example. @example \begin@{quotation@} \small @@ -1664,12 +2326,24 @@ declaring them, as with this example. @end example @noindent -The scope of the @code{\small} lasts until the end of the -@code{quotation} environment. It would also end at the next type style -command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in -extra curly braces @code{@{\small We are here, we are here, we are -here!@}}. You can instead use the environment form of these commands; -for instance, @code{\begin@{tiny@}...\end@{tiny@}}. +Here, the scope of the @code{\small} lasts until the end of the +@code{quotation} environment. It would also end at the next type +style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it +in curly braces @code{@{\small This text is typeset in the small font.@}}. + +@cindex environment form of font size commands +An @dfn{environment form} of each of these commands is also defined; for +instance, @code{\begin@{tiny@}...\end@{tiny@}}. However, in practice +this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or +end of the environment without careful consideration, so it's +generally less error-prone to stick to the declaration form. + +(Aside: Technically, due to the way @LaTeX{} defines @code{\begin} and +@code{\end}, nearly every command that does not take an argument +technically has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would +only cause confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the +environment form of the font size declarations specifically is that +this particular use is not rare.) @node Low-level font commands @@ -1703,7 +2377,7 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see @cindex families, of fonts @cindex font catalogue Select the font family. The web page -@url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/} provides one way to browse +@url{https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/} provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with @LaTeX{}. Here are examples of some common families. @@ -1861,25 +2535,8 @@ vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the parameter @code{\baselineskip}. The default @code{\baselineskip} for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the @code{\fontsize}. Changing @code{\baselineskip} directly is inadvisable since its value is -reset every time a size change happens; see @code{\baselinestretch}, next. - -@anchor{low level font commands baselinestretch} -@item \baselinestretch -@findex \baselinestretch -@LaTeX{} multiplies the line spacing by the value of the -@code{\baselinestretch} parameter; the default factor is 1. A change -takes effect when @code{\selectfont} (see below) is called. You can -make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance -doubling it, by doing @code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{2.0@}} in -the preamble. - -@PkgIndex{setspace} -@cindex double spacing -However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the -@file{setspace} package. In addition to offering a number of spacing -options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places -where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure -captions. See the package documentation. +reset every time a size change happens; instead use +@code{\baselinestretch}. (@pxref{\baselineskip & \baselinestretch}). @anchor{low level font commands linespread} @item \linespread@{@var{factor}@} @@ -1927,6 +2584,7 @@ Commands for controlling the general page layout. * \flushbottom:: Make all text pages the same height. * \raggedbottom:: Allow text pages of differing height. * Page layout parameters:: @code{\headheight} @code{\footskip}. +* \baselineskip & \baselinestretch:: Space between lines. * Floats:: Figures, tables, etc. @end menu @@ -1978,24 +2636,24 @@ These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: @item \columnsep @anchor{twocolumn columnsep} The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a -command such as @code{\setlength@{\columnsep@}@{40pt@}} You must change -it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good +command such as @code{\setlength@{\columnsep@}@{40pt@}}. You must change +it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. @item \columnseprule @anchor{twocolumn columnseprule} -The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between -the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. -Change it with a command such as +The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that +there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two +columns. Change it with a command such as @code{\setlength@{\columnseprule@}@{0.4pt@}}, before the two-column -environment starts. +mode starts. @item \columnwidth @anchor{twocolumn columnwidth} The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to @code{\textwidth}. In two-column mode by default @LaTeX{} sets the -width of each of the two columns to be half of @code{\textwidth} minus -@code{\columnsep}. +width of each of the two columns, @code{\columnwidth}, to be half of +@code{\textwidth} minus @code{\columnsep}. @end ftable @@ -2011,13 +2669,13 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a @code{table*} or @code{figure*} environment must not -exceed @code{0.7\textheight} . If the height of your starred float +exceed @code{0.7\textheight}. If the height of your starred float environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: @itemize @bullet @item -Use the @code{[tp]} location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put +Use the @code{[tp]} location specifier to tell @LaTeX{} to try to put the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of a page. @item @@ -2032,28 +2690,28 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. You can redefine it, as with @code{\renewcommand@{\dbltopfraction@}@{0.9@}}. -@anchor{twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction} @item \dblfloatpagefraction +@anchor{twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction} For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. @LaTeX{}'s default is @code{0.5}. Change it with @code{\renewcommand}. -@anchor{twocolumn dblfloatsep} @item \dblfloatsep +@anchor{twocolumn dblfloatsep} On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is @code{12pt plus2pt minus2pt} for a document set at @code{10pt} or @code{11pt}, and @code{14pt plus2pt minus4pt} for a document set at @code{12pt}. -@anchor{twocolumn dbltextfloatsep} @item \dbltextfloatsep +@anchor{twocolumn dbltextfloatsep} This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is @code{20pt plus2pt minus4pt}. -@anchor{twocolumn dbltopnumber} @item \dbltopnumber +@anchor{twocolumn dbltopnumber} On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The @LaTeX{} default is @code{2}. @@ -2162,7 +2820,7 @@ at all type sizes. Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the @code{article} and @code{report} classes is @samp{25pt}. In the @code{book} class the default is: if the -document is set at 10pt then it is @samp{0.25in}, and at 11pt and 12pt +document is set at 10pt then it is @samp{0.25in}, and at 11pt or 12pt it is @samp{0.275in}. @item \footskip @@ -2225,12 +2883,13 @@ distance. @findex \evensidemargin @anchor{page layout parameters oddsidemargin} @anchor{page layout parameters evensidemargin} -The @code{\oddsidemargin} is the extra distance between the left side of +@c xx TODO re-align on French version that is more complete/accurate. +The @code{\oddsidemargin} length is the extra distance between the left side of the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the document class option @code{twoside} is chosen and on all pages when @code{oneside} is in effect. When @code{twoside} is in effect, on even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is -@code{evensidemargin}. +@code{\evensidemargin}. @LaTeX{}'s default is that @code{\oddsidemargin} is 40% of the difference between @code{\paperwidth} and @code{\textwidth}, and @@ -2284,9 +2943,9 @@ Inside a minipage (@pxref{minipage}) or @code{\parbox} specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the @code{minipage} or @code{\parbox}. +@item \hsize @findex \hsize @anchor{page layout parameters hsize} -@item \hsize This entry is included for completeness: @code{\hsize} is the @TeX{} primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal @LaTeX{} documents. @@ -2294,6 +2953,7 @@ be used in normal @LaTeX{} documents. @item \topmargin @findex topmargin @anchor{page layout parameters topmargin} +@c xxx TODO re-align on French version that is more accurate. Space between the top of the @TeX{} page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed based on many other parameters: @code{\paperheight @minus{} 2in @minus{} @@ -2310,6 +2970,119 @@ same as the font size, e.g., @samp{10pt} at a type size of 10pt. @end ftable +@node \baselineskip & \baselinestretch +@section @code{\baselineskip} & @code{\baselinestretch} + +@findex \baselineskip +@findex \baselinestretch +@findex \linespread +@cindex space between lines +@cindex interline space +@cindex leading +@cindex double spacing + +The @code{\baselineskip} is a rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}). It gives +the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +baseline to baseline. + +Ordinarily document authors do not directly change @code{\baselineskip} +while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection +command @code{\fontsize} (@pxref{low level font commands fontsize}). +The @code{\baselineskip}'s value is reset every time a font change +happens and so any direct change to @code{\baselineskip} would vanish +the next time there was a font switch. For how to influence line +spacing, see the discussion of @code{\baselinestretch} below. + +Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font +designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, +a font's style file has the command @code{\fontsize@{10pt@}@{12pt@}} +then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; +for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does +it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the +@code{\baselineskip} is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) + +@c adapted from FAQ +The @code{\baselineskip} is not a property of each line but of the +entire paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, +such as a single @code{@{\Huge Q@}}, will be squashed into its line. +@TeX{} will make sure it doesn't scrape up against the line above but +won't change the @code{\baselineskip} for that one line to make extra +room above. For the fix, use a @code{\strut} (@pxref{\strut}). + +The value of @code{\baselineskip} that @TeX{} uses for the paragraph is +the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph +unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be +scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs. + +@c Adapted from B Beeton's "Lapses in TeX" TB 42:1 p 13. +@example +Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as +bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph. +Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the +baseline spacing matching that size. +@{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$@} +@end example + +@findex \lineskip +@findex \lineskiplimit +@findex \prevdepth +The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if +the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less +than @code{\baselineskip} then @TeX{} inserts vertical glue to make up +the difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the +lines would be too close together, closer than @code{\lineskiplimit}, +then @TeX{} instead uses @code{\lineskip} as the interline glue. The +second is that @TeX{} doesn't actually use the depth of the previous +line. Instead it uses @code{\prevdepth}, which usually contains that +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) +or just after a rule, @code{\prevdepth} has the value -1000pt and this +special value tells @TeX{} not to insert any interline glue at the +paragraph start. + +In the standard classes @code{\lineskiplimit} is 0pt and +@code{\lineskip} is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance +between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than +zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart. + +Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double +space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline +distance is via @code{\baselinestretch}. It scales +@code{\baselineskip}, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, +not a length, so change the scale factor as in +@code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{1.5@}\selectfont}. + +The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire +document is to put @code{\linespread@{@var{factor}@}} in the preamble. +For double spacing, take @var{factor} to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half +spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the +@code{\baselineskip} is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by +1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +@code{\linespread} command is defined as +@code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{@var{factor}@}} so it won't +take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at +the start of a document, so there you don't need to follow it with +@code{\selectfont}.) + +@PkgIndex{setspace} +A simpler approach is the @file{setspace} package. The basic example: + +@example +\usepackage@{setspace@} +\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 +@end example + +In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. +But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change +the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +@code{\singlespacing} to return the spacing to normal. In the +document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use +environments, such as @code{\begin@{doublespace@} +... \end@{doublespace@}}. The package also has commands to do +arbitrary spacing: @code{\setstretch@{@var{factor}@}} and +@code{\begin@{spacing@}@{@var{factor}@} ... \end@{spacing@}}. + + @node Floats @section Floats @@ -2355,7 +3128,7 @@ both @code{article} and @code{book} classes, is @code{tbp}. allowed for full-width floats (@code{figure*}) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the @file{stfloats} or @file{dblfloatfix} package, but see the discussion at caveats in the -FAQ: @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat}. +FAQ: @url{https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat}. @item h (Here)---at the position in the text where the @code{figure} environment @@ -2367,7 +3140,7 @@ automatically added. To absolutely force a float to appear ``here'', you can @code{\usepackage@{float@}} and use the @code{H} specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at -@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere}. +@url{https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere}. @item p @cindex float page @@ -2495,13 +3268,13 @@ Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. @end ftable The principal @TeX{}@tie{}FAQ entry relating to floats -@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats} contains +@url{https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats} contains suggestions for relaxing @LaTeX{}'s default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article ``How to influence the position of float environments like figure and table in @LaTeX{}?'' -(@url{http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf}). +(@url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf}). @node Sectioning @@ -2512,12 +3285,14 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in @cindex chapter @cindex section @cindex subsection +@cindex subsubsection @cindex paragraph @cindex subparagraph @findex \part @findex \chapter @findex \section @findex \subsection +@findex \subsubsection @findex \paragraph @findex \subparagraph @@ -2559,8 +3334,8 @@ not available in @code{article}. @cindex @code{*}-form of sectioning commands All these commands have a @code{*}-form that prints @var{title} as usual -but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. -An example of using this is for an appendix in an @code{article} . The +but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. +An example of using this is for an appendix in an @code{article}. The input @code{\appendix\section@{Appendix@}} gives the output @samp{A Appendix} (@pxref{\appendix}). You can lose the numbering@tie{}@samp{A} by instead entering @code{\section*@{Appendix@}} (articles often omit a @@ -2583,11 +3358,19 @@ of contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (@pxref{Sectioning/tocdepth}). @LaTeX{} expects that before you have a @code{\subsection} you will have -a @code{\section} and, in a book, that before a @code{\section} you will -have a @code{\chapter}. Otherwise you can get a something like a -subsection numbered @samp{3.0.1}. +a @code{\section} and, in a @code{book} class document, that before a +@code{\section} you will have a @code{\chapter}. Otherwise you can get +something like a subsection numbered @samp{3.0.1}. -Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. +@PkgIndex{titlesec} +@LaTeX{} lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a +simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case +letters with @code{\renewcommand\thesection@{\Alph@{section@}@}} in the +preamble (@pxref{\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol}). CTAN +has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably +@file{titlesec}. + +Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. @ftable @code @item secnumdepth @@ -2595,16 +3378,16 @@ Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. @cindex section numbers, printing @anchor{sectioning secnumdepth} @anchor{Sectioning/secnumdepth} -Controls which sectioning commands are -numbered. Suppress numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than -@var{level} @code{\setcounter@{secnumdepth@}@{@var{level}@}} -(@pxref{\setcounter}). See the above table for the level numbers. For -instance, if the @code{secnumdepth} is 1 in an @code{article} then a -@code{\section@{Introduction@}} command will produce output like @samp{1 -Introduction} while @code{\subsection@{Discussion@}} will produce output -like @samp{Discussion}, without the number. @LaTeX{}'s default -@code{secnumdepth} is@tie{}3 in @file{article} class and @tie{}2 in the -@file{book} and @file{report} classes. +Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with +@code{\setcounter@{secnumdepth@}@{@var{level}@}} will suppress +numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than @var{level} +(@pxref{\setcounter}). See the above table for the level numbers. +For instance, if the @code{secnumdepth} is 1 in an @code{article} then +a @code{\section@{Introduction@}} command will produce output like +@samp{1 Introduction} while @code{\subsection@{Discussion@}} will +produce output like @samp{Discussion}, without the number. @LaTeX{}'s +default @code{secnumdepth} is@tie{}3 in @file{article} class and +@tie{}2 in the @file{book} and @file{report} classes. @item tocdepth @findex tocdepth @r{counter} @@ -2617,7 +3400,7 @@ sectioning units at @var{level} be the smallest ones listed (@pxref{\setcounter}). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if @code{tocdepth} is@tie{}1 then the table of contents will list sections but not subsections. @LaTeX{}'s default -@code{secnumdepth} is@tie{}3 in @file{article} class and @tie{}2 in the +@code{tocdepth} is@tie{}3 in @file{article} class and @tie{}2 in the @file{book} and @file{report} classes. @end ftable @@ -2630,7 +3413,7 @@ list sections but not subsections. @LaTeX{}'s default * \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph:: Lower divisions. * \appendix:: Start appendices. * \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter:: The three parts of a book. -* \@@startsection:: Layout of sectional units. +* \@@startsection:: Sectional unit headings. @end menu @@ -2689,7 +3472,7 @@ out the break in the table of contents. For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a part is@tie{}-1 -(@pxref{Sectioning/secnumdepth} and @pxref{Sectioning/tocdepth}). +(@pxref{Sectioning/secnumdepth}, and @ref{Sectioning/tocdepth}). @PkgIndex{indentfirst} In the class @code{article}, if a paragraph immediately follows the part @@ -2765,7 +3548,7 @@ the title but that doesn't work well with running headers so it omits the break in the contents @example -\chapter[Given it all\\ my story]@{Given it all\\ my story@} +\chapter[Given it all; my story]@{Given it all\\ my story@} @end example For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in @@ -2955,13 +3738,13 @@ holds in @code{article} except that there are no chapters in that class so it looks like @samp{2.3 @var{title}}. The @code{*}@tie{}form shows @var{title}. -But it does not show the section number, does not increment the -@code{section} counter, and produces no table of contents entry. +But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the +@code{subsection} counter, and produces no table of contents entry. -The optional argument @var{toc-title} will appear as the section title +The optional argument @var{toc-title} will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}). If it is -not present then @var{title} will be there. This shows the full name in -the title of the section, +not present then @var{title} will be there. This shows the full text in +the title of the subsection, @example \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]@{\textit@{The Origin of @@ -3124,36 +3907,43 @@ In this book @noindent the first two will generate output numbered @samp{Chapter 1} and @samp{Chapter 2}. After the @code{\appendix} the numbering will be -@samp{Appendix A} and @samp{Appendix B}. @xref{Larger book template} +@samp{Appendix A} and @samp{Appendix B}. @xref{Larger book template}, for another example. -@PkgIndex{appendix} The @file{appendix} package adds the command +@PkgIndex{appendix} +The @file{appendix} package adds the command @code{\appendixpage} to put a separate @samp{Appendices} in the document body before the first appendix, and the command @code{\addappheadtotoc} to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name -@samp{Appendix} with a command like +@samp{Appendices} with a command like @code{\renewcommand@{\appendixname@}@{Specification@}}, as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. @node \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter - @section @code{\frontmatter}, @code{\mainmatter}, @code{\backmatter} @findex \frontmatter @cindex book, front matter +@cindex front matter of a book @findex \mainmatter @cindex book, main matter +@cindex main matter of a book @findex \backmatter @cindex book, back matter @cindex book, end matter +@cindex back matter of a book +@cindex end matter of a book -Synopsis, one of: +Synopsis, one or more of: @example \frontmatter +... \mainmatter +... \backmatter +... @end example Format a @code{book} class document differently according to which part @@ -3166,18 +3956,22 @@ pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a bibliography, and an index. -The @code{\frontmatter} declaration makes the pages numbered in -lowercase roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each -chapter's title appears in the table of contents; if you use other -sectioning commands here, use the @code{*}-version (@pxref{Sectioning}). -The @code{\mainmatter} changes the behavior back to the expected -version, and resets the page number. The @code{\backmatter} leaves the -page numbering alone but switches the chapters back to being not -numbered. @xref{Larger book template} for an example using the three. +The @code{\frontmatter} command makes the pages numbered in lowercase +roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter's title +appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands +here, use the @code{*}-version (@pxref{Sectioning}). + +The @code{\mainmatter} command changes the behavior back to the expected +version, and resets the page number. + +The @code{\backmatter} command leaves the page numbering alone but +switches the chapters back to being not numbered. + +@xref{Larger book template}, for an example using these three commands. @node \@@startsection -@section @code{\@@startsection} +@section @code{\@@startsection}, typesetting sectional unit headings @findex \@@startsection @cindex section, redefining @@ -3223,12 +4017,13 @@ so that issuing @end example @noindent -redefines @code{\section} to have the form -@code{\section*[@var{toctitle}]@{@var{title}@}} (here too, the -star@tie{}@code{*} is optional). @xref{Sectioning}. This implies that -when you write a command like @code{\renewcommand@{section@}@{...@}}, -the @code{\@@startsection@{...@}} must come last in the definition. See -the examples below. +redefines @code{\section} while keeping its standard calling form +@code{\section*[@var{toctitle}]@{@var{title}@}} (in which, for reminder, +the star@tie{}@code{*} is optional). @xref{Sectioning}. This implies +that when you write a command like +@code{\renewcommand@{\section@}@{...@}}, the +@code{\@@startsection@{...@}} must come last in the definition. See the +examples below. @table @var @@ -3249,7 +4044,7 @@ example below. @anchor{startsection level} @anchor{\@@startsection/level} An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. -@xref{Sectioning} for the list of standard level numbers. +@xref{Sectioning}, for the list of standard level numbers. If @var{level} is less than or equal to the value of the counter @code{secnumdepth} then titles for this sectioning command will be @@ -3278,7 +4073,7 @@ the title into the left margin. @anchor{\@@startsection/beforeskip} The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title. This space will be -discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the top of a fresh +discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the negative of @code{1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt} @@ -3341,20 +4136,31 @@ produce titles that are bold and uppercase. These are @LaTeX{}'s defaults for the first three sectioning units that are defined with @code{\@@startsection}, for the @file{article}, -@file{book}, and @file{report} classes. For section, the @var{level} is -1, the @var{indent} is 0@dmn{pt}, the @var{beforeskip} is @code{-3.5ex -plus -1ex minus -0.2ex}, the @var{afterskip} is @code{2.3ex plus 0.2ex}, -and the @var{style} is @code{\normalfont\Large\bfseries}. For -subsection, the @var{level} is 2, the @var{indent} is 0@dmn{pt}, the -@var{beforeskip} is @code{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex}, the -@var{afterskip} is @code{1.5ex plus 0.2ex}, and the @var{style} is -@code{\normalfont\large\bfseries}. For subsubsection, the @var{level} -is 3, the @var{indent} is 0@dmn{pt}, the @var{beforeskip} is -@code{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex}, the @var{afterskip} is -@code{1.5ex plus 0.2ex}, and the @var{style} is +@file{book}, and @file{report} classes. + +@itemize +@item +For @code{section}: @var{level} is 1, @var{indent} is 0@dmn{pt}, +@var{beforeskip} is @code{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex}, +@var{afterskip} is @code{2.3ex plus 0.2ex}, and @var{style} is +@code{\normalfont\Large\bfseries}. + +@item +For @code{subsection}: @var{level} is 2, @var{indent} is 0@dmn{pt}, +@var{beforeskip} is @code{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus @w{-0.2ex}}, +@var{afterskip} is @code{1.5ex plus 0.2ex}, and @var{style} is +@code{\normalfont\large\bfseries}. + +@item +@raggedright +For @code{subsubsection}: @var{level} is 3, @var{indent} is 0@dmn{pt}, +@var{beforeskip} is @code{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex}, +@var{afterskip} is @code{1.5ex plus 0.2ex}, and @var{style} is @code{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}. +@end raggedright +@end itemize -Here are examples. They go either in a package or class file or in the +Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or in the preamble of a @LaTeX{} document. If you put them in the preamble they must go between a @code{\makeatletter} command and a @code{\makeatother}. (Probably the error message @code{You can't use @@ -3465,6 +4271,7 @@ having to enter the ``Theorem.'' * \label:: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. * \pageref:: Refer to a page number. * \ref:: Refer to a section, figure or similar. +* xr package:: References from another document. @end menu @@ -3616,6 +4423,81 @@ The @file{cleveref} package includes text such as @samp{Theorem} in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. +@node xr package +@section @code{xr} package + +@findex @code{xr} package +@findex @code{xr-hyper} package +@findex \externaldocument +@cindex cross referencing, across documents + +Synopsis: + +@example +\usepackage@{xr@} + \externaldocument@{@var{document-basename}@} +@end example + +or + +@example +\usepackage@{xr@} + \externaldocument[@var{reference-prefix}]@{@var{document-basename}@} +@end example + +Make cross references to the external document +@code{@var{document-basename}.tex}. + +Here is an example. If @code{lectures.tex} has this in the preamble + +@example +\usepackage@{xr@} + \externaldocument@{exercises@} + \externaldocument[H-]@{hints@} + \externaldocument@{answers@} +@end example + +then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. +Suppose that @code{exercises.tex} has an enumerated list containing +this, + +@example +\item \label@{exer:EulersThm@} What if every vertex has odd degree? +@end example + +and @code{hints.tex} has an enumerated list with this, + +@example +\item \label@{exer:EulersThm@} Distinguish the case of two vertices. +@end example + +and @code{answers.tex} has an enumerated list with this. + +@example +\item \label@{ans:EulersThm@} There is no Euler path, except if there + are exactly two vertices. +@end example + +After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering +this in the body of @code{lectures.tex} will result in the lectures +getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. + +@example +See Exercise~\ref@{exer:EulersThm@}, with Hint~\ref@{H-exer:EulersThm@}. +The solution is Answer~\ref@{ans:EulersThm@}. +@end example + +The prefix @code{H-} for the reference from the hints file is needed +because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the +exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the +number from the later file. + +Note: if the document uses the @code{hyperref} package then in place of +@code{xr}, put @code{\usepackage@{xr-hyper@}} before the +@code{\usepackage@{hyperref@}}. Also, if any of the multiple documents +uses @code{hyperref} then they all must use it. + + @node Environments @chapter Environments @@ -3705,6 +4587,7 @@ default only in the @code{report} class. \end@{abstract@} @end example +@PkgIndex abstract The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for a more flexible solution, use the package @file{abstract}). @@ -3878,7 +4761,7 @@ ending. \begin@{center@} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\ - I grew up in that belief. --Richard Burton + I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton \end@{center@} @end example @@ -3975,10 +4858,10 @@ missing \item}. This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. @example -\begin@{definition@} +\begin@{description@} \item[lama] A priest. \item[llama] A beast. -\end@{definition@} +\end@{description@} @end example @noindent @@ -4034,9 +4917,9 @@ Synopsis: \end@{displaymath@} @end example -Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style -and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option -@code{fleqn}; see @ref{Document class options}. +Environment to typeset the @var{mathematical text} on its own line, in +display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the +global option @code{fleqn}; see @ref{Document class options}. In the @code{displaymath} environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the @@ -4049,18 +4932,20 @@ Note that the @file{amsmath} package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. -The construct @code{\[@var{math text}\]} is essentially a synonym for -@code{\begin@{displaymath@}@var{math text}\end@{displaymath@}} but the -latter is easier to work with in the source file; for instance, +@findex \[...\] @r{display math} +The construct @code{\[@var{math}\]} is a synonym for the environment +@code{\begin@{displaymath@} @var{math} \end@{displaymath@}} but the +latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word -@code{displaymath} will likely be unique. (The construct -@code{$$@var{math text}$$} from Plain@tie{}@TeX{} is sometimes -mistakenly used as a synonym for @code{displaymath}. It is not a -synonym, because the @code{displaymath} environment checks that it isn't -started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching -environment start, because the @code{displaymath} environment has -different vertical spacing, and because the @code{displaymath} -environment honors the @code{fleqn} option.) +@code{displaymath} will likely be unique. + +@findex $$...$$ @r{plain @TeX{} display math} +(Aside: The construct @code{$$@var{math}$$} from Plain@tie{}@TeX{} is +sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for @code{displaymath}. It is +not a synonym, and is not officially supported in @LaTeX{} at all; +@code{$$} doesn't support the @code{fleqn} option (@pxref{Document +class options}), has different vertical spacing, and doesn't perform +consistency checks.) The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. @@ -4247,7 +5132,7 @@ For a list of counter-labeling commands see @ref{\alph \Alph \arabic The @code{eqnarray} environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See ``Avoid eqnarray!''@: by Lars Madsen -@url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf}). New documents +@url{https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf}). New documents should include the @file{amsmath} package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the @code{align} environment. We include a description only for completeness and for @@ -4409,7 +5294,7 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. @node filecontents -@section @code{filecontents}: Write an external file +@section @code{filecontents} @EnvIndex{filecontents} @EnvIndex{filecontents*} @@ -4419,7 +5304,7 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. Synopsis: @example -\begin@{filecontents@}@{@var{filename}@} +\begin@{filecontents@}[@var{option}]@{@var{filename}@} @var{text} \end@{filecontents@} @end example @@ -4428,29 +5313,52 @@ Synopsis: or @example -\begin@{filecontents*@}@{@var{filename}@} +\begin@{filecontents*@}[@var{option}]@{@var{filename}@} @var{text} \end@{filecontents*@} @end example -Create a file named @var{filename} and fill it with @var{text}. The -unstarred version of the environment @code{filecontents} prefixes the -content of the created file with a header; see the example below. The -starred version @code{filecontents*} does not include the header. +Create a file named @var{filename} in the current directory (or the +output directory, if specified; @pxref{output directory}) and write +@var{text} to it. By default, an existing file is not overwritten. + +The unstarred version of the environment +@code{filecontents} prefixes the content of the created file with a +header of @TeX{} comments; see the example below. The starred +version @code{filecontents*} does not include the header. + +The possible options are: + +@table @code +@item force +@itemx overwrite +@cindex @code{force} option for @code{filecontents} +@cindex @code{overwrite} option for @code{filecontents} +Overwrite an existing file. + +@item noheader +@cindex @code{noheader} option for @code{filecontents} +Omit the header. Equivalent to using @code{filecontents*}. + +@item nosearch +@cindex @code{nosearch} option for @code{filecontents} +Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if +specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. -This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it often -appears before the @code{\documentclass} command. It is typically used -when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file. The -environment will write that file to the directory containing the source -and thus make the source file self-contained. Another use is to include -@code{bib} references in the file, again to make it self-contained. +@end table -The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and if -so, does not do anything. There is a @file{filecontents} package that -redefines the @code{filecontents} environment so that instead of doing -nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. +These options were added in a 2019 release of @LaTeX{}. -For example, this document +@cindex self-contained sources +@cindex source files, making self-contained +This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it +often appears before the @code{\documentclass} command. It is +commonly used to create a @code{.bib} or other such data file from the +main document source, to make the source file self-contained. +Similarly, it can be used to create a custom style or class file, +again making the source self-contained. + +For example, this document: @example \documentclass@{article@} @@ -4464,7 +5372,7 @@ Article by \myname. @end example @noindent -produces this file @file{JH.sty}. +produces this file @file{JH.sty}: @example %% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty' @@ -4496,7 +5404,7 @@ Synopsis: An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then @LaTeX{} will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and -stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use a double +stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, @code{\\}. For the declaration form see@tie{}@ref{\raggedright}. @@ -4543,7 +5451,7 @@ or @end example A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and -ragged right. It can be used inside an environment such as @code{quote} +ragged right. It can be used inside an @var{environment} such as @code{quote} or in a @code{parbox}. For the environment form see@tie{}@ref{flushleft}. @@ -4586,11 +5494,13 @@ delimit its effect. An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then @LaTeX{} will linebreak them in a way that -avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new +avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, @code{\\}. For the declaration form see@tie{}@ref{\raggedleft}. -For an example related to this environment, see@tie{}@ref{flushleft}. +For an example related to this environment, see@tie{}@ref{flushleft}, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace @code{flushleft} by +@code{flushright}. @menu * \raggedleft:: Declaration form of the @code{flushright} environment. @@ -4621,7 +5531,7 @@ or @end example A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and -ragged left. It can be used inside an environment such as @code{quote} +ragged left. It can be used inside an @var{environment} such as @code{quote} or in a @code{parbox}. For the environment form see@tie{}@ref{flushright}. @@ -4631,7 +5541,9 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or @code{\end} command that ends the paragraph unit. -For an example related to this environment, see@tie{}@ref{\raggedright}. +For an example related to this environment, see@tie{}@ref{\raggedright}, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace @code{\raggedright} by +@code{\raggedleft}. @node itemize @@ -4654,8 +5566,8 @@ Synopsis: \end@{itemize@} @end example -Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list. The -environment must have at least one @code{\item}; having none causes the +Produce an @dfn{unordered list}, sometimes called a bullet list. There +must be at least one @code{\item} within the environment; having none causes the @LaTeX{} error @samp{Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item}. This gives a two-item list. @@ -4668,17 +5580,23 @@ This gives a two-item list. @end example @noindent -As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, @bullet{}. -The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. +With the default locale---without loading e.g.@: @file{babel} package +with another language than USenglish---as a top-level list each label +would come out as a bullet, @bullet{}. The format of the labeling +depends on the nesting level; see below. @findex \item Start list items with the @code{\item} command (@pxref{\item}). If you give @code{\item} an optional argument by following it with square -brackets, as in @code{\item[Optional label]}, then by default it will -appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left -margin. For labels that are flush left see the @ref{description} -environment. Following the @code{\item} is optional text, which may -contain multiple paragraphs. +brackets, as in @code{\item[@var{Optional label}]}, then by default +@var{Optional label} will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could +extend into the left margin. For labels that are flush left see the +@ref{description} environment. Following the @code{\item} is the text of +the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. + +Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. +They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such +as @code{enumerate} (@pxref{enumerate}). @findex \labelitemi @findex \labelitemii @@ -4688,23 +5606,21 @@ contain multiple paragraphs. @anchor{itemize labelitemii} @anchor{itemize labelitemiii} @anchor{itemize labelitemiv} -Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. -They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as @code{enumerate} (@pxref{enumerate}). The @code{itemize} environment -uses the commands @code{\labelitemi} through @code{\labelitemiv} to -produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase -roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting -level). These are the default marks at each level. +The @code{itemize} environment uses the commands @code{\labelitemi} +through @code{\labelitemiv} to produce the default label (note the +convention of lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names +that signify the nesting level). These are the default marks at each +level. @enumerate @item @bullet{} (bullet, from @code{\textbullet}) @item @b{-@w{-}} (bold en-dash, from @code{\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}) @item * (asterisk, from @code{\textasteriskcentered}) @iftex -@item @math{\cdot} (centered dot, from @code{\textperiodcentered}) +@item @math{\cdot} (vertically centered dot, from @code{\textperiodcentered}) @end iftex @ifnottex -@item . (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from @code{\textperiodcentered}) +@item . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from @code{\textperiodcentered}) @end ifnottex @end enumerate @@ -4731,18 +5647,20 @@ the first level use diamonds. @anchor{itemize leftmarginvi} The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the @code{itemize} list is determined by the -parameters @code{\leftmargini} through @code{\leftmarginvi}. (Note the -convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command -name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: @code{2.5em} in -level 1 (@code{2em} in two-column mode), @code{2.2em} in level 2, -@code{1.87em} in level 3, and @code{1.7em} in level 4, with smaller -values for more deeply nested levels. +parameters @code{\leftmargini} through @code{\leftmarginvi}. (This also +uses the convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the +command name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: +@code{2.5em} in level 1 (@code{2em} in two-column mode), @code{2.2em} in +level 2, @code{1.87em} in level 3, and @code{1.7em} in level 4, with +smaller values for more deeply nested levels. +@PkgIndex{enumitem} For other major @LaTeX{} labeled list environments, see -@ref{description} and @ref{enumerate}. For information about list -layout parameters, including the default values, and for information -about customizing list layout, see @ref{list}. The package -@file{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. +@ref{description} and @ref{enumerate}. The @code{itemize}, +@code{enumerate} and @code{description} environment use the same list +layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and +for information about customizing list layout, see @ref{list}. The +package @file{enumitem} is useful for customizing lists. This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -4827,11 +5745,11 @@ environment. The mandatory first argument @var{labeling} specifies the default labeling of list items. It can contain text and @LaTeX{} commands, as -above where it contains both @samp{Item} and @samp{\Roman@{...@}}. +above where it contains both @samp{Item} and @samp{\Roman@{@dots{}@}}. @LaTeX{} forms the label by putting the @var{labeling} argument in a box of width @code{\labelwidth}. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. When making an instance of a -list you can override the default labeling by giving @code{\item} an +@code{list} you can override the default labeling by giving @code{\item} an optional argument by including square braces and the text, as in the above @code{\item[Special label.]}; @pxref{\item}. @@ -4853,7 +5771,7 @@ definition of the environment add @code{\newcommand@{\namedmakelabel@}[1]@{\textsc@{#1@}@}}, and between the @code{\setlength} command and the parenthesis that closes the @var{spacing} argument also add @code{\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel}. -Then the items will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the +Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to @code{\let\makelabel\fbox} puts the labels inside a framed box. Another example of the @code{\makelabel} command is below, in the definition of the @code{redlabel} environment. @@ -4882,7 +5800,7 @@ and @samp{report} classes at 10 point size are: @code{4pt plus2pt minus1pt}, @code{\parsep} (that is, @code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}), and @code{\topsep} (that is, @code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}). The defaults at 11 point are: @code{4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt}, @code{\parsep} (that is, -@code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}), and @code{topsep} (that is, @code{2pt +@code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}), and @code{\topsep} (that is, @code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}). The defaults at 12 point are: @code{5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt}, @code{\parsep} (that is, @code{2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt}), and @code{\topsep} (that is, @code{2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt}). @@ -4941,15 +5859,14 @@ item. A negative value makes this an ``outdent''. Its default value is @code{0pt}. @item \parsep -@anchor{list parsep} -Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the @samp{book} -and @samp{article} classes The defaults for the first three levels in -@LaTeX{}'s @samp{article}, @samp{book}, and @samp{report} classes at 10 -point size are: @code{4pt plus2pt minus1pt}, @code{2pt plus1pt -minus1pt}, and @code{0pt}. The defaults at 11 point size are: -@code{4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt}, @code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}, and -@code{0pt}. The defaults at 12 point size are: @code{5pt plus2.5pt -minus1pt}, @code{2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt}, and @code{0pt}. +@anchor{list parsep} Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. +The defaults for the first three levels in @LaTeX{}'s @samp{article}, +@samp{book}, and @samp{report} classes at 10 point size are: @code{4pt +plus2pt minus1pt}, @code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}, and @code{0pt}. The +defaults at 11 point size are: @code{4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt}, +@code{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}, and @code{0pt}. The defaults at 12 point +size are: @code{5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt}, @code{2.5pt plus1pt +minus1pt}, and @code{0pt}. @item \partopsep @anchor{list partopsep} @@ -5088,7 +6005,7 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel @} @} -@{\end@{list@} @} +@{\end@{list@}@} @end example @menu @@ -5117,7 +6034,7 @@ An entry in a list. The entries are prefixed by a label, whose default depends on the list type. Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets -@samp{[...]}, if you have an item whose text starts with @samp{[}, you +@samp{[...]}, if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: @code{\item @{[@} is an open square bracket}; otherwise, @LaTeX{} will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -5158,7 +6075,7 @@ Synopsis: A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not indented and an @code{\item} without an optional argument produces no text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where -the @code{\item} command as part of the environment's definition. For +the @code{\item} command is part of the environment's definition. For instance, the @code{center} environment is defined essentially like this: @@ -5195,7 +6112,7 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. @section @code{math} @EnvIndex{math} -@cindex in-line formulas +@cindex inline formulas Synopsis: @@ -5205,6 +6122,8 @@ Synopsis: \end@{math@} @end example +@findex $ @r{inline math} +@findex \(...\) @r{inline math} The @code{math} environment inserts given @var{math} material within the running text. @code{\(...\)} and @code{$...$} are synonyms. @xref{Math formulas}. @@ -5262,25 +6181,31 @@ It gives the width of the box into which @var{contents} are typeset. There are three optional arguments, @var{position}, @var{height}, and @var{inner-pos}. You need not include all three. For example, get the default @var{position} and set the @var{height} with -@code{\begin@{minipage@}[c][2.54cm] @var{contents} \end@{minipage@}}. -(Get the natural height with an empty argument, @code{[]}.) +@code{\begin@{minipage@}[c][2.54cm]@{\columnwidth@} @var{contents} +\end@{minipage@}}. (Get the natural height with an empty argument, +@code{[]}.) The optional argument @var{position} governs how the @code{minipage} vertically aligns with the surrounding material. @table @code @item c +@c xx Clarify what it means when adjacent text lines do not have aligned +@c vertical center with each other (synonym @code{m}) Default. Positions the @code{minipage} so its -vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what -Plain @TeX{} calls @code{\vcenter}). +vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. @item t +@findex \vtop @r{plain @TeX{}} +@c xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word +@c ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? Match the top line in the @code{minipage} with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vtop}. +surrounding text (plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vtop}). @item b +@findex \vbox @r{plain @TeX{}} Match the bottom line in the @code{minipage} with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vbox}. +surrounding text (plain @TeX{}'s @code{\vbox}). @end table To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -5294,6 +6219,8 @@ To see the effects of these, contrast running this @noindent with the results of changing @code{c} to @code{b} or@tie{}@code{t}. +@c xx Clarify what happens if user enter a rubber length instead of a +@c rigid length. The optional argument @var{height} is a rigid length (@pxref{Lengths}). It sets the height of the @code{minipage}. You can enter any value larger than, or equal to, or smaller than the @code{minipage}'s natural @@ -5301,12 +6228,12 @@ height and @LaTeX{} will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of zero or a negative value. The final optional argument @var{inner-pos} controls the placement of -@var{content} inside the box. These are the possible values are (the +@var{contents} inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default is the value of @var{position}). @table @code @item t -Place @var{content} at the top of the box. +Place @var{contents} at the top of the box. @item c Place it in the vertical center. @@ -5376,20 +6303,28 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. +@PkgIndex{siunitx} @example +% siunitx to have the S column specifier, +% which aligns numbers on their decimal point. +\usepackage@{siunitx@} \newcommand*@{\vcenteredhbox@}[1]@{\begin@{tabular@}@{@@@{@}c@@@{@}@}#1\end@{tabular@}@} ... \begin@{center@} \vcenteredhbox@{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]@{nyc.png@}@} \hspace@{0.1\textwidth@} \begin@{minipage@}@{0.5\textwidth@} - \begin@{tabular@}@{r|l@} - \multicolumn@{1@}@{r@}@{Borough@} &Pop (million) \\ \hline - The Bronx &$1.5$ \\ - Brooklyn &$2.6$ \\ - Manhattan &$1.6$ \\ - Queens &$2.3$ \\ - Staten Island &$0.5$ + \begin@{tabular@}@{r|S@} + % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers + \multicolumn@{1@}@{r@}@{Borough@} & + % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the + % period as a decimal separator + @{Pop. (million)@} \\ \hline + The Bronx &1.5 \\ + Brooklyn &2.6 \\ + Manhattan &1.6 \\ + Queens &2.3 \\ + Staten Island &0.5 \end@{tabular@} \end@{minipage@} \end@{center@} @@ -5406,7 +6341,7 @@ are vertically centered. Synopses: @example \begin@{picture@}(@var{width},@var{height}) - @var{picture commands} + @var{picture command} \end@{picture@} @end example @@ -5415,17 +6350,20 @@ or @example \begin@{picture@}(@var{width},@var{height})(@var{xoffset},@var{yoffset}) - @var{picture commands} + @var{picture command} \end@{picture@} @end example +@noindent +Where there may be any number of @var{picture command}'s. + An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows, -boxes, circles, and text. Note that while this environment is not -obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics -creation systems, such as @code{TikZ}, @code{PSTricks}, @code{MetaPost}, -or @code{Asymptote}. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. +boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new +documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems, +such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are +covered in this document; see CTAN. -This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. +To start, here's an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors. @findex \unitlength @example @@ -5435,45 +6373,25 @@ This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. \put(2,1)@{\makebox(0,0)[l]@{\ first leg@}@} \put(4,2)@{\vector(1,2)@{2@}@} \put(5,4)@{\makebox(0,0)[l]@{\ second leg@}@} - \put(0,0)@{\line(1,1)@{6@}@} + \put(0,0)@{\vector(1,1)@{6@}@} \put(3,3)@{\makebox(0,0)[r]@{sum\ @}@} \end@{picture@} @end example -You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an -exact location. - -@example -\usepackage@{color,graphicx@} % in preamble - ... -\begin@{center@} -\setlength@{\unitlength@}@{\textwidth@} -\begin@{picture@}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall - \put(0,0)@{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]@{desertedisland.jpg@}@} - \put(0.25,0.35)@{\textcolor@{red@}@{X Treasure here@}@} -\end@{picture@} -\end@{center@} -@end example - -@noindent -The red@tie{}X will be precisely a quarter of the @code{\linewidth} from -the left margin, and @code{0.35\linewidth} up from the bottom. Another -example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get -repeat material on each of a document's pages. - The @code{picture} environment has one required argument, a pair of -numbers (@var{width},@var{height}). Multiply these by the value -@code{\unitlength} to get the nominal size of the output, the space that -@LaTeX{} reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how -large the picture really is; @LaTeX{} will draw things from the picture -outside the picture's box. +positive real numbers (@var{width},@var{height}). Multiply these by the +value @code{\unitlength} to get the nominal size of the output, i.e.@: +the space that @LaTeX{} reserves on the output page. This nominal size +need not be how large the picture really is; @LaTeX{} will draw things +from the picture outside the picture's box. This environment also has an optional argument (@var{xoffset},@var{yoffset}). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets. -As with the required argument, it consists of two real numbers. -Multiply these by @code{\unitlength} to get the point at the lower-left -corner of the picture. +As with the required argument, it consists of a pair of two real +numbers, but these may also be negative or null. Multiply these +by @code{\unitlength} to get the coordinates of the point at the +lower-left corner of the picture. For example, if @code{\unitlength} has been set to @code{1mm}, the command @@ -5493,24 +6411,27 @@ optional argument. @cindex position, in picture Each @var{picture command} tells @LaTeX{} where to put something by -naming its position. A @dfn{position} is a pair such as @code{(2.4,-5)} +providing its position. A @dfn{position} is a pair such as @code{(2.4,-5)} giving the x- and y-coordinates. A @dfn{coordinate} is a not a length, it is a real number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a length in multiples of the unit length @code{\unitlength}, so if @code{\unitlength} has been set to @code{1cm}, then the coordinate -2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. +@code{2.54} specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. -@LaTeX{}'s default for @code{\unitlength} is @code{1pt}. it is a rigid +@LaTeX{}'s default for @code{\unitlength} is @code{1pt}. It is a rigid length (@pxref{Lengths}). Change it with the @code{\setlength} command (@pxref{\setlength}). Make this change only outside of a @code{picture} environment. -Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at +The @code{picture} environment supports using standard arithmetic +expressions as well as numbers. + +Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, as with @code{\put(1,2)@{...@}}, it is not enclosed in braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are -further up the page. +further up the page, for example, @math{y = 1} is @emph{above} @math{y = 0}. There are four ways to put things in a picture: @code{\put}, @code{\multiput}, @code{\qbezier}, and @code{\graphpaper}. The most @@ -5547,27 +6468,31 @@ line of length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of The @code{\multiput}, @code{qbezier}, and @code{graphpaper} commands are described below. -This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using @code{\qbezier} for -that curve. +You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an +exact location. For example: @example -\begin@{picture@}(3,1.5) - \put(0,0)@{\vector(1,0)@{8@}@} % x axis - \put(0,0)@{\vector(0,1)@{4@}@} % y axis - \put(2,0)@{\line(0,1)@{3@}@} % left side rectangle - \put(4,0)@{\line(0,1)@{3.5@}@} % right side - \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) - \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) - \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick - \put(2,3)@{\line(4,1)@{2@}@} - \put(4.5,2.5)@{\framebox@{Trapezoidal Rule@}@} +\usepackage@{color,graphicx@} % in preamble + ... +\begin@{center@} +\setlength@{\unitlength@}@{\textwidth@} +\begin@{picture@}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall + \put(0,0)@{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]@{desertedisland.jpg@}@} + \put(0.25,0.35)@{\textcolor@{red@}@{X Treasure here@}@} \end@{picture@} +\end@{center@} @end example +@noindent +The red@tie{}X will be precisely a quarter of the @code{\textwidth} from +the left margin, and @code{0.35\textwidth} up from the bottom of the +picture. Another example of this usage is to put similar code in the +page header to get repeat material on each of a document's pages. + @menu * \put:: Place an object at a specified place. * \multiput:: Draw multiple instances of an object. -* \qbezier:: Draw a quadratic Bezier curve. +* \qbezier:: Draw a quadratic B@'ezier curve. * \graphpaper:: Draw graph paper. * \line:: Draw a straight line. * \linethickness:: Set thickness of horizontal and vertical lines. @@ -5674,6 +6599,22 @@ intermediate points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of points is @code{\qbeziermax} (change this value with @code{\renewcommand}). +This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using @code{\qbezier} for +that curve. + +@example +\begin@{picture@}(8,4) + \put(0,0)@{\vector(1,0)@{8@}@} % x axis + \put(0,0)@{\vector(0,1)@{4@}@} % y axis + \put(2,0)@{\line(0,1)@{3@}@} % left side + \put(4,0)@{\line(0,1)@{3.5@}@} % right side + \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) + \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) + \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick + \put(2,3)@{\line(4,1)@{2@}@} + \put(4.5,2.5)@{\framebox@{Trapezoidal Rule@}@} +\end@{picture@} +@end example @node \graphpaper @subsection @code{\graphpaper} @@ -5686,7 +6627,8 @@ Synopsis: \graphpaper[@var{spacing}](@var{x_init},@var{y_init})(@var{x_dimen},@var{y_dimen}) @end example -Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the @code{graphpap} package. +@PkgIndex{graphpap} +Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the @file{graphpap} package. The grid's origin is @code{(@var{x_init},@var{y_init})}. Grid lines come every @var{spacing} units (the default is 10). The grid extends @var{x_dimen} units to the right and @var{y_dimen} units up. @@ -5719,7 +6661,7 @@ Synopsis: Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises @var{y_rise} for every horizontal @var{x_run}. The @var{travel} is the total horizontal -change@tie{}--- it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in +change---it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in @math{x}. In the special case of vertical lines, where (@var{x_run},@var{y_rise})=(0,1), the @var{travel} gives the change in @math{y}. @@ -5764,9 +6706,10 @@ relatively prime, so that @var{(x_run,y_rise)} can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -@code{picture}, see the package @file{pict2e} on CTAN. Another solution -is to use a full-featured graphics system such as @file{TikZ}, or -@file{PSTricks}, or @file{MetaPost}, or @file{Asymptote} +@code{picture}, see the package @file{pict2e} +(@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e}). Another solution +is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, +MetaPost, or Asymptote. @node \linethickness @@ -5830,8 +6773,8 @@ This draws a circle of radius 6, centered at @code{(5,7)}. \put(5,7)@{\circle@{6@}@} @end example -The available radii for @code{circle} are, in points, the even -numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For @code{circle*} they are all the +The available radii for @code{\circle} are, in points, the even +numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For @code{\circle*} they are all the integers from 1 to 15. @@ -5947,7 +6890,7 @@ Synopsis: Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises @var{y_rise} for every horizontal @var{x_run}. The -@var{travel} is the total horizontal change@tie{}--- it is not the +@var{travel} is the total horizontal change---it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in @math{x}. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (@var{x_run},@var{y_rise})=(0,1), then @var{travel} gives the change in @math{y}. @@ -6162,6 +7105,8 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length @code{\parsep}). @node tabbing @section @code{tabbing} +@c xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. + @EnvIndex{tabbing} @cindex tab stops, using @cindex lining text up using tab stops @@ -6188,12 +7133,12 @@ widths, ended by a @code{\kill} command (which is described below): @example \begin@{tabbing@} -\hspace@{0.75in@} \= \hspace@{0.40in@} \= \hspace@{0.40in@} \kill -Ship \> Guns \> Year \\ -\textit@{Sophie@} \> 14 \> 1800 \\ -\textit@{Polychrest@} \> 24 \> 1803 \\ -\textit@{Lively@} \> 38 \> 1804 \\ -\textit@{Surprise@} \> 28 \> 1805 \\ +\hspace@{1.2in@}\=\hspace@{1in@}\=\kill +Ship \>Guns \>Year \\ +\textit@{Sophie@} \>14 \>1800 \\ +\textit@{Polychrest@} \>24 \>1803 \\ +\textit@{Lively@} \>38 \>1804 \\ +\textit@{Surprise@} \>28 \>1805 \\ \end@{tabbing@} @end example @@ -6204,10 +7149,10 @@ determined automatically by @LaTeX{}, while in @code{tabbing} the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that @code{tabular} generates a box, but @code{tabbing} can be broken across pages. Finally, while @code{tabular} can be used in any mode, @code{tabbing} -can be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph. +can be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph, +without indentation. -A @code{tabbing} environment always starts a new paragraph, without -indentation. Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need +Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the starred form of the @code{\hspace} command at the beginning of a tabbed row. The right margin of the @code{tabbing} environment is the end of line, so that the width of the environment is @@ -6220,8 +7165,9 @@ rows}. The first tabbed row begins immediately after @code{\kill}. The last row may omit the @code{\\} and end with just @code{\end@{tabbing@}}. -At any point the @code{tabbing} environment has a current tab stop -pattern, a sequence of @math{@var{n} > 0} tab stops, numbered 0, 1, +@cindex pattern, current tab stops, @r{tabbing} +At any point the @code{tabbing} environment has a @dfn{current tab stop +pattern}, a sequence of @math{@var{n} > 0} tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create @var{n} corresponding columns. Tab stop@tie{}0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number@tie{}@var{i} is set if it is assigned a horizontal @@ -6380,20 +7326,18 @@ This example @code{table} environment contains a @code{tabular} @end example @noindent -but you can put many different kinds of content in a @code{table}, -including text, @LaTeX{} commands, etc. +but you can put many different kinds of content in a @code{table}: +the @var{table body} may contain text, @LaTeX{} commands, graphics, etc. It is +typeset in a @code{parbox} of width @code{\textwidth}. For the possible values of @var{placement} and their effect on the float placement algorithm, see @ref{Floats}. -The table body is typeset in a @code{parbox} of width @code{\textwidth}. -It can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross references (@pxref{Cross references}). @findex \caption The @code{\caption} command is also optional. It specifies caption text -for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional +@var{title} for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional @var{lottitle} is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead of @var{title} (@pxref{Table of contents etc.}). @@ -6457,7 +7401,7 @@ illustrates many of the features. The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar between them. This is specified in @code{tabular}'s argument @code{@{l|l@}}. -@findex & +@findex & @r{for table cells} Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, @code{&}. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, @code{\\}. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double @@ -6573,7 +7517,7 @@ a @code{\centering}, @code{\raggedright}, or @code{\raggedleft} declaration (when used in a @code{p}-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with @code{@{\centering .. \\ ..@}}). Otherwise @LaTeX{} will misinterpret the double backslash as -ending the row. Instead, to get a line break in there use +ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there use @code{\newline} (@pxref{\newline}). @item *@{@var{num}@}@{@var{cols}@} @@ -6836,7 +7780,7 @@ Synopsis: Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a -few references and can maintain the list by hand. @xref{Using BibTeX} +few references and can maintain the list by hand. @xref{Using BibTeX}, for a more sophisticated approach. This shows the environment with two entries. @@ -6859,15 +7803,17 @@ Together they are \cite@{latexdps, texbook@}. @noindent This styles the first reference as @samp{[1] Leslie ...}, and so that -@code{\cite@{latexdps@}} produces the matching @samp{... based on [1]}. -The second @code{\cite} produces @samp{[1, 2]}. You must compile the -document twice to resolve these references. +@code{... based on \cite@{latexdps@}} produces the matching +@samp{... based on [1]}. The second @code{\cite} produces @samp{[1, +2]}. You must compile the document twice to resolve these references. The mandatory argument @var{widest-label} is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the @code{\bibitem} commands. The tradition is to use @code{9} for bibliographies with less than 10 references, @code{99} for ones with less than 100, etc. +@findex \bibname +@findex \refname The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as @samp{Bibliography}. To change it there are two cases. In the @file{book} and @file{report} classes, where the top level sectioning is @code{\chapter} and the @@ -6875,7 +7821,7 @@ default title is @samp{Bibliography}, that title is in the macro @code{\bibname}. For @file{article}, where the class's top level sectioning is @code{\section} and the default is @samp{References}, the title is in macro @code{\refname}. Change it by redefining the command, -as with @code{\renewcommand@{\refname@}@{Cited references@}} after +as with @code{\renewcommand@{\refname@}@{Cited references@}}, after @code{\begin@{document@}}. @PkgIndex{babel} @@ -6883,6 +7829,8 @@ Language support packages such as @file{babel} will automatically redefine @code{\refname} or @code{\bibname} to fit the selected language. +@xref{list}, for the list layout control parameters. + @menu * \bibitem:: Specify a bibliography item. * \cite:: Refer to a bibliography item. @@ -6909,16 +7857,16 @@ or \bibitem[@var{label}]@{@var{cite_key}@} @end example -Generate an entry labeled by @var{label}. The default is for @LaTeX{} to -generates a number using the @code{enumi} counter. The @dfn{citation key} +Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the +@code{enumi} counter. The @dfn{citation key} @cindex citation key -@var{cite_key} is a string of +@var{cite_key} can be any string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). -@xref{thebibliography} for an example. +@xref{thebibliography}, for an example. -The optional @var{label} changes the default label from an integer to the -given string. With this +When provided, the optional @var{label} becomes the entry label and the +@code{enumi} counter is not incremented. With this @example \begin@{thebibliography@} @@ -6950,8 +7898,8 @@ Warning: There were multiply-defined labels}. Under the hood, @LaTeX{} remembers the @var{cite_key} and @var{label} information because @code{\bibitem} writes it to the auxiliary file -@file{@var{filename}.aux}. For instance, the above example causes -@code{\bibcite@{latexdps@}@{Lamport, 1993@}} and +@file{@var{jobname}.aux} (@pxref{Jobname}). For instance, the above +example causes the two @code{\bibcite@{latexdps@}@{Lamport, 1993@}} and @code{\bibcite@{texbook@}@{1@}} to appear in that file. The @file{.aux} file is read by the @code{\begin@{document@}} command and then the information is available for @code{\cite} commands. This explains why @@ -7000,20 +7948,21 @@ The ultimate source is \cite@{texbook@}. @end example @noindent -produces output like @samp{... source is [1]}. (You can change the -appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in -@ref{Using BibTeX}.) +produces output like @samp{... source is [1]}. You can change the +appearance of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography +styles if you generate automatically the @code{thebibliography} +environment. More information in @ref{Using BibTeX}. The optional argument @var{subcite} is appended to the citation. For example, @code{See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]@{texbook@}} might produce @samp{See 14.3 in [1, p.@tie{}314]}. In addition to what appears in the output, @code{\cite} writes -information to the auxiliary file @file{@var{filename}.aux}. For -instance, @code{\cite@{latexdps@}} writes @samp{\citation@{latexdps@}} -to that file. This information is used by Bib@TeX{} to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -@ref{\nocite} also. +information to the auxiliary file @file{@var{jobname}.aux} +(@pxref{Jobname}). For instance, @code{\cite@{latexdps@}} writes +@samp{\citation@{latexdps@}} to that file. This information is used by +Bib@TeX{} to include in your reference list only those works that you +have actually cited; see @ref{\nocite} also. If @var{keys} is not in your bibliography information then you get @samp{LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references}, and in the output @@ -7037,12 +7986,12 @@ Synopsis: @end example Produces no output but writes @var{keys} to the auxiliary file -@file{@var{doc-filename}.aux}. +@file{@var{jobname}.aux} (@pxref{Jobname}). The mandatory argument @var{keys} is a comma-separated list of one or more citation keys (@pxref{\bibitem}). This information is used by Bib@TeX{} to include these works in your reference list even though you -have not cited them (@pxref{\cite}). +have not explicitly cited them (@pxref{\cite}). @node Using BibTeX @@ -7057,7 +8006,7 @@ have not cited them (@pxref{\cite}). As described in @code{thebibliography} (@pxref{thebibliography}), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the Bib@TeX{} program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN. +documentation on CTAN (@pxref{CTAN}). With Bib@TeX{}, you don't use @code{thebibliography} (@pxref{thebibliography}). Instead, include these lines. @@ -7087,7 +8036,7 @@ Like @code{plain}, but more compact labels. @noindent Many, many other Bib@TeX{} style files exist, tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN's listing -@url{http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib}. +@url{https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib}. The @code{\bibliography} command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -7244,8 +8193,13 @@ the string @code{\end@{verbatim@}}. @PkgIndex{cprotect} You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a @code{\section}. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (@pxref{\protect}), instead it just cannot appear -there. (But the @code{cprotect} package can help with this.) +commands being fragile (@pxref{\protect}), instead it just cannot work, +as the @code{verbatim} environment changes the catcode regime before +processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, +nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has +already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect +when the macro was called. However, the @code{cprotect} package can +help with this. @PkgIndex{listings} @PkgIndex{minted} @@ -7260,7 +8214,7 @@ and @code{minted}. A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is @code{fancyvrb}. Another is @code{verbatimbox}. -For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN. +For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (@pxref{CTAN}). @menu * \verb:: The macro form of the @code{verbatim} environment. @@ -7296,13 +8250,13 @@ exclamation point, @code{!}. The second instead uses plus, @code{+}, because the exclamation point is part of @code{literal-text}. The single-character delimiter @var{char} surrounds -@var{literal-text}@tie{}--- it must be the same character before and -after. No spaces come between @code{\verb} or @code{\verb*} and -@var{char}, or between @var{char} and @var{literal-text}, or between -@var{literal-text} and the second occurrence of @var{char} (the synopsis -shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other). The -delimiter must not appear in @var{literal-text}. The @var{literal-text} -cannot include a line break. +@var{literal-text}---it must be the same character before and after. +No spaces come between @code{\verb} or @code{\verb*} and @var{char}, +or between @var{char} and @var{literal-text}, or between +@var{literal-text} and the second occurrence of @var{char} (the +synopsis shows a space only to distinguish one component from the +other). The delimiter must not appear in @var{literal-text}. The +@var{literal-text} cannot include a line break. @cindex visible space The @code{*}-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible @@ -7311,15 +8265,16 @@ space character. (Namely, {\tt\char`\ }.) @end tex -The output from this will include a character showing the spaces. +The output from this will include a visible space on both side of word +@samp{with}: @example -The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... +The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... @end example @PkgIndex{url} For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package @code{url} -provides an option that is better than the @code{\verb} command, since +is a better option than the @code{\verb} command, since it allows line breaks. @PkgIndex{listings} @@ -7330,8 +8285,12 @@ For computer code there are many packages with advantages over @PkgIndex{cprotect} You cannot use @code{\verb} in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a @code{\section}. It is not a question of @code{\verb} -being fragile (@pxref{\protect}), instead it just cannot appear there. -(But the @code{cprotect} package can help with this.) +being fragile (@pxref{\protect}), instead it just cannot work, as the +@code{\verb} command changes the catcode regime before reading its +argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a +macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a +token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. +However, the @code{cprotect} package can help with this. @node verse @@ -7509,8 +8468,8 @@ internally) the same as @code{\\}, followed by @code{\relax}. So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The @code{\restorecr} command restores normal line-breaking behavior. -This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. -@xref{verbatim} instead. +This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use +@code{verbatim} (@pxref{verbatim}) instead. With @LaTeX{}'s usual defaults, this @@ -7780,7 +8739,7 @@ underrepresented groups. When you issue @code{\linebreak}, the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right margin. @xref{\\} -and@tie{}@ref{\newline} to have the spaces not stretched out. +and@tie{}@ref{\newline}, to have the spaces not stretched out. @@ -7818,7 +8777,7 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page @LaTeX{} doesn't look as far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. -@xref{Layout} for more material that is relevant to page breaking. +@xref{Layout}, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. @menu * \clearpage & \cleardoublepage:: Start a new page; eject floats. @@ -7925,7 +8884,7 @@ proposition that all men are created equal. @end example @noindent -makes a new page start after @samp{continent,} and the cut-off line is +makes a new page start after @samp{continent}, and the cut-off line is not right justified. In addition, @code{\newpage} does not vertically stretch out the page, as @code{\pagebreak} does. @@ -8010,13 +8969,13 @@ that all men are created equal. @end example @noindent -does not give a page break at @samp{continent,} but instead at -@samp{nation,} since that is where @LaTeX{} breaks that line. In +does not give a page break at @samp{continent}, but instead at +@samp{nation}, since that is where @LaTeX{} breaks that line. In addition, with @code{\pagebreak} the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if @code{\flushbottom} is in effect this can cause you to get @samp{Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active}. @xref{\newpage} for a command that +occurred while \output is active}. @xref{\newpage}, for a command that does not have these effects. @@ -8133,7 +9092,7 @@ sectioning command such as @code{\chapter} (it can only be used in outer paragraph mode; @pxref{Modes}). There are some workarounds; see following sections. -@cindex Footnotes, in a minipage +@cindex footnotes, in a minipage @cindex mpfootnote counter In a @code{minipage} environment the @code{\footnote} command uses the @code{mpfootnote} counter instead of the @code{footnote} counter, so @@ -8234,7 +9193,7 @@ that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (@pxref{Modes}). The optional argument @var{number} changes the number of the footnote mark. -@xref{\footnotemark} and@tie{}@ref{Footnotes in a table} for usage +@xref{\footnotemark} and@tie{}@ref{Footnotes in a table}, for usage examples. @@ -8389,6 +9348,7 @@ second.\footnotefrom@{% * \newfont:: Define a new font name. * \protect:: Using tricky commands. * \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend:: Discard extra spaces. +* xspace package:: Space after a macro, conditionally. @end menu @@ -8424,13 +9384,16 @@ or one of these. \renewcommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} @end example -Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of -@code{\DeclareRobustCommand} in @ref{Class and package commands}. +Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of +@code{\DeclareRobustCommand} in @ref{Class and package commands}). + @cindex starred form, defining new commands @cindex *-form, defining new commands -The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain -multiple paragraphs of text (in plain @TeX{} terms that it not be -@code{\long}). +@findex \long +The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing +multiple paragraphs of text (in plain @TeX{} terms, the commands +are not @code{\long}). With the default form, arguments can be +multiple paragraphs. These are the parameters: @@ -8452,8 +9415,8 @@ different number of arguments than the old version. @item optargdefault Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of @code{\@var{cmd}} is optional, with default value @var{optargdefault} -(which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -@code{\@var{cmd}} does not take an optional argument. +(which may be the empty string). If @var{optargsdefault} is not present +then @code{\@var{cmd}} does not take an optional argument. @cindex positional parameter That is, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is used with square brackets, as in @@ -8576,14 +9539,14 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as @code{\newcommand}. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. -@xref{\newcommand & \renewcommand} for the description of the arguments. +@xref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}, for the description of the arguments. This example @example \providecommand@{\myaffiliation@}@{Saint Michael's College@} \providecommand@{\myaffiliation@}@{Saint Michael's College@} -From \myaffiliation. +>From \myaffiliation. @end example @noindent @@ -8625,17 +9588,17 @@ or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode@tie{}12. -The pair @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} changes the -default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a @file{.tex} -file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands -named with @code{@@}, by having them surround your definition. Don't -use these inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files since the -@code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands already arrange -that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode@tie{}11. +Use the pair @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} inside a +@file{.tex} file, typically in the preamble, when you are defining or +redefining commands named with @code{@@}, by having them surround your +definition. Don't use these inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files +since the @code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands already +arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, +catcode@tie{}11. @PkgIndex{macros2e} For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}. +@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}. In this example the class file has a command @code{\thesis@@universityname} that the user wants to change. These @@ -8671,28 +9634,34 @@ Examples are the @code{table} and @code{table*} environments and the When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward because @code{\newenvironment} and @code{\renewenvironment} allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as @code{\mycmd}, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, @LaTeX{} does not really have a -@code{\section*} command; instead, the @code{\section} command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and @code{\mycmd@@star}. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a @LaTeX{} document a command using at-sign@tie{}@code{@@} -must be enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block +environment name to contain a star. So you just have to write +@code{\newenvironment@{@var{myenv}@}} or +@code{\newenvironment@{@var{myenv}*@}} and continue the definition as +usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the star not being +a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the synopsis above, +there will be a user-called command, given above as @code{\mycmd}, which +peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, @LaTeX{} +does not really have a @code{\section*} command; instead, the +@code{\section} command peeks ahead. This command does not accept +arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept +arguments. In the synopsis these two are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and +@code{\mycmd@@star}. They could take the same number of arguments or a +different number, or no arguments at all. As always, in a @LaTeX{} +document a command using an at-sign@tie{}@code{@@} in its name must be +enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block (@pxref{\makeatletter & \makeatother}). This example of @code{\@@ifstar} defines the command @code{\ciel} and a variant @code{\ciel*}. Both have one required argument. A call to -@code{\ciel@{night@}} will return "starry night sky" while -@code{\ciel*@{blue@}} will return "starry not blue sky". +@code{\ciel@{blue@}} will return "not starry blue sky" while +@code{\ciel*@{night@}} will return "starry night sky". @example -\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@} -\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry not #1 sky@} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{not starry #1 sky@} +\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@} \newcommand*@{\ciel@}@{\@@ifstar@{\ciel@@starred@}@{\ciel@@unstarred@}@} +\makeatother @end example In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of @@ -8708,16 +9677,28 @@ arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's \@@ifstar@{\agentsecret@@starred@}@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}@} @end example -There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -@code{\@@ifstar}. The @file{suffix} package allows the construct -@code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred version}@}} followed by -@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred version}@}}. And -@LaTeX{}3 has the @file{xparse} package that allows this code. +After a command name, a star is handled similarly to an optional +argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is +part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, +it is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the +command and the star. Thus @code{\agentsecret*@{Bond@}} and +@code{\agentsecret@w{ *}@{Bond@}} are equivalent. However, the +standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. + +@PkgIndex{suffix} +@PkgIndex{xparse} +There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of +@code{\@@ifstar}. (1)@tie{}The @file{suffix} package allows the +construct @code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred-variant}@}} +followed by +@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred-variant}@}}. +(2)@tie{}@LaTeX{} provides the @file{xparse} package, which allows +this code: @example \NewDocumentCommand\foo@{s@}@{\IfBooleanTF#1 - @{@var{starred version}@}% - @{@var{unstarred version}@}% + @{@var{starred-variant}@}% + @{@var{unstarred-variant}@}% @} @end example @@ -9277,7 +10258,7 @@ or Both commands cause @LaTeX{} to ignore spaces after the end of the command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from Plain @TeX{}, and the second is @LaTeX{}-specific. +from plain @TeX{}, and the second is @LaTeX{}-specific. The @code{ignorespaces} is often used when defining commands via @code{\newcommand}, or @code{\newenvironment}, or @code{\def}. The @@ -9308,10 +10289,9 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then @code{\fullname} will reproduce that. @example -\makeatletter -\newcommand@{\honorific@}[1]@{\def\@@honorific@{#1@}@} % remember title -\newcommand@{\fullname@}[1]@{\@@honorific~#1@} % put title before name -\makeatother +\newcommand@{\honorific@}[1]@{\def\honorific@{#1@}@} % remember title +\newcommand@{\fullname@}[1]@{\honorific~#1@} % put title before name + \begin@{tabular@}@{|l|@} \honorific@{Mr/Ms@} \fullname@{Jones@} \\ % no extra space here \honorific@{ Mr/Ms@} \fullname@{Jones@} % extra space before title @@ -9320,11 +10300,11 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then @noindent To fix this, change to -@code{\newcommand@{\fullname@}[1]@{\ignorespaces\@@honorific~#1@}}. +@code{\newcommand@{\fullname@}[1]@{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1@}}. The @code{\ignorespaces} is also often used in a @code{\newenvironment} -at the end of the @var{begin} clause, that is, as part of the second -argument, as in @code{\begin@{newenvironment@}@{@var{env +at the end of the @var{begin} clause, as in +@code{\begin@{newenvironment@}@{@var{env name}@}@{... \ignorespaces@}@{...@}}. To strip spaces off the end of an environment use @@ -9351,6 +10331,66 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to @code{\newenvironment@{eq@}@{\begin@{equation@}@}@{\end@{equation@}\ignorespacesafterend@}}. +@node xspace package +@section xspace package + +@findex \xspace +@cindex spaces, ignore around commands +@cindex commands, ignore spaces + +Synopsis: + +@example +\usepackage@{xspace@} + ... +\newcommand@{...@}@{...\xspace@} +@end example + +The @code{\xspace} macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a +space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. + +After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character +command names using non-letters such as @code{\$}), @TeX{} gobbles white +space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has @samp{Vermont} +placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. + +@example +\newcommand@{\VT@}@{Vermont@} +Our college is in \VT . +The \VT@{@} summers are nice. +@end example + +But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +braces or else there would be no space separating @samp{Vermont} from +@samp{summers}. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +@code{\ } for this. @xref{\(SPACE)}.) + +The @file{xspace} package provides @code{\xspace}. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a +space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. + +@example +\newcommand@{\VT@}@{Vermont\xspace@} +Our college is in \VT . +\VT summers are nice. +@end example + +The default exception list contains the characters @code{,.'/?;:!~-)}, +the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, +and the commands @code{\footnote} or @code{\footnotemark}. Add to that +list as with @code{\xspaceaddexceptions@{\myfni \myfnii@}} and remove +from that list as with @code{\xspaceremoveexception@{!@}}. + +@c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 +A comment: many experts prefer not to use @code{\xspace}. Putting it in +a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. +But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +@code{\xspace} will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another +command, and so @code{\xspace} can make editing material harder and more +error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. + + @node Counters @chapter Counters @@ -9586,7 +10626,7 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman@{exercise@}. Synopsis: @example -\addtocounter@{@var{counter}@}@{@var{value}@ +\addtocounter@{@var{counter}@}@{@var{value}@} @end example Globally increment @var{counter} by the amount specified by the @@ -9640,7 +10680,7 @@ within it. (For the definition of ``counters numbered within'', @pxref{\newcounter}.) This command differs from @code{\refstepcounter} in that this one does -not influence references@tie{}--- it does not define the current +not influence references; that is, it does not define the current @code{\ref} value to be the result of @code{\thecounter} (@pxref{\refstepcounter}). @@ -9680,14 +10720,20 @@ bogus month value produces no output). A @dfn{length} is a measure of distance. Many @LaTeX{} commands take a length as an argument. +@cindex rigid lengths +@cindex rubber lengths +@cindex dimen @r{plain @TeX{}} +@cindex skip @r{plain @TeX{}} +@cindex glue @r{plain @TeX{}} Lengths come in two types. A @dfn{rigid length} such as @code{10pt} -does not contain a @code{plus} or @code{minus} component. (Plain @TeX{} -calls this a @dfn{dimen}.) A @dfn{rubber length} (what Plain @TeX{} -calls a @dfn{skip}) such as as with @code{1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm} -can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, -the @code{1cm} is the @dfn{natural length} while the other two, the -@code{plus} and @code{minus} components, allow @TeX{} to stretch or -shrink the length to optimize placement. +does not contain a @code{plus} or @code{minus} component. (Plain +@TeX{} calls this a @dfn{dimen}.) A @dfn{rubber length} (what plain +@TeX{} calls a @dfn{skip} or @dfn{glue}) such as with @code{1cm +plus0.05cm minus0.01cm} can contain either or both of those +components. In that rubber length, the @code{1cm} is the @dfn{natural +length} while the other two, the @code{plus} and @code{minus} +components, allow @TeX{} to stretch or shrink the length to optimize +placement. The illustrations below use these two commands. @@ -9798,6 +10844,8 @@ that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and * \settodepth:: Set a length to the depth of something. * \settoheight:: Set a length to the height of something. * \settowidth:: Set a length to the width of something. +* \stretch:: Add infinite stretchability. +* Expressions:: Compute with lengths and integers. @c * Predefined lengths:: Lengths that are, like, predefined. @end menu @@ -9813,10 +10861,10 @@ math mode. @table @code @item pt @findex pt -@cindex Point +@cindex point @anchor{units of length pt} -Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal -places, is 1@dmn{point} = 2.85@dmn{mm} = 28.45@dmn{cm}. +Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units +is 1@dmn{point} = 2.845@dmn{mm} = .2845@dmn{cm}. @item pc @cindex pica @@ -9832,37 +10880,37 @@ Inch, 72.27 pt @item bp @findex bp -@cindex Big point +@cindex big point @anchor{units of length bp} Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. @item cm -@cindex Centimeter +@cindex centimeter @findex cm @anchor{units of length cm} Centimeter @item mm -@cindex Millimeter +@cindex millimeter @findex mm @anchor{units of length mm} Millimeter @item dd -@cindex Didot point +@cindex didot point @findex dd @anchor{units of length dd} Didot point, 1.07 pt @item cc -@cindex Cicero +@cindex cicero @findex cc @anchor{units of length cc} Cicero, 12 dd @item sp -@cindex Scaled point +@cindex scaled point @findex sp @anchor{units of length sp} Scaled point, 1/65536 pt @@ -10070,6 +11118,161 @@ then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}. +@node \stretch +@section @code{\stretch} + +@findex \stretch + +Synopsis: + +@example +\stretch@{@var{number}@} +@end example + +Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and @var{number} times +@code{\fill} units of stretchability (@pxref{Lengths}). The +@var{number} can be positive or negative. This command is robust +(@pxref{\protect}). + +It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this horizontal +example, @LaTeX{} produces three tick marks, and the distance between +the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the +second and third. + +@example +\rule@{0.4pt@}@{1ex@}\hspace@{\stretch@{1.5@}@}% + \rule@{0.4pt@}@{1ex@}\hspace@{\stretch@{1@}@}% + \rule@{0.4pt@}@{1ex@} +@end example + +In this vertical example, the @samp{We dedicate @dots{}} will have three +times as much space under it as above it. + +@example +\newenvironment@{dedication@}@{% in document preamble + \clearpage\thispagestyle@{empty@}% + \vspace*@{\stretch@{1@}@} % stretchable space at top + \it +@}@{% + \vspace@{\stretch@{3@}@} % space at bot is 3x as at top + \clearpage +@} + ... +\begin@{dedication@} % in document body +We dedicate this book to our wives. +\end@{dedication@} +@end example + + +@node Expressions +@section Expressions + +@findex expressions + +@c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 +Synopsis, one of: + +@example +\numexpr @var{expression} +\dimexpr @var{expression} +\glueexpr @var{expression} +\muglue @var{expression} +@end example + +Any place where you may write an integer, or a @TeX{} dimen, or @TeX{} +glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that +type of quantity. + +An example is that @code{\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax} will +produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a +line (the only purpose of @code{\the} is to show the result in the +document). Analogously, @code{\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax} will +produce @samp{ix}, and @code{\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax} +will produce @samp{10.0pt plus 2.0pt}. + +A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and +then using @code{\advance}, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions +does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places +where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width +of the @code{\parbox}. + +@example +\newlength@{\offset@}\setlength@{\offset@}@{2em@} +\begin@{center@} +\parbox@{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3@}@{With malice toward none +with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see +the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the +nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and +for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may +achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with +all nations. ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the +memorial@} +\end@{center@} +@end example + +The @var{expression} consists of one or more terms of the same type +(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that is +a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type, +optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is +either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The +expression produces a result of the given type, so that @code{\numexpr} +produces an integer, @code{\dimexpr} produces a dimension, etc. + +In the quotation example above, changing to +@code{\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset} gives the error @code{Illegal unit +of measure (pt inserted)}. This is because for @code{\dimexpr} and +@code{\glueexpr}, the input consists of a dimension or glue value +followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way +around. Thus @code{\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax} is valid and produces +@samp{10.0pt}, but @code{\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax} gives the +@code{Illegal unit} error. + +The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up +to a @code{\relax} (which will be absorbed), or up to the first +non-valid token. Thus, @code{\the\numexpr2+3px} will print +@samp{5px}, because @LaTeX{} reads the @code{\numexpr2+3}, which is +made up of numbers, and then finds the letter @code{p}, which cannot +be part of a number. It therefore terminates the expression and +produces the @samp{5}, followed by the regular text @samp{px}. + +This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In +@code{\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi}, the less than +sign terminates the expression and the result is @samp{No} (in a +standard @LaTeX{} article). + +Expressions may use the operators @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*} and +@code{/} along with parentheses for subexpressions, @code{(...)}. In +glue expressions the @code{plus} and @code{minus} parts do not need +parentheses to be affected by a factor. So @code{\the\glueexpr 5pt plus +1pt * 2 \relax} results in @samp{10pt plus 2pt}. + +@TeX{} will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when +doing register assignment. Thus @code{\the\numexpr\dimexpr +1pt\relax\relax} will result in @samp{65536}, which is @code{1pt} +converted to scaled points (@TeX{}'s internal unit) and then coerced +into an integer. With a @code{\glueexpr} here, the stretch and shrink +would be dropped. Going the other way, a @code{\numexpr} inside a +@code{\dimexpr} or @code{\glueexpr} will need appropriate units, as in +@code{\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax}, which produces +@samp{3.0pt}. + +The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the +allowed range, numbers must be less than @math{2^{31}} in absolute +value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than +@math{2^{14}} points, or @code{mu}, or @code{fil}, etc. The +arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling +operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which +is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as +intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to +be in the allowed range. + +Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike @TeX{}'s +@code{\divide}, which truncates). Thus +@code{\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax} puts @samp{10.0pt} in the document, +because it rounds @code{3/2} to @code{2}, while +@code{\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax} produces @samp{5.0pt}. + + @node Making paragraphs @chapter Making paragraphs @@ -10223,7 +11426,7 @@ first outputs an empty box whose width is @code{\parindent}. These commands are robust (@pxref{\protect}). Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -@xref{\par} for the difference between this command and @code{\par}. To +@xref{\par}, for the difference between this command and @code{\par}. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use @code{\noindent}. @@ -10269,20 +11472,22 @@ look on CTAN for the package @code{indentfirst}. @findex \parindent @findex \parskip @cindex paragraph indentation +@cindex horizontal paragraph indentation @cindex vertical space before paragraphs Synopsis: @example -\setlength@{\parskip@}@{@var{horizontal len}@} -\setlength@{\parinden@}@{@var{vertical len}@} +\setlength@{\parindent@}@{@var{horizontal len}@} +\setlength@{\parskip@}@{@var{vertical len}@} @end example -Both are a rubber lengths (@pxref{Lengths}). They give the indentation -of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages -(@pxref{minipage}), and the vertical space between paragraphs. +Both are rubber lengths (@pxref{Lengths}). They affect the +indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside +minipages (@pxref{minipage}), and the vertical space between +paragraphs, respectively. -This, put in the preamble, +For example, if this is put in the preamble: @example \setlength@{\parindent@}@{0em@} @@ -10290,16 +11495,20 @@ This, put in the preamble, @end example @noindent -arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented, -but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase -@samp{x}. +The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead +are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase @samp{x}. In standard @LaTeX{} documents, the default value for @code{\parindent} in one-column documents is @code{15pt} when the default text size is -@code{10pt} , @code{17pt} for @code{11pt}, and @code{1.5em} for -@code{12pt}. In two-column documents it is @code{1em}. The default -value for @code{\parskip} in @LaTeX{}'s standard document styles is -@code{0pt plus1pt}. +@code{10pt}, @code{17pt} for @code{11pt}, and @code{1.5em} for +@code{12pt}. In two-column documents it is @code{1em}. (These values +are set before @LaTeX{} calls @code{\normalfont} so @code{em} is derived +from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font +then to set @code{\parindent} in units matching that font, do +@code{\AtBeginDocument@{\setlength@{\parindent@}@{1em@}@}}.) + +The default value for @code{\parskip} in @LaTeX{}'s standard document +styles is @code{0pt plus1pt}. @node Marginal notes @@ -10349,8 +11558,9 @@ These parameters affect the formatting of the note: @ftable @code @item \marginparpush @anchor{marginal notes marginparpush} -Minimum vertical space between notes; default @samp{7pt} for -@samp{12pt} documents, @samp{5pt} else. +Minimum vertical space between notes; default @samp{7pt} for @samp{12pt} +documents, @samp{5pt} else. See also@tie{}@ref{page layout parameters +marginparpush}. @item \marginparsep @anchor{marginal notes marginparsep} @@ -10510,9 +11720,9 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. @cindex superscript @cindex subscript +@findex ^ @r{superscript} +@findex _ @r{subscript} @cindex exponent -@findex _ -@findex ^ Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of: @@ -10579,13 +11789,13 @@ To put a superscript or subscript before a symbol, use a construct like subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a prior symbols. -Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or +Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or display math mode, as in @code{the expression x^2}, will get you the error @samp{Missing $ inserted}. @PkgIndex{mhchem} A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to -typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as +typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as @file{mhchem}; see CTAN. @@ -10596,13 +11806,13 @@ typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as @cindex symbols, math @cindex greek letters -@PkgIndex{symbols} +@PkgIndex{comprehensive} @LaTeX{} provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that -anyone uses. For example, if you include @code{$\pi$} in your source, -you will get the pi symbol @BES{03C0,\pi}. See the @file{Comprehensive -@LaTeX{} Symbol List} at -@url{https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/}. +anyone uses. For example, if you include @code{$\pi$} in your source, +you will get the pi symbol @BES{03C0,\pi}. See the ``Comprehensive +@LaTeX{} Symbol List'' package at +@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive}. Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive. Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class, @@ -10688,20 +11898,20 @@ union@tie{}@code{\cup}. (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) @item \bigvee -@BES{22C1,\bigvee} Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). +@BES{22C1,\bigvee} Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). @item \bigwedge -@BES{22C0,\bigwedge} Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). +@BES{22C0,\bigwedge} Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). @item \bot -@BES{22A5,} Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +@BES{22A5}, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also@tie{}@code{\top}. @item \bowtie @BES{22C8,\bowtie} Natural join of two relations (relation). @item \Box -@BES{25A1,} Modal operator for necessity; square open box +@BES{25A1,\Box} Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @c bb Best Unicode equivalent? @@ -10729,7 +11939,7 @@ variable-sized operator@tie{}@code{\bigcirc}. @BES{2663,\clubsuit} Club card suit (ordinary). @item \complement -@BES{2201,} Set complement, used as a superscript as in +@BES{2201}, Set complement, used as a superscript as in @code{$S^\complement$} (ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} Also used: @code{$S^@{\mathsf@{c@}@}$} or@tie{}@code{$\bar@{S@}$}. @@ -10760,7 +11970,7 @@ turnstile@tie{}@code{\vdash}. @BES{03B4,\delta} Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). @item \Diamond -@BES{25C7,} Large diamond operator (ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} +@BES{25C7,\Diamond} Large diamond operator (ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \diamond @BES{22C4,\diamond} Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large @@ -10879,7 +12089,7 @@ epsilon@tie{}@code{\varepsilon}. @BES{03B9,\iota} Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). @item \Join -@BES{2A1D,} Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain +@BES{2A1D,\Join} Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain @TeX{}. @item \jmath @@ -10897,8 +12107,8 @@ accents}). @BES{03BB,\lambda} Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). @item \land -@BES{2227,\land} Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for @code{\wedge}. -See also logical or@tie{}@code{\lor}. +@BES{2227,\land} Logical and (binary). Synonym:@tie{}@code{\wedge}. +See also logical@tie{}or@tie{}@code{\lor}. @item \langle @BES{27E8,\langle} Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: @@ -10921,7 +12131,7 @@ shaved off (opening). Matches@tie{}@code{\rceil}. for@tie{}@code{\leq}. @item \leadsto -@BES{21DD,} Squiggly right arrow (relation). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} +@BES{21DD,\leadsto} Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put @code{\newcommand*@{\Leadsto@}@{\ensuremath@{\leadsto@}@}} in the preamble and then use @code{\Leadsto} instead. @@ -10958,8 +12168,8 @@ for@tie{}@code{\le}. @BES{230A,\lfloor} Left floor bracket (opening). Matches:@tie{}@code{\floor}. @item \lhd -@BES{25C1,} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). -@value{NeedsAMSSymb} For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +@BES{25C1,\lhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). +For the normal subgroup symbol you should load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -10987,15 +12197,16 @@ double-line double-headed arrow@tie{}@code{\Longleftrightarrow}. double-line right arrow@tie{}@code{\Longrightarrow}. @item \lor -@BES{2228,\lor} Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge@tie{}@code{\wedge}. +@BES{2228,\lor} Logical or (binary). Synonym:@tie{}@code{\vee}. +See also logical@tie{}and@tie{}@code{\land}. @item \mapsto -@BES{21A6,\mapsto} Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). +@BES{21A6,\mapsto} Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar +(relation). Similar: longer version@tie{}@code{\longmapsto}. @item \mho -@BES{2127,} Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -@value{NeedsAMSSymb} +@BES{2127,\mho} Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). @item \mid @BES{2223,\mid} Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of @@ -11105,6 +12316,9 @@ of@tie{}@code{\in}. same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. +@item \Phi +@BES{03A6,\Phi} Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + @item \phi @BES{03D5,\phi} Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is @code{\varphi}@tie{}@BES{03C6,\varphi}. @@ -11169,11 +12383,11 @@ double-line, or blackboard bold, R@tie{}@code{\mathbb@{R@}}; to access this, load the @file{amsfonts} package. @item \restriction -@BES{21BE,} Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: +@BES{21BE}, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: @code{\upharpoonright}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \revemptyset -@BES{29B0,} Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +@BES{29B0}, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: @code{\varnothing}. @value{NeedsSTIX} @item \rfloor @@ -11181,8 +12395,8 @@ this, load the @file{amsfonts} package. off (closing). Matches@tie{}@code{\lfloor}. @item \rhd -@BES{25C1,} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). -@value{NeedsAMSSymb} For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +@BES{25C1,\rhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). +For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -11255,7 +12469,7 @@ union@tie{}@code{cup}. Related: variable-sized operator@tie{}@code{\bigsqcup}. @item \sqsubset -@BES{228F,} Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: +@BES{228F}, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset@tie{}@code{\subset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \sqsubseteq @@ -11263,7 +12477,7 @@ subset@tie{}@code{\subset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} equal to@tie{}@code{\subseteq}. @item \sqsupset -@BES{2290,} Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: +@BES{2290}, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset@tie{}@code{\supset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \sqsupseteq @@ -11325,7 +12539,7 @@ also@tie{}@code{\cdot}. Synonym:@tie{}@code{\rightarrow}. @item \top -@BES{22A4,} Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set +@BES{22A4,\top} Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See also@tie{}@code{\bot}. @item \triangle @@ -11344,15 +12558,15 @@ is a relation and so gives better spacing). relation and so gives better spacing). @item \unlhd -@BES{22B4,} Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} For the +@BES{22B4,\unlhd} Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglelefteq} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \unrhd -@BES{22B5,} Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} For the +@BES{22B5,\unrhd} Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglerighteq} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -11378,7 +12592,7 @@ arrow@tie{}@code{\updownarrow}. arrow@tie{}@code{\Updownarrow}. @item \upharpoonright -@BES{21BE,} Up harpoon, with barb on right side +@BES{21BE}, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym:@tie{}@code{@backslashchar{}restriction}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @@ -11400,7 +12614,7 @@ more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form membership@tie{}@code{\in}. @item \vanothing -@BES{2205,} Empty set symbol. Similar: @code{\emptyset}. Related: +@BES{2205}, Empty set symbol. Similar: @code{\emptyset}. Related: @code{\revemptyset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \varphi @@ -11436,38 +12650,15 @@ logical and@tie{}@code{\wedge}. Similar: variable-sized operator@tie{}@code{\bigvee}. @item \Vert -@BES{2016,\Vert} Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single -bar@tie{}@code{\vert}. - -For a norm symbol, you can use the @file{mathtools} package and put in -your preamble -@code{\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm@{\lVert@}@{\rVert@}}. This gives you -three command variants for double-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version @code{$\norm*@{M^\perp@}$} then the height of the vertical bars -will match the height of the argument, whereas with -@code{\norm@{M^\perp@}} the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and @code{\norm[@var{size -command}]@{M^\perp@}} also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the @var{size command}, e.g., @code{\Bigg}. +@BES{2016,\Vert} Vertical double bar (ordinary). @xref{Delimiters}, +for how to use the @file{mathtools} package to create flexibly-sized +norm symbols. @item \vert -@BES{007C,\vert} Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line -vertical bar@tie{}@code{\Vert}. For such that, as in the definition of a -set, use@tie{}@code{\mid} because it is a relation. - -For absolute value you can use the @file{mathtools} package and in your -preamble put -@code{\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs@{\lvert@}@{\rvert@}}. This gives you -three command variants for single-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version @code{$\abs*@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}$} then the height of the -vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -@code{\abs@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}} the bars do not grow with the height of -the argument but instead are the default height, and -@code{\abs[@var{size command}]@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}} also gives bars that -do not grow but are set to the size given in the @var{size command}, -e.g., @code{\Bigg}. +@BES{007C,\vert} Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For ``such +that'', as in the definition of a set, use@tie{}@code{\mid} because it +is a relation. @xref{Delimiters}, for how to use the @file{mathtools} +package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. @item \wedge @BES{2227,\wedge} Logical and (binary). Synonym:@tie{}@code{\land}. See also @@ -11513,13 +12704,156 @@ Underscore in math mode: _. @end ftable @menu +* Arrows:: List of arrows. +* \boldmath & \unboldmath:: Symbols in boldface. * Blackboard bold:: Doublestruck characters. * Calligraphic:: Cursive characters. -* \boldmath & \unboldmath:: Symbols in boldface. +* Delimiters:: Parentheses, braces, etc. * Dots:: Ellipses, etc. +* Greek letters:: List of Greek letters. @end menu +@node Arrows +@subsection Arrows + +@cindex arrows +@cindex symbols, arrows +@findex math, arrows + +@PkgIndex{amsfonts} +@PkgIndex{latexsym} +These are the arrows that come with standard @LaTeX{}. The +@file{latexsym} and @file{amsfonts} packages contain many more. + +@multitable @columnfractions .10 .40 .50 +@headitem Symbol@tab Command@tab +@item +@BES{021D3,\Downarrow} @tab @code{\Downarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02193,\downarrow} @tab @code{\downarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021A9,\hookleftarrow} @tab @code{\hookleftarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021AA,\hookrightarrow} @tab @code{\hookrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{2190,\leftarrow} @tab @code{\leftarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021D0,\Leftarrow} @tab @code{\Leftarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021D4,\Leftrightarrow} @tab @code{\Leftrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02194,\leftrightarrow} @tab @code{\leftrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{027F5,\longleftarrow} @tab @code{\longleftarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{027F8,\Longleftarrow} @tab @code{\Longleftarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{027F7,\longleftrightarrow} @tab @code{\longleftrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{027FA,\Longleftrightarrow} @tab @code{\Longleftrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{027FC,\longmapsto} @tab @code{\longmapsto} @tab +@item +@BES{027F9,\Longrightarrow} @tab @code{\Longrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{027F6,\longrightarrow} @tab @code{\longrightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021A6,\mapsto} @tab @code{\mapsto} @tab +@item +@BES{02197,\nearrow} @tab @code{\nearrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02196,\nwarrow} @tab @code{\nwarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021D2,\Rightarrow} @tab @code{\Rightarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02192,\rightarrow} @tab @code{\rightarrow}, or @code{\to} @tab +@item +@BES{02198,\searrow} @tab @code{\searrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02199,\swarrow} @tab @code{\swarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02191,\uparrow} @tab @code{\uparrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021D1,\Uparrow} @tab @code{\Uparrow} @tab +@item +@BES{02195,\updownarrow} @tab @code{\updownarrow} @tab +@item +@BES{021D5,\Updownarrow} @tab @code{\Updownarrow} @tab +@end multitable + +An example of the difference between @code{\to} and @code{\mapsto} +is: @code{\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)}. + +@PkgIndex{amscd} +@PkgIndex{tikz-cd} +For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including +@file{tikz-cd} and @file{amscd}. + + +@node \boldmath & \unboldmath +@subsection @code{\boldmath} & @code{\unboldmath} + +@cindex boldface mathematics +@cindex symbols, boldface +@findex \boldmath +@findex \unboldmath + +Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): + +@example +\boldmath \( @var{math} \) +@end example + +@noindent +or + +@example +\unboldmath \( @var{math} \) +@end example + +@findex \boldmath +@findex \unboldmath +Declarations to change the letters and symbols in @var{math} to be in +a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular +(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display +math mode (@pxref{Modes}). Both commands are fragile +(@pxref{\protect}). + +In this example each @code{\boldmath} command takes place inside an +@code{\mbox}, + +@example +we have $\mbox@{\boldmath \( v \)@} = 5\cdot\mbox@{\boldmath \( u \)$@}$ +@end example + +@noindent +which means @code{\boldmath} is only called in a text mode, here LR +mode, and explains why @LaTeX{} must switch to math mode to set @code{v} +and @code{u}. + +If you use either command inside math mode, as with @code{Trouble: \( +\boldmath x \)}, then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Font Warning: +Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11} and @samp{LaTeX +Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line +11}. + +@PkgIndex{bm} +There are many issues with @code{\boldmath}. New documents should use +the @file{bm} package provided by the @LaTeX{} Project team. A complete +description is outside the scope of this document (see the full +documentation on CTAN) but even this small example + +@example +\usepackage@{bm@} % in preamble +... +we have $\bm@{v@} = 5\cdot\bm@{u@}$ +@end example + +@noindent +shows that it is an improvement over @code{\boldmath}. + + @node Blackboard bold @subsection Blackboard bold @@ -11545,7 +12879,7 @@ Here @end example @noindent -the @code{\mathbb@{N@}} gives blackboard bold symbol @BES{2115,} +the @code{\mathbb@{N@}} gives blackboard bold symbol @BES{2115}, representing the natural numbers. If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error @@ -11577,72 +12911,351 @@ Let the graph be \( \mathcal@{G@} \). @end example If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not get -an error. Instead you get unexpected output. For instance, -@code{\mathcal@{g@}} outputs a close curly brace symbol, while -@code{\mathcal@{+@}} outputs a plus sign. +an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance, +@code{\mathcal@{g@}} outputs a close curly brace symbol. -@node \boldmath & \unboldmath -@subsection @code{\boldmath} & @code{\unboldmath} +@node Delimiters +@subsection Delimiters -@cindex boldface mathematics -@cindex symbols, boldface -@findex \boldmath -@findex \unboldmath +@cindex delimiters +@cindex parentheses +@cindex braces +@cindex curly braces +@cindex brackets -Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark +the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of +parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. @example -\boldmath \( @var{math} \) +(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2 @end example @noindent -or +The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter @code{\( [0,1) \)}. + +Here are the common delimiters: + +@multitable @columnfractions .11 .20 .40 .29 +@headitem Delimiter@tab Command@tab Name +@item +( @tab @code{(} @tab Left parenthesis +@item +) @tab @code{)} @tab Right parenthesis +@item +\@} @tab @code{@{} or @code{\lbrace} @tab Left brace +@item +\@{ @tab @code{@}} or @code{\rbrace} @tab Right brace +@item +[ @tab @code{[} or @code{\lbrack} @tab Left bracket +@item +] @tab @code{]} or @code{\rbrack} @tab Right bracket +@item +@BES{230A,\lfloor} @tab @code{\lfloor} @tab Left floor bracket +@item +@BES{230B,\rfloor} @tab @code{\rfloor} @tab Right floor bracket +@item +@BES{2308,\lceil} @tab @code{\lceil} @tab Left ceiling bracket +@item +@BES{2309,\rceil} @tab @code{\rceil} @tab Right ceiling bracket +@item +@BES{27E8,\langle} @tab @code{\langle} @tab Left angle bracket +@item +@BES{27E9,\rangle} @tab @code{\rangle} @tab Right angle bracket +@item +/ @tab @code{/} @tab Slash, or forward slash +@item +\ @tab @code{\backslash} @tab Reverse slash, or backslash +@item +| @tab @code{|} or @code{\vert} @tab Vertical bar +@item +@BES{2016,\|} @tab @code{\|} or @code{\Vert} @tab Double vertical bar +@end multitable + +@PkgIndex{mathtools} +The @file{mathtools} package allows you to create commands for paired +delimiters. For instance, if you put +@code{\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs@{\lvert@}@{\rvert@}} in your preamble +then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work +in math mode). The starred version, such as +@code{\abs*@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}}, has the height of the vertical bars +match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +@code{\abs@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}}, has the bars fixed at a default height. +This version accepts an optional argument, as in @code{\abs[@var{size +command}]@{\frac@{22@}@{7@}@}}, where the height of the bars is given in +@var{size command}, such as @code{\Bigg}. Using @code{\lVert} and +@code{\rVert} as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same +behavior. + +@menu +* \left & \right:: Automatically sized delimiters. +* \bigl & \bigr etc.:: Manually sized delimiters. +@end menu + + +@node \left & \right +@subsubsection @code{\left} & @code{\right} + +@cindex delimiters, paired +@cindex paired delimiters +@cindex matching parentheses +@cindex matching brackets +@cindex null delimiter +@findex \left +@findex \right + +@c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 + +Synopsis: @example -\unboldmath \( @var{math} \) +\left @var{delimiter1} ... \right @var{delimiter2} @end example -@findex \boldmath -@findex \unboldmath -Declarations to change the letters and symbols in @var{math} to be in -a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular -(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display -math mode (@pxref{Modes}). Both commands are fragile -(@pxref{\protect}). +Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. @LaTeX{} makes +the delimiters tall enough to just cover the size of the formula that +they enclose. -In this example each @code{\boldmath} command takes place inside an -@code{\mbox}, +This makes a unit vector surrounded by parentheses tall enough to cover +the entries. @example -we have $\mbox@{\boldmath \( v \)@} = 5\cdot\mbox@{\boldmath \( u \)$@}$ +\begin@{equation@} + \left(\begin@{array@}@{c@} + 1 \\ + 0 \\ + \end@{array@}\right) +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +@xref{Delimiters}, for a list of the common delimiters. + +Every @code{\left} must have a matching @code{\right}. In the above +example, leaving out the @code{\left(} gets the error message +@samp{Extra \right}. Leaving out the @code{\right)} gets @samp{You +can't use `\eqno' in math mode}. + +@PkgIndex{amsmath} +@PkgIndex{mathtools} +However, @var{delimiter1} and @var{delimiter2} need not match. A common +case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, +@samp{.}, as a null delimiter. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + f(n)=\left\@{\begin@{array@}@{ll@} + 1 &\mbox@{--if \(n=0\)@} \\ + f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox@{--else@} + \end@{array@}\right. +\end@{equation@} @end example @noindent -which means @code{\boldmath} is only called in a text mode, here LR -mode, and explains why @LaTeX{} must switch to math mode to set @code{v} -and @code{u}. +Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a +backslash, @code{\@{}. (The packages @file{amsmath} and +@file{mathtools} allow you to get the above construct through in a +@code{cases} environment.) -If you use either command inside math mode, as with @code{Trouble: \( -\boldmath x \)}, then you get something like @samp{LaTeX Font Warning: -Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11} and @samp{LaTeX -Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line -11}. +The @code{\left ... \right} pair make a group. One consequence is that +the formula enclosed in the @code{\left ... \right} pair cannot have +line breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and +@LaTeX{}-generated automatic ones. In this example, @LaTeX{} breaks the +equation to make the formula fit the margins. -@PkgIndex{bm} -There are many issues with @code{\boldmath}. New documents should use -the @file{bm} package provided by the @LaTeX{} Project team. A complete -description is outside the scope of this document (see the full -documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +@example +Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \) +@end example + +@noindent +But with @code{\left} and @code{\right} @example -\usepackage@{bm@} % in preamble -... -we have $\bm@{v@} = 5\cdot\bm@{u@}$ +Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \) @end example @noindent -shows that it is an improvement over @code{\boldmath}. +@LaTeX{} won't break the line, causing the formula to extend into the +margin. + +Because @code{\left ... \right} make a group, all the usual grouping +rules hold. Here, the value of @code{\testlength} set inside the +equation will be forgotten, and the output is @samp{1.2pt}. + +@example +\newlength@{\testlength@} \setlength@{\testlength@}@{1.2pt@} +\begin@{equation@} + \left( a+b=c \setlength@{\testlength@}@{3.4pt@} \right) + \the\testlength +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +The @code{\left ... \right} pair affect the horizontal spacing of the +enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in @code{\( \sin(x) = +\sin\left(x\right) \)} the one after the equals sign has more space +around the @code{x}. That's because @code{\left( ... \right)} inserts +an inner node while @code{( ... )} inserts an opening node. The second +way that the pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they +form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural +width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. + +@TeX{} scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the +contained formula. Here @LaTeX{} grows the brackets to extend the full +height of the integral. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \left[ \int_@{x=r_0@}^@{\infty@} -G\frac@{Mm@}@{r^2@}\, dr \right] +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +Manual sizing is often better. For instance, although below the rule +has no depth, @TeX{} will create delimiters that extend far below the +rule. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \left( \rule@{1pt@}@{1cm@} \right) +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +@noindent +@TeX{} can choose delimiters that are too small, as in @code{\( \left| +|x|+|y| \right| \)}. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, +as here. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \left( \sum_@{0\leq i<n@} i^k \right) +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +@noindent +A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than +one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing +delimiter; you can't use @code{\left} on the first line and +@code{\right} on the last because they must be paired. + +To size the delimiters manually, see@tie{}@ref{\bigl & \bigr etc.}. + + +@node \bigl & \bigr etc. +@subsubsection @code{\bigl}, @code{\bigr}, etc. + +Synopsis, one of: + +@example +\bigl@var{delimiter1} ... \bigr@var{delimiter2} +\Bigl@var{delimiter1} ... \bigr@var{delimiter2} +\biggl@var{delimiter1} ... \biggr@var{delimiter2} +\Biggl@var{delimiter1} ... \Biggr@var{delimiter2} +@end example + +@noindent +(as with @code{\bigl[...\bigr]}; strictly speaking they need not be +paired, see below), or one of: + +@example +\bigm@var{delimiter} +\Bigm@var{delimiter} +\biggm@var{delimiter} +\Biggm@var{delimiter} +@end example + +@noindent +(as with @code{\bigm|}), or one of: + +@example +\big@var{delimiter} +\Big@var{delimiter} +\bigg@var{delimiter} +\Bigg@var{delimiter} +@end example + +@noindent +(as with @code{\big[}). + +Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are +automatically sized see@tie{}@ref{\left & \right}). + +This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. + +@example + \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr| +@end example + +The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can use +the smallest size such as @code{\bigl...\bigr} in a paragraph without +causing @LaTeX{} to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant +for displayed equations. + +@xref{Delimiters}, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of +commands with @samp{l} and @samp{r}, @var{delimiter1} and +@var{delimiter2} need not be the same. + +The @samp{l} and @samp{r} commands produce open and close delimiters +that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the +delimiter, while the commands without @samp{l} and @samp{r} insert some +space (because each delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare +these two. + +@c credit: Martin Heller https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1234 +@example +\begin@{tabular@}@{l@} + \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac@{1@}@{2@}\biggr) \) \\ % good + \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac@{1@}@{2@}\bigg) \) \\ % bad +\end@{tabular@} +@end example + +@noindent +The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the +second line the output will have some extra space between the +@code{\sin} and the open parenthesis. + +Commands without @samp{l} or@tie{}@samp{r} do give correct spacing in +some circumstances, as with this large vertical line + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \int_@{x=a@}^b x^2\,dx = \frac@{1@}@{3@} x^3 \Big|_@{x=a@}^b +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +@PkgIndex{amsmath} +@noindent +(many authors would replace @code{\frac} with the @code{\tfrac} command +from the @file{amsmath} package), and as with this larger slash. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \lim_@{n\to\infty@}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +Unlike the @code{\left...\right} pair (@pxref{\left & \right}), the +commands here with @samp{l} and@tie{}@samp{r} do not make a group. +Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something +like this. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \Biggl[ \pi/6 ] +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +The commands with @samp{m} are for relations, which are in the middle of +formulas, as here. + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \biggl\@{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_@{0\leq i<n@}3i^2+4 \biggr\@} +\end@{equation@} +@end example + +@c xx Add discussion \bigg\mid not being good +@c and \bigg| being right; maybe mention of \middle and braket package? @node Dots @@ -11721,6 +13334,78 @@ or relation symbol, @code{\dotsi} for dots with integrals, or @code{\dotso} for others. +@node Greek letters +@subsection Greek letters + +@cindex Greek letters + +The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they +differ from Roman upper case letters. + +@multitable @columnfractions .10 .30 .15 .45 +@headitem Symbol@tab Command@tab Name@tab +@item +@BES{03B1,\alpha}@tab @code{\alpha}@tab Alpha +@item +@BES{03B2,\beta}@tab @code{\beta}@tab Beta +@item +@BES{03B3,\gamma}, @BES{0393,\Gamma}@tab @code{\gamma}, @code{\Gamma}@tab Gamma +@item +@BES{03B4,\delta}, @BES{0394,\Delta}@tab @code{\delta}, @code{\Delta}@tab Delta +@item +@BES{03B5,\varepsilon}, @BES{03F5,\epsilon}@tab + @code{\varepsilon}, @code{\epsilon}@tab Epsilon +@item +@BES{03B6,\zeta}@tab @code{\zeta}@tab Zeta +@item +@BES{03B7,\eta}@tab @code{\eta}@tab Eta +@item +@BES{03B8,\theta}, @BES{03D1,\vartheta}@tab @code{\theta}, @code{\vartheta}@tab + Theta +@item +@BES{03B9,\iota}@tab @code{\iota}@tab Iota +@item +@BES{03BA,\kappa}@tab @code{\kappa}@tab Kappa +@item +@BES{03BB,\lambda}, @BES{039B,\Lambda}@tab @code{\lambda}, @code{\Lambda}@tab + Lambda +@item +@BES{03BC,\mu}@tab @code{\mu}@tab Mu +@item +@BES{03BD,\nu}@tab @code{\nu}@tab Nu +@item +@BES{03BE,\xi}, @BES{039E,\Xi}@tab @code{\xi}, @code{\Xi}@tab Xi +@item +@BES{03C0,\pi}, @BES{03A0,\Pi}@tab @code{\pi}, @code{\Pi}@tab Pi +@item +@BES{03C1,\rho}, @BES{03F1,\varrho}@tab @code{\rho}, @code{\varrho}@tab Rho +@item +@BES{03C3,\sigma}, @BES{03A3,\Sigma}@tab @code{\sigma}, @code{\Sigma}@tab Sigma +@item +@BES{03C4,\tau}@tab @code{\tau}@tab Tau +@item +@BES{03D5,\phi}, @BES{03C6,\varphi}, @BES{03A6,\Phi}@tab + @code{\phi}, @code{\varphi}, @code{\Phi}@tab Phi +@item +@BES{03C7,\chi}@tab @code{\chi}@tab chi +@item +@BES{03C8,\psi}, @BES{03A8,\Psi}@tab @code{\psi}, @code{\Psi}@tab Psi +@item +@BES{03C9,\omega}, @BES{03A9,\Omega}@tab @code{\omega}, @code{\Omega}@tab Omega +@end multitable + +@PkgIndex{unicode-math} +For omicron, if you are using @LaTeX{}'s default Computer Modern font +then enter omicron just as @samp{o} or @samp{O}. If you like having the +name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like +@code{\newcommand\omicron@{o@}}. The package @file{unicode-math} has +@code{\upomicron} for upright omicron and @code{\mitomicron} for math +italic. + +While the set membership relation symbol @BES{2208,\in} generated by +@code{\in} is related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable. + + @node Math functions @section Math functions @@ -12143,9 +13828,9 @@ normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter @code{y=m x} then @LaTeX{} ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as @math{y=mx}. -But @LaTeX{}'s rules sometimes need tweaking. For example, in an +But @LaTeX{}'s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the -@code{f(x)} and the @code{dx}, here done with the @code{\,} command. +@code{f(x)} and the @code{dx}, here done with the @code{\,} command: @example \int_0^1 f(x)\,dx @@ -12163,8 +13848,15 @@ a@tie{}@samp{M}. @findex \; @findex \thickspace @anchor{spacing in math mode thickspace} -Synonym: @code{\thickspace}. Normally @code{5.0mu plus 5.0mu}. Math -mode only. +Synonym: @code{\thickspace}. Normally @code{5.0mu plus 5.0mu}. +With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + +@item \negthickspace +@findex \negthickspace +Normally @code{-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. +With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. @item \: @itemx \> @@ -12173,7 +13865,14 @@ mode only. @findex \medspace @anchor{spacing in math mode medspace} Synonym: @code{\medspace}. Normally @code{4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. -Math mode only. +With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + +@item \negmedspace +@findex \negmedspace +Normally @code{-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. +With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. @item \, @findex \, @@ -12201,9 +13900,11 @@ The antiderivative is @findex \negthinspace @cindex thin space, negative @anchor{spacing in math mode negthinspace} -A negative thin space. Normally @code{-3mu}. The @code{\!} command is -math mode only but the @code{\negthinspace} command is available for -text mode (@pxref{\thinspace & \negthinspace}). +A negative thin space. Normally @code{-3mu}. +With @code{amsmath}, or as of the 2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, +The @code{\!} command is math mode only but the @code{\negthinspace} +command has always worked in text mode (@pxref{\thinspace & \negthinspace}). @item \quad @cindex quad @@ -12222,8 +13923,9 @@ both text and math mode. @end table @menu -* \smash:: Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. -* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +* \smash:: Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: Make empty box same size as argument. +* \mathstrut:: Add some vertical space to a formula. @end menu @@ -12333,25 +14035,35 @@ or The @code{\phantom} command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as @var{subformula}, but empty. That is, this command causes -@LaTeX{} to typeset the box but not its ink. The @code{\vphantom} -variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as -@var{subformula}, but it has width zero. And @code{\hphantom} makes a -box with the same width as @var{subformula} but with height and depth -zero. - -Without the @code{\vphantom} in this example, the top bars of the two -square roots would be at different heights. +@LaTeX{} to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here +@LaTeX{} will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. @example -\( \sqrt@{\vphantom@{a^3@}a@}\cdot\sqrt@{a^3@} \) +\fbox@{\phantom@{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. + --- Mark Twain@}@} @end example -The @code{\vphantom@{a^3@}} causes the first @code{\sqrt} to have inside -it a box of the same height as the second @code{\sqrt}, so @LaTeX{} -makes the bars align. +The @code{\vphantom} variant produces an invisible box with the same +vertical size as @var{subformula}, the same height and depth, but having +zero width. And @code{\hphantom} makes a box with the same width as +@var{subformula} but with zero height and depth. + +In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression +is so tall that @TeX{} places this expression further down than its +default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at +different levels. The @code{\vphantom} in the first expression tells +@TeX{} to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the +two expressions come out at the same level. -These commands often are combined with @code{\smash}. @xref{\smash} -for another example of the use of @code{\vphantom}. +@example +\begin@{displaymath@} + \sum_@{j\in\@{0,\ldots\, 10\@}\vphantom@{3^@{3^@{3^j@}@}@}@} + \sum_@{i\in\@{0,\ldots\, 3^@{3^@{3^j@}@}\@}@} i\cdot j +\end@{displaymath@} +@end example + +These commands are often used in conjunction with @code{\smash}. +@xref{\smash}, which includes another example of @code{\vphantom}. @PkgIndex{mathtools} The three phantom commands appear often but note that @LaTeX{} provides @@ -12374,6 +14086,38 @@ mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it with @code{\leavevmode}. +@node \mathstrut +@subsection @code{\mathstrut} + +@findex @code{\mathstrut} +@cindex spacing, math mode +@cindex vertical spacing +@cindex math mode, spacing +@cindex invisible character +@cindex character, invisible + +Synopsis: + +@example +\mathstrut +@end example + +The analogue of @code{\strut} for mathematics. @xref{\strut}. + +The input @code{$\sqrt@{x@} + \sqrt@{x^i@}$} gives output where the +second radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space +without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use +@code{$\sqrt@{x\mathstrut@} + \sqrt@{x^i\mathstrut@}$}. + +The @code{\mathstrut} command adds the vertical height of an open +parenthesis, @code{(}, but no horizontal space. It is defined as +@code{\vphantom@{(@}}, so see @ref{\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom} for +more. An advantage over @code{\strut} is that @code{\mathstrut} adds no +depth, which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of +an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the +amount of space, use @code{\rule} with a width of zero. @xref{\rule}. + + @node Math miscellany @section Math miscellany @@ -12386,7 +14130,6 @@ some that don't fit into other categories. * Colon character & \colon:: Colon. * \*:: Discretionary multiplication. * \frac:: Fraction. -* \left & \right:: Paired delimiters. * \sqrt:: Radicals. * \stackrel:: Text over a relation. @end menu @@ -12395,9 +14138,8 @@ some that don't fit into other categories. @node Colon character & \colon @subsection Colon character @code{:} & @code{\colon} -@cindex : @cindex colon character -@findex : +@findex : @r{for math} @findex \colon Synopsis, one of: @@ -12469,57 +14211,6 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of @code{\displaystyle} (@pxref{Math formulas}). -@node \left & \right -@subsection @code{\left} & @code{\right} - -@cindex delimiters, paired -@cindex paired delimiters -@cindex matching parentheses -@cindex matching brackets -@cindex null delimiter -@findex \left -@findex \right - -Synopsis: - -@example -\left @var{delimiter1} ... \right @var{delimiter2} -@end example - -Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. The delimiters -are sized according to the math they enclose. This makes a unit vector -surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses. - -@example -\begin@{equation@} - \left(\begin@{array@}@{c@} - 1 \\ - 0 \\ - \end@{array@}\right) -@end example - -Every @code{\left} must have a matching @code{\right}. Leaving out the -@code{\left(} in the above gets @samp{Extra \right}. Leaving off the -@code{\right)} gets @samp{You can't use `\eqno' in math mode}. - -However, the two delimiters @var{delimiter1} and @var{delimiter2} need -not match. A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as -below. Use a period, @samp{.}, as a null delimiter. - -@example -\begin@{equation@} - f(n)=\left\@{\begin@{array@}@{ll@} - 1 &\mbox@{--if \(n=0\)@} \\ - f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox@{--else@} - \end@{array@}\right. -\end@{equation@} -@end example - -@noindent -Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, @code{\@{}. - - @node \sqrt @subsection @code{\sqrt} @@ -12717,7 +14408,7 @@ Synopsis: Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a separate page, except in the @code{article} class where it is at the top -of the first page. (@xref{Document class options} for information about +of the first page. (@xref{Document class options}, for information about the @code{titlepage} document class option.) This example shows @code{\maketitle} appearing in its usual place, @@ -13025,7 +14716,7 @@ Horizontal space * \hfill:: Stretchable horizontal space. * \hss:: Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space. * \spacefactor:: Stretchability of following space -* \(SPACE):: Backslash-space; and explicit space. +* \(SPACE):: Backslash-space, and explicit space. * ~:: Tie, an unbreakable space. * \thinspace & \negthinspace:: One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth. * \/:: Italic correction. @@ -13072,7 +14763,7 @@ This puts a suitable gap between two graphics. @end example @noindent -@xref{Spacing in math mode} for @code{\quad} and @code{\qquad}. These +@xref{Spacing in math mode}, for @code{\quad} and @code{\qquad}. These are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with @code{\hspace}. @@ -13378,7 +15069,7 @@ Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring @code{\frenchspacing} -(the command is from Plain @TeX{}) switches to the tradition that all +(the command is from plain @TeX{}) switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally. @@ -13403,7 +15094,9 @@ Reset the @LaTeX{} space factor values to the default @cindex \NEWLINE @cindex \SPACE +@cindex \ (backslash-space) @cindex \TAB +@findex \SPACE This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: @@ -13443,7 +15136,7 @@ in @code{\TeX\ is nice}. (But using curly parentheses, as in @code{\TeX@{@} is best}, has the advantage of still working if the next character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in @code{So -says Prof.\ Smith} (@pxref{\@@}). +says Prof.\ Smith} or @code{Jones et al.\ (1993)} (@pxref{\@@}). Under normal circumstances, @code{\}@key{tab} and @code{\}@key{newline} are equivalent to backslash-space, @code{\ }. @@ -13458,8 +15151,9 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, @code{\ }. @findex ~ @cindex tie -@cindex space, hard @cindex space, unbreakable +@cindex hard space +@cindex unbreakable space @cindex NBSP Synopsis: @@ -13483,28 +15177,36 @@ Thanks to Prof.~Lerman. In addition, despite the period, @LaTeX{} does not use the end-of-sentence spacing (@pxref{\@@}). -Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could cause -confusion. But they also reduce @LaTeX{}'s options when it breaks lines -into paragraphs, so you can use too many. They are also matters of -taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, -here are some usage models, many of them from the @TeX{}book. +Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could +cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the +tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive +words in an @code{\mbox} (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}). + +They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, +among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them +from @cite{The @TeX{}book}. @itemize @bullet @item Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: @code{Chapter~12}, or @code{Theorem~\ref@{th:Wilsons@}}, or -@code{Figure~\ref@{fig:KGraph@}}. When cases are enumerated inline: -@code{(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded}. +@code{Figure~\ref@{fig:KGraph@}}. + +@item +When cases are enumerated inline: @code{(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is +(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded}. @PkgIndex{siunitx} @item Between a number and its unit: @code{$745.7.8$~watts} (the @file{siunitx} package has a special facility for this) or @code{144~eggs}. This includes between a month and a date: -@code{October~12} or @code{12~Oct}. In general, in any expressions where -numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +@code{October~12} or @code{12~Oct}. In general, in any expressions +where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: @code{AD~565}, or @code{2:50~pm}, or @code{Boeing~747}, or -@code{268~Plains Road}, or @code{\$$1.4$~billion}. +@code{268~Plains Road}, or @code{\$$1.4$~billion}. Other common +choices here are a thin space (@pxref{\thinspace & \negthinspace}) and +no space at all. @item When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: @code{equals~$n$}, or @@ -13521,14 +15223,11 @@ Between symbols in series: @code{$1$,~$2$, or~$3$} or @code{$1$,~$2$, \ldots,~$n$}. @item -Between a person's forenames and between multiple surnames: +Between a person's given names and between multiple surnames: @code{Donald~E. Knuth}, or @code{Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo}, or -@code{Charles~XII} (but you must give TeX places to break the line so -you may do @code{Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin}). - -@item -Before a dash: @code{pages 12~--14} or @code{it is~--- it must be -said~--- plausible}. +@code{Charles~XII}---but you must give @TeX{} places to break the line +so you might do @code{Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la +Vall\'ee~Poussin}. @end itemize @@ -13550,14 +15249,14 @@ Synopsis, one of: \negthinspace @end example -Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6@dmn{em} and --1/6@dmn{em}. These are the text mode equivalents of @code{\,} and -@code{\!} (@pxref{Spacing in math mode/\thinspace}). You can use -@code{\,} as a synonym for @code{\thinspace} in text mode. +These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6@dmn{em} and +-1/6@dmn{em}, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of +@code{\,} and @code{\!} (@pxref{Spacing in math mode/\thinspace}). + +You can use @code{\,} as a synonym for @code{\thinspace} in text mode. -The @code{\negthinspace} command is used in text mode mostly for -fiddling with spaces. One common use of @code{\thinspace} is as the -space between nested quotes. +One common use of @code{\thinspace} is as the space between nested +quotes: @example Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' @@ -13566,9 +15265,15 @@ Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' @noindent Another use is that some style guides call for a @code{\thinspace} between an ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, -though, think the three dots are quite enough already). Still another -use is between initials, as in @code{D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth}. +think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another +style-specific use is between initials, as in @code{D.\thinspace E.\ +Knuth}. +@LaTeX{} provides a variety of similar spacing commands +(@pxref{Spacing in math mode}). With @code{amsmath}, or as of the +2020-10-01 @LaTeX{} release, they can be used in text mode as well as +math mode, including @code{\!} for @code{\negthinspace}; before that, +they were available only in math mode. @node \/ @section @code{\/} @@ -13583,10 +15288,11 @@ Synopsis: @end example Insert an @dfn{italic correction}, a small space defined by the font -designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with -whatever follows. When you use @code{\/}, @LaTeX{} takes the correction -from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been -applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. +designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character +colliding with whatever follows. When you use @code{\/}, @LaTeX{} +takes the correction from the font metric file, scales it by any +scaling that has been applied to the font, and then inserts that much +horizontal space. Here, were it not for the @code{\/}, the @var{before-character} italic@tie{}f would hit the @var{after-character} roman@tie{}H @@ -13596,22 +15302,34 @@ italic@tie{}f would hit the @var{after-character} roman@tie{}H @end example @noindent -because the italic letter leans far to the right. +because the italic letter f leans far to the right. If @var{after-character} is a period or comma then don't insert an -italic correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small -height. However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal -letters, the italic correction can help. +italic correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the +baseline already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with +normal letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used +between a switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font. -When you use commands such as @code{\textit} or @code{\itshape} to -change fonts, @LaTeX{} will automatically insert any needed italic -correction (@pxref{Font styles}). +When you use commands such as @code{\emph} and @code{\textit} and +@code{\textsl} to change fonts, @LaTeX{} automatically inserts the +italic correction when needed (@pxref{Font styles}). However, +declarations such as @code{\em} and @code{\itshape} and +@code{\slshape} do not automatically insert italic corrections. -Roman characters can also have an italic correction. An example is in -the name @code{pdf\/\TeX}. +Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example +where this is needed is the name @code{pdf\/\TeX}. However, most +upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators +do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. -There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is done -in a different way. +@findex \fontdimen1 +@cindex font dimension, slant +Technically, @LaTeX{} uses another font-specific value, the so-called +slant parameter (namely @code{\fontdimen1}), to determine whether to +possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +particular font commands. + +There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is +done in a different way. @node \hrulefill & \dotfill @@ -13907,7 +15625,7 @@ The new day dawned cold. @end example @noindent -(@xref{\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip} for common inter-paragraph +(@xref{\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip}, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) The @code{*}-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More @@ -14029,7 +15747,7 @@ The two rules here are 22@dmn{pt} apart: the sum of the Now uncomment the second @code{\addvspace}. It does not make the gap 20@dmn{pt} longer; instead the gap is the sum of @code{\baselineskip} and 20@dmn{pt}. So @code{\addvspace} in a sense does the opposite of -its name --- it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not +its name---it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used. @LaTeX{} uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below @@ -14053,6 +15771,7 @@ with a @code{\par} command (@pxref{\par}), as in the above example. At its core, @LaTeX{} puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. +@PkgIndex{adjustbox} There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is @file{adjustbox}. @@ -14092,13 +15811,13 @@ LR mode (@pxref{Modes}) so it is not broken into lines. The Because @code{text} is not broken into lines, you can use @code{\mbox} to prevent hyphenation. In this example, @LaTeX{} will not hyphenate -the table name, @samp{T-4}. +the tank name, @samp{T-34}. @example -See Table~\mbox@{T-4@} +The soviet tank \mbox@{T-34@} is a symbol of victory against nazism. @end example -The first two command versions, @code{\mbox} and @code{\makebox}, are +The first two command synopsis versions, @code{\mbox} and @code{\makebox}, are roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the @var{text}. (They are like plain @TeX{}'s @code{\hbox}.) @@ -14130,7 +15849,7 @@ size you can say this. \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} @end example -For the fourth command version the optional argument @var{position} +For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument @var{position} gives position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: @@ -14165,12 +15884,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. @noindent @PkgIndex{TikZ} @PkgIndex{Asymptote} -The right edge of the output @samp{10 points } (note the ending space) -will be just before the @samp{What} (note the space after -@samp{points}). You can use @code{\makebox} similarly when making -graphics, such as in @file{TikZ} or @file{Asymptote}, where you put the -edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that -text. +The right edge of the output @samp{10 points } (note the ending space +after @samp{points}) will be just before the @samp{What}. You can use +@code{\makebox} similarly when making graphics, such as in @file{TikZ} +or @file{Asymptote}, where you put the edge of the text at a known +location, regardless of the length of that text. For boxes with frames see@tie{}@ref{\fbox & \framebox}. For colors see@tie{}@ref{Colored boxes}. @@ -14179,11 +15897,12 @@ There is a related version of @code{\makebox} that is used within the @code{picture} environment, where the length is given in terms of @code{\unitlength} (@pxref{\makebox (picture)}). -If you put a double-backslash into @var{text} then @LaTeX{} will not -give you a new line; for instance @code{\makebox@{abc def \\ ghi@}} -outputs @samp{abc defghi} while @code{\makebox@{abc def \par ghi@}} -outputs @samp{abc def ghi}, but neither go to a second line. To get -multiple lines see@tie{}@ref{\parbox} and@tie{}@ref{minipage}. +As @var{text} is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash +@code{\\} nor @code{\par} will give you a new line; for instance +@code{\makebox@{abc def \\ ghi@}} outputs @samp{abc defghi} while +@code{\makebox@{abc def \par ghi@}} outputs @samp{abc def ghi}, both on +a single line. To get multiple lines see@tie{}@ref{\parbox} +and@tie{}@ref{minipage}. @node \fbox & \framebox @@ -14219,7 +15938,7 @@ The first two command invocations, @code{\fbox@{...@}} and @code{\framebox@{...@}}, are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as @var{width} and the position of the text inside that box as -@var{position}. @xref{\mbox & \makebox} for the full description but +@var{position}. @xref{\mbox & \makebox}, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4@dmn{in} wide. @example @@ -14274,7 +15993,7 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. \end@{minipage@}@} @end example -@xref{Colored boxes} for colors other than black and white. +@xref{Colored boxes}, for colors other than black and white. The @code{picture} environment has a version of this command where the units depend on @code{picture}'s @code{\unitlength} (@pxref{\framebox @@ -14326,10 +16045,10 @@ in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components. There are three optional arguments, @var{position}, @var{height}, and @var{inner-pos}. The @var{position} gives the vertical alignment of the -@code{parbox} with respect to the surrounding material. The possible +@dfn{parbox} with respect to the surrounding material. The supported values are @code{c} or @code{m} to make the vertical center of the -@code{parbox} lines up with the center of the adjacent line (this is the -default), or @code{t} to match the top line of the @code{parbox} with +parbox lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (this is the +default), or @code{t} to match the top line of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or @code{b} to match the bottom line. @@ -14359,12 +16078,12 @@ Synopsis, one of: Raise or lower @var{text}. This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). -This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by -lowering the vertical bar symbol. +This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a function +by lowering the vertical bar symbol. @c credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/278631/121234 @example -\newcommand\restricted[1]@{\raisebox@{-.5ex@}@{$|$@}_@{#1@}@} +\newcommand*\restricted[1]@{\raisebox@{-.5ex@}@{$|$@}_@{#1@}@} $f\restricted@{A@}$ @end example @@ -14392,7 +16111,7 @@ This will align two graphics on their top (@pxref{Graphics}). @c credit: FAQ https://texfaq.org/FAQ-topgraph @example -\usepackage@{graphicx@} \usepackage@{calc@} % in preamble +\usepackage@{graphicx,calc@} % in preamble ... \begin@{center@} \raisebox@{1ex-\height@}@{% @@ -14426,13 +16145,13 @@ Synopsis, one of: Typeset @var{text} just as with @code{\makebox} (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}) except that @LaTeX{} does not output it but instead saves it -in a storage bin named @var{box-cmd}. The bin name @var{box-cmd} begins -with a backslash, @code{\}. You must have previously allocated the bin -@var{box-cmd} with @code{\newsavebox} (@pxref{\newsavebox}).The -@code{\sbox} command is robust while @code{\savebox} is fragile -(@pxref{\protect}). +in a box register referred to by a variable named @var{box-cmd}. The +variable name @var{box-cmd} begins with a backslash, @code{\}. You must +have previously allocated the box register @var{box-cmd} with @code{\newsavebox} +(@pxref{\newsavebox}). The @code{\sbox} command is robust while +@code{\savebox} is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). -This creates and uses a bin. +This creates and uses a box register. @example \newsavebox@{\fullname@} @@ -14440,34 +16159,34 @@ This creates and uses a bin. ... \usebox@{\fullname@}! His name is my name, too! Whenever we go out, the people always shout! -There goes \\usebox@{\fullname@}! Ya da da da da da da. +There goes \usebox@{\fullname@}! Ya da da da da da da. @end example @noindent -One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a @code{\newcommand} is -efficiency, that @LaTeX{} need not repeatedly retypeset the contents. -See the example below. +One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a +@code{\newcommand} macro variable is efficiency, that @LaTeX{} need not +repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below. The first two command invocations, @code{\sbox@{@var{box-cmd}@}@{@var{text}@}} and @code{\savebox@{@var{box-cmd}@}@{@var{text}@}}, are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as @var{width}, and the position of the text inside that -box as @var{position}. @xref{\mbox & \makebox} for the full +box as @var{position}. @xref{\mbox & \makebox}, for the full description. In the @code{\sbox} and @code{\savebox} commands the @var{text} is typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (@pxref{Modes}). If you use these then @LaTeX{} doesn't give you an error but it ignores -what you want: if you enter @code{\sbox@{\newbin@}@{test \\ test@}} and -@code{\usebox@{\newbin@}} then you get @samp{testtest}, while if you -enter @code{\sbox@{\newbin@}@{test \par test@}} and -@code{\usebox@{\newbin@}} then you get @samp{test test}, but no error or +what you want: if you enter @code{\sbox@{\newreg@}@{test \\ test@}} and +@code{\usebox@{\newreg@}} then you get @samp{testtest}, while if you +enter @code{\sbox@{\newreg@}@{test \par test@}} and +@code{\usebox@{\newreg@}} then you get @samp{test test}, but no error or warning. To fix this use a @code{\parbox} or @code{minipage} as here. @c credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 @example -\savebox@{\abin@}@{% +\savebox@{\areg@}@{% \begin@{minipage@}@{\linewidth@} \begin@{enumerate@} \item First item @@ -14475,17 +16194,17 @@ warning. To fix this use a @code{\parbox} or @code{minipage} as here. \end@{enumerate@} \end@{minipage@}@} ... -\usebox@{\abin@} +\usebox@{\areg@} @end example -As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin's contents, this puts +As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register's contents, this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the header. @LaTeX{} only typesets it once. @example \usepackage@{graphicx@} % all this in the preamble -\newsavebox@{\sealbin@} -\savebox@{\sealbin@}@{% +\newsavebox@{\sealreg@} +\savebox@{\sealreg@}@{% \setlength@{\unitlength@}@{1in@}% \begin@{picture@}(0,0)% \put(1.5,-2.5)@{% @@ -14495,15 +16214,15 @@ header. @LaTeX{} only typesets it once. \end@{tabular@}@} \end@{picture@}% @} -\markright@{\usebox@{\sealbin@}@} +\markright@{\usebox@{\sealreg@}@} \pagestyle@{headings@} @end example @noindent The @code{picture} environment is good for fine-tuning the placement. -If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like -@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin}. +If the register @code{\noreg} has not already been defined then you get something like +@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg}. @node lrbox @@ -14519,26 +16238,27 @@ Synopsis: \end@{lrbox@} @end example -The @var{text} inside the environment is saved in the bin -@code{@var{box-cmd}}. The @var{box-cmd} must begin with a -backslash. You must create this bin in advance with @code{\newsavebox} -(@pxref{\newsavebox}). This is the environment form of the @code{\sbox} -and @code{\savebox} commands, and is equivalent to them. @xref{\sbox & -\savebox} for the full information. +This is the environment form of the @code{\sbox} and @code{\savebox} +commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, +@xref{\sbox & \savebox}. -In this example the environment is convenient for entering the -@code{tabular}. +The @var{text} inside the environment is saved in the box register +referred to by variable @code{@var{box-cmd}}. The variable name +@var{box-cmd} must begin with a backslash, @code{\}. You must allocate +this box register in advance with @code{\newsavebox} +(@pxref{\newsavebox}). In this example the environment is convenient +for entering the @code{tabular}. @example -\newsavebox@{\jhbin@} -\begin@{lrbox@}@{\jhbin@} +\newsavebox@{\jhreg@} +\begin@{lrbox@}@{\jhreg@} \begin@{tabular@}@{c@} \includegraphics[height=1in]@{jh.png@} \\ Jim Hef@{@}feron \end@{tabular@} \end@{lrbox@} ... -\usebox@{\jhbin@} +\usebox@{\jhreg@} @end example @@ -14554,11 +16274,11 @@ Synopsis: \usebox@{@var{box-cmd}@} @end example -Produce the box most recently saved in the bin @var{box-cmd} by the -commands @code{\sbox} or @code{\savebox}, or the @code{lrbox} -environment. @xref{\sbox & \savebox} for more information and examples. -(Note that @var{box-cmd} starts with a backslash.) This command is -robust (@pxref{\protect}). +Produce the box most recently saved in the box register @var{box-cmd} by +the commands @code{\sbox} or @code{\savebox}, or the @code{lrbox} +environment. For more information and examples, @xref{\sbox & +\savebox}. (Note that the variable name @var{box-cmd} starts with a +backslash, @code{\}.) This command is robust (@pxref{\protect}). @node Color @@ -14823,10 +16543,10 @@ synopses. @example Colors of \textcolor[rgb]@{0.33,0.14,0.47@}@{Purple@} and -@{\color[rgb]@{0.72,0.60,0.37@} Gold@} for the team. +@{\color[rgb]@{0.72,0.60,0.37@}Gold@} for the team. @end example -The format of @var{color specification } depends on the color model +The format of @var{color specification} depends on the color model (@pxref{Color models}). For instance, while @code{rgb} takes three numbers, @code{gray} takes only one. @@ -15033,7 +16753,7 @@ rectangle (unless another size is specified in the @code{\includegraphics} command). @item draft -For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is +For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. @@ -15068,11 +16788,6 @@ option has @LaTeX{} to read the size from the latter. @cindex graphics @cindex graphics package @cindex configuration, graphics package -@cindex EPS files -@cindex JPEG files -@cindex JPG files -@cindex PDF graphic files -@cindex PNG files These commands configure the way @LaTeX{} searches the file system for the graphic. @@ -15098,16 +16813,17 @@ the documentation in @file{grfguide.pdf}, or the @LaTeX{} source, or your Synopsis: @example -\graphicspath@{@var{list of dir names inside curly brackets}@} +\graphicspath@{@var{list of directories inside curly braces}@} @end example Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows you to later say something like @code{\includegraphics@{lion.png@}} instead of having to give its path. -@LaTeX{} always looks for graphic files first in the current directory. -The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory -@file{pix}, and then @file{../pix}. +@LaTeX{} always looks for graphic files first in the current directory +(and the output directory, if specified; @pxref{output directory}). +The declaration below tells the system to then look in the +subdirectory @file{pix}, and then @file{../pix}. @example \usepackage@{graphicx@} % or graphics; put in preamble @@ -15142,7 +16858,7 @@ current directory, @noindent for each of the listed directories, @LaTeX{} concatenates it with the -file name and searches for the result, checking for @file{pix/lion.png} +filename and searches for the result, checking for @file{pix/lion.png} and then @file{../pix/lion.png}. This algorithm means that the @code{\graphicspath} command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue @code{\graphicspath@{@{a/@}@}} and the graphic is in @@ -15192,7 +16908,7 @@ files. @end example @noindent -Because the file name @file{lion} does not have a period, @LaTeX{} uses +Because the filename @file{lion} does not have a period, @LaTeX{} uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (@pxref{\graphicspath}), @LaTeX{} will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories @@ -15209,9 +16925,12 @@ your document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the most recent @file{pdftex.def} has this extension list. @example -.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 +.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 @end example +@PkgIndex{grfext} +To change the order, use the @code{grfext} package. + You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with @code{\makeatletter\typeout@{\Gin@@extensions@}\makeatother}. @@ -15256,7 +16975,7 @@ This describes the four arguments. @item extension The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use the Kleene star, -@code{*}, to denote the default behaviour for all undeclared extensions. +@code{*}, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. @item type The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be defined @@ -15286,7 +17005,7 @@ other format is available.) @item command A command that will be applied to the -file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a +file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, @code{\DeclareGraphicsRule@{.eps.gz@}@{eps@}@{.eps.bb@}@{`gunzip -c #1@}} specifies that any file with the extension @file{.eps.gz} should @@ -15378,10 +17097,10 @@ is @code{\includegraphics@{"sister picture.jpg"@}}. The @code{\includegraphics@{@var{filename}@}} command decides on the type of graphic by splitting @var{filename} on the first dot. You can -use @var{filename} with no dot, as in @code{\includegraphics@{turing@}} -and then @LaTeX{} tries a sequence of extensions such as @code{.png} and -@code{.pdf} until it finds a file with that extension -(@pxref{\DeclareGraphicsExtensions}). +instead use @var{filename} with no dot, as in +@code{\includegraphics@{turing@}}, and then @LaTeX{} tries a sequence of +extensions such as @code{.png} and @code{.pdf} until it finds a file +with that extension (@pxref{\DeclareGraphicsExtensions}). If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @@ -15390,7 +17109,7 @@ the @file{graphicx} package then you can use the options @code{type} and @code{ext}; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package @file{grffile}. -This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so @LaTeX{} can +This example puts a graphic in a @code{figure} environment so @LaTeX{} can move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (@pxref{figure}). @@ -15465,8 +17184,10 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. +@cindex bounding box +@cindex box, bounding Note that a graphic is placed by @LaTeX{} into a box, which is -traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the +traditionally referred to as its @dfn{bounding box} (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic's printed area may go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when @LaTeX{} makes up a page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the @@ -15480,7 +17201,7 @@ is @code{\includegraphics[width=1in]@{plot@}}. You can use the standard @TeX{} dimensions (@pxref{Units of length}) and also convenient is @code{\linewidth}, or in a two-column document, @code{\columnwidth} (@pxref{Page layout parameters}). An example is that by using the -@file{calc} package you can make the graphic be 1@tie{}cm narrow than +@file{calc} package you can make the graphic be 1@tie{}cm narrower than the width of the text with @code{\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]@{hefferon.jpg@}}. @@ -15494,7 +17215,7 @@ layout parameters}). For instance, the command graphic a quarter of the height of the text area. @item totalheight -@anchor{includegraphics totalheght} +@anchor{includegraphics totalheight} The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated. For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero height @@ -15518,7 +17239,7 @@ is the graphic wider than @code{width} nor taller than @code{height} (or @item scale Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter @code{\includegraphics[scale=2.0]@{...@}}. This -number may be any value; a number between 1 and@tie{}0 will shrink the +number may be any value; a number between 0 and@tie{}1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. @item angle @@ -15550,10 +17271,10 @@ These are lesser-used options. @item viewport Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in @TeX{} dimensions, as with -@code{\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]@{...@}}. The -dimensions default to big points,@tie{}@code{bp}. They are taken -relative to the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the -@code{trim} option. +@code{\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]@{...@}}. When +the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big +points,@tie{}@code{bp}. They are taken relative to the origin specified +by the bounding box. See also the @code{trim} option. @anchor{includegraphics trim} @item trim @@ -15611,7 +17332,7 @@ set with @code{interpolate=true} or just specified as here. @item quiet Do not write information to the log. You can set it with @code{quiet=true} or just specified it with -@code{\includegraphics[...,quite,...]@{...@}}, +@code{\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]@{...@}}, @anchor{includegraphics draft} @item draft @@ -15709,7 +17430,7 @@ Only use this in conjunction with the option @code{type}. @anchor{includegraphics command} @item command Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in -conjunction with the option @code{type}. @xref{Command line options} +conjunction with the option @code{type}. @xref{Command line options}, for a discussion of enabling the @code{\write18} functionality to run external commands. @@ -15740,7 +17461,7 @@ Synopses if you use the @file{graphicx} package: Put @var{material} in a box and rotate it @var{angle} degrees counterclockwise. -This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees. +This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees. @example \begin@{tabular@}@{ll@} @@ -15913,6 +17634,7 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. * Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. * Accents:: Inserting accents. * Additional Latin letters:: Inserting other non-English characters. +* inputenc package:: Set the input file text encoding. * \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles. * \today:: Inserting today's date. @end menu @@ -15927,7 +17649,8 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. @cindex characters, special @LaTeX{} sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign@tie{}@code{%} is for comments. They are -called @dfn{reserved characters} or @dfn{special characters}. +called @dfn{reserved characters} or @dfn{special characters}. They are +all discussed elsewhere in this manual. @example # $ % & @{ @} _ ~ ^ \ @@ -15950,13 +17673,13 @@ typing @code{\$1.23} will produce@tie{}@code{$1.23} in your output. @findex \textbackslash As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use @code{\~@{@}} (omitting the curly braces would result in the next -character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text -body font circumflex use @code{\^@{@}}. To get a backslash in the font -of the text body, enter @code{\textbackslash@{@}}. +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body +font circumflex use @code{\^@{@}}. To get a backslash in the font of +the text body, enter @code{\textbackslash@{@}}. To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use @code{\verb!!} as below (the double backslash@tie{}@code{\\} is only -there to split the lines). +there to split the lines in the output). @example \begin@{center@} @@ -15972,6 +17695,7 @@ there to split the lines). @cindex uppercase @cindex lowercase @cindex characters, case of +@cindex changing case of characters Synopsis: @@ -15982,13 +17706,13 @@ Synopsis: \MakeLowercase@{@var{text}@} @end example -Change the case of characters. The @TeX{} primitives commands -@code{\uppercase} and @code{\lowercase} only work for American -characters. The @LaTeX{} commands @code{\MakeUppercase} and -@code{\MakeLowercase} commands also change characters accessed by -commands such as @code{\ae} or @code{\aa}. The commands -@code{\MakeUppercase} and @code{\MakeLowercase} are robust but they have -moving arguments (@pxref{\protect}). +Change the case of characters. The @TeX{} primitive commands +@code{\uppercase} and @code{\lowercase} are set up by default to work +only with the 26 letters a--z and A--Z. The @LaTeX{} commands +@code{\MakeUppercase} and @code{\MakeLowercase} commands also change +characters accessed by commands such as @code{\ae} or @code{\aa}. The +commands @code{\MakeUppercase} and @code{\MakeLowercase} are robust +but they have moving arguments (@pxref{\protect}). These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within @var{text}. But they do change the case of every other @@ -16019,10 +17743,21 @@ The @file{textcase} package brings some of the missing feature of the standard @LaTeX{} commands @code{\MakeUppercase} and @code{\MakeLowerCase}. -@PkgIndex{mfirstuc} +@PkgIndex{mfirstuc} To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package @file{mfirstuc}. +@PkgIndex{expl3} +@cindex Wright, Joseph +Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for +non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in +the original @TeX{} and @LaTeX{}. It has been implemented in the +@code{expl3} package as of 2020. The article ``Case changing: From +@TeX{} primitives to the Unicode algorithm'', (Joseph Wright, +@cite{TUGboat}@tie{}41:1, +@url{https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf}), gives a +good overview of the topic, past and present. + @node Symbols by font position @section Symbols by font position @@ -16033,13 +17768,14 @@ To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package You can access any character of the current font using its number with the @code{\symbol} command. For example, the visible space character -used in the @code{\verb*} command has the code decimal 32, so it can be -typed as @code{\symbol@{32@}}. +used in the @code{\verb*} command has the code decimal 32 in the +standard Computer Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as +@code{\symbol@{32@}}. You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a @code{'} -prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a @code{"} prefix, so the previous -example could also be written as @code{\symbol@{'40@}} or -@code{\symbol@{"20@}}. +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a @code{"} prefix, so the +visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as +@code{\symbol@{'40@}} or @code{\symbol@{"20@}}. @node Text symbols @@ -16049,10 +17785,13 @@ example could also be written as @code{\symbol@{'40@}} or @cindex symbols, text @findex textcomp @r{package} -@LaTeX{} provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in -running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1. Unless you are using Xe@LaTeX{} or Lua@LaTeX{} then -you may need to load the @code{textcomp} package. +@cindex TS1 encoding +@LaTeX{} provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols +in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are +not available in OT1. As of the @LaTeX{} February 2020 release, all +symbols are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use +the @code{textcomp} package for some (technically, those in the +@code{TS1} font encoding). @ftable @code @item \copyright @@ -16173,7 +17912,7 @@ The @TeX{} logo. @item \textbigcircle @cindex big circle symbols, in text @cindex circle symbol, big, in text -@BES{25EF,} Big circle symbol. +@BES{25EF}, Big circle symbol. @item \textbraceleft @cindex left brace, in text @@ -16191,7 +17930,7 @@ The @TeX{} logo. @item \textcircled@{@var{letter}@} @cindex circled letter, in text -@BES{24B6,} Circle around @var{letter}. +@BES{24B6}, Circle around @var{letter}. @item \textcompwordmark @itemx \textcapitalcompwordmark @@ -16221,19 +17960,24 @@ $ Dollar sign. @item \textemdash @r{(or @code{---})} @cindex em-dash ---- Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in -@code{The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- -is more like a sprint.}). +@raggedright +--- Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or +parentheses, as in `@code{The playoffs---if you're lucky +enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.}' Conventions +for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. +@end raggedright @item \textendash @r{(or @code{--})} @cindex e-dash --- En-dash (used for ranges, as in @code{See pages 12--14}). +-- En-dash. Used for ranges, as in `@code{see pages 12--14}'. @item \texteuro @cindex euro symbol @cindex currency, euro @PkgIndex{eurosym} -The Euro symbol: @euro{}. For an alternative glyph design, try the +The Euro currency symbol: @euro{}. +@PkgIndex{eurosym} +For an alternative glyph design, try the @file{eurosym} package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). @@ -16241,10 +17985,24 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). @cindex exclamation point, upside-down @exclamdown{} Upside down exclamation point. +@item \textfiguredash +@cindex figure dash character +Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021 +release of @LaTeX{}. When used in pdf@TeX{}, approximated by an +en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available +in the current font, or writes the usual ``Missing character'' warning +to the log file. + @item \textgreater @cindex greater than symbol, in text > Greater than symbol. +@item \texthorizontalbar +@cindex horizontal bar character +Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 +release of @LaTeX{}. Behavior as with @code{\textfiguredash} above; +the pdf@TeX{} approximation is an em-dash. + @item \textless @cindex less than symbol, in text < Less than symbol. @@ -16252,7 +18010,15 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). @item \textleftarrow @cindex arrow, left, in text @cindex left arrow, in text -@BES{2190,} Left arrow. +@BES{2190}, Left arrow. + +@item \textnonbreakinghyphen +@cindex non-breaking hyphen character +@cindex hyphen character, non-breaking +Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June +2021 release of @LaTeX{}. Behavior as with @code{\textfiguredash} +above; the pdf@TeX{} approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with +breaks disallowed after). @item \textordfeminine @itemx \textordmasculine @@ -16295,7 +18061,7 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). @cindex quote, single straight @cindex straight single quote @cindex single quote, straight -@BES{0027,} Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +@BES{0027}, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) @item \textquotestraightbase @itemx \textquotestraightdblbase @@ -16313,12 +18079,12 @@ Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. @item \textrightarrow @cindex arrow, right, in text @cindex right arrow, in text -@BES{2192,} Right arrow. +@BES{2192}, Right arrow. @item \textthreequartersemdash @cindex three-quarters em-dash @cindex em-dash, three-quarters -@BES{FE58,} ``Three-quarters'' em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +@BES{FE58}, ``Three-quarters'' em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. @item \texttrademark @cindex trademark symbol @@ -16328,7 +18094,7 @@ Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. @item \texttwelveudash @cindex two-thirds em-dash @cindex em-dash, two-thirds -@BES{FE58,} ``Two-thirds'' em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +@BES{FE58}, ``Two-thirds'' em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. @item \textunderscore @cindex underscore, in text @@ -16336,7 +18102,7 @@ _ Underscore. @item \textvisiblespace @cindex visible space symbol, in text -@BES{2423,} Visible space symbol. +@BES{2423}, Visible space symbol. @end ftable @@ -16351,13 +18117,16 @@ _ Underscore. @PkgIndex{babel} @PkgIndex{polyglossia} @cindex multilingual support -@LaTeX{} has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, -through the @code{babel} package and related support if you are using -pdf@LaTeX{}, or @file{polyglossia} if you are using Xe@LaTeX{} or -Lua@LaTeX{}. This section does not cover that support. It only lists -the core @LaTeX{} commands for creating accented characters. The -@code{\capital...} commands shown here produce alternative forms for use -with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. +@LaTeX{} has wide support for many of the world's scripts and +languages, provided through the core @code{babel} package, which +supports pdf@LaTeX{}, Xe@LaTeX{} and Lua@LaTeX{}. The +@file{polyglossia} package provides similar support with the latter +two engines. + +This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core +@LaTeX{} commands for creating accented characters. The +@code{\capital...} commands shown here produce alternative forms for +use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase @samp{o}. @@ -16504,6 +18273,61 @@ its box. @end table +@menu +* \accent:: Low level command to produce an accented character. +@end menu + + +@node \accent +@subsection @code{\accent} +@findex \accent + +Synopsis: + +@example +\accent @var{number} @var{character} +@end example + +A @TeX{} primitive command used to generate accented characters from +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by @var{number}, +a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a @var{character} argument +constructs the accented character in the current font. + +These are accented @samp{e} characters. + +@example +\accent18 e +\accent20 e +\accent21 e +\accent22 e +\accent23 e +@end example + +@noindent +The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. + +The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the +outcome of @code{\accent} use may differ between fonts. In @LaTeX{} it is +desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building +them using @code{\accent}. Using glyphs that already contain the +accented characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation +whereas @code{\accent} disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font +encoding where accented glyphs are absent). + +There can be an optional font change between @var{number} and +@var{character}. Note also that this command sets the +@code{\spacefactor} to 1000 (@pxref{\spacefactor}). + +An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and +the majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be +assembled from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while +@code{\accent} provides for a single accent mark and a single letter +combination. There are also cases where accents must appear between +letters that \accent does not support. Still other cases exist where +the letters I and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that +conflict with dotted accent marks. The use of @code{\accent} in these +cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. + @node Additional Latin letters @section Additional Latin letters @@ -16608,6 +18432,72 @@ font encoding, such as @sc{T1}. @end table +@node inputenc package +@section @code{inputenc} package + +@findex inputenc + +Synopsis: + +@example +\usepackage[@var{encoding-name}]@{inputenc@} +@end example + +Declare the input file's text encoding to be @var{encoding-name}. The +default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, +specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not +useful to omit it. + +@cindex encoding, of input files +@cindex character encoding +@cindex Unicode +In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme +called the @dfn{encoding}. There are many different encodings. The +simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough +for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the +a-umlaut character @"{a} in an ASCII-encoded @LaTeX{} source file, the +sequence @code{\"a} is used. This would make source files for anything +but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive +encoding is more convenient. + +The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is +UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for +@LaTeX{} since 2018. + +The @code{inputenc} package is how @LaTeX{} knows what encoding is +used. For instance, the following command explicitly says that the +input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash). + +@example +\usepackage[utf8]@{inputenc@} +@end example + +Caution: use @code{inputenc} only with the pdf@TeX{} engine +(@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). (The Xe@TeX{} and Lua@TeX{} engines assume +that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke @LaTeX{} with +either the @command{xelatex} command or the @command{lualatex} +command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with @code{inputenc}, +such as @code{latin1}, then you will get the error @code{inputenc is +not designed for xetex or luatex}. + +An @code{inputenc} package error such as @code{Invalid UTF-8 byte "96} +means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the +encoding scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a +document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one +is a left single quote from a web page using @code{latin1} inside a +@LaTeX{} input file that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to +replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a +@LaTeX{} equivalent command or character. + +In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be +necessary. Use the command +@code{\inputencoding@{@var{encoding-name}@}}. The most common values +for @var{encoding-name} are: @code{ascii}, @code{latin1}, +@code{latin2}, @code{latin3}, @code{latin4}, @code{latin5}, +@code{latin9}, @code{latin10}, and@tie{}@code{utf8}. + + @node \rule @section @code{\rule} @@ -16624,8 +18514,8 @@ Produce a @dfn{rule}, a filled-in rectangle. @cindex Halmos symbol @cindex tombstone -This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, -often used to mark the end of a proof. +This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, +or just ``qed'', often used to mark the end of a proof: @example \newcommand@{\qedsymbol@}@{\rule@{0.4em@}@{2ex@}@} @@ -16654,7 +18544,7 @@ thickness is common in @LaTeX{}. A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause @LaTeX{} to change the output around it. -@xref{\strut} for examples. +@xref{\strut}, for examples. @node \today @@ -16743,7 +18633,7 @@ a file with five included files. This will bring in material from @file{pref.tex}, @file{chap1.tex}, @file{chap2.tex}, @file{append.tex}, and @file{bib.tex}. If you compile this file, and then comment out all of the lines inside -@code{\includeonly@{...@}} except for @code{chap1,} and compile again, +@code{\includeonly@{...@}} except for @code{chap1}, and compile again, then @LaTeX{} will only process the material in the first chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print. However, the advantage of the @code{\includeonly} command is that @@ -16751,7 +18641,7 @@ However, the advantage of the @code{\includeonly} command is that information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. -@xref{Larger book template} for another example of @code{\includeonly}. +@xref{Larger book template}, for another example of @code{\includeonly}. @menu * \endinput:: Stop including material from a file. @@ -16788,12 +18678,13 @@ This will not appear. @end example This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end of a -file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during mailing. -It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to -put @code{\endinput} halfway through the included file and see if the -error disappears. Now, knowing which half contains the error, moving -@code{\endinput} to halfway through that area further narrows down the -location. This process rapidly finds the offending line. +file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file is +transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for debugging: +one strategy to localize errors is to put @code{\endinput} halfway +through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing +which half contains the error, moving @code{\endinput} to halfway +through that area further narrows down the location. This process +rapidly finds the offending line. After reading @code{\endinput}, @LaTeX{} continues to read to the end of the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless. @@ -16826,10 +18717,12 @@ The @code{\include} command does three things: it executes @code{\clearpage} (@pxref{\clearpage & \cleardoublepage}), then it inputs the material from @file{@var{filename}.tex} into the document, and then it does another @code{\clearpage}. This command can only -appear in the document body. The @code{\includeonly} command controls -which files will be read by @LaTeX{} under subsequent @code{\include} -commands. Its list of filenames is comma-separated, and it can only -appear in the preamble. +appear in the document body. + +The @code{\includeonly} command controls which files will be read by +@LaTeX{} under subsequent @code{\include} commands. Its list of +filenames is comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even +earlier, e.g., the command line; it can't appear in the document body. This example root document, @file{constitution.tex}, brings in three files, @file{preamble.tex}, @file{articles.tex}, and @@ -16864,7 +18757,7 @@ in Order to form a more perfect Union, ... Running @LaTeX{} on @file{constitution.tex} makes the material from the three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files @file{preamble.aux}, @file{articles.aux}, and -@file{amendments.tex}. These contain information such as page numbers +@file{amendments.aux}. These contain information such as page numbers and cross-references (@pxref{Cross references}). If you now comment out @code{\includeonly}'s lines with @code{preamble} and @code{amendments} and run @LaTeX{} again then the resulting document shows only the @@ -16881,7 +18774,7 @@ The @code{\include} command makes a new page. To avoid that, see @ref{\input} (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). -@xref{Larger book template} for another example using @code{\include} +@xref{Larger book template}, for another example using @code{\include} and @code{\includeonly}. That example also uses @code{\input} for some material that will not necessarily start on a new page. @@ -16938,8 +18831,8 @@ athiesm.tex.} (It will also create @file{athiesm.aux}.) If you @code{\include} the root file in itself then you first get @samp{LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.} Later runs get @samp{TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]}. To fix -this, you must remove the inclusion @code{\include@{root@}} but also -delete the file @file{@var{root}.aux} and rerun @LaTeX{}. +this, you must remove the inclusion @code{\include@{@var{root}@}} but +also delete the file @file{@var{root}.aux} and rerun @LaTeX{}. @node \input @@ -17048,7 +18941,7 @@ This example illustrates the first command, @code{\tableofcontents}. @noindent Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter and section listings but not subsection listings, because the -@code{\section} command has level@tie{}1. @xref{Sectioning} for level +@code{\section} command has level@tie{}1. @xref{Sectioning}, for level numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the @code{tocdepth} @pxref{Sectioning/tocdepth}. @@ -17059,7 +18952,7 @@ If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a @code{\newpage} command after the @code{\tableofcontents} command, as above. -To make the table of contents @LaTeX{} stores the information in an +To make the table of contents, @LaTeX{} stores the information in an auxiliary file named @file{@var{root-file}.toc} (@pxref{Splitting the input}). For example, this @LaTeX{} file @file{test.tex} @@ -17073,63 +18966,146 @@ input}). For example, this @LaTeX{} file @file{test.tex} @end example @noindent -writes the following line to @file{test.toc}. +writes these lines to @file{test.toc}. @example \contentsline @{section@}@{\numberline @{1@}First section@}@{2@} \contentsline @{subsection@}@{\numberline @{1.1@}First subsection@}@{2@} @end example +@findex \contentsline @noindent -The @code{section} or @code{subsection} is the sectioning unit. The -hook @code{\numberline} lets you to change how the information appears -in the table of contents. Of its two arguments, @code{1} or @code{1.1} -is the sectioning unit number and @code{First section} or @code{First -subsection} is the title. Finally, @code{2} is the page number on which -the sectioning units start. - -One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the -contents page correct you must run @LaTeX{} twice, once to store the -information and once to get it. In particular, the first time that you -run @LaTeX{} on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty -except for its @samp{Contents} header. Just run it again. +Each line contains a single command, @code{\contentsline} +(@pxref{\contentsline}). The first argument, the @code{section} or +@code{subsection}, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two +components. The hook @code{\numberline} determines how the sectioning +number, @code{1} or @code{1.1}, appears in the table of contents +(@pxref{\numberline}). The remainder of the second argument of +@code{\contentsline}, @samp{First section} or @samp{First subsection}, +is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, @samp{2}, is +the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. + +To typeset these lines, the document class provides +@code{\l@@@var{section-unit}} commands such as +@code{\l@@section@{@var{text}@}@{@var{pagenumber}@}} and +@code{\l@@subsection@{@var{text}@}@{@var{pagenumber}@}}. These commands +often use the @code{\@@dottedtocline} command +(@pxref{\@@dottedtocline}). + +A consequence of @LaTeX{}'s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to +get the correct information in the document you must run @LaTeX{} twice, +once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In +the ordinary course of writing a document authors run @LaTeX{} a number +of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new +document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its +@samp{Contents} header. Just run @LaTeX{} again. The commands @code{\listoffigures} and @code{\listoftables} produce a -list of figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the -contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in -@file{.lof} and @file{.lot} files. +list of figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in +files with extension @file{.lof} and @file{.lot}. They work the same way +as @code{\tableofcontents} but the latter is more common, so we use it +for most examples. + +You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of +figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a +section to the table of contents with +@code{\addcontentsline@{toc@}@{section@}@{@var{text}@}}. +(@pxref{\addcontentsline}). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line +material, with @code{\addtocontents}, as with the command +@code{\addtocontents@{lof@}@{\protect\vspace@{2ex@}@}}, which adds +vertical space to the list of figures (@pxref{\addtocontents}). + +Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of +tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which +sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title +text, such as @samp{First section}. Finally there is a box up against +the right margin, inside of which @LaTeX{} puts the page number box. +For the indent and the width of the number box, +@pxref{\@@dottedtocline}. The right margin box has width +@code{\@@tocrmarg} and the page number is flush right in that space, +inside a box of width @code{\@@pnumwidth}. By default +@code{\@@tocrmarg} is @code{2.55em} and @code{\@@pnumwidth} is +@code{1.55em}. Change these as with +@code{\renewcommand@{\@@tocrmarg@}@{3.5em@}}. -@PkgIndex{babel} -@PkgIndex{polyglossia} -To change the header for the table of contents page do something like -the first line here. +@PkgIndex{tocloft} +@PkgIndex{tocbibbind} +CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures +and tables (@pxref{CTAN}). The package @file{tocloft} is convenient for +adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, +@file{tocbibbind} will automatically add the bibliography, index, +etc. to the table of contents. + +To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like +these commands before you call @code{\tableofcontents}, etc. @example -\renewcommand@{\contentsname@}@{Table of contents@} +\renewcommand@{\contentsname@}@{Table of Contents@} \renewcommand@{\listfigurename@}@{Plots@} -\renewcommand@{\listtablename@}@{Tables@} +\renewcommand@{\listtablename@}@{Specifications@} @end example @noindent -Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two. +@PkgIndex{babel} +@PkgIndex{polyglossia} Internationalization packages such as @file{babel} or @file{polyglossia} -will change the headers depending on the chosen base language. - -@PkgIndex{tocloft} -@PkgIndex{tocbibbind} -CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the -default, such as spacing, is @file{tocloft}. And, @file{tocbibbind} -will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of -contents. +will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. @menu +* \@@dottedtocline:: Format entry line in table of contents, etc. * \addcontentsline:: Add an entry to table of contents, etc. * \addtocontents:: Add text directly to table of contents file, etc. +* \contentsline:: Set line in table of contents, etc. * \nofiles:: Prevent writing to auxiliary files. +* \numberline:: Put its number argument flush left in a box. @end menu +@node \@@dottedtocline +@subsection @code{\@@dottedtocline} + +@findex \@@dottedtocline +@cindex table of contents entry, create dotted line + +Synopsis: + +@example +\@@dottedtocline@{@var{section-level-num}@}@{@var{indent}@}@{@var{numwidth}@}@{@var{text}@}@{@var{pagenumber}@} +@end example + +Used internally by @LaTeX{} to format an entry line in the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly +enter @code{\@@dottedtocline} commands. + +This command is typically used by @code{\l@@section}, @code{\l@@subsection}, +etc., to format the content lines. For example, the @file{article.cls} +file contains these definitions: + +@example +\newcommand*\l@@section@{\@@dottedtocline@{1@}@{1.5em@}@{2.3em@}@} +\newcommand*\l@@subsection@{\@@dottedtocline@{2@}@{3.8em@}@{3.2em@}@} +\newcommand*\l@@subsubsection@{\@@dottedtocline@{3@}@{7.0em@}@{4.1em@}@} +@end example + +@noindent +In this example, @code{\@@dottedcline} appears to have been given only +three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up +the final @var{text} and @var{pagenumber} arguments in the synopsis +from a call to @code{\contentsline}. + +@cindex leaders, dots in table of contents +Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin +box, these @code{\@@dottedtocline} commands insert @dfn{leaders}, that +is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command +@code{\@@dotsep}. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which +are @code{1/18}@tie{}em. Change it using @code{\renewcommand}, as +in @code{\renewcommand@{\@@dotsep@}@{3.5@}}. + +In the default book class, @LaTeX{} does not use dotted leaders for +the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class +it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. + + @node \addcontentsline @subsection @code{\addcontentsline} @@ -17143,9 +19119,7 @@ Synopsis: @end example @findex \contentsline -Add an entry to the file specified by @var{ext}. Usually @var{ext} is -one of @code{toc} for the table of contents, @code{lof} for the list of -figures, or @code{lot} for the list of tables. +Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension @var{ext}. The following will result in an @samp{Appendices} line in the table of contents. @@ -17163,16 +19137,16 @@ The @code{\addcontentsline} command writes information to the file @file{@var{root-name}.@var{ext}}. It writes that information as the text of the command @code{\contentsline@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@}@{@var{num}@}}, where -@code{@var{num}} is the current value of counter @code{@var{unit}}. The -most common case is the table of contents and there @var{num} is the -page number of the first page of @var{unit}. +@code{@var{num}} is the current value of counter @code{@var{unit}} +(@pxref{\contentsline}). The most common case is the table of contents +and there @var{num} is the page number of the first page of @var{unit}. This command is invoked by the sectioning commands @code{\chapter}, etc., and also by @code{\caption} inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, in a book to have the preface -unnumbered, you may use the starred @code{\chapter*}. But that does not -put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as -here. +also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style +is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred @code{\chapter*}. +But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be +entered manually, as here. @example \chapter*@{Preface@} @@ -17181,10 +19155,8 @@ here. @noindent In the @file{.toc} file @LaTeX{} will put the line @code{\contentsline -@{chapter@}@{\numberline @{@}Preface@}@{3@}}; note the page number -@samp{3}. - -@c xx how hardwired are these values? other unit names? +@{chapter@}@{\numberline @{@}Preface@}@{3@}}; note that the page number +@samp{3} is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. All of the arguments for @code{\addcontentsline} are required. @@ -17245,7 +19217,7 @@ Synopsis: Add @var{text}, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the auxiliary file with extension @var{ext}. This is most commonly used -for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also +for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to the list of figures and list of tables. This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the @@ -17256,6 +19228,30 @@ This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the \addtocontents@{toc@}@{\protect\vspace*@{3ex@}@} @end example +@noindent +This puts the word @samp{Page}, in boldface, above the column of page +numbers and after the header. + +@example +\tableofcontents +\addtocontents@{toc@}@{~\hfill\textbf@{Page@}\par@} +\chapter@{...@} +@end example + +@noindent +This adds a line announcing work by a new author. + +@example +\addtocontents@{toc@}@{% + \protect\vspace@{2ex@} + \textbf@{Chapters by N. Other Author@}\par@} +@end example + +The difference between @code{\addtocontents} and @code{\addcontentsline} +is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the +page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above +examples show, @code{\addtocontents} is for material such as spacing. + The @code{\addtocontents} command has two arguments. Both are required. @@ -17283,6 +19279,67 @@ table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move @code{\addtocontents} into the file being included. +@node \contentsline +@subsection @code{\contentsline} + +@cindex table of contents +@findex \contentsline +@findex \tableofcontents +@findex .toc @r{file} +@findex \listoffigures +@findex \listoftables +@findex .lof @r{file} +@findex .lot @r{file} +@findex \l@@chapter +@findex \l@@section +@findex \l@@subsection + +Synopsis: + +@example +\contentsline@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@}@{@var{pagenumber}@} +@end example + +Used internally by @LaTeX{} to typeset an entry of the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (@pxref{Table of contents +etc.}). Authors do not directly enter @code{\contentsline} commands. + +Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the +commands @code{\chapter}, @code{\section}, etc. for the table of +contents, or by the @code{\caption} command inside of a @code{\figure} +or @code{\table} environment (@pxref{figure} and @pxref{table}). Thus, +where the base file is @file{thesis.tex}, and contains the declaration +@code{\tableofcontents}, the command @code{\chapter@{Chapter One@}} +produces something like this in the file @file{thesis.toc}. + +@example +\contentsline @{chapter@}@{\numberline @{1@}Chapter One@}@{3@} +@end example + +If the file contains the declaration @code{\listoffigures} then a figure +environment involving @code{\caption@{Test@}} will produce +something like this in @file{thesis.lof}. + +@example +\contentsline @{figure@}@{\numberline @{1.1@}@{\ignorespaces Test@}@}@{6@} +@end example + +To manually add material, use +@code{\addcontentsline@{@var{filetype}@}@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@}}, +where @var{filetype} is @code{toc}, @code{lof}, or @code{lot} +(@pxref{\addcontentsline}). + +For manipulating how the @code{\contentline} material is typeset, see +the @file{tocloft} package. + +Note that the @code{hyperref} package changes the definition of +@code{\contentsline} (and @code{\addcontentsline}) to add more +arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error +@code{Argument of \contentsline has an extra @}}. Fix this error by +deleting the @file{.toc} or @file{.lof} or @file{.lot} file, and running +@LaTeX{} again. + + @node \nofiles @subsection @code{\nofiles} @@ -17317,6 +19374,44 @@ a @file{.toc} then the table of contents page will continue to show the old information. +@node \numberline +@subsection @code{\numberline} + +@findex \numberline + +Synopsis: + +@example +\numberline@{@var{number}@} +@end example + +Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a +@code{\contentsline} command to typeset the section number +(@pxref{\contentsline}). + +For example, this line in a @file{.toc} file causes the @code{1} to be +typeset flush left. + +@example +\contentsline @{subsection@}@{\numberline @{1.1@}Motivation@}@{2@} +@end example + +By default, @LaTeX{} typesets the section numbers in a box of length +@code{\@@tempdima}. That length is set by the commands +@code{\l@@section}, @code{\l@@subsection}, etc. Put section numbers +inside a natural-width box with +@code{\renewcommand@{\numberline@}[1]@{#1~@}}. + +This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +@code{\protect} (@pxref{\protect}). An example is the use of +@code{\protect} in the command +@code{\addcontentsline@{toc@}@{section@}@{\protect\numberline@{@}Summary@}} +to get the @code{\numberline} into this command in the @file{.toc} file: +@code{\contentsline @{section@}@{\numberline @{@}Summary@}@{6@}} (the +page number @samp{6} is automatically added by @LaTeX{}; +@pxref{\addcontentsline}). + + @node Indexes @section Indexes @@ -17358,12 +19453,15 @@ information back into your document and typeset it with the @PkgIndex{showidx} @PkgIndex{multind} -There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The -@code{showidx} package causes each index entries to be shown in the -margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing -the index. The @code{multind} package supports multiple indexes. See -also the @TeX{} FAQ entry on this topic, -@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind}. +@cindex index, multiple +@cindex multiple indexes +There are many packages in the area of indexing. The @code{showidx} +package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the +page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +The @code{multind} package, among others, supports multiple indexes. +See also the @TeX{} FAQ entry on this topic, +@url{https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind}, and the CTAN topic, +@url{https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi}. @menu * \index:: Declare an index entry. @@ -17439,8 +19537,8 @@ the output is the item @samp{Jones} with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems, like @samp{program, 50} and @samp{results, 51}. -@cindex `see' and `see also' index entries -@cindex index entries, `see' and `see also' +@cindex see and see also index entries +@cindex index entries, `see' and `see also' @findex \seename @findex \alsoname @PkgIndex{babel} @PkgIndex{polyglossia} @@ -17603,8 +19701,8 @@ Postamble of the output file. Default: @code{"\n\n\\end@{theindex@}\n"}. Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for entries starting with @samp{a}, etc. This specifier gives what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: @code{"\n\n \\indexspace\n"} -(@code{\indexspace} is a rubber length with default value @code{10pt -plus5pt minus3pt}). +(@code{\indexspace} is a command inserting a rubber length, by default +@code{10pt plus5pt minus3pt}). @anchor{makeindex letheadflag} @item lethead_flag @@ -17715,14 +19813,18 @@ roman @code{R}, and uppercase alphabetic @code{A}. Default: @end ftable -@findex xindy -@cindex @command{xindy} program +@findex xindy @r{program} There are a number of other programs that do the job -@command{makeindex} does. One is @command{xindy}, which does -internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up -using @LaTeX{} and a number of other languages. It is highly -configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order -of the text, as described in its documentation. +@command{makeindex} does. One is @command{xindy} +(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +process indexes for documents marked up using @LaTeX{} and a number of +other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in +markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as +described in its documentation. + +@findex xindex @r{program} +A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is @code{xindex}, +written in Lua (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex}). @node \printindex @@ -17743,7 +19845,7 @@ Place the index into the output. To get an index you must first include @code{\usepackage@{makeidx@}\makeindex} in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command @command{makeindex}, -and then compile the document again. @xref{Indexes} for further +and then compile the document again. @xref{Indexes}, for further discussion and an example of the use of @code{\printindex}. @@ -17849,7 +19951,7 @@ Declare a new entry for a glossary. The @var{label} must be unique for the document. The settings associated with the label are pairs: @code{@var{key}=@var{value}}. -This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers @BES{211D,} in the +This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers @BES{211D}, in the glossary. @example @@ -18315,24 +20417,6 @@ For this you must put @code{\usepackage@{graphicx@}} in the preamble (@pxref{Graphics}). -@c I think this is not a user-level command; it is used to keep from breaking -@c the page between the closing and the signature -@c @node \stopbreaks and \startbreaks -@c @section @code{\stopbreaks} and @code{\startbreaks} - -@c @findex \startbreak -@c @findex \stopbreaks - -@c @example -@c @code{\stopbreaks} -@c text -@c @code{\startbreaks} -@c @end example - -@c The @code{\stopbreaks} inhibits page breaking. The @code{\startbreaks} resumes -@c normal page breaking. -@c -@c @node \telephone @section @code{\telephone} @@ -18350,18 +20434,159 @@ pagestyle is selected. If so, it appears on the lower right of the page. -@node Terminal input/output -@chapter Terminal input/output +@node Input/output +@chapter Input/output @cindex input/output, to terminal @cindex terminal input/output +@cindex input/output + +@LaTeX{} uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in +to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You +can also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for +others to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. +And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. @menu +* \openin & \openout:: Open a file. +* \read:: Read text from a file. * \typein:: Read text from the terminal. * \typeout:: Write text to the terminal. +* \write:: Write text to a file or terminal. @end menu +@node \openin & \openout +@section @code{\openin} & @code{\openout} + +@findex \openin +@findex \openout +@findex \closein +@findex \closeout +@cindex file, opening +@cindex file, closing +@cindex open a file + +Synopsis: + +@example +\openin @var{number}=@var{filename} +@end example + +or: + +@example +\openout @var{number}=@var{filename} +@end example + +Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The @var{number} +must be between 0 and 15, as in @code{\openin3} (in Lua@LaTeX{} +@var{number} can be between 0 and 255). + +Here @TeX{} opens the file @file{presidents.tex} for reading. + +@example +\newread\presidentsfile +\openin\presidentsfile=presidents +\typeout@{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile@} +\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline +\typeout@{\presidentline@} +@end example + +@noindent +The @code{\newread} command allocates input stream numbers from 0 +to@tie{}15 (there is also a @code{\newwrite}). The +@code{\presidentsfile} is more memorable but under the hood it is still +a number; the first @code{\typeout} gives something like +@samp{presidentsfile is 1}. In addition, @code{\newread} keeps track of +the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an error like +@samp{! No room for a new \read}. The second @code{\typeout} gives the +first line of the file, something like @samp{1 Washington, George}. + +Ordinarily @TeX{} will not try to open the file until the next page +shipout. To change this, use +@code{\immediate\openin @var{number}=@var{filename}} or +@code{\immediate\openout @var{number}=@var{filename}}. + +Close files with @code{\closein @var{number}} and +@code{\closeout @var{number}}. + +How @LaTeX{} handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can +vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an +extension then @TeX{} will add a @file{.tex}. This creates +@file{presidents.tex}, writes one line to it, and closes it. + +@example +\newwrite\presidentsfile +\openout\presidentsfile=presidents +\write\presidentsfile@{1 Washington, George@} +\closeout\presidentsfile +@end example + +@noindent +But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if @TeX{} finds a +@var{filename} of @file{presidents.dat} it could look first for +@file{presidents.dat.tex} and later for @file{presidents.dat}, or it +could do the opposite. Your distribution's documentation should say +more, and if you find something that works for you then you are good, +but to ensure complete portability the best thing is to use file names +containing only the twenty six ASCII letters (not case-sensitive) and +the ten digits, along with underscore and dash, and in particular with +no dot or space. + +For @code{\openin}, if @TeX{} cannot find the file then it does not give +an error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this +with @code{\ifeof}; one recourse is the command +@code{\InputIfFileExists}, @pxref{Class and package commands}). If you +try to use the same number twice, @LaTeX{} won't give you an error. If +you try to use a bad number then you get an error message like @samp{! +Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh}. + + +@node \read +@section @code{\read} + +@findex \read +@cindex file, reading +@cindex read a file + +Synopsis: + +@example +\read @var{number} to@var{macro} +@end example + +Make the command @var{macro} contain the next line of input from text +stream @var{number}, as in @code{\read5 to\data}. + +This opens the file @file{email.tex} for reading, puts the contents of +the first line into the command @code{\email}, and then closes the file. + +@example +\newread\recipientfile +\openin\recipientfile=email +\read\recipientfile to\email +\typeout@{Email address: \email@} +\closein\recipientfile +@end example + +If @var{number} is outside the range from 0 to@tie{}15 or if no file +of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then @code{\read} +will take input from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not +allowed, e.g., @code{\nonstopmode}; @pxref{interaction modes}). +(However, the natural way in @LaTeX{} to take input from the terminal +is @code{\typein} (@pxref{\typein}.) + +To read an entire file as additional @LaTeX{} source, use +@code{\input} (@pxref{\input}) or @code{\include} (@pxref{\include & +\includeonly}). + +@PkgIndex{datatool} +@cindex mail merges +A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is @file{datatool}. + + @node \typein @section @code{\typein} @@ -18401,9 +20626,9 @@ the input you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the @code{\typein} command. In the second command version the optional argument @code{@var{cmd}} -argument must be a command name --- it must begin with a backslash, \. -This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you -typed. For example, this +argument must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a +backslash, \. This command name is then defined or redefined to be +the input that you typed. For example, this @example \typein[\student]@{Enter student name:@} @@ -18468,10 +20693,401 @@ This command can be useful for simple debugging, as here: produces on the command line @samp{The length is 5.0pt}. -@node Command line -@chapter Command line +@node \write +@section @code{\write} + +@findex \write + +Synopsis: + +@example +\write @var{number}@{@var{string}@} +@end example + +Write @var{string} to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file +opened by @code{\openout}. For instance, @code{\write6} writes to text +stream number@tie{}6. -@cindex command line +If the following appears in @file{@var{basefile}.tex} then it opens +@file{@var{basefile}.jh}, writes @samp{Hello World!} and a newline to +it, and closes that file. + +@example +\newwrite\myfile +\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename +... +\immediate\write\myfile@{Hello world!@} +... +\immediate\closeout\myfile +@end example + +@findex \newwrite +@noindent +The @code{\newwrite} allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic +name to make life easier, so that @code{stream +\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile} produces something like @samp{stream 3}. +Then @code{\openout} associates the stream number with the given file +name. @TeX{} ultimately executed @code{\write3} which puts the string +in the file. + +@cindex log file, writing to +@cindex terminal, writing to +@cindex @math{-1}, write stream number +Typically @var{number} is between 0 and@tie{}15, because typically +@LaTeX{} authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated +by the system. If @var{number} is outside the range from 0 to 15 or +if it is not associated with an open file then @LaTeX{} writes +@var{string} to the log file. If @var{number} is positive then in +addition @LaTeX{} writes @var{string} to the terminal. + +Thus, @code{test \write-1@{Hello World!@}} puts @samp{Hello World!} +followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the @code{\wlog} +command does; @pxref{\wlog}). And @code{\write100@{Hello World!@}} +puts the same in the log file but also puts @samp{Hello World!} +followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are +special as @var{number}; see below.) + +@cindex Lua@TeX{}, 256 output streams in +In Lua@TeX{}, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 +(@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). + +@findex \@@auxout +@findex \@@mainaux +Use @code{\write\@@auxout@{@var{string}@}} to write to the current +@file{.aux} file, which is associated with either the root file or +with the current include file; and use +@code{\write\@@mainaux@{@var{string}@}} to write to the main +@file{.aux}. These symbolic names are defined by @LaTeX{}. + +@c credit: David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115933/121234 +By default @LaTeX{} does not write @var{string} to the file right +away. This is because, for example, you may need @code{\write} to +save the current page number, but when @TeX{} comes across a +@code{\write} it typically does not know what the page number is, +since it has not yet done the page breaking. So, you use @code{\write} +in one of three contexts: + +@example +\immediate\write\@@auxout@{@var{string}@} %1 +\write\@@auxout@{@var{string}@} %2 +\protected@@write\@@auxout@{@}@{@var{string}@} %3 +@end example + +@enumerate +@item +@cindex immediate @code{\write} +@findex \immediate\write +With the first, @LaTeX{} writes @var{string} to the file immediately. +Any macros in @var{string} are fully expanded (just as in +@code{\edef}) so to prevent expansion you must use @code{\noexpand}, +@code{toks}, etc., except that you should use @code{#} instead of +@code{##}). + +@item +@cindex delayed @code{\write} +@cindex whatsit item +@findex \shipout @r{and expansion} +With the second, @var{string} is stored on the current list of things +(as a @TeX{} ``whatsit'' item) and kept until the page is shipped out +and likewise the macros are unexpanded until @code{\shipout}. At +@code{\shipout}, @var{string} is fully expanded. + +@item +@findex \protected@@write +The third, @code{\protected@@write}, is like the second except that +you can use @code{\protect} to avoid expansion. The extra first +argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more +macros protected or to have some other special definition for the +write. +@end enumerate + +As a simple example of expansion with @code{\write}, @var{string} here +contains a control sequence @code{\triplex} which we've defined to be +the text @samp{XYZ}: + +@example +\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=test.jh +\newcommand@{\triplex@}@{XYZ@} +\write\jhfile@{test \triplex test@} +@end example + +@noindent +This results in the file @file{test.jh} containing the text +@samp{test XYZtest} followed by a newline. + +@cindex @code{\write} streams 16, 17, 18 +The cases where @var{number} is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of +@code{\write}'s behavior when @var{number} is outside the range from 0 +to 15 described above, in Plain@tie{}@TeX{} @code{\write16} and +@code{\write17} were sometimes used to write to the log file and the +terminal; however, in @LaTeX{}, the natural way to do that is with +@code{\typeout} (@pxref{\typeout}). The @code{\write18} command is +even more special; modern @TeX{} systems use it for giving commands to +the operating system (@pxref{\write18}). + +@cindex newline, in @code{\write} +@cindex @code{^^J}, in @code{\write} +Ordinarily @code{\write} outputs a single line. You can include a +newline with @code{^^J}. Thus, this produces two lines in the log +file: + +@example +\wlog@{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.@} +@end example + +@PkgIndex{answers} +A common case where authors need to write their own file is for +answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write +out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of +packages for this; one is @file{answers}. + +@menu +* \write and security:: Security. +* \message:: Write text to the log file and terminal. +* \wlog:: Write text to the log file. +* \write18:: Run an operating system command. +@end menu + + +@node \write and security +@subsection @code{\write} and security + +@cindex security and @code{\write} +@cindex @code{\write} and security + +The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a +downloaded @LaTeX{} file and it overwrote your password file then you +would be justifiably troubled. + +Thus, by default @TeX{} systems only allow you to open files for +writing that are in the current directory or output directory, if +specified (@pxref{output directory}), or in a subdirectory of +those. So, this code + +@example +\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=../test.jh +@end example + +@noindent +gives an error like: +@example +Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p). +! I can't write on file `../test.jh' +@end example + +@cindex parent directories, cannot write to +You can get just such an error when using commands such as +@code{\include@{../filename@}} because @LaTeX{} will try to open +@file{../filename.aux}. The simplest solution is to put the included +files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. + + +@node \message +@subsection @code{\message} + +@findex \message + +Synopsis: + +@example +\message@{@var{string}@} +@end example + +Write @var{string} to the log file and the terminal. + +Typically, @LaTeX{} authors use @code{\typeout} (@pxref{\typeout}). It +allows you to use @code{\protect} on any fragile commands in +@var{string} (@pxref{\protect}). But @code{\typeout} always inserts a +newline at the end of @var{string} while @code{\message} does not, so +the latter can be useful. + +With this example document body. + +@example +before\message@{One Two@}\message@{Three@}\message@{Four^^JI@} +\message@{declare a thumb war.@}After +@end example + +@noindent +under some circumstances (see below) @LaTeX{} writes the following to +both the terminal and the log file. + +@example +One Two Three Four +I declare a thumb war. +@end example + +@noindent +The @code{^^J} produces a newline. Also, in the output document, +between @samp{before} and @samp{After} will be a single space (from +the end of line following @samp{I@}}). + +While @code{\message} allows you more control over formatting, a +gotcha is that @LaTeX{} may mess up that formatting because it inserts +line breaks depending on what it has already written. Contrast this +document body, where the @samp{Two} has moved, to the one given above. + +@example +before\message@{One@}\message@{Two Three@}\message@{Four^^JI@} +\message@{declare a thumb war.@}After +@end example + +This can happen: when @LaTeX{} is outputting the messages to the +terminal, now the message with @samp{One} is shorter and it fits at the +end of the output terminal line, and so @LaTeX{} breaks the line between +it and the @samp{Two Three}. That line break appears also in the log +file. This line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length +of the full path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted +lines in a way that is portable is hard, likely requiring +starting your message at the beginning of a line. + + +@node \wlog +@subsection @code{\wlog} + +@findex \wlog + +Synopsis: + +@example +\wlog@{@var{string}@} +@end example + +Write @var{string} to the log file. + +@example +\wlog@{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?@} +\wlog@{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.@} +@end example + +Ordinarily @var{string} appears in a single separate line. Use +@code{^^J} to insert a newline. + +@example +\wlog@{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.@} +\wlog@{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.@} +@end example + + +@node \write18 +@subsection @code{\write18} + +@findex \write18 +@cindex external commands +@cindex commands, run from @LaTeX{} +@cindex system commands, run from @LaTeX{} +@cindex shell access +@c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 + +Synopsis: + +@example +\write18@{@var{shell_command}@} +@end example + +Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system +runs the command and @LaTeX{}'s execution is blocked until that +finishes. + +@PkgIndex{Asymptote} +This sequence (on Unix) + +@example +\usepackage@{graphicx@} % in preamble + ... +\newcommand@{\fignum@}@{1@} +\immediate\write18@{cd pix && asy figure\fignum@} +\includegraphics@{pix\figure\fignum.pdf@} +@end example + +@noindent +will run Asymptote (the @code{asy} program) on @file{pix/figure1.asy}, +so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic +(@pxref{\includegraphics}). Like any @code{\write}, here @LaTeX{} +expands macros in @var{shell_command} so that @code{\fignum} is +replaced by @samp{1}. + +Another example is that you can automatically run Bib@TeX{} at the start +of each @LaTeX{} run (@pxref{Using BibTeX}) by including +@code{\immediate\write18@{bibtex8 \jobname@}} as the first line of the +file. Note that @code{\jobname} expands to the basename of the root +file unless the @code{--jobname} option is passed on the command line, +in which case this is the option argument. + +You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information +that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files +in the current directory (but see @file{texosquery} below): + +@example +\immediate\write18@{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat@} +\input@{tmp.dat@} +@end example + +The standard behavior of any @code{\write} is to wait until a page is +being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream +(@pxref{\write}). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +@code{\immediate\write18@{@var{shell_command}@}}. + +There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands inside +a @LaTeX{} file. If you download a file off the net and it contains +commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The +standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell +access. You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are +safe, by compiling with @code{latex --enable-write18 @var{filename}} +(@pxref{Command line options}). (The @code{--shell-escape} option is +a synonym, in @TeX{} Live.) + +@cindex restricted shell access +In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use +a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those +that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use +the @code{enable-write18} option. By default this list of allowed +commands is short and features only commands that are under the +control of the distribution maintainers (@pxref{Command line +options}). + +@findex /bin/sh@r{, used by @code{\write18}} +@findex sh@r{, used by @code{\write18}} +@findex cmd.exe@r{, used by @code{\write18}} +@findex SHELL@r{, environment variables} +The @var{shell_command} text is always passed to @file{/bin/sh} on +Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter +@file{cmd.exe} on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and +the @code{SHELL} environment variable, is ignored. + +@PkgIndex{texosquery} +@cindex system information +@cindex operating system information +@cindex locale information, from system +@cindex directory listings, from system +If what you need is system information, such as the operating system +name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the +@file{texosquery} package, which provides a convenient and secure +interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw +@code{\write18}: @url{https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery}. + +@PkgIndex{shellesc} +@findex \ShellEscape +@findex \DelayedShellEscape +@LaTeX{} provides a package @code{shellesc} on top of the primitive +@code{\write18} command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command +@code{\ShellEscape} which works identically on all @TeX{} engines; +Lua@TeX{} intentionally did not retain @code{\write18} as a way to +invoke a shell command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The +@code{shellesc} package also provides a command +@code{\DelayedShellEscape}, executed at @code{\output} time, for the +same reason. + + +@node Command line interface +@chapter Command line interface + +@anchor{Command line}@c old name +@cindex command line interface +@cindex interface, command line +@cindex CLI Synopsis (from a terminal command line): @@ -18479,9 +21095,10 @@ Synopsis (from a terminal command line): pdflatex @var{options} @var{argument} @end example -Run @LaTeX{} on @var{argument}. In place of @command{pdflatex} you can -also use @command{xelatex}, or @code{lualatex}, or @code{dviluatex}, or -@code{latex}. +Run @LaTeX{} on @var{argument}. In place of @command{pdflatex} you +can also use (for PDF output) @command{xelatex} or @code{lualatex}, or +(for DVI output) @code{latex} or @code{dvilualatex}, among others +(@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). For example, this will run @LaTeX{} on the file @file{thesis.tex}, creating the output @file{thesis.pdf}. @@ -18492,19 +21109,20 @@ pdflatex thesis @noindent @findex .tex, @r{default extension} -Note that @file{.tex} is the default file extension. - -pdf@TeX{} is a development of the original @TeX{} program, as are -Xe@TeX{} and Lua@TeX{} (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). They are completely -backward compatible. But the original program had a custom output -format, DVI, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This -allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as -hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and -ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run @command{pdflatex} or -@command{xelatex} or @command{lualatex} then you will by default get PDF -and have access to all its modern features. If you run @command{latex}, -or @code{dvilualatex}, then you will get DVI. The description here -assumes pdf@LaTeX{}. +Note that @file{.tex} is the default file name extension. + +pdf@TeX{} is an extension of the original @TeX{} program, as are +Xe@TeX{} and Lua@TeX{} (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). The first two are +completely backward compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the +most fundamental new feature for all three is that the original @TeX{} +output its own DVI format, while the newer ones can output directly to +PDF. This allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF +such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and +PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run +@command{pdflatex} or @command{xelatex} or @command{lualatex} then you +will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features. +If you run @command{latex}, or @code{dvilualatex}, then you will get +DVI. The description here assumes pdf@LaTeX{}. @xref{Command line options}, for a selection of the most useful command line options. As to @var{argument}, the usual case is that it @@ -18516,15 +21134,16 @@ input}). If you gave no arguments or options then @command{pdflatex} prompts for input from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering -@code{<control>-D}. +@kbd{CTRL-D}. If @LaTeX{} finds an error in your document then by default it stops and -asks you about it. @xref{Recovering from errors} for an outline of what +asks you about it. @xref{Recovering from errors}, for an outline of what to do. @menu -* Command line options:: Read text from the terminal. -* Command line input:: Write text to the terminal. +* Command line options:: Commonly used command line options. +* Command line input:: Specify LaTeX code on the command line. +* Jobname:: How @TeX{} sets the current job name. * Recovering from errors:: When something goes wrong. @end menu @@ -18539,9 +21158,12 @@ authoring. For a full list, try running @samp{latex --help} from the command line. With many implementations you can specify command line options by -prefixing them with @samp{-} or @samp{--}. This is the case for -both @TeX{} Live (and Mac@TeX{}) and MiK@TeX{}. We will use both -conventions interchangeably. +prefixing them with @samp{-} or @samp{--}. This is the case for both +@TeX{} Live (including Mac@TeX{}) and MiK@TeX{}. We will use both +conventions interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be +specified either as a separate argument (@samp{--foo val}), or as one +argument with an @samp{=} sign (@samp{--foo=val}), but there can be no +spaces around the @samp{=}. We will generally use the @samp{=} syntax. @table @code @findex --version @r{command-line option} @@ -18554,18 +21176,23 @@ and exit. @item -help Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit. +@anchor{interaction modes} @findex --interaction @r{command-line option} @item -interaction=@var{mode} +@cindex batchmode +@cindex scrollmode +@cindex errorstopmode +@cindex nonstopmode @TeX{} compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: @code{batchmode}, @code{nonstopmode}, @code{scrollmode}, -@code{errorstopmode}. In @dfn{errorstop mode} (the default), @TeX{} -stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In @dfn{batch -mode} it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the -user hit @code{<return>} at every error, and missing files cause the -job to abort. In @dfn{nonstop mode}, diagnostic message appear on the -terminal but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In -@dfn{scroll mode}, @TeX{} only stops for missing files or keyboard -input. +@code{errorstopmode}. In @dfn{errorstopmode} (the default), @TeX{} +stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In @dfn{batchmode} +it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user +hit @kbd{RETURN} at every error, and missing files cause the job to +abort. In @dfn{nonstopmode}, diagnostic message appear on the terminal +but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In +@dfn{scrollmode}, @TeX{} stops for missing files or keyboard +input, but nothing else. For instance, starting @LaTeX{} with this command line @@ -18576,52 +21203,55 @@ pdflatex -interaction=batchmode @var{filename} @noindent eliminates most terminal output. +@cindex jobname +@cindex filename for current job @findex --jobname @r{command-line option} @item -jobname=@var{string} -Set the value of @TeX{}'s @code{jobname} to the string. The log file +Set the value of @TeX{}'s @dfn{jobname} to the string. The log file and output file will then be named @file{@var{string}.log} and -@file{@var{string}.pdf}. - -When you run @code{@command{pdflatex} @var{options} @var{argument}}, if -@var{argument} does not start with a backslash then @TeX{} considers it -the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first -@code{\input} instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The -@code{jobname} option overrides that process and directly specifies the -name. @xref{Command line input} for an example of its use. +@file{@var{string}.pdf}. @pxref{Jobname}. +@anchor{output directory} +@cindex output directory for all external files @findex --output-directory @r{command-line option} @item -output-directory=@var{directory} Write files in the directory @var{directory}. It must already exist. - -@findex --shell-escape @r{command-line option} -@findex --no-shell-escape @r{command-line option} +This applies to all external files created by @TeX{} or @LaTeX{}, such +as the @file{.log} file for the run, the @file{.aux}, @file{.toc}, +etc., files created by @LaTeX{}, as well as the main @file{.pdf} or +@file{.dvi} output file itself. + +When specified, the output directory @var{directory} is also +automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that the +external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current +directory (in which @LaTeX{} was run) remains unchanged, and is also +checked for input files. + +@cindex shell escape +@cindex @code{\write18}, enabling @findex --enable-write18 @r{command-line option} @findex --disable-write18 @r{command-line option} -@item --shell-escape -@itemx --no-shell-escape -@itemx --enable-write18 +@findex --shell-escape @r{command-line option} +@findex --no-shell-escape @r{command-line option} +@item --enable-write18 @itemx --disable-write18 -Enable or disable @code{\write18@{@var{shell command}@}}. The first two -options are for with @TeX{} Live or Mac@TeX{} while the second two are -for MiK@TeX{}. - -@PkgIndex{sagetex} -Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a -@LaTeX{} file. For instance the package @file{sagetex} allows you to -have the mathematics software system @i{Sage} do calculations or draw -graphs and then incorporate that output in your document. For this -@TeX{} provides the @code{\write18} command. - -But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen if you -compiled a @LaTeX{} file from the Internet. By default @code{\write18} -is disabled. (More precisely, by default @TeX{} Live, Mac@TeX{}, and -MiK@TeX{} only allow the execution of a limited number of @TeX{}-related -programs, which they distribute.) - -If you invoke @LaTeX{} with the option @code{no-shell-escape}, and in -your document you call @code{\write18@{ls -l@}}, then you do not get an -error but the log file says @samp{runsystem(ls -l)...disabled}. +@itemx --shell-escape +@itemx --no-shell-escape +Enable or disable @code{\write18@{@var{shell_command}@}} +(@pxref{\write18}). The first two options are supported by both +@TeX{} Live and MiK@TeX{}, while the second two are synonyms supported +by @TeX{} Live. + +Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since it +allows a @LaTeX{} file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by +default, unrestricted @code{\write18} is not allowed. (The default +for @TeX{} Live, Mac@TeX{}, and MiK@TeX{} is to allow the execution of +a limited number of @TeX{}-related programs, which they distribute.) + +For example, if you invoke @LaTeX{} with the option +@code{no-shell-escape}, and in your document you call +@code{\write18@{ls -l@}}, then you do not get an error but the log +file says @samp{runsystem(ls -l)...disabled}. @findex --halt-on-error @r{command-line option} @item -halt-on-error @@ -18641,15 +21271,19 @@ error messages. These are only available with @TeX{} Live or Mac@TeX{}. @cindex input, on command line -As part of the command line invocation @code{pdflatex @var{options} -@var{argument}} you can specify arbitrary @LaTeX{} input by starting -@var{argument} with a backslash. This allows you to do some special -effects. +As part of the command line invocation -@PkgIndex{hyperref} -For example, this file (which uses the @file{hyperref} package for -hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a -PDF. +@example +@var{latex-engine} @var{options} @var{argument} +@end example + +@noindent you can specify arbitrary @LaTeX{} input by starting +@var{argument} with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This +allows you to do some special effects. + +@PkgIndex{hyperref} For example, this file (which uses the +@file{hyperref} package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. @example \ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble @@ -18666,10 +21300,17 @@ PDF. @noindent Compiling this document @file{book.tex} with the command line @code{pdflatex book} will give the @samp{CTAN} link in blue. But -compiling it with @code{pdflatex "\def\paperversion@{@}\input book.tex"} -has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent -interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may -do this differently.) +compiling it with + +@example +pdflatex "\def\paperversion@{@}\input book.tex" +@end example + +@noindent has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent +interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This +usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many +peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if +need be.) In a similar way, from the single file @file{main.tex} you can compile two different versions. @@ -18682,21 +21323,110 @@ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers@{@}\input@{main@}" @noindent The @code{jobname} option is there because otherwise both files would be -called @file{main.pdf} and the second would overwrite the first. +called @file{main.pdf} and the second would overwrite the first. (See +the next section.) -A final example. This loads the package @file{graphicx} with the option -@code{draft} +In this example, we pass the @code{draft} option to the +@file{graphicx} package: + +@example +pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage@{draft@}@{graphicx@}\input@{aa.tex@}" +@end example + +@noindent +so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information +but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only +the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. + + +@node Jobname +@section Jobname + +@findex @code{\jobname} +@cindex jobname +@cindex document root name +@cindex name of document root + +Running @LaTeX{} creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or +DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the +so-called @dfn{jobname}. The most common case is also the simplest, +where for instance the command @code{pdflatex thesis} creates +@code{thesis.pdf} and also @code{thesis.log} and @code{thesis.aux}. +Here the job name is @code{thesis}. + +In general, @LaTeX{} is invoked as @code{@var{latex-engine} +@var{options} @var{argument}}, where @var{latex-engine} is +@command{pdflatex}, @command{lualatex}, etc.@: (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}). +If @var{argument} does not start with a backslash, as is the case +above with @code{thesis}, then @TeX{} considers it to be the name of +the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, +without the @file{.tex} extension, is the jobname. If @var{argument} +does start with a backslash, or if @TeX{} is in interactive mode, then +it waits for the first @code{\input} command, and the jobname is the +argument to @code{\input}. + +There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly +specified with the @code{-jobname} option, as in @code{pdflatex +-jobname=myname} (@pxref{Command line input} for a real example). + +@findex texput@r{, jobname default} +@cindex fallback jobname +The final possibility is @file{texput}, which is the final fallback +default if no other name is available to @TeX{}. For example, if no +@code{-jobname} option was specified, and the compilation stops before +there is any output, then the log file will be named +@file{texput.log}. + +@findex \documentclass@r{, and @code{texput} jobname} +@findex \RequirePackage@r{, and @code{texput} jobname} +A special case of this is that in @LaTeX{} versions of (approximately) +2020 or later, the jobname is also @file{texput} if the first +@code{\input} occurs as a result of being called by either +@code{\documentclass} or @code{\RequirePackage}. So this will produce +a file named @file{texput.pdf}: + +@example +pdflatex "\documentclass@{minimal@}\begin@{document@}Hello!\end@{document@}" +@end example + +However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, with @c credit Herbert Voss: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 @example -pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]@{graphicx@}\input@{aa.tex@}" +pdflatex "\documentclass@{article@}\usepackage@{lipsum@}\input@{thesis@}" @end example @noindent -so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The @code{jobname} option is there because -otherwise the output file would be @file{graphicx.pdf}, as -@code{\RequirePackage} does an @code{\input} of its own.) +the output file is @file{lipsum.pdf}, as @code{\usepackage} calls +@code{\input}. + +@findex \jobname +Within the document, the macro @code{\jobname} expands to the jobname. +(When you run @LaTeX{} on a file whose name contains spaces, the string +returned by @code{\jobname} contains matching start and end quotes.) +In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of +catcode@tie{}12 (other) except that spaces are category@tie{}10, +including letters that are normally catcode@tie{}11. + +@findex \IfBeginWith*@r{ macro from @file{xstring}} +@PkgIndex xstring +Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional +can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro +@code{\IfBeginWith} from the @file{xstring} package in its star +variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the +following text the footnote ``Including Respublica Bananensis +Francorum.''@: is only present if the task name starts with +@file{my-doc}. + +@example +If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then +all banana republics \IfBeginWith*@{\jobname@}@{my-doc@}% +@{\footnote@{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.@}@}@{@} are +democracies. +@end example + +Manipulating the value of @code{\jobname} inside of a document does not +change the name of the output file or the log file. @node Recovering from errors @@ -18722,8 +21452,8 @@ l.5 The \PN @end example @noindent -The simplest thing is to enter @samp{x} and @code{<return>} and fix the -typo. You could instead enter @samp{?} and @code{<return>} to see other +The simplest thing is to enter @kbd{x} and @kbd{RETURN} and fix the +typo. You could instead enter @kbd{?} and @kbd{RETURN} to see other options. @cindex @samp{*} prompt @@ -18732,9 +21462,10 @@ options. There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the @code{\end@{document@}} or misspelled it. In this case @LaTeX{} gives you a @samp{*} prompt. You can get back to the command -line by typing @code{\stop} and @code{<return>}. +line by typing @kbd{\stop} and @kbd{RETURN}; this command does its +best to exit @LaTeX{} immediately, whatever state it may be in. -The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name. For instance, +The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance, instead of @code{pdflatex test} you might type @code{pdflatex tste}. @example @@ -18746,8 +21477,8 @@ Please type another input file name: @end example @noindent -The simplest thing is to enter @code{<Control>} and @samp{d} (holding -them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. +The simplest thing is to enter @kbd{CTRL d} (holding the Control and d +keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. @node Document templates @@ -18756,16 +21487,15 @@ them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. @cindex document templates @cindex templates, document -Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will +Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at -@url{http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates}. +@url{https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates}. @menu * beamer template:: * article template:: * book template:: * Larger book template:: -* tugboat template:: @end menu @@ -18774,6 +21504,7 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at @cindex @code{beamer} template and class @cindex template, @code{beamer} +@PkgIndex{beamer} The @code{beamer} class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @@ -18783,7 +21514,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} -\date{July 31, 2007} +\date{July 31, 2020} \begin{document} @@ -18802,14 +21533,15 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \end{document} @end verbatim -One web resource for this: -@url{http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/}. +The Beamer package on CTAN: @url{https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer}. @node article template @section @code{article} template -@cindex template, @code{article} +@cindex template (simple), @code{article} + +A simple template for an article. @verbatim \documentclass{article} @@ -18827,6 +21559,7 @@ Additional text. \section{Second section} Some more text. + \end{document} @end verbatim @@ -18836,8 +21569,8 @@ Some more text. @cindex template, @code{book} -This is a straightforward template for a book. See @xref{Larger book -template} for a more elaborate one. +This is a straightforward template for a book. @xref{Larger book +template}, for a more elaborate one. @verbatim \documentclass{book} @@ -18855,6 +21588,7 @@ Some other text. \section{A subtopic} The end. + \end{document} @end verbatim @@ -18864,19 +21598,22 @@ The end. @cindex template, @code{book} -This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has -@code{\frontmatter}, @code{\mainmatter}, and @code{\backmatter} to -control the typography of the three main areas of a book -(@pxref{\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter}). The book has a -bibliography and an index. +This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. @xref{book template}, +for a simpler one. + +This template uses @code{\frontmatter}, @code{\mainmatter}, and +@code{\backmatter} to control the typography of the three main areas +of a book (@pxref{\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter}). The +book has a bibliography and an index. -Notable is that it uses @code{\include} and @code{\includeonly} +Also notable is that it uses @code{\include} and @code{\includeonly} (@pxref{Splitting the input}). While you are working on a chapter you can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to -@code{\includeonly}. That will speed up compilation without losing any -information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to -come on a new page is brought in with @code{\input} instead of -@code{\include}. You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) +@code{\includeonly}. That will speed up compilation without losing +any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not +need to come on a new page is brought in with @code{\input} instead of +@code{\include}. You don't get the cross-reference benefit with +@code{\input}.) @verbatim \documentclass[titlepage]{book} @@ -18886,11 +21623,12 @@ come on a new page is brought in with @code{\input} instead of \author{Alex Author} \includeonly{% - frontcover, +% frontcover, preface, chap1, - ... +% appenA, } + \begin{document} \frontmatter \include{frontcover} @@ -18898,112 +21636,22 @@ come on a new page is brought in with @code{\input} instead of \maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright} \tableofcontents \include{preface} + \mainmatter \include{chap1} ... \appendix -\include{appena} +\include{appenA} ... + \backmatter \bibliographystyle{apalike} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} \bibliography \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex -\include{backcover} -\end{document} -@end verbatim - - -@node tugboat template -@section @code{tugboat} template - -@cindex template, TUGboat -@cindex TUGboat template -@cindex @code{ltugboat} class - -@cite{TUGboat} is the journal of the @TeX{} Users Group, -@url{http://tug.org/TUGboat}. - -@verbatim -\documentclass{ltugboat} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} -\else -\usepackage{url} -\fi - -%%% Start of metadata %%% - -\title{Example \TUB\ article} - -% repeat info for each author. -\author{First Last} -\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country} -\netaddress{user (at) example dot org} -\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} - -%%% End of metadata %%% - -\begin{document} -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} -This is an example article for \TUB{}. -Please write an abstract. -\end{abstract} - -\section{Introduction} - -This is an example article for \TUB, linked from -\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. - -We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} -output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): -% verbatim blocks are often better in \small -\begin{verbatim}[\small] -\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW -\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\mf \MFB -\plain \POBox \PS -\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP -\TUB \TUG \tug -\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE - -\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph - -\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! -\cs{fred} -> \fred -\meta{fred} -> <fred> -\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... -\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 -\booktitle{Book of Fred} -\end{verbatim} - -For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format -\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. - -This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the -\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For -\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using -\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, -\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) - -Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - -\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style -\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty -\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX - -\makesignature +\include{backcover} \end{document} @end verbatim @@ -19023,7 +21671,7 @@ Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. % % where |\T1\foo| is \emph{one} control sequence, not two! \newcommand -\def\ProvideTextCommand -- same with \providecommand +\def\ProvideTextCommand % same with \providecommand \@onlypreamble\DeclareTextCommand \@onlypreamble\DeclareTextSymbol \gdef\TextSymbolUnavailable#1{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt index d6bc68bdb68..1fd8656a7e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 24 Splitting the input 25 Front/back matter 26 Letters -27 Terminal input/output -28 Command line +27 Input/output +28 Command line interface Appendix A Document templates Index LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 2.3 TeX engines 2.4 LaTeX command syntax 2.5 Environment - 2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network + 2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network 3 Document classes 3.1 Document class options 3.2 Additional packages @@ -45,16 +45,29 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 3.3.1 Class and package structure 3.3.2 Class and package commands 4 Fonts - 4.1 Font styles - 4.2 Font sizes - 4.3 Low-level font commands + 4.1 'fontenc' package + 4.1.1 '\DeclareFontEncoding' + 4.1.2 '\DeclareTextAccent' + 4.1.3 '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' + 4.1.4 '\DeclareTextCommand' & '\ProvideTextCommand' + 4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault ' + 4.1.6 '\DeclareTextComposite' + 4.1.7 '\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' + 4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol' + 4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' + 4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding' + 4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent' + 4.2 Font styles + 4.3 Font sizes + 4.4 Low-level font commands 5 Layout 5.1 '\onecolumn' 5.2 '\twocolumn' 5.3 '\flushbottom' 5.4 '\raggedbottom' 5.5 Page layout parameters - 5.6 Floats + 5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch' + 5.7 Floats 6 Sectioning 6.1 '\part' 6.2 '\chapter' @@ -63,11 +76,12 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 6.5 '\subsubsection', '\paragraph', '\subparagraph' 6.6 '\appendix' 6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter' - 6.8 '\@startsection' + 6.8 '\@startsection', typesetting sectional unit headings 7 Cross references 7.1 '\label' 7.2 '\pageref' 7.3 '\ref' + 7.4 'xr' package 8 Environments 8.1 'abstract' 8.2 'array' @@ -82,7 +96,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 8.8 'eqnarray' 8.9 'equation' 8.10 'figure' - 8.11 'filecontents': Write an external file + 8.11 'filecontents' 8.12 'flushleft' 8.12.1 '\raggedright' 8.13 'flushright' @@ -164,6 +178,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 12.10 '\newfont' 12.11 '\protect' 12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend' + 12.13 xspace package 13 Counters 13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters 13.2 '\usecounter' @@ -180,6 +195,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 14.4 '\settodepth' 14.5 '\settoheight' 14.6 '\settowidth' + 14.7 '\stretch' + 14.8 Expressions 15 Making paragraphs 15.1 '\par' 15.2 '\indent' & '\noindent' @@ -188,23 +205,28 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 16 Math formulas 16.1 Subscripts & superscripts 16.2 Math symbols - 16.2.1 Blackboard bold - 16.2.2 Calligraphic - 16.2.3 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath' - 16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical + 16.2.1 Arrows + 16.2.2 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath' + 16.2.3 Blackboard bold + 16.2.4 Calligraphic + 16.2.5 Delimiters + 16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right' + 16.2.5.2 '\bigl', '\bigr', etc. + 16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical + 16.2.7 Greek letters 16.3 Math functions 16.4 Math accents 16.5 Over- and Underlining 16.6 Spacing in math mode 16.6.1 '\smash' 16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom' + 16.6.3 '\mathstrut' 16.7 Math miscellany 16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon' 16.7.2 '\*' 16.7.3 '\frac' - 16.7.4 '\left' & '\right' - 16.7.5 '\sqrt' - 16.7.6 '\stackrel' + 16.7.4 '\sqrt' + 16.7.5 '\stackrel' 17 Modes 17.1 '\ensuremath' 18 Page styles @@ -265,18 +287,23 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 23.3 Symbols by font position 23.4 Text symbols 23.5 Accents + 23.5.1 '\accent' 23.6 Additional Latin letters - 23.7 '\rule' - 23.8 '\today' + 23.7 'inputenc' package + 23.8 '\rule' + 23.9 '\today' 24 Splitting the input 24.1 '\endinput' 24.2 '\include' & '\includeonly' 24.3 '\input' 25 Front/back matter 25.1 Table of contents etc. - 25.1.1 '\addcontentsline' - 25.1.2 '\addtocontents' - 25.1.3 '\nofiles' + 25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline' + 25.1.2 '\addcontentsline' + 25.1.3 '\addtocontents' + 25.1.4 '\contentsline' + 25.1.5 '\nofiles' + 25.1.6 '\numberline' 25.2 Indexes 25.2.1 '\index' 25.2.2 'makeindex' @@ -296,25 +323,32 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 26.9 '\ps' 26.10 '\signature' 26.11 '\telephone' -27 Terminal input/output - 27.1 '\typein' - 27.2 '\typeout' -28 Command line +27 Input/output + 27.1 '\openin' & '\openout' + 27.2 '\read' + 27.3 '\typein' + 27.4 '\typeout' + 27.5 '\write' + 27.5.1 '\write' and security + 27.5.2 '\message' + 27.5.3 '\wlog' + 27.5.4 '\write18' +28 Command line interface 28.1 Command line options 28.2 Command line input - 28.3 Recovering from errors + 28.3 Jobname + 28.4 Recovering from errors Appendix A Document templates A.1 'beamer' template A.2 'article' template A.3 'book' template A.4 Larger 'book' template - A.5 'tugboat' template Index LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October -2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2021) +for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. 1 About this document ********************* @@ -323,48 +357,38 @@ This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting program (*note Overview::). - This document's home page is -<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>. There you can get -the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see -other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats. In -particular, the output comes in two web formats. Probably the most -convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each -topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about -easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at -<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>, -has all the information on single page. + This document's home page is <https://latexref.xyz>; it has separate +web pages for each topic. Alternatively. +<https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html> has the entire document on a +single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more +information, see <https://latexref.xyz/dev/>. In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than 'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades ago. - LaTeX is currently maintained by a group of volunteers -(<http://latex-project.org>). The official documentation written by the -LaTeX project is available from their web site. This document is -completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the LaTeX -maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this -document to them. Instead, please send all comments to + LaTeX is maintained by a group of volunteers +(<https://latex-project.org>). The official documentation written by +the LaTeX project is available from their web site. The present +document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed +by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else +about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <latexrefman@tug.org>. - This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources -of information about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a few -introductions. + This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array +of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a +few introductions. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr> +<https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr> Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc> +<https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc> Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide> - The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX. - Many other guides by many other people are also available, - independent of LaTeX itself; one such is the next item: +<https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort> + A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. -<http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort> - A short introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. - -<http://tug.org/begin.html> +<https://tug.org/begin.html> Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further references. @@ -372,20 +396,24 @@ introductions. ******************* LaTeX is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally created -by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(<http://latex-project.org>). It is widely used, particularly for -complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics. - - A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text along with -interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text -should be formatted. It is implemented as a set of related commands -that interface with Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program (the -technical term is that LaTeX is a "macro package" for the TeX engine). -The user produces the output document by giving that input file to the -TeX engine. +by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group of +volunteers for many years now (<https://latex-project.org>). It is +widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical and +technical documents. + + A LaTeX user writes an input file containing text to be typeset along +with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is UTF-8 +(as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text should be +formatted. + + LaTeX is implemented as a set of related so-called "macros" which use +Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program or one of its derivatives, +collectively known as "engines". Thus, the user produces output, +typically PDF, by giving the input file to a TeX engine. (The following +sections describe all this in more detail.) The term LaTeX is also sometimes used to mean the language in which -the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands +the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands available to a LaTeX user. The name LaTeX is short for "Lamport TeX". It is pronounced LAH-teck @@ -439,7 +467,7 @@ main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'. '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are available - (<http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>). + (<https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>). '.pdf' If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other @@ -447,7 +475,7 @@ main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'. Document Format (PDF) file. Typically this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. - LaTeX also produces at least two additional files. + LaTeX always produces at least two additional files. '.log' This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of @@ -474,20 +502,24 @@ particular class may create others; the list is open-ended. 2.3 TeX engines =============== -LaTeX is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a TeX -implementation (*note Overview::). This section gives a terse overview -of the main programs (see also *note Command line::). +LaTeX is a large set of commands that is executed by a TeX program +(*note Overview::). Such a set of commands is called a "format", and is +embodied in a binary '.fmt' file, which can be read much more quickly +than the corresponding TeX source. + + This section gives a terse overview of the TeX programs that are +commonly available (see also *note Command line interface::). 'latex' 'pdflatex' - In TeX Live (<http://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via + In TeX Live (<https://tug.org/texlive>), if LaTeX is invoked via either the system command 'latex' or 'pdflatex', then the pdfTeX - engine is run (<http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). When invoked as + engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). When invoked as 'latex', the main output is a '.dvi' file; as 'pdflatex', the main output is a '.pdf' file. pdfTeX incorporates the e-TeX extensions to Knuth's original - program (<http://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional + program (<https://ctan.org/pkg/etex>), including additional programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of extensions of its own. e-TeX is available on its own as the system command 'etex', but this is plain TeX (and produces '.dvi'). @@ -498,16 +530,16 @@ of the main programs (see also *note Command line::). 'lualatex' If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'lualatex', the LuaTeX - engine is run (<http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). This program allows + engine is run (<https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex>). This program allows code written in the scripting language Lua (<http://luatex.org>) to interact with TeX's typesetting. LuaTeX handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and produces a '.pdf' file by default. There is also 'dvilualatex' to - produce a '.dvi' file, but this is rarely used. + produce a '.dvi' file. 'xelatex' If LaTeX is invoked with the system command 'xelatex', the XeTeX - engine is run (<http://tug.org/xetex>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX + engine is run (<https://tug.org/xetex>). Like LuaTeX, XeTeX natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using external libraries instead of internal code. XeTeX produces a @@ -518,9 +550,40 @@ of the main programs (see also *note Command line::). process is automatic. The '.xdv' file is only useful for debugging. - Other variants of LaTeX and TeX exist, e.g., to provide additional -support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX, -<http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex>, <http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>). +'platex' +'uplatex' + These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese + and other languages; the 'u' variant supports Unicode. See + <https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex> and <https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>. + + As of 2019, there is a companion '-dev' command and format for all of +the above: + +'dvilualatex-dev' +'latex-dev' +'lualatex-dev' +'pdflatex-dev' +'platex-dev' +'uplatex-dev' +'xelatex-dev' + These are candidates for an upcoming LaTeX release. The main + purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an + official release. + + These '-dev' formats make it easy for anyone to help test documents + and code: you can run, say, 'pdflatex-dev' instead of 'pdflatex', + without changing anything else in your environment. Indeed, it is + easiest and most helpful to always run the '-dev' versions instead + of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet times after a + release, the commands will be equivalent. + + These are not daily snapshots or untested development code. They + undergo the same extensive regression testing by the LaTeX team + before being released. + + For more information, see "The LaTeX release workflow and the LaTeX + 'dev' formats" by Frank Mittelbach, 'TUGboat' 40:2, + <https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>. 2.4 LaTeX command syntax ======================== @@ -530,9 +593,9 @@ character, '\'. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. LaTeX commands names are case sensitive so that '\pagebreak' differs -from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command). Most commands -are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same -case as they are defined. +from '\Pagebreak' (the latter is not a standard command). Most command +names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the +same case as they are defined. A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These arguments may be either required or optional. Required arguments are @@ -547,12 +610,6 @@ bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. - Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration". Such a command changes -the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For instance, -the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers -from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & -\backmatter::). - LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'. The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. @@ -560,30 +617,36 @@ The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command. This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). + As of the 2020-10-01 release of LaTeX, the 'expl3' and 'xparse' +packages are part of the LaTeX2e format. They provide a completely +different underlying programming language syntax. We won't try to cover +them in this document; see the related package documentation and other +LaTeX manuals. + 2.5 Environment =============== Synopsis: - \begin{ENVIRONMENT NAME} + \begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} ... - \end{ENVIRONMENT NAME} + \end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} - An area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is a distinct -behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between -'\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'. + An "environment" is an area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is +a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines +between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'. \begin{verse} There once was a man from Nantucket \\ ... \end{verse} - *Note Environments:: for a list of environments. Particularly + *Note Environments::, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment, a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair. - The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the -end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a + The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the +end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT-NAME ends in a star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star. Environments may have arguments, including optional arguments. This @@ -595,7 +658,7 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} -2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network +2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network =============================================== The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX @@ -609,17 +672,19 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher's specifications. - In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features -such as search by name or by functionality. + In addition to the massive holdings, the 'ctan.org' web site offers +features such as search by name or by functionality. + + CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of +which is the so-called "master". The master host actively manages the +material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. +For many years, it has been hosted by the German TeX group, DANTE e.V. - CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the -sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for -instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is hosted -by the German TeX group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the world help out -by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their collections with the -core site and then in turn making their copies publicly available. This -gives users close to their location better access and relieves the load -on the core site. The list of mirrors is at <https://ctan.org/mirrors>. + Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is, +automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then in +turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close to +their location better access and relieves the load on the master site. +The list of mirrors is at <https://ctan.org/mirrors>. 3 Document classes ****************** @@ -649,9 +714,10 @@ document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.) technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. 'slides' - For slide presentations--rarely used today. In its place the - 'beamer' package is perhaps the most prevalent (*note beamer - template::). + For slide presentations--rarely used nowadays. The 'beamer' + package is perhaps the most prevalent + (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note beamer template::, for a + small template for a beamer document. Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section. @@ -836,7 +902,7 @@ class to provide the basis for this class's code. For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the Class Guide, at -<http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of +<https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial <https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>. @@ -912,11 +978,11 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s): - [badoption].' Change this behaviour with the starred version + [badoption].' Change this behavior with the starred version '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'. For example, many classes extend an - existing class, using a declaration such as '\LoadClass{article}', - and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such - as this. + existing class, using a command such as '\LoadClass{article}', and + for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as + this. \DeclareOption*{% \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% @@ -963,8 +1029,8 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. exists, in that case you need to use either '\renew...' or '\provide...' or you get an error. -'\IfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' -'\InputIfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' +'\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' +'\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file 'FILE NAME' or FALSE CODE otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then inputs the file. Thus the command @@ -1150,11 +1216,11 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) -'\ProvidesFile{FILE NAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' +'\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config - 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILE NAME equal to + 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILENAME equal to 'test.config' and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to '2017/10/12 config file for test.cls'. @@ -1188,31 +1254,464 @@ These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. 4 Fonts ******* -Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a -style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. +LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New Font +Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families in +your document (for instance, see *note Font styles::). And, LaTeX +documents can use most fonts that are available today, including +versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note, though, that +many fonts do not have support for mathematics.) + + The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family, +developed by Donald Knuth. It is the default for LaTeX documents and is +still the most widely used. But changing to another font often only +involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your +preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more +readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to +typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe, +<https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf>.) + + \usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math + \usepackage{cabin} % sans serif + \usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter + \usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX + \usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal + +In addition, the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engines allow you to use any +fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType format (*note TeX +engines::). + + The LaTeX Font Catalogue (<https://tug.org/FontCatalogue>) shows font +sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts, +including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin +alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX. + + More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at +<https://www.tug.org/fonts/>. + +4.1 'fontenc' package +===================== + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc} + + or + + \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING1, FONT_ENCODING2, ...]{fontenc} + + Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the +character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. + + This package only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine (*note TeX +engines::). If you use the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engine then instead +use the 'fontspec' package. + + TeX's original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character +set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use +'\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation. TeX users +have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of +characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using 'pdflatex' then +this in the preamble + + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} + +gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including +French, German, Italian, Polish, and others. In particular, if you have +words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your +output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you +to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) + + If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear +blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, +sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a +package such as 'lmodern' or 'cm-super' to get a font that extends +LaTeX's default using vector fonts. + + For each FONT_ENCODING given as an option but not already declared, +this package loads the encoding definition files, named +'FONT_ENCODINGenc.def'. It also sets '\encodingdefault' to be the last +encoding in the option list. + + These are the common values for FONT_ENCODING. + +'OT1' + The original encoding for TeX. Limited to mostly English + characters. + +'OMS, OML' + Math symbols and math letters encoding. + +'T1' + TeX text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the + Users Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most + European accented characters. The most common option for this + package. + +'TS1' + Text Companion encoding. + +LaTeX's default is to load 'OML', 'T1', 'OT1', and then 'OMS', and set +the default to 'OT1'. + + Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a +font encoding if your font requires it. + + If you use 'T1' encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern +family then you may need to load the package that selects your fonts +before loading 'fontenc', to prevent the system from loading any +'T1' encoded fonts from the default. + + The LaTeX team reserve encoding names starting with: 'T' for the +standard text encodings with 256 characters, 'TS' for symbols that +extend the corresponding T encodings, 'X' for test encodings, 'M' for +standard math encodings with 256 characters, 'A' for special +applications, 'OT' for standard text encodings with 128 characters, and +'OM' for standard math encodings with 128 characters ('O' stands for +'obsolete'). + + This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of +them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works +for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command +is not in effect. + +4.1.1 '\DeclareFontEncoding' +---------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareFontEncoding{ENCODING}{TEXT-SETTINGS}{MATH-SETTINGS} + + Declare the font encoding ENCODING. It also saves the value of +ENCODING in '\LastDeclaredEncoding' (*note \LastDeclaredEncoding::). + + The file 't1enc.def' contains this line (followed by many others). + + \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} + + The TEXT-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX will run every time it +switches from one encoding to another with the '\selectfont' or +'\fontencoding' command. The MATH-SETTINGS are the commands that LaTeX +will use whenever the font is accessed as a math alphabet. + + LaTeX ignores any space characters inside TEXT-SETTINGS and +MATH-SETTINGS, to prevent unintended spaces in the output. + + If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name +starting with 'L' for 'local', or 'E' for 'experimental'. + + Note that output encoding files may be read several times by LaTeX so +using, e.g., '\newcommand' may cause an error. In addition, such files +should contain '\ProvidesFile' line (*note Class and package +commands::). + + Note also that you should use the '\...Default' commands only in a +package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files should +only contain declarations specific to that encoding. + +4.1.2 '\DeclareTextAccent' +-------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextAccent{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT} + + Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding +ENCODING at the location SLOT. + + This line from 't1enc.def' declares that to make a circumflex accent +as in '\^A', the system will put the accent in slot 2 over the 'A' +character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. (This holds unless +there is a relevant 'DeclareTextComposite' or +'\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' declaration; *note +\DeclareTextComposite::.) + + \DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2} + + If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextAccent' does not +give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. + +4.1.3 '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' +--------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextAccentDefault{CMD}{ENCODING} + + If there is an encoding-specific accent command CMD but there is no +associated '\DeclareTextAccent' for that encoding then this command will +pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for ENCODING. + + For example, to make the encoding 'OT1' be the default encoding for +the accent '\"', declare this. + + \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1} + +If you issue a '\"' when the current encoding does not have a definition +for that accent then LaTeX will use the definition from 'OT1' + + That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note +\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::). + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{CMD} + {\UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{#1}} + + Note that '\DeclareTextAccentDefault' works for any one-argument +'fontenc' command, not just the accent command. + +4.1.4 '\DeclareTextCommand' & '\ProvideTextCommand' +--------------------------------------------------- + +Synopsis, one of: + + \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \DeclareTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + + or one of: + + \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS]{DEFN} + \ProvideTextCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + + Define the command CMD, which will be specific to one encoding. The +command name CMD must begin with a backslash, \. These commands can +only appear in the preamble. Redefining 'cmd' does not cause an error. +The defined command will be robust even if the code in DEFN is fragile +(*note \protect::). + + For example, the file 't1enc.def' contains this line. + + \DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 } + + With that, you can express parts per thousand. + + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble + ... + Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. + +If you change the font encoding to 'OT1' then you get an error like +'LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding OT1'. + + The '\ProvideTextCommand' variant does the same, except that it does +nothing if CMD is already defined. The '\DeclareTextSymbol' command is +faster than this one for simple slot-to-glyph association (*note +\DeclareTextSymbol::) + + The optional NARGS and OPTARGSDEFAULT arguments play the same role +here as in '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). +Briefly, NARGS is an integer from 0 to 9 specifying the number of +arguments that the defined command 'cmd' takes. This number includes +any optional argument. Omitting this argument is the same as specifying +0, meaning that CMD will have no arguments. And, if OPTARGSDEFAULT is +present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default +value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT +is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. + +4.1.5 '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' & '\ProvideTextCommandDefault ' +------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD}{DEFN} + + or: + + \ProvideTextCommandDefault{CMD}{DEFN} + + Give a default definition for CMD, for when that command is not +defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only +use encodings known to be available. + + This makes '\copyright' available. + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} + + It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. + + The '\DeclareTextCommandDefault' should not occur in the encoding +definition files since those files should declare only commands for use +when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. -4.1 Font styles + As with the related non-default commands, the +'\ProvideTextCommandDefault' has exactly the same behavior as +'\DeclareTextCommandDefault' except that it does nothing if CMD is +already defined (*note \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand::). +So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks that other packages can +improve upon. + +4.1.6 '\DeclareTextComposite' +----------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextComposite{CMD}{ENCODING}{SIMPLE_OBJECT}{SLOT} + + Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an +accent over a separate character. + + This line from 't1enc.def' means that '\^o' will cause LaTeX to +typeset lowercase 'o' by taking the character directly from location 224 +in the font. + + \DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} + + *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The +SIMPLE_OBJECT should be a single character or a single command. The +SLOT argument is usually a positive integer represented in decimal +(although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally CMD has already +been declared for this encoding, either with '\DeclareTextAccent' or +with a one-argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. In 't1enc.def', the above +line follows the '\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}' command. + +4.1.7 '\DeclareTextCompositeCommand' +------------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{CMD}{ENCODING}{ARG}{CODE} + + A more general version of '\DeclareTextComposite' that runs arbitrary +code with CMD. + + This allows accents on 'i' to act like accents on dotless i, '\i'. + + \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} + + *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. Normally +CMD will have already been declared with '\DeclareTextAccent' or as a +one argument '\DeclareTextCommand'. + +4.1.8 '\DeclareTextSymbol' +-------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextSymbol{CMD}{ENCODING}{SLOT} + + Define a symbol in the encoding ENCODING at the location SLOT. +Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not mathematics. + + For example, this line from 't1enc.def' declares the number of the +glyph to use for «, the left guillemet. + + \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19} + +The command '\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}' has the +same effect but is slower (*note \DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand::). + + *Note fontenc package::, for a list of common encodings. The SLOT +can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in ''023'), or hexadecimal (as +in '"13'), although decimal has the advantage that single quote or +double quote could be redefined by another package. + + If CMD has already been defined then '\DeclareTextSymbol' does not +give an error but it does log the redefinition in the transcript file. + +4.1.9 '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' +--------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{CMD}{ENCODING} + + If there is an encoding-specific symbol command CMD but there is no +associated '\DeclareTextSymbol' for that encoding, then this command +will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for +ENCODING. + + For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning +for '\textdollar' then use the one from 'OT1', declare this. + + \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1} + + That is, this command is equivalent to this call (*note +\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent::). + + \DeclareTextCommandDefault{CMD} + {\UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD}} + + Note that '\DeclareTextSymbolDefault' can be used to define a default +for any zero-argument 'fontenc' command. + +4.1.10 '\LastDeclaredEncoding' +------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \LastDeclaredEncoding + + Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The +'\DeclareFontEncoding' command stores the name so that it can be +retrieved with this command (*note \DeclareFontEncoding::). + + This relies on '\LastDeclaredEncoding' rather than give the name of +the encoding explicitly. + + \DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{} + \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} + +4.1.11 '\UseTextSymbol' & '\UseTextAccent' +------------------------------------------ + +Synopsis: + + \UseTextSymbol{ENCODING}{CMD} + + or: + + \UseTextAccent{ENCODING}{CMD}{TEXT} + + Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. + + In general, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not +defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it like +this: + + \UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss} + +which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so +LaTeX reverts back to the prior encoding after the '\ss'): + + {\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss} + + Similarly, to use a 'fontenc' command in an encoding where it is not +defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this: + + \UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a} + +which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a +group): + + {fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{ENC_IN_USE}\selectfont a}} + +Here, ENC_IN_USE is the encoding in force before this sequence of +commands, so that 'a' is typeset using the current encoding and only the +accent is taken from 'OT1'. + +4.2 Font styles =============== The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, is -used with an argument, as in '\textit{TEXT}'. This is the preferred -form. But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the corresponding -declaration form, which is sometimes useful. This form takes no + In the table below the listed commands, the '\text...' commands, are +used with an argument as in '\textit{TEXT}'. This is the preferred +form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the corresponding +"declaration form", which is often useful. This form takes no arguments, as in '{\itshape TEXT}'. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as -'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}'. +'\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}', which we'll describe further at the +end of the section. - These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, -are cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying -either of '\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'. + These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for +instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of +'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily'. One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (*note \/::). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list -'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of a period and a comma. To +'\nocorrlist', which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use '\nocorr' at the start or end of the command argument, such as '\textit{\nocorr text}' or '\textsc{text \nocorr}'. @@ -1259,8 +1758,8 @@ as declarations: '{\CMD...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'. (The unconditional commands below are an older version of font switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most -circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely -what you want.) +circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is +needed.) '\bf' Switch to bold face. @@ -1326,12 +1825,10 @@ sometimes widths) from the standard "lining" numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters. LaTeX's default fonts support this, and will respect '\textbf' (but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in Computer Modern). Many other fonts have -old-style numerals also; sometimes the 'textcomp' package must be -loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the -default. FAQ entry: -<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf>. +old-style numerals also; sometimes package options are provided to make +them the default. FAQ entry: <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf>. -4.2 Font sizes +4.3 Font sizes ============== The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The @@ -1352,21 +1849,32 @@ Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt' '\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88 '\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88 - The commands are listed here in declaration forms. You use them by -declaring them, as with this example. + The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, +since that is how they are typically used. For example. \begin{quotation} \small The Tao that can be named is not the eternal Tao. \end{quotation} -The scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation' +Here, the scope of the '\small' lasts until the end of the 'quotation' environment. It would also end at the next type style command or the -end of the current group, so you could enclose it in extra curly braces -'{\small We are here, we are here, we are here!}'. You can instead use -the environment form of these commands; for instance, -'\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. - -4.3 Low-level font commands +end of the current group, so you could enclose it in curly braces +'{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}'. + + An "environment form" of each of these commands is also defined; for +instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. However, in practice this form +can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or end of the +environment without careful consideration, so it's generally less +error-prone to stick to the declaration form. + + (Aside: Technically, due to the way LaTeX defines '\begin' and +'\end', nearly every command that does not take an argument technically +has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would only cause +confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the environment form of +the font size declarations specifically is that this particular use is +not rare.) + +4.4 Low-level font commands =========================== These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and @@ -1385,9 +1893,9 @@ ones. '\fontfamily{FAMILY}' Select the font family. The web page - <http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse - through many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are - examples of some common families. + <https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/> provides one way to browse through + many of the fonts easily used with LaTeX. Here are examples of + some common families. 'pag' Avant Garde 'fvs' Bitstream Vera Sans @@ -1470,22 +1978,9 @@ ones. stored in the parameter '\baselineskip'. The default '\baselineskip' for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the '\fontsize'. Changing '\baselineskip' directly is inadvisable - since its value is reset every time a size change happens; see - '\baselinestretch', next. - -'\baselinestretch' - LaTeX multiplies the line spacing by the value of the - '\baselinestretch' parameter; the default factor is 1. A change - takes effect when '\selectfont' (see below) is called. You can - make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for - instance doubling it, by doing - '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}' in the preamble. - - However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the - 'setspace' package. In addition to offering a number of spacing - options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in - places where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and - figure captions. See the package documentation. + since its value is reset every time a size change happens; instead + use '\baselinestretch'. (*note \baselineskip & + \baselinestretch::). '\linespread{FACTOR}' Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and @@ -1544,22 +2039,22 @@ typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts. '\columnsep' The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with - a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}' You must change it - before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good + a command such as '\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}'. You must change + it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. '\columnseprule' - The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway - between the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is - no rule. Change it with a command such as - '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column - environment starts. + The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning + that there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between + the two columns. Change it with a command such as + '\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}', before the two-column mode + starts. '\columnwidth' The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to '\textwidth'. In two-column mode by default LaTeX sets the width - of each of the two columns to be half of '\textwidth' minus - '\columnsep'. + of each of the two columns, '\columnwidth', to be half of + '\textwidth' minus '\columnsep'. In a two-column document, the starred environments 'table*' and 'figure*' are two columns wide, whereas the unstarred environments @@ -1571,7 +2066,7 @@ following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not - exceed '0.7\textheight' . If the height of your starred float + exceed '0.7\textheight'. If the height of your starred float environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: @@ -1684,8 +2179,8 @@ option (*note Document class options::). Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the 'article' and 'report' classes is '25pt'. In the 'book' class the default is: if the - document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt and 12pt - it is '0.275in'. + document is set at 10pt then it is '0.25in', and at 11pt or 12pt it + is '0.275in'. '\footskip' Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline @@ -1729,12 +2224,12 @@ option (*note Document class options::). '\oddsidemargin' '\evensidemargin' - The '\oddsidemargin' is the extra distance between the left side of - the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the - document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages when - 'oneside' is in effect. When 'twoside' is in effect, on + The '\oddsidemargin' length is the extra distance between the left + side of the page and the text's left margin, on odd-numbered pages + when the document class option 'twoside' is chosen and on all pages + when 'oneside' is in effect. When 'twoside' is in effect, on even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is - 'evensidemargin'. + '\evensidemargin'. LaTeX's default is that '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth' and '\textwidth', and '\evensidemargin' is @@ -1797,7 +2292,97 @@ option (*note Document class options::). of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at a type size of 10pt. -5.6 Floats +5.6 '\baselineskip' & '\baselinestretch' +======================================== + +The '\baselineskip' is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). It gives the +leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from baseline +to baseline. + + Ordinarily document authors do not directly change '\baselineskip' +while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection +command '\fontsize' (*note low level font commands fontsize::). The +'\baselineskip''s value is reset every time a font change happens and so +any direct change to '\baselineskip' would vanish the next time there +was a font switch. For how to influence line spacing, see the +discussion of '\baselinestretch' below. + + Usually, a font's size and baseline skip is assigned by the font +designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, +a font's style file has the command '\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}' then that +does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; for +instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does it +mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the +'\baselineskip' is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) + + The '\baselineskip' is not a property of each line but of the entire +paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, such +as a single '{\Huge Q}', will be squashed into its line. TeX will make +sure it doesn't scrape up against the line above but won't change the +'\baselineskip' for that one line to make extra room above. For the +fix, use a '\strut' (*note \strut::). + + The value of '\baselineskip' that TeX uses for the paragraph is the +value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph +unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be +scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs. + + Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as + bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph. + Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the + baseline spacing matching that size. + {\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$} + + The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, +if the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is +less than '\baselineskip' then TeX inserts vertical glue to make up the +difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the lines +would be too close together, closer than '\lineskiplimit', then TeX +instead uses '\lineskip' as the interline glue. The second is that TeX +doesn't actually use the depth of the previous line. Instead it uses +'\prevdepth', which usually contains that depth. But at the beginning +of the paragraph (or any vertical list) or just after a rule, +'\prevdepth' has the value -1000pt and this special value tells TeX not +to insert any interline glue at the paragraph start. + + In the standard classes '\lineskiplimit' is 0pt and '\lineskip' is +1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance between lines can +approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than zero) then the lines +jump to 1pt apart. + + Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in +double space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the +interline distance is via '\baselinestretch'. It scales +'\baselineskip', and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, not a +length, so change the scale factor as in +'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont'. + + The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire +document is to put '\linespread{FACTOR}' in the preamble. For double +spacing, take FACTOR to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half spacing use 1.3. +These number are rough: for instance, since the '\baselineskip' is about +1.2 times the font size, multiplying by 1.6 gives a font size to +baseline ratio of about 2. (The '\linespread' command is defined as +'\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}' so it won't take effect until +a font setting happens. But that always takes place at the start of a +document, so there you don't need to follow it with '\selectfont'.) + + A simpler approach is the 'setspace' package. The basic example: + + \usepackage{setspace} + \doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 + + In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. +But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change +the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +'\singlespacing' to return the spacing to normal. In the document body, +a better practice than using the declarations is to use environments, +such as '\begin{doublespace} ... \end{doublespace}'. The package also +has commands to do arbitrary spacing: '\setstretch{FACTOR}' and +'\begin{spacing}{FACTOR} ... \end{spacing}'. + +5.7 Floats ========== Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken @@ -1839,7 +2424,7 @@ below. The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix' package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ: - <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat>. + <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat>. 'h' (Here)--at the position in the text where the 'figure' environment @@ -1849,7 +2434,7 @@ below. The default for both 'figure' and 'table', in both 'article' and To absolutely force a float to appear "here", you can '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at - <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere>. + <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere>. 'p' (Page of floats)--on a separate "float page", which is a page @@ -1940,12 +2525,12 @@ a command of the form '\setcounter{CTRNAME}{NATURAL NUMBER}'): Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats -<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats> contains -suggestions for relaxing LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the -float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article "How to -influence the position of float environments like figure and table in -LaTeX?" (<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>). +<https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats> contains suggestions for relaxing +LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed +to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in +Frank Mittelbach's article "How to influence the position of float +environments like figure and table in LaTeX?" +(<https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf>). 6 Sectioning ************ @@ -1975,9 +2560,9 @@ Subsubsection '\subsubsection' 3 Paragraph '\paragraph' 4 Subparagraph '\subparagraph' 5 - All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but is -not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. An -example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article' . The input + All these commands have a '*'-form that prints TITLE as usual but +does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. +An example of using this is for an appendix in an 'article'. The input '\appendix\section{Appendix}' gives the output 'A Appendix' (*note \appendix::). You can lose the numbering 'A' by instead entering '\section*{Appendix}' (articles often omit a table of contents and have @@ -2000,17 +2585,24 @@ contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (*note Sectioning/tocdepth::). LaTeX expects that before you have a '\subsection' you will have a -'\section' and, in a book, that before a '\section' you will have a -'\chapter'. Otherwise you can get a something like a subsection -numbered '3.0.1'. +'\section' and, in a 'book' class document, that before a '\section' you +will have a '\chapter'. Otherwise you can get something like a +subsection numbered '3.0.1'. - Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. + LaTeX lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a +simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case +letters with '\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}' in the preamble +(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). CTAN has many +packages that make this adjustment easier, notably 'titlesec'. + + Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning +commands. 'secnumdepth' - Controls which sectioning commands are numbered. Suppress - numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL - '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' (*note \setcounter::). See the - above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the + Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter + with '\setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}' will suppress numbering of + sectioning at any depth greater than LEVEL (*note \setcounter::). + See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if the 'secnumdepth' is 1 in an 'article' then a '\section{Introduction}' command will produce output like '1 Introduction' while '\subsection{Discussion}' will produce output like 'Discussion', @@ -2023,8 +2615,8 @@ numbered '3.0.1'. sectioning units at LEVEL be the smallest ones listed (*note \setcounter::). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if 'tocdepth' is 1 then the table of contents will list - sections but not subsections. LaTeX's default 'secnumdepth' is 3 - in 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes. + sections but not subsections. LaTeX's default 'tocdepth' is 3 in + 'article' class and 2 in the 'book' and 'report' classes. 6.1 '\part' =========== @@ -2071,7 +2663,7 @@ in the table of contents. For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 (*note -Sectioning/secnumdepth:: and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::). +Sectioning/secnumdepth::, and *note Sectioning/tocdepth::). In the class 'article', if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package @@ -2129,7 +2721,7 @@ but only 'Weyl' on the contents page. This puts a line break in the title but that doesn't work well with running headers so it omits the break in the contents - \chapter[Given it all\\ my story]{Given it all\\ my story} + \chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story} For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (*note @@ -2278,19 +2870,19 @@ its line and flush left, in boldface and a larger type (the type size is '\large'). The same holds in 'article' except that there are no chapters in that class so it looks like '2.3 TITLE'. - The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the section number, -does not increment the 'section' counter, and produces no table of -contents entry. + The '*' form shows TITLE. But it does not show the subsection +number, does not increment the 'subsection' counter, and produces no +table of contents entry. - The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the section title in -the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not -present then TITLE will be there. This shows the full name in the title -of the section, + The optional argument TOC-TITLE will appear as the subsection title +in the table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::). If it is not +present then TITLE will be there. This shows the full text in the title +of the subsection, \subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of Chemical Elements} by R.A.~Alpher, H.~Bethe, and G.~Gamow} -but only 'U+03B1,U+03B2,U+03B3 paper' on the contents page. +but only 'α,β,γ paper' on the contents page. For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (*note @@ -2404,23 +2996,26 @@ article resets the 'section' and 'subsection' counters. the first two will generate output numbered 'Chapter 1' and 'Chapter 2'. After the '\appendix' the numbering will be 'Appendix A' and 'Appendix -B'. *Note Larger book template:: for another example. +B'. *Note Larger book template::, for another example. The 'appendix' package adds the command '\appendixpage' to put a separate 'Appendices' in the document body before the first appendix, and the command '\addappheadtotoc' to do the same in the table of -contents. You can reset the name 'Appendix' with a command like +contents. You can reset the name 'Appendices' with a command like '\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}', as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. 6.7 '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', '\backmatter' ================================================ -Synopsis, one of: +Synopsis, one or more of: \frontmatter + ... \mainmatter + ... \backmatter + ... Format a 'book' class document differently according to which part of the document is being produced. All three commands are optional. @@ -2432,17 +3027,22 @@ front matter pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a bibliography, and an index. - The '\frontmatter' declaration makes the pages numbered in lowercase + The '\frontmatter' command makes the pages numbered in lowercase roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter's title appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands -here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::). The '\mainmatter' -changes the behavior back to the expected version, and resets the page -number. The '\backmatter' leaves the page numbering alone but switches -the chapters back to being not numbered. *Note Larger book template:: -for an example using the three. +here, use the '*'-version (*note Sectioning::). -6.8 '\@startsection' -==================== + The '\mainmatter' command changes the behavior back to the expected +version, and resets the page number. + + The '\backmatter' command leaves the page numbering alone but +switches the chapters back to being not numbered. + + *Note Larger book template::, for an example using these three +commands. + +6.8 '\@startsection', typesetting sectional unit headings +========================================================= Synopsis: @@ -2476,11 +3076,11 @@ so that issuing {AFTERSKIP} {STYLE}} -redefines '\section' to have the form '\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (here -too, the star '*' is optional). *Note Sectioning::. This implies that -when you write a command like '\renewcommand{section}{...}', the -'\@startsection{...}' must come last in the definition. See the -examples below. +redefines '\section' while keeping its standard calling form +'\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}' (in which, for reminder, the star '*' is +optional). *Note Sectioning::. This implies that when you write a +command like '\renewcommand{\section}{...}', the '\@startsection{...}' +must come last in the definition. See the examples below. NAME Name of the counter used to number the sectioning header. This @@ -2494,7 +3094,7 @@ NAME LEVEL An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. *Note - Sectioning:: for the list of standard level numbers. + Sectioning::, for the list of standard level numbers. If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of the counter 'secnumdepth' then titles for this sectioning command will be @@ -2520,7 +3120,7 @@ BEFORESKIP The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title. This space will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the - top of a fresh page. If this number is negative then the first + beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus -2pt minus @@ -2579,19 +3179,23 @@ STYLE These are LaTeX's defaults for the first three sectioning units that are defined with '\@startsection', for the 'article', 'book', and -'report' classes. For section, the LEVEL is 1, the INDENT is 0pt, the -BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex -plus 0.2ex', and the STYLE is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'. For -subsection, the LEVEL is 2, the INDENT is 0pt, the BEFORESKIP is -'-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', -and the STYLE is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'. For subsubsection, the -LEVEL is 3, the INDENT is 0pt, the BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex plus -1ex -minus -0.2ex', the AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and the STYLE is -'\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'. - - Here are examples. They go either in a package or class file or in -the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble they -must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'. +'report' classes. + + * For 'section': LEVEL is 1, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex + plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '2.3ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE + is '\normalfont\Large\bfseries'. + + * For 'subsection': LEVEL is 2, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is '-3.25ex + plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', and STYLE + is '\normalfont\large\bfseries'. + + * For 'subsubsection': LEVEL is 3, INDENT is 0pt, BEFORESKIP is + '-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex', AFTERSKIP is '1.5ex plus 0.2ex', + and STYLE is '\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries'. + + Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or +in the preamble of a LaTeX document. If you put them in the preamble +they must go between a '\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'. (Probably the error message 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.' means that you forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter & \makeatother::. @@ -2791,6 +3395,61 @@ document would have to be compiled twice. The 'cleveref' package includes text such as 'Theorem' in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. +7.4 'xr' package +================ + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{DOCUMENT-BASENAME} + + or + + \usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument[REFERENCE-PREFIX]{DOCUMENT-BASENAME} + + Make cross references to the external document +'DOCUMENT-BASENAME.tex'. + + Here is an example. If 'lectures.tex' has this in the preamble + + \usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{exercises} + \externaldocument[H-]{hints} + \externaldocument{answers} + + then it can use cross reference labels from the other three +documents. Suppose that 'exercises.tex' has an enumerated list +containing this, + + \item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? + + and 'hints.tex' has an enumerated list with this, + + \item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. + + and 'answers.tex' has an enumerated list with this. + + \item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there + are exactly two vertices. + + After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering +this in the body of 'lectures.tex' will result in the lectures getting +the reference numbers used in the other documents. + + See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. + The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}. + + The prefix 'H-' for the reference from the hints file is needed +because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the +exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the +number from the later file. + + Note: if the document uses the 'hyperref' package then in place of +'xr', put '\usepackage{xr-hyper}' before the '\usepackage{hyperref}'. +Also, if any of the multiple documents uses 'hyperref' then they all +must use it. + 8 Environments ************** @@ -2969,7 +3628,7 @@ ending. \begin{center} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\ - I grew up in that belief. --Richard Burton + I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton \end{center} A double backslash after the final line is optional. If present it @@ -3040,10 +3699,10 @@ none causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. - \begin{definition} + \begin{description} \item[lama] A priest. \item[llama] A beast. - \end{definition} + \end{description} The labels 'lama' and 'llama' are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. @@ -3085,9 +3744,9 @@ Synopsis: MATHEMATICAL TEXT \end{displaymath} - Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display -style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global -option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::. + Environment to typeset the MATHEMATICAL TEXT on its own line, in +display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the +global option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::. In the 'displaymath' environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the 'equation' @@ -3099,17 +3758,17 @@ environment (*note equation::). displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. - The construct '\[MATH TEXT\]' is essentially a synonym for -'\begin{displaymath}MATH TEXT\end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier -to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a square -bracket may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely -be unique. (The construct '$$MATH TEXT$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes + The construct '\[MATH\]' is a synonym for the environment +'\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier to +work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket +may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely be +unique. + + (Aside: The construct '$$MATH$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'. It is not a synonym, -because the 'displaymath' environment checks that it isn't started in -math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching -environment start, because the 'displaymath' environment has different -vertical spacing, and because the 'displaymath' environment honors the -'fleqn' option.) +and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; '$$' doesn't support +the 'fleqn' option (*note Document class options::), has different +vertical spacing, and doesn't perform consistency checks.) The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. @@ -3231,7 +3890,7 @@ with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period. The 'eqnarray' environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See "Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen -<http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). New documents should +<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf>). New documents should include the 'amsmath' package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the 'align' environment. We include a description only for completeness and for working with old @@ -3357,39 +4016,53 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. \caption{The CTAN lion, by Duane Bibby} \end{figure} -8.11 'filecontents': Write an external file -=========================================== +8.11 'filecontents' +=================== Synopsis: - \begin{filecontents}{FILENAME} + \begin{filecontents}[OPTION]{FILENAME} TEXT \end{filecontents} or - \begin{filecontents*}{FILENAME} + \begin{filecontents*}[OPTION]{FILENAME} TEXT \end{filecontents*} - Create a file named FILENAME and fill it with TEXT. The unstarred -version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the content of the -created file with a header; see the example below. The starred version -'filecontents*' does not include the header. + Create a file named FILENAME in the current directory (or the output +directory, if specified; *note output directory::) and write TEXT to it. +By default, an existing file is not overwritten. - This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it -often appears before the '\documentclass' command. It is typically used -when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file. The -environment will write that file to the directory containing the source -and thus make the source file self-contained. Another use is to include -'bib' references in the file, again to make it self-contained. + The unstarred version of the environment 'filecontents' prefixes the +content of the created file with a header of TeX comments; see the +example below. The starred version 'filecontents*' does not include the +header. + + The possible options are: - The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and -if so, does not do anything. There is a 'filecontents' package that -redefines the 'filecontents' environment so that instead of doing -nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. +'force' +'overwrite' + Overwrite an existing file. - For example, this document +'noheader' + Omit the header. Equivalent to using 'filecontents*'. + +'nosearch' + Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if + specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. + + These options were added in a 2019 release of LaTeX. + + This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it +often appears before the '\documentclass' command. It is commonly used +to create a '.bib' or other such data file from the main document +source, to make the source file self-contained. Similarly, it can be +used to create a custom style or class file, again making the source +self-contained. + + For example, this document: \documentclass{article} \begin{filecontents}{JH.sty} @@ -3400,7 +4073,7 @@ nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. Article by \myname. \end{document} -produces this file 'JH.sty'. +produces this file 'JH.sty': %% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty' %% generated by the `filecontents' environment @@ -3422,8 +4095,9 @@ Synopsis: An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and -stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use a double -backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note \raggedright::. +stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a +double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note +\raggedright::. This creates a box of text that is at most 3 inches wide, with the text flush left and ragged right. @@ -3450,7 +4124,7 @@ or \end{ENVIRONMENT} A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and -ragged right. It can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or +ragged right. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or in a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushleft::. Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does @@ -3481,11 +4155,13 @@ awkward typesetting to fit the text into the narrow column. Note that An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then LaTeX will linebreak them in a way that avoids -hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use -a double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form see *note -\raggedleft::. +hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a +new line use a double backslash, '\\'. For the declaration form +see *note \raggedleft::. - For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::. + For an example related to this environment, see *note flushleft::, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace 'flushleft' by +'flushright'. 8.13.1 '\raggedleft' -------------------- @@ -3501,7 +4177,7 @@ or \end{ENVIRONMENT} A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and -ragged left. It can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in +ragged left. It can be used inside an ENVIRONMENT such as 'quote' or in a 'parbox'. For the environment form see *note flushright::. Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does @@ -3510,7 +4186,9 @@ units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. - For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::. + For an example related to this environment, see *note \raggedright::, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace '\raggedright' by +'\raggedleft'. 8.14 'itemize' ============== @@ -3523,9 +4201,9 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{itemize} - Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list. -The environment must have at least one '\item'; having none causes the -LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'. + Produce an "unordered list", sometimes called a bullet list. There +must be at least one '\item' within the environment; having none causes +the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'. This gives a two-item list. @@ -3534,28 +4212,32 @@ LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'. \item Rice portrait \end{itemize} -As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, *. The -format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. +With the default locale--without loading e.g. 'babel' package with +another language than USenglish--as a top-level list each label would +come out as a bullet, *. The format of the labeling depends on the +nesting level; see below. Start list items with the '\item' command (*note \item::). If you give '\item' an optional argument by following it with square brackets, -as in '\item[Optional label]', then by default it will appear in bold -and be flush right, so it could extend into the left margin. For labels -that are flush left see the *note description:: environment. Following -the '\item' is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. +as in '\item[OPTIONAL LABEL]', then by default OPTIONAL LABEL will +appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left +margin. For labels that are flush left see the *note description:: +environment. Following the '\item' is the text of the item, which may +be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. - Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels + Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making -environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). The 'itemize' -environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through '\labelitemiv' to -produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase -roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting -level). These are the default marks at each level. +environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). + + The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through +'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label (note the convention of +lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify +the nesting level). These are the default marks at each level. 1. * (bullet, from '\textbullet') 2. -- (bold en-dash, from '\normalfont\bfseries\textendash') 3. * (asterisk, from '\textasteriskcentered') - 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from + 4. . (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from '\textperiodcentered') Change the labels with '\renewcommand'. For instance, this makes the @@ -3565,15 +4247,16 @@ first level use diamonds. The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the 'itemize' list is determined by the parameters -'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'. (Note the convention of using -lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to denote the -nesting level.) The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em' in -two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and '1.7em' -in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels. +'\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi'. (This also uses the convention +of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command name to +denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: '2.5em' in level 1 ('2em' +in two-column mode), '2.2em' in level 2, '1.87em' in level 3, and +'1.7em' in level 4, with smaller values for more deeply nested levels. For other major LaTeX labeled list environments, see *note -description:: and *note enumerate::. For information about list layout -parameters, including the default values, and for information about +description:: and *note enumerate::. The 'itemize', 'enumerate' and +'description' environment use the same list layout parameters. For a +description, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see *note list::. The package 'enumitem' is useful for customizing lists. @@ -3645,9 +4328,10 @@ of list items. It can contain text and LaTeX commands, as above where it contains both 'Item' and '\Roman{...}'. LaTeX forms the label by putting the LABELING argument in a box of width '\labelwidth'. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. -When making an instance of a list you can override the default labeling -by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square braces and -the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note \item::. +When making an instance of a 'list' you can override the default +labeling by giving '\item' an optional argument by including square +braces and the text, as in the above '\item[Special label.]'; *note +\item::. The mandatory second argument SPACING has a list of commands. This list can be empty. A command that can go in here is @@ -3664,7 +4348,7 @@ Modes::). One example of changing its definition is that to the above 'named' example, before the definition of the environment add '\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}', and between the '\setlength' command and the parenthesis that closes the SPACING -argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'. Then the items will +argument also add '\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel'. Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to '\let\makelabel\fbox' puts the labels inside a framed box. Another example of the '\makelabel' command is below, in the definition of the @@ -3691,7 +4375,7 @@ lengths should be zero or negative. '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 11 point are: '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and - 'topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12 + '\topsep' (that is, '2pt plus1pt minus1pt'). The defaults at 12 point are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '\parsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt'), and '\topsep' (that is, '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt'). @@ -3745,13 +4429,13 @@ lengths should be zero or negative. is '0pt'. '\parsep' - Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the 'book' - and 'article' classes The defaults for the first three levels in - LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' classes at 10 point size - are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. - The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt - plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults at 12 point size are: - '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. + Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. The defaults for + the first three levels in LaTeX's 'article', 'book', and 'report' + classes at 10 point size are: '4pt plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt + minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults at 11 point size are: '4.5pt + plus2pt minus1pt', '2pt plus1pt minus1pt', and '0pt'. The defaults + at 12 point size are: '5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt', '2.5pt plus1pt + minus1pt', and '0pt'. '\partopsep' Vertical space added, beyond '\topsep'+'\parskip', to the top and @@ -3887,7 +4571,7 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. *Note \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel } } - {\end{list} } + {\end{list}} 8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list ---------------------------------- @@ -3904,7 +4588,7 @@ or default depends on the list type. Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]', -if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the +if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -3938,7 +4622,7 @@ Synopsis: A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not indented and an '\item' without an optional argument produces no text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where -the '\item' command as part of the environment's definition. For +the '\item' command is part of the environment's definition. For instance, the 'center' environment is defined essentially like this: \newenvironment{center} @@ -4014,24 +4698,24 @@ gives the width of the box into which CONTENTS are typeset. There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS. You need not include all three. For example, get the default POSITION -and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] CONTENTS -\end{minipage}'. (Get the natural height with an empty argument, '[]'.) +and set the HEIGHT with '\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} +CONTENTS \end{minipage}'. (Get the natural height with an empty +argument, '[]'.) The optional argument POSITION governs how the 'minipage' vertically aligns with the surrounding material. 'c' (synonym 'm') Default. Positions the 'minipage' so its vertical - center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what - Plain TeX calls '\vcenter'). + center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. 't' Match the top line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the - surrounding text (Plain TeX's '\vtop'. + surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vtop'). 'b' Match the bottom line in the 'minipage' with the baseline of the - surrounding text (Plain TeX's '\vbox'. + surrounding text (plain TeX's '\vbox'). To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -4048,11 +4732,11 @@ will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of zero or a negative value. The final optional argument INNER-POS controls the placement of -CONTENT inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default +CONTENTS inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default is the value of POSITION). 't' - Place CONTENT at the top of the box. + Place CONTENTS at the top of the box. 'c' Place it in the vertical center. @@ -4110,19 +4794,26 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. + % siunitx to have the S column specifier, + % which aligns numbers on their decimal point. + \usepackage{siunitx} \newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}#1\end{tabular}} ... \begin{center} \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}} \hspace{0.1\textwidth} \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth} - \begin{tabular}{r|l} - \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &Pop (million) \\ \hline - The Bronx &$1.5$ \\ - Brooklyn &$2.6$ \\ - Manhattan &$1.6$ \\ - Queens &$2.3$ \\ - Staten Island &$0.5$ + \begin{tabular}{r|S} + % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers + \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} & + % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the + % period as a decimal separator + {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline + The Bronx &1.5 \\ + Brooklyn &2.6 \\ + Manhattan &1.6 \\ + Queens &2.3 \\ + Staten Island &0.5 \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -4132,22 +4823,25 @@ They are vertically centered. Synopses: \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT) - PICTURE COMMANDS + PICTURE COMMAND \end{picture} or \begin{picture}(WIDTH,HEIGHT)(XOFFSET,YOFFSET) - PICTURE COMMANDS + PICTURE COMMAND \end{picture} +Where there may be any number of PICTURE COMMAND's. + An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows, -boxes, circles, and text. Note that while this environment is not -obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics -creation systems, such as 'TikZ', 'PSTricks', 'MetaPost', or -'Asymptote'. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. +boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new +documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems, +such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are +covered in this document; see CTAN. - This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. + To start, here's an example showing the parallelogram law for adding +vectors. \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} \begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall @@ -4155,39 +4849,23 @@ creation systems, such as 'TikZ', 'PSTricks', 'MetaPost', or \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}} \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}} \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ second leg}} - \put(0,0){\line(1,1){6}} + \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}} \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }} \end{picture} - You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an -exact location. - - \usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble - ... - \begin{center} - \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} - \begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall - \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} - \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} - \end{picture} - \end{center} - -The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\linewidth' from the left -margin, and '0.35\linewidth' up from the bottom. Another example of -this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get repeat -material on each of a document's pages. - The 'picture' environment has one required argument, a pair of -numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT). Multiply these by the value '\unitlength' to -get the nominal size of the output, the space that LaTeX reserves on the -output page. This nominal size need not be how large the picture really -is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture outside the picture's box. +positive real numbers (WIDTH,HEIGHT). Multiply these by the value +'\unitlength' to get the nominal size of the output, i.e. the space that +LaTeX reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how +large the picture really is; LaTeX will draw things from the picture +outside the picture's box. This environment also has an optional argument (XOFFSET,YOFFSET). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets. As with the required argument, it -consists of two real numbers. Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get -the point at the lower-left corner of the picture. +consists of a pair of two real numbers, but these may also be negative +or null. Multiply these by '\unitlength' to get the coordinates of the +point at the lower-left corner of the picture. For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command @@ -4201,25 +4879,28 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. - Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by naming its -position. A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x- and -y-coordinates. A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real number -(it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a length in -multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if '\unitlength' has been -set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 -centimeters. + Each PICTURE COMMAND tells LaTeX where to put something by providing +its position. A "position" is a pair such as '(2.4,-5)' giving the x- +and y-coordinates. A "coordinate" is a not a length, it is a real +number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a +length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if +'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate '2.54' +specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. - LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'. it is a rigid length + LaTeX's default for '\unitlength' is '1pt'. It is a rigid length (*note Lengths::). Change it with the '\setlength' command (*note \setlength::). Make this change only outside of a 'picture' environment. - Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at -the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears -as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in braces -since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in -some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are further up the -page. + The 'picture' environment supports using standard arithmetic +expressions as well as numbers. + + Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default +at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position +appears as an argument, as with '\put(1,2){...}', it is not enclosed in +braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, +unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are +further up the page, for example, y = 1 is _above_ y = 0. There are four ways to put things in a picture: '\put', '\multiput', '\qbezier', and '\graphpaper'. The most often used is '\put'. This @@ -4246,20 +4927,23 @@ length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of 1.) The '\multiput', 'qbezier', and 'graphpaper' commands are described below. - This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that -curve. + You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an +exact location. For example: - \begin{picture}(3,1.5) - \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis - \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis - \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side rectangle - \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side - \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) - \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) - \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick - \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} - \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} + \usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble + ... + \begin{center} + \setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} + \begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall + \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} + \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} \end{picture} + \end{center} + +The red X will be precisely a quarter of the '\textwidth' from the left +margin, and '0.35\textwidth' up from the bottom of the picture. Another +example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get +repeat material on each of a document's pages. 8.19.1 '\put' ------------- @@ -4327,6 +5011,21 @@ curve's tangent line at (1,0). points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of points is '\qbeziermax' (change this value with '\renewcommand'). + This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using '\qbezier' for that +curve. + + \begin{picture}(8,4) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis + \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side + \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side + \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) + \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) + \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick + \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} + \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} + \end{picture} + 8.19.4 '\graphpaper' -------------------- @@ -4359,7 +5058,7 @@ Synopsis: \line(X_RUN,Y_RISE){TRAVEL} Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises Y_RISE for -every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change -- it +every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the total horizontal change--it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special case of vertical lines, where (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), the TRAVEL gives the change in y. @@ -4390,9 +5089,10 @@ values from -6 through 6. Also, they must be relatively prime, so that (X_RUN,Y_RISE) can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of -other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e' on -CTAN. Another solution is to use a full-featured graphics system such as -'TikZ', or 'PSTricks', or 'MetaPost', or 'Asymptote' +other shapes in a system like 'picture', see the package 'pict2e' +(<https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>). Another solution is to use a +full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or +Asymptote. 8.19.6 '\linethickness' ----------------------- @@ -4437,9 +5137,9 @@ specified one. The '*' form produces a filled-in circle. \put(5,7){\circle{6}} - The available radii for 'circle' are, in points, the even numbers -from 2 to 20, inclusive. For 'circle*' they are all the integers from 1 -to 15. + The available radii for '\circle' are, in points, the even numbers +from 2 to 20, inclusive. For '\circle*' they are all the integers from +1 to 15. 8.19.10 '\oval' --------------- @@ -4528,7 +5228,7 @@ Synopsis: Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises Y_RISE for every horizontal X_RUN. The TRAVEL is the -total horizontal change -- it is not the length of the vector, it is the +total horizontal change--it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in x. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (X_RUN,Y_RISE)=(0,1), then TRAVEL gives the change in y. @@ -4708,12 +5408,12 @@ not be known in advance. widths, ended by a '\kill' command (which is described below): \begin{tabbing} - \hspace{0.75in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \kill - Ship \> Guns \> Year \\ - \textit{Sophie} \> 14 \> 1800 \\ - \textit{Polychrest} \> 24 \> 1803 \\ - \textit{Lively} \> 38 \> 1804 \\ - \textit{Surprise} \> 28 \> 1805 \\ + \hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill + Ship \>Guns \>Year \\ + \textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\ + \textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\ + \textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\ + \textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\ \end{tabbing} Both the 'tabbing' environment and the more widely-used 'tabular' @@ -4722,21 +5422,21 @@ in 'tabular' the width of columns is determined automatically by LaTeX, while in 'tabbing' the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that 'tabular' generates a box, but 'tabbing' can be broken across pages. Finally, while 'tabular' can be used in any mode, 'tabbing' can -be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph. +be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph, +without indentation. - A 'tabbing' environment always starts a new paragraph, without -indentation. Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need -to use the starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a -tabbed row. The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of -line, so that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'. + Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the +starred form of the '\hspace' command at the beginning of a tabbed row. +The right margin of the 'tabbing' environment is the end of line, so +that the width of the environment is '\linewidth'. The 'tabbing' environment contains a sequence of "tabbed rows". The first tabbed row begins immediately after '\begin{tabbing}' and each row ends with '\\' or '\kill'. The last row may omit the '\\' and end with just '\end{tabbing}'. - At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a current tab stop -pattern, a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These + At any point the 'tabbing' environment has a "current tab stop +pattern", a sequence of N > 0 tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create N corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number I is set if it is assigned a horizontal position on the page. Tab stop number I can only @@ -4867,20 +5567,18 @@ following page. \label{tab:cello} \end{table} -but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table', including -text, LaTeX commands, etc. +but you can put many different kinds of content in a 'table': the TABLE +BODY may contain text, LaTeX commands, graphics, etc. It is typeset in +a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'. For the possible values of PLACEMENT and their effect on the float placement algorithm, see *note Floats::. - The table body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth'. It -can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The '\caption' command is also optional. It specifies -caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional -LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead -of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::). +caption text TITLE for the table. By default it is numbered. If its +optional LOTTITLE is present then that text is used in the list of +tables instead of TITLE (*note Table of contents etc.::). In this example the table and caption will float to the bottom of a page, unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @@ -5030,8 +5728,8 @@ COLS (when used in a 'p'-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with '{\centering .. \\ ..}'). Otherwise LaTeX will misinterpret the double backslash as - ending the row. Instead, to get a line break in there use - '\newline' (*note \newline::). + ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there + use '\newline' (*note \newline::). '*{NUM}{COLS}' Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive @@ -5233,7 +5931,7 @@ Synopsis: Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a few references and can maintain the list by hand. *Note Using -BibTeX:: for a more sophisticated approach. +BibTeX::, for a more sophisticated approach. This shows the environment with two entries. @@ -5251,10 +5949,10 @@ BibTeX:: for a more sophisticated approach. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} -This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that -'\cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'. The second -'\cite' produces '[1, 2]'. You must compile the document twice to -resolve these references. +This styles the first reference as '[1] Leslie ...', and so that '... +based on \cite{latexdps}' produces the matching '... based on [1]'. The +second '\cite' produces '[1, 2]'. You must compile the document twice +to resolve these references. The mandatory argument WIDEST-LABEL is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. The @@ -5267,12 +5965,14 @@ where the top level sectioning is '\chapter' and the default title is 'Bibliography', that title is in the macro '\bibname'. For 'article', where the class's top level sectioning is '\section' and the default is 'References', the title is in macro '\refname'. Change it by redefining -the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}' after +the command, as with '\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}', after '\begin{document}'. Language support packages such as 'babel' will automatically redefine '\refname' or '\bibname' to fit the selected language. + *Note list::, for the list layout control parameters. + 8.24.1 '\bibitem' ----------------- @@ -5284,15 +5984,14 @@ or \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY} - Generate an entry labeled by LABEL. The default is for LaTeX to -generates a number using the 'enumi' counter. The "citation key" -CITE_KEY is a string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but -not comma). + Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the +'enumi' counter. The "citation key" CITE_KEY can be any string of +letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). - *Note thebibliography:: for an example. + *Note thebibliography::, for an example. - The optional LABEL changes the default label from an integer to the -given string. With this + When provided, the optional LABEL becomes the entry label and the +'enumi' counter is not incremented. With this \begin{thebibliography} \bibitem[Lamport 1993]{latexdps} @@ -5320,13 +6019,13 @@ it is the second entry. were multiply-defined labels'. Under the hood, LaTeX remembers the CITE_KEY and LABEL information -because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For -instance, the above example causes '\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}' -and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear in that file. The '.aux' file is -read by the '\begin{document}' command and then the information is -available for '\cite' commands. This explains why you need to run LaTeX -twice to resolve references: once to write it out and once to read it -in. +because '\bibitem' writes it to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note +Jobname::). For instance, the above example causes the two +'\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}' and '\bibcite{texbook}{1}' to appear +in that file. The '.aux' file is read by the '\begin{document}' command +and then the information is available for '\cite' commands. This +explains why you need to run LaTeX twice to resolve references: once to +write it out and once to read it in. Because of this two-pass algorithm, when you add a '\bibitem' or change its CITE_KEY you may get 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have @@ -5358,19 +6057,20 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::). Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983. \end{thebibliography} -produces output like '... source is [1]'. (You can change the -appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in *note -Using BibTeX::.) +produces output like '... source is [1]'. You can change the appearance +of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography styles if you +generate automatically the 'thebibliography' environment. More +information in *note Using BibTeX::. The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation. For example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]'. In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information -to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'. For instance, '\cite{latexdps}' -writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This information is used by -BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have -actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. +to the auxiliary file 'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::). For instance, +'\cite{latexdps}' writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file. This +information is used by BibTeX to include in your reference list only +those works that you have actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also. If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the @@ -5389,12 +6089,12 @@ Synopsis: \nocite{KEYS} Produces no output but writes KEYS to the auxiliary file -'DOC-FILENAME.aux'. +'JOBNAME.aux' (*note Jobname::). The mandatory argument KEYS is a comma-separated list of one or more citation keys (*note \bibitem::). This information is used by BibTeX to include these works in your reference list even though you have not -cited them (*note \cite::). +explicitly cited them (*note \cite::). 8.24.4 Using BibTeX ------------------- @@ -5402,7 +6102,7 @@ cited them (*note \cite::). As described in 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the BibTeX program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN. +documentation on CTAN (*note CTAN::). With BibTeX, you don't use 'thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::). Instead, include these lines. @@ -5426,7 +6126,7 @@ are: Many, many other BibTeX style files exist, tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN's listing -<http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>. +<https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib>. The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -5547,8 +6247,13 @@ string '\end{verbatim}'. You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a '\section'. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot appear -there. (But the 'cprotect' package can help with this.) +commands being fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, +as the 'verbatim' environment changes the catcode regime before +processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, +nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has +already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect +when the macro was called. However, the 'cprotect' package can help +with this. One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the 'verbatim' environment. For @@ -5559,7 +6264,7 @@ files, or parts of those files. Such packages include 'listings', and A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is 'fancyvrb'. Another is 'verbatimbox'. - For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN. + For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (*note CTAN::). 8.27.1 '\verb' -------------- @@ -5581,7 +6286,7 @@ The first '\verb' has its LITERAL-TEXT surrounded with exclamation point, '!'. The second instead uses plus, '+', because the exclamation point is part of 'literal-text'. - The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT -- it must + The single-character delimiter CHAR surrounds LITERAL-TEXT--it must be the same character before and after. No spaces come between '\verb' or '\verb*' and CHAR, or between CHAR and LITERAL-TEXT, or between LITERAL-TEXT and the second occurrence of CHAR (the synopsis shows a @@ -5592,21 +6297,25 @@ break. The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. - The output from this will include a character showing the spaces. + The output from this will include a visible space on both side of +word 'with': - The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... + The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... - For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' provides -an option that is better than the '\verb' command, since it allows line -breaks. + For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package 'url' is a +better option than the '\verb' command, since it allows line breaks. For computer code there are many packages with advantages over '\verb'. One is 'listings', another is 'minted'. You cannot use '\verb' in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a '\section'. It is not a question of '\verb' being -fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot appear there. (But -the 'cprotect' package can help with this.) +fragile (*note \protect::), instead it just cannot work, as the '\verb' +command changes the catcode regime before reading its argument, and +restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a macro argument the +content of the argument has already be converted to a token list along +the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. However, the +'cprotect' package can help with this. 8.28 'verse' ============ @@ -5731,8 +6440,8 @@ internally) the same as '\\', followed by '\relax'. So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The '\restorecr' command restores normal line-breaking behavior. - This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. *Note -verbatim:: instead. + This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use +'verbatim' (*note verbatim::) instead. With LaTeX's usual defaults, this @@ -5932,8 +6641,8 @@ standard legal text. underrepresented groups. When you issue '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out -so that it extends to the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note \newline:: -to have the spaces not stretched out. +so that it extends to the right margin. *Note \\:: and *note +\newline::, to have the spaces not stretched out. 10 Page breaking **************** @@ -5964,7 +6673,7 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page LaTeX doesn't look as far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. - *Note Layout:: for more material that is relevant to page breaking. + *Note Layout::, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. 10.1 '\clearpage' & '\cleardoublepage' ====================================== @@ -6036,7 +6745,7 @@ requested. This \noindent a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. -makes a new page start after 'continent,' and the cut-off line is not +makes a new page start after 'continent', and the cut-off line is not right justified. In addition, '\newpage' does not vertically stretch out the page, as '\pagebreak' does. @@ -6098,20 +6807,20 @@ following the line in which they appear. So this a new nation, conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal. -does not give a page break at 'continent,' but instead at 'nation,' +does not give a page break at 'continent', but instead at 'nation', since that is where LaTeX breaks that line. In addition, with '\pagebreak' the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if '\flushbottom' is in effect this can cause you to get 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active'. -*Note \newpage:: for a command that does not have these effects. +*Note \newpage::, for a command that does not have these effects. 11 Footnotes ************ Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. - Noe"l Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having + Noël Coward quipped that having to read a footnote is like having to go downstairs to answer the door, while in the midst of making love.\footnote{% I wouldn't know, I don't read footnotes.} @@ -6260,7 +6969,7 @@ Synopsis, one of: command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (*note Modes::). The optional argument NUMBER changes the number of the footnote mark. - *Note \footnotemark:: and *note Footnotes in a table:: for usage + *Note \footnotemark:: and *note Footnotes in a table::, for usage examples. 11.4 Footnotes in section headings @@ -6394,10 +7103,12 @@ or one of these. \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of -'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::. The -starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain -multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms that it not be '\long'). + Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of +'\DeclareRobustCommand' in *note Class and package commands::). + + The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing +multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms, the commands are not +'\long'). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs. These are the parameters: @@ -6419,7 +7130,7 @@ NARGS OPTARGDEFAULT Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of '\CMD' is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be - the empty string). If this argument is not present then '\CMD' + the empty string). If OPTARGSDEFAULT is not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets, as in @@ -6515,13 +7226,13 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as '\newcommand'. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. *Note \newcommand & -\renewcommand:: for the description of the arguments. +\renewcommand::, for the description of the arguments. This example \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} - From \myaffiliation. + >From \myaffiliation. outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'. Unlike '\newcommand', the repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error. @@ -6554,16 +7265,15 @@ writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. - The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code -and then changes it back. Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the -preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@', -by having them surround your definition. Don't use these inside '.sty' -or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands -already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, -catcode 11. + Use the pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' inside a '.tex' file, +typically in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands +named with '@', by having them surround your definition. Don't use +these inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and +'\documentclass' commands already arrange that the at-sign has the +character code of a letter, catcode 11. For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. +<https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname' that the user wants to change. These three lines should go in the @@ -6589,26 +7299,31 @@ are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment -name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As -in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above -as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For +name to contain a star. So you just have to write +'\newenvironment{MYENV}' or '\newenvironment{MYENV*}' and continue the +definition as usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the +star not being a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the +synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above as +'\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the '\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no -arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using -at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' -block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). +arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using an +at-sign '@' in its name must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... +\makeatother' block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::). This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant -'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' -will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry -not blue sky". +'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{blue}' +will return "not starry blue sky" while '\ciel*{night}' will return +"starry night sky". - \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} - \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} + \makeatletter + \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{not starry #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry #1 sky} \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} + \makeatother In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007's @@ -6621,15 +7336,23 @@ equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{% \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} - There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work -of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct -'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by -'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has -the 'xparse' package that allows this code. + After a command name, a star is handled similarly to an optional +argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is +part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, it +is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the command +and the star. Thus '\agentsecret*{Bond}' and '\agentsecret *{Bond}' are +equivalent. However, the standard practice is not to insert any such +spaces. + + There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of '\@ifstar'. +(1) The 'suffix' package allows the construct +'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED-VARIANT}' followed by +'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED-VARIANT}'. (2) LaTeX +provides the 'xparse' package, which allows this code: \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {STARRED VERSION}% - {UNSTARRED VERSION}% + {STARRED-VARIANT}% + {UNSTARRED-VARIANT}% } 12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter @@ -7066,7 +7789,7 @@ or Both commands cause LaTeX to ignore spaces after the end of the command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from Plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. +from plain TeX, and the second is LaTeX-specific. The 'ignorespaces' is often used when defining commands via '\newcommand', or '\newenvironment', or '\def'. The example below @@ -7091,21 +7814,20 @@ The commands below allow a user to uniformly attach a title to names. But, as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then '\fullname' will reproduce that. - \makeatletter - \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\@honorific{#1}} % remember title - \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\@honorific~#1} % put title before name - \makeatother + \newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title + \newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name + \begin{tabular}{|l|} \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % no extra space here \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % extra space before title \end{tabular} To fix this, change to -'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\@honorific~#1}'. +'\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}'. The '\ignorespaces' is also often used in a '\newenvironment' at the -end of the BEGIN clause, that is, as part of the second argument, as in -'\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... \ignorespaces}{...}'. +end of the BEGIN clause, as in '\begin{newenvironment}{ENV NAME}{... +\ignorespaces}{...}'. To strip spaces off the end of an environment use '\ignorespacesafterend'. An example is that this will show a much @@ -7128,6 +7850,55 @@ make the vertical space disappear, but that is inconvenient. The solution is to change to '\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}'. +12.13 xspace package +==================== + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage{xspace} + ... + \newcommand{...}{...\xspace} + + The '\xspace' macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a space +unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. + + After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single +character command names using non-letters such as '\$'), TeX gobbles +white space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has +'Vermont' placed snugly against the period, without any intervening +space. + + \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} + Our college is in \VT . + The \VT{} summers are nice. + + But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy +curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from +'summers'. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for +this. *Note \(SPACE)::.) + + The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'. It is for writing commands +which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a space after +that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions. +In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. + + \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} + Our college is in \VT . + \VT summers are nice. + + The default exception list contains the characters ',.'/?;:!~-)', the +open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and +the commands '\footnote' or '\footnotemark'. Add to that list as with +'\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}' and remove from that list as with +'\xspaceremoveexception{!}'. + + A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'. Putting it in a +definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. +But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +'\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another +command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more +error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. + 13 Counters *********** @@ -7202,14 +7973,14 @@ with a backslash. Number Name Command Symbol ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 asterisk '\ast' * - 2 dagger '\dagger' U+2020 - 3 ddagger '\ddagger' U+2021 - 4 section-sign '\S' U+00A7 - 5 paragraph-sign '\P' U+00B6 - 6 double-vert '\parallel' U+2016 + 2 dagger '\dagger' † + 3 ddagger '\ddagger' ‡ + 4 section-sign '\S' § + 5 paragraph-sign '\P' ¶ + 6 double-vert '\parallel' ‖ 7 double-asterisk '\ast\ast' ** - 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' U+2020U+2020 - 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' U+2021U+2021 + 8 double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' †† + 9 double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' ‡‡ 13.2 '\usecounter' ================== @@ -7293,7 +8064,7 @@ line will print 'XII'. Synopsis: - \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE + \addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE} Globally increment COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE argument, which may be negative. @@ -7334,8 +8105,8 @@ it. (For the definition of "counters numbered within", *note \newcounter::.) This command differs from '\refstepcounter' in that this one does not -influence references -- it does not define the current '\ref' value to -be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::). +influence references; that is, it does not define the current '\ref' +value to be the result of '\thecounter' (*note \refstepcounter::). 13.8 '\day' & '\month' & '\year' ================================ @@ -7364,11 +8135,11 @@ as an argument. Lengths come in two types. A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component. (Plain TeX calls this a -"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as -with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those -components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length" -while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to -stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement. +"dimen".) A "rubber length" (what plain TeX calls a "skip" or "glue") +such as with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of +those components. In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural +length" while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow +TeX to stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement. The illustrations below use these two commands. @@ -7460,8 +8231,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. 'pt' - Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two - decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. + Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units is 1point = + 2.845mm = .2845cm. 'pc' Pica, 12 pt @@ -7632,6 +8403,137 @@ If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'. +14.7 '\stretch' +=============== + +Synopsis: + + \stretch{NUMBER} + + Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and NUMBER times +'\fill' units of stretchability (*note Lengths::). The NUMBER can be +positive or negative. This command is robust (*note \protect::). + + It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this +horizontal example, LaTeX produces three tick marks, and the distance +between the first and second is half again as long as the distance +between the second and third. + + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} + + In this vertical example, the 'We dedicate ...' will have three times +as much space under it as above it. + + \newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble + \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top + \it + }{% + \vspace{\stretch{3}} % space at bot is 3x as at top + \clearpage + } + ... + \begin{dedication} % in document body + We dedicate this book to our wives. + \end{dedication} + +14.8 Expressions +================ + +Synopsis, one of: + + \numexpr EXPRESSION + \dimexpr EXPRESSION + \glueexpr EXPRESSION + \muglue EXPRESSION + + Any place where you may write an integer, or a TeX dimen, or TeX +glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that +type of quantity. + + An example is that '\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax' will produce as +output the length that is four points less than width of a line (the +only purpose of '\the' is to show the result in the document). +Analogously, '\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax' will produce 'ix', and +'\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' will produce '10.0pt plus +2.0pt'. + + A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers +and then using '\advance', etc., is that the evaluation of expressions +does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places +where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width +of the '\parbox'. + + \newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em} + \begin{center} + \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none + with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see + the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the + nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and + for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may + achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with + all nations. ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the + memorial} + \end{center} + + The EXPRESSION consists of one or more terms of the same type +(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that +is a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type, +optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is +either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The +expression produces a result of the given type, so that '\numexpr' +produces an integer, '\dimexpr' produces a dimension, etc. + + In the quotation example above, changing to +'\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset' gives the error 'Illegal unit of measure +(pt inserted)'. This is because for '\dimexpr' and '\glueexpr', the +input consists of a dimension or glue value followed by an optional +multiplication factor, and not the other way around. Thus '\the\dimexpr +1pt*10\relax' is valid and produces '10.0pt', but '\the\dimexpr +10*1pt\relax' gives the 'Illegal unit' error. + + The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics +up to a '\relax' (which will be absorbed), or up to the first non-valid +token. Thus, '\the\numexpr2+3px' will print '5px', because LaTeX reads +the '\numexpr2+3', which is made up of numbers, and then finds the +letter 'p', which cannot be part of a number. It therefore terminates +the expression and produces the '5', followed by the regular text 'px'. + + This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In +'\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi', the less than sign +terminates the expression and the result is 'No' (in a standard LaTeX +article). + + Expressions may use the operators '+', '-', '*' and '/' along with +parentheses for subexpressions, '(...)'. In glue expressions the 'plus' +and 'minus' parts do not need parentheses to be affected by a factor. +So '\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax' results in '10pt plus 2pt'. + + TeX will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when +doing register assignment. Thus '\the\numexpr\dimexpr 1pt\relax\relax' +will result in '65536', which is '1pt' converted to scaled points (TeX's +internal unit) and then coerced into an integer. With a '\glueexpr' +here, the stretch and shrink would be dropped. Going the other way, a +'\numexpr' inside a '\dimexpr' or '\glueexpr' will need appropriate +units, as in '\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax', which produces +'3.0pt'. + + The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the +allowed range, numbers must be less than 2^{31} in absolute value, and +dimensions or glue components must be less than 2^{14} points, or 'mu', +or 'fil', etc. The arithmetic operations are performed individually, +except for a scaling operation (a multiplication immediately followed by +a division) which is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit +product as intermediate value. The result of each operation is again +checked to be in the allowed range. + + Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike TeX's +'\divide', which truncates). Thus '\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax' puts +'10.0pt' in the document, because it rounds '3/2' to '2', while +'\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax' produces '5.0pt'. + 15 Making paragraphs ******************** @@ -7744,7 +8646,7 @@ outputs an empty box whose width is '\parindent'. These commands are robust (*note \protect::). Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -*Note \par:: for the difference between this command and '\par'. To +*Note \par::, for the difference between this command and '\par'. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use '\noindent'. @@ -7782,27 +8684,32 @@ look on CTAN for the package 'indentfirst'. Synopsis: - \setlength{\parskip}{HORIZONTAL LEN} - \setlength{\parinden}{VERTICAL LEN} + \setlength{\parindent}{HORIZONTAL LEN} + \setlength{\parskip}{VERTICAL LEN} - Both are a rubber lengths (*note Lengths::). They give the + Both are rubber lengths (*note Lengths::). They affect the indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages -(*note minipage::), and the vertical space between paragraphs. +(*note minipage::), and the vertical space between paragraphs, +respectively. - This, put in the preamble, + For example, if this is put in the preamble: \setlength{\parindent}{0em} \setlength{\parskip}{1ex} -arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented, -but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase -'x'. +The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead are +vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase 'x'. In standard LaTeX documents, the default value for '\parindent' in -one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt' , +one-column documents is '15pt' when the default text size is '10pt', '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' for '12pt'. In two-column documents it -is '1em'. The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document -styles is '0pt plus1pt'. +is '1em'. (These values are set before LaTeX calls '\normalfont' so +'em' is derived from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a +different font then to set '\parindent' in units matching that font, do +'\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}'.) + + The default value for '\parskip' in LaTeX's standard document styles +is '0pt plus1pt'. 15.4 Marginal notes =================== @@ -7838,7 +8745,8 @@ hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'. '\marginparpush' Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt' - documents, '5pt' else. + documents, '5pt' else. See also *note page layout parameters + marginparpush::. '\marginparsep' Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt' @@ -7999,12 +8907,12 @@ like '{}_t K^2'. The empty curly braces '{}' give the subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a prior symbols. - Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or + Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or display math mode, as in 'the expression x^2', will get you the error 'Missing $ inserted'. A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is -to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as +to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as 'mhchem'; see CTAN. 16.2 Math symbols @@ -8012,8 +8920,8 @@ to typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as LaTeX provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that anyone uses. For example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get -the pi symbol U+03C0. See the 'Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List' at -<https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/>. +the pi symbol π. See the "Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List" package at +<https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive>. Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive. Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its @@ -8023,384 +8931,369 @@ be used only in math mode. To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::. '\|' - U+2225 Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'. + ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'. '\aleph' - U+2135 Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). + ℵ Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). '\alpha' - U+03B1 Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). + α Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). '\amalg' - U+2A3F Disjoint union (binary) + ⨿ Disjoint union (binary) '\angle' - U+2220 Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign '<' and + ∠ Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign '<' and angle bracket '\langle'. '\approx' - U+2248 Almost equal to (relation). + ≈ Almost equal to (relation). '\ast' - U+2217 Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). + ∗ Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: '*', which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: '\star', which is five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. '\asymp' - U+224D Asymptotically equivalent (relation). + ≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation). '\backslash' \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus '\setminus', and '\textbackslash' for backslash outside of math mode. '\beta' - U+03B2 Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). + β Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). '\bigcap' - U+22C2 Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: + ⋂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection '\cap'. '\bigcirc' - U+26AA Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function - composition '\circ'. + ⚪ Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition '\circ'. '\bigcup' - U+22C3 Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary + ⋃ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union '\cup'. '\bigodot' - U+2A00 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). + ⨀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). '\bigoplus' - U+2A01 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). + ⨁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). '\bigotimes' - U+2A02 Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). + ⨂ Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). '\bigtriangledown' - U+25BD Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down - (operator). + ▽ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). '\bigtriangleup' - U+25B3 Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up - (operator). + △ Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). '\bigsqcup' - U+2A06 Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). + ⨆ Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). '\biguplus' - U+2A04 Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus - (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) + ⨄ Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). + (Note that the name has only one p.) '\bigvee' - U+22C1 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). + ⋁ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). '\bigwedge' - U+22C0 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). + ⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). '\bot' - U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, - or a contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. + ⊥, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a + contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. '\bowtie' - U+22C8 Natural join of two relations (relation). + ⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation). '\Box' - U+25A1 Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). - Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the - 'amssymb' package. + □ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). Not + available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' + package. '\bullet' - U+2022 Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'. + • Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot '\cdot'. '\cap' - U+2229 Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ∩ Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigcap'. '\cdot' - U+22C5 Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'. + ⋅ Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot '\bullet'. '\chi' - U+03C7 Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). + χ Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). '\circ' - U+2218 Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: + ∘ Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigcirc'. '\clubsuit' - U+2663 Club card suit (ordinary). + ♣ Club card suit (ordinary). '\complement' - U+2201 Set complement, used as a superscript as in - '$S^\complement$' (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In - LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. Also used: - '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' or '$\bar{S}$'. + ∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in '$S^\complement$' + (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load + the 'amssymb' package. Also used: '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' + or '$\bar{S}$'. '\cong' - U+2245 Congruent (relation). + ≅ Congruent (relation). '\coprod' - U+2210 Coproduct (operator). + ∐ Coproduct (operator). '\cup' - U+222A Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ∪ Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigcup'. '\dagger' - U+2020 Dagger relation (binary). + † Dagger relation (binary). '\dashv' - U+22A3 Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: + ⊣ Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile '\vdash'. '\ddagger' - U+2021 Double dagger relation (binary). + ‡ Double dagger relation (binary). '\Delta' - U+0394 Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). + Δ Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). '\delta' - U+03B4 Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). + δ Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). '\Diamond' - U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain - TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. + ◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. + In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\diamond' - U+22C4 Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large - diamond '\Diamond', circle bullet '\bullet'. + ⋄ Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond '\Diamond', + circle bullet '\bullet'. '\diamondsuit' - U+2662 Diamond card suit (ordinary). + ♢ Diamond card suit (ordinary). '\div' - U+00F7 Division sign (binary). + ÷ Division sign (binary). '\doteq' - U+2250 Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically - equal to '\Doteq'. + ≐ Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal + to '\Doteq'. '\downarrow' - U+2193 Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: '\Downarrow' - double line down arrow. + ↓ Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: '\Downarrow' double + line down arrow. '\Downarrow' - U+21D3 Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: '\downarrow' - single line down arrow. + ⇓ Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: '\downarrow' single + line down arrow. '\ell' - U+2113 Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). + ℓ Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). '\emptyset' - U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varnothing'. + ∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is '\varnothing'. '\epsilon' - U+03F5 Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text + ϵ Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter - epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5. Related: the set membership relation - '\in' U+2208. + epsilon '\varepsilon' ε. Related: the set membership relation + '\in' ∈. '\equiv' - U+2261 Equivalence (relation). + ≡ Equivalence (relation). '\eta' - U+03B7 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + η Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\exists' - U+2203 Existential quantifier (ordinary). + ∃ Existential quantifier (ordinary). '\flat' - U+266D Musical flat (ordinary). + ♭ Musical flat (ordinary). '\forall' - U+2200 Universal quantifier (ordinary). + ∀ Universal quantifier (ordinary). '\frown' - U+2322 Downward curving arc (ordinary). + ⌢ Downward curving arc (ordinary). '\Gamma' - U+0393 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Γ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\gamma' - U+03B3 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + γ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\ge' - U+2265 Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym + ≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\geq'. '\geq' - U+2265 Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym + ≥ Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\ge'. '\gets' - U+2190 Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: '\leftarrow'. + ← Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: '\leftarrow'. '\gg' - U+226B Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less - than '\ll'. + ≫ Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than '\ll'. '\hbar' - U+210F Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). + ℏ Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). '\heartsuit' - U+2661 Heart card suit (ordinary). + ♡ Heart card suit (ordinary). '\hookleftarrow' - U+21A9 Hooked left arrow (relation). + ↩ Hooked left arrow (relation). '\hookrightarrow' - U+21AA Hooked right arrow (relation). + ↪ Hooked right arrow (relation). '\iff' - U+27F7 If and only if (relation). It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with - a '\thickmuskip' on either side. + ⟷ If and only if (relation). It is '\Longleftrightarrow' with a + '\thickmuskip' on either side. '\Im' - U+2111 Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'. + ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'. '\imath' Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (*note Math accents::). '\in' - U+2208 Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate - epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and small letter script - epsilon '\varepsilon'. + ∈ Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate + epsilon '\epsilon'ϵ and small letter script epsilon '\varepsilon'. '\infty' - U+221E Infinity (ordinary). + ∞ Infinity (ordinary). '\int' - U+222B Integral (operator). + ∫ Integral (operator). '\iota' - U+03B9 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ι Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\Join' - U+2A1D Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain - TeX. + ⨝ Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain TeX. '\jmath' Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (*note Math accents::). '\kappa' - U+03BA Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + κ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\Lambda' - U+039B uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Λ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\lambda' - U+03BB Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + λ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\land' - U+2227 Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for '\wedge'. See - also logical or '\lor'. + ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\wedge'. See also + logical or '\lor'. '\langle' - U+27E8 Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: + ⟨ Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than '<'. Matches '\rangle'. '\lbrace' - U+007B Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: '\{'. - Matches '\rbrace'. + { Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: '\{'. Matches '\rbrace'. '\lbrack' - U+005B Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: '['. - Matches '\rbrack'. + [ Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: '['. Matches '\rbrack'. '\lceil' - U+2308 Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the - bottom shaved off (opening). Matches '\rceil'. + ⌈ Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom + shaved off (opening). Matches '\rceil'. '\le' - U+2264 Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym - for '\leq'. + ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\leq'. '\leadsto' - U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain - TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. To get this - symbol outside of math mode you can put + ⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of + math mode you can put '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and then use '\Leadsto' instead. '\Leftarrow' - U+21D0 Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: + ⇐ Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow '\leftarrow'. '\leftarrow' - U+2190 Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: '\gets'. - Similar: double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'. + ← Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: '\gets'. Similar: + double-line left arrow '\Leftarrow'. '\leftharpoondown' - U+21BD Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). + ↽ Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). '\leftharpoonup' - U+21BC Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). + ↼ Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). '\Leftrightarrow' - U+21D4 Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). + ⇔ Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow '\leftrightarrow'. '\leftrightarrow' - U+2194 Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: - double-line double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'. + ↔ Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line + double headed arrow '\Leftrightarrow'. '\leq' - U+2264 Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym - for '\le'. + ≤ Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for '\le'. '\lfloor' - U+230A Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'. + ⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'. '\lhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). Not - available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' - package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' - and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better + ◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). For the + normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and + use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). '\ll' - U+226A Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater - than '\gg'. + ≪ Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than '\gg'. '\lnot' - U+00AC Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\neg'. + ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\neg'. '\longleftarrow' - U+27F5 Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long + ⟵ Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow '\Longleftarrow'. '\longleftrightarrow' - U+27F7 Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: - long double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'. + ⟷ Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long + double-line double-headed arrow '\Longleftrightarrow'. '\longmapsto' - U+27FC Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar + ⟼ Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version '\mapsto'. '\longrightarrow' - U+27F6 Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long + ⟶ Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow '\Longrightarrow'. '\lor' - U+2228 Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge '\wedge'. + ∨ Logical or (binary). Synonym: '\vee'. See also + logical and '\land'. '\mapsto' - U+21A6 Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar - (relation). Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'. + ↦ Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). + Similar: longer version '\longmapsto'. '\mho' - U+2127 Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). - Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the - 'amssymb' package. + ℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). '\mid' - U+2223 Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of - '\mid' is for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'. + ∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of '\mid' is + for a set '\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}'. Similar: '\vert' and '|' produce the same single-line vertical bar symbol but without any spacing (they fall in class ordinary) and @@ -8409,471 +9302,444 @@ whatever the current mode, see *note \ensuremath::. for '\vert' and for norm see the entry for '\Vert'. '\models' - U+22A8 Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash + ⊨ Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash '\vDash'. '\mp' - U+2213 Minus or plus (relation). + ∓ Minus or plus (relation). '\mu' - U+03BC Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + μ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\nabla' - U+2207 Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary). + ∇ Hamilton's del, or differential, operator (ordinary). '\natural' - U+266E Musical natural notation (ordinary). + ♮ Musical natural notation (ordinary). '\ne' - U+2260 Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\neq'. + ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\neq'. '\nearrow' - U+2197 North-east arrow (relation). + ↗ North-east arrow (relation). '\neg' - U+00AC Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\lnot'. Sometimes + ¬ Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: '\lnot'. Sometimes instead used for negation: '\sim'. '\neq' - U+2260 Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\ne'. + ≠ Not equal (relation). Synonym: '\ne'. '\ni' - U+220B Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). + ∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: '\owns'. Similar: is a member of '\in'. '\not' - U+0020 Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following - operator (relation). + Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator + (relation). Many negated operators are available that don't require '\not', particularly with the 'amssymb' package. For example, '\notin' is typographically preferable to '\not\in'. '\notin' - U+2209 Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset + ∉ Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of '\nsubseteq'. '\nu' - U+03BD Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ν Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\nwarrow' - U+2196 North-west arrow (relation). + ↖ North-west arrow (relation). '\odot' - U+2299 Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ⊙ Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigodot'. '\oint' - U+222E Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle - (operator). + ∮ Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). '\Omega' - U+03A9 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Ω uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\omega' - U+03C9 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ω Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\ominus' - U+2296 Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). + ⊖ Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). '\oplus' - U+2295 Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized + ⊕ Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigoplus'. '\oslash' - U+2298 Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). + ⊘ Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). '\otimes' - U+2297 Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: + ⊗ Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigotimes'. '\owns' - U+220B Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). + ∋ Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: '\ni'. Similar: is a member of '\in'. '\parallel' - U+2225 Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\|'. + ∥ Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\|'. '\partial' - U+2202 Partial differential (ordinary). + ∂ Partial differential (ordinary). '\perp' - U+27C2 Perpendicular (relation). Similar: '\bot' uses the same - glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class - ordinary. + ⟂ Perpendicular (relation). Similar: '\bot' uses the same glyph + but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. + +'\Phi' + Φ Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\phi' - U+03D5 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varphi' U+03C6. + ϕ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varphi' φ. '\Pi' - U+03A0 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Π uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\pi' - U+03C0 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varpi' U+03D6. + π Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varpi' ϖ. '\pm' - U+00B1 Plus or minus (binary). + ± Plus or minus (binary). '\prec' - U+227A Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'. + ≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'. '\preceq' - U+2AAF Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or + ⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals '\leq'. '\prime' - U+2032 Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically - used as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' - produce the same result. An advantage of the second is that - '$f'''$' produces the desired symbol, that is, the same result as + ′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used + as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' produce the + same result. An advantage of the second is that '$f'''$' produces + the desired symbol, that is, the same result as '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing. You can only use '\prime' in math mode. Using the right single quote ''' in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). '\prod' - U+220F Product (operator). + ∏ Product (operator). '\propto' - U+221D Is proportional to (relation) + ∝ Is proportional to (relation) '\Psi' - U+03A8 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Ψ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\psi' - U+03C8 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ψ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\rangle' - U+27E9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: - greater than '>'. Matches:'\langle'. + ⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater + than '>'. Matches:'\langle'. '\rbrace' - U+007D Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: '\}'. - Matches '\lbrace'. + } Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: '\}'. Matches '\lbrace'. '\rbrack' - U+005D Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ']'. + ] Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: ']'. Matches '\lbrack'. '\rceil' - U+2309 Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches '\lceil'. + ⌉ Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches '\lceil'. '\Re' - U+211C Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). - Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access - this, load the 'amsfonts' package. + ℜ Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: + double-line, or blackboard bold, R '\mathbb{R}'; to access this, + load the 'amsfonts' package. '\restriction' - U+21BE Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: + ↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: '\upharpoonright'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\revemptyset' - U+29B0 Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: - '\varnothing'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to - load the 'stix' package. + ⦰, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: '\varnothing'. + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'stix' + package. '\rfloor' - U+230B Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut - off (closing). Matches '\lfloor'. + ⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off + (closing). Matches '\lfloor'. '\rhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). Not - available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' - package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load - 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so - gives better spacing). + ◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). For the + normal subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and + use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better + spacing). '\rho' - U+03C1 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varrho' U+03F1. + ρ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varrho' ϱ. '\Rightarrow' - U+21D2 Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). - Similar: right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'. + ⇒ Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: + right single-line arrow '\rightarrow'. '\rightarrow' - U+2192 Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). - Synonym: '\to'. Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'. + → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: '\to'. + Similar: right double line arrow '\Rightarrow'. '\rightharpoondown' - U+21C1 Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). + ⇁ Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). '\rightharpoonup' - U+21C0 Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). + ⇀ Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). '\rightleftharpoons' - U+21CC Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). + ⇌ Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). '\searrow' - U+2198 Arrow pointing southeast (relation). + ↘ Arrow pointing southeast (relation). '\setminus' - U+29F5 Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ + ⧵ Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash '\backslash' and also '\textbackslash' outside of math mode. '\sharp' - U+266F Musical sharp (ordinary). + ♯ Musical sharp (ordinary). '\Sigma' - U+03A3 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Σ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\sigma' - U+03C3 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\varsigma' U+03C2. + σ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varsigma' ς. '\sim' - U+223C Similar, in a relation (relation). + ∼ Similar, in a relation (relation). '\simeq' - U+2243 Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). + ≃ Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). '\smallint' - U+222B Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a - display (operator). + ∫ Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display + (operator). '\smile' - U+2323 Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). + ⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). '\spadesuit' - U+2660 Spade card suit (ordinary). + ♠ Spade card suit (ordinary). '\sqcap' - U+2293 Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: + ⊓ Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection 'cap'. '\sqcup' - U+2294 Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union 'cup'. - Related: variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'. + ⊔ Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union 'cup'. Related: + variable-sized operator '\bigsqcup'. '\sqsubset' - U+228F Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'. + ⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\sqsubseteq' - U+2291 Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or - equal to '\subseteq'. + ⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal + to '\subseteq'. '\sqsupset' - U+2290 Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: - superset '\supset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need - to load the 'amssymb' package. + ⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset '\supset'. + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the + 'amssymb' package. '\sqsupseteq' - U+2292 Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset - or equal '\supseteq'. + ⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or + equal '\supseteq'. '\star' - U+22C6 Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary - operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). - Similar: the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are - six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript, - as with the Kleene star. + ⋆ Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation + but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar: + the synonyms asterisk '*' and '\ast', which are six-pointed, and + more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene + star. '\subset' - U+2282 Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). + ⊂ Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). '\subseteq' - U+2286 Subset or equal to (relation). + ⊆ Subset or equal to (relation). '\succ' - U+227B Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less - than '>'. + ≻ Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than '>'. '\succeq' - U+2AB0 Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or - equal to '\leq'. + ⪰ Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal + to '\leq'. '\sum' - U+2211 Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital - sigma '\Sigma'. + ∑ Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma '\Sigma'. '\supset' - U+2283 Superset (relation). + ⊃ Superset (relation). '\supseteq' - U+2287 Superset or equal to (relation). + ⊇ Superset or equal to (relation). '\surd' - U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}' + √ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}' typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. '\swarrow' - U+2199 Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). + ↙ Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). '\tau' - U+03C4 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + τ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\theta' - U+03B8 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is - '\vartheta' U+03D1. + θ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is + '\vartheta' ϑ. '\times' - U+00D7 Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See - also '\cdot'. + × Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also '\cdot'. '\to' - U+2192 Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). + → Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: '\rightarrow'. '\top' - U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). - See also '\bot'. + ⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See + also '\bot'. '\triangle' - U+25B3 Triangle (ordinary). + △ Triangle (ordinary). '\triangleleft' - U+25C1 Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). - Similar: '\lhd'. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load - 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so - gives better spacing). + ◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: '\lhd'. + For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' and + use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better + spacing). '\triangleright' - U+25B7 Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal + ▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). '\unlhd' - U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, - triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. - In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal - subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which - is a relation and so gives better spacing). + ⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, triangle, + with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load + 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which is a relation and so + gives better spacing). '\unrhd' - U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, - triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. - In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal - subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which - is a relation and so gives better spacing). + ⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, + triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup + symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which is a + relation and so gives better spacing). '\Uparrow' - U+21D1 Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: + ⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing arrow '\uparrow'. '\uparrow' - U+2191 Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). - Similar: double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'. + ↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: + double-line up-pointing arrow '\Uparrow'. '\Updownarrow' - U+21D5 Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). + ⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow '\updownarrow'. '\updownarrow' - U+2195 Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). + ↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow '\Updownarrow'. '\upharpoonright' - U+21BE Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). + ↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\uplus' - U+228E Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the - middle (binary). Similar: union '\cup'. Related: variable-sized + ⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle + (binary). Similar: union '\cup'. Related: variable-sized operator '\biguplus'. '\Upsilon' - U+03A5 uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Υ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\upsilon' - U+03C5 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + υ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\varepsilon' - U+03B5 Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely - used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form - '\epsilon' U+03F5. Related: set membership '\in'. + ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used + in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form + '\epsilon' ϵ. Related: set membership '\in'. '\vanothing' - U+2205 Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related: + ∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related: '\revemptyset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\varphi' - U+03C6 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\phi' U+03D5. + φ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\phi' ϕ. '\varpi' - U+03D6 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\pi' U+03C0. + ϖ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\pi' π. '\varrho' - U+03F1 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\rho' U+03C1. + ϱ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\rho' ρ. '\varsigma' - U+03C2 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\sigma' U+03C3. + ς Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\sigma' σ. '\vartheta' - U+03D1 Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The - non-variant form is '\theta' U+03B8. + ϑ Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The + non-variant form is '\theta' θ. '\vdash' - U+22A2 Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). - Similar: turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'. + ⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: + turnstile rotated a half-circle '\dashv'. '\vee' - U+2228 Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical + ∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical and '\wedge'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigvee'. '\Vert' - U+2016 Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single - bar '\vert'. - - For a norm symbol, you can use the 'mathtools' package and put in - your preamble '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}'. This - gives you three command variants for double-line vertical bars that - are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you - write the starred version '$\norm*{M^\perp}$' then the height of - the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas - with '\norm{M^\perp}' the bars do not grow with the height of the - argument but instead are the default height, and '\norm[SIZE - COMMAND]{M^\perp}' also gives bars that do not grow but are set to - the size given in the SIZE COMMAND, e.g., '\Bigg'. + ‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). *Note Delimiters::, for how to + use the 'mathtools' package to create flexibly-sized norm symbols. '\vert' - U+007C Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line - vertical bar '\Vert'. For such that, as in the definition of a - set, use '\mid' because it is a relation. - - For absolute value you can use the 'mathtools' package and in your - preamble put '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}'. This - gives you three command variants for single-line vertical bars that - are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you - write the starred version '$\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}$' then the height - of the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas - with '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}' the bars do not grow with the height of - the argument but instead are the default height, and '\abs[SIZE - COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}' also gives bars that do not grow but are - set to the size given in the SIZE COMMAND, e.g., '\Bigg'. + | Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For "such that", as in the + definition of a set, use '\mid' because it is a relation. *Note + Delimiters::, for how to use the 'mathtools' package to create + flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. '\wedge' - U+2227 Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\land'. See also logical - or '\vee'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'. + ∧ Logical and (binary). Synonym: '\land'. See also logical or + '\vee'. Similar: variable-sized operator '\bigwedge'. '\wp' - U+2118 Weierstrass p (ordinary). + ℘ Weierstrass p (ordinary). '\wr' - U+2240 Wreath product (binary). + ≀ Wreath product (binary). '\Xi' - U+039E uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). + Ξ uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\xi' - U+03BE Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ξ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). '\zeta' - U+03B6 Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). + ζ Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The following symbols are most often used in plain text but LaTeX provides versions to use in mathematical text. @@ -8882,18 +9748,99 @@ provides versions to use in mathematical text. Dollar sign in math mode: $. '\mathparagraph' - Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, U+00B6. + Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, ¶. '\mathsection' - Section sign in math mode U+00A7. + Section sign in math mode §. '\mathsterling' - Sterling sign in math mode: #. + Sterling sign in math mode: £. '\mathunderscore' Underscore in math mode: _. -16.2.1 Blackboard bold +16.2.1 Arrows +------------- + +These are the arrows that come with standard LaTeX. The 'latexsym' and +'amsfonts' packages contain many more. + +Symbol Command +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +⇓ '\Downarrow' +↓ '\downarrow' +↩ '\hookleftarrow' +↪ '\hookrightarrow' +← '\leftarrow' +⇐ '\Leftarrow' +⇔ '\Leftrightarrow' +↔ '\leftrightarrow' +⟵ '\longleftarrow' +⟸ '\Longleftarrow' +⟷ '\longleftrightarrow' +⟺ '\Longleftrightarrow' +⟼ '\longmapsto' +⟹ '\Longrightarrow' +⟶ '\longrightarrow' +↦ '\mapsto' +↗ '\nearrow' +↖ '\nwarrow' +⇒ '\Rightarrow' +→ '\rightarrow', or '\to' +↘ '\searrow' +↙ '\swarrow' +↑ '\uparrow' +⇑ '\Uparrow' +↕ '\updownarrow' +⇕ '\Updownarrow' + + An example of the difference between '\to' and '\mapsto' is: '\( +f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)'. + + For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including +'tikz-cd' and 'amscd'. + +16.2.2 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath' +---------------------------------- + +Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): + + \boldmath \( MATH \) + +or + + \unboldmath \( MATH \) + + Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a +bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold) +default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode +(*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::). + + In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an +'\mbox', + + we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ + +which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and +explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'. + + If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \( +\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning: +Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font +Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'. + + There are many issues with '\boldmath'. New documents should use the +'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description +is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on +CTAN) but even this small example + + \usepackage{bm} % in preamble + ... + we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ + +shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'. + +16.2.3 Blackboard bold ---------------------- Synopsis: @@ -8910,7 +9857,7 @@ integers, etc. \( \forall n \in \mathbb{N}, n^2 \geq 0 \) -the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol U+2115 representing the +the '\mathbb{N}' gives blackboard bold symbol ℕ, representing the natural numbers. If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an @@ -8919,7 +9866,7 @@ error but you get strange results, including unexpected characters. There are packages that give access to symbols other than just the capital letters; look on CTAN. -16.2.2 Calligraphic +16.2.4 Calligraphic ------------------- Synopsis: @@ -8933,51 +9880,253 @@ Synopsis: Let the graph be \( \mathcal{G} \). If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not -get an error. Instead you get unexpected output. For instance, -'\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol, while '\mathcal{+}' -outputs a plus sign. +get an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For +instance, '\mathcal{g}' outputs a close curly brace symbol. -16.2.3 '\boldmath' & '\unboldmath' ----------------------------------- +16.2.5 Delimiters +----------------- -Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark the +start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of +parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. + + (z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2 + +The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter '\( [0,1) \)'. + + Here are the common delimiters: + +DelimiterCommand Name +------------------------------------------------------ +( '(' Left parenthesis +) ')' Right parenthesis +\} '{' or Left brace + '\lbrace' +\{ '}' or Right brace + '\rbrace' +[ '[' or Left bracket + '\lbrack' +] ']' or Right bracket + '\rbrack' +⌊ '\lfloor' Left floor bracket +⌋ '\rfloor' Right floor bracket +⌈ '\lceil' Left ceiling bracket +⌉ '\rceil' Right ceiling bracket +⟨ '\langle' Left angle bracket +⟩ '\rangle' Right angle bracket +/ '/' Slash, or forward slash +\ '\backslash' Reverse slash, or backslash +| '|' or Vertical bar + '\vert' +‖ '\|' or Double vertical bar + '\Vert' + + The 'mathtools' package allows you to create commands for paired +delimiters. For instance, if you put +'\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}' in your preamble then you +get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work in math +mode). The starred version, such as '\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}', has the +height of the vertical bars match the height of the argument. The +unstarred version, such as '\abs{\frac{22}{7}}', has the bars fixed at a +default height. This version accepts an optional argument, as in +'\abs[SIZE COMMAND]{\frac{22}{7}}', where the height of the bars is +given in SIZE COMMAND, such as '\Bigg'. Using '\lVert' and '\rVert' as +the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same behavior. + +16.2.5.1 '\left' & '\right' +........................... - \boldmath \( MATH \) +Synopsis: -or + \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2 - \unboldmath \( MATH \) + Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. LaTeX makes +the delimiters tall enough to just cover the size of the formula that +they enclose. - Declarations to change the letters and symbols in MATH to be in a -bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular (non-bold) -default. They must be used when not in math mode or display math mode -(*note Modes::). Both commands are fragile (*note \protect::). + This makes a unit vector surrounded by parentheses tall enough to +cover the entries. - In this example each '\boldmath' command takes place inside an -'\mbox', + \begin{equation} + \left(\begin{array}{c} + 1 \\ + 0 \\ + \end{array}\right) + \end{equation} - we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ + *Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. -which means '\boldmath' is only called in a text mode, here LR mode, and -explains why LaTeX must switch to math mode to set 'v' and 'u'. + Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'. In the above example, +leaving out the '\left(' gets the error message 'Extra \right'. Leaving +out the '\right)' gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'. - If you use either command inside math mode, as with 'Trouble: \( -\boldmath x \)', then you get something like 'LaTeX Font Warning: -Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11' and 'LaTeX Font -Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line 11'. + However, DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match. A common case is +that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, '.', as a +null delimiter. - There are many issues with '\boldmath'. New documents should use the -'bm' package provided by the LaTeX Project team. A complete description -is outside the scope of this document (see the full documentation on -CTAN) but even this small example + \begin{equation} + f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} + 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ + f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} + \end{array}\right. + \end{equation} - \usepackage{bm} % in preamble - ... - we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a +backslash, '\{'. (The packages 'amsmath' and 'mathtools' allow you to +get the above construct through in a 'cases' environment.) -shows that it is an improvement over '\boldmath'. + The '\left ... \right' pair make a group. One consequence is that +the formula enclosed in the '\left ... \right' pair cannot have line +breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and +LaTeX-generated automatic ones. In this example, LaTeX breaks the +equation to make the formula fit the margins. + + Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet + \( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \) -16.2.4 Dots, horizontal or vertical +But with '\left' and '\right' + + Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet + \( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \) + +LaTeX won't break the line, causing the formula to extend into the +margin. + + Because '\left ... \right' make a group, all the usual grouping rules +hold. Here, the value of '\testlength' set inside the equation will be +forgotten, and the output is '1.2pt'. + + \newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt} + \begin{equation} + \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right) + \the\testlength + \end{equation} + + The '\left ... \right' pair affect the horizontal spacing of the +enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in '\( \sin(x) = +\sin\left(x\right) \)' the one after the equals sign has more space +around the 'x'. That's because '\left( ... \right)' inserts an inner +node while '( ... )' inserts an opening node. The second way that the +pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they form a group, +the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural width, with no +stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. + + TeX scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the +contained formula. Here LaTeX grows the brackets to extend the full +height of the integral. + + \begin{equation} + \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right] + \end{equation} + + Manual sizing is often better. For instance, although below the rule +has no depth, TeX will create delimiters that extend far below the rule. + + \begin{equation} + \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right) + \end{equation} + +TeX can choose delimiters that are too small, as in '\( \left| |x|+|y| +\right| \)'. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, as here. + + \begin{equation} + \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right) + \end{equation} + +A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than +one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing +delimiter; you can't use '\left' on the first line and '\right' on the +last because they must be paired. + + To size the delimiters manually, see *note \bigl & \bigr etc.::. + +16.2.5.2 '\bigl', '\bigr', etc. +............................... + +Synopsis, one of: + + \biglDELIMITER1 ... \bigrDELIMITER2 + \BiglDELIMITER1 ... \bigrDELIMITER2 + \bigglDELIMITER1 ... \biggrDELIMITER2 + \BigglDELIMITER1 ... \BiggrDELIMITER2 + +(as with '\bigl[...\bigr]'; strictly speaking they need not be paired, +see below), or one of: + + \bigmDELIMITER + \BigmDELIMITER + \biggmDELIMITER + \BiggmDELIMITER + +(as with '\bigm|'), or one of: + + \bigDELIMITER + \BigDELIMITER + \biggDELIMITER + \BiggDELIMITER + +(as with '\big['). + + Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are +automatically sized see *note \left & \right::). + + This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. + + \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr| + + The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can +use the smallest size such as '\bigl...\bigr' in a paragraph without +causing LaTeX to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant for +displayed equations. + + *Note Delimiters::, for a list of the common delimiters. In the +family of commands with 'l' and 'r', DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not +be the same. + + The 'l' and 'r' commands produce open and close delimiters that +insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the delimiter, +while the commands without 'l' and 'r' insert some space (because each +delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare these two. + + \begin{tabular}{l} + \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % good + \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % bad + \end{tabular} + +The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the +second line the output will have some extra space between the '\sin' and +the open parenthesis. + + Commands without 'l' or 'r' do give correct spacing in some +circumstances, as with this large vertical line + + \begin{equation} + \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b + \end{equation} + +(many authors would replace '\frac' with the '\tfrac' command from the +'amsmath' package), and as with this larger slash. + + \begin{equation} + \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 + \end{equation} + + Unlike the '\left...\right' pair (*note \left & \right::), the +commands here with 'l' and 'r' do not make a group. Strictly speaking +they need not be matched so you can write something like this. + + \begin{equation} + \Biggl[ \pi/6 ] + \end{equation} + + The commands with 'm' are for relations, which are in the middle of +formulas, as here. + + \begin{equation} + \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\} + \end{equation} + +16.2.6 Dots, horizontal or vertical ----------------------------------- Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern @@ -8993,15 +10142,14 @@ continues. '\cdots' Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, - as in U+22EF. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'. + as in ⋯. Used as: '\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)'. '\ddots' - Diagonal ellipsis, U+22F1. See the above array example for a - usage. + Diagonal ellipsis, ⋱. See the above array example for a usage. '\ldots' - Ellipsis on the baseline, U+2026. Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} - \)'. Another example is the above array example. A synonym is + Ellipsis on the baseline, …. Used as: '\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)'. + Another example is the above array example. A synonym is '\mathellipsis'. A synonym from the 'amsmath' package is '\hdots'. You can also use this command outside of mathematical text, as in @@ -9009,7 +10157,7 @@ continues. or LR mode a synonym for '\ldots' is '\dots'.) '\vdots' - Vertical ellipsis, U+22EE. See the above array example for a usage. + Vertical ellipsis, ⋮. See the above array example for a usage. The 'amsmath' package has the command '\dots' to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs for the @@ -9032,6 +10180,49 @@ for a comma following, '\dotsb' if you need the ellipses that fits when the dots are followed by a binary operator or relation symbol, '\dotsi' for dots with integrals, or '\dotso' for others. +16.2.7 Greek letters +-------------------- + +The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they +differ from Roman upper case letters. + +Symbol Command Name +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +α '\alpha' Alpha +β '\beta' Beta +γ, Γ '\gamma', '\Gamma' Gamma +δ, Δ '\delta', '\Delta' Delta +ε, ϵ '\varepsilon', Epsilon + '\epsilon' +ζ '\zeta' Zeta +η '\eta' Eta +θ, ϑ '\theta', Theta + '\vartheta' +ι '\iota' Iota +κ '\kappa' Kappa +λ, Λ '\lambda', '\Lambda' Lambda +μ '\mu' Mu +ν '\nu' Nu +ξ, Ξ '\xi', '\Xi' Xi +π, Π '\pi', '\Pi' Pi +ρ, ϱ '\rho', '\varrho' Rho +σ, Σ '\sigma', '\Sigma' Sigma +τ '\tau' Tau +ϕ, φ, '\phi', '\varphi', Phi +Φ '\Phi' +χ '\chi' chi +ψ, Ψ '\psi', '\Psi' Psi +ω, Ω '\omega', '\Omega' Omega + + For omicron, if you are using LaTeX's default Computer Modern font +then enter omicron just as 'o' or 'O'. If you like having the name or +if your font shows a difference then you can use something like +'\newcommand\omicron{o}'. The package 'unicode-math' has '\upomicron' +for upright omicron and '\mitomicron' for math italic. + + While the set membership relation symbol ∈ generated by '\in' is +related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable. + 16.3 Math functions =================== @@ -9165,7 +10356,7 @@ Accents::). Math breve accent '\check' - Math ha'c<ek (check) accent + Math háček (check) accent '\ddot' Math dieresis accent @@ -9248,9 +10439,9 @@ When typesetting mathematics, LaTeX puts in spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter 'y=m x' then LaTeX ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as y=mx. - But LaTeX's rules sometimes need tweaking. For example, in an + But LaTeX's rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the 'f(x)' -and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command. +and the 'dx', here done with the '\,' command: \int_0^1 f(x)\,dx @@ -9261,13 +10452,25 @@ math symbols family (*note Units of length::). Thus, a '\thickspace' is something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. '\;' - Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. Math mode - only. + Synonym: '\thickspace'. Normally '5.0mu plus 5.0mu'. With + 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in + text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + +'\negthickspace' + Normally '-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of + the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as + math mode; before that, in math mode only. '\:' '\>' Synonym: '\medspace'. Normally '4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. - Math mode only. + With 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used + in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. + +'\negmedspace' + Normally '-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of + the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as + math mode; before that, in math mode only. '\,' Synonym: '\thinspace'. Normally '3mu', which is 1/6em. Can be @@ -9284,9 +10487,11 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'. \end{equation} '\!' - A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. The '\!' command is math - mode only but the '\negthinspace' command is available for text - mode (*note \thinspace & \negthinspace::). + A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. With 'amsmath', or as of + the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, can be used in text mode as well as + math mode; before that, The '\!' command is math mode only but the + '\negthinspace' command has always worked in text mode (*note + \thinspace & \negthinspace::). '\quad' This is 18mu, that is, 1em. This is often used for space @@ -9375,21 +10580,31 @@ Synopsis: The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as SUBFORMULA, but empty. That is, this command causes LaTeX to -typeset the box but not its ink. The '\vphantom' variant also produces -an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it -has width zero. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as -SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero. +typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here LaTeX will +put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. - Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two -square roots would be at different heights. + \fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. + --- Mark Twain}} - \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) + The '\vphantom' variant produces an invisible box with the same +vertical size as SUBFORMULA, the same height and depth, but having zero +width. And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as SUBFORMULA +but with zero height and depth. - The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box -of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align. + In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand +expression is so tall that TeX places this expression further down than +its default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be +at different levels. The '\vphantom' in the first expression tells TeX +to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the two +expressions come out at the same level. - These commands often are combined with '\smash'. *Note \smash:: for -another example of the use of '\vphantom'. + \begin{displaymath} + \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}} + \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j + \end{displaymath} + + These commands are often used in conjunction with '\smash'. *Note +\smash::, which includes another example of '\vphantom'. The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more @@ -9409,6 +10624,28 @@ contexts. However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal mode. So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it with '\leavevmode'. +16.6.3 '\mathstrut' +------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \mathstrut + + The analogue of '\strut' for mathematics. *Note \strut::. + + The input '$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$' gives output where the second +radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space without +any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use +'$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$'. + + The '\mathstrut' command adds the vertical height of an open +parenthesis, '(', but no horizontal space. It is defined as +'\vphantom{(}', so see *note \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom:: for +more. An advantage over '\strut' is that '\mathstrut' adds no depth, +which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of an +open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the +amount of space, use '\rule' with a width of zero. *Note \rule::. + 16.7 Math miscellany ==================== @@ -9443,7 +10680,7 @@ Synopsis: \* A multiplication symbol that allows a line break. If there is a -break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, U+00D7, before that break. +break then LaTeX puts a '\times' symbol, ×, before that break. In '\( A_1\* A_2\* A_3\* A_4 \)', if there is no line break then LaTeX outputs it as though it were '\( A_1 A_2 A_3 A_4 \)'. If a line @@ -9463,42 +10700,7 @@ Synopsis: comes out small; see the discussion of '\displaystyle' (*note Math formulas::). -16.7.4 '\left' & '\right' -------------------------- - -Synopsis: - - \left DELIMITER1 ... \right DELIMITER2 - - Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. The -delimiters are sized according to the math they enclose. This makes a -unit vector surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses. - - \begin{equation} - \left(\begin{array}{c} - 1 \\ - 0 \\ - \end{array}\right) - - Every '\left' must have a matching '\right'. Leaving out the -'\left(' in the above gets 'Extra \right'. Leaving off the '\right)' -gets 'You can't use `\eqno' in math mode'. - - However, the two delimiters DELIMITER1 and DELIMITER2 need not match. -A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a -period, '.', as a null delimiter. - - \begin{equation} - f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} - 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ - f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} - \end{array}\right. - \end{equation} - -Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, '\{'. - -16.7.5 '\sqrt' +16.7.4 '\sqrt' -------------- Synopsis, one of: @@ -9514,7 +10716,7 @@ steeper, until for a large enough 'arg', it is vertical). LaTeX has a separate '\surd' character (*note Math symbols::). -16.7.6 '\stackrel' +16.7.5 '\stackrel' ------------------ Synopsis, one of: @@ -9619,7 +10821,7 @@ Synopsis: Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a separate page, except in the 'article' class where it is at the top of -the first page. (*Note Document class options:: for information about +the first page. (*Note Document class options::, for information about the 'titlepage' document class option.) This example shows '\maketitle' appearing in its usual place, @@ -9881,7 +11083,7 @@ points (*note Lengths/em::). \qquad\includegraphics{mensmile.png} \end{center} -*Note Spacing in math mode:: for '\quad' and '\qquad'. These are +*Note Spacing in math mode::, for '\quad' and '\qquad'. These are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with '\hspace'. @@ -10113,7 +11315,7 @@ The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring '\frenchspacing' (the -command is from Plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are +command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally. 19.5.3 '\normalsfcodes' @@ -10162,7 +11364,7 @@ follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. (But using curly parentheses, as in '\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says -Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::). +Prof.\ Smith' or 'Jones et al.\ (1993)' (*note \@::). Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to backslash-space, '\ '. @@ -10186,22 +11388,29 @@ In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the end-of-sentence spacing (*note \@::). Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could -cause confusion. But they also reduce LaTeX's options when it breaks -lines into paragraphs, so you can use too many. They are also matters -of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. -Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from the TeXbook. +cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the +tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive +words in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::). + + They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, +among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them +from 'The TeXbook'. * Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: 'Chapter~12', or 'Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}', or - 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'. When cases are enumerated inline: - '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'. + 'Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}'. + + * When cases are enumerated inline: '(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is + (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded'. * Between a number and its unit: '$745.7.8$~watts' (the 'siunitx' package has a special facility for this) or '144~eggs'. This includes between a month and a date: 'October~12' or '12~Oct'. In general, in any expressions where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: 'AD~565', or '2:50~pm', or - 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or '\$$1.4$~billion'. + 'Boeing~747', or '268~Plains Road', or '\$$1.4$~billion'. Other + common choices here are a thin space (*note \thinspace & + \negthinspace::) and no space at all. * When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: 'equals~$n$', or 'less than~$\epsilon$', or 'given~$X$', or 'modulo~$p^e$ for all @@ -10215,13 +11424,10 @@ Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them from the TeXbook. * Between symbols in series: '$1$,~$2$, or~$3$' or '$1$,~$2$, \ldots,~$n$'. - * Between a person's forenames and between multiple surnames: - 'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII' (but - you must give TeX places to break the line so you may do 'Charles - Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin'). - - * Before a dash: 'pages 12~--14' or 'it is~--- it must be said~--- - plausible'. + * Between a person's given names and between multiple surnames: + 'Donald~E. Knuth', or 'Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo', or 'Charles~XII'--but + you must give TeX places to break the line so you might do 'Charles + Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin'. 19.8 '\thinspace' & '\negthinspace' =================================== @@ -10231,21 +11437,25 @@ Synopsis, one of: \thinspace \negthinspace - Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6em and -1/6em. -These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and '\!' (*note Spacing in -math mode/\thinspace::). You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace' -in text mode. + These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6em and +-1/6em, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of '\,' and +'\!' (*note Spacing in math mode/\thinspace::). - The '\negthinspace' command is used in text mode mostly for fiddling -with spaces. One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between -nested quotes. + You can use '\,' as a synonym for '\thinspace' in text mode. + + One common use of '\thinspace' is as the space between nested quotes: Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' Another use is that some style guides call for a '\thinspace' between an -ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, though, think -the three dots are quite enough already). Still another use is between -initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'. +ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, think the +three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another style-specific use is +between initials, as in 'D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth'. + + LaTeX provides a variety of similar spacing commands (*note Spacing +in math mode::). With 'amsmath', or as of the 2020-10-01 LaTeX release, +they can be used in text mode as well as math mode, including '\!' for +'\negthinspace'; before that, they were available only in math mode. 19.9 '\/' ========= @@ -10255,32 +11465,42 @@ Synopsis: BEFORE-CHARACTER\/AFTER-CHARACTER Insert an "italic correction", a small space defined by the font -designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with -whatever follows. When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the correction from -the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been applied to -the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. +designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character +colliding with whatever follows. When you use '\/', LaTeX takes the +correction from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has +been applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. Here, were it not for the '\/', the BEFORE-CHARACTER italic f would hit the AFTER-CHARACTER roman H \newcommand{\companylogo}{{\it f}\/H} -because the italic letter leans far to the right. +because the italic letter f leans far to the right. If AFTER-CHARACTER is a period or comma then don't insert an italic -correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small height. -However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal letters, the -italic correction can help. - - When you use commands such as '\textit' or '\itshape' to change -fonts, LaTeX will automatically insert any needed italic correction -(*note Font styles::). - - Roman characters can also have an italic correction. An example is -in the name 'pdf\/\TeX'. - - There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is -done in a different way. +correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the baseline +already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with normal +letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used between a +switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font. + + When you use commands such as '\emph' and '\textit' and '\textsl' to +change fonts, LaTeX automatically inserts the italic correction when +needed (*note Font styles::). However, declarations such as '\em' and +'\itshape' and '\slshape' do not automatically insert italic +corrections. + + Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example +where this is needed is the name 'pdf\/\TeX'. However, most upright +characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators do not +include italic correction values even for italic fonts. + + Technically, LaTeX uses another font-specific value, the so-called +slant parameter (namely '\fontdimen1'), to determine whether to possibly +insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to particular +font commands. + + There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing +is done in a different way. 19.10 '\hrulefill' & '\dotfill' =============================== @@ -10511,7 +11731,7 @@ component (*note Lengths::). \vspace{1ex plus 0.5ex} The new day dawned cold. -(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip:: for common inter-paragraph +(*Note \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip::, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) The '*'-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More @@ -10605,7 +11825,7 @@ from the first 'addvspace'. Now uncomment the second '\addvspace'. It does not make the gap 20pt longer; instead the gap is the sum of '\baselineskip' and 20pt. So -'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name -- it makes sure +'\addvspace' in a sense does the opposite of its name--it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used. @@ -10643,14 +11863,14 @@ mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines. The '\mbox' command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::). Because 'text' is not broken into lines, you can use '\mbox' to -prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the -table name, 'T-4'. +prevent hyphenation. In this example, LaTeX will not hyphenate the tank +name, 'T-34'. - See Table~\mbox{T-4} + The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism. - The first two command versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are roughly -equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the TEXT. -(They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.) + The first two command synopsis versions, '\mbox' and '\makebox', are +roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the +TEXT. (They are like plain TeX's '\hbox'.) In the third version the optional argument WIDTH specifies the width of the box. Note that the space occupied by the text need not equal the @@ -10670,8 +11890,9 @@ the natural size you can say this. \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} - For the fourth command version the optional argument POSITION gives -position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: + For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument +POSITION gives position of the text within the box. It may take the +following values: 'c' The TEXT is centered (default). @@ -10698,11 +11919,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. \pts{90}An African or European swallow? - The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space) -will be just before the 'What' (note the space after 'points'). You can -use '\makebox' similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or -'Asymptote', where you put the edge of the text at a known location, -regardless of the length of that text. + The right edge of the output '10 points ' (note the ending space +after 'points') will be just before the 'What'. You can use '\makebox' +similarly when making graphics, such as in 'TikZ' or 'Asymptote', where +you put the edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the +length of that text. For boxes with frames see *note \fbox & \framebox::. For colors see *note Colored boxes::. @@ -10711,11 +11932,11 @@ see *note Colored boxes::. 'picture' environment, where the length is given in terms of '\unitlength' (*note \makebox (picture)::). - If you put a double-backslash into TEXT then LaTeX will not give you -a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}' outputs 'abc defghi' -while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def ghi', but neither go -to a second line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox:: and *note -minipage::. + As TEXT is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash '\\' nor +'\par' will give you a new line; for instance '\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}' +outputs 'abc defghi' while '\makebox{abc def \par ghi}' outputs 'abc def +ghi', both on a single line. To get multiple lines see *note \parbox:: +and *note minipage::. 20.2 '\fbox' & '\framebox' ========================== @@ -10742,7 +11963,7 @@ a frame. are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note \mbox & -\makebox:: for the full description but here is an example creating an +\makebox::, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4in wide. \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox[0.25in]{\strut}} @@ -10779,7 +12000,7 @@ frame the result. And if you wish to go anywhere you must run twice as fast as that. \end{minipage}} - *Note Colored boxes:: for colors other than black and white. + *Note Colored boxes::, for colors other than black and white. The 'picture' environment has a version of this command where the units depend on 'picture''s '\unitlength' (*note \framebox (picture)::). @@ -10819,12 +12040,12 @@ CONTENTS. The CONTENTS is the text that is placed in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components. There are three optional arguments, POSITION, HEIGHT, and INNER-POS. -The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the 'parbox' with respect -to the surrounding material. The possible values are 'c' or 'm' to make -the vertical center of the 'parbox' lines up with the center of the -adjacent line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line of the -'parbox' with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to match -the bottom line. +The POSITION gives the vertical alignment of the "parbox" with respect +to the surrounding material. The supported values are 'c' or 'm' to +make the vertical center of the parbox lines up with the center of the +adjacent text line (this is the default), or 't' to match the top line +of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or 'b' to +match the bottom line. The optional argument HEIGHT overrides the natural height of the box. @@ -10846,10 +12067,10 @@ Synopsis, one of: Raise or lower TEXT. This command is fragile (*note \protect::). - This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by -lowering the vertical bar symbol. + This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a +function by lowering the vertical bar symbol. - \newcommand\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} + \newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} $f\restricted{A}$ The first mandatory argument DISTANCE specifies how far to raise the @@ -10868,7 +12089,7 @@ is the box's height plus its depth). This will align two graphics on their top (*note Graphics::). - \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{calc} % in preamble + \usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble ... \begin{center} \raisebox{1ex-\height}{% @@ -10892,40 +12113,41 @@ Synopsis, one of: \savebox{BOX-CMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT} Typeset TEXT just as with '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) -except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a storage -bin named BOX-CMD. The bin name BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'. -You must have previously allocated the bin BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox' -(*note \newsavebox::).The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is +except that LaTeX does not output it but instead saves it in a box +register referred to by a variable named BOX-CMD. The variable name +BOX-CMD begins with a backslash, '\'. You must have previously +allocated the box register BOX-CMD with '\newsavebox' (*note +\newsavebox::). The '\sbox' command is robust while '\savebox' is fragile (*note \protect::). - This creates and uses a bin. + This creates and uses a box register. \newsavebox{\fullname} \sbox{\fullname}{John Jacob Jingleheimer Schmidt} ... \usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too! Whenever we go out, the people always shout! - There goes \\usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. + There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. -One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a '\newcommand' is -efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset the contents. See -the example below. +One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a '\newcommand' +macro variable is efficiency, that LaTeX need not repeatedly retypeset +the contents. See the example below. The first two command invocations, '\sbox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}' and '\savebox{BOX-CMD}{TEXT}', are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as WIDTH, and the position of the text inside that box as POSITION. *Note -\mbox & \makebox:: for the full description. +\mbox & \makebox::, for the full description. In the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands the TEXT is typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (*note Modes::). If you use these then LaTeX doesn't give you an error but it ignores what you want: if you -enter '\sbox{\newbin}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newbin}' then you get -'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newbin}{test \par test}' and -'\usebox{\newbin}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning. +enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}' and '\usebox{\newreg}' then you get +'testtest', while if you enter '\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}' and +'\usebox{\newreg}' then you get 'test test', but no error or warning. To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here. - \savebox{\abin}{% + \savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -10933,15 +12155,15 @@ To fix this use a '\parbox' or 'minipage' as here. \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}} ... - \usebox{\abin} + \usebox{\areg} - As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin's contents, this -puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the -header. LaTeX only typesets it once. + As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register's contents, +this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in +the header. LaTeX only typesets it once. \usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble - \newsavebox{\sealbin} - \savebox{\sealbin}{% + \newsavebox{\sealreg} + \savebox{\sealreg}{% \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}% \begin{picture}(0,0)% \put(1.5,-2.5){% @@ -10951,13 +12173,13 @@ header. LaTeX only typesets it once. \end{tabular}} \end{picture}% } - \markright{\usebox{\sealbin}} + \markright{\usebox{\sealreg}} \pagestyle{headings} The 'picture' environment is good for fine-tuning the placement. - If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like -'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin'. + If the register '\noreg' has not already been defined then you get +something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg'. 20.6 'lrbox' ============ @@ -10968,24 +12190,25 @@ Synopsis: TEXT \end{lrbox} - The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the bin 'BOX-CMD'. The -BOX-CMD must begin with a backslash. You must create this bin in -advance with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). This is the -environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands, and is -equivalent to them. *Note \sbox & \savebox:: for the full information. + This is the environment form of the '\sbox' and '\savebox' commands, +and is equivalent to them. for the full description, *Note \sbox & +\savebox::. - In this example the environment is convenient for entering the -'tabular'. + The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box register referred +to by variable 'BOX-CMD'. The variable name BOX-CMD must begin with a +backslash, '\'. You must allocate this box register in advance with +'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). In this example the environment is +convenient for entering the 'tabular'. - \newsavebox{\jhbin} - \begin{lrbox}{\jhbin} + \newsavebox{\jhreg} + \begin{lrbox}{\jhreg} \begin{tabular}{c} \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\ Jim Hef{}feron \end{tabular} \end{lrbox} ... - \usebox{\jhbin} + \usebox{\jhreg} 20.7 '\usebox' ============== @@ -10994,10 +12217,11 @@ Synopsis: \usebox{BOX-CMD} - Produce the box most recently saved in the bin BOX-CMD by the -commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. *Note \sbox -& \savebox:: for more information and examples. (Note that BOX-CMD -starts with a backslash.) This command is robust (*note \protect::). + Produce the box most recently saved in the box register BOX-CMD by +the commands '\sbox' or '\savebox', or the 'lrbox' environment. For +more information and examples, *Note \sbox & \savebox::. (Note that the +variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, '\'.) This command is +robust (*note \protect::). 21 Color ******** @@ -11183,7 +12407,7 @@ style but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the synopses. Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and - {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37} Gold} for the team. + {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team. The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note Color models::). For instance, while 'rgb' takes three numbers, 'gray' @@ -11332,7 +12556,7 @@ with a '.def' extension, such as 'pdftex.def'. '\includegraphics' command). 'draft' - For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is + For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. @@ -11373,14 +12597,15 @@ distribution's documentation. Synopsis: - \graphicspath{LIST OF DIR NAMES INSIDE CURLY BRACKETS} + \graphicspath{LIST OF DIRECTORIES INSIDE CURLY BRACES} Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows you to later say something like '\includegraphics{lion.png}' instead of having to give its path. - LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory. -The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory + LaTeX always looks for graphic files first in the current directory +(and the output directory, if specified; *note output directory::). The +declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory 'pix', and then '../pix'. \usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble @@ -11408,9 +12633,9 @@ the current directory, ... \usepackage{lion.png} -for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the file -name and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and then -'../pix/lion.png'. This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath' +for each of the listed directories, LaTeX concatenates it with the +filename and searches for the result, checking for 'pix/lion.png' and +then '../pix/lion.png'. This algorithm means that the '\graphicspath' command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue '\graphicspath{{a/}}' and the graphic is in 'a/b/lion.png' then LaTeX will not find it. It also means that you can use absolute paths such as @@ -11449,7 +12674,7 @@ files. ... \includegraphics{lion} % will find lion.png before lion.pdf -Because the file name 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the +Because the filename 'lion' does not have a period, LaTeX uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (*note \graphicspath::), LaTeX will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories and @@ -11464,7 +12689,9 @@ Windows platform is not case sensitive. document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the most recent 'pdftex.def' has this extension list. - .png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 + .pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 + + To change the order, use the 'grfext' package. You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with @@ -11499,7 +12726,7 @@ extension not covered by another rule, so it covers 'filename.1', EXTENSION The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use - the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behaviour for all + the Kleene star, '*', to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. TYPE @@ -11530,7 +12757,7 @@ SIZE-FILE EXTENSION COMMAND A command that will be applied to the file. This is very often - left blank. This command must start with a single backward quote. + left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}' specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored @@ -11590,10 +12817,10 @@ to search for the file, *note \graphicspath::. example is '\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}'. The '\includegraphics{FILENAME}' command decides on the type of -graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot. You can use FILENAME -with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}' and then LaTeX tries a -sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds a file -with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::). +graphic by splitting FILENAME on the first dot. You can instead use +FILENAME with no dot, as in '\includegraphics{turing}', and then LaTeX +tries a sequence of extensions such as '.png' and '.pdf' until it finds +a file with that extension (*note \DeclareGraphicsExtensions::). If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @@ -11602,9 +12829,9 @@ hide them with curly braces, as in below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package 'grffile'. - This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so LaTeX can move -it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (*note -figure::). + This example puts a graphic in a 'figure' environment so LaTeX can +move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward +(*note figure::). \begin{figure} \centering @@ -11668,7 +12895,7 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. Note that a graphic is placed by LaTeX into a box, which is -traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the +traditionally referred to as its "bounding box" (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic's printed area may go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when LaTeX makes up a page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the @@ -11681,7 +12908,7 @@ graphic. convenient is '\linewidth', or in a two-column document, '\columnwidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). An example is that by using the 'calc' package you can make the graphic be 1 cm - narrow than the width of the text with + narrower than the width of the text with '\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}'. 'height' @@ -11712,7 +12939,7 @@ graphic. 'scale' Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter '\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}'. This - number may be any value; a number between 1 and 0 will shrink the + number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. 'angle' @@ -11740,10 +12967,10 @@ graphic. 'viewport' Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in TeX dimensions, as with - '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. The - dimensions default to big points, 'bp'. They are taken relative to - the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the 'trim' - option. + '\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}'. When + the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big points, 'bp'. + They are taken relative to the origin specified by the bounding + box. See also the 'trim' option. 'trim' Gives parts of the graphic to not show. Takes four arguments, @@ -11791,7 +13018,7 @@ graphic. 'quiet' Do not write information to the log. You can set it with 'quiet=true' or just specified it with - '\includegraphics[...,quite,...]{...}', + '\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}', 'draft' If you set it with 'draft=true' or just specify it with @@ -11860,7 +13087,7 @@ the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'. For more on these, 'command' Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in - conjunction with the option 'type'. *Note Command line options:: + conjunction with the option 'type'. *Note Command line options::, for a discussion of enabling the '\write18' functionality to run external commands. @@ -11878,7 +13105,7 @@ Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package: Put MATERIAL in a box and rotate it ANGLE degrees counterclockwise. - This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees. + This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees. \begin{tabular}{ll} \rotatebox{45}{Character} &\rotatebox{45}{NATO phonetic} \\ @@ -12003,7 +13230,8 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign '%' is for comments. They are called -"reserved characters" or "special characters". +"reserved characters" or "special characters". They are all discussed +elsewhere in this manual. # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ @@ -12014,12 +13242,13 @@ will produce '$1.23' in your output. As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character -receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text body font +receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body font circumflex use '\^{}'. To get a backslash in the font of the text body, enter '\textbackslash{}'. To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use '\verb!!' -as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines). +as below (the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the lines in +the output). \begin{center} \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ @@ -12036,12 +13265,13 @@ Synopsis: \MakeUppercase{TEXT} \MakeLowercase{TEXT} - Change the case of characters. The TeX primitives commands -'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' only work for American characters. The -LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' commands also -change characters accessed by commands such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The -commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have -moving arguments (*note \protect::). + Change the case of characters. The TeX primitive commands +'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' are set up by default to work only with +the 26 letters a-z and A-Z. The LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and +'\MakeLowercase' commands also change characters accessed by commands +such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The commands '\MakeUppercase' and +'\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have moving arguments (*note +\protect::). These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within TEXT. But they do change the case of every other Latin @@ -12070,35 +13300,45 @@ standard LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowerCase'. To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package 'mfirstuc'. + Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for +non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in the +original TeX and LaTeX. It has been implemented in the 'expl3' package +as of 2020. The article "Case changing: From TeX primitives to the +Unicode algorithm", (Joseph Wright, 'TUGboat' 41:1, +<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf>), gives a good +overview of the topic, past and present. + 23.3 Symbols by font position ============================= You can access any character of the current font using its number with the '\symbol' command. For example, the visible space character used in -the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as -'\symbol{32}'. +the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32 in the standard Computer +Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'. You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix, -or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the previous example -could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. +or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the visible space at 32 +decimal could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. 23.4 Text symbols ================= LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1. Unless you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX then you may -need to load the 'textcomp' package. +available in OT1. As of the LaTeX February 2020 release, all symbols +are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use the +'textcomp' package for some (technically, those in the 'TS1' font +encoding). '\copyright' '\textcopyright' (C) The copyright symbol. '\dag' - U+2020 The dagger symbol (in text). + † The dagger symbol (in text). '\ddag' - U+2021 The double dagger symbol (in text). + ‡ The double dagger symbol (in text). '\LaTeX' The LaTeX logo. @@ -12106,11 +13346,11 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\LaTeXe' The LaTeX2e logo. -'\guillemotleft (<<)' -'\guillemotright (>>)' -'\guilsinglleft (<)' -'\guilsinglright (>)' - <<, >>, <, > Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used +'\guillemotleft («)' +'\guillemotright (»)' +'\guilsinglleft (‹)' +'\guilsinglright (›)' + «, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. '\ldots' @@ -12124,22 +13364,22 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\P' '\textparagraph' - U+00B6 Paragraph sign (pilcrow). + ¶ Paragraph sign (pilcrow). '\pounds' '\textsterling' - # English pounds sterling. + £ English pounds sterling. -'\quotedblbase (,,)' -'\quotesinglbase (,)' - ,, and , Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. +'\quotedblbase („)' +'\quotesinglbase (‚)' + „ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. '\rq' ' Right (closing) quote. '\S' '\textsection' - U+00A7 Section sign. + § Section sign. '\TeX' The TeX logo. @@ -12160,10 +13400,10 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. | Vertical bar. '\textbardbl' - U+23F8 Double vertical bar. + ⏸ Double vertical bar. '\textbigcircle' - U+25EF Big circle symbol. + ◯, Big circle symbol. '\textbraceleft' { Left brace. @@ -12175,7 +13415,7 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. * Bullet. '\textcircled{LETTER}' - U+24B6 Circle around LETTER. + Ⓐ, Circle around LETTER. '\textcompwordmark' '\textcapitalcompwordmark' @@ -12187,49 +13427,70 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. while the '\textascendercompwordmark' form has the ascender height. '\textdagger' - U+2020 Dagger. + † Dagger. '\textdaggerdbl' - U+2021 Double dagger. + ‡ Double dagger. '\textdollar (or '\$')' $ Dollar sign. '\textemdash (or '---')' - -- Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in 'The playoffs --- if you - are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- is more like a - sprint.'). + -- Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or + parentheses, as in ''The playoffs---if you're lucky enough to make + the playoffs---are more like a sprint.'' Conventions for spacing + around em-dashes vary widely. '\textendash (or '--')' - - En-dash (used for ranges, as in 'See pages 12--14'). + - En-dash. Used for ranges, as in ''see pages 12--14''. '\texteuro' - The Euro symbol: Euro. For an alternative glyph design, try the - 'eurosym' package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own - Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). + The Euro currency symbol: €. + + For an alternative glyph design, try the 'eurosym' package; also, + most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode + U+20AC). '\textexclamdown (or '!`')' - ! Upside down exclamation point. + ¡ Upside down exclamation point. + +'\textfiguredash' + Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June + 2021 release of LaTeX. When used in pdfTeX, approximated by an + en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if + available in the current font, or writes the usual "Missing + character" warning to the log file. '\textgreater' > Greater than symbol. +'\texthorizontalbar' + Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 + release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; the + pdfTeX approximation is an em-dash. + '\textless' < Less than symbol. '\textleftarrow' - U+2190 Left arrow. + ←, Left arrow. + +'\textnonbreakinghyphen' + Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June + 2021 release of LaTeX. Behavior as with '\textfiguredash' above; + the pdfTeX approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with breaks + disallowed after). '\textordfeminine' '\textordmasculine' - a, o Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. + ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. '\textperiodcentered' - U+00B7 Centered period. + · Centered period. '\textquestiondown (or '?`')' - ? Upside down question mark. + ¿ Upside down question mark. '\textquotedblleft (or '``')' " Double left quote. @@ -12244,7 +13505,7 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. ' Single right quote. '\textquotesingle' - U+0027 Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) + ', Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) '\textquotestraightbase' '\textquotestraightdblbase' @@ -12254,33 +13515,35 @@ need to load the 'textcomp' package. (R) Registered symbol. '\textrightarrow' - U+2192 Right arrow. + →, Right arrow. '\textthreequartersemdash' - U+FE58 "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. + ﹘, "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. '\texttrademark' - U+2122 Trademark symbol. + ™ Trademark symbol. '\texttwelveudash' - U+FE58 "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. + ﹘, "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. '\textunderscore' _ Underscore. '\textvisiblespace' - U+2423 Visible space symbol. + ␣, Visible space symbol. 23.5 Accents ============ LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, -through the 'babel' package and related support if you are using -pdfLaTeX, or 'polyglossia' if you are using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX. This -section does not cover that support. It only lists the core LaTeX -commands for creating accented characters. The '\capital...' commands -shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital letters. -These are not available with OT1. +provided through the core 'babel' package, which supports pdfLaTeX, +XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX. The 'polyglossia' package provides similar +support with the latter two engines. + + This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core +LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. The '\capital...' +commands shown here produce alternative forms for use with capital +letters. These are not available with OT1. Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase 'o'. @@ -12291,33 +13554,33 @@ accented. '\"' '\capitaldieresis' - o" Umlaut (dieresis). + ö Umlaut (dieresis). '\'' '\capitalacute' - o' Acute accent. + ó Acute accent. '\.' - o. Dot accent. + ȯ Dot accent. '\=' '\capitalmacron' - o= Macron (overbar) accent. + ō Macron (overbar) accent. '\^' '\capitalcircumflex' - o^ Circumflex (hat) accent. + ô Circumflex (hat) accent. '\`' '\capitalgrave' - o` Grave accent. + ò Grave accent. '\~' '\capitaltilde' - n~ Tilde accent. + ñ Tilde accent. '\b' - o_ Bar accent underneath. + o̲ Bar accent underneath. Related to this, '\underbar{TEXT}' produces a bar under TEXT. The argument is always processed in LR mode (*note Modes::). The bar @@ -12327,37 +13590,81 @@ accented. '\c' '\capitalcedilla' - c, Cedilla accent underneath. + ç Cedilla accent underneath. '\d' '\capitaldotaccent' - .o Dot accent underneath. + ọ Dot accent underneath. '\H' '\capitalhungarumlaut' - o'' Long Hungarian umlaut accent. + ő Long Hungarian umlaut accent. '\k' '\capitalogonek' - o; Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. + ǫ Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. '\r' '\capitalring' - o* Ring accent. + o̊ Ring accent. '\t' '\capitaltie' '\newtie' '\capitalnewtie' - oo[ Tie-after accent. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. + oo͡ Tie-after accent. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. '\u' '\capitalbreve' - o( Breve accent. + ŏ Breve accent. '\v' '\capitalcaron' - o< Ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent. + ǒ Háček (check, caron) accent. + +23.5.1 '\accent' +---------------- + +Synopsis: + + \accent NUMBER CHARACTER + + A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a +numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument +constructs the accented character in the current font. + + These are accented 'e' characters. + + \accent18 e + \accent20 e + \accent21 e + \accent22 e + \accent23 e + +The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. + + The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so +the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is +desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building +them using '\accent'. Using glyphs that already contain the accented +characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation whereas +'\accent' disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font encoding +where accented glyphs are absent). + + There can be an optional font change between NUMBER and CHARACTER. +Note also that this command sets the '\spacefactor' to 1000 (*note +\spacefactor::). + + An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and the +majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be assembled +from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while '\accent' +provides for a single accent mark and a single letter combination. +There are also cases where accents must appear between letters that +\accent does not support. Still other cases exist where the letters I +and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that conflict with +dotted accent marks. The use of '\accent' in these cases will not work +as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. 23.6 Additional Latin letters ============================= @@ -12368,15 +13675,15 @@ English. '\aa' '\AA' - aa and AA. + å and Å. '\ae' '\AE' - ae and AE. + æ and Æ. '\dh' '\DH' - Icelandic letter eth: d and D. Not available with OT1 encoding, you + Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. @@ -12392,7 +13699,7 @@ English. '\l' '\L' - /l and /L. + ł and Ł. '\ng' '\NG' @@ -12400,23 +13707,76 @@ English. '\o' '\O' - /o and /O. + ø and Ø. '\oe' '\OE' - oe and OE. + œ and Œ. '\ss' '\SS' - ss and SS. + ß and SS. '\th' '\TH' - Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. Not available with OT1 encoding, + Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. -23.7 '\rule' +23.7 'inputenc' package +======================= + +Synopsis: + + \usepackage[ENCODING-NAME]{inputenc} + + Declare the input file's text encoding to be ENCODING-NAME. The +default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, +specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not +useful to omit it. + + In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme +called the "encoding". There are many different encodings. The +simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough +for most of the world's languages. For instance, to typeset the +a-umlaut character ä in an ASCII-encoded LaTeX source file, the sequence +'\"a' is used. This would make source files for anything but English +hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive encoding is more +convenient. + + The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is +UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for +LaTeX since 2018. + + The 'inputenc' package is how LaTeX knows what encoding is used. For +instance, the following command explicitly says that the input file is +UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash). + + \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + + Caution: use 'inputenc' only with the pdfTeX engine (*note TeX +engines::). (The XeTeX and LuaTeX engines assume that the input file is +UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke LaTeX with either the 'xelatex' command +or the 'lualatex' command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with +'inputenc', such as 'latin1', then you will get the error 'inputenc is +not designed for xetex or luatex'. + + An 'inputenc' package error such as 'Invalid UTF-8 byte "96' means +that some of the material in the input file does not follow the encoding +scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a document +that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one is a left +single quote from a web page using 'latin1' inside a LaTeX input file +that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to replace the non-UTF-8 +character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a LaTeX equivalent command +or character. + + In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be +necessary. Use the command '\inputencoding{ENCODING-NAME}'. The most +common values for ENCODING-NAME are: 'ascii', 'latin1', 'latin2', +'latin3', 'latin4', 'latin5', 'latin9', 'latin10', and 'utf8'. + +23.8 '\rule' ============ Synopsis, one of: @@ -12426,8 +13786,8 @@ Synopsis, one of: Produce a "rule", a filled-in rectangle. - This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, -often used to mark the end of a proof. + This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos +symbol, or just "qed", often used to mark the end of a proof: \newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} @@ -12449,9 +13809,9 @@ thickness is common in LaTeX. A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause LaTeX to change the output around it. *Note -\strut:: for examples. +\strut::, for examples. -23.8 '\today' +23.9 '\today' ============= Synopsis: @@ -12515,7 +13875,7 @@ with five included files. This will bring in material from 'pref.tex', 'chap1.tex', 'chap2.tex', 'append.tex', and 'bib.tex'. If you compile this file, and then comment -out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1,' and +out all of the lines inside '\includeonly{...}' except for 'chap1', and compile again, then LaTeX will only process the material in the first chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print. However, the advantage of the '\includeonly' command is that @@ -12523,7 +13883,7 @@ LaTeX will retain the page numbers and all of the cross reference information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. - *Note Larger book template:: for another example of '\includeonly'. + *Note Larger book template::, for another example of '\includeonly'. 24.1 '\endinput' ================ @@ -12545,12 +13905,13 @@ and this is 'chap1.tex'. This will not appear. This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end -of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during -mailing. It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize -errors is to put '\endinput' halfway through the included file and see -if the error disappears. Now, knowing which half contains the error, -moving '\endinput' to halfway through that area further narrows down the -location. This process rapidly finds the offending line. +of a file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file +is transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for +debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to put '\endinput' halfway +through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing +which half contains the error, moving '\endinput' to halfway through +that area further narrows down the location. This process rapidly finds +the offending line. After reading '\endinput', LaTeX continues to read to the end of the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless. @@ -12575,10 +13936,12 @@ document. The '\include' command does three things: it executes '\clearpage' (*note \clearpage & \cleardoublepage::), then it inputs the material from 'FILENAME.tex' into the document, and then it does another -'\clearpage'. This command can only appear in the document body. The -'\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX under -subsequent '\include' commands. Its list of filenames is -comma-separated, and it can only appear in the preamble. +'\clearpage'. This command can only appear in the document body. + + The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by LaTeX +under subsequent '\include' commands. Its list of filenames is +comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even earlier, e.g., +the command line; it can't appear in the document body. This example root document, 'constitution.tex', brings in three files, 'preamble.tex', 'articles.tex', and 'amendments.tex'. @@ -12605,7 +13968,7 @@ file just for editing convenience. Running LaTeX on 'constitution.tex' makes the material from the three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files -'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.tex'. These contain +'preamble.aux', 'articles.aux', and 'amendments.aux'. These contain information such as page numbers and cross-references (*note Cross references::). If you now comment out '\includeonly''s lines with 'preamble' and 'amendments' and run LaTeX again then the resulting @@ -12620,9 +13983,9 @@ include all the files you call for with '\include' commands. The '\include' command makes a new page. To avoid that, see *note \input:: (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). - *Note Larger book template:: for another example using '\include' and -'\includeonly'. That example also uses '\input' for some material that -will not necessarily start on a new page. + *Note Larger book template::, for another example using '\include' +and '\includeonly'. That example also uses '\input' for some material +that will not necessarily start on a new page. File names can involve paths. @@ -12670,7 +14033,7 @@ also create 'athiesm.aux'.) If you '\include' the root file in itself then you first get 'LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.' Later runs get 'TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]'. To fix this, you must remove -the inclusion '\include{root}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and +the inclusion '\include{ROOT}' but also delete the file 'ROOT.aux' and rerun LaTeX. 24.3 '\input' @@ -12744,7 +14107,7 @@ LaTeX will produce a table of contents on the book's first page. Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter and section listings but not subsection listings, because the '\section' -command has level 1. *Note Sectioning:: for level numbers of the +command has level 1. *Note Sectioning::, for level numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the 'tocdepth' *note Sectioning/tocdepth::. @@ -12754,7 +14117,7 @@ book template::. If you want a page break after the table of contents, write a '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command, as above. - To make the table of contents LaTeX stores the information in an + To make the table of contents, LaTeX stores the information in an auxiliary file named 'ROOT-FILE.toc' (*note Splitting the input::). For example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex' @@ -12765,55 +14128,119 @@ example, this LaTeX file 'test.tex' \subsection{First subsection} ... -writes the following line to 'test.toc'. +writes these lines to 'test.toc'. \contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2} \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2} -The 'section' or 'subsection' is the sectioning unit. The hook -'\numberline' lets you to change how the information appears in the -table of contents. Of its two arguments, '1' or '1.1' is the sectioning -unit number and 'First section' or 'First subsection' is the title. -Finally, '2' is the page number on which the sectioning units start. - - One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to -get the contents page correct you must run LaTeX twice, once to store -the information and once to get it. In particular, the first time that -you run LaTeX on a new document, the table of contents page will be -empty except for its 'Contents' header. Just run it again. +Each line contains a single command, '\contentsline' (*note +\contentsline::). The first argument, the 'section' or 'subsection', is +the sectioning unit. The second argument has two components. The hook +'\numberline' determines how the sectioning number, '1' or '1.1', +appears in the table of contents (*note \numberline::). The remainder +of the second argument of '\contentsline', 'First section' or 'First +subsection', is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, +'2', is the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. + + To typeset these lines, the document class provides '\l@SECTION-UNIT' +commands such as '\l@section{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}' and +'\l@subsection{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER}'. These commands often use the +'\@dottedtocline' command (*note \@dottedtocline::). + + A consequence of LaTeX's strategy of using auxiliary files is that to +get the correct information in the document you must run LaTeX twice, +once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In +the ordinary course of writing a document authors run LaTeX a number of +times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new +document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its +'Contents' header. Just run LaTeX again. The commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of -figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the contents -commands; for instance, these work with information stored in '.lof' and -'.lot' files. +figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in files with +extension '.lof' and '.lot'. They work the same way as +'\tableofcontents' but the latter is more common, so we use it for most +examples. + + You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of +figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a +section to the table of contents with +'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{TEXT}'. (*note \addcontentsline::). +Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line material, with +'\addtocontents', as with the command +'\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}', which adds vertical space +to the list of figures (*note \addtocontents::). + + Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of +tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which +sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title +text, such as 'First section'. Finally there is a box up against the +right margin, inside of which LaTeX puts the page number box. For the +indent and the width of the number box, *note \@dottedtocline::. The +right margin box has width '\@tocrmarg' and the page number is flush +right in that space, inside a box of width '\@pnumwidth'. By default +'\@tocrmarg' is '2.55em' and '\@pnumwidth' is '1.55em'. Change these as +with '\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{3.5em}'. - To change the header for the table of contents page do something like -the first line here. + CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures +and tables (*note CTAN::). The package 'tocloft' is convenient for +adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, +'tocbibbind' will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to +the table of contents. + + To change the header for the table of contents page, do something +like these commands before you call '\tableofcontents', etc. - \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} + \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents} \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots} - \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables} + \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications} -Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two. -Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will -change the headers depending on the chosen base language. - CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the -default, such as spacing, is 'tocloft'. And, 'tocbibbind' will -automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of -contents. + Internationalization packages such as 'babel' or 'polyglossia' will +change these headers depending on the chosen base language. + +25.1.1 '\@dottedtocline' +------------------------ + +Synopsis: -25.1.1 '\addcontentsline' + \@dottedtocline{SECTION-LEVEL-NUM}{INDENT}{NUMWIDTH}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER} + + Used internally by LaTeX to format an entry line in the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly +enter '\@dottedtocline' commands. + + This command is typically used by '\l@section', '\l@subsection', +etc., to format the content lines. For example, the 'article.cls' file +contains these definitions: + + \newcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} + \newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}} + \newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}} + +In this example, '\@dottedcline' appears to have been given only three +arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up the +final TEXT and PAGENUMBER arguments in the synopsis from a call to +'\contentsline'. + + Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin +box, these '\@dottedtocline' commands insert "leaders", that is, +evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command +'\@dotsep'. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which are +'1/18' em. Change it using '\renewcommand', as in +'\renewcommand{\@dotsep}{3.5}'. + + In the default book class, LaTeX does not use dotted leaders for the +Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class it does +not use dotted leaders for Section entries. + +25.1.2 '\addcontentsline' ------------------------- Synopsis: \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} - Add an entry to the file specified by EXT. Usually EXT is one of -'toc' for the table of contents, 'lof' for the list of figures, or 'lot' -for the list of tables. + Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension EXT. The following will result in an 'Appendices' line in the table of contents. @@ -12827,20 +14254,23 @@ where it appears in the input file. The '\addcontentsline' command writes information to the file 'ROOT-NAME.EXT'. It writes that information as the text of the command '\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of -counter 'UNIT'. The most common case is the table of contents and there -NUM is the page number of the first page of UNIT. +counter 'UNIT' (*note \contentsline::). The most common case is the +table of contents and there NUM is the page number of the first page of +UNIT. This command is invoked by the sectioning commands '\chapter', etc., and also by '\caption' inside a float environment. But it is also used -by authors. For example, in a book to have the preface unnumbered, you -may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that does not put in table of -contents information, so you can enter it manually, as here. +by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style is to +have an unnumbered preface may use the starred '\chapter*'. But that +command leaves out table of contents information, which can be entered +manually, as here. \chapter*{Preface} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Preface} In the '.toc' file LaTeX will put the line '\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note the page number '3'. +{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}'; note that the page number '3' is +automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. All of the arguments for '\addcontentsline' are required. @@ -12879,7 +14309,7 @@ move '\addcontentsline' into the file being included. then you don't get an error but the formatting in the table of contents will not make sense. -25.1.2 '\addtocontents' +25.1.3 '\addtocontents' ----------------------- Synopsis: @@ -12888,8 +14318,8 @@ Synopsis: Add TEXT, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the auxiliary file with extension EXT. This is most commonly used for the -table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also applies -to the list of figures and list of tables. +table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to +the list of figures and list of tables. This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the 'Contents' header. @@ -12897,6 +14327,24 @@ to the list of figures and list of tables. \tableofcontents\newpage \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}} +This puts the word 'Page', in boldface, above the column of page numbers +and after the header. + + \tableofcontents + \addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par} + \chapter{...} + +This adds a line announcing work by a new author. + + \addtocontents{toc}{% + \protect\vspace{2ex} + \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par} + + The difference between '\addtocontents' and '\addcontentsline' is +that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the +page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above +examples show, '\addtocontents' is for material such as spacing. + The '\addtocontents' command has two arguments. Both are required. EXT @@ -12919,7 +14367,47 @@ as with '\addtocontents{...}{...}\include{...}' then lines in the table of contents can come out in the wrong order. The solution is to move '\addtocontents' into the file being included. -25.1.3 '\nofiles' +25.1.4 '\contentsline' +---------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{PAGENUMBER} + + Used internally by LaTeX to typeset an entry of the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (*note Table of contents +etc.::). Authors do not directly enter '\contentsline' commands. + + Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the +commands '\chapter', '\section', etc. for the table of contents, or by +the '\caption' command inside of a '\figure' or '\table' environment +(*note figure:: and *note table::). Thus, where the base file is +'thesis.tex', and contains the declaration '\tableofcontents', the +command '\chapter{Chapter One}' produces something like this in the file +'thesis.toc'. + + \contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3} + + If the file contains the declaration '\listoffigures' then a figure +environment involving '\caption{Test}' will produce something like this +in 'thesis.lof'. + + \contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6} + + To manually add material, use +'\addcontentsline{FILETYPE}{UNIT}{TEXT}', where FILETYPE is 'toc', +'lof', or 'lot' (*note \addcontentsline::). + + For manipulating how the '\contentline' material is typeset, see the +'tocloft' package. + + Note that the 'hyperref' package changes the definition of +'\contentsline' (and '\addcontentsline') to add more arguments, to make +hyperlinks. This is the source of the error 'Argument of \contentsline +has an extra }'. Fix this error by deleting the '.toc' or '.lof' or +'.lot' file, and running LaTeX again. + +25.1.5 '\nofiles' ----------------- Synopsis: @@ -12944,6 +14432,35 @@ LaTeX will not erase any existing auxiliary files, so if you insert the '\nofiles' command after you have run the file and gotten a '.toc' then the table of contents page will continue to show the old information. +25.1.6 '\numberline' +-------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \numberline{NUMBER} + + Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a +'\contentsline' command to typeset the section number (*note +\contentsline::). + + For example, this line in a '.toc' file causes the '1' to be typeset +flush left. + + \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} + + By default, LaTeX typesets the section numbers in a box of length +'\@tempdima'. That length is set by the commands '\l@section', +'\l@subsection', etc. Put section numbers inside a natural-width box +with '\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}'. + + This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +'\protect' (*note \protect::). An example is the use of '\protect' in +the command +'\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}' to get +the '\numberline' into this command in the '.toc' file: '\contentsline +{section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}' (the page number '6' is +automatically added by LaTeX; *note \addcontentsline::). + 25.2 Indexes ============ @@ -12973,12 +14490,12 @@ manipulations you run an external command, typically 'makeindex' or Finally, you bring the information back into your document and typeset it with the '\printindex' command (*note \printindex::). - There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The -'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on -the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. -The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ -entry on this topic, -<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind>. + There are many packages in the area of indexing. The 'showidx' +package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page +where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. The +'multind' package, among others, supports multiple indexes. See also +the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, <https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind>, +and the CTAN topic, <https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi>. 25.2.1 '\index' --------------- @@ -13064,7 +14581,7 @@ which creates an entry citing the page number of its own index listing. which outputs an index entry like 'function, 23--27' where the page number range is in blue. - Consider an index entry such as 'U+03B1-ring'. Entering it as + Consider an index entry such as 'α-ring'. Entering it as '$\alpha$-ring' will cause it to be alphabetized according to the dollar sign. You can instead enter it using an at-sign, as '\index{alpha-ring@$\alpha$-ring}'. If you specify an entry with an @@ -13153,8 +14670,8 @@ then it is a comment. Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for entries starting with 'a', etc. This specifier gives what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: '"\n\n \\indexspace\n"' - ('\indexspace' is a rubber length with default value '10pt plus5pt - minus3pt'). + ('\indexspace' is a command inserting a rubber length, by default + '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'). 'lethead_flag' An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. @@ -13244,10 +14761,14 @@ then it is a comment. '"rnaRA"'. There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex' -does. One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process -indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other -languages. It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms -of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation. +does. One is 'xindy' (https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does +internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up +using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is written in Lisp, +highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating +order of the text, as described in its documentation. + + A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is 'xindex', +written in Lua (<https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex>). 25.2.3 '\printindex' -------------------- @@ -13261,7 +14782,7 @@ Synopsis: To get an index you must first include '\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex' in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command 'makeindex', and then compile -the document again. *Note Indexes:: for further discussion and an +the document again. *Note Indexes::, for further discussion and an example of the use of '\printindex'. 25.3 Glossaries @@ -13337,8 +14858,8 @@ Synopsis, one of: document. The settings associated with the label are pairs: 'KEY=VALUE'. - This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers U+211D in -the glossary. + This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers ℝ, in the +glossary. \newglossaryentry{R} { @@ -13696,10 +15217,111 @@ where it applies to all letters. This only appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected. If so, it appears on the lower right of the page. -27 Terminal input/output -************************ +27 Input/output +*************** + +LaTeX uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in to +build document components such as a table of contents or index. You can +also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for others +to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. And, you +can issue instructions for the operating system. + +27.1 '\openin' & '\openout' +=========================== -27.1 '\typein' +Synopsis: + + \openin NUMBER=FILENAME + + or: + + \openout NUMBER=FILENAME + + Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The NUMBER must +be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between +0 and 255). + + Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading. + + \newread\presidentsfile + \openin\presidentsfile=presidents + \typeout{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile} + \read\presidentsfile to\presidentline + \typeout{\presidentline} + +The '\newread' command allocates input stream numbers from 0 to 15 +(there is also a '\newwrite'). The '\presidentsfile' is more memorable +but under the hood it is still a number; the first '\typeout' gives +something like 'presidentsfile is 1'. In addition, '\newread' keeps +track of the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an +error like '! No room for a new \read'. The second '\typeout' gives the +first line of the file, something like '1 Washington, George'. + + Ordinarily TeX will not try to open the file until the next page +shipout. To change this, use '\immediate\openin NUMBER=FILENAME' or +'\immediate\openout NUMBER=FILENAME'. + + Close files with '\closein NUMBER' and '\closeout NUMBER'. + + How LaTeX handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can +vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an +extension then TeX will add a '.tex'. This creates 'presidents.tex', +writes one line to it, and closes it. + + \newwrite\presidentsfile + \openout\presidentsfile=presidents + \write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George} + \closeout\presidentsfile + +But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if TeX finds a FILENAME +of 'presidents.dat' it could look first for 'presidents.dat.tex' and +later for 'presidents.dat', or it could do the opposite. Your +distribution's documentation should say more, and if you find something +that works for you then you are good, but to ensure complete portability +the best thing is to use file names containing only the twenty six ASCII +letters (not case-sensitive) and the ten digits, along with underscore +and dash, and in particular with no dot or space. + + For '\openin', if TeX cannot find the file then it does not give an +error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this +with '\ifeof'; one recourse is the command '\InputIfFileExists', *note +Class and package commands::). If you try to use the same number twice, +LaTeX won't give you an error. If you try to use a bad number then you +get an error message like '! Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 +\openin16=test.jh'. + +27.2 '\read' +============ + +Synopsis: + + \read NUMBER toMACRO + + Make the command MACRO contain the next line of input from text +stream NUMBER, as in '\read5 to\data'. + + This opens the file 'email.tex' for reading, puts the contents of the +first line into the command '\email', and then closes the file. + + \newread\recipientfile + \openin\recipientfile=email + \read\recipientfile to\email + \typeout{Email address: \email} + \closein\recipientfile + + If NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file of that +number is open, or if the file has ended, then '\read' will take input +from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not allowed, e.g., +'\nonstopmode'; *note interaction modes::). (However, the natural way +in LaTeX to take input from the terminal is '\typein' (*note \typein::.) + + To read an entire file as additional LaTeX source, use '\input' +(*note \input::) or '\include' (*note \include & \includeonly::). + + A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail +merges. CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is 'datatool'. + +27.3 '\typein' ============== Synopsis, one of: @@ -13728,8 +15350,8 @@ you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command. In the second command version the optional argument 'CMD' argument -must be a command name -- it must begin with a backslash, \. This -command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you +must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a backslash, \. +This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you typed. For example, this \typein[\student]{Enter student name:} @@ -13744,7 +15366,7 @@ gives this output on the command line, where the user has entered 'John Dee.' -27.2 '\typeout' +27.4 '\typeout' =============== Synopsis: @@ -13777,33 +15399,300 @@ spaces. Use '^^J' to get a newline. Get a percent character with produces on the command line 'The length is 5.0pt'. -28 Command line -*************** +27.5 '\write' +============= + +Synopsis: + + \write NUMBER{STRING} + + Write STRING to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file opened by +'\openout'. For instance, '\write6' writes to text stream number 6. + + If the following appears in 'BASEFILE.tex' then it opens +'BASEFILE.jh', writes 'Hello World!' and a newline to it, and closes +that file. + + \newwrite\myfile + \immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename + ... + \immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!} + ... + \immediate\closeout\myfile + +The '\newwrite' allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic name to +make life easier, so that 'stream \newwrite\myfile\the\myfile' produces +something like 'stream 3'. Then '\openout' associates the stream number +with the given file name. TeX ultimately executed '\write3' which puts +the string in the file. + + Typically NUMBER is between 0 and 15, because typically LaTeX authors +follow the prior example and the number is allocated by the system. If +NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if it is not associated with +an open file then LaTeX writes STRING to the log file. If NUMBER is +positive then in addition LaTeX writes STRING to the terminal. + + Thus, 'test \write-1{Hello World!}' puts 'Hello World!' followed by a +newline in the log file. (This is what the '\wlog' command does; *note +\wlog::). And '\write100{Hello World!}' puts the same in the log file +but also puts 'Hello World!' followed by a newline in the terminal +output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are special as NUMBER; see below.) + + In LuaTeX, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 (*note TeX +engines::). + + Use '\write\@auxout{STRING}' to write to the current '.aux' file, +which is associated with either the root file or with the current +include file; and use '\write\@mainaux{STRING}' to write to the main +'.aux'. These symbolic names are defined by LaTeX. + + By default LaTeX does not write STRING to the file right away. This +is because, for example, you may need '\write' to save the current page +number, but when TeX comes across a '\write' it typically does not know +what the page number is, since it has not yet done the page breaking. +So, you use '\write' in one of three contexts: + + \immediate\write\@auxout{STRING} %1 + \write\@auxout{STRING} %2 + \protected@write\@auxout{}{STRING} %3 + + 1. With the first, LaTeX writes STRING to the file immediately. Any + macros in STRING are fully expanded (just as in '\edef') so to + prevent expansion you must use '\noexpand', 'toks', etc., except + that you should use '#' instead of '##'). + + 2. With the second, STRING is stored on the current list of things (as + a TeX "whatsit" item) and kept until the page is shipped out and + likewise the macros are unexpanded until '\shipout'. At + '\shipout', STRING is fully expanded. + + 3. The third, '\protected@write', is like the second except that you + can use '\protect' to avoid expansion. The extra first argument + allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more macros + protected or to have some other special definition for the write. + + As a simple example of expansion with '\write', STRING here contains +a control sequence '\triplex' which we've defined to be the text 'XYZ': + + \newwrite\jhfile + \openout\jhfile=test.jh + \newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ} + \write\jhfile{test \triplex test} + +This results in the file 'test.jh' containing the text 'test XYZtest' +followed by a newline. + + The cases where NUMBER is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of +'\write''s behavior when NUMBER is outside the range from 0 to 15 +described above, in Plain TeX '\write16' and '\write17' were sometimes +used to write to the log file and the terminal; however, in LaTeX, the +natural way to do that is with '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). The +'\write18' command is even more special; modern TeX systems use it for +giving commands to the operating system (*note \write18::). + + Ordinarily '\write' outputs a single line. You can include a newline +with '^^J'. Thus, this produces two lines in the log file: + + \wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.} + + A common case where authors need to write their own file is for +answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write out +verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of packages +for this; one is 'answers'. + +27.5.1 '\write' and security +---------------------------- + +The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a +downloaded LaTeX file and it overwrote your password file then you would +be justifiably troubled. + + Thus, by default TeX systems only allow you to open files for writing +that are in the current directory or output directory, if specified +(*note output directory::), or in a subdirectory of those. So, this +code + + \newwrite\jhfile + \openout\jhfile=../test.jh + +gives an error like: + Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p). + ! I can't write on file `../test.jh' + + You can get just such an error when using commands such as +'\include{../filename}' because LaTeX will try to open +'../filename.aux'. The simplest solution is to put the included files +in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. + +27.5.2 '\message' +----------------- + +Synopsis: + + \message{STRING} + + Write STRING to the log file and the terminal. + + Typically, LaTeX authors use '\typeout' (*note \typeout::). It +allows you to use '\protect' on any fragile commands in STRING (*note +\protect::). But '\typeout' always inserts a newline at the end of +STRING while '\message' does not, so the latter can be useful. + + With this example document body. + + before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI} + \message{declare a thumb war.}After + +under some circumstances (see below) LaTeX writes the following to both +the terminal and the log file. + + One Two Three Four + I declare a thumb war. + +The '^^J' produces a newline. Also, in the output document, between +'before' and 'After' will be a single space (from the end of line +following 'I}'). + + While '\message' allows you more control over formatting, a gotcha is +that LaTeX may mess up that formatting because it inserts line breaks +depending on what it has already written. Contrast this document body, +where the 'Two' has moved, to the one given above. + + before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI} + \message{declare a thumb war.}After + + This can happen: when LaTeX is outputting the messages to the +terminal, now the message with 'One' is shorter and it fits at the end +of the output terminal line, and so LaTeX breaks the line between it and +the 'Two Three'. That line break appears also in the log file. This +line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length of the full +path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted lines in a +way that is portable is hard, likely requiring starting your message at +the beginning of a line. + +27.5.3 '\wlog' +-------------- + +Synopsis: + + \wlog{STRING} + + Write STRING to the log file. + + \wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?} + \wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.} + + Ordinarily STRING appears in a single separate line. Use '^^J' to +insert a newline. + + \wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.} + \wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.} + +27.5.4 '\write18' +----------------- + +Synopsis: + + \write18{SHELL_COMMAND} + + Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system +runs the command and LaTeX's execution is blocked until that finishes. + + This sequence (on Unix) + + \usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble + ... + \newcommand{\fignum}{1} + \immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum} + \includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf} + +will run Asymptote (the 'asy' program) on 'pix/figure1.asy', so that the +document can later read in the resulting graphic (*note +\includegraphics::). Like any '\write', here LaTeX expands macros in +SHELL_COMMAND so that '\fignum' is replaced by '1'. + + Another example is that you can automatically run BibTeX at the start +of each LaTeX run (*note Using BibTeX::) by including +'\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}' as the first line of the file. +Note that '\jobname' expands to the basename of the root file unless the +'--jobname' option is passed on the command line, in which case this is +the option argument. + + You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information +that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files +in the current directory (but see 'texosquery' below): + + \immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} + \input{tmp.dat} + + The standard behavior of any '\write' is to wait until a page is +being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream +(*note \write::). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +'\immediate\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}'. + + There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands +inside a LaTeX file. If you download a file off the net and it contains +commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The +standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell access. +You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are safe, by +compiling with 'latex --enable-write18 FILENAME' (*note Command line +options::). (The '--shell-escape' option is a synonym, in TeX Live.) + + In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default +use a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as +those that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not +use the 'enable-write18' option. By default this list of allowed +commands is short and features only commands that are under the control +of the distribution maintainers (*note Command line options::). + + The SHELL_COMMAND text is always passed to '/bin/sh' on Unix-like +operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter 'cmd.exe' on Windows. +Any different shell set by the user, and the 'SHELL' environment +variable, is ignored. + + If what you need is system information, such as the operating system +name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the +'texosquery' package, which provides a convenient and secure interface +for this, unlike the above examples using the raw '\write18': +<https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery>. + + LaTeX provides a package 'shellesc' on top of the primitive +'\write18' command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command +'\ShellEscape' which works identically on all TeX engines; LuaTeX +intentionally did not retain '\write18' as a way to invoke a shell +command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The 'shellesc' package +also provides a command '\DelayedShellEscape', executed at '\output' +time, for the same reason. + +28 Command line interface +************************* Synopsis (from a terminal command line): pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT - Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use -'xelatex', or 'lualatex', or 'dviluatex', or 'latex'. + Run LaTeX on ARGUMENT. In place of 'pdflatex' you can also use (for +PDF output) 'xelatex' or 'lualatex', or (for DVI output) 'latex' or +'dvilualatex', among others (*note TeX engines::). For example, this will run LaTeX on the file 'thesis.tex', creating the output 'thesis.pdf'. pdflatex thesis -Note that '.tex' is the default file extension. +Note that '.tex' is the default file name extension. - pdfTeX is a development of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and -LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::). They are completely backward compatible. -But the original program had a custom output format, DVI, while the -newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows them to take -advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks, support for -modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous viewing -programs. In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' -then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern -features. If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will get DVI. -The description here assumes pdfLaTeX. + pdfTeX is an extension of the original TeX program, as are XeTeX and +LuaTeX (*note TeX engines::). The first two are completely backward +compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the most fundamental new +feature for all three is that the original TeX output its own DVI +format, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This allows +them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as hyperlinks, +support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and ubiquitous +viewing programs. In short, if you run 'pdflatex' or 'xelatex' or +'lualatex' then you will by default get PDF and have access to all its +modern features. If you run 'latex', or 'dvilualatex', then you will +get DVI. The description here assumes pdfLaTeX. *Note Command line options::, for a selection of the most useful command line options. As to ARGUMENT, the usual case is that it does @@ -13813,10 +15702,10 @@ then the system will interpret it as a line of LaTeX input, which can be used for special effects (*note Command line input::). If you gave no arguments or options then 'pdflatex' prompts for input -from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering '<control>-D'. +from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering 'CTRL-D'. If LaTeX finds an error in your document then by default it stops and -asks you about it. *Note Recovering from errors:: for an outline of +asks you about it. *Note Recovering from errors::, for an outline of what to do. 28.1 Command line options @@ -13828,7 +15717,11 @@ line. With many implementations you can specify command line options by prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live -(and MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both conventions interchangeably. +(including MacTeX) and MiKTeX. We will use both conventions +interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be specified either +as a separate argument ('--foo val'), or as one argument with an '=' +sign ('--foo=val'), but there can be no spaces around the '='. We will +generally use the '=' syntax. '-version' Show the current version, like 'pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX @@ -13841,13 +15734,13 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live '-interaction=MODE' TeX compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: 'batchmode', 'nonstopmode', 'scrollmode', 'errorstopmode'. In - "errorstop mode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks - for user intervention. In "batch mode" it prints nothing on the - terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit '<return>' at - every error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In "nonstop - mode", diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch - mode there is no user interaction. In "scroll mode", TeX only - stops for missing files or keyboard input. + "errorstopmode" (the default), TeX stops at each error and asks for + user intervention. In "batchmode" it prints nothing on the + terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user hit 'RETURN' at every + error, and missing files cause the job to abort. In "nonstopmode", + diagnostic message appear on the terminal but as in batch mode + there is no user interaction. In "scrollmode", TeX stops for + missing files or keyboard input, but nothing else. For instance, starting LaTeX with this command line @@ -13856,43 +15749,40 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live eliminates most terminal output. '-jobname=STRING' - Set the value of TeX's 'jobname' to the string. The log file and + Set the value of TeX's "jobname" to the string. The log file and output file will then be named 'STRING.log' and 'STRING.pdf'. - - When you run 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT', if ARGUMENT does not - start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to - input. Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and - the name of the input file will be the job name. This is used to - name the log file the output file. The 'jobname' option overrides - that process and directly specifies the name. *Note Command line - input:: for an example of its use. + *note Jobname::. '-output-directory=DIRECTORY' Write files in the directory DIRECTORY. It must already exist. + This applies to all external files created by TeX or LaTeX, such as + the '.log' file for the run, the '.aux', '.toc', etc., files + created by LaTeX, as well as the main '.pdf' or '.dvi' output file + itself. + + When specified, the output directory DIRECTORY is also + automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that + the external files can be read back in, if desired. The true + current directory (in which LaTeX was run) remains unchanged, and + is also checked for input files. -'--shell-escape' -'--no-shell-escape' '--enable-write18' '--disable-write18' - Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'. The first two options - are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for - MiKTeX. - - Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a - LaTeX file. For instance the package 'sagetex' allows you to have - the mathematics software system Sage do calculations or draw graphs - and then incorporate that output in your document. For this TeX - provides the '\write18' command. - - But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen - if you compiled a LaTeX file from the Internet. By default - '\write18' is disabled. (More precisely, by default TeX Live, - MacTeX, and MiKTeX only allow the execution of a limited number of - TeX-related programs, which they distribute.) - - If you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape', and in your - document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not get an error - but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'. +'--shell-escape' +'--no-shell-escape' + Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL_COMMAND}' (*note \write18::). + The first two options are supported by both TeX Live and MiKTeX, + while the second two are synonyms supported by TeX Live. + + Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since + it allows a LaTeX file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by + default, unrestricted '\write18' is not allowed. (The default for + TeX Live, MacTeX, and MiKTeX is to allow the execution of a limited + number of TeX-related programs, which they distribute.) + + For example, if you invoke LaTeX with the option 'no-shell-escape', + and in your document you call '\write18{ls -l}', then you do not + get an error but the log file says 'runsystem(ls -l)...disabled'. '-halt-on-error' Stop processing at the first error. @@ -13905,13 +15795,17 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'. This is the case for both TeX Live 28.2 Command line input ======================= -As part of the command line invocation 'pdflatex OPTIONS ARGUMENT' you -can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a backslash. -This allows you to do some special effects. +As part of the command line invocation + + LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT + +you can specify arbitrary LaTeX input by starting ARGUMENT with a +backslash. (All the engines support this.) This allows you to do some +special effects. For example, this file (which uses the 'hyperref' package for -hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a -PDF. +hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one to be read on physical +paper and one to be read online. \ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble \newcommand{\urlcolor}{black} @@ -13924,10 +15818,14 @@ PDF. ... Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book' -will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with 'pdflatex -"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black. (Note the -use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the -command line shell; your system may do this differently.) +will give the 'CTAN' link in blue. But compiling it with + + pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex" + +has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent interpretation +of the symbols by the command line shell. (This usually works on both +Unix and Windows systems, but there are many peculiarities to shell +quoting, so read your system documentation if need be.) In a similar way, from the single file 'main.tex' you can compile two different versions. @@ -13936,19 +15834,82 @@ different versions. pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}" The 'jobname' option is there because otherwise both files would be -called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. +called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first. (See the +next section.) - A final example. This loads the package 'graphicx' with the option -'draft' + In this example, we pass the 'draft' option to the 'graphicx' +package: + + pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" + +so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information +but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only +the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. + +28.3 Jobname +============ - pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +Running LaTeX creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or DVI) +output but also including others. These files are named with the +so-called "jobname". The most common case is also the simplest, where +for instance the command 'pdflatex thesis' creates 'thesis.pdf' and also +'thesis.log' and 'thesis.aux'. Here the job name is 'thesis'. + + In general, LaTeX is invoked as 'LATEX-ENGINE OPTIONS ARGUMENT', +where LATEX-ENGINE is 'pdflatex', 'lualatex', etc. (*note TeX +engines::). If ARGUMENT does not start with a backslash, as is the case +above with 'thesis', then TeX considers it to be the name of the file to +input as the main document. The name of that root file, without the +'.tex' extension, is the jobname. If ARGUMENT does start with a +backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then it waits for the first +'\input' command, and the jobname is the argument to '\input'. + + There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly +specified with the '-jobname' option, as in 'pdflatex -jobname=myname' +(*note Command line input:: for a real example). + + The final possibility is 'texput', which is the final fallback +default if no other name is available to TeX. For example, if no +'-jobname' option was specified, and the compilation stops before there +is any output, then the log file will be named 'texput.log'. + + A special case of this is that in LaTeX versions of (approximately) +2020 or later, the jobname is also 'texput' if the first '\input' occurs +as a result of being called by either '\documentclass' or +'\RequirePackage'. So this will produce a file named 'texput.pdf': + + pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}" + + However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, +with + + pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}" + +the output file is 'lipsum.pdf', as '\usepackage' calls '\input'. + + Within the document, the macro '\jobname' expands to the jobname. +(When you run LaTeX on a file whose name contains spaces, the string +returned by '\jobname' contains matching start and end quotes.) In the +expansion of that macro, all characters are of catcode 12 (other) except +that spaces are category 10, including letters that are normally +catcode 11. + + Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional +can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro '\IfBeginWith' +from the 'xstring' package in its star variant, which is insensitive to +catcode. For example, in the following text the footnote "Including +Respublica Bananensis Francorum." is only present if the task name +starts with 'my-doc'. + + If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then + all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% + {\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are + democracies. -so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because -otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage' -does an '\input' of its own.) + Manipulating the value of '\jobname' inside of a document does not +change the name of the output file or the log file. -28.3 Recovering from errors +28.4 Recovering from errors =========================== If LaTeX finds an error in your document then it gives you an error @@ -13965,15 +15926,16 @@ causes it show this, and wait for input. {} problem is a million dollar one. ? -The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and '<return>' and fix the typo. You -could instead enter '?' and '<return>' to see other options. +The simplest thing is to enter 'x' and 'RETURN' and fix the typo. You +could instead enter '?' and 'RETURN' to see other options. There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the '\end{document}' or misspelled it. In this case LaTeX gives you a '*' prompt. You can get back to the command line by typing -'\stop' and '<return>'. +'\stop' and 'RETURN'; this command does its best to exit LaTeX +immediately, whatever state it may be in. - The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name. For instance, + The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance, instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'. ! I can't find file `tste'. @@ -13982,15 +15944,15 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'. (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit) Please type another input file name: -The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at -the same time), and then retype the correct command line. +The simplest thing is to enter 'CTRL d' (holding the Control and d keys +down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. Appendix A Document templates ***************************** -Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional template resources are listed at -<http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>. +Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be +useful. Additional template resources are listed at +<https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates>. A.1 'beamer' template ===================== @@ -14002,7 +15964,7 @@ features, but here is a basic template: \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} -\date{July 31, 2007} +\date{July 31, 2020} \begin{document} @@ -14020,12 +15982,13 @@ features, but here is a basic template: \end{document} - One web resource for this: -<http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/>. + The Beamer package on CTAN: <https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>. A.2 'article' template ====================== +A simple template for an article. + \documentclass{article} \title{Article Class Template} \author{Alex Author} @@ -14041,13 +16004,14 @@ Additional text. \section{Second section} Some more text. + \end{document} A.3 'book' template =================== -This is a straightforward template for a book. See *Note Larger book -template:: for a more elaborate one. +This is a straightforward template for a book. *Note Larger book +template::, for a more elaborate one. \documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} @@ -14064,23 +16028,27 @@ Some other text. \section{A subtopic} The end. + \end{document} A.4 Larger 'book' template ========================== -This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has '\frontmatter', -'\mainmatter', and '\backmatter' to control the typography of the three -main areas of a book (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::). -The book has a bibliography and an index. +This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. *Note book +template::, for a simpler one. - Notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note + This template uses '\frontmatter', '\mainmatter', and '\backmatter' +to control the typography of the three main areas of a book (*note +\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter::). The book has a +bibliography and an index. + + Also notable is that it uses '\include' and '\includeonly' (*note Splitting the input::). While you are working on a chapter you can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to '\includeonly'. That will speed up compilation without losing any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to come on a new page is brought in with '\input' instead of '\include'. -You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) +You don't get the cross-reference benefit with '\input'.) \documentclass[titlepage]{book} \usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex @@ -14089,11 +16057,12 @@ You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) \author{Alex Author} \includeonly{% - frontcover, +% frontcover, preface, chap1, - ... +% appenA, } + \begin{document} \frontmatter \include{frontcover} @@ -14101,105 +16070,22 @@ You don't get the cross-reference benefit this way.) \maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright} \tableofcontents \include{preface} + \mainmatter \include{chap1} ... \appendix -\include{appena} +\include{appenA} ... + \backmatter \bibliographystyle{apalike} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} \bibliography \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex -\include{backcover} -\end{document} - -A.5 'tugboat' template -====================== - -'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group, -<http://tug.org/TUGboat>. - -\documentclass{ltugboat} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} -\else -\usepackage{url} -\fi -%%% Start of metadata %%% - -\title{Example \TUB\ article} - -% repeat info for each author. -\author{First Last} -\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country} -\netaddress{user (at) example dot org} -\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} - -%%% End of metadata %%% - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} -This is an example article for \TUB{}. -Please write an abstract. -\end{abstract} - -\section{Introduction} - -This is an example article for \TUB, linked from -\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. - -We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} -output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): -% verbatim blocks are often better in \small -\begin{verbatim}[\small] -\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW -\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\mf \MFB -\plain \POBox \PS -\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP -\TUB \TUG \tug -\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE - -\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph - -\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! -\cs{fred} -> \fred -\meta{fred} -> <fred> -\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... -\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 -\booktitle{Book of Fred} -\end{verbatim} - -For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format -\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. - -This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the -\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For -\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using -\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, -\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) - -Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - -\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style -\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty -\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX - -\makesignature +\include{backcover} \end{document} Index @@ -14207,2585 +16093,2934 @@ Index * Menu: -* &: tabular. (line 4940) +* $ inline math: math. (line 4674) +* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3779) +* & for table cells: tabular. (line 5641) * * prompt: Recovering from errors. - (line 14060) + (line 16032) * *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6771) -* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1981) + (line 7497) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2569) * *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6413) + (line 7127) * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13962) + (line 15867) * --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13962) + (line 15867) * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13989) + (line 15888) * --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13986) + (line 15885) * --help command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13927) + (line 15829) * --interaction command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13930) + (line 15832) * --jobname command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13947) + (line 15849) * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13989) + (line 15888) * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13962) + (line 15867) * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13959) + (line 15854) * --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13962) + (line 15867) * --version command-line option: Command line options. - (line 13922) -* .aux file: Output files. (line 458) -* .dvi file: Output files. (line 435) -* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 13394) -* .idx file: Indexes. (line 13035) -* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 13186) -* .ind file: makeindex. (line 13186) -* .isty file: makeindex. (line 13198) -* .lof file: Output files. (line 468) + (line 15824) +* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15526) +* .aux file: Output files. (line 486) +* .dvi file: Output files. (line 463) +* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 505) +* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 14923) +* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14560) +* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 14711) +* .ind file: makeindex. (line 14711) +* .isty file: makeindex. (line 14723) +* .lof file: Output files. (line 496) * .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) -* .log file: Output files. (line 453) -* .lot file: Output files. (line 468) + (line 14171) +* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* .log file: Output files. (line 481) +* .lot file: Output files. (line 496) * .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) -* .pdf file: Output files. (line 445) -* .tex, default extension: Command line. (line 13884) -* .toc file: Output files. (line 468) + (line 14171) +* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* .pdf file: Output files. (line 473) +* .tex, default extension: Command line interface. + (line 15781) +* .toc file: Output files. (line 496) * .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) -* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 510) + (line 14171) +* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 541) +* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15746) * 10pt option: Document class options. - (line 672) + (line 737) * 11pt option: Document class options. - (line 672) + (line 737) * 12pt option: Document class options. - (line 672) -* :: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9486) -* : <1>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9486) + (line 737) +* : for math: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10730) * [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 529) + (line 591) +* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11412) * \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 529) + (line 591) * \!: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9351) -* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 12378) + (line 10561) +* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13648) * \#: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) + (line 13325) * \$: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) + (line 13325) * \%: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) + (line 13325) * \&: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) -* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 12382) -* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4786) -* \*: \*. (line 9506) -* \+: tabbing. (line 4778) + (line 13325) +* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 13652) +* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5489) +* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4674) +* \*: \*. (line 10750) +* \+: tabbing. (line 5481) * \,: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9337) -* \-: tabbing. (line 4782) -* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 5808) -* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 12385) -* \/: \/. (line 10324) + (line 10547) +* \-: tabbing. (line 5485) +* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6520) +* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 13655) +* \/: \/. (line 11541) * \:: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9333) + (line 10537) * \;: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9328) -* \<: tabbing. (line 4774) -* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 12389) -* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4768) -* \>: tabbing. (line 4772) + (line 10526) +* \<: tabbing. (line 5477) +* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 13659) +* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5471) +* \>: tabbing. (line 5475) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9333) -* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4771) -* \@: \@. (line 10127) -* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 3868) -* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 3876) -* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6164) -* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 6598) -* \@itempenalty: list. (line 3872) -* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 2452) -* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4801) -* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4802) -* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4802) -* \aa (aa): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12455) -* \AA (AA): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12455) -* \acute: Math accents. (line 9221) -* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 12895) -* \address: \address. (line 13573) -* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 12970) -* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 7316) -* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 7563) -* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 10649) -* \ae (ae): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12459) -* \AE (AE): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12459) -* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 8055) -* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3227) -* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 8058) + (line 10537) +* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5474) +* \@: \@. (line 11336) +* \@auxout: \write. (line 15541) +* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4556) +* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14296) +* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4564) +* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6876) +* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7310) +* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4560) +* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15541) +* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3055) +* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5504) +* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5505) +* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5505) +* \aa (å): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13769) +* \AA (Å): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13769) +* \accent: \accent. (line 13719) +* \acute: Math accents. (line 10419) +* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14332) +* \address: \address. (line 15102) +* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14408) +* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8090) +* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8336) +* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 11876) +* \ae (æ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13773) +* \AE (Æ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13773) +* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 8965) +* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3890) +* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 8968) * \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7191) + (line 7965) * \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7196) -* \alsoname: \index. (line 13121) -* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 8061) -* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 9718) -* \angle: Math symbols. (line 8064) -* \appendix: \appendix. (line 2391) -* \approx: Math symbols. (line 8069) + (line 7970) +* \alsoname: \index. (line 14646) +* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 8971) +* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 10927) +* \angle: Math symbols. (line 8974) +* \appendix: \appendix. (line 2986) +* \approx: Math symbols. (line 8979) * \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7201) -* \arccos: Math functions. (line 9104) -* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 9107) -* \arctan: Math functions. (line 9110) -* \arg: Math functions. (line 9113) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 2910) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5065) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5071) -* \ast: Math symbols. (line 8072) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 8081) -* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3140) + (line 7975) +* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10302) +* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10305) +* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10308) +* \arg: Math functions. (line 10311) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3573) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5766) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5772) +* \ast: Math symbols. (line 8982) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 8990) +* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3803) * \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands. - (line 852) -* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3156) + (line 917) +* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3819) * \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands. - (line 857) + (line 922) * \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 857) -* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 9717) -* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 4802) -* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 12404) + (line 922) +* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 10926) +* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5505) +* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 13674) * \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 8084) -* \bar: Math accents. (line 9224) + (line 3019) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 8993) +* \bar: Math accents. (line 10422) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. - (line 1470) -* \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. - (line 1480) -* \begin: Environments. (line 2802) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 8088) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 1268) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1233) -* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5292) -* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) -* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 8091) -* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 8095) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 8099) -* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 8103) -* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 8106) -* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 8109) + (line 1981) +* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* \begin: Environments. (line 3465) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 8997) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 1770) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1735) +* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5995) +* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) +* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) +* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 5978) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9000) +* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9005) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9008) +* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9013) +* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9016) +* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9019) * \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10430) + (line 11657) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10431) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 8120) -* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 8112) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 8116) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 8123) -* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 8127) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 8130) -* \bmod: Math functions. (line 9116) + (line 11658) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9028) +* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9022) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9025) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9031) +* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9035) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9038) +* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10314) * \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9006) + (line 9875) * \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9014) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 8133) -* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 1894) -* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1895) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 8138) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 8141) -* \breve: Math accents. (line 9227) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 8146) -* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 12414) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 1271) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 8149) -* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 12382) -* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 12440) -* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 12444) -* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 12414) -* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 12393) -* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 12378) -* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 12418) -* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 12397) -* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 12422) -* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 12389) -* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 12436) -* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 12426) -* \capitalring: Accents. (line 12430) -* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 12436) -* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 12401) -* \caption: figure. (line 3353) -* \caption <1>: table. (line 4892) -* \cc: \cc. (line 13599) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 8154) -* \cdots: Dots. (line 9057) -* \centering: \centering. (line 2992) -* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2089) -* \check: Math accents. (line 9230) + (line 9883) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9041) +* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2482) +* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2483) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9046) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9049) +* \breve: Math accents. (line 10425) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9054) +* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 13684) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 1773) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9057) +* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 13652) +* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 13710) +* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 13714) +* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 13684) +* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 13663) +* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 13648) +* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 13688) +* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 13667) +* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 13692) +* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 13659) +* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 13706) +* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 13696) +* \capitalring: Accents. (line 13700) +* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 13706) +* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 13671) +* \caption: figure. (line 4016) +* \caption <1>: table. (line 5593) +* \cc: \cc. (line 15128) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9062) +* \cdots: Dots. (line 10213) +* \centering: \centering. (line 3655) +* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2684) +* \check: Math accents. (line 10428) * \CheckCommand: Class and package commands. - (line 864) + (line 929) * \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands. - (line 864) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 8157) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 8160) -* \circle: \circle. (line 4439) -* \cite: \cite. (line 5351) + (line 929) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9065) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9068) +* \circle: \circle. (line 5143) +* \cite: \cite. (line 6053) * \ClassError: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \ClassInfo: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \ClassWarning: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \cleardoublepage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 5987) + (line 6699) * \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 5987) -* \cline: \cline. (line 5199) -* \closing: \closing. (line 13615) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 8165) + (line 6699) +* \cline: \cline. (line 5900) +* \closein: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) +* \closeout: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) +* \closing: \closing. (line 15144) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9073) * \colon: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9486) -* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 1548) + (line 10730) +* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2046) * \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) + (line 2171) * \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1676) -* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 1554) + (line 2174) +* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2052) * \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1674) + (line 2172) * \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1676) -* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 1561) + (line 2174) +* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2059) * \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1675) + (line 2173) * \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1676) -* \complement: Math symbols. (line 8168) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 8174) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 12899) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 8177) -* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 12177) -* \cos: Math functions. (line 9119) -* \cosh: Math functions. (line 9122) -* \cot: Math functions. (line 9125) -* \coth: Math functions. (line 9128) -* \csc: Math functions. (line 9131) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 8180) + (line 2174) +* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9076) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9082) +* \contentsline: Table of contents etc.. + (line 14228) +* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14336) +* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9085) +* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13424) +* \cos: Math functions. (line 10317) +* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10320) +* \cot: Math functions. (line 10323) +* \coth: Math functions. (line 10326) +* \csc: Math functions. (line 10329) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9088) * \CurrentOption: Class and package commands. - (line 903) -* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 12418) -* \dag: Text symbols. (line 12181) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 8185) -* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 4645) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 8188) -* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9725) + (line 968) +* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 13688) +* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13428) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9092) +* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5348) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9095) +* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 10934) * \day: \day & \month & \year. - (line 7366) -* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 1594) -* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1600) -* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1607) -* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 1573) -* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 1612) -* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 12184) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 8192) -* \ddot: Math accents. (line 9233) -* \ddots: Dots. (line 9061) + (line 8139) +* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2092) +* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2098) +* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2105) +* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2071) +* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2110) +* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13431) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9100) +* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10431) +* \ddots: Dots. (line 10217) +* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 1384) * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. - (line 11508) + (line 12741) * \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule. - (line 11548) + (line 12783) * \DeclareOption: Class and package commands. - (line 909) + (line 974) * \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands. - (line 909) + (line 974) * \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands. - (line 939) + (line 1004) * \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands. - (line 939) -* \deg: Math functions. (line 9134) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 8195) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 8198) -* \det: Math functions. (line 9137) -* \dh (d): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12463) -* \DH (D): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12463) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 8201) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 8205) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 8209) -* \dim: Math functions. (line 9140) -* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 7941) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 8212) + (line 1004) +* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent. + (line 1418) +* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. + (line 1441) +* \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. + (line 1441) +* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 1469) +* \DeclareTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 1518) +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 1469) +* \DeclareTextCommandDefault <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 1518) +* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite. + (line 1550) +* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand. + (line 1575) +* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextSymbol. + (line 1593) +* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. + (line 1620) +* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. + (line 1620) +* \deg: Math functions. (line 10332) +* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 15757) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9103) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9106) +* \det: Math functions. (line 10335) +* \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13777) +* \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13777) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9109) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9113) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9118) +* \dim: Math functions. (line 10338) +* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 8851) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 9121) * \dj: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12469) + (line 13783) * \DJ: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12469) -* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 630) -* \dot: Math accents. (line 9236) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 8215) + (line 13783) +* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 694) +* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 15974) +* \dot: Math accents. (line 10434) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9124) * \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. - (line 10359) -* \dots: Text symbols. (line 12201) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5076) -* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 8219) -* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 8223) -* \ell: Math symbols. (line 8227) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 1253) -* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 8230) -* \encl: \encl. (line 13628) -* \end: Environments. (line 2802) -* \endinput: \endinput. (line 12615) -* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6061) + (line 11586) +* \dots: Text symbols. (line 13448) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5777) +* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9129) +* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9133) +* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9137) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 1755) +* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9140) +* \encl: \encl. (line 15157) +* \end: Environments. (line 3465) +* \endinput: \endinput. (line 13982) +* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6773) * \enspace: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 9932) -* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3213) -* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3213) -* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3213) -* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3213) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 8234) -* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 8240) -* \eta: Math symbols. (line 8243) + (line 11141) +* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3876) +* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3876) +* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3876) +* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3876) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9143) +* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9150) +* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9153) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 742) + (line 807) * \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1734) + (line 2232) * \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1735) + (line 2233) * \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1015) -* \exists: Math symbols. (line 8246) -* \exp: Math functions. (line 9143) -* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5016) -* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794) + (line 1080) +* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9156) +* \exp: Math functions. (line 10341) +* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3410) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5717) +* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12023) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). - (line 4622) -* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827) -* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10826) + (line 5325) +* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056) +* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12055) * \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). - (line 4622) -* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832) -* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10831) -* \fill: \hfill. (line 10019) -* \flat: Math symbols. (line 8249) -* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 1898) -* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 1899) -* \floatsep: Floats. (line 1914) -* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1915) -* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 1641) -* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6164) + (line 5325) +* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12061) +* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12060) +* \fill: \hfill. (line 11228) +* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9159) +* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2486) +* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2487) +* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2502) +* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2503) +* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2139) +* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6876) * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7214) + (line 7988) +* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11575) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. - (line 1380) + (line 1891) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. - (line 1390) + (line 1901) * \fontseries: Low-level font commands. - (line 1417) + (line 1928) * \fontshape: Low-level font commands. - (line 1457) + (line 1968) * \fontsize: Low-level font commands. - (line 1470) -* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6146) -* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6212) -* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 6174) -* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 6186) -* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6268) + (line 1981) +* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6858) +* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6924) +* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 6886) +* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 6898) +* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6980) * \footskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 1693) + (line 2191) * \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1694) -* \forall: Math symbols. (line 8252) -* \frac: \frac. (line 9522) -* \frame: \frame. (line 4633) + (line 2192) +* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9162) +* \frac: \frac. (line 10766) +* \frame: \frame. (line 5336) * \framebox: \framebox (picture). - (line 4597) -* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794) -* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 10173) + (line 5300) +* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12023) +* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 11382) * \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) -* \frown: Math symbols. (line 8255) -* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5866) -* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 8258) -* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 8261) -* \gcd: Math functions. (line 9146) -* \ge: Math symbols. (line 8264) -* \geq: Math symbols. (line 8268) -* \gets: Math symbols. (line 8272) -* \gg: Math symbols. (line 8275) -* \gls: \gls. (line 13464) -* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 11446) -* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 4343) -* \grave: Math accents. (line 9239) -* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 12193) -* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 12194) -* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 12195) -* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 12196) -* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 12422) -* \hat: Math accents. (line 9242) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 8279) + (line 3019) +* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9165) +* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6578) +* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9168) +* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9171) +* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10344) +* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9174) +* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9178) +* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9182) +* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9185) +* \gls: \gls. (line 14993) +* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12678) +* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5046) +* \grave: Math accents. (line 10437) +* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13440) +* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13441) +* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13442) +* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13443) +* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 13692) +* \hat: Math accents. (line 10440) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9188) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1681) + (line 2179) * \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1682) + (line 2180) * \headsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 1686) + (line 2184) * \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1687) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 8282) -* \hfill: \hfill. (line 10007) -* \hline: \hline. (line 5222) -* \hom: Math functions. (line 9149) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8285) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8288) + (line 2185) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9191) +* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11216) +* \hline: \hline. (line 5923) +* \hom: Math functions. (line 10347) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9194) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9197) * \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill. - (line 10359) + (line 11586) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. - (line 1786) + (line 2284) * \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1786) -* \hspace: \hspace. (line 9960) -* \hss: \hss. (line 10040) -* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 5907) -* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 12372) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 8291) + (line 2285) +* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11169) +* \hss: \hss. (line 11249) +* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6619) +* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 13642) +* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 15997) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9200) * \IfFileExists: Class and package commands. - (line 971) + (line 1036) * \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7080) + (line 7806) * \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7080) + (line 7806) * \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12475) + (line 13789) * \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12475) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 8295) -* \imath: Math symbols. (line 8298) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 8302) + (line 13789) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9204) +* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9207) +* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15556) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 9211) * \include: \include & \includeonly. - (line 12646) -* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 11627) + (line 14014) +* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 12862) * \includeonly: \include & \includeonly. - (line 12646) + (line 14014) * \indent: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7761) -* \index: Indexes. (line 13035) -* \index <1>: \index. (line 13071) -* \indexentry: \index. (line 13171) -* \indexspace: makeindex. (line 13238) -* \inf: Math functions. (line 9152) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 8307) -* \input: \input. (line 12763) + (line 8665) +* \index: Indexes. (line 14560) +* \index <1>: \index. (line 14596) +* \indexentry: \index. (line 14696) +* \indexspace: makeindex. (line 14763) +* \inf: Math functions. (line 10350) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9215) +* \input: \input. (line 14133) * \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands. - (line 971) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 8310) -* \intextsep: Floats. (line 1918) -* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 1919) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 8313) -* \it: Font styles. (line 1274) -* \item: description. (line 3059) -* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3195) -* \item <2>: itemize. (line 3528) -* \item <3>: itemize. (line 3550) -* \itemindent: list. (line 3693) -* \itemsep: list. (line 3697) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1227) -* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 12372) -* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 8320) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 8316) -* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 12426) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 8324) -* \ker: Math functions. (line 9155) -* \kill: tabbing. (line 4806) -* \l (/l): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12479) -* \L (/L): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12479) -* \label: \label. (line 2691) -* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3222) -* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3222) -* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3222) -* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3222) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 3557) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 3557) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 3557) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 3557) -* \labelsep: list. (line 3709) -* \labelwidth: list. (line 3714) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 8327) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 8330) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 8333) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 8338) -* \large: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 12187) -* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 12190) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 8343) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 8347) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 8351) -* \ldots: Dots. (line 9065) -* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 12200) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 8355) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 8359) -* \left: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8366) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8371) -* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 3279) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 8375) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 8378) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 3576) -* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 3734) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 3576) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 3576) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 3576) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 3576) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 3576) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 3576) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8381) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8386) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 8391) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 8395) -* \lg: Math functions. (line 9158) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 8398) -* \lim: Math functions. (line 9161) -* \liminf: Math functions. (line 9164) -* \limsup: Math functions. (line 9167) -* \line: \line. (line 4367) + (line 1036) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 9218) +* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2506) +* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2507) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9221) +* \it: Font styles. (line 1776) +* \item: description. (line 3722) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3858) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4210) +* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4234) +* \itemindent: list. (line 4381) +* \itemsep: list. (line 4385) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1729) +* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 13642) +* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9227) +* \jobname: Jobname. (line 15950) +* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 15988) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9224) +* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 13696) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9231) +* \ker: Math functions. (line 10353) +* \kill: tabbing. (line 5509) +* \l (ł): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13793) +* \L (Ł): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13793) +* \l@chapter: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* \l@section: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* \l@subsection: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* \label: \label. (line 3299) +* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3885) +* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3885) +* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3885) +* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3885) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4246) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4246) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4246) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4246) +* \labelsep: list. (line 4397) +* \labelwidth: list. (line 4402) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9234) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9237) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 9240) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9244) +* \large: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding. + (line 1646) +* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13434) +* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13437) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9248) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9251) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9254) +* \ldots: Dots. (line 10220) +* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13447) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 9259) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9262) +* \left: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9268) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9273) +* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 3942) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9277) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9280) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4262) +* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4422) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4262) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4262) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4262) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4262) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4262) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4262) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9283) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9288) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9293) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9296) +* \lg: Math functions. (line 10356) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9299) +* \lim: Math functions. (line 10359) +* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10362) +* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10365) +* \line: \line. (line 5070) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5925) + (line 6637) +* \lineskip: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2343) +* \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2343) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 1494) -* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 4411) + (line 1992) +* \linespread <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5115) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1700) + (line 2198) * \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1701) + (line 2199) * \listoffigures: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) + (line 14171) +* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14466) * \listoftables: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) -* \listparindent: list. (line 3751) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 8406) -* \ln: Math functions. (line 9170) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 8410) + (line 14171) +* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* \listparindent: list. (line 4439) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9305) +* \ln: Math functions. (line 10368) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9308) * \LoadClass: Class and package commands. - (line 991) + (line 1056) * \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 991) -* \location: \location. (line 13643) -* \log: Math functions. (line 9173) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 8413) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8418) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 8422) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8427) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 8432) -* \lq: Text symbols. (line 12206) + (line 1056) +* \location: \location. (line 15172) +* \log: Math functions. (line 10371) +* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 7127) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9311) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9316) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9321) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9326) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9331) +* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13453) * \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) -* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) + (line 3019) +* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) * \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture). - (line 4559) -* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 13357) -* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 13394) -* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 13035) -* \makelabel: list. (line 3670) -* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 13653) -* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 9681) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 8435) -* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7837) + (line 5262) +* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 14886) +* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 14923) +* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14560) +* \makelabel: list. (line 4358) +* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15182) +* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 10890) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9335) +* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8746) * \marginparpush: Page layout parameters. - (line 1707) + (line 2205) * \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1710) -* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 7866) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 7870) + (line 2208) +* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8775) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 8780) * \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1709) + (line 2207) * \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1710) -* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 7874) + (line 2208) +* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 8784) * \marginsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 1708) + (line 2206) * \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1710) -* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 9879) -* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 9888) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1304) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1320) -* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 8944) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1317) -* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 8947) -* \mathring: Math accents. (line 9245) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1301) -* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 8950) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1307) -* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 8953) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1310) -* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 8956) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1322) -* \max: Math functions. (line 9176) -* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1230) + (line 2208) +* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11088) +* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 11097) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1806) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1822) +* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9816) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1819) +* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9819) +* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10443) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1803) +* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9822) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1809) +* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9825) +* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1812) +* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9828) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1824) +* \max: Math functions. (line 10374) +* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1732) * \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10435) + (line 11662) * \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10436) + (line 11663) * \medspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9333) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 8439) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 8444) -* \min: Math functions. (line 9179) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 8454) + (line 10537) +* \message: \message. (line 15628) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9340) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9343) +* \min: Math functions. (line 10377) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 9353) * \month: \day & \month & \year. - (line 7366) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 8459) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 8462) -* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5091) -* \multiput: \multiput. (line 4295) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 8465) -* \name: \name. (line 13710) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 8468) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 8471) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 8474) + (line 8139) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9358) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9361) +* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5792) +* \multiput: \multiput. (line 4983) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9364) +* \name: \name. (line 15239) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9367) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9370) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9373) * \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands. - (line 1025) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 8477) + (line 1090) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9376) +* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode. + (line 10542) +* \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode. + (line 10531) * \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9351) + (line 10561) * \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10300) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 8481) + (line 11513) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9380) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6394) -* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6659) + (line 7106) +* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7385) * \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6750) -* \newfont: \newfont. (line 6996) -* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 13405) -* \newlength: \newlength. (line 6700) -* \newline: \newline. (line 5784) -* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE). (line 10203) -* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6028) -* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6722) -* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6884) -* \newtie: Accents. (line 12436) + (line 7476) +* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7722) +* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 14934) +* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7426) +* \newline: \newline. (line 6496) +* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE). (line 11412) +* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6740) +* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7448) +* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7610) +* \newtie: Accents. (line 13706) +* \newwrite: \write. (line 15520) * \ng: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12483) + (line 13797) * \NG: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12483) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 8484) -* \nocite: \nocite. (line 5401) -* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1215) -* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1215) -* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 13010) + (line 13797) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9383) +* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6104) +* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1717) +* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1717) +* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14506) * \noindent: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7761) + (line 8665) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5925) -* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 10173) -* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 3274) + (line 6637) +* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 11382) +* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 3937) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6086) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1251) -* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7853) -* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 10193) -* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 8489) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 8497) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 8501) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 8504) -* \o (/o): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12487) -* \O (/O): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12487) + (line 6798) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1753) +* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8762) +* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11402) +* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \not: Math symbols. (line 9388) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9396) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9400) +* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14531) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9403) +* \o (ø): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13801) +* \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13801) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5744) + (line 6456) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 742) + (line 807) * \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1733) + (line 2231) * \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1735) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 8507) -* \oe (oe): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12491) -* \OE (OE): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12491) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 8512) -* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1326) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 8516) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 8519) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 8522) -* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 1522) -* \opening: \opening. (line 13720) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 8525) + (line 2233) +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9406) +* \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13805) +* \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13805) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9410) +* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1828) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9413) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9416) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9419) +* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2020) +* \openin: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) +* \opening: \opening. (line 15249) +* \openout: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9422) * \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands. - (line 1043) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 8529) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 8532) -* \oval: \oval. (line 4458) + (line 1108) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9427) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9430) +* \oval: \oval. (line 5162) * \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9300) + (line 10498) * \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9281) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 8537) -* \P: Text symbols. (line 12209) + (line 10479) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9435) +* \P: Text symbols. (line 13456) * \PackageError: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \PackageInfo: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \PackageWarning: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. - (line 884) + (line 949) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6086) -* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 9752) -* \pageref: \pageref. (line 2749) -* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 9810) + (line 6798) +* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 10961) +* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3357) +* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11019) * \paperheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1746) + (line 2244) * \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1747) + (line 2245) * \paperwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1752) + (line 2250) * \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1753) -* \par: \par. (line 7708) -* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) + (line 2251) +* \par: \par. (line 8612) +* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) * \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2324) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 8542) -* \parbox: \parbox. (line 10861) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 4089) + (line 2919) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9440) +* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12090) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 4777) * \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7761) + (line 8665) * \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7810) -* \parsep: list. (line 3757) + (line 8714) +* \parsep: list. (line 4445) * \parskip: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7810) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 3595) -* \part: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* \part <1>: \part. (line 2035) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 8545) -* \partopsep: list. (line 3766) + (line 8714) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4282) +* \part: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* \part <1>: \part. (line 2630) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9443) +* \partopsep: list. (line 4454) * \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1049) + (line 1114) * \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1049) + (line 1114) * \pdfpageheight: Document class options. - (line 698) + (line 763) * \pdfpagewidth: Document class options. - (line 698) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 8548) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 8553) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 8557) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 8560) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 8564) -* \pmod: Math functions. (line 9182) -* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 4812) -* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 4813) -* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 12213) -* \Pr: Math functions. (line 9185) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 8567) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 8570) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 8575) -* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 13357) -* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 13394) -* \printindex: \printindex. (line 13342) -* \printindex <1>: \printindex. (line 13346) + (line 763) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9446) +* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9450) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9453) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9458) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9461) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9465) +* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10380) +* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5515) +* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5516) +* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13460) +* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10383) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9468) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9471) +* \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2343) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9475) +* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 14886) +* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 14923) +* \printindex: \printindex. (line 14871) +* \printindex <1>: \printindex. (line 14875) * \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1086) + (line 1151) * \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands. - (line 1086) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 8584) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 8587) -* \protect: \protect. (line 7028) -* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6519) + (line 1151) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9484) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9487) +* \protect: \protect. (line 7754) +* \protected@write: \write. (line 15566) +* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7233) * \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands. - (line 1124) + (line 1189) * \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands. - (line 1157) + (line 1222) * \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1124) -* \ps: \ps. (line 13732) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 8590) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 8593) -* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 4815) -* \put: \put. (line 4277) -* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 4318) + (line 1189) +* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand. + (line 1469) +* \ProvideTextCommand <1>: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 1518) +* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault. + (line 1518) +* \ps: \ps. (line 15261) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9490) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9493) +* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5518) +* \put: \put. (line 4965) +* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5006) * \qquad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9362) + (line 10574) * \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 9932) + (line 11141) * \quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9356) + (line 10568) * \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad. - (line 9932) -* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 12217) -* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 12218) -* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 12430) -* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 1662) -* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 3503) -* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 3452) -* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 10913) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 8596) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 8601) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 8605) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 8609) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 8612) -* \ref: \ref. (line 2773) -* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 7332) + (line 11141) +* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13464) +* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13465) +* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 13700) +* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2160) +* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4183) +* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4130) +* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12142) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9496) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9501) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9504) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9508) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9511) +* \read: \read. (line 15393) +* \ref: \ref. (line 3381) +* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* \refname: thebibliography. (line 5978) +* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8106) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6750) + (line 7476) * \RequirePackage: Class and package commands. - (line 1166) + (line 1231) +* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 15974) * \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands. - (line 1166) -* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 12048) + (line 1231) +* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13282) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5744) -* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 8617) -* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 8622) -* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 7853) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 8627) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 8631) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 8638) -* \right: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8642) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 8647) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 8651) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 8654) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 8657) -* \rightmargin: list. (line 3781) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 1277) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1224) + (line 6456) +* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9517) +* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9522) +* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8762) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9527) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9532) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9538) +* \right: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9543) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9548) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9552) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9555) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9558) +* \rightmargin: list. (line 4469) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 1779) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1726) * \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7204) + (line 7978) * \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7209) -* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 11949) -* \rq: Text symbols. (line 12221) -* \rule: \rule. (line 12506) -* \S: Text symbols. (line 12224) -* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10959) -* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10959) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 1280) -* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1245) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 8660) -* \sec: Math functions. (line 9188) -* \section: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* \section <1>: \section. (line 2182) -* \seename: \index. (line 13121) + (line 7983) +* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13183) +* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13468) +* \rule: \rule. (line 13873) +* \S: Text symbols. (line 13471) +* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12188) +* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12188) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 1782) +* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1747) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9561) +* \sec: Math functions. (line 10386) +* \section: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* \section <1>: \section. (line 2777) +* \seename: \index. (line 14646) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 1500) -* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 7298) -* \setlength: \setlength. (line 7535) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 8663) -* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 7592) -* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 7616) -* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 7640) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 1283) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1242) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 8669) -* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 4494) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 8672) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 8675) -* \signature: \signature. (line 13749) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 8679) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 8682) -* \sin: Math functions. (line 9191) -* \sinh: Math functions. (line 9194) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 1286) -* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5866) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1239) -* \small: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 8685) + (line 1998) +* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8072) +* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8308) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9564) +* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8365) +* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8389) +* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8413) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 1785) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1744) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9570) +* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 15757) +* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15561) +* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5198) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9573) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9576) +* \signature: \signature. (line 15278) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9580) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9583) +* \sin: Math functions. (line 10389) +* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10392) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 1788) +* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6578) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1741) +* \small: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9586) * \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10440) + (line 11667) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip. - (line 10441) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 8689) -* \SPACE: \(SPACE). (line 10203) -* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 10066) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 8692) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 8695) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 8699) -* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 9569) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 8703) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 8708) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 8713) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 8718) -* \ss (ss): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12495) + (line 11668) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9590) +* \SPACE: \(SPACE). (line 11412) +* \SPACE <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11412) +* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11275) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9593) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9596) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9600) +* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 10778) +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9604) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9609) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9614) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9619) +* \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13809) * \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12495) -* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 9585) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 8723) -* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 7350) + (line 13809) +* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 10794) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 9624) +* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8124) * \stop: Recovering from errors. - (line 14060) -* \strut: \strut. (line 10484) -* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) + (line 16032) +* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8437) +* \strut: \strut. (line 11711) +* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) * \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2324) -* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2260) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 8731) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 8734) -* \subsubsection: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2324) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 8737) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 8741) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 8746) -* \sup: Math functions. (line 9197) -* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 1887) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 8750) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 8753) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 8756) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 8761) + (line 2919) +* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2855) +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9632) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9635) +* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. + (line 2919) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9638) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9641) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9646) +* \sup: Math functions. (line 10395) +* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2475) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9649) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9652) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9655) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9660) * \symbol: Symbols by font position. - (line 12160) -* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 12436) -* \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 10203) -* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 4820) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5080) + (line 13405) +* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 13706) +* \TAB: \(SPACE). (line 11412) +* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5523) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5781) * \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) -* \tan: Math functions. (line 9200) -* \tanh: Math functions. (line 9203) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 8764) -* \telephone: \telephone. (line 13779) -* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 12228) -* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12266) -* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 12231) -* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 12234) -* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 12237) + (line 14171) +* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* \tan: Math functions. (line 10398) +* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10401) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9663) +* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15308) +* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13475) +* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13513) +* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13478) +* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13481) +* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13484) * \textbackslash: Reserved characters. - (line 12097) -* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 12240) -* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 12243) -* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 12246) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1233) -* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 12249) -* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 12252) -* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 12255) -* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 12258) -* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12265) -* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 12261) -* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 12264) -* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 12178) -* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 12273) -* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 12276) -* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 12279) -* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 12202) -* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 12282) -* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 12287) -* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 12290) -* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 12296) -* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 1923) -* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1924) -* \textfraction: Floats. (line 1902) -* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1903) -* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 12299) + (line 13332) +* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13487) +* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13490) +* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13493) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1735) +* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13496) +* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13499) +* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13502) +* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13505) +* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13512) +* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13508) +* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13511) +* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13425) +* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13520) +* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13523) +* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13526) +* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13449) +* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13529) +* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13535) +* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13538) +* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13546) +* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13549) +* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2511) +* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2512) +* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2490) +* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2491) +* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13556) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1758) + (line 2256) * \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1759) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 1227) -* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 12305) -* \textless: Text symbols. (line 12302) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1230) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1251) -* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 12308) -* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 12309) -* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 12210) -* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 12312) -* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 12315) -* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 12318) -* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 12321) -* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 12324) -* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 12327) -* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 12330) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 12333) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 12334) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 12337) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 12340) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1224) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1245) -* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 12225) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1242) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1239) -* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 12214) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 12343) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 12346) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1248) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 12349) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 12352) -* \textup: Font styles. (line 1236) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 12355) + (line 2257) +* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13559) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 1729) +* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13567) +* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13564) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1732) +* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13570) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1753) +* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13576) +* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13577) +* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13457) +* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13580) +* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13583) +* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13586) +* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13589) +* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13592) +* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13595) +* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13598) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13601) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13602) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13605) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13608) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1726) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1747) +* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13472) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1744) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1741) +* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13461) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13611) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13614) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1750) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13617) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13620) +* \textup: Font styles. (line 1738) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13623) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1766) + (line 2264) * \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1767) -* \th (th): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12499) -* \TH (TH): Additional Latin letters. - (line 12499) -* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9731) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 8767) -* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 4431) + (line 2265) +* \th (þ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13813) +* \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 13813) +* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 10940) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9666) +* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5135) * \thickspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9328) -* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 4423) + (line 10526) +* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5127) * \thinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9337) + (line 10547) * \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10300) -* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 9894) -* \tilde: Math accents. (line 9248) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 8771) -* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1345) -* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 9738) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 8775) -* \today: \today. (line 12541) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 8779) -* \topfraction: Floats. (line 1907) -* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1908) + (line 11513) +* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11103) +* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10446) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 9670) +* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1845) +* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 10947) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 9673) +* \today: \today. (line 13908) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 9677) +* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2495) +* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2496) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 1791) -* \topsep: list. (line 3786) + (line 2289) +* \topsep: list. (line 4474) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 1798) + (line 2296) * \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1799) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 8784) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 8787) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 8793) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 1289) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1248) -* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 1534) -* \typein: \typein. (line 13794) -* \typeout: \typeout. (line 13839) -* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 12440) + (line 2297) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9682) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9685) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9691) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 1791) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1750) +* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2032) +* \typein: \typein. (line 15424) +* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15469) +* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 13710) * \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9006) + (line 9875) * \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9014) -* \underbar: Accents. (line 12406) + (line 9883) +* \underbar: Accents. (line 13676) * \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9286) + (line 10484) * \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9269) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 4162) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 8799) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 8806) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 8813) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 8817) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 8821) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 8826) -* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 8831) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 8836) -* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1236) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 8843) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 8846) -* \usebox: \usebox. (line 11065) -* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 7239) + (line 10467) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 4860) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9697) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9703) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9709) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9713) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9717) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9722) +* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9727) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9732) +* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1738) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9739) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9742) +* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12296) +* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8013) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 1508) + (line 2006) * \usepackage: Additional packages. - (line 763) -* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 12444) -* \value: \value. (line 7265) -* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 8854) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 8849) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 8859) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 8863) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 8867) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 8871) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 8875) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 8879) -* \vdots: Dots. (line 9074) -* \vec: Math accents. (line 9251) -* \vector: \vector. (line 4536) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 8883) -* \verb: \verb. (line 5582) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 8888) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 8904) -* \vfill: \vfill. (line 10620) -* \vline: \vline. (line 5173) -* \vspace: \vspace. (line 10569) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 8922) -* \widehat: Math accents. (line 9254) -* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 9257) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 8926) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 8929) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 8932) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 8935) + (line 828) +* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent. + (line 1663) +* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent. + (line 1663) +* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 13714) +* \value: \value. (line 8039) +* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9750) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9745) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9755) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9759) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9763) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9767) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9771) +* \vbox plain TeX: minipage. (line 4731) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9775) +* \vdots: Dots. (line 10229) +* \vec: Math accents. (line 10449) +* \vector: \vector. (line 5240) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9779) +* \verb: \verb. (line 6290) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9783) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9787) +* \vfill: \vfill. (line 11847) +* \vline: \vline. (line 5874) +* \vspace: \vspace. (line 11796) +* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4727) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9794) +* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10452) +* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10455) +* \wlog: \wlog. (line 15674) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9798) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9801) +* \write: \write. (line 15502) +* \write and security: \write and security. + (line 15604) +* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 15582) +* \write18: \write18. (line 15692) +* \write18, enabling: Command line options. + (line 15867) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9804) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9807) +* \xspace: xspace package. (line 7880) * \year: \day & \month & \year. - (line 7366) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 8938) -* \\ (for center): center. (line 2954) -* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3262) -* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 3491) -* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 4520) -* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4765) -* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 3432) -* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 13537) -* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 4943) -* \\ for verse: verse. (line 5644) -* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 9718) -* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 9739) -* \\ force line break: \\. (line 5682) -* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3270) + (line 8139) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9810) +* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3773) +* \\ (for center): center. (line 3617) +* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3925) +* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 4169) +* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5224) +* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5468) +* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 4109) +* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 15066) +* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 5644) +* \\ for verse: verse. (line 6356) +* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 10927) +* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 10948) +* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6394) +* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3933) * \^: Reserved characters. - (line 12097) -* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 12393) + (line 13332) +* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 13663) * \_: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) -* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 12397) -* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 4792) + (line 13325) +* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 13667) +* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5495) * \{: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) -* \|: Math symbols. (line 8052) + (line 13325) +* \|: Math symbols. (line 8962) * \}: Reserved characters. - (line 12090) + (line 13325) * \~: Reserved characters. - (line 12097) -* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 12401) -* ^: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7977) -* _: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7977) -* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: \index. (line 13121) + (line 13332) +* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 13671) +* ^ superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. + (line 8887) +* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 15591) +* _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. + (line 8887) * {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 529) -* ~: ~. (line 10244) + (line 591) +* ~: ~. (line 11453) * a4paper option: Document class options. - (line 677) + (line 742) * a5paper option: Document class options. - (line 677) -* abstract environment: abstract. (line 2819) -* abstracts: abstract. (line 2819) -* accents: Accents. (line 12361) -* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 9217) + (line 742) +* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3482) +* abstract package: abstract. (line 3503) +* abstracts: abstract. (line 3482) +* accents: Accents. (line 13629) +* accents, defining: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 1384) +* accents, defining <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. + (line 1418) +* accents, defining <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault. + (line 1441) +* accents, defining <3>: \DeclareTextComposite. + (line 1550) +* accents, defining <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand. + (line 1575) +* accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault. + (line 1620) +* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10415) * accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position. - (line 12160) -* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 13357) -* acute accent: Accents. (line 12382) -* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 9222) + (line 13405) +* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 14886) +* acute accent: Accents. (line 13652) +* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10420) * additional packages, loading: Additional packages. - (line 763) + (line 828) +* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 11926) * ae ligature: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12459) -* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 4845) -* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 4705) -* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 7966) -* amsmath package: array. (line 2914) -* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 2925) -* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3106) -* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 3309) -* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 5496) -* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 7966) -* amsmath package <6>: Dots. (line 9077) -* amsmath package <7>: Math functions. (line 9206) -* amsmath package <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9467) -* amsmath package <9>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9495) -* amsmath package <10>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9499) -* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* amsthm package: theorem. (line 5496) -* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 12518) -* appendices: \appendix. (line 2391) -* appendix: \appendix. (line 2391) -* appendix package: \appendix. (line 2414) + (line 13773) +* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5548) +* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5408) +* amscd package: Arrows. (line 9869) +* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 8876) +* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9834) +* amsmath package: array. (line 3577) +* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3588) +* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3769) +* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 3972) +* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6199) +* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 8876) +* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10032) +* amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. + (line 10177) +* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10232) +* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10404) +* amsmath package <10>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 10689) +* amsmath package <11>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10739) +* amsmath package <12>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10743) +* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6199) +* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 13885) +* answers package: \write. (line 15596) +* appendices: \appendix. (line 2986) +* appendix: \appendix. (line 2986) +* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3009) * aring: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12455) -* array (package) package: array. (line 2936) -* array environment: array. (line 2865) -* arrays, math: array. (line 2865) -* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 12306) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 12341) -* article class: Document classes. (line 635) -* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 12267) -* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 12232) -* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 12235) -* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 12238) -* Asymptote package: \line. (line 4397) -* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 10540) -* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10772) -* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7009) -* at-sign: \@. (line 10127) -* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9718) -* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 458) + (line 13769) +* array (package) package: array. (line 3599) +* array environment: array. (line 3528) +* arrays, math: array. (line 3528) +* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13568) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13609) +* arrows: Arrows. (line 9834) +* article class: Document classes. (line 699) +* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13514) +* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13479) +* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13482) +* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13485) +* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5100) +* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 11767) +* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12000) +* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 15699) +* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7735) +* at-sign: \@. (line 11336) +* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10927) +* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 486) * b5paper option: Document class options. - (line 677) -* babel package: \chapter. (line 2154) -* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 5286) -* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 12361) -* babel package <3>: \today. (line 12548) + (line 742) +* babel package: \chapter. (line 2749) +* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 5987) +* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 13629) +* babel package <3>: \today. (line 13915) * babel package <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12875) -* babel package <5>: \index. (line 13121) -* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 11312) -* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 12241) -* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 12247) -* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 12244) -* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 12389) -* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 9225) -* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 12404) -* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 373) -* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 14087) -* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3140) + (line 14289) +* babel package <5>: \index. (line 14646) +* back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 3019) +* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12544) +* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13488) +* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13494) +* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13491) +* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 13659) +* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10423) +* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 13674) +* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 397) +* batchmode: Command line options. + (line 15833) +* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16060) +* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16060) +* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3803) * bibliography format, open: Document class options. - (line 725) -* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 5416) -* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5239) -* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) -* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 12250) -* Big point: Units of length. (line 7499) + (line 790) +* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6119) +* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5940) +* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) +* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13497) +* big point: Units of length. (line 8272) * bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 6373) + (line 7085) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. - (line 711) -* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 8962) + (line 776) +* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 9915) * bm package: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9032) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 1269) -* bold math: Font styles. (line 1322) -* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3064) + (line 9901) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 1771) +* bold math: Font styles. (line 1824) +* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3727) * boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9006) -* book class: Document classes. (line 635) + (line 9875) +* book class: Document classes. (line 699) * book, back matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) + (line 3019) * book, end matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) + (line 3019) * book, front matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) + (line 3019) * book, main matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. - (line 2424) -* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 1930) -* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1931) -* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) -* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 6722) -* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 11275) -* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 10959) -* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 11065) -* boxes: Boxes. (line 10696) -* bp: Units of length. (line 7499) -* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 12253) -* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 12256) -* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 5665) -* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 5956) -* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 9506) -* breve accent: Accents. (line 12440) -* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 9228) + (line 3019) +* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2518) +* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2519) +* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 12978) +* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) +* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7448) +* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 12978) +* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12507) +* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12188) +* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12296) +* boxes: Boxes. (line 11923) +* bp: Units of length. (line 8272) +* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13500) +* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13503) +* braces: Delimiters. (line 9958) +* brackets: Delimiters. (line 9958) +* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6377) +* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6668) +* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10750) +* breve accent: Accents. (line 13710) +* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10426) * bug reporting: About this document. - (line 344) -* bullet lists: itemize. (line 3528) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 8147) -* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 12259) -* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 3528) -* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 8988) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1272) -* cap height: Text symbols. (line 12267) -* caron accent: Accents. (line 12444) + (line 373) +* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4210) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9055) +* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13506) +* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4210) +* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 9941) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774) +* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13514) +* caron accent: Accents. (line 13714) * catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 6560) + (line 7274) * category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 6560) -* cc: Units of length. (line 7512) -* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 13599) -* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 12414) -* center environment: center. (line 2944) -* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 12238) + (line 7274) +* cc: Units of length. (line 8285) +* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15128) +* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 13684) +* center environment: center. (line 3607) +* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13485) * centered equations: Document class options. - (line 715) -* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 12313) -* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 2992) -* centering text, environment for: center. (line 2944) -* Centimeter: Units of length. (line 7503) -* chapter: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2089) + (line 780) +* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13581) +* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3655) +* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3607) +* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8276) +* changing case of characters: Upper and lower case. + (line 13351) +* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2684) * character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 6560) + (line 7274) +* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 13829) * character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9429) -* characters, accented: Accents. (line 12361) + (line 10641) +* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* characters, accented: Accents. (line 13629) * characters, case of: Upper and lower case. - (line 12115) + (line 13351) * characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12449) + (line 13763) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. - (line 12083) + (line 13317) * characters, special: Reserved characters. - (line 12083) -* check accent: Accents. (line 12444) -* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 9231) -* Cicero: Units of length. (line 7512) -* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 12250) -* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 12262) -* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 12393) -* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 9243) -* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 12232) -* citation key: \bibitem. (line 5301) + (line 13317) +* check accent: Accents. (line 13714) +* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10429) +* cicero: Units of length. (line 8285) +* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13497) +* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13509) +* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 13663) +* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10441) +* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13479) +* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6004) * class and package commands: Class and package commands. - (line 849) + (line 914) * class and package difference: Class and package construction. - (line 788) + (line 853) * class and package structure: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * class file example: Class and package structure. - (line 835) + (line 900) * class file layout: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * class options: Document class options. - (line 664) + (line 729) * class options <1>: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * class options <2>: Class and package commands. - (line 909) -* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 630) -* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 2683) -* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 2796) -* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6254) + (line 974) +* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 694) +* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3291) +* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3404) +* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6966) +* CLI: Command line interface. + (line 15768) * clock option to slides class: Document class options. - (line 757) -* closing letters: \closing. (line 13615) -* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 12222) -* cm: Units of length. (line 7503) -* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5543) + (line 822) +* closing letters: \closing. (line 15144) +* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13469) +* cm: Units of length. (line 8276) +* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1327) +* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15746) +* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6246) * colon character: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9486) -* color: Color. (line 11077) -* color <1>: Define colors. (line 11182) -* color <2>: Colored text. (line 11204) -* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 11275) -* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 11312) -* color models: Color models. (line 11130) + (line 10730) +* color: Color. (line 12309) +* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12414) +* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12436) +* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12507) +* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12544) +* color models: Color models. (line 12362) * color package commands: Commands for color. - (line 11177) + (line 12409) * color package options: Color package options. - (line 11092) -* color, define: Define colors. (line 11182) -* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 11275) -* colored page: Colored pages. (line 11312) -* colored text: Colored text. (line 11204) -* command line: Command line. (line 13872) + (line 12324) +* color, define: Define colors. (line 12414) +* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12507) +* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12544) +* colored text: Colored text. (line 12436) +* command line interface: Command line interface. + (line 15768) * command syntax: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 529) + (line 591) * commands, class and package: Class and package commands. - (line 849) + (line 914) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6394) -* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 6519) + (line 7106) +* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7233) * commands, document class: Class and package construction. - (line 779) + (line 844) * commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics. - (line 11621) + (line 12856) * commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7080) + (line 7806) +* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 7880) * commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6394) -* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 6598) -* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 12267) -* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5543) + (line 7106) +* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15692) +* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7310) +* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13514) +* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 8950) +* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6246) * configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* contents file: Output files. (line 468) -* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 12179) -* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 7155) -* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6659) -* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 7265) + (line 12666) +* contents file: Output files. (line 496) +* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13426) +* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 7929) +* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7385) +* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8039) * counters, printing: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 7183) -* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 7298) -* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 5563) -* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 5621) -* creating pictures: picture. (line 4143) -* creating tables: table. (line 4854) -* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 9732) -* cross references: Cross references. (line 2651) -* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 458) -* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 2749) -* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 2773) -* CTAN: CTAN. (line 604) -* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 12280) -* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 12291) -* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 12277) -* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 12182) -* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 12274) -* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 618) -* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9726) -* date, today's: \today. (line 12541) -* datetime package: \today. (line 12562) -* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 1934) -* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1935) -* dcolumn package: array. (line 2936) -* dd: Units of length. (line 7509) -* define color: Define colors. (line 11182) + (line 7957) +* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8072) +* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6266) +* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6329) +* creating pictures: picture. (line 4838) +* creating tables: table. (line 5557) +* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 10941) +* cross references: Cross references. (line 3259) +* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 486) +* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3357) +* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3410) +* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3381) +* CTAN: CTAN. (line 666) +* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 9958) +* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13527) +* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13539) +* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13524) +* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13429) +* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13521) +* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 680) +* datatool package: \read. (line 15418) +* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10935) +* date, today's: \today. (line 13908) +* datetime package: \today. (line 13929) +* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2522) +* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2523) +* dcolumn package: array. (line 3599) +* dd: Units of length. (line 8282) +* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1858) +* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1703) +* define color: Define colors. (line 12414) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6394) -* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 6519) + (line 7106) +* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7233) * defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6750) -* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 6996) -* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 6884) -* definitions: Definitions. (line 6389) -* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* delim_0: makeindex. (line 13290) -* delim_1: makeindex. (line 13294) -* delim_2: makeindex. (line 13298) -* delim_n: makeindex. (line 13302) -* delim_r: makeindex. (line 13306) -* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 13445) -* description environment: description. (line 3034) -* description lists, creating: description. (line 3034) -* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7009) -* Didot point: Units of length. (line 7509) -* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 12378) + (line 7476) +* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7722) +* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7610) +* definitions: Definitions. (line 7101) +* delayed \write: \write. (line 15561) +* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 9958) +* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* delim_0: makeindex. (line 14815) +* delim_1: makeindex. (line 14819) +* delim_2: makeindex. (line 14823) +* delim_n: makeindex. (line 14827) +* delim_r: makeindex. (line 14831) +* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 14974) +* description environment: description. (line 3697) +* description lists, creating: description. (line 3697) +* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7735) +* didot point: Units of length. (line 8282) +* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 13648) * difference between class and package: Class and package construction. - (line 788) -* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 9506) -* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 5843) -* display math mode: Modes. (line 9618) + (line 853) +* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8161) +* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 15751) +* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 10750) +* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6555) +* display math mode: Modes. (line 10827) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote. - (line 4675) + (line 5378) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote. - (line 4675) -* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3090) -* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) + (line 5378) +* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3753) +* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) * document class commands: Class and package construction. - (line 779) + (line 844) * document class options: Document class options. - (line 664) + (line 729) * document class, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 410) -* document classes: Document classes. (line 630) -* document environment: document. (line 3134) + (line 438) +* document classes: Document classes. (line 694) +* document environment: document. (line 3797) +* document root name: Jobname. (line 15950) * document templates: Document templates. - (line 14080) -* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 12280) -* dot accent: Accents. (line 12385) -* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 9237) -* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 12385) -* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 12418) -* dotless i: Accents. (line 12372) -* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 8299) -* dotless j: Accents. (line 12372) -* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 8321) -* dots: Dots. (line 9046) -* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 12185) -* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 12277) -* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 9234) -* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 12319) -* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 12219) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 12335) -* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 12322) -* double spacing: Low-level font commands. - (line 1487) -* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 12247) -* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 8962) + (line 16053) +* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13527) +* dot accent: Accents. (line 13655) +* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10435) +* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 13655) +* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 13688) +* dotless i: Accents. (line 13642) +* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9208) +* dotless j: Accents. (line 13642) +* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9228) +* dots: Dots. (line 10202) +* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13432) +* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13524) +* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10432) +* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13587) +* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13466) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13603) +* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13590) +* double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13494) +* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 9915) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 707) -* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 435) -* dvips command: Output files. (line 435) -* dvitype command: Output files. (line 435) -* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 12288) -* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 484) -* ellipses: Dots. (line 9046) -* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 12203) -* em: Units of length. (line 7517) -* em <1>: Units of length. (line 7517) -* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12283) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 12344) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 12350) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1253) -* enclosure list: \encl. (line 13628) -* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3156) + (line 772) +* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 562) +* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 463) +* dvips command: Output files. (line 463) +* dvitype command: Output files. (line 463) +* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13536) +* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 515) +* ellipses: Dots. (line 10202) +* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13450) +* em: Units of length. (line 8290) +* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8290) +* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13530) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13612) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13618) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1755) +* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15157) +* encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 1384) +* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 13829) +* end matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 3019) +* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3819) * ending and starting: Starting and ending. - (line 399) -* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 477) -* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6061) -* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3172) -* enumitem package: list. (line 3880) + (line 427) +* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 505) +* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6773) +* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3835) +* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4270) +* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4568) * environment: Starting and ending. - (line 418) -* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 2819) -* environment, array: array. (line 2865) -* environment, center: center. (line 2944) -* environment, description: description. (line 3034) -* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3090) -* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* environment, document: document. (line 3134) -* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3172) -* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* environment, equation: equation. (line 3295) -* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* environment, figure: figure. (line 3315) -* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 3373) -* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 3373) -* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 3424) -* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 3485) -* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 3528) -* environment, letter: letter. (line 3611) -* environment, list: list. (line 3616) -* environment, math: math. (line 3980) -* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 3992) -* environment, picture: picture. (line 4143) -* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 4675) -* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 4675) -* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 4705) -* environment, table: table. (line 4854) -* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 4914) -* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5239) -* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 5474) -* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 6884) -* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 5504) -* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 5543) -* environment, verse: verse. (line 5629) -* environments: Environments. (line 2802) + (line 446) +* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1870) +* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3482) +* environment, array: array. (line 3528) +* environment, center: center. (line 3607) +* environment, description: description. (line 3697) +* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3753) +* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* environment, document: document. (line 3797) +* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3835) +* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* environment, equation: equation. (line 3958) +* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* environment, figure: figure. (line 3978) +* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4036) +* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4036) +* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4101) +* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4163) +* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4210) +* environment, letter: letter. (line 4298) +* environment, list: list. (line 4303) +* environment, math: math. (line 4668) +* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4680) +* environment, picture: picture. (line 4838) +* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5378) +* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5378) +* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5408) +* environment, table: table. (line 5557) +* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5615) +* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5940) +* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6177) +* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7610) +* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6207) +* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6246) +* environment, verse: verse. (line 6341) +* environments: Environments. (line 3465) * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6750) -* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 13702) -* EPS files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* EPS files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* equation environment: equation. (line 3295) -* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) + (line 7476) +* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15231) +* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* equation environment: equation. (line 3958) +* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) * equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options. - (line 721) -* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 3274) -* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* equations, environment for: equation. (line 3295) + (line 786) +* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 3937) +* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* equations, environment for: equation. (line 3958) * equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options. - (line 715) + (line 780) +* errorstopmode: Command line options. + (line 15833) * es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12495) -* etex command: TeX engines. (line 484) + (line 13809) +* etex command: TeX engines. (line 515) * eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12463) + (line 13777) * etoolbox package: Class and package commands. - (line 953) -* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 12291) -* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 12291) -* ex: Units of length. (line 7517) -* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 7517) -* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 12297) + (line 1018) +* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13539) +* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13539) +* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13540) +* ex: Units of length. (line 8290) +* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8290) +* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13547) * executivepaper option: Document class options. - (line 677) + (line 742) +* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 622) +* expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case. + (line 13394) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7977) + (line 8887) +* expressions: Expressions. (line 8473) * extended Latin: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12449) -* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 3373) + (line 13763) +* external commands: \write18. (line 15692) +* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4036) +* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 15969) * families, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1390) -* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 9675) -* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 9817) -* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 4845) -* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 5574) -* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 12310) -* figure environment: figure. (line 3315) -* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4093) -* figures, inserting: figure. (line 3315) + (line 1901) +* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 10884) +* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11026) +* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5548) +* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6282) +* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13578) +* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13550) +* figure environment: figure. (line 3978) +* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4781) +* figures, inserting: figure. (line 3978) +* file, closing: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) +* file, opening: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) +* file, reading: \read. (line 15393) * file, root: Splitting the input. - (line 12576) -* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 3373) -* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 3373) + (line 13943) +* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4036) +* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4036) +* filename for current job: Command line options. + (line 15849) * final option: Document class options. - (line 707) + (line 772) * first-latex-doc document: About this document. - (line 356) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1290) -* flafter package: Floats. (line 1882) + (line 385) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1792) +* flafter package: Floats. (line 2470) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 707) -* float package: Floats. (line 1852) -* float page: Floats. (line 1858) + (line 772) +* float package: Floats. (line 2440) +* float page: Floats. (line 2446) * flush left equations: Document class options. - (line 715) + (line 780) * flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 5987) -* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 3424) -* flushright environment: flushright. (line 3485) + (line 6699) +* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4101) +* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4163) * font catalogue: Low-level font commands. - (line 1390) + (line 1901) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. - (line 1375) + (line 1886) +* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11575) +* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1297) +* font encoding <1>: \DeclareTextAccent. + (line 1418) +* font encoding, declaring: \DeclareFontEncoding. + (line 1384) * font size: Low-level font commands. - (line 1470) -* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1340) -* font styles: Font styles. (line 1200) + (line 1981) +* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840) +* font styles: Font styles. (line 1701) * font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position. - (line 12160) -* fonts: Fonts. (line 1194) -* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6996) -* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 8988) -* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 9810) + (line 13405) +* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1297) +* fonts: Fonts. (line 1259) +* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7722) +* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 9941) +* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11019) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) -* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) -* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 6174) + (line 2171) +* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) +* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 6886) * footnote, in a table: Footnotes in a table. - (line 6303) + (line 7015) * footnote, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings. - (line 6284) + (line 6996) * footnote, of a footnote: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 6373) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4093) -* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6127) -* Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 6202) -* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6164) -* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 3295) -* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* forward reference: Cross references. (line 2672) -* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 458) -* fraction: \frac. (line 9522) -* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7028) -* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827) -* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827) -* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832) -* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* functions, math: Math functions. (line 9101) + (line 7085) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4781) +* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6839) +* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 6914) +* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6876) +* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4061) +* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 505) +* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 3958) +* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3280) +* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 486) +* fraction: \frac. (line 10766) +* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7754) +* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056) +* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12056) +* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12061) +* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* front matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 3019) +* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10299) * geometry package: Document class options. - (line 698) + (line 763) * geometry package <1>: Document class options. - (line 702) + (line 767) * global options: Document class options. - (line 664) + (line 729) * global options <1>: Additional packages. - (line 772) -* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 13357) -* glossary: Glossaries. (line 13357) -* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 13405) -* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 13464) -* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6700) -* graphics: Graphics. (line 11333) + (line 837) +* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 14886) +* glossary: Glossaries. (line 14886) +* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 14934) +* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 14993) +* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8161) +* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7426) +* graphics: Graphics. (line 12565) * graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* graphics package: Graphics. (line 11333) + (line 12666) +* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12565) * graphics package <1>: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) + (line 12666) +* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 12862) * graphics package commands: Commands for graphics. - (line 11621) + (line 12856) * graphics package options: Graphics package options. - (line 11370) -* graphics packages: \line. (line 4397) -* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) -* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) -* grave accent: Accents. (line 12397) -* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 9240) -* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12300) -* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 8040) -* group, and environments: Environments. (line 2814) -* group_skip: makeindex. (line 13237) -* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 9231) -* hacek accent: Accents. (line 12444) -* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 12513) -* hat accent: Accents. (line 12393) -* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 9243) -* header style: \pagestyle. (line 9810) + (line 12602) +* graphics packages: \line. (line 5100) +* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) +* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) +* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5051) +* grave accent: Accents. (line 13667) +* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10438) +* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13557) +* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 8950) +* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10256) +* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. + (line 12774) +* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3477) +* group_skip: makeindex. (line 14762) +* hacek accent: Accents. (line 13714) +* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 13880) +* hard space: ~. (line 11453) +* hat accent: Accents. (line 13663) +* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10441) +* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11019) * header, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) + (line 2171) * hello, world: Starting and ending. - (line 399) -* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 1852) + (line 427) +* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2440) * home page for manual: About this document. - (line 321) -* horizontal space: \hss. (line 10040) -* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 10040) + (line 355) +* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13560) +* horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. + (line 8714) +* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11249) +* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11249) * horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9429) -* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 12422) -* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 6254) -* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6263) -* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 9791) + (line 10641) +* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13692) +* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 6966) +* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6975) +* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11000) * hyperref package <3>: Command line input. - (line 14001) -* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 5907) -* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 5843) -* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 5808) -* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) + (line 15904) +* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13571) +* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6619) +* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6555) +* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6520) +* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) +* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10429) * Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12463) + (line 13777) * Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12499) -* idx file: \index. (line 13171) + (line 13813) +* idx file: \index. (line 14696) * ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12475) -* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 477) -* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* in: Units of length. (line 7496) -* in-line formulas: math. (line 3980) -* inch: Units of length. (line 7496) -* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 11627) + (line 13789) +* immediate \write: \write. (line 15556) +* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 505) +* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* in: Units of length. (line 8269) +* inch: Units of length. (line 8269) +* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 12862) * indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7761) -* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4089) -* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2079) -* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2141) -* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2236) -* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2302) + (line 8665) +* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4777) +* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2674) +* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2736) +* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2831) +* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2897) * indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2379) + (line 2974) * indentfirst package <5>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7803) -* indent_length: makeindex. (line 13318) -* indent_space: makeindex. (line 13314) -* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 13121) -* index entry: \index. (line 13071) -* index package: \index. (line 13166) -* index, page range: \index. (line 13105) -* index, printing: \printindex. (line 13342) -* index, processing: makeindex. (line 13186) -* index, style file: makeindex. (line 13198) -* indexes: Indexes. (line 13035) -* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 10007) -* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 10620) -* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9636) + (line 8707) +* indent_length: makeindex. (line 14843) +* indent_space: makeindex. (line 14839) +* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': \index. (line 14646) +* index entry: \index. (line 14596) +* index package: \index. (line 14691) +* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14586) +* index, page range: \index. (line 14630) +* index, printing: \printindex. (line 14871) +* index, processing: makeindex. (line 14711) +* index, style file: makeindex. (line 14723) +* indexes: Indexes. (line 14560) +* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11216) +* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 11847) +* inline formulas: math. (line 4668) +* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10845) * input file: Splitting the input. - (line 12572) + (line 13939) * input, on command line: Command line input. - (line 13997) -* input/output, to terminal: Terminal input/output. - (line 13791) -* inserting figures: figure. (line 3315) + (line 15896) +* input/output: Input/output. (line 15320) +* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15320) +* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 13820) +* inserting figures: figure. (line 3978) * insertions of special characters: Special insertions. - (line 12077) -* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 9627) + (line 13311) +* interface, command line: Command line interface. + (line 15768) +* interline space: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 10836) * invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9429) -* italic correction: \/. (line 10324) -* italic font: Font styles. (line 1275) -* itemize environment: itemize. (line 3528) -* item_0: makeindex. (line 13261) -* item_01: makeindex. (line 13270) -* item_1: makeindex. (line 13264) -* item_12: makeindex. (line 13280) -* item_2: makeindex. (line 13267) -* item_x1: makeindex. (line 13274) -* item_x2: makeindex. (line 13284) -* JPEG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* JPEG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* JPG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* JPG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 3503) -* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 3452) -* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 373) -* label: Cross references. (line 2651) -* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3034) -* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 391) -* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 373) + (line 10641) +* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* italic correction: \/. (line 11541) +* italic font: Font styles. (line 1777) +* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4210) +* item_0: makeindex. (line 14786) +* item_01: makeindex. (line 14795) +* item_1: makeindex. (line 14789) +* item_12: makeindex. (line 14805) +* item_2: makeindex. (line 14792) +* item_x1: makeindex. (line 14799) +* item_x2: makeindex. (line 14809) +* jobname: Command line options. + (line 15849) +* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 15950) +* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4183) +* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4130) +* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 397) +* label: Cross references. (line 3259) +* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3697) +* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 419) +* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 397) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 707) + (line 772) * landscape orientation: Document class options. - (line 718) -* latex command: Output files. (line 435) -* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 12188) -* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 373) + (line 783) +* latex: TeX engines. (line 513) +* latex command: Output files. (line 463) +* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 505) +* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13435) +* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 397) * LaTeX Project team: About this document. - (line 340) + (line 369) * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. - (line 336) + (line 365) +* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 563) * latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. - (line 353) -* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 12191) + (line 382) +* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13438) +* LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 622) * <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. - (line 340) + (line 369) +* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9834) * Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12449) -* layout commands: Layout. (line 1517) + (line 13763) +* layout commands: Layout. (line 2015) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) -* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 12306) -* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 12253) -* left quote: Text symbols. (line 12207) -* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 12319) -* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 12325) + (line 2171) +* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14317) +* leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13568) +* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13500) +* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13454) +* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13587) +* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13593) * left-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 721) -* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 3452) -* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3424) -* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 9605) + (line 786) +* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4130) +* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4101) +* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 10814) * legalpaper option: Document class options. - (line 677) -* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 7563) -* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 6700) -* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 7385) -* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 7535) + (line 742) +* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8336) +* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7426) +* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8158) +* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8308) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 707) -* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12303) -* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 13244) -* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 13253) -* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 13257) -* letter class: Document classes. (line 635) -* letter environment: letter. (line 3611) + (line 772) +* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13565) +* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 14769) +* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 14778) +* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 14782) +* letter class: Document classes. (line 699) +* letter environment: letter. (line 4298) * letterpaper option: Document class options. - (line 677) -* letters, accented: Accents. (line 12361) + (line 742) +* letters, accented: Accents. (line 13629) * letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12449) -* letters, ending: \closing. (line 13615) -* letters, starting: \opening. (line 13720) -* letters, writing: Letters. (line 13494) -* line break, forcing: \\. (line 5682) -* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 5665) -* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 5866) + (line 13763) +* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15144) +* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15249) +* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15023) +* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6394) +* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6377) +* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6578) * line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5925) -* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 9506) + (line 6637) +* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 10750) * line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5925) -* lines in tables: tabular. (line 4914) -* line_max: makeindex. (line 13310) -* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1326) -* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 4914) -* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 4705) -* list environment: list. (line 3616) -* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 7239) -* list of figures file: Output files. (line 468) -* list of tables file: Output files. (line 468) -* listings package: tabbing. (line 4845) -* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) -* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 5618) -* lists of items: itemize. (line 3528) -* lists of items, generic: list. (line 3616) -* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3172) + (line 6637) +* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5615) +* line_max: makeindex. (line 14835) +* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1828) +* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5615) +* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5408) +* list environment: list. (line 4303) +* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8013) +* list of figures file: Output files. (line 496) +* list of tables file: Output files. (line 496) +* listings package: tabbing. (line 5548) +* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) +* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6326) +* lists of items: itemize. (line 4210) +* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4303) +* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3835) +* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1327) * loading additional packages: Additional packages. - (line 763) -* log file: Output files. (line 453) -* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 12188) -* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 12191) -* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 12229) + (line 828) +* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 15751) +* log file: Output files. (line 481) +* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15526) +* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13435) +* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13438) +* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13476) * long command: Class and package commands. - (line 866) -* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 12219) + (line 931) +* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13466) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. - (line 1375) + (line 1886) * lowercase: Upper and lower case. - (line 12115) -* LR box: picture. (line 4240) -* LR mode: Modes. (line 9605) -* lrbox: lrbox. (line 11037) + (line 13351) +* LR box: picture. (line 4925) +* LR mode: Modes. (line 10814) +* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12267) * lshort document: About this document. - (line 364) -* ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 14211) -* lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 501) -* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 501) -* m-width: Units of length. (line 7517) -* macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 378) -* macron accent: Accents. (line 12389) -* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 9225) + (line 388) +* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 531) +* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 564) +* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 532) +* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15538) +* m-width: Units of length. (line 8290) +* macron accent: Accents. (line 13659) +* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10423) * macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 6584) -* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3239) -* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10705) -* makeindex: makeindex. (line 13186) -* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 13186) -* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 13198) -* making a title page: titlepage. (line 5504) -* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 7664) -* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 7837) -* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 12310) -* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* math accents: Math accents. (line 9217) -* math environment: math. (line 3980) -* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 7886) -* math functions: Math functions. (line 9101) -* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 9480) -* math mode: Modes. (line 9615) -* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 7886) + (line 7296) +* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3902) +* mail merges: \read. (line 15418) +* main matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter. + (line 3019) +* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11932) +* makeindex: makeindex. (line 14711) +* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 14711) +* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 14723) +* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6207) +* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8568) +* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8746) +* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13578) +* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* math accents: Math accents. (line 10415) +* math environment: math. (line 4668) +* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 8796) +* math functions: Math functions. (line 10299) +* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 10724) +* math mode: Modes. (line 10824) +* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 8796) * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9311) + (line 10509) * math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9429) -* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 9368) -* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 8040) -* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1322) -* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 7966) -* mathtools package <1>: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9305) -* mathtools package <2>: \smash. (line 9423) -* mathtools package <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9459) -* MetaPost package: \line. (line 4397) + (line 10641) +* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10580) +* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 8950) +* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9834) +* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1824) +* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 8876) +* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 9993) +* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10032) +* mathtools package <3>: Over- and Underlining. + (line 10503) +* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10635) +* mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 10681) +* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5100) * mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case. - (line 12154) + (line 13391) * mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8033) -* Millimeter: Units of length. (line 7506) -* minipage environment: minipage. (line 3992) -* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 3992) -* minted package: tabbing. (line 4845) -* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) -* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 5618) -* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 618) -* mm: Units of length. (line 7506) -* modes: Modes. (line 9595) -* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1290) -* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7041) -* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 6202) -* mu: Units of length. (line 7528) -* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 7528) -* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 1534) -* multilingual support: Accents. (line 12361) -* multind package: Indexes. (line 13061) -* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 9506) -* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 13442) -* NBSP: ~. (line 10244) + (line 8943) +* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8279) +* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4680) +* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4680) +* minted package: tabbing. (line 5548) +* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) +* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6326) +* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 685) +* mm: Units of length. (line 8279) +* modes: Modes. (line 10804) +* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1792) +* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7767) +* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 6914) +* mu: Units of length. (line 8301) +* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8301) +* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2032) +* multilingual support: Accents. (line 13629) +* multind package: Indexes. (line 14586) +* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14586) +* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 10750) +* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 14971) +* name of document root: Jobname. (line 15950) +* NBSP: ~. (line 11453) * nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly. - (line 12744) + (line 14114) * new class commands: Class and package construction. - (line 779) + (line 844) * new command, check: Class and package commands. - (line 864) + (line 929) * new command, definition: Class and package commands. - (line 939) + (line 1004) * new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6394) -* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 6519) + (line 7106) +* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7233) * new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5744) -* new line, starting: \\. (line 5682) -* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 5784) -* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6028) + (line 6456) +* new line, starting: \\. (line 6394) +* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6496) +* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6740) +* newline, in \write: \write. (line 15591) +* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4064) +* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13571) * non-English characters: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12449) -* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 7837) + (line 13763) +* nonstopmode: Command line options. + (line 15833) +* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4067) +* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8746) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 707) -* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 7239) -* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1326) -* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1287) + (line 772) +* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8013) +* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1828) +* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1789) * oe ligature: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12491) -* ogonek: Accents. (line 12426) -* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1326) -* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 1522) + (line 13805) +* ogonek: Accents. (line 13696) +* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1828) +* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2020) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 736) + (line 801) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 736) + (line 801) +* open a file: \openin & \openout. + (line 15329) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 736) + (line 801) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 707) -* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 12207) + (line 772) +* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13454) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 736) -* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 477) + (line 801) +* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 505) +* operating system information: \write18. (line 15751) * options, class: Class and package commands. - (line 909) + (line 974) * options, color package: Color package options. - (line 11092) + (line 12324) * options, command line: Command line options. - (line 13914) + (line 15812) * options, document class: Document class options. - (line 664) + (line 729) * options, document class <1>: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * options, global: Additional packages. - (line 772) + (line 837) * options, graphics package: Graphics package options. - (line 11370) + (line 12602) * options, package: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * options, package <1>: Class and package commands. - (line 909) -* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 12310) + (line 974) +* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13578) * oslash: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12487) -* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9636) -* overbar accent: Accents. (line 12389) -* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 9237) + (line 13801) +* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1297) +* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10845) +* output directory for all external files: Command line options. + (line 15854) +* overbar accent: Accents. (line 13659) +* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10435) * overlining: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9266) -* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 373) + (line 10464) +* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 397) +* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4061) * package file layout: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * package options: Class and package structure. - (line 802) + (line 867) * package options <1>: Class and package commands. - (line 909) -* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 4845) -* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 7966) -* package, amsmath: array. (line 2914) -* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 2925) -* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3106) -* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 3309) -* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 5496) -* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 7966) -* package, amsmath <6>: Dots. (line 9077) -* package, amsmath <7>: Math functions. (line 9206) -* package, amsmath <8>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9467) -* package, amsmath <9>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9495) -* package, amsmath <10>: Colon character & \colon. - (line 9499) -* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 5496) -* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 12518) -* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 2414) -* package, array (package): array. (line 2936) -* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 4397) -* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 10540) -* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10772) -* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2154) -* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 5286) -* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 12361) -* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 12548) + (line 974) +* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3503) +* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 11926) +* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5548) +* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 9869) +* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 8876) +* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9834) +* package, amsmath: array. (line 3577) +* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3588) +* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3769) +* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 3972) +* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6199) +* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 8876) +* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10032) +* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc.. + (line 10177) +* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10232) +* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10404) +* package, amsmath <10>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 10689) +* package, amsmath <11>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10739) +* package, amsmath <12>: Colon character & \colon. + (line 10743) +* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6199) +* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 13885) +* package, answers: \write. (line 15596) +* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3009) +* package, array (package): array. (line 3599) +* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5100) +* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 11767) +* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12000) +* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 15699) +* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2749) +* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 5987) +* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 13629) +* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 13915) * package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12875) -* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 13121) + (line 14289) +* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 14646) +* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16060) * package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes. - (line 6373) + (line 7085) * package, bm: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9032) -* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 2683) -* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 2796) -* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6254) -* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 5563) -* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 5621) -* package, datetime: \today. (line 12562) -* package, dcolumn: array. (line 2936) -* package, enumitem: list. (line 3880) -* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 13702) + (line 9901) +* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3291) +* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3404) +* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6966) +* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1327) +* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 8950) +* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6266) +* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6329) +* package, datatool: \read. (line 15418) +* package, datetime: \today. (line 13929) +* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3599) +* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4270) +* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4568) +* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15231) * package, etoolbox: Class and package commands. - (line 953) -* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 12291) -* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 9675) -* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 9817) -* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 4845) -* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 5574) -* package, flafter: Floats. (line 1882) -* package, float: Floats. (line 1852) + (line 1018) +* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13539) +* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13540) +* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 622) +* package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case. + (line 13394) +* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 10884) +* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11026) +* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5548) +* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6282) +* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2470) +* package, float: Floats. (line 2440) * package, geometry: Document class options. - (line 698) + (line 763) * package, geometry <1>: Document class options. - (line 702) -* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 6254) -* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6263) -* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 9791) + (line 767) +* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5051) +* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. + (line 12774) +* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 6966) +* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6975) +* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11000) * package, hyperref <3>: Command line input. - (line 14001) -* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2079) -* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2141) -* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2236) -* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2302) + (line 15904) +* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2674) +* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2736) +* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2831) +* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2897) * package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2379) + (line 2974) * package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent. - (line 7803) -* package, index: \index. (line 13166) -* package, listings: tabbing. (line 4845) -* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) -* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 5618) + (line 8707) +* package, index: \index. (line 14691) +* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9834) +* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5548) +* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) +* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6326) +* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1327) * package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother. - (line 6584) -* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 7966) -* package, mathtools <1>: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9305) -* package, mathtools <2>: \smash. (line 9423) -* package, mathtools <3>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9459) -* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 4397) + (line 7296) +* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 8876) +* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 9993) +* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10032) +* package, mathtools <3>: Over- and Underlining. + (line 10503) +* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10635) +* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. + (line 10681) +* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5100) * package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case. - (line 12154) + (line 13391) * package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 8033) -* package, minted: tabbing. (line 4845) -* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 5568) -* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 5618) -* package, multind: Indexes. (line 13061) -* package, pict2e: \line. (line 4397) -* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 12361) -* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 12548) + (line 8943) +* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5548) +* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6276) +* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6326) +* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14586) +* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5100) +* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 13629) +* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 13915) * package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12875) -* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 13121) -* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 4397) -* package, sagetex: Command line options. - (line 13970) -* package, setspace: Low-level font commands. - (line 1487) -* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 13061) -* package, siunitx: ~. (line 10270) -* package, symbols: Math symbols. (line 8040) + (line 14290) +* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 14646) +* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5100) +* package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2377) +* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 15757) +* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14586) +* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4811) +* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11484) +* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7370) +* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 15751) * package, textcase: Upper and lower case. - (line 12151) -* package, textcomp: Font styles. (line 1326) -* package, TikZ: \line. (line 4397) -* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 10540) -* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10771) -* package, titlesec: \part. (line 2083) -* package, titlesec <1>: \chapter. (line 2162) -* package, titlesec <2>: \section. (line 2240) -* package, titlesec <3>: \subsection. (line 2306) -* package, titlesec <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2383) + (line 13388) +* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5100) +* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 11767) +* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11999) +* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 9869) +* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2598) +* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2678) +* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2757) +* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2835) +* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2901) +* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. + (line 2978) * package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12886) + (line 14276) * package, tocloft: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12886) + (line 14276) * package, ulem: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9275) -* package, url: \verb. (line 5614) -* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 5574) + (line 10473) +* package, unicode-math: Greek letters. (line 10287) +* package, url: \verb. (line 6323) +* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6282) +* package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 622) +* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7370) +* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 15997) * packages, loading additional: Additional packages. - (line 763) + (line 828) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6086) + (line 6798) * page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 6086) -* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 5956) + (line 6798) +* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6668) * page layout parameters: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) -* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 2749) -* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 9752) -* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 9894) -* page styles: Page styles. (line 9669) -* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 11312) -* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 13323) -* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 9534) -* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) + (line 2171) +* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3357) +* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 10961) +* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11103) +* page styles: Page styles. (line 10878) +* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12544) +* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 14848) +* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10008) +* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) * paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2324) + (line 2919) * paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7810) -* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4089) -* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 4675) + (line 8714) +* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4777) +* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5378) * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote. - (line 4675) -* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 9601) -* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 10861) -* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 12211) -* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 7708) -* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 10861) -* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 7664) -* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 6174) + (line 5378) +* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 10810) +* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12090) +* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13458) +* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8612) +* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12090) +* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8568) +* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 6886) * parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) -* part: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* part <1>: \part. (line 2035) -* pc: Units of length. (line 7493) -* PDF graphic files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* PDF graphic files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 445) -* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 445) -* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 484) -* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 10127) -* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 12313) -* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 10127) -* period, spacing after: \@. (line 10127) -* pica: Units of length. (line 7493) -* pict2e package: \line. (line 4397) -* pict2e package <1>: \line. (line 4397) -* picture environment: picture. (line 4143) -* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4143) -* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 12211) -* placement of floats: Floats. (line 1831) -* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 13450) -* PNG files: Graphics package configuration. - (line 11434) -* PNG files <1>: \includegraphics. (line 11627) -* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 5629) -* Point: Units of length. (line 7489) + (line 2171) +* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security. + (line 15620) +* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 9958) +* part: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* part <1>: \part. (line 2630) +* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5453) +* pc: Units of length. (line 8266) +* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 514) +* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 473) +* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 565) +* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 473) +* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 515) +* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11336) +* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13581) +* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11336) +* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11336) +* pica: Units of length. (line 8266) +* pict2e package: \line. (line 5100) +* pict2e package <1>: \line. (line 5100) +* picture environment: picture. (line 4838) +* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4838) +* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13458) +* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2419) +* platex: TeX engines. (line 553) +* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 566) +* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 14979) +* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 12862) +* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6341) +* point: Units of length. (line 8262) * polish l: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12479) -* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 12361) -* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 12548) + (line 13793) +* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 13629) +* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 13915) * polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12875) -* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 13121) + (line 14290) +* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 14646) * portrait orientation: Document class options. - (line 718) -* position, in picture: picture. (line 4214) + (line 783) +* position, in picture: picture. (line 4896) * positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6440) -* postamble: makeindex. (line 13234) -* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 13732) -* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 12215) -* preamble: makeindex. (line 13230) + (line 7154) +* postamble: makeindex. (line 14759) +* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15261) +* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13462) +* preamble: makeindex. (line 14755) * preamble, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 415) + (line 443) +* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 569) * prompt, *: Recovering from errors. - (line 14060) -* pronunciation: Overview. (line 391) -* PSTricks package: \line. (line 4397) -* pt: Units of length. (line 7489) + (line 16032) +* pronunciation: Overview. (line 419) +* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5100) +* pt: Units of length. (line 8262) * quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9356) -* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 12316) -* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 4675) -* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 4675) -* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 12331) -* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 12335) + (line 10568) +* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13584) +* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5378) +* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5378) +* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13599) +* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13603) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. - (line 4675) + (line 5378) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote. - (line 4675) -* radical: \sqrt. (line 9569) -* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 3503) -* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 3485) -* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 3452) -* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3424) + (line 5378) +* radical: \sqrt. (line 10778) +* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4183) +* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4163) +* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4130) +* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4101) +* read a file: \read. (line 15393) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 6750) -* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 2672) -* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 458) -* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 12338) -* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 9585) -* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 7837) -* report class: Document classes. (line 635) + (line 7476) +* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3280) +* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 486) +* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13606) +* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 10794) +* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 569) +* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8746) +* report class: Document classes. (line 699) * reporting bugs: About this document. - (line 344) + (line 373) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. - (line 12083) -* resizing: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) -* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 12341) -* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 12256) -* right quote: Text symbols. (line 12222) -* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 12322) -* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 12328) + (line 13317) +* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) +* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 15739) +* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13609) +* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13503) +* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13469) +* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13590) +* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13596) * right-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 721) -* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 3503) -* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 3485) -* ring accent: Accents. (line 12430) -* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 9246) -* robust commands: \protect. (line 7028) -* roman font: Font styles. (line 1278) + (line 786) +* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4183) +* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4163) +* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8161) +* ring accent: Accents. (line 13700) +* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10444) +* robust commands: \protect. (line 7754) +* roman font: Font styles. (line 1780) * root file: Splitting the input. - (line 12576) -* roots: \sqrt. (line 9569) -* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 11949) -* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 11949) -* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 11949) -* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 4745) -* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6700) + (line 13943) +* roots: \sqrt. (line 10778) +* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13183) +* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13183) +* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13183) +* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5448) +* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8161) +* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7426) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. - (line 1673) -* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 9810) -* sagetex package: Command line options. - (line 13970) -* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1284) -* Scaled point: Units of length. (line 7515) -* scaling: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) -* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 8988) -* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1272) -* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2012) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2013) -* section: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* section <1>: \section. (line 2182) -* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 2773) -* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2013) -* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 12226) -* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 2452) -* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2035) + (line 2171) +* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11019) +* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1786) +* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8288) +* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) +* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 9941) +* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1774) +* scrollmode: Command line options. + (line 15833) +* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2607) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2608) +* section: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* section <1>: \section. (line 2777) +* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3381) +* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2608) +* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13473) +* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3055) +* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2630) +* security and \write: \write and security. + (line 15604) +* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 14646) +* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4072) * series, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1417) -* setspace package: Low-level font commands. - (line 1487) -* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 7298) + (line 1928) +* setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2377) +* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8072) +* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 15746) * shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1457) + (line 1968) * sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12495) -* showidx package: Indexes. (line 13061) -* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 5543) -* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 12197) -* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 12325) -* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 12219) -* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 12331) -* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 12328) -* siunitx package: ~. (line 10270) -* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1340) -* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6700) -* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1287) -* slides class: Document classes. (line 635) -* sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 5879) -* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 5879) -* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1281) -* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 13454) -* sp: Units of length. (line 7515) -* space, hard: ~. (line 10244) -* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 10040) -* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 10649) + (line 13809) +* shell access: \write18. (line 15692) +* shell escape: Command line options. + (line 15867) +* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 15746) +* shellesc package: \write18. (line 15757) +* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14586) +* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6246) +* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13444) +* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13593) +* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13466) +* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13599) +* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13596) +* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4811) +* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11484) +* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1840) +* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8161) +* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7426) +* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1789) +* slides class: Document classes. (line 699) +* sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6591) +* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6591) +* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1783) +* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 14983) +* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4072) +* sp: Units of length. (line 8288) +* space between lines: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch. + (line 2304) +* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11249) +* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 11876) * space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10300) + (line 11513) * space, thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10300) -* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 10244) -* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 10569) -* spaces: Spaces. (line 9922) + (line 11513) +* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11453) +* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 11796) +* spaces: Spaces. (line 11131) * spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend. - (line 7080) + (line 7806) +* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 7880) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9311) -* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 10173) -* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 10193) + (line 10509) +* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 11382) +* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11402) * spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9429) -* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 12310) + (line 10641) +* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13578) * special characters: Reserved characters. - (line 12083) + (line 13317) * special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12449) + (line 13763) * special insertions: Special insertions. - (line 12077) -* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 1831) + (line 13311) +* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2419) * splitting the input file: Splitting the input. - (line 12572) -* square root: \sqrt. (line 9569) -* stack math: \stackrel. (line 9585) -* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 6598) + (line 13939) +* square root: \sqrt. (line 10778) +* stack math: \stackrel. (line 10794) +* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7310) * starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 6413) -* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6028) + (line 7127) +* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6740) * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 5987) + (line 6699) * starting and ending: Starting and ending. - (line 399) + (line 427) * starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage. - (line 5987) -* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 12215) -* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 12335) -* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 12335) -* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 12331) -* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 10007) -* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 10620) -* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 1662) -* strut: \strut. (line 10484) -* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1200) -* styles, page: Page styles. (line 9669) -* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 1956) + (line 6699) +* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13462) +* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13603) +* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13603) +* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13599) +* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11216) +* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 11847) +* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2160) +* strut: \strut. (line 11711) +* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1701) +* styles, page: Page styles. (line 10878) +* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2544) * subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2324) + (line 2919) * subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7977) -* subsection: Sectioning. (line 1956) -* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2260) -* subsubsection: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2324) + (line 8887) +* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2855) +* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2544) +* subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. + (line 2919) +* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7370) * superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 7977) -* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 13458) -* symbols package: Math symbols. (line 8040) + (line 8887) +* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 14987) +* symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol. + (line 1593) +* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9834) * symbols, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath. - (line 9006) -* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 8040) -* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 12172) -* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 4705) -* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 4705) -* table environment: table. (line 4854) + (line 9875) +* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 8950) +* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13417) +* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 15692) +* system information: \write18. (line 15751) +* T1: fontenc package. (line 1297) +* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5408) +* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5408) +* table environment: table. (line 5557) +* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14466) +* table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline. + (line 14296) * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. - (line 12895) -* table of contents file: Output files. (line 468) + (line 14332) +* table of contents file: Output files. (line 496) * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings. - (line 6284) + (line 6996) * table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12801) + (line 14171) * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning. - (line 2024) -* tables, creating: table. (line 4854) -* tabular environment: tabular. (line 4914) -* template, article: article template. (line 14118) -* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 14087) -* template, book: book template. (line 14138) + (line 2619) +* tables, creating: table. (line 5557) +* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5615) +* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16090) +* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16060) +* template, book: book template. (line 16113) * template, book <1>: Larger book template. - (line 14161) -* template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 14211) + (line 16137) * templates, document: Document templates. - (line 14080) -* terminal input/output: Terminal input/output. - (line 13791) -* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 12229) -* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 12172) -* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) -* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 12017) -* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 12048) + (line 16053) +* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15320) +* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15526) +* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 505) +* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13476) +* texosquery package: \write18. (line 15751) +* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 15969) +* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13417) +* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) +* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13251) +* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13282) * textcase package: Upper and lower case. - (line 12151) -* textcomp package: Font styles. (line 1326) -* textcomp package <1>: Text symbols. (line 12172) -* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9732) -* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 5239) -* theorem environment: theorem. (line 5474) -* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 6884) -* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6884) -* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 5474) + (line 13388) +* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13417) +* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10941) +* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 5940) +* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6177) +* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7610) +* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7610) +* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6177) * thin space: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9337) + (line 10547) * thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10300) + (line 11513) * thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode. - (line 9351) + (line 10561) * thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace. - (line 10300) + (line 11513) * thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. - (line 12499) -* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12344) -* tie: ~. (line 10244) -* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 12436) -* TikZ package: \line. (line 4397) -* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 10540) -* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 10771) -* tilde accent: Accents. (line 12401) -* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 9249) -* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 12235) + (line 13813) +* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13612) +* tie: ~. (line 11453) +* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 13706) +* TikZ package: \line. (line 5100) +* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 11767) +* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 11999) +* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 9869) +* tilde accent: Accents. (line 13671) +* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10447) +* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13482) * title page, separate or run-in: Document class options. - (line 729) -* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 5504) -* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 9739) -* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 5504) + (line 794) +* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6207) +* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 10948) +* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6207) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 707) -* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 9681) -* titlesec package: \part. (line 2083) -* titlesec package <1>: \chapter. (line 2162) -* titlesec package <2>: \section. (line 2240) -* titlesec package <3>: \subsection. (line 2306) -* titlesec package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. - (line 2383) + (line 772) +* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 10890) +* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2598) +* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2678) +* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2757) +* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2835) +* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2901) +* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph. + (line 2978) * tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12886) -* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2023) -* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2024) + (line 14276) +* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2618) +* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2619) * tocloft package: Table of contents etc.. - (line 12886) -* today's date: \today. (line 12541) -* tombstone: \rule. (line 12513) + (line 14276) +* today's date: \today. (line 13908) +* tombstone: \rule. (line 13880) * topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 1792) -* topnumber: Floats. (line 1938) -* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1939) -* totalnumber: Floats. (line 1942) -* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1943) -* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 12347) -* transcript file: Output files. (line 453) -* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 477) -* TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 14211) -* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 1534) -* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 12350) + (line 2290) +* topnumber: Floats. (line 2526) +* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2527) +* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2530) +* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2531) +* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13615) +* transcript file: Output files. (line 481) +* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 505) +* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13417) +* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2032) +* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13618) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 736) + (line 801) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 736) -* type styles: Font styles. (line 1200) -* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 5543) -* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1340) -* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1194) -* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1290) -* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3064) + (line 801) +* type styles: Font styles. (line 1701) +* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6246) +* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1840) +* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1259) +* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1792) +* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3727) * ulem package: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9275) -* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 12378) -* underbar: Accents. (line 12406) + (line 10473) +* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 13648) +* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11453) +* underbar: Accents. (line 13676) * underlining: Over- and Underlining. - (line 9266) -* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 12353) -* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 477) -* units, of length: Units of length. (line 7485) + (line 10464) +* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13621) +* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 13829) +* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 505) +* unicode-math package: Greek letters. (line 10287) +* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8258) * unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. - (line 340) -* unordered lists: itemize. (line 3528) + (line 369) +* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4210) +* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 554) +* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 567) * uppercase: Upper and lower case. - (line 12115) -* url package: \verb. (line 5614) -* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 5416) -* usrguide official documentation: About this document. - (line 359) -* UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 477) -* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 7155) -* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 9252) -* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 5543) -* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 5543) -* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 5582) -* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 5574) -* verse environment: verse. (line 5629) -* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 12247) -* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 12244) -* vertical mode: Modes. (line 9623) -* vertical space: \vspace. (line 10569) -* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 10649) + (line 13351) +* url package: \verb. (line 6323) +* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6119) +* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 403) +* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 505) +* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1297) +* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 7929) +* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10450) +* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6246) +* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6246) +* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6290) +* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6282) +* verse environment: verse. (line 6341) +* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13494) +* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13491) +* vertical mode: Modes. (line 10832) +* vertical space: \vspace. (line 11796) +* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 11876) * vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip. - (line 7810) + (line 8714) * vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom. - (line 9429) -* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 9368) -* visible space: \verb. (line 5607) -* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 12356) + (line 10641) +* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10702) +* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10580) +* visible space: \verb. (line 6315) +* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13624) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1427) -* white space: Spaces. (line 9922) -* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 9255) -* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 9258) + (line 1938) +* whatsit item: \write. (line 15561) +* white space: Spaces. (line 11131) +* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10453) +* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10456) * widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 1439) -* writing external files: filecontents. (line 3373) -* writing letters: Letters. (line 13494) -* x-height: Units of length. (line 7517) -* xdvi command: Output files. (line 435) -* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 510) -* xelatex command: TeX engines. (line 510) -* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 510) -* xindy: makeindex. (line 13333) -* xindy program: makeindex. (line 13333) + (line 1950) +* Wright, Joseph: Upper and lower case. + (line 13394) +* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4036) +* writing letters: Letters. (line 15023) +* x-height: Units of length. (line 8290) +* xdvi command: Output files. (line 463) +* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 541) +* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 540) +* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 568) +* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 541) +* xindex program: makeindex. (line 14865) +* xindy program: makeindex. (line 14858) +* xparse package: LaTeX command syntax. + (line 622) +* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7370) +* xr package: xr package. (line 3410) +* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3410) +* xstring package: Jobname. (line 15997) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml index 9ba4e402d78..826f2582700 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml @@ -1,56 +1,55 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V6.4//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/6.4/texinfo.dtd"> +<!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V6.6//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/6.6/texinfo.dtd"> <texinfo xml:lang="en"> <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename> <preamble>\input texinfo -</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 710 2018-10-14 14:32:52Z karl $ --> +</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $ --> <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename> -<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2018">October 2018</set> -<!-- c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ --> +<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2021">July 2021</set> +<!-- c $Id: common.texi 729 2018-11-13 23:22:27Z karl $ --> <!-- c Public domain. --> -<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</set> +<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set> <set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set> <clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear> <macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c </macro> - -<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</settitle> +<tex endspaces=" "> +</tex> +<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2021)</settitle> <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> <!-- c xx but latex2e stuff is missing. --> <!-- c xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file --> +<!-- c xx read through latex2e news for things to update. --> <!-- c --> <!-- c xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX --> -<!-- c xx classes and packages - required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts --> -<!-- c --> +<!-- c xx classes and packages: required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts --> <!-- c xx merge permuted-index --> <!-- c xx merge latex-manual from savannah --> <!-- c xx merge display style math --> +<!-- c xx check recent ltnews for (lots of) changes --> +<!-- c xx \write of non-ASCII chars (vincent mail of 14 Mar 2020 21:39:41) --> +<!-- c xx \nonstopmode etc., if they are officially supported by LaTeX? --> <!-- c xx JH explain nfss somewhere --> <!-- c xx JH expand BiBTeX --> <!-- c xx JH expand theorem, AMS math --> <!-- c xx JH something on code listings --> <!-- c xx JH ligatures --> -<!-- c xx JH \xspace --> -<!-- c xx JH \stretch --> -<!-- c xx JH \mathstrut --> -<!-- c xx JH \phantom https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4519/how-do-i-create-an-invisible-character --> -<!-- c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar --> -<!-- c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? --> -<!-- c xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. --> -<!-- c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr --> +<!-- c xx JH \caption --> <!-- c --> <!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> <!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> <!-- c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. --> <!-- c xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. --> +<!-- c --> +<!-- c xx All the special characters should be definitively described. --> <copying endspaces=" "> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of October 2018. +document preparation system, version of July 2021. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze. (From these references no text was directly copied.) </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.&linebreak; +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.&linebreak; Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> @@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. </para></copying> <!-- c Merge into one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index). --> -<syncodeindex from="fn" to="cp" line=" fn cp"></syncodeindex> +<syncodeindex from="fn" to="cp" line="fn cp"></syncodeindex> <dircategory spaces=" ">TeX</dircategory> <direntry endspaces=" "> @@ -104,10 +103,13 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <tex endspaces=" "> </tex> +<html endspaces=" "> +</html> + <titlepage endspaces=" "> <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> -<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2018</subtitle> -<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author> +<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2021</subtitle> +<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author> <page></page> <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip> <insertcopying></insertcopying> @@ -134,11 +136,11 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.</set> <set name="NeedsSTIX" line=" NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.</set> -<node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">(dir)</nodeup></node> +<node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext></node> <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +July 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc. @@ -167,13 +169,12 @@ October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Splitting the input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dealing with big files by splitting. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Front/back matter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Letters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The <code>letter</code> class. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Terminal input/output</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">User interaction. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Command line</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">System-independent command-line behavior. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Input/output</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">User interaction. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Command line interface</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Common command-line options. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Document templates</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Starter templates for various document classes. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">General index. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> - </top> <node name="About-this-document" spaces=" "><nodename>About this document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Overview</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Top</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>About this document</sectiontitle> @@ -183,15 +184,11 @@ October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. preparation system, which is a macro package for the &tex; typesetting program (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>This document&textrsquo;s home page is <url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url>. There -you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its -archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in -various formats. In particular, the output comes in two web formats. -Probably the most convenient one, shown at <url><urefurl>http://latexref.xyz/</urefurl></url>, -has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the -note there about easy-to-remember links. The other, shown at -<url><urefurl>http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</urefurl></url>, -has all the information on single page. +<para>This document&textrsquo;s home page is <url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url>; it has +separate web pages for each topic. Alternatively. +<url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html</urefurl></url> has the entire document on +a single page. For other output formats, the sources, and plenty more +information, see <url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz/dev/</urefurl></url>. </para> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="2">&latex; vs.&noeos; &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> <para>In this document, we will mostly just use &textlsquo;&latex;&textrsquo; rather than @@ -201,40 +198,34 @@ frozen decades ago. <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="3">unofficial nature of this manual</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="4">&latex; Project team</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1" mergedindex="cp"><email><emailaddress>latexrefman&arobase;tug.org</emailaddress></email> <r>email address</r></indexterm></findex> -<para>&latex; is currently maintained by a group of volunteers -(<url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). The official documentation written by -the &latex; project is available from their web site. This document is -completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the &latex; -maintainers. +<para>&latex; is maintained by a group of volunteers +(<url><urefurl>https://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). The official documentation written +by the &latex; project is available from their web site. The present +document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed +by the &latex; maintainers. <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="5">bug reporting</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="6">reporting bugs</indexterm></cindex> Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <email><emailaddress>latexrefman&arobase;tug.org</emailaddress></email>. </para> -<para>This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources -of information about &latex;, at all levels. Here are a few -introductions. +<para>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array +of other information available about &latex;, at all levels. Here +are a few introductions. </para> <table commandarg="url" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="2" mergedindex="cp">latex-doc-ptr <r>document</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Two pages of recommended references to &latex; documentation. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="3" mergedindex="cp">first-latex-doc <r>document</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="4" mergedindex="cp">usrguide <r>official documentation</r></indexterm></findex> -<para>The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of &latex;. -Many other guides by many other people are also available, independent -of &latex; itself; one such is the next item: -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="5" mergedindex="cp">lshort <r>document</r></indexterm></findex> -<para>A short introduction to &latex;, translated to many languages. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="4" mergedindex="cp">lshort <r>document</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>A longer introduction to &latex;, translated to many languages. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">http://tug.org/begin.html</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://tug.org/begin.html</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Introduction to the &tex; system, including &latex;, with further references. </para> @@ -252,21 +243,25 @@ references. <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="11">&latex; overview</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; is a system for typesetting documents. It was originally -created by Leslie Lamport and is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(<url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). It is widely used, particularly for -complex and technical documents, such as those involving mathematics. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="12">macro package, &latex; as</indexterm></cindex> -<para>A &latex; user writes an input file containing text along with -interspersed commands, for instance commands describing how the text -should be formatted. It is implemented as a set of related commands -that interface with Donald E. Knuth&textrsquo;s &tex; typesetting program -(the technical term is that &latex; is a <dfn>macro package</dfn> for the -&tex; engine). The user produces the output document by giving that -input file to the &tex; engine. +created by Leslie Lamport in 1984, but has been maintained by a group +of volunteers for many years now (<url><urefurl>https://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). +It is widely used, particularly but not exclusively for mathematical +and technical documents. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="12">UTF-8, default &latex; input encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<para>A &latex; user writes an input file containing text to be typeset +along with interspersed commands. The default encoding for the text is +UTF-8 (as of 2018). The commands specify, for example, how the text +should be formatted. +</para> +<para>&latex; is implemented as a set of related so-called &textldquo;macros&textrdquo; which +use Donald E. Knuth&textrsquo;s &tex; typesetting program or one of its +derivatives, collectively known as &textldquo;engines&textrdquo;. Thus, the user +produces output, typically PDF, by giving the input file to a &tex; +engine. (The following sections describe all this in more detail.) </para> <para>The term &latex; is also sometimes used to mean the language in which -the document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands +the input document is marked up, that is, to mean the set of commands available to a &latex; user. </para> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="13">Lamport &tex;</indexterm></cindex> @@ -279,9 +274,9 @@ sensible, such as in plain text, write it as <samp>LaTeX</samp>. <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Starting and ending</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The standard beginning and end of a document. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Output files</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Files produced. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&tex; engines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Programs that can compile &tex; and &latex;. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&tex; engines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Programs that can compile &tex; and &latex;. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&latex; command syntax</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">General syntax of &latex; commands. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Area of the source giving distinct behavior. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">An area of the source with distinct behavior. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">CTAN</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Our repository. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -341,12 +336,12 @@ The main output file&textrsquo;s name ends in either <file>.dvi</file> or <file> </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.dvi</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="6" mergedindex="cp">.dvi <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="7" mergedindex="cp">latex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="8" mergedindex="cp">xdvi <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="9" mergedindex="cp">dvips <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="10" mergedindex="cp">dvipdfmx <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="11" mergedindex="cp">dvitype <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="5" mergedindex="cp">.dvi <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="6" mergedindex="cp">latex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="7" mergedindex="cp">xdvi <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="8" mergedindex="cp">dvips <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="9" mergedindex="cp">dvipdfmx <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="10" mergedindex="cp">dvitype <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> <anchor name="output-files-dvi">output files dvi</anchor> <para>If &latex; is invoked with the system command <command>latex</command> then it produces a DeVice Independent file, with extension <file>.dvi</file>. You @@ -355,12 +350,12 @@ it to a PostScript <code>.ps</code> file with <command>dvips</command> or to a Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code> file with <command>dvipdfmx</command>. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with <command>dvitype</command>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</urefurl></url>). +available (<url><urefurl>https://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</urefurl></url>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.pdf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="12" mergedindex="cp">.pdf <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="11" mergedindex="cp">.pdf <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="21">pdf&tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="13" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="12" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> <anchor name="output-files-pdf">output files pdf</anchor> <para>If &latex; is invoked via the system command <command>pdflatex</command>, among other commands (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), then the main output is @@ -369,13 +364,13 @@ self-contained file, with all fonts and images included. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>&latex; also produces at least two additional files. +<para>&latex; always produces at least two additional files. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.log</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="22">transcript file</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="23">log file</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="14" mergedindex="cp">.log <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="13" mergedindex="cp">.log <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <anchor name="output-files-log">output files log</anchor> <para>This transcript file contains summary information such as a list of loaded packages. It also includes diagnostic messages and perhaps @@ -383,7 +378,7 @@ additional information for any errors. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.aux</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="24">auxiliary file</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="15" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="14" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="25">cross references, resolving</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="26">forward references, resolving</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="27">references, resolving forward</indexterm></cindex> @@ -401,11 +396,11 @@ location. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="16" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="15" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="28">list of figures file</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="17" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="16" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="29">list of tables file</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="18" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="17" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="30">table of contents file</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="31">contents file</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; may produce yet more files, characterized by the filename @@ -422,30 +417,38 @@ open-ended. <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="32">engines, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="33">implementations of &tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="34">UTF-8</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="34">UTF-8, engine support for</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="35">Unicode input, native</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="36">TrueType fonts</indexterm></cindex> <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="37">OpenType fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<para>&latex; is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a &tex; -implementation (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>). This section gives a terse -overview of the main programs (see also <ref label="Command-line"><xrefnodename>Command line</xrefnodename></ref>). +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="38">&tex; format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="39">&latex; format (<code>.fmt</code>) files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="40">format files, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="18" mergedindex="cp">.fmt <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>&latex; is a large set of commands that is executed by a &tex; +program (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>). Such a set of commands is called a +<dfn>format</dfn>, and is embodied in a binary <code>.fmt</code> file, which can +be read much more quickly than the corresponding &tex; source. </para> -<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">latex</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pdflatex</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="38">pdf&tex; engine</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="19" mergedindex="cp">etex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="39">e-&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<para>This section gives a terse overview of the &tex; programs that are +commonly available (see also <ref label="Command-line-interface"><xrefnodename>Command line interface</xrefnodename></ref>). +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="19" mergedindex="cp">latex</indexterm>latex</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="20" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex</indexterm>pdflatex</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="21" mergedindex="cp">etex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="41">pdf&tex; engine</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">e-&tex;</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="tex-engines-latex">tex engines latex</anchor> -<para>In &tex; Live (<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/texlive</urefurl></url>), if &latex; is invoked +<para>In &tex; Live (<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/texlive</urefurl></url>), if &latex; is invoked via either the system command <command>latex</command> or <command>pdflatex</command>, -then the pdf&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</urefurl></url>). +then the pdf&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex</urefurl></url>). When invoked as <command>latex</command>, the main output is a <file>.dvi</file> file; as <command>pdflatex</command>, the main output is a <file>.pdf</file> file. </para> <para>pdf&tex; incorporates the e-&tex; extensions to Knuth&textrsquo;s original -program (<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/etex</urefurl></url>), including additional +program (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/etex</urefurl></url>), including additional programming features and bi-directional typesetting, and has plenty of extensions of its own. e-&tex; is available on its own as the system command <command>etex</command>, but this is plain &tex; (and produces @@ -455,27 +458,24 @@ command <command>etex</command>, but this is plain &tex; (and produces rather than pdf&tex;. In any case, the e-&tex; extensions can be assumed to be available in &latex;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lualatex</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="20" mergedindex="cp">lualatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="40">Lua&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="22" mergedindex="cp">lualatex</indexterm>lualatex</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">Lua&tex;</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="tex-engines-lualatex">tex engines lualatex</anchor> <para>If &latex; is invoked via the system command <command>lualatex</command>, the -Lua&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</urefurl></url>). This +Lua&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</urefurl></url>). This program allows code written in the scripting language Lua (<url><urefurl>http://luatex.org</urefurl></url>) to interact with &tex;&textrsquo;s typesetting. Lua&tex; handles UTF-8 Unicode input natively, can handle OpenType and TrueType fonts, and produces a <file>.pdf</file> file by default. -There is also <command>dvilualatex</command> to produce a <file>.dvi</file> file, -but this is rarely used. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">xelatex</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="21" mergedindex="cp">xelatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="41">Xe&tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="22" mergedindex="cp">.xdv <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="23" mergedindex="cp">xdvipdfmx</indexterm></findex> +There is also <command>dvilualatex</command> to produce a <file>.dvi</file> file. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="23" mergedindex="cp">xelatex</indexterm>xelatex</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">Xe&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="24" mergedindex="cp">.xdv <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="25" mergedindex="cp">xdvipdfmx</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="tex-engines-xelatex">tex engines xelatex</anchor> <para>If &latex; is invoked with the system command <command>xelatex</command>, the -Xe&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/xetex</urefurl></url>). Like Lua&tex;, +Xe&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/xetex</urefurl></url>). Like Lua&tex;, Xe&tex; natively supports UTF-8 Unicode and TrueType and OpenType fonts, though the implementation is completely different, mainly using external libraries instead of internal code. Xe&tex; produces a @@ -486,28 +486,62 @@ and translates that to PDF using the (<code>x</code>)<code>dvipdfmx</code> program, but this process is automatic. The <code>.xdv</code> file is only useful for debugging. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry></table> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="26" mergedindex="cp">platex</indexterm>platex</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">uplatex</indexterm>uplatex</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>These commands provide significant additional support for Japanese and +other languages; the <code>u</code> variant supports Unicode. See +<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</urefurl></url> and <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</urefurl></url>. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<para>Other variants of &latex; and &tex; exist, e.g., to provide -additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]p&tex;, -<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex</urefurl></url>, <url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex</urefurl></url>). +<para>As of 2019, there is a companion <code>-dev</code> command and format for +all of the above: +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">dvilualatex-dev</indexterm>dvilualatex-dev</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">latex-dev</indexterm>latex-dev</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">lualatex-dev</indexterm>lualatex-dev</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">pdflatex-dev</indexterm>pdflatex-dev</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">platex-dev</indexterm>platex-dev</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">uplatex-dev</indexterm>uplatex-dev</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">xelatex-dev</indexterm>xelatex-dev</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">release candidates</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">prerelease testing</indexterm></cindex> +<para>These are candidates for an upcoming &latex; release. The main +purpose is to find and address compatibility problems before an +official release. +</para> +<para>These <code>-dev</code> formats make it easy for anyone to help test +documents and code: you can run, say, <code>pdflatex-dev</code> instead of +<code>pdflatex</code>, without changing anything else in your environment. +Indeed, it is easiest and most helpful to always run the <code>-dev</code> +versions instead of bothering to switch back and forth. During quiet +times after a release, the commands will be equivalent. +</para> +<para>These are not daily snapshots or untested development code. They +undergo the same extensive regression testing by the &latex; team +before being released. +</para> +<para>For more information, see &textldquo;The &latex; release workflow and the +&latex; <code>dev</code> formats&textrdquo; by Frank Mittelbach, <cite>TUGboat</cite> 40:2, +<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf</urefurl></url>. </para> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> <node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex; command syntax</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">command syntax</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="24" mergedindex="cp">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="25" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="26" mergedindex="cp">{...} <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">command syntax</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">{...} <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm></findex> <para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a backslash character, <code>\</code>. The name itself then consists of either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. </para> <para>&latex; commands names are case sensitive so that <code>\pagebreak</code> differs from <code>\Pagebreak</code> (the latter is not a standard command). -Most commands are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all +Most command names are lowercase, but in any event you must enter all commands in the same case as they are defined. </para> <para>A command may be followed by zero, one, or more arguments. These @@ -524,12 +558,6 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make the first character of the following text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces. </para> -<para>Some of &latex;&textrsquo;s commands are a <dfn>declaration</dfn>. Such a command -changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter. For -instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> declaration changes the typesetting of -page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & -\mainmatter & \backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>). -</para> <para>&latex; has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and <code>\chapter*</code>. The exact difference in behavior varies from command @@ -538,7 +566,19 @@ to command. <para>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.&noeos; bugs). </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">&latex;3 syntax</indexterm></cindex> +<para>As of the 2020-10-01 release of &latex;, the <code>expl3</code> and +<code>xparse</code> packages are part of the &latex;2e format. They +provide a completely different underlying programming language +syntax. We won&textrsquo;t try to cover them in this document; see the related +package documentation and other &latex; manuals. +</para> </section> <node name="Environment" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environment</sectiontitle> @@ -546,14 +586,14 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.&noeos; bugs). <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>environment name</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>environment-name</var>} ... -\end{<var>environment name</var>} +\end{<var>environment-name</var>} </pre></example> -<para>An area of &latex; source, inside of which there is a distinct -behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between -<code>\begin{verse}</code> and <code>\end{verse}</code>. +<para>An <dfn>environment</dfn> is an area of &latex; source, inside of which +there is a distinct behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; +put the lines between <code>\begin{verse}</code> and <code>\end{verse}</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{verse} @@ -562,12 +602,12 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between \end{verse} </pre></example> -<para><xref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></xref> for a list of environments. Particularly notable is +<para><xref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of environments. Particularly notable is that every &latex; document must have a <code>document</code> environment, a <code>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair. </para> -<para>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at -the end. This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a +<para>The <var>environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. This includes the case where <var>environment-name</var> ends in a star (<code>*</code>); both the <code>\begin</code> and <code>\end</code> texts must include the star. </para> @@ -585,9 +625,9 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). </section> <node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">CTAN</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">CTAN</indexterm></cindex> <para>The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network, CTAN, is the &tex; and &latex; community&textrsquo;s repository of free material. It is a set of @@ -600,20 +640,22 @@ person or a small number of people. For instance, many publishers have a package that allows authors to format papers to that publisher&textrsquo;s specifications. </para> -<para>In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such -as search by name or by functionality. +<para>In addition to the massive holdings, the <code>ctan.org</code> web site +offers features such as search by name or by functionality. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex> -<para>CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the -sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for -instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is -hosted by the German &tex; group DANTE e.V. Other sites around the -world help out by mirroring, that is, automatically syncing their -collections with the core site and then in turn making their copies -publicly available. This gives users close to their location better -access and relieves the load on the core site. The list of mirrors is -at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/mirrors</urefurl></url>. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex> +<para>CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of which +is the so-called &textldquo;master&textrdquo;. The master host actively manages the +material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated +packages. For many years, it has been hosted by the German &tex; +group, DANTE e.V. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is, +automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then +in turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close +to their location better access and relieves the load on the master +site. The list of mirrors is at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/mirrors</urefurl></url>. </para> </section> @@ -621,9 +663,9 @@ at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/mirrors</urefurl></url>. <node name="Document-classes" spaces=" "><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fonts</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">document classes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">document classes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex> <para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is normally the first command in a &latex; source file. @@ -632,11 +674,11 @@ normally the first command in a &latex; source file. <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into &latex;. (Many other document classes are available as separate packages; <pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>.) @@ -664,9 +706,10 @@ such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">slides</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="document-classes-slides">document classes slides</anchor> -<para>For slide presentations&textmdash;rarely used today. In its place the -<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent (<pxref label="beamer-template"><xrefnodename>beamer -template</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>For slide presentations&textmdash;rarely used nowadays. The +<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent +(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</urefurl></url>). <xref label="beamer-template"><xrefnodename>beamer template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a +small template for a beamer document. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> @@ -682,10 +725,10 @@ template</xrefnodename></pxref>). <node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional packages</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">document class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">document class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">global options</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can specify <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. To @@ -697,9 +740,9 @@ specify more than one <var>option</var>, separate them with a comma. <para>Here is the list of the standard class options. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): </para> @@ -707,12 +750,12 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): <pre xml:space="preserve">10pt 11pt 12pt </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (these show height by width): </para> @@ -736,63 +779,63 @@ size (these show height by width): </tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and <code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&textrsquo;s preamble. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> <para>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Miscellaneous other options: </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">centered equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">centered equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex> <para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex> <para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex> <para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex> <para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is @@ -801,12 +844,12 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the <para>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx> @@ -814,8 +857,9 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<!-- c xx TODO re-align on the French version which is more accurate. --> <para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>. </para> @@ -832,7 +876,7 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </para> @@ -841,10 +885,10 @@ the time at the bottom of each note. <node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated list <var>options</var>, as here. </para> @@ -856,8 +900,8 @@ list <var>options</var>, as here. as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple <code>\usepackage</code> commands. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">global options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">options, global</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">options, global</indexterm></cindex> <para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>. @@ -867,9 +911,9 @@ to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">document class commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">new class commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">document class commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">new class commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a @@ -882,8 +926,8 @@ package are useful across classes while those in a document class are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the SMC Math Department</code> is for a class. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex> </para> <para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a character in command names without having to surround the code @@ -905,13 +949,13 @@ others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands <node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">options, package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">package options</indexterm></cindex> <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts. </para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" "> @@ -939,9 +983,9 @@ declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the defa document font size. </para> </listitem><listitem> -<para>Finally, in the <dfn>more declarations part</dfn> the class or package usually does -most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and -loading other files. +<para>Finally, in the <dfn>more declarations part</dfn> the class or package +usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and +fonts, and loading other files. </para></listitem></enumerate> <para>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <file>stub.cls</file> @@ -955,7 +999,7 @@ where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the \ProcessOptions\relax \LoadClass{article} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class file example</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">class file example</indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of @@ -964,7 +1008,7 @@ passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the </para> <para>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the Class Guide, at -<url><urefurl>http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</urefurl></url> (much +<url><urefurl>https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</urefurl></url> (much of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial <url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</urefurl></url>. </para> @@ -972,21 +1016,21 @@ of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial </subsection> <node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex> <para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <file>.dvi</file> file at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you @@ -994,13 +1038,13 @@ called it. See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDoc </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">new command, check</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">new command, check</indexterm></cindex> <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">long command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">long command</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>long</dfn> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts <code>\par</code> within an argument. The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an @@ -1018,16 +1062,16 @@ redefined this command. </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> <para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. </para> <para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is @@ -1048,19 +1092,19 @@ character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that &latex; appends a period to the messages. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex> <para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">options, package</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">options, class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">options, package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their <code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing @@ -1069,10 +1113,10 @@ must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>&rbr <code>\ProcessOptions</code>). </para> <para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this -will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s): [badoption].</code> -Change this behaviour with the starred version -<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes extend -an existing class, using a declaration such as +will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s): +[badoption].</code> Change this behavior with the starred version +<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes +extend an existing class, using a command such as <code>\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as this. </para> @@ -1095,9 +1139,9 @@ passes the option to the <code>article</code> class. </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>} </itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex> <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and @@ -1111,8 +1155,8 @@ transcript file if a command is redefined. using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>etoolbox</file> package offers the commands <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands @@ -1135,10 +1179,10 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine </para></listitem></enumerate> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex> <para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; finds the file <file><var>file name</var></file> or <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing <var>true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command @@ -1162,8 +1206,8 @@ extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref> </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex> <para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is <code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>. @@ -1192,7 +1236,7 @@ that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard <code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex> <para>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not defined then that option is silently ignored. @@ -1203,7 +1247,7 @@ default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify <code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex> <para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: <code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is @@ -1224,7 +1268,7 @@ release `2016/02/01' is available. </pre></example> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex> <para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. @@ -1237,8 +1281,8 @@ within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code> command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>. @@ -1279,8 +1323,8 @@ option. The user could start their &latex; file with </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex> <para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the existence of the starred command). @@ -1324,8 +1368,8 @@ means that the global options are processed first. </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex> <para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. </para> @@ -1357,19 +1401,19 @@ with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile{<var>file name</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex> <para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config -2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>file name</var> equal to +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>filename</var> equal to <samp>test.config</samp> and <var>additional information</var> equal to <samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex> <para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional packages</xrefnodename></pxref>). The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of these commands over Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class @@ -1405,106 +1449,721 @@ causes &latex; to give error like <code>\usepackage before <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name --> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">fonts</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>&latex; comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New +Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families +in your document (for instance, see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>). And, +&latex; documents can use most fonts that are available today, +including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (Note, +though, that many fonts do not have support for mathematics.) +</para> +<para>The first typeface in the &tex; world was the Computer Modern family, +developed by Donald Knuth. It is the default for &latex; documents and +is still the most widely used. But changing to another font often only +involves a few commands. For instance, putting the following in your +preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more +readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to +typeset mathematics. (This example is from Michael Sharpe, +<url><urefurl>https://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</urefurl></url>.) +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math +\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif +\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter +\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX +\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal +</pre></example> -<para>Two important aspects of selecting a <dfn>font</dfn> are specifying a size -and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. +<noindent></noindent> +<para>In addition, the <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> engines allow +you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType +format (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>The &latex; Font Catalogue (<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue</urefurl></url>) shows +font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts, +including many with support for mathematics. It aims to cover all Latin +alphabet free fonts available for easy use with &latex;. +</para> +<para>More information is also available from the &tex; Users Group, at +<url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/fonts/</urefurl></url>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Font styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select roman, italics, etc. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">fontenc package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Encoding of the font. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Font styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select roman, italics, etc. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Font sizes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select point size. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Low-level font commands</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select encoding, family, series, shape. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> +<node name="fontenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>fontenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font styles</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>fontenc</code> package</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">font encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">UTF-8, font support for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">T1</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">OT1</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc} +</pre></example> + +<para>or +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc} +</pre></example> + +<para>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the +character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output. +</para> +<para>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine +(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you use the <command>xelatex</command> or +<command>lualatex</command> engine then instead use the <file>fontspec</file> package. +</para> +<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character +set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use +<code>\accent</code> (<pxref label="_005caccent"><xrefnodename>\accent</xrefnodename></pxref>) but this disables hyphenation. &tex; +users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of +characters provided by modern fonts. If you are using +<command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including +French, German, Italian, Polish, and others. In particular, if you have +words with accented letters then &latex; will hyphenate them and your +output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you +to directly enter accented characters into your source file.) +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear +blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped, +sometimes called raster or Type 3. You want vector fonts. Use a +package such as <file>lmodern</file> or <file>cm-super</file> to get a font that +extends &latex;&textrsquo;s default using vector fonts. +</para> +<para>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already +declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named +<file><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</file>. It also sets <code>\encodingdefault</code> +to be the last encoding in the option list. +</para> +<para>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>. +</para> +<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OT1</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The original encoding for &tex;. Limited to mostly English characters. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OMS, OML</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Math symbols and math letters encoding. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">T1</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>&tex; text extended. Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users +Group meeting where it was developed. Gives access to most European +accented characters. The most common option for this package. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">TS1</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Text Companion encoding. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s default is to load <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>, <code>OT1</code>, and +then <code>OMS</code>, and set the default to <code>OT1</code>. +</para> +<para>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font +encoding if your font requires it. +</para> +<para>If you use <code>T1</code> encoded fonts other than the default Computer +Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your +fonts before loading <file>fontenc</file>, to prevent the system from loading +any <code>T1</code> encoded fonts from the default. +</para> +<para>The &latex; team reserve encoding names starting with: <samp>T</samp> for the +standard text encodings with 256 characters, <samp>TS</samp> for symbols that +extend the corresponding T encodings, <samp>X</samp> for test encodings, +<samp>M</samp> for standard math encodings with 256 characters, <samp>A</samp> for +special applications, <samp>OT</samp> for standard text encodings with 128 +characters, and <samp>OM</samp> for standard math encodings with 128 +characters (<samp>O</samp> stands for <samp>obsolete</samp>). +</para> +<para>This package provides a number of commands, detailed below. Many of +them are encoding-specific, so if you have defined a command that works +for one encoding but the current encoding is different then the command +is not in effect. +</para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareFontEncoding</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define an encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextAccent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define an accent in the encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fallback for using an accent in the encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">New encoding-specific command. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fallback for encoding-specific commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextComposite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Directly access an accented glyph, in the encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Run code in slot, in the encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextSymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a symbol in the encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fallback for a symbol in the encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\LastDeclaredEncoding</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Save most recently declared encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Temporarily switch to another encoding. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cDeclareFontEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareFontEncoding{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>text-settings</var>}{<var>math-settings</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Declare the font encoding <var>encoding</var>. It also saves the value of +<var>encoding</var> in <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> +(<pxref label="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding"><xrefnodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>The file <file>t1enc.def</file> contains this line (followed by many others). +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <var>text-settings</var> are the commands that &latex; will run every +time it switches from one encoding to another with the +<code>\selectfont</code> or <code>\fontencoding</code> command. The +<var>math-settings</var> are the commands that &latex; will use whenever the +font is accessed as a math alphabet. +</para> +<para>&latex; ignores any space characters inside <var>text-settings</var> and +<var>math-settings</var>, to prevent unintended spaces in the output. +</para> +<para>If you invent an encoding you should pick a two or three letter name +starting with <samp>L</samp> for <samp>local</samp>, or <samp>E</samp> for +<samp>experimental</samp>. +</para> +<para>Note that output encoding files may be read several times by &latex; so +using, e.g., <code>\newcommand</code> may cause an error. In addition, such +files should contain <code>\ProvidesFile</code> line (<pxref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package +commands</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>Note also that you should use the <code>\...Default</code> commands only in a +package, not in the encoding definition files, since those files +should only contain declarations specific to that encoding. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareFontEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">font encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccent{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding +<var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>. +</para> +<para>This line from <file>t1enc.def</file> declares that to make a circumflex +accent as in <code>\^A</code>, the system will put the accent in slot 2 +over the <samp>A</samp> character, which is represented in ASCII as 65. +(This holds unless there is a relevant <code>DeclareTextComposite</code> or +<code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code> declaration; +<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextComposite"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextComposite</xrefnodename></pxref>.) +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2} +</pre></example> + +<para>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>If there is an encoding-specific accent command <var>cmd</var> but there is +no associated <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> for that encoding then this +command will pick up the slack, by saying to use it as described for +<var>encoding</var>. +</para> +<para>For example, to make the encoding <code>OT1</code> be the default encoding for +the accent <code>\"</code>, declare this. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>If you issue a <code>\"</code> when the current encoding does not have a +definition for that accent then &latex; will use the definition from +<code>OT1</code> +</para> +<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (<pxref label="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><xrefnodename>\UseTextSymbol +& \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault[1]{<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{#1}} +</pre></example> + +<para>Note that <code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code> works for any one-argument +<file>fontenc</file> command, not just the accent command. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis, one of: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn}</var> +\DeclareTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>or one of: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\ProvideTextCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Define the command <var>cmd</var>, which will be specific to one encoding. +The command name <var>cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, \. These +commands can only appear in the preamble. Redefining <code>cmd</code> does +not cause an error. The defined command will be robust even if the code +in <var>defn</var> is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>For example, the file <file>t1enc.def</file> contains this line. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{T1}{\%\char 24 } +</pre></example> + +<para>With that, you can express parts per thousand. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % in preamble + ... +Legal limit is \( 0.8 \)\textperthousand. +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>If you change the font encoding to <code>OT1</code> then you get an error like +<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding +OT1</samp>. +</para> +<para>The <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it +does nothing if <var>cmd</var> is already defined. The +<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple +slot-to-glyph association (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextSymbol"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>) +</para> +<para>The optional <var>nargs</var> and <var>optargsdefault</var> arguments play the +same role here as in <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & +\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). Briefly, <var>nargs</var> is an integer from 0 to 9 +specifying the number of arguments that the defined command <code>cmd</code> +takes. This number includes any optional argument. Omitting this +argument is the same as specifying 0, meaning that <var>cmd</var> will have +no arguments. And, if <var>optargsdefault</var> is present then the first +argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value +<var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If +<var>optargsdefault</var> is not present then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take +an optional argument. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> & <code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault </code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>or: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvideTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Give a default definition for <var>cmd</var>, for when that command is not +defined in the encoding currently in force. This default should only use +encodings known to be available. +</para> +<para>This makes <code>\copyright</code> available. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}} +</pre></example> + +<para>It uses only an encoding (OMS) that is always available. +</para> +<para>The <code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> should not occur in the encoding +definition files since those files should declare only commands for use +when you select that encoding. It should instead be in a package. +</para> +<para>As with the related non-default commands, the +<code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code> has exactly the same behavior as +<code>\DeclareTextCommandDefault</code> except that it does nothing if +<var>cmd</var> is already defined (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). So, packages can use it to provide fallbacks +that other packages can improve upon. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextComposite" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextComposite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>simple_object</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Access an accented glyph directly, that is, without having to put an +accent over a separate character. +</para> +<para>This line from <file>t1enc.def</file> means that <code>\^o</code> will cause +&latex; to typeset lowercase <samp>o</samp> by taking the character +directly from location 224 in the font. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextComposite{\^}{T1}{o}{244} +</pre></example> + +<para><xref label="fontenc-package"><xrefnodename>fontenc package</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of common encodings. The +<var>simple_object</var> should be a single character or a single command. +The <var>slot</var> argument is usually a positive integer represented in +decimal (although octal or hexadecimal are possible). Normally +<var>cmd</var> has already been declared for this encoding, either with +<code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> or with a one-argument +<code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. In <file>t1enc.def</file>, the above line follows +the <code>\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{T1}{2}</code> command. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>arg</var>}{<var>code</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>A more general version of <code>\DeclareTextComposite</code> that runs +arbitrary code with <var>cmd</var>. +</para> +<para>This allows accents on <samp>i</samp> to act like accents on dotless i, +<code>\i</code>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i} +</pre></example> + +<para><xref label="fontenc-package"><xrefnodename>fontenc package</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of common encodings. Normally +<var>cmd</var> will have already been declared with <code>\DeclareTextAccent</code> +or as a one argument <code>\DeclareTextCommand</code>. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>slot</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Define a symbol in the encoding <var>encoding</var> at the location +<var>slot</var>. Symbols defined in this way are for use in text, not +mathematics. +</para> +<para>For example, this line from <file>t1enc.def</file> declares the number of the +glyph to use for <U>00AB</U>, the left guillemet. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The command <code>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char +19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand & +\ProvideTextCommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para><xref label="fontenc-package"><xrefnodename>fontenc package</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of common encodings. The <var>slot</var> +can be specified in decimal, or octal (as in <code>'023</code>), or +hexadecimal (as in <code>"13</code>), although decimal has the advantage that +single quote or double quote could be redefined by another package. +</para> +<para>If <var>cmd</var> has already been defined then <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> +does not give an error but it does log the redefinition in the +transcript file. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>encoding</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>If there is an encoding-specific symbol command <var>cmd</var> but there is no +associated <code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> for that encoding, then this command +will pick up the slack, by saying to get the symbol as described for +<var>encoding</var>. +</para> +<para>For example, to declare that if the current encoding has no meaning for +<code>\textdollar</code> then use the one from <code>OT1</code>, declare this. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textdollar}{OT1} +</pre></example> + +<para>That is, this command is equivalent to this call (<pxref label="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent"><xrefnodename>\UseTextSymbol +& \UseTextAccent</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextCommandDefault{<var>cmd</var>} + {\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}} +</pre></example> + +<para>Note that <code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code> can be used to define a +default for any zero-argument <file>fontenc</file> command. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\LastDeclaredEncoding +</pre></example> + +<para>Get the name of the most recently declared encoding. The +<code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code> command stores the name so that it can be +retrieved with this command (<pxref label="_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><xrefnodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>This relies on <code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code> rather than give the +name of the encoding explicitly. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareFontEncoding{JH1}{}{} +\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0} +</pre></example> + + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\UseTextSymbol</code> & <code>\UseTextAccent</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextSymbol{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>or: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextAccent{<var>encoding</var>}{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Use a symbol or accent not from the current encoding. +</para> +<para>In general, to use a <file>fontenc</file> command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has no arguments, then you can use it +like this: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextSymbol{OT1}{\ss} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>which is equivalent to this (note the outer braces form a group, so &latex; +reverts back to the prior encoding after the <code>\ss</code>): +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">{\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\ss} +</pre></example> + +<para>Similarly, to use a <file>fontenc</file> command in an encoding where it is +not defined, and if the command has one argument, you can use it like this: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\UseTextAccent{OT1}{\'}{a} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>which is equivalent to this (again note the outer braces forming a group): +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">{fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont\'{\fontencoding{<var>enc_in_use</var>}\selectfont a}} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>Here, <var>enc_in_use</var> is the encoding in force before this sequence +of commands, so that <samp>a</samp> is typeset using the current encoding +and only the accent is taken from <code>OT1</code>. +</para> + +</subsection> +</section> +<node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">font styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">type styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">font styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">type styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code> commands, -is used with an argument, as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is -the preferred form. But shown after it, in parenthesis, is the -corresponding declaration form, which is sometimes useful. This form -takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>. The scope of -the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end -of the current group. In addition, each has an environment form such as -<code>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>. -</para> -<para>These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, are -cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of +are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is +the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the +corresponding <dfn>declaration form</dfn>, which is often useful. This +form takes no arguments, as in <code>{\itshape <var>text</var>}</code>. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. In addition, each has an environment +form such as <code>\begin{itshape}...\end{itshape}</code>, which we&textrsquo;ll +describe further at the end of the section. +</para> +<para>These commands, in any of the three forms, are cumulative; for instance +you can get bold sans serif by saying either of <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex> <para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic corrections if needed (<pxref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></pxref>). Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following character is in the list -<code>\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of a period and a comma. +<code>\nocorrlist</code>, which by default consists of period and comma. To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use <code>\nocorr</code> at the start or end of the command argument, such as <code>\textit{\nocorr text}</code> or <code>\textsc{text \nocorr}</code>. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Roman. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Italics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> <para>Medium weight (default). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> <para>Boldface. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Upright (default). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Slanted. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Sans serif. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Small caps. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Typewriter. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> <para>Main document font. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex> <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph{<var>start @@ -1519,44 +2178,44 @@ used as declarations: <code>{\<var>cmd</var>...}</code> instead of </para> <para>(The unconditional commands below are an older version of font switching. The earlier commands are an improvement in most -circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely -what you want.) +circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is what is +needed.) </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">bold font</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">bold font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to bold face. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">italic font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">italic font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Italics. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">roman font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">roman font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Roman. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Small caps. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Sans serif. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Slanted (oblique). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -1571,19 +2230,19 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> <para>Roman, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> <para>Boldface, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> <para>Sans serif, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> <para>Typewriter, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item> @@ -1591,48 +2250,44 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> <para>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> <para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">bold math</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">bold math</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset -so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and -depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo; numerals, -which all have the same height as uppercase letters. &latex;&textrsquo;s -default fonts support this, and will respect <code>\textbf</code> (but not -other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in Computer -Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; sometimes the -<code>textcomp</code> package must be loaded, and sometimes package options -are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: -<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf</urefurl></url>. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will +typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights +and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo; +numerals, which all have the same height as uppercase letters. +&latex;&textrsquo;s default fonts support this, and will respect <code>\textbf</code> +(but not other styles; there are no italic old-style numerals in +Computer Modern). Many other fonts have old-style numerals also; +sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ +entry: <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-osf</urefurl></url>. </para> </section> <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font @@ -1640,16 +2295,16 @@ size used (in points) with the <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (default)<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>12pt</code> @@ -1675,8 +2330,9 @@ options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>24.88 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<para>The commands are listed here in declaration forms. You use them by -declaring them, as with this example. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form, +since that is how they are typically used. For example. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{quotation} \small @@ -1685,20 +2341,32 @@ declaring them, as with this example. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The scope of the <code>\small</code> lasts until the end of the -<code>quotation</code> environment. It would also end at the next type style -command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it in -extra curly braces <code>{\small We are here, we are here, we are -here!}</code>. You can instead use the environment form of these commands; -for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. +<para>Here, the scope of the <code>\small</code> lasts until the end of the +<code>quotation</code> environment. It would also end at the next type +style command or the end of the current group, so you could enclose it +in curly braces <code>{\small This text is typeset in the small font.}</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>An <dfn>environment form</dfn> of each of these commands is also defined; for +instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice +this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or +end of the environment without careful consideration, so it&textrsquo;s +generally less error-prone to stick to the declaration form. +</para> +<para>(Aside: Technically, due to the way &latex; defines <code>\begin</code> and +<code>\end</code>, nearly every command that does not take an argument +technically has an environment form. But in almost all cases, it would +only cause confusion to use it. The reason for mentioning the +environment form of the font size declarations specifically is that +this particular use is not rare.) </para> </section> <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available @@ -1709,7 +2377,7 @@ ones. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding">low level font commands fontencoding</anchor> </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> <para>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>, Knuth&textrsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and @@ -1721,11 +2389,11 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font family. The web page -<url><urefurl>http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse +<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are examples of some common families. </para> @@ -1775,8 +2443,8 @@ examples of some common families. <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font series. A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a <dfn>width</dfn>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible combinations. Some common combined series values include: @@ -1794,7 +2462,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are: </para> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes> @@ -1818,7 +2486,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces): </para> @@ -1849,8 +2517,8 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one (<samp><code>m</code></samp>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor> <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </para> @@ -1874,40 +2542,21 @@ small caps are often missing as well. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">font size</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">font size</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> <para>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the parameter <code>\baselineskip</code>. The default <code>\baselineskip</code> for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>. Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is -reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next. -</para> -<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch">low level font commands baselinestretch</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\baselinestretch</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> -<para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the -<code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1. A change -takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called. You can -make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance -doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in -the preamble. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the -<file>setspace</file> package. In addition to offering a number of spacing -options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places -where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure -captions. See the package documentation. +reset every time a size change happens; instead use +<code>\baselinestretch</code>. (<pxref label="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> <para>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. @@ -1916,7 +2565,7 @@ just described. </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> <para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in <code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful @@ -1926,7 +2575,7 @@ to put this in a macro:&linebreak; </para> <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-usefont">low level font commands usefont</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: @@ -1943,7 +2592,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout. </para> @@ -1953,6 +2602,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\flushbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make all text pages the same height. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Allow text pages of differing height. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Page layout parameters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\headheight</code> <code>\footskip</code>. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space between lines. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Floats</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Figures, tables, etc. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -1960,8 +2610,8 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -1979,9 +2629,9 @@ behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class opt <node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -2002,27 +2652,27 @@ typesetting starts. <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnsep">twocolumn columnsep</anchor> <para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a -command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code> You must change -it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good +command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change +it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good place. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnseprule">twocolumn columnseprule</anchor> -<para>The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between -the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. -Change it with a command such as +<para>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that +there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two +columns. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column -environment starts. +mode starts. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnwidth">twocolumn columnwidth</anchor> <para>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the -width of each of the two columns to be half of <code>\textwidth</code> minus -<code>\columnsep</code>. +width of each of the two columns, <code>\columnwidth</code>, to be half of +<code>\textwidth</code> minus <code>\columnsep</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -2034,17 +2684,17 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction">twocolumn dbltopfraction</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not -exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code> . If the height of your starred float +exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code>. If the height of your starred float environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: </para> <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend> <listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<para>Use the <code>[tp]</code> location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put +<para>Use the <code>[tp]</code> location specifier to tell &latex; to try to put the bulky float on a page by itself, as well as at the top of a page. </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> @@ -2059,29 +2709,29 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. <para>You can redefine it, as with <code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>. </para> -<anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor> +<para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. &latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>. </para> -<anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor> +<para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or <code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at <code>12pt</code>. </para> -<anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor> +<para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>. </para> -<anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor> +<para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The &latex; default is <code>2</code>. </para> @@ -2116,7 +2766,7 @@ Two column text here. <node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> <para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the @@ -2141,8 +2791,8 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages <node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided @@ -2154,23 +2804,23 @@ option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class optio </para> </section> -<node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep">page layout parameters columnsep</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule">page layout parameters columnseprule</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth">page layout parameters columnwidth</anchor> @@ -2179,24 +2829,24 @@ columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). <xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headheight">page layout parameters headheight</anchor> <para>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>, at all type sizes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headsep">page layout parameters headsep</anchor> <para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> classes is <samp>25pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if the -document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt and 12pt +document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt or 12pt it is <samp>0.275in</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-footskip">page layout parameters footskip</anchor> <para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> @@ -2204,8 +2854,8 @@ classes is <samp>30pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: wh the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is <samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth">page layout parameters linewidth</anchor> <para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to @@ -2216,12 +2866,12 @@ is decreased by the sum of that list&textrsquo;s <code>\leftmargin</code> and <!-- c etc. For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is --> <!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep">page layout parameters marginsep</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth">page layout parameters marginparwidth</anchor> @@ -2249,41 +2899,42 @@ classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth − \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that distance. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin">page layout parameters oddsidemargin</anchor> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin">page layout parameters evensidemargin</anchor> -<para>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is the extra distance between the left side of +<!-- c xx TODO re-align on French version that is more complete/accurate. --> +<para>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> length is the extra distance between the left side of the page and the text&textrsquo;s left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the document class option <code>twoside</code> is chosen and on all pages when <code>oneside</code> is in effect. When <code>twoside</code> is in effect, on even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is -<code>evensidemargin</code>. +<code>\evensidemargin</code>. </para> <para>&latex;&textrsquo;s default is that <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight">page layout parameters paperheight</anchor> <para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth">page layout parameters paperwidth</anchor> <para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area. Normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textheight">page layout parameters textheight</anchor> <para>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> @@ -2292,8 +2943,8 @@ the default is <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>, while for a <code>book</code> it is <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes. At 12pt it is <samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth">page layout parameters textwidth</anchor> <para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp> @@ -2314,24 +2965,25 @@ column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists. specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-hsize">page layout parameters hsize</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex; +<para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex; primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal &latex; documents. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin">page layout parameters topmargin</anchor> +<!-- c xxx TODO re-align on French version that is more accurate. --> <para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</code>, and then divided by two. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topskip">page layout parameters topskip</anchor> <para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the @@ -2341,7 +2993,123 @@ same as the font size, e.g., <samp>10pt</samp> at a type size of 10pt. </section> -<node name="Floats" spaces=" "><nodename>Floats</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\baselineskip</code> & <code>\baselinestretch</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">space between lines</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">interline space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">leading</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It gives +the leading, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from +baseline to baseline. +</para> +<para>Ordinarily document authors do not directly change <code>\baselineskip</code> +while writing. Instead, it is set by the low level font selection +command <code>\fontsize</code> (<pxref label="low-level-font-commands-fontsize"><xrefnodename>low level font commands fontsize</xrefnodename></pxref>). +The <code>\baselineskip</code>&textrsquo;s value is reset every time a font change +happens and so any direct change to <code>\baselineskip</code> would vanish +the next time there was a font switch. For how to influence line +spacing, see the discussion of <code>\baselinestretch</code> below. +</para> +<para>Usually, a font&textrsquo;s size and baseline skip is assigned by the font +designer. These numbers are nominal in the sense that if, for instance, +a font&textrsquo;s style file has the command <code>\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}</code> +then that does not mean that the characters in the font are 10pt tall; +for instance, parentheses and accented capitals may be taller. Nor does +it mean that if the lines are spaced less than 12pt apart then they risk +touching. Rather these numbers are typographic judgements. (Often, the +<code>\baselineskip</code> is about twenty percent larger than the font size.) +</para> +<!-- c adapted from FAQ --> +<para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is not a property of each line but of the +entire paragraph. As a result, large text in the middle of a paragraph, +such as a single <code>{\Huge Q}</code>, will be squashed into its line. +&tex; will make sure it doesn&textrsquo;t scrape up against the line above but +won&textrsquo;t change the <code>\baselineskip</code> for that one line to make extra +room above. For the fix, use a <code>\strut</code> (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>The value of <code>\baselineskip</code> that &tex; uses for the paragraph is +the value in effect at the blank line or command that ends the paragraph +unit. So if a document contains this paragraph then its lines will be +scrunched together, compared to lines in surrounding paragraphs. +</para> +<!-- c Adapted from B Beeton's "Lapses in TeX" TB 42:1 p 13. --> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">Many people see a page break between text and a displayed equation as +bad style, so in effect the display is part of the paragraph. +Because this display is in footnotesize, the entire paragraph has the +baseline spacing matching that size. +{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex> +<para>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if +the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less +than <code>\baselineskip</code> then &tex; inserts vertical glue to make up +the difference. There are two fine points. The first is that if the +lines would be too close together, closer than <code>\lineskiplimit</code>, +then &tex; instead uses <code>\lineskip</code> as the interline glue. The +second is that &tex; doesn&textrsquo;t actually use the depth of the previous +line. Instead it uses <code>\prevdepth</code>, which usually contains that +depth. But at the beginning of the paragraph (or any vertical list) +or just after a rule, <code>\prevdepth</code> has the value -1000pt and this +special value tells &tex; not to insert any interline glue at the +paragraph start. +</para> +<para>In the standard classes <code>\lineskiplimit</code> is 0pt and +<code>\lineskip</code> is 1pt. By the prior paragraph then, the distance +between lines can approach zero but if it becomes zero (or less than +zero) then the lines jump to 1pt apart. +</para> +<para>Sometimes authors must, for editing purposes, put the document in double +space or one-and-a-half space. The right way to influence the interline +distance is via <code>\baselinestretch</code>. It scales +<code>\baselineskip</code>, and has a default value of 1.0. It is a command, +not a length, so change the scale factor as in +<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}\selectfont</code>. +</para> +<para>The most straightforward way to change the line spacing for an entire +document is to put <code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code> in the preamble. +For double spacing, take <var>factor</var> to be 1.6 and for one-and-a-half +spacing use 1.3. These number are rough: for instance, since the +<code>\baselineskip</code> is about 1.2 times the font size, multiplying by +1.6 gives a font size to baseline ratio of about 2. (The +<code>\linespread</code> command is defined as +<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code> so it won&textrsquo;t +take effect until a font setting happens. But that always takes place at +the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it with +<code>\selectfont</code>.) +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>A simpler approach is the <file>setspace</file> package. The basic example: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{setspace} +\doublespacing % or \onehalfspacing for 1.5 +</pre></example> + +<para>In the preamble these will start the document off with that sizing. +But you can also use these declarations in the document body to change +the spacing from that point forward, and consequently there is +<code>\singlespacing</code> to return the spacing to normal. In the +document body, a better practice than using the declarations is to use +environments, such as <code>\begin{doublespace} +... \end{doublespace}</code>. The package also has commands to do +arbitrary spacing: <code>\setstretch{<var>factor</var>}</code> and +<code>\begin{spacing}{<var>factor</var>} ... \end{spacing}</code>. +</para> + +</section> +<node name="Floats" spaces=" "><nodename>Floats</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Floats</sectiontitle> <para>Some typographic elements, such as figures and tables, cannot be broken @@ -2369,8 +3137,8 @@ float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in that class also appears at the end. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its <var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the @@ -2386,24 +3154,24 @@ both <code>article</code> and <code>book</code> classes, is <code>tbp</code>. allowed for full-width floats (<code>figure*</code>) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the <file>stfloats</file> or <file>dblfloatfix</file> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the -FAQ: <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</urefurl></url>. +FAQ: <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-2colfloat</urefurl></url>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">h</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Here)&textmdash;at the position in the text where the <code>figure</code> environment appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at -<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</urefurl></url>. +<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</urefurl></url>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">float page</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">float page</indexterm></cindex> <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </para> @@ -2431,8 +3199,8 @@ use the <file>afterpage</file> package and issue <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in @@ -2440,7 +3208,7 @@ the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the <file>flafter</file> package or using the command -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. </para> @@ -2449,27 +3217,27 @@ non-float text (change them with <code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-bottomfraction">floats bottomfraction</anchor> <para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-floatpagefraction">floats floatpagefraction</anchor> <para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default <samp>.5</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-textfraction">floats textfraction</anchor> <para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-topfraction">floats topfraction</anchor> <para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before floats; default <samp>.7</samp>. @@ -2480,21 +3248,21 @@ command of the form <code>\setlength{<var>parameter</var>}{ expression</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-floatsep">floats floatsep</anchor> <para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-intextsep">floats intextsep</anchor> <para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents, and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-textfloatsep">floats textfloatsep</anchor> <para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>. @@ -2505,38 +3273,38 @@ command of the form <code>\setcounter{<var>ctrname</var>}{< number</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-bottomnumber">floats bottomnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; default 1. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-dbltopnumber">floats dbltopnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a two-column page; default 2. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-topnumber">floats topnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; default 2. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="floats-totalnumber">floats totalnumber</anchor> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <para>The principal &tex; FAQ entry relating to floats -<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</urefurl></url> contains +<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-floats</urefurl></url> contains suggestions for relaxing &latex;&textrsquo;s default parameters to reduce the problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach&textrsquo;s article &textldquo;How to influence the position of float environments like figure and table in &latex;?&textrdquo; -(<url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</urefurl></url>). +(<url><urefurl>https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2014-FMi-TUB-tb111mitt-float-placement.pdf</urefurl></url>). </para> </section> @@ -2544,19 +3312,21 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">part</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">chapter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">section</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">subsection</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">part</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">chapter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">section</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">subsection</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> <para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All sectioning commands have the same form, one of: @@ -2576,7 +3346,7 @@ available in all of &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document classes <code>book</co <code>report</code>, and <code>article</code>, except that <code>\chapter</code> is not available in <code>article</code>. </para> -<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=" .25 .25 .40 "><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".25 .25 .40 "><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".25"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction></columnfractions> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Sectioning unit </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Level </para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item" spaces=" "><para>Part </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\part</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>-1 (<code>book</code>, <code>report</code>), 0 (<code>article</code>) @@ -2594,10 +3364,10 @@ not available in <code>article</code>. </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual -but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents. -An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code> . The +but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents. +An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>. The input <code>\appendix\section{Appendix}</code> gives the output <samp>A Appendix</samp> (<pxref label="_005cappendix"><xrefnodename>\appendix</xrefnodename></pxref>). You can lose the numbering <samp>A</samp> by instead entering <code>\section*{Appendix}</code> (articles often omit a @@ -2620,32 +3390,42 @@ of contents will have an entry for this sectioning unit (<pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>&latex; expects that before you have a <code>\subsection</code> you will have -a <code>\section</code> and, in a book, that before a <code>\section</code> you will -have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get a something like a -subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>. +a <code>\section</code> and, in a <code>book</code> class document, that before a +<code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get +something like a subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>. </para> -<para>Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a +simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case +letters with <code>\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}</code> in the +preamble (<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>). CTAN +has many packages that make this adjustment easier, notably +<file>titlesec</file>. +</para> +<para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor> -<para>Controls which sectioning commands are -numbered. Suppress numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than -<var>level</var> <code>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> -(<pxref label="_005csetcounter"><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). See the above table for the level numbers. For -instance, if the <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then a -<code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like <samp>1 -Introduction</samp> while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will produce output -like <samp>Discussion</samp>, without the number. &latex;&textrsquo;s default -<code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and 2 in the -<file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with +<code>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>}</code> will suppress +numbering of sectioning at any depth greater than <var>level</var> +(<pxref label="_005csetcounter"><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). See the above table for the level numbers. +For instance, if the <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 in an <code>article</code> then +a <code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like +<samp>1 Introduction</samp> while <code>\subsection{Discussion}</code> will +produce output like <samp>Discussion</samp>, without the number. &latex;&textrsquo;s +default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and + 2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor> <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor> <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents. @@ -2654,7 +3434,7 @@ sectioning units at <var>level</var> be the smallest ones listed (<pxref label="_005csetcounter"><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). See the above table for the level numbers. For instance, if <code>tocdepth</code> is 1 then the table of contents will list sections but not subsections. &latex;&textrsquo;s default -<code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and 2 in the +<code>tocdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and 2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -2667,16 +3447,16 @@ list sections but not subsections. &latex;&textrsquo;s default </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lower divisions. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\appendix</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start appendices. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The three parts of a book. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;startsection</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Layout of sectional units. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;startsection</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Sectional unit headings. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">part</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">part</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -2726,17 +3506,17 @@ out the break in the table of contents. <para>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1 -(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). +(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></ref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <file>titlesec</file>. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -2746,8 +3526,8 @@ See its documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">chapter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">chapter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -2807,15 +3587,15 @@ the title but that doesn&textrsquo;t work well with running headers so it omits the break in the contents </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter[Given it all\\ my story]{Given it all\\ my story} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter[Given it all; my story]{Given it all\\ my story} </pre></example> <para>For determining which sectional units are numbered and which appear in the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package @@ -2832,10 +3612,10 @@ something like <samp>Lecture 1</samp>, put in the preamble either \makeatother </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for +<noindent></noindent><para>To make this change because of the primary language for the document, see the package <file>babel</file>. </para> <para>In a two-sided document &latex; puts a chapter on odd-numbered page, if @@ -2843,8 +3623,8 @@ necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any running headers. To make that page completely blank, see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments. But @@ -2871,8 +3651,8 @@ running headers. <node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">section</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -2940,15 +3720,15 @@ so it is omitted from the contents and headers. the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there are a number of options. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command @@ -2976,8 +3756,8 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do. <node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">subsection</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">subsection</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3009,13 +3789,13 @@ holds in <code>article</code> except that there are no chapters in that class so it looks like <samp>2.3 <var>title</var></samp>. </para> <para>The <code>*</code> form shows <var>title</var>. -But it does not show the section number, does not increment the -<code>section</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. +But it does not show the subsection number, does not increment the +<code>subsection</code> counter, and produces no table of contents entry. </para> -<para>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the section title +<para>The optional argument <var>toc-title</var> will appear as the subsection title in the table of contents (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). If it is -not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full name in -the title of the section, +not present then <var>title</var> will be there. This shows the full text in +the title of the subsection, </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\subsection[$\alpha,\beta,\gamma$ paper]{\textit{The Origin of @@ -3030,15 +3810,15 @@ paper</samp> on the contents page. the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the <code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command @@ -3065,12 +3845,12 @@ text. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">paragraph</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -3136,15 +3916,15 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is 3, of a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the package <file>indentfirst</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -3157,9 +3937,9 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">appendix</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">appendices</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">appendix</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">appendices</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3188,39 +3968,46 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and <noindent></noindent> <para>the first two will generate output numbered <samp>Chapter 1</samp> and <samp>Chapter 2</samp>. After the <code>\appendix</code> the numbering will be -<samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref> +<samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for another example. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code> to do the same in the table of contents. You can reset the name -<samp>Appendix</samp> with a command like +<samp>Appendices</samp> with a command like <code>\renewcommand{\appendixname}{Specification}</code>, as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </section> <node name="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" spaces=" "><nodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;startsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\appendix</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> - <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Synopsis, one of: +<para>Synopsis, one or more of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\frontmatter +... \mainmatter +... \backmatter +... </pre></example> <para>Format a <code>book</code> class document differently according to which part @@ -3233,22 +4020,26 @@ pages, such as the title page, are traditionally not numbered.) The back matter may contain such things as a glossary, notes, a bibliography, and an index. </para> -<para>The <code>\frontmatter</code> declaration makes the pages numbered in -lowercase roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each -chapter&textrsquo;s title appears in the table of contents; if you use other -sectioning commands here, use the <code>*</code>-version (<pxref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></pxref>). -The <code>\mainmatter</code> changes the behavior back to the expected -version, and resets the page number. The <code>\backmatter</code> leaves the -page numbering alone but switches the chapters back to being not -numbered. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref> for an example using the three. +<para>The <code>\frontmatter</code> command makes the pages numbered in lowercase +roman, and makes chapters not numbered, although each chapter&textrsquo;s title +appears in the table of contents; if you use other sectioning commands +here, use the <code>*</code>-version (<pxref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>The <code>\mainmatter</code> command changes the behavior back to the expected +version, and resets the page number. +</para> +<para>The <code>\backmatter</code> command leaves the page numbering alone but +switches the chapters back to being not numbered. +</para> +<para><xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for an example using these three commands. </para> </section> <node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code></sectiontitle> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3291,12 +4082,13 @@ make such a command you may want to use the <code>\secdef</code> command. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>redefines <code>\section</code> to have the form -<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code> (here too, the -star <code>*</code> is optional). <xref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></xref>. This implies that -when you write a command like <code>\renewcommand{section}{...}</code>, -the <code>\&arobase;startsection{...}</code> must come last in the definition. See -the examples below. +<para>redefines <code>\section</code> while keeping its standard calling form +<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code> (in which, for reminder, +the star <code>*</code> is optional). <xref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></xref>. This implies +that when you write a command like +<code>\renewcommand{\section}{...}</code>, the +<code>\&arobase;startsection{...}</code> must come last in the definition. See the +examples below. </para> <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem> @@ -3317,7 +4109,7 @@ example below. </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="startsection-level">startsection level</anchor> <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002flevel">\&arobase;startsection/level</anchor> <para>An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command. -<xref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></xref> for the list of standard level numbers. +<xref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></xref>, for the list of standard level numbers. </para> <para>If <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of the counter <code>secnumdepth</code> then titles for this sectioning command will be @@ -3346,7 +4138,7 @@ the title into the left margin. <anchor name="_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip">\&arobase;startsection/beforeskip</anchor> <para>The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning unit&textrsquo;s title. This space will be -discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the top of a fresh +discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the beginning of a page. If this number is negative then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the negative of <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> @@ -3409,20 +4201,31 @@ produce titles that are bold and uppercase. <para>These are &latex;&textrsquo;s defaults for the first three sectioning units that are defined with <code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, for the <file>article</file>, -<file>book</file>, and <file>report</file> classes. For section, the <var>level</var> is -1, the <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>, the <var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex -plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, the <var>afterskip</var> is <code>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code>, -and the <var>style</var> is <code>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>. For -subsection, the <var>level</var> is 2, the <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>, the -<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, the -<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and the <var>style</var> is -<code>\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>. For subsubsection, the <var>level</var> -is 3, the <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>, the <var>beforeskip</var> is -<code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, the <var>afterskip</var> is -<code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and the <var>style</var> is -<code>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>. +<file>book</file>, and <file>report</file> classes. +</para> +<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>For <code>section</code>: <var>level</var> is 1, <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>, +<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, +<var>afterskip</var> is <code>2.3ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is +<code>\normalfont\Large\bfseries</code>. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>For <code>subsection</code>: <var>level</var> is 2, <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>, +<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus <w>-0.2ex</w></code>, +<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is +<code>\normalfont\large\bfseries</code>. </para> -<para>Here are examples. They go either in a package or class file or in the +</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<raggedright endspaces=" "> +<para>For <code>subsubsection</code>: <var>level</var> is 3, <var>indent</var> is 0<dmn>pt</dmn>, +<var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code>, +<var>afterskip</var> is <code>1.5ex plus 0.2ex</code>, and <var>style</var> is +<code>\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries</code>. +</para></raggedright> +</listitem></itemize> + +<para>Some examples follow. These go either in a package or class file or in the preamble of a &latex; document. If you put them in the preamble they must go between a <code>\makeatletter</code> command and a <code>\makeatother</code>. (Probably the error message <code>You can't use @@ -3486,9 +4289,9 @@ display that counter. <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">cross references</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">cross references</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">label</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">label</indexterm></cindex> <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>. But by-hand typing the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with @@ -3512,8 +4315,8 @@ the <code>\label</code>. So if <code>\label</code> is in <file>calculus.tex</fi the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>. &latex; puts the information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code> that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>. If this is the first @@ -3525,8 +4328,8 @@ change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases, resolve this by compiling the document a second time. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then @@ -3537,13 +4340,14 @@ having to enter the &textldquo;Theorem.&textrdquo; <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\label</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\pageref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a page number. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a section, figure or similar. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">xr package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">References from another document. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3615,9 +4419,9 @@ See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. <node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3647,15 +4451,15 @@ those.) </section> -<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xr package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3685,21 +4489,97 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice. \end{enumerate} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>cleveref</file> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the reference. See the documentation on CTAN. </para> </section> +<node name="xr-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xr package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>xr</code> package</sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp"><code>xr</code> package</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><code>xr-hyper</code> package</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{<var>document-basename</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>or +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument[<var>reference-prefix</var>]{<var>document-basename</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Make cross references to the external document +<code><var>document-basename</var>.tex</code>. +</para> +<para>Here is an example. If <code>lectures.tex</code> has this in the preamble +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xr} + \externaldocument{exercises} + \externaldocument[H-]{hints} + \externaldocument{answers} +</pre></example> + +<para>then it can use cross reference labels from the other three documents. +Suppose that <code>exercises.tex</code> has an enumerated list containing +this, +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} What if every vertex has odd degree? +</pre></example> + +<para>and <code>hints.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this, +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{exer:EulersThm} Distinguish the case of two vertices. +</pre></example> + +<para>and <code>answers.tex</code> has an enumerated list with this. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\item \label{ans:EulersThm} There is no Euler path, except if there + are exactly two vertices. +</pre></example> + +<para>After compiling the exercises, hints, and answers documents, entering +this in the body of <code>lectures.tex</code> will result in the lectures +getting the reference numbers used in the other documents. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">See Exercise~\ref{exer:EulersThm}, with Hint~\ref{H-exer:EulersThm}. +The solution is Answer~\ref{ans:EulersThm}. +</pre></example> + +<para>The prefix <code>H-</code> for the reference from the hints file is needed +because the label in the hints file is the same as the label in the +exercises file. Without that prefix, both references would get the +number from the later file. +</para> +<para>Note: if the document uses the <code>hyperref</code> package then in place of +<code>xr</code>, put <code>\usepackage{xr-hyper}</code> before the +<code>\usepackage{hyperref}</code>. Also, if any of the multiple documents +uses <code>hyperref</code> then they all must use it. +</para> + +</section> </chapter> <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">environments</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>, @@ -3717,7 +4597,7 @@ the end. For instance, the input <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by \end{table}.</samp> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> <para>Environments are executed within a group. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> @@ -3755,10 +4635,10 @@ the end. For instance, the input <node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3785,6 +4665,9 @@ default only in the <code>report</code> class. \end{abstract} </pre></example> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). </para> @@ -3815,10 +4698,10 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). <node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3875,13 +4758,13 @@ the column with <code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter <code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is governed by -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> <code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array @@ -3892,8 +4775,8 @@ an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|...|</code>, and <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The next example uses the <file>amsmath</file> package. </para> @@ -3908,11 +4791,11 @@ bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <file>array</file> package has many useful extensions, including more column types. The <file>dcolumn</file> @@ -3924,10 +4807,10 @@ the documentation on CTAN. <node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3942,7 +4825,7 @@ the documentation on CTAN. <para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are centered within the left and right margins. Use double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any interword space. @@ -3972,7 +4855,7 @@ ending. <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink alcohol was not to be tolerated.\\ - I grew up in that belief. --Richard Burton + I grew up in that belief. ---Richard Burton \end{center} </pre></example> @@ -3990,8 +4873,8 @@ entire page. <node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -4048,11 +4931,11 @@ centered lines <samp>xx</samp> and <samp>yy</samp>, followed by a new paragraph <node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4073,24 +4956,24 @@ missing \item</samp>. <para>This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{definition} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{description} \item[lama] A priest. \item[llama] A beast. -\end{definition} +\end{description} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> <para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the left edge on the left margin. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Use the optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with @@ -4123,8 +5006,8 @@ lists. <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle> <!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: @@ -4135,9 +5018,9 @@ lists. \end{displaymath} </pre></example> -<para>Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style -and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option -<code>fleqn</code>; see <ref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></ref>. +<para>Environment to typeset the <var>mathematical text</var> on its own line, in +display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the +global option <code>fleqn</code>; see <ref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>In the <code>displaymath</code> environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the @@ -4145,25 +5028,27 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the </para> <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that the <file>amsmath</file> package has significantly more extensive displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </para> -<para>The construct <code>\[<var>math text</var>\]</code> is essentially a synonym for -<code>\begin{displaymath}<var>math text</var>\end{displaymath}</code> but the -latter is easier to work with in the source file; for instance, +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment +<code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the +latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word -<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. (The construct -<code>$$<var>math text</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is sometimes -mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is not a -synonym, because the <code>displaymath</code> environment checks that it isn&textrsquo;t -started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching -environment start, because the <code>displaymath</code> environment has -different vertical spacing, and because the <code>displaymath</code> -environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.) +<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is +sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is +not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all; +<code>$$</code> doesn&textrsquo;t support the <code>fleqn</code> option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document +class options</xrefnodename></pxref>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn&textrsquo;t perform +consistency checks.) </para> <para>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. </para> @@ -4182,8 +5067,8 @@ environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.) <node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. @@ -4198,8 +5083,8 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xr <node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4221,8 +5106,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4246,10 +5131,10 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4279,7 +5164,7 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as <samp>1.</samp> and \end{enumerate} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item @@ -4301,10 +5186,10 @@ the outermost level. </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>, &dots; </para></listitem></enumerate> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor> @@ -4318,10 +5203,10 @@ parameters, including the default values, and for information about customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <file>enumitem</file> is useful for customizing lists. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor> <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor> @@ -4332,7 +5217,7 @@ through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}} \begin{enumerate} @@ -4349,19 +5234,19 @@ period. <node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements. (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen -<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</urefurl></url>). New documents +<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</urefurl></url>). New documents should include the <file>amsmath</file> package and use the displayed mathematics environments provided there, such as the <code>align</code> environment. We include a description only for completeness and for @@ -4386,7 +5271,7 @@ working with old documents. \end{eqnarray*} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text mode. @@ -4394,18 +5279,18 @@ mode. <para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a <code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits equation numbering, while otherwise being the same. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. @@ -4426,11 +5311,11 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4448,8 +5333,8 @@ The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter. <code>\begin{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a missing dollar sign. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <file>amsmath</file> package has extensive displayed equation facilities. New documents should include this package. @@ -4459,11 +5344,11 @@ facilities. New documents should include this package. <node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4509,7 +5394,7 @@ in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of @@ -4532,21 +5417,21 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. </section> <node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</sectiontitle> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{filecontents}{<var>filename</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{filecontents}[<var>option</var>]{<var>filename</var>} <var>text</var> \end{filecontents} </pre></example> @@ -4555,29 +5440,52 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <para>or </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{filecontents*}{<var>filename</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{filecontents*}[<var>option</var>]{<var>filename</var>} <var>text</var> \end{filecontents*} </pre></example> -<para>Create a file named <var>filename</var> and fill it with <var>text</var>. The -unstarred version of the environment <code>filecontents</code> prefixes the -content of the created file with a header; see the example below. The -starred version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header. +<para>Create a file named <var>filename</var> in the current directory (or the +output directory, if specified; <pxref label="output-directory"><xrefnodename>output directory</xrefnodename></pxref>) and write +<var>text</var> to it. By default, an existing file is not overwritten. </para> -<para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it often -appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is typically used -when a source file requires a nonstandard style or class file. The -environment will write that file to the directory containing the source -and thus make the source file self-contained. Another use is to include -<code>bib</code> references in the file, again to make it self-contained. +<para>The unstarred version of the environment +<code>filecontents</code> prefixes the content of the created file with a +header of &tex; comments; see the example below. The starred +version <code>filecontents*</code> does not include the header. </para> -<para>The environment checks whether a file of that name already exists and if -so, does not do anything. There is a <file>filecontents</file> package that -redefines the <code>filecontents</code> environment so that instead of doing -nothing in that case, it will overwrite the existing file. +<para>The possible options are: </para> -<para>For example, this document +<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">force</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">overwrite</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +<para>Overwrite an existing file. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">noheader</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +<para>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nosearch</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex> +<para>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if +specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> + +<para>These options were added in a 2019 release of &latex;. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex> +<para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it +often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is +commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the +main document source, to make the source file self-contained. +Similarly, it can be used to create a custom style or class file, +again making the source self-contained. +</para> +<para>For example, this document: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{article} @@ -4591,7 +5499,7 @@ Article by \myname. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>produces this file <file>JH.sty</file>. +<para>produces this file <file>JH.sty</file>: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">%% LaTeX2e file `JH.sty' @@ -4606,11 +5514,11 @@ Article by \myname. <node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4622,11 +5530,11 @@ Article by \myname. \end{flushleft} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and -stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new line use a double +stretching or shrinking interword spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form see <ref label="_005craggedright"><xrefnodename>\raggedright</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> @@ -4652,10 +5560,10 @@ flush left and ragged right. <node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -4673,7 +5581,7 @@ flush left and ragged right. </pre></example> <para>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the left margin and -ragged right. It can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> +ragged right. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form see <ref label="flushleft"><xrefnodename>flushleft</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> @@ -4702,11 +5610,11 @@ delimit its effect. <node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright} @@ -4716,15 +5624,17 @@ delimit its effect. \end{flushright} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that -avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking spaces. To force a new +avoids hyphenation and stretching or shrinking inter-word spaces. To force a new line use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. For the declaration form see <ref label="_005craggedleft"><xrefnodename>\raggedleft</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<para>For an example related to this environment, see <ref label="flushleft"><xrefnodename>flushleft</xrefnodename></ref>. +<para>For an example related to this environment, see <ref label="flushleft"><xrefnodename>flushleft</xrefnodename></ref>, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>flushleft</code> by +<code>flushright</code>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\raggedleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. @@ -4734,10 +5644,10 @@ see <ref label="_005craggedleft"><xrefnodename>\raggedleft</xrefnodename></ <node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -4755,7 +5665,7 @@ see <ref label="_005craggedleft"><xrefnodename>\raggedleft</xrefnodename></ </pre></example> <para>A declaration which causes lines to be flush to the right margin and -ragged left. It can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> +ragged left. It can be used inside an <var>environment</var> such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. For the environment form see <ref label="flushright"><xrefnodename>flushright</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> @@ -4765,7 +5675,9 @@ formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&textrsquo;s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command that ends the paragraph unit. </para> -<para>For an example related to this environment, see <ref label="_005craggedright"><xrefnodename>\raggedright</xrefnodename></ref>. +<para>For an example related to this environment, see <ref label="_005craggedright"><xrefnodename>\raggedright</xrefnodename></ref>, +where one just have mutatis mutandis to replace <code>\raggedright</code> by +<code>\raggedleft</code>. </para> </subsection> @@ -4773,14 +5685,14 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. <node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4792,8 +5704,8 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. \end{itemize} </pre></example> -<para>Produce a list that is unordered, sometimes called a bullet list. The -environment must have at least one <code>\item</code>; having none causes the +<para>Produce an <dfn>unordered list</dfn>, sometimes called a bullet list. There +must be at least one <code>\item</code> within the environment; having none causes the &latex; error <samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>. </para> <para>This gives a two-item list. @@ -4806,39 +5718,43 @@ environment must have at least one <code>\item</code>; having none causes the </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, •. -The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below. +<para>With the default locale&textmdash;without loading e.g.&noeos; <file>babel</file> package +with another language than USenglish&textmdash;as a top-level list each label +would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling +depends on the nesting level; see below. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square -brackets, as in <code>\item[Optional label]</code>, then by default it will -appear in bold and be flush right, so it could extend into the left -margin. For labels that are flush left see the <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> -environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may -contain multiple paragraphs. +brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default +<var>Optional label</var> will appear in bold and be flush right, so it could +extend into the left margin. For labels that are flush left see the +<ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is the text of +the item, which may be empty or contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> +<para>Unordered lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. +They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such +as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiv">itemize labelitemiv</anchor> -<para>Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. -They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). The <code>itemize</code> environment -uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to -produce the default label (this also uses the convention of lowercase -roman numerals at the end of the command names that signify the nesting -level). These are the default marks at each level. +<para>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> +through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to produce the default label (note the +convention of lowercase roman numerals at the end of the command names +that signify the nesting level). These are the default marks at each +level. </para> <enumerate first="1" endspaces=" "> <listitem spaces=" "><para>• (bullet, from <code>\textbullet</code>) </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para><b>-<w>-</w></b> (bold en-dash, from <code>\normalfont\bfseries\textendash</code>) </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>* (asterisk, from <code>\textasteriskcentered</code>) -</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>. (centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>) +</para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>. (vertically centered dot, rendered here as a period, from <code>\textperiodcentered</code>) </para></listitem></enumerate> <para>Change the labels with <code>\renewcommand</code>. For instance, this makes @@ -4848,13 +5764,13 @@ the first level use diamonds. <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor> <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor> @@ -4864,18 +5780,22 @@ the first level use diamonds. <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginvi">itemize leftmarginvi</anchor> <para>The distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the <code>itemize</code> list is determined by the -parameters <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (Note the -convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the command -name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: <code>2.5em</code> in -level 1 (<code>2em</code> in two-column mode), <code>2.2em</code> in level 2, -<code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with smaller -values for more deeply nested levels. +parameters <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code>. (This also +uses the convention of using lowercase roman numerals a the end of the +command name to denote the nesting level.) The defaults are: +<code>2.5em</code> in level 1 (<code>2em</code> in two-column mode), <code>2.2em</code> in +level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with +smaller values for more deeply nested levels. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see -<ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. For information about list -layout parameters, including the default values, and for information -about customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package -<file>enumitem</file> is useful for customizing lists. +<ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. The <code>itemize</code>, +<code>enumerate</code> and <code>description</code> environment use the same list +layout parameters. For a description, including the default values, and +for information about customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The +package <file>enumitem</file> is useful for customizing lists. </para> <para>This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost itemized lists. @@ -4884,7 +5804,7 @@ lists. <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -4905,8 +5825,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -4916,10 +5836,10 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4966,11 +5886,11 @@ environment. <para>The mandatory first argument <var>labeling</var> specifies the default labeling of list items. It can contain text and &latex; commands, as -above where it contains both <samp>Item</samp> and <samp>\Roman{...}</samp>. +above where it contains both <samp>Item</samp> and <samp>\Roman{&dots;}</samp>. &latex; forms the label by putting the <var>labeling</var> argument in a box of width <code>\labelwidth</code>. If the label is wider than that, the additional material extends to the right. When making an instance of a -list you can override the default labeling by giving <code>\item</code> an +<code>list</code> you can override the default labeling by giving <code>\item</code> an optional argument by including square braces and the text, as in the above <code>\item[Special label.]</code>; <pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> @@ -4982,7 +5902,7 @@ counter will be reset to zero each time &latex; enters the environment, and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an <code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is <code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it @@ -4992,7 +5912,7 @@ definition of the environment add <code>\newcommand{\namedmakelabel}[1]{\textsc{#1}}</code>, and between the <code>\setlength</code> command and the parenthesis that closes the <var>spacing</var> argument also add <code>\let\makelabel\namedmakelabel</code>. -Then the items will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the +Then the labels will be typeset in small caps. Similarly, changing the second code line to <code>\let\makelabel\fbox</code> puts the labels inside a framed box. Another example of the <code>\makelabel</code> command is below, in the definition of the <code>redlabel</code> environment. @@ -5008,12 +5928,12 @@ command such as <code>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor> <para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, @@ -5021,18 +5941,18 @@ and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 11 point are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, -<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt +<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item. The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor> <para>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide. If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first @@ -5054,7 +5974,7 @@ mode and <code>1.5em</code> in two column mode). At the second level it is label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the @@ -5072,25 +5992,24 @@ error message <samp>Too deeply nested</samp>.) <code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is <code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor> <para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item. A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> -<para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. In the <samp>book</samp> -and <samp>article</samp> classes The defaults for the first three levels in -&latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 -point size are: <code>4pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt -minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point size are: -<code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and -<code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt -minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item. +The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, +<samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt +plus2pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The +defaults at 11 point size are: <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code>, +<code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. The defaults at 12 point +size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt +minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by @@ -5106,13 +6025,13 @@ minus1pt</code>. The defaults at 11 point are: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>. It must be non-negative. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). The defaults for @@ -5191,22 +6110,22 @@ e.g., <code>\&arobase;beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a page break. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor> <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists. </para> @@ -5229,7 +6148,7 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. \let\makelabel=\makeredlabel } } -{\end{list} } +{\end{list}} </pre></example> <menu endspaces=" "> @@ -5258,7 +6177,7 @@ edge of the label lines up with the left edge of the item text. depends on the list type. </para> <para>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets -<samp>[...]</samp>, if you have an item whose text starts with <samp>[</samp>, you +<samp>[...]</samp>, if you have an item whose text starts with [, you have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item {[} is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, &latex; will think it marks the start of an optional label. @@ -5300,7 +6219,7 @@ labelled <samp>3.</samp>. <para>A restricted version of the list environment, in which margins are not indented and an <code>\item</code> without an optional argument produces no text. It is most often used in macros, to define an environment where -the <code>\item</code> command as part of the environment&textrsquo;s definition. For +the <code>\item</code> command is part of the environment&textrsquo;s definition. For instance, the <code>center</code> environment is defined essentially like this: </para> @@ -5338,10 +6257,10 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. <node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5351,6 +6270,8 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated. \end{math} </pre></example> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. <xref label="Math-formulas"><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -5360,10 +6281,10 @@ the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. <node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -5411,25 +6332,31 @@ It gives the width of the box into which <var>contents</var> are typeset. <para>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>inner-pos</var>. You need not include all three. For example, get the default <var>position</var> and set the <var>height</var> with -<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm] <var>contents</var> \end{minipage}</code>. -(Get the natural height with an empty argument, <code>[]</code>.) +<code>\begin{minipage}[c][2.54cm]{\columnwidth} <var>contents</var> +\end{minipage}</code>. (Get the natural height with an empty argument, +<code>[]</code>.) </para> <para>The optional argument <var>position</var> governs how the <code>minipage</code> vertically aligns with the surrounding material. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>(synonym <code>m</code>) Default. Positions the <code>minipage</code> so its -vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (what -Plain &tex; calls <code>\vcenter</code>). +</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c xx Clarify what it means when adjacent text lines do not have aligned --> +<!-- c vertical center with each other --> +<para>(synonym <code>m</code>) Default. Positions the <code>minipage</code> so its +vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex> +<!-- c xx Is there any reason why the word ``match'' is used instead of word --> +<!-- c ``align''. Do we mean some more permissive alignment? --> +<para>Match the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the +surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the -surrounding text (Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Match the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the baseline of the +surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>). </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>To see the effects of these, contrast running this @@ -5443,6 +6370,8 @@ surrounding text (Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>. <noindent></noindent> <para>with the results of changing <code>c</code> to <code>b</code> or <code>t</code>. </para> +<!-- c xx Clarify what happens if user enter a rubber length instead of a --> +<!-- c rigid length. --> <para>The optional argument <var>height</var> is a rigid length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It sets the height of the <code>minipage</code>. You can enter any value larger than, or equal to, or smaller than the <code>minipage</code>&textrsquo;s natural @@ -5450,12 +6379,12 @@ height and &latex; will not give an error or warning. You can also set it to a height of zero or a negative value. </para> <para>The final optional argument <var>inner-pos</var> controls the placement of -<var>content</var> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the +<var>contents</var> inside the box. These are the possible values are (the default is the value of <var>position</var>). </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Place <var>content</var> at the top of the box. +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Place <var>contents</var> at the top of the box. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Place it in the vertical center. @@ -5484,15 +6413,15 @@ in place of <code>b</code>. Text after </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at the start of <var>contents</var>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at @@ -5525,20 +6454,30 @@ Footnotes appear at the bottom of the text ended by the next <para>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They are vertically centered. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{&arobase;{}c&arobase;{}}#1\end{tabular}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx to have the S column specifier, +% which aligns numbers on their decimal point. +\usepackage{siunitx} +\newcommand*{\vcenteredhbox}[1]{\begin{tabular}{&arobase;{}c&arobase;{}}#1\end{tabular}} ... \begin{center} \vcenteredhbox{\includegraphics[width=0.3\textwidth]{nyc.png}} \hspace{0.1\textwidth} \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth} - \begin{tabular}{r|l} - \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} &Pop (million) \\ \hline - The Bronx &$1.5$ \\ - Brooklyn &$2.6$ \\ - Manhattan &$1.6$ \\ - Queens &$2.3$ \\ - Staten Island &$0.5$ + \begin{tabular}{r|S} + % \multicolumn to remove vertical bar between column headers + \multicolumn{1}{r}{Borough} & + % braces to prevent siunitx from misinterpreting the + % period as a decimal separator + {Pop. (million)} \\ \hline + The Bronx &1.5 \\ + Brooklyn &2.6 \\ + Manhattan &1.6 \\ + Queens &2.3 \\ + Staten Island &0.5 \end{tabular} \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -5549,16 +6488,16 @@ are vertically centered. <node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para><example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>) - <var>picture commands</var> + <var>picture command</var> \end{picture} </pre></example> @@ -5567,19 +6506,22 @@ are vertically centered. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)(<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>) - <var>picture commands</var> + <var>picture command</var> \end{picture} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>Where there may be any number of <var>picture command</var>&textrsquo;s. +</para> <para>An environment to create simple pictures containing lines, arrows, -boxes, circles, and text. Note that while this environment is not -obsolete, new documents typically use much more powerful graphics -creation systems, such as <code>TikZ</code>, <code>PSTricks</code>, <code>MetaPost</code>, -or <code>Asymptote</code>. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. +boxes, circles, and text. This environment is not obsolete, but new +documents typically use much more powerful graphics creation systems, +such as TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost, or Asymptote. None of these are +covered in this document; see CTAN. </para> -<para>This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors. +<para>To start, here&textrsquo;s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm} \begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall @@ -5587,45 +6529,25 @@ or <code>Asymptote</code>. These are not covered in this document; see CTAN. \put(2,1){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ first leg}} \put(4,2){\vector(1,2){2}} \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\ second leg}} - \put(0,0){\line(1,1){6}} + \put(0,0){\vector(1,1){6}} \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[r]{sum\ }} \end{picture} </pre></example> -<para>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an -exact location. -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble - ... -\begin{center} -\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} -\begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall - \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} - \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} -\end{picture} -\end{center} -</pre></example> - -<noindent></noindent> -<para>The red X will be precisely a quarter of the <code>\linewidth</code> from -the left margin, and <code>0.35\linewidth</code> up from the bottom. Another -example of this usage is to put similar code in the page header to get -repeat material on each of a document&textrsquo;s pages. -</para> <para>The <code>picture</code> environment has one required argument, a pair of -numbers (<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>). Multiply these by the value -<code>\unitlength</code> to get the nominal size of the output, the space that -&latex; reserves on the output page. This nominal size need not be how -large the picture really is; &latex; will draw things from the picture -outside the picture&textrsquo;s box. +positive real numbers (<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>). Multiply these by the +value <code>\unitlength</code> to get the nominal size of the output, i.e.&noeos; +the space that &latex; reserves on the output page. This nominal size +need not be how large the picture really is; &latex; will draw things +from the picture outside the picture&textrsquo;s box. </para> <para>This environment also has an optional argument (<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>). It is used to shift the origin. Unlike most optional arguments, this one is not contained in square brackets. -As with the required argument, it consists of two real numbers. -Multiply these by <code>\unitlength</code> to get the point at the lower-left -corner of the picture. +As with the required argument, it consists of a pair of two real +numbers, but these may also be negative or null. Multiply these +by <code>\unitlength</code> to get the coordinates of the point at the +lower-left corner of the picture. </para> <para>For example, if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command @@ -5643,26 +6565,29 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by -naming its position. A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code> +providing its position. A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code> giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length, it is a real number (it may have a decimal point or a minus sign). It specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, then the coordinate -2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. +<code>2.54</code> specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. </para> -<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s default for <code>\unitlength</code> is <code>1pt</code>. it is a rigid +<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s default for <code>\unitlength</code> is <code>1pt</code>. It is a rigid length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). Change it with the <code>\setlength</code> command (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Make this change only outside of a <code>picture</code> environment. </para> -<para>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is normally at +<para>The <code>picture</code> environment supports using standard arithmetic +expressions as well as numbers. +</para> +<para>Coordinates are given with respect to an origin, which is by default at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, as with <code>\put(1,2){...}</code>, it is not enclosed in braces since the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. Also, unlike in some computer graphics systems, larger y-coordinates are -further up the page. +further up the page, for example, <math>y = 1</math> is <emph>above</emph> <math>y = 0</math>. </para> <para>There are four ways to put things in a picture: <code>\put</code>, <code>\multiput</code>, <code>\qbezier</code>, and <code>\graphpaper</code>. The most @@ -5676,7 +6601,7 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This <para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates <math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex> The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point @@ -5699,27 +6624,31 @@ line of length one; rather the line has a change in the x coordinate of <para>The <code>\multiput</code>, <code>qbezier</code>, and <code>graphpaper</code> commands are described below. </para> -<para>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <code>\qbezier</code> for -that curve. +<para>You can also use this environment to place arbitrary material at an +exact location. For example: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(3,1.5) - \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis - \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis - \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side rectangle - \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side - \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) - \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) - \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick - \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} - \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{color,graphicx} % in preamble + ... +\begin{center} +\setlength{\unitlength}{\textwidth} +\begin{picture}(1,1) % leave space, \textwidth wide and tall + \put(0,0){\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{desertedisland.jpg}} + \put(0.25,0.35){\textcolor{red}{X Treasure here}} \end{picture} +\end{center} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The red X will be precisely a quarter of the <code>\textwidth</code> from +the left margin, and <code>0.35\textwidth</code> up from the bottom of the +picture. Another example of this usage is to put similar code in the +page header to get repeat material on each of a document&textrsquo;s pages. +</para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\put</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Place an object at a specified place. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\multiput</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw multiple instances of an object. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\qbezier</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a quadratic Bezier curve. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\qbezier</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a quadratic B<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">e</accent>zier curve. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\graphpaper</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw graph paper. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\line</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a straight line. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\linethickness</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set thickness of horizontal and vertical lines. @@ -5739,7 +6668,7 @@ that curve. <node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5766,7 +6695,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>. <node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5797,7 +6726,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>. <node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5828,12 +6757,28 @@ intermediate points. The default is to draw a smooth curve whose maximum number of points is <code>\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with <code>\renewcommand</code>). </para> +<para>This draws a rectangle with a wavy top, using <code>\qbezier</code> for +that curve. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(8,4) + \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}} % x axis + \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){4}} % y axis + \put(2,0){\line(0,1){3}} % left side + \put(4,0){\line(0,1){3.5}} % right side + \qbezier(2,3)(2.5,2.9)(3,3.25) + \qbezier(3,3.25)(3.5,3.6)(4,3.5) + \thicklines % below here, lines are twice as thick + \put(2,3){\line(4,1){2}} + \put(4.5,2.5){\framebox{Trapezoidal Rule}} +\end{picture} +</pre></example> </subsection> <node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -5841,7 +6786,10 @@ maximum number of points is <code>\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with \graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>) </pre></example> -<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <file>graphpap</file> package. The grid&textrsquo;s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>. Grid lines come every <var>spacing</var> units (the default is 10). The grid extends <var>x_dimen</var> units to the right and <var>y_dimen</var> units up. @@ -5865,7 +6813,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. <node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5875,7 +6823,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers. <para>Draw a line. It slopes such that it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The <var>travel</var> is the total horizontal -change &textmdash; it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in +change&textmdash;it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <math>x</math>. In the special case of vertical lines, where (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), the <var>travel</var> gives the change in <math>y</math>. @@ -5905,22 +6853,22 @@ then the line&textrsquo;s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or \vector argument.</code> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes because these lines are made by putting together line segments from @@ -5930,16 +6878,17 @@ relatively prime, so that <var>(x_run,y_rise)</var> can be (2,1) but not (4,2) (if you choose the latter then instead of lines you get sequences of arrowheads; the solution is to switch to the former). To get lines of arbitrary slope and plenty of other shapes in a system like -<code>picture</code>, see the package <file>pict2e</file> on CTAN. Another solution -is to use a full-featured graphics system such as <file>TikZ</file>, or -<file>PSTricks</file>, or <file>MetaPost</file>, or <file>Asymptote</file> +<code>picture</code>, see the package <file>pict2e</file> +(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e</urefurl></url>). Another solution +is to use a full-featured graphics system such as TikZ, PSTricks, +MetaPost, or Asymptote. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5958,7 +6907,7 @@ lines, circles, or ovals. <node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>. This is the default @@ -5970,7 +6919,7 @@ changed with either <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness <node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>. See also @@ -5982,7 +6931,7 @@ in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <ref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</x <node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6000,8 +6949,8 @@ one. The <code>*</code> form produces a filled-in circle. <pre xml:space="preserve">\put(5,7){\circle{6}} </pre></example> -<para>The available radii for <code>circle</code> are, in points, the even -numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <code>circle*</code> they are all the +<para>The available radii for <code>\circle</code> are, in points, the even +numbers from 2 to 20, inclusive. For <code>\circle*</code> they are all the integers from 1 to 15. </para> @@ -6009,7 +6958,7 @@ integers from 1 to 15. <node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6056,7 +7005,7 @@ boxes with a small amount of corner rounding. <node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6091,7 +7040,7 @@ the left of the <math>y</math> axis. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the rows are not spaced out to be of even heights. Thus, in @@ -6110,7 +7059,7 @@ argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. <node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6120,7 +7069,7 @@ argument <code>\shortstack{X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X}</code>. <para>Draw a line ending in an arrow. The slope of that line is: it vertically rises <var>y_rise</var> for every horizontal <var>x_run</var>. The -<var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change &textmdash; it is not the +<var>travel</var> is the total horizontal change&textmdash;it is not the length of the vector, it is the change in <math>x</math>. In the special case of vertical vectors, if (<var>x_run</var>,<var>y_rise</var>)=(0,1), then <var>travel</var> gives the change in <math>y</math>. @@ -6139,7 +7088,7 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads). <node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6188,7 +7137,7 @@ two of these letters. <node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6220,8 +7169,8 @@ the text in the center. <var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can take. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> <para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box. </para> @@ -6235,7 +7184,7 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_ <node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6253,7 +7202,7 @@ between the frame and the object. It is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><x <node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6294,18 +7243,18 @@ take. <node name="quotation-_0026-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation & quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6346,12 +7295,14 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>). <node name="tabbing" spaces=" "><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabbing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<!-- c xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. --> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6374,12 +7325,12 @@ widths, ended by a <code>\kill</code> command (which is described below): </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabbing} -\hspace{0.75in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \= \hspace{0.40in} \kill -Ship \> Guns \> Year \\ -\textit{Sophie} \> 14 \> 1800 \\ -\textit{Polychrest} \> 24 \> 1803 \\ -\textit{Lively} \> 38 \> 1804 \\ -\textit{Surprise} \> 28 \> 1805 \\ +\hspace{1.2in}\=\hspace{1in}\=\kill +Ship \>Guns \>Year \\ +\textit{Sophie} \>14 \>1800 \\ +\textit{Polychrest} \>24 \>1803 \\ +\textit{Lively} \>38 \>1804 \\ +\textit{Surprise} \>28 \>1805 \\ \end{tabbing} </pre></example> @@ -6390,24 +7341,25 @@ determined automatically by &latex;, while in <code>tabbing</code> the user sets the tab stops. Another distinction is that <code>tabular</code> generates a box, but <code>tabbing</code> can be broken across pages. Finally, while <code>tabular</code> can be used in any mode, <code>tabbing</code> -can be used only in paragraph mode and it starts a new paragraph. +can be used only in paragraph mode and it always starts a new paragraph, +without indentation. </para> -<para>A <code>tabbing</code> environment always starts a new paragraph, without -indentation. Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need +<para>Moreover, as shown in the example above, there is no need to use the starred form of the <code>\hspace</code> command at the beginning of a tabbed row. The right margin of the <code>tabbing</code> environment is the end of line, so that the width of the environment is <code>\linewidth</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed rows</dfn>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or <code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just <code>\end{tabbing}</code>. </para> -<para>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a current tab stop -pattern, a sequence of <math><var>n</var> > 0</math> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <dfn>current tab stop +pattern</dfn>, a sequence of <math><var>n</var> > 0</math> tab stops, numbered 0, 1, etc. These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is always the left margin, defined by the enclosing environment. Tab stop number <var>i</var> is set if it is assigned a horizontal @@ -6423,37 +7375,37 @@ done in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref> They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> <para>Advances to the next tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e., everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves @@ -6463,29 +7415,29 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in effect. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> <para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -6517,15 +7469,15 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ end; </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually @@ -6539,11 +7491,11 @@ there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>, <node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6577,20 +7529,18 @@ are floated to a convenient place, such as the top of a following page. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <code>table</code>, -including text, &latex; commands, etc. +<para>but you can put many different kinds of content in a <code>table</code>: +the <var>table body</var> may contain text, &latex; commands, graphics, etc. It is +typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>. </para> <para>For the possible values of <var>placement</var> and their effect on the float placement algorithm, see <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<para>The table body is typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code>. -It can contain text, commands, graphics, etc. -</para> <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex> The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption text -for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional +<var>title</var> for the table. By default it is numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -6615,11 +7565,11 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6657,12 +7607,12 @@ illustrates many of the features. <para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument <code>{l|l}</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">& <r>for table cells</r></indexterm></findex> Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand, <code>&</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with <code>\hline</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code> command follows to put a rule below the table. </para> @@ -6740,7 +7690,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it. \end{tabular} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> <para>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike @@ -6773,7 +7723,7 @@ a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code declaration (when used in a <code>p</code>-column element these declarations must appear inside braces, as with <code>{\centering .. \\ ..}</code>). Otherwise &latex; will misinterpret the double backslash as -ending the row. Instead, to get a line break in there use +ending the tabular row. Instead, to get a line break in there use <code>\newline</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">*{<var>num</var>}{<var>cols</var>}</itemformat></item> @@ -6799,25 +7749,25 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment <!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? --> </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor> <para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments. The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor> <para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is <samp>1</samp>, for no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor> <para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the <code>||</code> specifier. The default is <samp>2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor> <para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is <samp>6pt</samp>. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>. @@ -6839,7 +7789,7 @@ lines: <node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6939,7 +7889,7 @@ in the first row here. That&textrsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the <node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical @@ -6972,7 +7922,7 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the <node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7002,7 +7952,7 @@ height. <node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the @@ -7027,10 +7977,10 @@ is required. <node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7043,7 +7993,7 @@ is required. <para>Produce a bibliography or reference list. There are two ways to produce bibliographic lists. This environment is suitable when you have only a -few references and can maintain the list by hand. <xref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></xref> +few references and can maintain the list by hand. <xref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more sophisticated approach. </para> <para>This shows the environment with two entries. @@ -7066,15 +8016,17 @@ Together they are \cite{latexdps, texbook}. <noindent></noindent> <para>This styles the first reference as <samp>[1] Leslie ...</samp>, and so that -<code>\cite{latexdps}</code> produces the matching <samp>... based on [1]</samp>. -The second <code>\cite</code> produces <samp>[1, 2]</samp>. You must compile the -document twice to resolve these references. +<code>... based on \cite{latexdps}</code> produces the matching +<samp>... based on [1]</samp>. The second <code>\cite</code> produces <samp>[1, +2]</samp>. You must compile the document twice to resolve these references. </para> <para>The mandatory argument <var>widest-label</var> is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands. The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. </para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex> <para>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as <samp>Bibliography</samp>. To change it there are two cases. In the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the @@ -7082,16 +8034,18 @@ default title is <samp>Bibliography</samp>, that title is in the macro <code>\bibname</code>. For <file>article</file>, where the class&textrsquo;s top level sectioning is <code>\section</code> and the default is <samp>References</samp>, the title is in macro <code>\refname</code>. Change it by redefining the command, -as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code> after +as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after <code>\begin{document}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Language support packages such as <file>babel</file> will automatically redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected language. </para> +<para><xref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></xref>, for the list layout control parameters. +</para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bibitem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Specify a bibliography item. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\cite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a bibliography item. @@ -7103,7 +8057,7 @@ language. <node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7118,16 +8072,16 @@ language. <pre xml:space="preserve">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Generate an entry labeled by <var>label</var>. The default is for &latex; to -generates a number using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <dfn>citation key</dfn> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">citation key</indexterm></cindex> -<var>cite_key</var> is a string of +<para>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the +<code>enumi</code> counter. The <dfn>citation key</dfn> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">citation key</indexterm></cindex> +<var>cite_key</var> can be any string of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma). </para> -<para><xref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></xref> for an example. +<para><xref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></xref>, for an example. </para> -<para>The optional <var>label</var> changes the default label from an integer to the -given string. With this +<para>When provided, the optional <var>label</var> becomes the entry label and the +<code>enumi</code> counter is not incremented. With this </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{thebibliography} @@ -7159,8 +8113,8 @@ Warning: There were multiply-defined labels</samp>. </para> <para>Under the hood, &latex; remembers the <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var> information because <code>\bibitem</code> writes it to the auxiliary file -<file><var>filename</var>.aux</file>. For instance, the above example causes -<code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and +<file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, the above +example causes the two <code>\bibcite{latexdps}{Lamport, 1993}</code> and <code>\bibcite{texbook}{1}</code> to appear in that file. The <file>.aux</file> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command and then the information is available for <code>\cite</code> commands. This explains why @@ -7177,7 +8131,7 @@ recompiling. <node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7210,20 +8164,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>produces output like <samp>... source is [1]</samp>. (You can change the -appearance of the citation with bibliography styles. More is in -<ref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></ref>.) +<para>produces output like <samp>... source is [1]</samp>. You can change the +appearance of the citation and of the reference by using bibliography +styles if you generate automatically the <code>thebibliography</code> +environment. More information in <ref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation. For example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce <samp>See 14.3 in [1, p. 314]</samp>. </para> <para>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes -information to the auxiliary file <file><var>filename</var>.aux</file>. For -instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes <samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp> -to that file. This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your -reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see -<ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> also. +information to the auxiliary file <file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> +(<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes +<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp> to that file. This information is used by +Bib&tex; to include in your reference list only those works that you +have actually cited; see <ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> also. </para> <para>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>, and in the output @@ -7239,7 +8194,7 @@ the fix may be to run &latex; again. <node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7248,28 +8203,28 @@ the fix may be to run &latex; again. </pre></example> <para>Produces no output but writes <var>keys</var> to the auxiliary file -<file><var>doc-filename</var>.aux</file>. +<file><var>jobname</var>.aux</file> (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>The mandatory argument <var>keys</var> is a comma-separated list of one or more citation keys (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>). This information is used by Bib&tex; to include these works in your reference list even though you -have not cited them (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xrefnodename></pxref>). +have not explicitly cited them (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </subsection> <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> <para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the Bib&tex; program. This is only an introduction; see the full -documentation on CTAN. +documentation on CTAN (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>With Bib&tex;, you don&textrsquo;t use <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, include these lines. @@ -7297,9 +8252,9 @@ Sort the bibliographic items alphabetically. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<noindent></noindent> <para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist, +<noindent></noindent><para>Many, many other Bib&tex; style files exist, tailored to the demands of various publications. See CTAN&textrsquo;s listing -<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</urefurl></url>. +<url><urefurl>https://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib</urefurl></url>. </para> <para>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. Its argument is a comma-separated list, referring to @@ -7336,10 +8291,10 @@ you used. <node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7367,11 +8322,11 @@ The next result follows immediately. \end{thm} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code> from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these @@ -7383,11 +8338,11 @@ such as styling options. <node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7434,14 +8389,14 @@ environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnod <node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7467,19 +8422,24 @@ Symbol swearing: %&$#?&eosexcl;. <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as -commands being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot appear -there. (But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.) +commands being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot work, +as the <code>verbatim</code> environment changes the catcode regime before +processing its contents, and restore it immediately afterward, +nevertheless with a macro argument the content of the argument has +already be converted to a token list along the catcode regime in effect +when the macro was called. However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can +help with this. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment. For @@ -7487,16 +8447,16 @@ instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code>listings</code>, and <code>minted</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is <code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>. </para> -<para>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN. +<para>For a list of all the relevant packages, see CTAN (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\verb</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. @@ -7506,8 +8466,8 @@ and <code>minted</code>. <node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7532,49 +8492,54 @@ exclamation point, <code>!</code>. The second instead uses plus, <code>+</code> because the exclamation point is part of <code>literal-text</code>. </para> <para>The single-character delimiter <var>char</var> surrounds -<var>literal-text</var> &textmdash; it must be the same character before and -after. No spaces come between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and -<var>char</var>, or between <var>char</var> and <var>literal-text</var>, or between -<var>literal-text</var> and the second occurrence of <var>char</var> (the synopsis -shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other). The -delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The <var>literal-text</var> -cannot include a line break. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">visible space</indexterm></cindex> +<var>literal-text</var>&textmdash;it must be the same character before and after. +No spaces come between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and <var>char</var>, +or between <var>char</var> and <var>literal-text</var>, or between +<var>literal-text</var> and the second occurrence of <var>char</var> (the +synopsis shows a space only to distinguish one component from the +other). The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The +<var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">visible space</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible space character. <tex endspaces=" "> </tex> </para> -<para>The output from this will include a character showing the spaces. +<para>The output from this will include a visible space on both side of word +<samp>with</samp>: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... +<pre xml:space="preserve">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ... </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code> -provides an option that is better than the <code>\verb</code> command, since +is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since it allows line breaks. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over <code>\verb</code>. One is <file>listings</file>, another is <file>minted</file>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code> -being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot appear there. -(But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.) +being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot work, as the +<code>\verb</code> command changes the catcode regime before reading its +argument, and restore it immediately afterward, nevertheless with a +macro argument the content of the argument has already be converted to a +token list along the catcode regime in effect when the macro was called. +However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this. </para> </subsection> @@ -7582,10 +8547,10 @@ being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename> <node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7606,7 +8571,7 @@ being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename> On the fair daughter of rich Capulet. </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. </para> @@ -7634,8 +8599,8 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified. <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To @@ -7666,9 +8631,9 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway. <node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -7750,17 +8715,17 @@ something like this. <node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>, internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>. So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. The <code>\restorecr</code> command restores normal line-breaking behavior. </para> -<para>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. -<xref label="verbatim"><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></xref> instead. +<para>This is not the way to show verbatim text or computer code. Use +<code>verbatim</code> (<pxref label="verbatim"><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></pxref>) instead. </para> <para>With &latex;&textrsquo;s usual defaults, this </para> @@ -7802,8 +8767,8 @@ fff ggg <node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode @@ -7835,8 +8800,8 @@ single cell of the table. <node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at @@ -7877,8 +8842,8 @@ care. </section> <node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7909,9 +8874,9 @@ automatically by &tex;&textrsquo;s hyphenation algorithm. <node name="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy & \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> & <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line breaking. Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between @@ -7933,8 +8898,8 @@ the command. <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7971,8 +8936,8 @@ the command. <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7998,10 +8963,10 @@ exactly. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8037,7 +9002,7 @@ underrepresented groups. <para>When you issue <code>\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right margin. <xref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></xref> -and <ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref> to have the spaces not stretched out. +and <ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref>, to have the spaces not stretched out. </para> @@ -8046,8 +9011,8 @@ and <ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref> t <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into pages with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or @@ -8077,7 +9042,7 @@ second one is lousy; to break the current page &latex; doesn&textrsquo;t look as far ahead as the next page break. So occasionally you may want to influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. </para> -<para><xref label="Layout"><xrefnodename>Layout</xrefnodename></xref> for more material that is relevant to page breaking. +<para><xref label="Layout"><xrefnodename>Layout</xrefnodename></xref>, for more material that is relevant to page breaking. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start a new page; eject floats. @@ -8090,11 +9055,11 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document. <node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8149,9 +9114,9 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8185,7 +9150,7 @@ proposition that all men are created equal. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>makes a new page start after <samp>continent,</samp> and the cut-off line is +<para>makes a new page start after <samp>continent</samp>, and the cut-off line is not right justified. In addition, <code>\newpage</code> does not vertically stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does. </para> @@ -8194,8 +9159,8 @@ stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does. <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8228,10 +9193,10 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>. <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -8272,13 +9237,13 @@ that all men are created equal. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>does not give a page break at <samp>continent,</samp> but instead at -<samp>nation,</samp> since that is where &latex; breaks that line. In +<para>does not give a page break at <samp>continent</samp>, but instead at +<samp>nation</samp>, since that is where &latex; breaks that line. In addition, with <code>\pagebreak</code> the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. This can look strange, and if <code>\flushbottom</code> is in effect this can cause you to get <samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref> for a command that +occurred while \output is active</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that does not have these effects. </para> @@ -8287,7 +9252,7 @@ does not have these effects. <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. </para> @@ -8321,7 +9286,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8345,9 +9310,9 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x the footnote. If you use this then &latex; does not increment the <code>footnote</code> counter. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change this with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which @@ -8358,11 +9323,11 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with </para> <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor> <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except @@ -8378,7 +9343,7 @@ Change the rule with something like this. \kern 2pt} % and this 2 </pre></example> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor> <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for @@ -8397,8 +9362,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are some workarounds; see following sections. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the @@ -8410,7 +9375,7 @@ shown alphabetically. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodenam <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8463,11 +9428,11 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value{footnoteValueSaver&rb Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby. </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <file>cleveref</file>. </para> @@ -8481,8 +9446,8 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers, Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>It will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>. </para> @@ -8491,7 +9456,7 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -8506,7 +9471,7 @@ that command, but must appear in outer paragraph mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xre The optional argument <var>number</var> changes the number of the footnote mark. </para> -<para><xref label="_005cfootnotemark"><xrefnodename>\footnotemark</xrefnodename></xref> and <ref label="Footnotes-in-a-table"><xrefnodename>Footnotes in a table</xrefnodename></ref> for usage +<para><xref label="_005cfootnotemark"><xrefnodename>\footnotemark</xrefnodename></xref> and <ref label="Footnotes-in-a-table"><xrefnodename>Footnotes in a table</xrefnodename></ref>, for usage examples. </para> @@ -8514,8 +9479,8 @@ examples. <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </para> @@ -8544,7 +9509,7 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument. <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex> <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but @@ -8625,10 +9590,10 @@ other footnotes. <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package @@ -8651,7 +9616,7 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </para> @@ -8668,17 +9633,18 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Discard extra spaces. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">xspace package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space after a macro, conditionally. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8703,13 +9669,16 @@ second.\footnotefrom{% \renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Define or redefine a command. See also the discussion of -<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>. -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> -The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain -multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms that it not be -<code>\long</code>). +<para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of +<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>). +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex> +<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing +multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands +are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be +multiple paragraphs. </para> <para>These are the parameters: </para> @@ -8731,10 +9700,10 @@ different number of arguments than the old version. </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> -(which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. +(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present +then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>. On the @@ -8835,10 +9804,10 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition: <node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -8856,14 +9825,14 @@ If no command of this name already exists then this has the same effect as <code>\newcommand</code>. If a command of this name already exists then this definition does nothing. This is particularly useful in a file that may be loaded more than once, such as a style file. -<xref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></xref> for the description of the arguments. +<xref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></xref>, for the description of the arguments. </para> <para>This example </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} \providecommand{\myaffiliation}{Saint Michael's College} -From \myaffiliation. +>From \myaffiliation. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> @@ -8890,9 +9859,9 @@ letter, code 11. The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value. </para> <para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">catcode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">character category code</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">catcode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">character category code</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0. Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed @@ -8906,19 +9875,19 @@ or class writers. The convention prevents authors who are just using a package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12. </para> -<para>The pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> changes the -default code and then changes it back. Use them inside a <file>.tex</file> -file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands -named with <code>&arobase;</code>, by having them surround your definition. Don&textrsquo;t -use these inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files since the -<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange -that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11. +<para>Use the pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> inside a +<file>.tex</file> file, typically in the preamble, when you are defining or +redefining commands named with <code>&arobase;</code>, by having them surround your +definition. Don&textrsquo;t use these inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files +since the <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already +arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, +catcode 11. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see -<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. +<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. </para> <para>In this example the class file has a command <code>\thesis&arobase;universityname</code> that the user wants to change. These @@ -8936,9 +9905,9 @@ three lines should go in the preamble, before the <node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8955,28 +9924,34 @@ Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the </para> <para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the -environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more -complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, -given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed -by a star. For instance, &latex; does not really have a -<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks -ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to -one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two -are <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>. They could take the -same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. -As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> -must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block +environment name to contain a star. So you just have to write +<code>\newenvironment{<var>myenv</var>}</code> or +<code>\newenvironment{<var>myenv</var>*}</code> and continue the definition as +usual. For commands the situation is more complex as the star not being +a letter cannot be part of the command name. As in the synopsis above, +there will be a user-called command, given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which +peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For instance, &latex; +does not really have a <code>\section*</code> command; instead, the +<code>\section</code> command peeks ahead. This command does not accept +arguments but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept +arguments. In the synopsis these two are <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> and +<code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>. They could take the same number of arguments or a +different number, or no arguments at all. As always, in a &latex; +document a command using an at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> in its name must be +enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block (<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>This example of <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to -<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while -<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". +<code>\ciel{blue}</code> will return "not starry blue sky" while +<code>\ciel*{night}</code> will return "starry night sky". </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} -\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter +\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}[1]{not starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel&arobase;starred}[1]{starry #1 sky} \newcommand*{\ciel}{\&arobase;ifstar{\ciel&arobase;starred}{\ciel&arobase;unstarred}} +\makeatother </pre></example> <para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of @@ -8992,16 +9967,32 @@ arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007&textrsquo;s \&arobase;ifstar{\agentsecret&arobase;starred}{\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred}} </pre></example> -<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of -<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. The <file>suffix</file> package allows the construct -<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by -<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And -&latex;3 has the <file>xparse</file> package that allows this code. +<para>After a command name, a star is handled similarly to an optional +argument. (This differs from environment names in which the star is +part of the name itself and as such could be in any position.) Thus, +it is technically possible to put any number of spaces between the +command and the star. Thus <code>\agentsecret*{Bond}</code> and +<code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the +standard practice is not to insert any such spaces. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of +<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1) The <file>suffix</file> package allows the +construct <code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred-variant</var>}</code> +followed by +<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred-variant</var>}</code>. +(2) &latex; provides the <file>xparse</file> package, which allows +this code: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 - {<var>starred version</var>}% - {<var>unstarred version</var>}% + {<var>starred-variant</var>}% + {<var>unstarred-variant</var>}% } </pre></example> @@ -9010,8 +10001,8 @@ arguments than the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent 007&textrsquo;s <node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -9063,11 +10054,11 @@ defined.</samp> <node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9098,8 +10089,8 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>. <node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9136,11 +10127,11 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. <node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -9168,7 +10159,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}. <para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these environments can contain multiple paragraphs. @@ -9300,12 +10291,12 @@ the document, use the environment like this. <node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -9435,9 +10426,9 @@ by <samp>Theorem 2.1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2.2</samp>. <node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} --> <para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old @@ -9458,8 +10449,8 @@ boldface with a roman (<pxref label="Fonts"><xrefnodename>Fonts</xrefnodename></ The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional <dfn>at clause</dfn>. &latex; will look on your system for a file named <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. The at clause can have the form either @@ -9483,9 +10474,9 @@ relative to the font&textrsquo;s design size, which is a value defined in the <node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain @@ -9503,7 +10494,7 @@ name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is referred to as a -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code> @@ -9546,13 +10537,13 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. </section> -<node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xspace package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9569,7 +10560,7 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <para>Both commands cause &latex; to ignore spaces after the end of the command up until the first non-space character. The first is a command -from Plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. +from plain &tex;, and the second is &latex;-specific. </para> <para>The <code>ignorespaces</code> is often used when defining commands via <code>\newcommand</code>, or <code>\newenvironment</code>, or <code>\def</code>. The @@ -9600,10 +10591,9 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <code>\fullname</code> will reproduce that. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter -\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\&arobase;honorific{#1}} % remember title -\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\&arobase;honorific~#1} % put title before name -\makeatother +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\honorific}[1]{\def\honorific{#1}} % remember title +\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\honorific~#1} % put title before name + \begin{tabular}{|l|} \honorific{Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} \\ % no extra space here \honorific{ Mr/Ms} \fullname{Jones} % extra space before title @@ -9612,11 +10602,11 @@ as given, if a title accidentally starts with a space then <noindent></noindent> <para>To fix this, change to -<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\&arobase;honorific~#1}</code>. +<code>\newcommand{\fullname}[1]{\ignorespaces\honorific~#1}</code>. </para> <para>The <code>\ignorespaces</code> is also often used in a <code>\newenvironment</code> -at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, that is, as part of the second -argument, as in <code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env +at the end of the <var>begin</var> clause, as in +<code>\begin{newenvironment}{<var>env name</var>}{... \ignorespaces}{...}</code>. </para> <para>To strip spaces off the end of an environment use @@ -9644,12 +10634,73 @@ inconvenient. The solution is to change to </para> </section> +<node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xspace} + ... +\newcommand{...}{...\xspace} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\xspace</code> macro, when used at the end of a command, adds a +space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation characters. +</para> +<para>After a command name that uses letters (as opposed to single character +command names using non-letters such as <code>\$</code>), &tex; gobbles white +space. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has <samp>Vermont</samp> +placed snugly against the period, without any intervening space. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont} +Our college is in \VT . +The \VT{} summers are nice. +</pre></example> + +<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly +braces or else there would be no space separating <samp>Vermont</samp> from +<samp>summers</samp>. (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space +<code>\ </code> for this. <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>.) +</para> +<para>The <file>xspace</file> package provides <code>\xspace</code>. It is for writing +commands which are designed to be used mainly in text. It inserts a +space after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of +exceptions. In this example, the dummy braces are not needed. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace} +Our college is in \VT . +\VT summers are nice. +</pre></example> + +<para>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>, +the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, +and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. Add to that +list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> and remove +from that list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>. +</para> +<!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 --> +<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in +a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right. +But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because +<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another +command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more +error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces. +</para> + +</section> </chapter> <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the @@ -9694,7 +10745,7 @@ up to four levels of nesting (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</ <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a @@ -9706,30 +10757,30 @@ instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name d start with a backslash. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but &latex; does not print anything in the output. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but &latex; does not print anything in the output. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of <var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the @@ -9739,7 +10790,7 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything. </para> <para>Here are the symbols: </para> -<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=" .10 .30 .30 .30"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .30 .30 .30"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction></columnfractions> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Number</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Symbol </para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> <para>1</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>*<!-- c --> @@ -9770,9 +10821,9 @@ warning but &latex; does not output anything. <node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9807,8 +10858,8 @@ enumerated with <var>testcounter</var>: <node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9851,9 +10902,9 @@ preceded by <code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\pr <node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9879,12 +10930,13 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{exercise}. <node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var><spacecmd type="nl"/></pre></example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>} +</pre></example> <para>Globally increment <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative. @@ -9902,7 +10954,7 @@ Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. <node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9926,7 +10978,7 @@ locally, i.e., inside the current group. <node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day & \month & \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9939,7 +10991,7 @@ within it. (For the definition of &textldquo;counters numbered within&textrdquo <pxref label="_005cnewcounter"><xrefnodename>\newcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>.) </para> <para>This command differs from <code>\refstepcounter</code> in that this one does -not influence references &textmdash; it does not define the current +not influence references; that is, it does not define the current <code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code> (<pxref label="_005crefstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\refstepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -9948,9 +11000,9 @@ not influence references &textmdash; it does not define the current <node name="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day & \month & \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code> & <code>\month</code> & <code>\year</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of @@ -9977,19 +11029,25 @@ bogus month value produces no output). <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code> -does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain &tex; -calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what Plain &tex; -calls a <dfn>skip</dfn>) such as as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> -can contain either or both of those components. In that rubber length, -the <code>1cm</code> is the <dfn>natural length</dfn> while the other two, the -<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow &tex; to stretch or -shrink the length to optimize placement. +does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain +&tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain +&tex; calls a <dfn>skip</dfn> or <dfn>glue</dfn>) such as with <code>1cm +plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code> can contain either or both of those +components. In that rubber length, the <code>1cm</code> is the <dfn>natural +length</dfn> while the other two, the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> +components, allow &tex; to stretch or shrink the length to optimize +placement. </para> <para>The illustrations below use these two commands. </para> @@ -10100,6 +11158,8 @@ that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in&rbrace </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settodepth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the depth of something. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settoheight</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the height of something. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the width of something. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add infinite stretchability. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Expressions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Compute with lengths and integers. <!-- c * Predefined lengths:: Lengths that are, like, predefined. --> </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -10107,76 +11167,76 @@ that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in&rbrace <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">units, of length</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">units, of length</indexterm></cindex> <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">Point</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor> -<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal -places, is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.85<dmn>mm</dmn> = 28.45<dmn>cm</dmn>. +<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units +is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.845<dmn>mm</dmn> = .2845<dmn>cm</dmn>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">pica</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">pica</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor> <para>Pica, 12 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">in </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor> <para>Inch, 72.27 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">Big point</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">big point</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor> <para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">Centimeter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">centimeter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor> <para>Centimeter </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">Millimeter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">millimeter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor> <para>Millimeter </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">Didot point</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">didot point</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor> <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">Cicero</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">cicero</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor> <para>Cicero, 12 dd </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">Scaled point</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">scaled point</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor> <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">ex</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">x-height</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">m-width</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">em</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">ex</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">x-height</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">m-width</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">em</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor> <anchor name="Lengths_002fen">Lengths/en</anchor> <anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor> @@ -10195,8 +11255,8 @@ of the vertical space between list items given as likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition given in points. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex> <para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -10206,8 +11266,8 @@ math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing i <node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10244,8 +11304,8 @@ read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\pa <node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10284,7 +11344,7 @@ If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in <node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10316,7 +11376,7 @@ then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> <node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10346,10 +11406,10 @@ you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in </para> </section> -<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10378,12 +11438,169 @@ then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> </para> </section> +<node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expressions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\stretch{<var>number</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Produces a rubber length with zero natural length and <var>number</var> times +<code>\fill</code> units of stretchability (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). The +<var>number</var> can be positive or negative. This command is robust +(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>It works for both vertical and horizontal spacing. In this horizontal +example, &latex; produces three tick marks, and the distance between +the first and second is half again as long as the distance between the +second and third. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1.5}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex}\hspace{\stretch{1}}% + \rule{0.4pt}{1ex} +</pre></example> + +<para>In this vertical example, the <samp>We dedicate &dots;</samp> will have three +times as much space under it as above it. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment{dedication}{% in document preamble + \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}% + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} % stretchable space at top + \it +}{% + \vspace{\stretch{3}} % space at bot is 3x as at top + \clearpage +} + ... +\begin{dedication} % in document body +We dedicate this book to our wives. +\end{dedication} +</pre></example> + + +</section> +<node name="Expressions" spaces=" "><nodename>Expressions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expressions</sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex> + +<!-- c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 --> +<para>Synopsis, one of: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\numexpr <var>expression</var> +\dimexpr <var>expression</var> +\glueexpr <var>expression</var> +\muglue <var>expression</var> +</pre></example> + +<para>Any place where you may write an integer, or a &tex; dimen, or &tex; +glue, or muglue, you can instead write an expression to compute that +type of quantity. +</para> +<para>An example is that <code>\the\dimexpr\linewidth-4pt\relax</code> will +produce as output the length that is four points less than width of a +line (the only purpose of <code>\the</code> is to show the result in the +document). Analogously, <code>\romannumeral\numexpr6+3\relax</code> will +produce <samp>ix</samp>, and <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus 1pt * 2 \relax</code> +will produce <samp>10.0pt plus 2.0pt</samp>. +</para> +<para>A convenience here over doing calculations by allocating registers and +then using <code>\advance</code>, etc., is that the evaluation of expressions +does not involve assignments and can therefore be performed in places +where assignments are not allowed. The next example computes the width +of the <code>\parbox</code>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\offset}\setlength{\offset}{2em} +\begin{center} +\parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-\offset*3}{With malice toward none +with charity for all with firmness in the right as God gives us to see +the right let us strive on to finish the work we are in to bind up the +nation's wounds, to care for him who shall have borne the battle and +for his widow and his orphan \textasciitilde\ to do all which may +achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with +all nations. ---Abraham Lincoln, Second Inaugural Address, from the +memorial} +\end{center} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <var>expression</var> consists of one or more terms of the same type +(integer, dimension, etc.) that are added or subtracted. A term that is +a type of number, dimension, etc., consists of a factor of that type, +optionally multiplied or divided by factors. A factor of a type is +either a quantity of that type or a parenthesized subexpression. The +expression produces a result of the given type, so that <code>\numexpr</code> +produces an integer, <code>\dimexpr</code> produces a dimension, etc. +</para> +<para>In the quotation example above, changing to +<code>\dimexpr\linewidth-3*\offset</code> gives the error <code>Illegal unit +of measure (pt inserted)</code>. This is because for <code>\dimexpr</code> and +<code>\glueexpr</code>, the input consists of a dimension or glue value +followed by an optional multiplication factor, and not the other way +around. Thus <code>\the\dimexpr 1pt*10\relax</code> is valid and produces +<samp>10.0pt</samp>, but <code>\the\dimexpr 10*1pt\relax</code> gives the +<code>Illegal unit</code> error. +</para> +<para>The expressions absorb tokens and carry out appropriate mathematics up +to a <code>\relax</code> (which will be absorbed), or up to the first +non-valid token. Thus, <code>\the\numexpr2+3px</code> will print +<samp>5px</samp>, because &latex; reads the <code>\numexpr2+3</code>, which is +made up of numbers, and then finds the letter <code>p</code>, which cannot +be part of a number. It therefore terminates the expression and +produces the <samp>5</samp>, followed by the regular text <samp>px</samp>. +</para> +<para>This termination behavior is useful in comparisons. In +<code>\ifnum\numexpr\parindent*2 < 10pt Yes\else No\fi</code>, the less than +sign terminates the expression and the result is <samp>No</samp> (in a +standard &latex; article). +</para> +<para>Expressions may use the operators <code>+</code>, <code>-</code>, <code>*</code> and +<code>/</code> along with parentheses for subexpressions, <code>(...)</code>. In +glue expressions the <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> parts do not need +parentheses to be affected by a factor. So <code>\the\glueexpr 5pt plus +1pt * 2 \relax</code> results in <samp>10pt plus 2pt</samp>. +</para> +<para>&tex; will coerce other numerical types in the same way as it does when +doing register assignment. Thus <code>\the\numexpr\dimexpr +1pt\relax\relax</code> will result in <samp>65536</samp>, which is <code>1pt</code> +converted to scaled points (&tex;&textrsquo;s internal unit) and then coerced +into an integer. With a <code>\glueexpr</code> here, the stretch and shrink +would be dropped. Going the other way, a <code>\numexpr</code> inside a +<code>\dimexpr</code> or <code>\glueexpr</code> will need appropriate units, as in +<code>\the\dimexpr\numexpr 1 + 2\relax pt\relax</code>, which produces +<samp>3.0pt</samp>. +</para> +<para>The details of the arithmetic: each factor is checked to be in the +allowed range, numbers must be less than <math>2^{31}</math> in absolute +value, and dimensions or glue components must be less than +<math>2^{14}</math> points, or <code>mu</code>, or <code>fil</code>, etc. The +arithmetic operations are performed individually, except for a scaling +operation (a multiplication immediately followed by a division) which +is done as one combined operation with a 64-bit product as +intermediate value. The result of each operation is again checked to +be in the allowed range. +</para> +<para>Finally, division and scaling take place with rounding (unlike &tex;&textrsquo;s +<code>\divide</code>, which truncates). Thus +<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(3/2)\relax</code> puts <samp>10.0pt</samp> in the document, +because it rounds <code>3/2</code> to <code>2</code>, while +<code>\the\dimexpr 5pt*(4/3)\relax</code> produces <samp>5.0pt</samp>. +</para> + +</section> </chapter> <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, separated by @@ -10446,8 +11663,8 @@ complete</samp>. <node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>): @@ -10511,10 +11728,10 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then <node name="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent & \noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\par</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code> & <code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -10522,7 +11739,7 @@ there is an empty horizontal space of 3 inches and then <pre xml:space="preserve">\indent </pre></example> -<noindent></noindent> <para>or +<noindent></noindent><para>or </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent @@ -10533,7 +11750,7 @@ first outputs an empty box whose width is <code>\parindent</code>. These commands are robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Ordinarily you create a new paragraph by putting in a blank line. -<xref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xrefnodename></xref> for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To +<xref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xrefnodename></xref>, for the difference between this command and <code>\par</code>. To start a paragraph without an indent, or to continue an interrupted paragraph, use <code>\noindent</code>. </para> @@ -10567,8 +11784,8 @@ because &latex; is already in horizontal mode there. The you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs, <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that, @@ -10579,23 +11796,25 @@ look on CTAN for the package <code>indentfirst</code>. <node name="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parindent & \parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Marginal notes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parindent</code> & <code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\parskip}{<var>horizontal len</var>} -\setlength{\parinden}{<var>vertical len</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\parindent}{<var>horizontal len</var>} +\setlength{\parskip}{<var>vertical len</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Both are a rubber lengths (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). They give the indentation -of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages -(<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>), and the vertical space between paragraphs. +<para>Both are rubber lengths (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). They affect the +indentation of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside +minipages (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>), and the vertical space between +paragraphs, respectively. </para> -<para>This, put in the preamble, +<para>For example, if this is put in the preamble: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\parindent}{0em} @@ -10603,26 +11822,30 @@ of ordinary paragraphs, not paragraphs inside minipages </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>arranges that the document will have paragraphs that are not indented, -but instead are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase -<samp>x</samp>. +<para>The document will have paragraphs that are not indented, but instead +are vertically separated by about the height of a lowercase <samp>x</samp>. </para> <para>In standard &latex; documents, the default value for <code>\parindent</code> in one-column documents is <code>15pt</code> when the default text size is -<code>10pt</code> , <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>1.5em</code> for -<code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. The default -value for <code>\parskip</code> in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document styles is -<code>0pt plus1pt</code>. +<code>10pt</code>, <code>17pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>1.5em</code> for +<code>12pt</code>. In two-column documents it is <code>1em</code>. (These values +are set before &latex; calls <code>\normalfont</code> so <code>em</code> is derived +from the default font, Computer Modern. If you use a different font +then to set <code>\parindent</code> in units matching that font, do +<code>\AtBeginDocument{\setlength{\parindent}{1em}}</code>.) +</para> +<para>The default value for <code>\parskip</code> in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document +styles is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. </para> </section> <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -10643,8 +11866,8 @@ two-sided layout (document option <code>twoside</code>) then it goes in the outside margin. If you are in two-column layout (document option <code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> <para>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then &latex; will place subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with @@ -10661,17 +11884,18 @@ hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparpush">marginal notes marginparpush</anchor> -<para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for -<samp>12pt</samp> documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. +<para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp> +documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. See also <ref label="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"><xrefnodename>page layout parameters +marginparpush</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparsep">marginal notes marginparsep</anchor> <para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default <samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth">marginal notes marginparwidth</anchor> <para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for @@ -10692,17 +11916,17 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Produce mathematical text by putting &latex; into math mode or display @@ -10776,7 +12000,7 @@ equivalent to <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> <para>The two mathematics modes are similar, but there are some differences. One involves the placement of subscripts and superscripts; in display math mode they are further apart and in inline math mode they are closer @@ -10805,14 +12029,14 @@ fraction will be scrunched. But, because of its <code>\displaystyle</code>, the <samp>Geometric</samp> line&textrsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with characters the same size as in the rest of the line. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics, @@ -10836,11 +12060,11 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">superscript</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">subscript</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">exponent</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">_</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">^</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">superscript</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">subscript</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">exponent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of: </para> @@ -10907,15 +12131,15 @@ subscript. subscript something to attach to and keeps it from accidentally attaching to a prior symbols. </para> -<para>Using the subscript or superscript command outside of math mode or +<para>Using the subscript or superscript character outside of math mode or display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to -typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as +typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as <file>mhchem</file>; see CTAN. </para> @@ -10923,19 +12147,19 @@ typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that such as <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492"><r>package</r>, <code>symbols</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493"><code>symbols</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that -anyone uses. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source, -you will get the pi symbol <U>03C0</U>. See the <file>Comprehensive -&latex; Symbol List</file> at -<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/</urefurl></url>. +anyone uses. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source, +you will get the pi symbol <U>03C0</U>. See the &textldquo;Comprehensive +&latex; Symbol List&textrdquo; package at +<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive</urefurl></url>. </para> <para>Here is a list of commonly-used symbols. It is by no means exhaustive. Each symbol is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class, @@ -10948,184 +12172,184 @@ mode, see <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename>< <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html --> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection <code>\cap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition <code>\circ</code>. <!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union <code>\cup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U> Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot <code>\cdot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot <code>\bullet</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U> Set complement, used as a superscript as in +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in <code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also used: <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile <code>\vdash</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal to <code>\Doteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: <code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: <code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varnothing</code>. <!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related: @@ -11133,204 +12357,205 @@ the set membership relation <code>\in</code> <U>2208</U>. <!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and --> <!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\geq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\ge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than <code>\ll</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain &tex;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for <code>\wedge</code>. -See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>. +See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation). To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\le</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than <code>\gg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge <code>\wedge</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary). Synonym: <code>\vee</code>. +See also logical and <code>\land</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar +(relation). Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>. </para> @@ -11340,42 +12565,42 @@ ordinary) and you should not use them as relations but instead only as ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for negation: <code>\sim</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><!-- c the "@ "s put in spaces so the not slash doesn't hit the next char. --> <para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator (relation). @@ -11384,82 +12609,85 @@ following operator (relation). particularly with the <file>amssymb</file> package. For example, <code>\notin</code> is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of <code>\nsubseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigodot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigoplus</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation). Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varphi</code> <U>03C6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varpi</code> <U>03D6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second @@ -11469,357 +12697,334 @@ typing. You can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access this, load the <file>amsfonts</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U> Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym: <code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U> Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: <code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). -Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varrho</code> <U>03F1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also <code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varsigma</code> <U>03C2</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection <code>cap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U> Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal to <code>\subseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U> Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene star. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than <code>></code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal to <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma <code>\Sigma</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary). The &latex; command <code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\vartheta</code> <U>03D1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also <code>\cdot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, -triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the +triangle, with a line under (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U> Up harpoon, with barb on right side +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form <code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set membership <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related: <code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The non-variant form is <code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigvee</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single -bar <code>\vert</code>. -</para> -<para>For a norm symbol, you can use the <file>mathtools</file> package and put in -your preamble -<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}</code>. This gives you -three command variants for double-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version <code>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</code> then the height of the vertical bars -will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<code>\norm{M^\perp}</code> the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and <code>\norm[<var>size -command</var>]{M^\perp}</code> also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the <var>size command</var>, e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line -vertical bar <code>\Vert</code>. For such that, as in the definition of a -set, use <code>\mid</code> because it is a relation. -</para> -<para>For absolute value you can use the <file>mathtools</file> package and in your -preamble put -<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code>. This gives you -three command variants for single-line vertical bars that are correctly -horizontally spaced: if in the document body you write the starred -version <code>$\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}$</code> then the height of the -vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code> the bars do not grow with the height of -the argument but instead are the default height, and -<code>\abs[<var>size command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code> also gives bars that -do not grow but are set to the size given in the <var>size command</var>, -e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary). <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, +for how to use the <file>mathtools</file> package to create flexibly-sized +norm symbols. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For &textldquo;such +that&textrdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it +is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <file>mathtools</file> +package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\land</code>. See also logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -11828,36 +13033,191 @@ operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. provides versions to use in mathematical text. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, <U>00B6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode <U>00A7</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Blackboard bold</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Doublestruck characters. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Calligraphic</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cursive characters. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Arrows</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">List of arrows. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\boldmath & \unboldmath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Symbols in boldface. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Blackboard bold</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Doublestruck characters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Calligraphic</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cursive characters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Delimiters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Parentheses, braces, etc. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Dots</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ellipses, etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Greek letters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">List of Greek letters. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">arrows</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The +<file>latexsym</file> and <file>amsfonts</file> packages contain many more. +</para> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .40 .50"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".50"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021D3</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02193</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\downarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021A9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\hookleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021AA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\hookrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>2190</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021D0</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Leftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021D4</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02194</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\leftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027F5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027F8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Longleftarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027F7</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027FA</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027FC</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longmapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027F9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>027F6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\longrightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021A6</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\mapsto</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02197</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\nearrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02196</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\nwarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021D2</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Rightarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02192</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rightarrow</code>, or <code>\to</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02198</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\searrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02199</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\swarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02191</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021D1</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Uparrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>02195</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>021D5</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\Updownarrow</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row></tbody></multitable> + +<para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code> +is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including +<file>tikz-cd</file> and <file>amscd</file>. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Arrows</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\boldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>or +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> +<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in +a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular +(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display +math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Both commands are fragile +(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an +<code>\mbox</code>, +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>which means <code>\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR +mode, and explains why &latex; must switch to math mode to set <code>v</code> +and <code>u</code>. +</para> +<para>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code>Trouble: \( +\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Font Warning: +Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp> and <samp>LaTeX +Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line +11</samp>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use +the <file>bm</file> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete +description is outside the scope of this document (see the full +documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{bm} % in preamble +... +we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>shows that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code>. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -11878,7 +13238,7 @@ integers, etc. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>the <code>\mathbb{N}</code> gives blackboard bold symbol <U>2115</U> +<para>the <code>\mathbb{N}</code> gives blackboard bold symbol <U>2115</U>, representing the natural numbers. </para> <para>If you use other than an uppercase letter then you do not get an error @@ -11889,12 +13249,12 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. </para> </subsection> -<node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">script fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">script fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -11911,83 +13271,370 @@ capital letters; look on CTAN. </pre></example> <para>If you use something other than an uppercase letter then you do not get -an error. Instead you get unexpected output. For instance, -<code>\mathcal{g}</code> outputs a close curly brace symbol, while -<code>\mathcal{+}</code> outputs a plus sign. +an error but you also do not get math calligraphic output. For instance, +<code>\mathcal{g}</code> outputs a close curly brace symbol. </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> -<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle> +<node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">delimiters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">parentheses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">braces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">curly braces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">brackets</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode): +<para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark +the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of +parentheses delimiting the three subformulas. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\boldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +<pre xml:space="preserve">(z-z_0)^2 = (x-x_0)^2 + (y-y_0)^2 </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>or +<para>The delimiters do not need to match, so you can enter <code>\( [0,1) \)</code>. +</para> +<para>Here are the common delimiters: +</para> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".11 .20 .40 .29"><columnfraction value=".11"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".20"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".40"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".29"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Delimiter</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name +</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> +<para>( </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>(</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left parenthesis +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>) </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>)</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right parenthesis +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>\} </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>{</code> or <code>\lbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left brace +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>\{ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>}</code> or <code>\rbrace</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right brace +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>[ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>[</code> or <code>\lbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>] </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>]</code> or <code>\rbrack</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>230A</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\lfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left floor bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>230B</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rfloor</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right floor bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>2308</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\lceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left ceiling bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>2309</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rceil</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right ceiling bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>27E8</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\langle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Left angle bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>27E9</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rangle</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Right angle bracket +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>/ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>/</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Slash, or forward slash +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>\ </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\backslash</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Reverse slash, or backslash +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>| </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>|</code> or <code>\vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Vertical bar +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Double vertical bar +</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The <file>mathtools</file> package allows you to create commands for paired +delimiters. For instance, if you put +<code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}</code> in your preamble +then you get two commands for single-line vertical bars (they only work +in math mode). The starred version, such as +<code>\abs*{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the height of the vertical bars +match the height of the argument. The unstarred version, such as +<code>\abs{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, has the bars fixed at a default height. +This version accepts an optional argument, as in <code>\abs[<var>size +command</var>]{\frac{22}{7}}</code>, where the height of the bars is given in +<var>size command</var>, such as <code>\Bigg</code>. Using <code>\lVert</code> and +<code>\rVert</code> as the symbols will give you a norm symbol with the same +behavior. +</para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\left & \right</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Automatically sized delimiters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\bigl & \bigr etc.</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Manually sized delimiters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl & \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node> +<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex> + +<!-- c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 --> + +<para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \) +<pre xml:space="preserve">\left <var>delimiter1</var> ... \right <var>delimiter2</var> </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> -<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in -a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular -(non-bold) default. They must be used when not in math mode or display -math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). Both commands are fragile -(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. &latex; makes +the delimiters tall enough to just cover the size of the formula that +they enclose. </para> -<para>In this example each <code>\boldmath</code> command takes place inside an -<code>\mbox</code>, +<para>This makes a unit vector surrounded by parentheses tall enough to cover +the entries. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">we have $\mbox{\boldmath \( v \)} = 5\cdot\mbox{\boldmath \( u \)$}$ +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \left(\begin{array}{c} + 1 \\ + 0 \\ + \end{array}\right) +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<para><xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of the common delimiters. +</para> +<para>Every <code>\left</code> must have a matching <code>\right</code>. In the above +example, leaving out the <code>\left(</code> gets the error message +<samp>Extra \right</samp>. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You +can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common +case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period, +<samp>.</samp>, as a null delimiter. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} + 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ + f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} + \end{array}\right. +\end{equation} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>which means <code>\boldmath</code> is only called in a text mode, here LR -mode, and explains why &latex; must switch to math mode to set <code>v</code> -and <code>u</code>. +<para>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a +backslash, <code>\{</code>. (The packages <file>amsmath</file> and +<file>mathtools</file> allow you to get the above construct through in a +<code>cases</code> environment.) </para> -<para>If you use either command inside math mode, as with <code>Trouble: \( -\boldmath x \)</code>, then you get something like <samp>LaTeX Font Warning: -Command \boldmath invalid in math mode on input line 11</samp> and <samp>LaTeX -Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line -11</samp>. +<para>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair make a group. One consequence is that +the formula enclosed in the <code>\left ... \right</code> pair cannot have +line breaks in the output. This includes both manual line breaks and +&latex;-generated automatic ones. In this example, &latex; breaks the +equation to make the formula fit the margins. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z) \) +</pre></example> -<para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>. New documents should use -the <file>bm</file> package provided by the &latex; Project team. A complete -description is outside the scope of this document (see the full -documentation on CTAN) but even this small example +<noindent></noindent> +<para>But with <code>\left</code> and <code>\right</code> </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{bm} % in preamble -... -we have $\bm{v} = 5\cdot\bm{u}$ +<pre xml:space="preserve">Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet +\( \left(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+t+u+v+w+x+y+z\right) \) </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>shows that it is an improvement over <code>\boldmath</code>. +<para>&latex; won&textrsquo;t break the line, causing the formula to extend into the +margin. +</para> +<para>Because <code>\left ... \right</code> make a group, all the usual grouping +rules hold. Here, the value of <code>\testlength</code> set inside the +equation will be forgotten, and the output is <samp>1.2pt</samp>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\testlength} \setlength{\testlength}{1.2pt} +\begin{equation} + \left( a+b=c \setlength{\testlength}{3.4pt} \right) + \the\testlength +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\left ... \right</code> pair affect the horizontal spacing of the +enclosed formula, in two ways. The first is that in <code>\( \sin(x) = +\sin\left(x\right) \)</code> the one after the equals sign has more space +around the <code>x</code>. That&textrsquo;s because <code>\left( ... \right)</code> inserts +an inner node while <code>( ... )</code> inserts an opening node. The second +way that the pair affect the horizontal spacing is that because they +form a group, the enclosed subformula will be typeset at its natural +width, with no stretching or shrinking to make the line fit better. +</para> +<para>&tex; scales the delimiters according to the height and depth of the +contained formula. Here &latex; grows the brackets to extend the full +height of the integral. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \left[ \int_{x=r_0}^{\infty} -G\frac{Mm}{r^2}\, dr \right] +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<para>Manual sizing is often better. For instance, although below the rule +has no depth, &tex; will create delimiters that extend far below the +rule. </para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \left( \rule{1pt}{1cm} \right) +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>&tex; can choose delimiters that are too small, as in <code>\( \left| +|x|+|y| \right| \)</code>. It can also choose delimiters that are too large, +as here. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \left( \sum_{0\leq i<n} i^k \right) +\end{equation} +</pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>A third awkward case is when a long displayed formula is on more than +one line and you must match the sizes of the opening and closing +delimiter; you can&textrsquo;t use <code>\left</code> on the first line and +<code>\right</code> on the last because they must be paired. +</para> +<para>To size the delimiters manually, see <ref label="_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>\bigl & \bigr etc.</xrefnodename></ref>. +</para> + +</subsubsection> +<node name="_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>\bigl & \bigr etc.</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\left & \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node> +<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bigl</code>, <code>\bigr</code>, etc.</sectiontitle> + +<para>Synopsis, one of: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var> +\Bigl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \bigr<var>delimiter2</var> +\biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \biggr<var>delimiter2</var> +\Biggl<var>delimiter1</var> ... \Biggr<var>delimiter2</var> +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>(as with <code>\bigl[...\bigr]</code>; strictly speaking they need not be +paired, see below), or one of: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\bigm<var>delimiter</var> +\Bigm<var>delimiter</var> +\biggm<var>delimiter</var> +\Biggm<var>delimiter</var> +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>(as with <code>\bigm|</code>), or one of: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\big<var>delimiter</var> +\Big<var>delimiter</var> +\bigg<var>delimiter</var> +\Bigg<var>delimiter</var> +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>(as with <code>\big[</code>). +</para> +<para>Produce manually-sized delimiters. For delimiters that are +automatically sized see <ref label="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><xrefnodename>\left & \right</xrefnodename></ref>). +</para> +<para>This produces slightly larger outer vertical bars. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \bigl| |x|+|y| \bigr| +</pre></example> + +<para>The commands above are listed in order of increasing size. You can use +the smallest size such as <code>\bigl...\bigr</code> in a paragraph without +causing &latex; to spread the lines apart. The larger sizes are meant +for displayed equations. +</para> +<para><xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for a list of the common delimiters. In the family of +commands with <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp>, <var>delimiter1</var> and +<var>delimiter2</var> need not be the same. +</para> +<para>The <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp> commands produce open and close delimiters +that insert no horizontal space between a preceding atom and the +delimiter, while the commands without <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp> insert some +space (because each delimiter is set as an ordinary variable). Compare +these two. +</para> +<!-- c credit: Martin Heller https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1234 --> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{l} + \(\displaystyle \sin\biggl(\frac{1}{2}\biggr) \) \\ % good + \(\displaystyle \sin\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\bigg) \) \\ % bad +\end{tabular} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The traditional typographic treatment is on the first line. On the +second line the output will have some extra space between the +<code>\sin</code> and the open parenthesis. +</para> +<para>Commands without <samp>l</samp> or <samp>r</samp> do give correct spacing in +some circumstances, as with this large vertical line +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \int_{x=a}^b x^2\,dx = \frac{1}{3} x^3 \Big|_{x=a}^b +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command +from the <file>amsmath</file> package), and as with this larger slash. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \lim_{n\to\infty}\pi(n) \big/ (n/\log n) = 1 +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<para>Unlike the <code>\left...\right</code> pair (<pxref label="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright"><xrefnodename>\left & \right</xrefnodename></pxref>), the +commands here with <samp>l</samp> and <samp>r</samp> do not make a group. +Strictly speaking they need not be matched so you can write something +like this. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \Biggl[ \pi/6 ] +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<para>The commands with <samp>m</samp> are for relations, which are in the middle of +formulas, as here. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \biggl\{ a\in B \biggm| a=\sum_{0\leq i<n}3i^2+4 \biggr\} +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<!-- c xx Add discussion \bigg\mid not being good --> +<!-- c and \bigg| being right; maybe mention of \middle and braket package? --> + + +</subsubsection> </subsection> -<node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">ellipses</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">dots</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">ellipses</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">dots</indexterm></cindex> <para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern continues. @@ -12004,18 +13651,18 @@ continues. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="ellipses-cdots">ellipses cdots</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as in <U>22EF</U>. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1} \)</code>. </para> <anchor name="ellipses-ddots">ellipses ddots</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Diagonal ellipsis, <U>22F1</U>. See the above array example for a usage. </para> <anchor name="ellipses-ldots">ellipses ldots</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, <U>2026</U>. Used as: <code>\( x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example. A synonym is <code>\mathellipsis</code>. A synonym from the <file>amsmath</file> @@ -12026,14 +13673,14 @@ package is <code>\hdots</code>. mode or LR mode a synonym for <code>\ldots</code> is <code>\dots</code>.) </para> <anchor name="ellipses-vdots">ellipses vdots</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, <U>22EE</U>. See the above array example for a usage. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>amsmath</file> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs @@ -12062,126 +13709,201 @@ or relation symbol, <code>\dotsi</code> for dots with integrals, or </para> </subsection> +<node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they +differ from Roman upper case letters. +</para> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=".10 .30 .15 .45"><columnfraction value=".10"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".30"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".15"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".45"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Symbol</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab"> +</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\alpha</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Alpha +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B2</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\beta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Beta +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B3</U>, <U>0393</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\gamma</code>, <code>\Gamma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Gamma +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B4</U>, <U>0394</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\delta</code>, <code>\Delta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Delta +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B5</U>, <U>03F5</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> + <para><code>\varepsilon</code>, <code>\epsilon</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Epsilon +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\zeta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Zeta +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\eta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Eta +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B8</U>, <U>03D1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\theta</code>, <code>\vartheta</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> + <para>Theta +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03B9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\iota</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Iota +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03BA</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\kappa</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Kappa +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03BB</U>, <U>039B</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\lambda</code>, <code>\Lambda</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> + <para>Lambda +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03BC</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\mu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Mu +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03BD</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\nu</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Nu +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03BE</U>, <U>039E</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\xi</code>, <code>\Xi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Xi +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C0</U>, <U>03A0</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\pi</code>, <code>\Pi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Pi +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C1</U>, <U>03F1</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\rho</code>, <code>\varrho</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Rho +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C3</U>, <U>03A3</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\sigma</code>, <code>\Sigma</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Sigma +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C4</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\tau</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Tau +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03D5</U>, <U>03C6</U>, <U>03A6</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> + <para><code>\phi</code>, <code>\varphi</code>, <code>\Phi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Phi +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C7</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\chi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>chi +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C8</U>, <U>03A8</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\psi</code>, <code>\Psi</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Psi +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega +</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font +then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>. If you like having the +name or if your font shows a difference then you can use something like +<code>\newcommand\omicron{o}</code>. The package <file>unicode-math</file> has +<code>\upomicron</code> for upright omicron and <code>\mitomicron</code> for math +italic. +</para> +<para>While the set membership relation symbol <U>2208</U> generated by +<code>\in</code> is related to epsilon, it is never used for a variable. +</para> + +</subsection> </section> <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">math functions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">math functions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse cosine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse sine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse tangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cosine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cotangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecant </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Degrees </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinant </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimension </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponential </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Greatest common divisor </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorphism </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Infinum </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Base 2 logarithm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit inferior </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit superior </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Natural logarithm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Logarithm </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Probability </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Secant </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic sine </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>sup <!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a --> <!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions --> <!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic tangent </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>amsmath</file> package adds improvements on some of these, and also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN, but @@ -12196,68 +13918,68 @@ below, as is traditional with <code>\lim</code>, <code>\sup</code>, or <code>\ma <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">math accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">math accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math acute accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math bar-over accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math breve accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dieresis accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dot accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math grave accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math ring accent <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math tilde accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math vector symbol </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math wide hat accent </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math wide tilde accent </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -12270,35 +13992,35 @@ one without a dot, <code>\imath</code> or <code>jmath</code> (<pxref label="Math <node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">overlining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">underlining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">overlining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">underlining</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or putting braces over or under some material. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. The line is always completely below the text, taking account of descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in <code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that the package <file>ulem</file> does text mode underlining and allows line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the documentation on CTAN. See also <ref label="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> for producing a line, for such things as a signature. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside. For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>. Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this <code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part. Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript, @@ -12314,15 +14036,15 @@ Attach text to the brace by using subscript, <code>_</code>, or superscript, <para>The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look unconnected to the underbrace. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with <code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also <code>\underbrace</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <file>mathtools</file> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. @@ -12332,17 +14054,17 @@ some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN. <node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> <para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then &latex; ignores the space and in the output the m is next to the x, as <math>y=mx</math>. </para> -<para>But &latex;&textrsquo;s rules sometimes need tweaking. For example, in an +<para>But &latex;&textrsquo;s rules occasionally need tweaking. For example, in an integral the tradition is to put a small extra space between the -<code>f(x)</code> and the <code>dx</code>, here done with the <code>\,</code> command. +<code>f(x)</code> and the <code>dx</code>, here done with the <code>\,</code> command: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\int_0^1 f(x)\,dx @@ -12357,25 +14079,39 @@ a <samp>M</samp>. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor> -<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. Math -mode only. +<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex> +<para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace">spacing in math mode medspace</anchor> <para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. -Math mode only. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex> +<para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">thin space</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">thin space</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor> <para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>. @@ -12394,17 +14130,19 @@ this, before punctuation in a displayed equation. </pre></example> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor> -<para>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. The <code>\!</code> command is -math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> command is available for -text mode (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. +With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be +used in text mode as well as math mode; before that, +The <code>\!</code> command is math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> +command has always worked in text mode (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">quad</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">quad</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor> <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between @@ -12412,23 +14150,24 @@ two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available in both text and math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad">spacing in math mode qquad</anchor> <para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>. It is available in both text and math mode. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\smash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make empty box with the same size as the argument. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\smash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make empty box same size as argument. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\mathstrut</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add some vertical space to a formula. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12495,23 +14234,23 @@ mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer control over smashing a subformula box. </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12533,28 +14272,38 @@ control over smashing a subformula box. <para>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth, and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty. That is, this command causes -&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink. The <code>\vphantom</code> -variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as -<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a -box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth -zero. -</para> -<para>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two -square roots would be at different heights. +&latex; to typeset the space but not fill it with the material. Here +&latex; will put a box of the right size for the quotation, but empty. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \) +<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox{\phantom{Conservatism is the fear-filled worship of dead radicals. + --- Mark Twain}} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside -it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so &latex; -makes the bars align. +<para>The <code>\vphantom</code> variant produces an invisible box with the same +vertical size as <var>subformula</var>, the same height and depth, but having +zero width. And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a box with the same width as +<var>subformula</var> but with zero height and depth. </para> -<para>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>. <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref> -for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>. +<para>In this example, the tower of exponents in the second summand expression +is so tall that &tex; places this expression further down than its +default. Without adjustment, the two summand expressions would be at +different levels. The <code>\vphantom</code> in the first expression tells +&tex; to leave as much vertical room as it does for the tower, so the +two expressions come out at the same level. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{displaymath} + \sum_{j\in\{0,\ldots\, 10\}\vphantom{3^{3^{3^j}}}} + \sum_{i\in\{0,\ldots\, 3^{3^{3^j}}\}} i\cdot j +\end{displaymath} +</pre></example> + +<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>. +<xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more @@ -12564,8 +14313,8 @@ as <code>\settodepth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettodepth"><xrefnodename>\setto In addition, the <file>mathtools</file> package has many commands that offer fine-grained control over spacing. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you @@ -12579,11 +14328,44 @@ with <code>\leavevmode</code>. </para> </subsection> +<node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">invisible character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\mathstrut +</pre></example> + +<para>The analogue of <code>\strut</code> for mathematics. <xref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></xref>. +</para> +<para>The input <code>$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{x^i}$</code> gives output where the +second radical is taller than the first. To add extra vertical space +without any horizontal space, so that the two have the same height, use +<code>$\sqrt{x\mathstrut} + \sqrt{x^i\mathstrut}$</code>. +</para> +<para>The <code>\mathstrut</code> command adds the vertical height of an open +parenthesis, <code>(</code>, but no horizontal space. It is defined as +<code>\vphantom{(}</code>, so see <ref label="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><xrefnodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</xrefnodename></ref> for +more. An advantage over <code>\strut</code> is that <code>\mathstrut</code> adds no +depth, which is often the right thing for formulas. Using the height of +an open parenthesis is just a convention; for complete control over the +amount of space, use <code>\rule</code> with a width of zero. <xref label="_005crule"><xrefnodename>\rule</xrefnodename></xref>. +</para> + +</subsection> </section> <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. @@ -12592,7 +14374,6 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colon character & \colon</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Colon. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\*</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Discretionary multiplication. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frac</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fraction. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\left & \right</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Paired delimiters. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\sqrt</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Radicals. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stackrel</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Text over a relation. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -12601,10 +14382,9 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">Colon character & \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">:</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">colon character</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">:</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">colon character</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -12619,16 +14399,16 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories. <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right. </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>But the widely-used <file>amsmath</file> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want @@ -12639,11 +14419,11 @@ the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct{:}< <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12663,11 +14443,11 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>. </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\left & \right</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">fraction</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">fraction</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12682,65 +14462,13 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code> </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> -<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex> - -<para>Synopsis: -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\left <var>delimiter1</var> ... \right <var>delimiter2</var> -</pre></example> - -<para>Make matching parentheses, braces, or other delimiters. The delimiters -are sized according to the math they enclose. This makes a unit vector -surrounded by appropriate-height parentheses. -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} - \left(\begin{array}{c} - 1 \\ - 0 \\ - \end{array}\right) -</pre></example> - -<para>Every <code>\left</code> must have a matching <code>\right</code>. Leaving out the -<code>\left(</code> in the above gets <samp>Extra \right</samp>. Leaving off the -<code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>. -</para> -<para>However, the two delimiters <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need -not match. A common case is that you want an unmatched brace, as -below. Use a period, <samp>.</samp>, as a null delimiter. -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} - f(n)=\left\{\begin{array}{ll} - 1 &\mbox{--if \(n=0\)} \\ - f(n-1)+3n^2 &\mbox{--else} - \end{array}\right. -\end{equation} -</pre></example> - -<noindent></noindent> -<para>Note that to get a curly brace as a delimiter you must prefix it with a -backslash, <code>\{</code>. -</para> - -</subsection> -<node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\left & \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">square root</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">roots</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">radical</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">square root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">roots</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">radical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -12763,9 +14491,9 @@ a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical). <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">stack math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">stack math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -12783,7 +14511,7 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</cod <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">modes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">modes</indexterm></cindex> <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal @@ -12791,16 +14519,16 @@ modes, the math modes, and the vertical modes. Some commands only work in one mode or another (in particular, many commands only work in one of the math modes), and error messages will refer to these. </para> -<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "> +<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> <listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor> <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts @@ -12813,24 +14541,24 @@ that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR box won&textrsquo;t fit there.) </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">math mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating an inline mathematical formula. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">display math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">display math mode</indexterm></cindex> <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code> differs in the two situations.) </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and other material making the output page. This is the mode &latex; is in when it starts a document. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a <code>\vbox</code>. This is the vertical analogue of LR mode. @@ -12845,8 +14573,8 @@ mode, then the next switch happens at the <samp>\(</samp> where &latex; changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor> <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor> <para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command @@ -12896,8 +14624,8 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf. <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">page styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">page styles</indexterm></cindex> <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This @@ -12905,8 +14633,8 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or the first page of an article. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <file>fancyhdr</file> is very helpful for constructing page styles. See its documentation on CTAN. @@ -12922,8 +14650,8 @@ styles. See its documentation on CTAN. <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -12933,7 +14661,7 @@ styles. See its documentation on CTAN. <para>Generate a title. In the standard classes the title appears on a separate page, except in the <code>article</code> class where it is at the top -of the first page. (<xref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></xref> for information about +of the first page. (<xref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></xref>, for information about the <code>titlepage</code> document class option.) </para> <para>This example shows <code>\maketitle</code> appearing in its usual place, @@ -12966,10 +14694,10 @@ the following declarations. These must come before the <code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. To separate lines within a single author&textrsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&textrsquo;s @@ -12977,25 +14705,25 @@ institution or address, use a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No \author given</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> <para>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. The <var>text</var> doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense. It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email address. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: No @@ -13014,8 +14742,8 @@ house requirements.) <node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13061,8 +14789,8 @@ get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>. get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it does get reset. References to that page also are blank. (This does not work with the popular package <file>hyperref</file> so to have the page number @@ -13086,10 +14814,10 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter <node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">header style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">footer style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">header style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13100,8 +14828,8 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset, from the current page onwards. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A discussion with an example is below. Note first that the package <file>fancyhdr</file> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and @@ -13174,7 +14902,7 @@ setting <code>\rightmark</code> to <samp>Subsection 2.1</samp>, etc. <para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> @@ -13183,7 +14911,7 @@ command before the end of the page. A right hand page heading <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one that came before that page. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -13193,8 +14921,8 @@ the last one that came before that page. <node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13234,8 +14962,8 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">spaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">white space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">white space</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Some of these are best suited to mathematical text; see <ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in @@ -13250,7 +14978,7 @@ chapter. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hss</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Infinitely stretchable/shrinkable horizontal space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\spacefactor</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchability of following space -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Backslash-space; and explicit space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Backslash-space, and explicit space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">~</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tie, an unbreakable space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thinspace & \negthinspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">One-sixth of an em, and negative one-sixth. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Italic correction. @@ -13269,9 +14997,9 @@ Vertical space <node name="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad" spaces=" "><nodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hspace</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13297,7 +15025,7 @@ measurement such as points (<pxref label="Lengths_002fem"><xrefnodename>Lengths/ </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref> for <code>\quad</code> and <code>\qquad</code>. These +<para><xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>, for <code>\quad</code> and <code>\qquad</code>. These are lengths from centuries of typesetting and so may be a better choice in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with <code>\hspace</code>. @@ -13307,7 +15035,7 @@ in many circumstances than arbitrary lengths, such as you get with <node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13368,10 +15096,10 @@ space won&textrsquo;t shrink more than 0.25<dmn>cm</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths" <node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13389,7 +15117,7 @@ of the page and <samp>Quiz One</samp> on the right. <pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use <code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -13416,10 +15144,10 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use <node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13456,7 +15184,7 @@ X\hbox to 0pt{\hss Z}Y <pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var> </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex> <para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s glue stretch and shrink behavior. Most user-level documents do not use this command. </para> @@ -13523,11 +15251,11 @@ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command. <node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code> </sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex> <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name --> <para>Synopsis: @@ -13588,9 +15316,9 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and <node name="_005cfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\normalsfcodes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13608,7 +15336,7 @@ The second causes spacing between sentences to stretch or shrink more space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words that are in the middle of a sentence. Declaring <code>\frenchspacing</code> -(the command is from Plain &tex;) switches to the tradition that all +(the command is from plain &tex;) switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally. </para> @@ -13616,8 +15344,8 @@ spaces are treated equally. <node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13634,9 +15362,11 @@ spaces are treated equally. <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">\TAB</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">\ (backslash-space)</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">\TAB</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\SPACE</indexterm></findex> <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a backslash followed by a space. Synopsis: @@ -13676,7 +15406,7 @@ in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>. (But using curly parentheses, as in <code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next character is a period.) The other common use is that it marks a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So -says Prof.\ Smith</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). +says Prof.\ Smith</code> or <code>Jones et al.\ (1993)</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><key>tab</key> and <code>\</code><key>newline</key> are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. @@ -13690,11 +15420,12 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>. <node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">tie</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">space, hard</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">NBSP</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">tie</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">hard space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">NBSP</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13717,30 +15448,38 @@ space has length 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus <para>In addition, despite the period, &latex; does not use the end-of-sentence spacing (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could cause -confusion. But they also reduce &latex;&textrsquo;s options when it breaks lines -into paragraphs, so you can use too many. They are also matters of -taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, -here are some usage models, many of them from the &tex;book. +<para>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could +cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the +tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive +words in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, +among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them +from <cite>The &tex;book</cite>. </para> <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend> <listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Between an enumerator and its item, such as in references: <code>Chapter~12</code>, or <code>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</code>, or -<code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. When cases are enumerated inline: -<code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>. +<code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. +</para> +</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> +<para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is +(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the <file>siunitx</file> package has a special facility for this) or <code>144~eggs</code>. This includes between a month and a date: -<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions where -numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: +<code>October~12</code> or <code>12~Oct</code>. In general, in any expressions +where numbers and abbreviations or symbols are separated by a space: <code>AD~565</code>, or <code>2:50~pm</code>, or <code>Boeing~747</code>, or -<code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. +<code>268~Plains Road</code>, or <code>\$$1.4$~billion</code>. Other common +choices here are a thin space (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>) and +no space at all. </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>When mathematical phrases are rendered in words: <code>equals~$n$</code>, or @@ -13757,14 +15496,11 @@ common with~$m$</code>. \ldots,~$n$</code>. </para> </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<para>Between a person&textrsquo;s forenames and between multiple surnames: +<para>Between a person&textrsquo;s given names and between multiple surnames: <code>Donald~E. Knuth</code>, or <code>Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo</code>, or -<code>Charles~XII</code> (but you must give TeX places to break the line so -you may do <code>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>). -</para> -</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> -<para>Before a dash: <code>pages 12~--14</code> or <code>it is~--- it must be -said~--- plausible</code>. +<code>Charles~XII</code>&textmdash;but you must give &tex; places to break the line +so you might do <code>Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la +Vall\'ee~Poussin</code>. </para> </listitem></itemize> @@ -13773,12 +15509,12 @@ said~--- plausible</code>. <node name="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">~</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code> & <code>\negthinspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">thin space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">space, thin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">thin space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">space, thin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13787,14 +15523,14 @@ said~--- plausible</code>. \negthinspace </pre></example> -<para>Produce an unbreakable and unstretchable space of 1/6<dmn>em</dmn> and --1/6<dmn>em</dmn>. These are the text mode equivalents of <code>\,</code> and -<code>\!</code> (<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). You can use -<code>\,</code> as a synonym for <code>\thinspace</code> in text mode. +<para>These produce unbreakable and unstretchable spaces of 1/6<dmn>em</dmn> and +-1/6<dmn>em</dmn>, respectively. These are the text mode equivalents of +<code>\,</code> and <code>\!</code> (<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>The <code>\negthinspace</code> command is used in text mode mostly for -fiddling with spaces. One common use of <code>\thinspace</code> is as the -space between nested quotes. +<para>You can use <code>\,</code> as a synonym for <code>\thinspace</code> in text mode. +</para> +<para>One common use of <code>\thinspace</code> is as the space between nested +quotes: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">Killick replied, ``I heard the Captain say, `Ahoy there.'\thinspace'' @@ -13803,16 +15539,22 @@ space between nested quotes. <noindent></noindent> <para>Another use is that some style guides call for a <code>\thinspace</code> between an ellipsis and a sentence ending period (other style guides, -though, think the three dots are quite enough already). Still another -use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>. +think the three dots and/or four dots are plenty). Another +style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ +Knuth</code>. +</para> +<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands +(<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). With <code>amsmath</code>, or as of the +2020-10-01 &latex; release, they can be used in text mode as well as +math mode, including <code>\!</code> for <code>\negthinspace</code>; before that, +they were available only in math mode. </para> - </section> <node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -13821,10 +15563,11 @@ use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>. </pre></example> <para>Insert an <dfn>italic correction</dfn>, a small space defined by the font -designer for each character, to avoid the character colliding with -whatever follows. When you use <code>\/</code>, &latex; takes the correction -from the font metric file, scales it by any scaling that has been -applied to the font, and then inserts that much horizontal space. +designer for each character (possibly zero), to avoid the character +colliding with whatever follows. When you use <code>\/</code>, &latex; +takes the correction from the font metric file, scales it by any +scaling that has been applied to the font, and then inserts that much +horizontal space. </para> <para>Here, were it not for the <code>\/</code>, the <var>before-character</var> italic f would hit the <var>after-character</var> roman H @@ -13834,30 +15577,42 @@ italic f would hit the <var>after-character</var> roman H </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>because the italic letter leans far to the right. +<para>because the italic letter f leans far to the right. </para> <para>If <var>after-character</var> is a period or comma then don&textrsquo;t insert an -italic correction since those punctuation symbols have a very small -height. However, with semicolons or colons as well as with normal -letters, the italic correction can help. +italic correction since those punctuation symbols are so low to the +baseline already. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as with +normal letters, the italic correction can help. It is typically used +between a switch from italic or slanted fonts to an upright font. </para> -<para>When you use commands such as <code>\textit</code> or <code>\itshape</code> to -change fonts, &latex; will automatically insert any needed italic -correction (<pxref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>When you use commands such as <code>\emph</code> and <code>\textit</code> and +<code>\textsl</code> to change fonts, &latex; automatically inserts the +italic correction when needed (<pxref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></pxref>). However, +declarations such as <code>\em</code> and <code>\itshape</code> and +<code>\slshape</code> do not automatically insert italic corrections. </para> -<para>Roman characters can also have an italic correction. An example is in -the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. +<para>Upright characters can also have an italic correction. An example +where this is needed is the name <code>pdf\/\TeX</code>. However, most +upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators +do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts. </para> -<para>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; spacing is done -in a different way. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called +slant parameter (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether to +possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to +particular font commands. +</para> +<para>There is no concept of italic correction in math mode; math spacing is +done in a different way. </para> </section> <node name="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code> & <code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -13954,22 +15709,22 @@ file. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>. </para> <anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>. </para> <anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>. @@ -14024,8 +15779,8 @@ with <samp>def</samp>. <node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">strut</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">strut</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14090,10 +15845,10 @@ third list&textrsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its secon the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline space. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in <file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>. For instance, you may have a command @@ -14129,9 +15884,9 @@ integral would still hit the line.) <node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14154,7 +15909,7 @@ The new day dawned cold. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>(<xref label="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><xrefnodename>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</xrefnodename></xref> for common inter-paragraph +<para>(<xref label="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip"><xrefnodename>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</xrefnodename></xref>, for common inter-paragraph spaces.) </para> <para>The <code>*</code>-version inserts vertical space that non-discardable. More @@ -14196,10 +15951,10 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each. <node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14237,9 +15992,9 @@ Lost Dog! <node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14278,7 +16033,7 @@ The two rules here are 22<dmn>pt</dmn> apart: the sum of the <para>Now uncomment the second <code>\addvspace</code>. It does not make the gap 20<dmn>pt</dmn> longer; instead the gap is the sum of <code>\baselineskip</code> and 20<dmn>pt</dmn>. So <code>\addvspace</code> in a sense does the opposite of -its name &textmdash; it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not +its name&textmdash;it makes sure that multiple vertical spaces do not accumulate, but instead that only the largest one is used. </para> <para>&latex; uses this command to adjust the vertical space above or below @@ -14298,12 +16053,15 @@ with a <code>\par</code> command (<pxref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xr <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">boxes</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. --> <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a page. So these commands are central. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes. One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>. </para> @@ -14321,11 +16079,11 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>. <node name="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox & \makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox</code> & <code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">make a box</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">make a box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14343,13 +16101,13 @@ LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>) so it </para> <para>Because <code>text</code> is not broken into lines, you can use <code>\mbox</code> to prevent hyphenation. In this example, &latex; will not hyphenate -the table name, <samp>T-4</samp>. +the tank name, <samp>T-34</samp>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">See Table~\mbox{T-4} +<pre xml:space="preserve">The soviet tank \mbox{T-34} is a symbol of victory against nazism. </pre></example> -<para>The first two command versions, <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, are +<para>The first two command synopsis versions, <code>\mbox</code> and <code>\makebox</code>, are roughly equivalent. They create a box just wide enough to contain the <var>text</var>. (They are like plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\hbox</code>.) </para> @@ -14381,7 +16139,7 @@ size you can say this. <pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} </pre></example> -<para>For the fourth command version the optional argument <var>position</var> +<para>For the fourth command synopsis version the optional argument <var>position</var> gives position of the text within the box. It may take the following values: </para> @@ -14414,18 +16172,17 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space) -will be just before the <samp>What</samp> (note the space after -<samp>points</samp>). You can use <code>\makebox</code> similarly when making -graphics, such as in <file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>, where you put the -edge of the text at a known location, regardless of the length of that -text. +<para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space +after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>. You can use +<code>\makebox</code> similarly when making graphics, such as in <file>TikZ</file> +or <file>Asymptote</file>, where you put the edge of the text at a known +location, regardless of the length of that text. </para> <para>For boxes with frames see <ref label="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox & \framebox</xrefnodename></ref>. For colors see <ref label="Colored-boxes"><xrefnodename>Colored boxes</xrefnodename></ref>. @@ -14434,19 +16191,20 @@ see <ref label="Colored-boxes"><xrefnodename>Colored boxes</xrefnodename></ <code>picture</code> environment, where the length is given in terms of <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>If you put a double-backslash into <var>text</var> then &latex; will not -give you a new line; for instance <code>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> -outputs <samp>abc defghi</samp> while <code>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> -outputs <samp>abc def ghi</samp>, but neither go to a second line. To get -multiple lines see <ref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref>. +<para>As <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode, neither a double backslash +<code>\\</code> nor <code>\par</code> will give you a new line; for instance +<code>\makebox{abc def \\ ghi}</code> outputs <samp>abc defghi</samp> while +<code>\makebox{abc def \par ghi}</code> outputs <samp>abc def ghi</samp>, both on +a single line. To get multiple lines see <ref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></ref> +and <ref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> </section> <node name="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox & \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox & \makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> & <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -14475,7 +16233,7 @@ a frame. <code>\framebox{...}</code>, are roughly the same. As to the third and fourth invocations, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <var>width</var> and the position of the text inside that box as -<var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></xref> for the full description but +<var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></xref>, for the full description but here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -14490,18 +16248,18 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex> <para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box. The default is 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex> <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes: @@ -14530,7 +16288,7 @@ paragraph, and then frame the result. \end{minipage}} </pre></example> -<para><xref label="Colored-boxes"><xrefnodename>Colored boxes</xrefnodename></xref> for colors other than black and white. +<para><xref label="Colored-boxes"><xrefnodename>Colored boxes</xrefnodename></xref>, for colors other than black and white. </para> <para>The <code>picture</code> environment has a version of this command where the units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxref label="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\framebox @@ -14541,9 +16299,9 @@ units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxre <node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses, one of: </para> @@ -14583,10 +16341,10 @@ in that box. It should not have any paragraph-making components. </para> <para>There are three optional arguments, <var>position</var>, <var>height</var>, and <var>inner-pos</var>. The <var>position</var> gives the vertical alignment of the -<code>parbox</code> with respect to the surrounding material. The possible +<dfn>parbox</dfn> with respect to the surrounding material. The supported values are <code>c</code> or <code>m</code> to make the vertical center of the -<code>parbox</code> lines up with the center of the adjacent line (this is the -default), or <code>t</code> to match the top line of the <code>parbox</code> with +parbox lines up with the center of the adjacent text line (this is the +default), or <code>t</code> to match the top line of the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding material, or <code>b</code> to match the bottom line. </para> @@ -14605,7 +16363,7 @@ stretchable space). <node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14617,12 +16375,12 @@ stretchable space). <para>Raise or lower <var>text</var>. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>This example makes a command for the restriction of a function by -lowering the vertical bar symbol. +<para>This example makes a command for denoting the restriction of a function +by lowering the vertical bar symbol. </para> <!-- c credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/278631/121234 --> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*\restricted[1]{\raisebox{-.5ex}{$|$}_{#1}} $f\restricted{A}$ </pre></example> @@ -14650,7 +16408,7 @@ depth). </para> <!-- c credit: FAQ https://texfaq.org/FAQ-topgraph --> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{calc} % in preamble +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{graphicx,calc} % in preamble ... \begin{center} \raisebox{1ex-\height}{% @@ -14670,9 +16428,9 @@ second is the height of <file>meta.png</file>. <node name="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox & \savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox</code> & <code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">box, save</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">box, save</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -14685,13 +16443,13 @@ second is the height of <file>meta.png</file>. <para>Typeset <var>text</var> just as with <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) except that &latex; does not output it but instead saves it -in a storage bin named <var>box-cmd</var>. The bin name <var>box-cmd</var> begins -with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must have previously allocated the bin -<var>box-cmd</var> with <code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).The -<code>\sbox</code> command is robust while <code>\savebox</code> is fragile -(<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +in a box register referred to by a variable named <var>box-cmd</var>. The +variable name <var>box-cmd</var> begins with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must +have previously allocated the box register <var>box-cmd</var> with <code>\newsavebox</code> +(<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). The <code>\sbox</code> command is robust while +<code>\savebox</code> is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>This creates and uses a bin. +<para>This creates and uses a box register. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\fullname} @@ -14699,34 +16457,34 @@ with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must have previously allocated the bin ... \usebox{\fullname}! His name is my name, too! Whenever we go out, the people always shout! -There goes \\usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. +There goes \usebox{\fullname}! Ya da da da da da da. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>One advantage of using and reusing a bin over a <code>\newcommand</code> is -efficiency, that &latex; need not repeatedly retypeset the contents. -See the example below. +<para>One advantage of using and reusing a box register over a +<code>\newcommand</code> macro variable is efficiency, that &latex; need not +repeatedly retypeset the contents. See the example below. </para> <para>The first two command invocations, <code>\sbox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code> and <code>\savebox{<var>box-cmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, are roughly equivalent. As to the third and fourth, the optional arguments allow you to specify the box width as <var>width</var>, and the position of the text inside that -box as <var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></xref> for the full +box as <var>position</var>. <xref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></xref>, for the full description. </para> <para>In the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> commands the <var>text</var> is typeset in LR mode so it does not have line breaks (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you use these then &latex; doesn&textrsquo;t give you an error but it ignores -what you want: if you enter <code>\sbox{\newbin}{test \\ test}</code> and -<code>\usebox{\newbin}</code> then you get <samp>testtest</samp>, while if you -enter <code>\sbox{\newbin}{test \par test}</code> and -<code>\usebox{\newbin}</code> then you get <samp>test test</samp>, but no error or +what you want: if you enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \\ test}</code> and +<code>\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get <samp>testtest</samp>, while if you +enter <code>\sbox{\newreg}{test \par test}</code> and +<code>\usebox{\newreg}</code> then you get <samp>test test</samp>, but no error or warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as here. </para> <!-- c credit: egreg https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/41668/121234 --> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\savebox{\abin}{% +<pre xml:space="preserve">\savebox{\areg}{% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth} \begin{enumerate} \item First item @@ -14734,17 +16492,17 @@ warning. To fix this use a <code>\parbox</code> or <code>minipage</code> as her \end{enumerate} \end{minipage}} ... -\usebox{\abin} +\usebox{\areg} </pre></example> -<para>As an example of the efficiency of reusing a bin&textrsquo;s contents, this puts +<para>As an example of the efficiency of reusing a register&textrsquo;s contents, this puts the same picture on each page of the document by putting it in the header. &latex; only typesets it once. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{graphicx} % all this in the preamble -\newsavebox{\sealbin} -\savebox{\sealbin}{% +\newsavebox{\sealreg} +\savebox{\sealreg}{% \setlength{\unitlength}{1in}% \begin{picture}(0,0)% \put(1.5,-2.5){% @@ -14754,22 +16512,22 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. \end{tabular}} \end{picture}% } -\markright{\usebox{\sealbin}} +\markright{\usebox{\sealreg}} \pagestyle{headings} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> <para>The <code>picture</code> environment is good for fine-tuning the placement. </para> -<para>If the bin has not already been defined then you get something like -<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \nobin</samp>. +<para>If the register <code>\noreg</code> has not already been defined then you get something like +<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument> \noreg</samp>. </para> </section> <node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14779,26 +16537,27 @@ header. &latex; only typesets it once. \end{lrbox} </pre></example> -<para>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the bin -<code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The <var>box-cmd</var> must begin with a -backslash. You must create this bin in advance with <code>\newsavebox</code> -(<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> -and <code>\savebox</code> commands, and is equivalent to them. <xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & -\savebox</xrefnodename></xref> for the full information. +<para>This is the environment form of the <code>\sbox</code> and <code>\savebox</code> +commands, and is equivalent to them. for the full description, +<xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & \savebox</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> -<para>In this example the environment is convenient for entering the -<code>tabular</code>. +<para>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box register +referred to by variable <code><var>box-cmd</var></code>. The variable name +<var>box-cmd</var> must begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>. You must allocate +this box register in advance with <code>\newsavebox</code> +(<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). In this example the environment is convenient +for entering the <code>tabular</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\jhbin} -\begin{lrbox}{\jhbin} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\jhreg} +\begin{lrbox}{\jhreg} \begin{tabular}{c} \includegraphics[height=1in]{jh.png} \\ Jim Hef{}feron \end{tabular} \end{lrbox} ... -\usebox{\jhbin} +\usebox{\jhreg} </pre></example> @@ -14806,8 +16565,8 @@ and <code>\savebox</code> commands, and is equivalent to them. <xref label="_005 <node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -14815,11 +16574,11 @@ and <code>\savebox</code> commands, and is equivalent to them. <xref label="_005 <pre xml:space="preserve">\usebox{<var>box-cmd</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Produce the box most recently saved in the bin <var>box-cmd</var> by the -commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code> -environment. <xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & \savebox</xrefnodename></xref> for more information and examples. -(Note that <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a backslash.) This command is -robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Produce the box most recently saved in the box register <var>box-cmd</var> by +the commands <code>\sbox</code> or <code>\savebox</code>, or the <code>lrbox</code> +environment. For more information and examples, <xref label="_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox"><xrefnodename>\sbox & +\savebox</xrefnodename></xref>. (Note that the variable name <var>box-cmd</var> starts with a +backslash, <code>\</code>.) This command is robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> @@ -14827,7 +16586,7 @@ robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">color</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box or on an entire page and write text on top of it. @@ -14851,8 +16610,8 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">color package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">options, color package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">color package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">options, color package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </para> @@ -14902,7 +16661,7 @@ memory space. <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">color models</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">color models</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>, @@ -14963,7 +16722,7 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>, <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">color package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">color package commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package. </para> @@ -14978,9 +16737,9 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>, <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">define color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">color, define</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">define color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">color, define</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15014,8 +16773,8 @@ or style, rather than in the document body. <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">colored text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">colored text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -15089,10 +16848,10 @@ synopses. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and -{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37} Gold} for the team. +{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team. </pre></example> -<para>The format of <var>color specification </var> depends on the color model +<para>The format of <var>color specification</var> depends on the color model (<pxref label="Color-models"><xrefnodename>Color models</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, while <code>rgb</code> takes three numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. </para> @@ -15116,9 +16875,9 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one. <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">box, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">box, colored</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -15172,10 +16931,10 @@ of the second line. <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">color</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">colored page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">background, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">color</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">colored page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">background, colored</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -15206,8 +16965,8 @@ rather than the default transparent background.) <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document. You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;. @@ -15256,8 +17015,8 @@ see their documentation on CTAN. <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble): </para> @@ -15304,7 +17063,7 @@ rectangle (unless another size is specified in the <code>\includegraphics</code> command). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead the file name is +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For each graphic file, it is not shown but instead its file name is printed in a box of the correct size. In order to determine the size, the file must be present. </para> @@ -15337,14 +17096,9 @@ option has &latex; to read the size from the latter. <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for the graphic. @@ -15365,21 +17119,22 @@ the documentation in <file>grfguide.pdf</file>, or the &latex; source, or your <node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\graphicspath{<var>list of dir names inside curly brackets</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\graphicspath{<var>list of directories inside curly braces</var>} </pre></example> <para>Declare a list of directories to search for graphics files. This allows you to later say something like <code>\includegraphics{lion.png}</code> instead of having to give its path. </para> -<para>&latex; always looks for graphic files first in the current directory. -The declaration below tells the system to then look in the subdirectory -<file>pix</file>, and then <file>../pix</file>. +<para>&latex; always looks for graphic files first in the current directory +(and the output directory, if specified; <pxref label="output-directory"><xrefnodename>output directory</xrefnodename></pxref>). +The declaration below tells the system to then look in the +subdirectory <file>pix</file>, and then <file>../pix</file>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{graphicx} % or graphics; put in preamble @@ -15414,7 +17169,7 @@ current directory, <noindent></noindent> <para>for each of the listed directories, &latex; concatenates it with the -file name and searches for the result, checking for <file>pix/lion.png</file> +filename and searches for the result, checking for <file>pix/lion.png</file> and then <file>../pix/lion.png</file>. This algorithm means that the <code>\graphicspath</code> command does not recursively search subdirectories: if you issue <code>\graphicspath{{a/}}</code> and the graphic is in @@ -15442,7 +17197,7 @@ instead in <file>book/plots</file>. <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -15465,7 +17220,7 @@ files. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>Because the file name <file>lion</file> does not have a period, &latex; uses +<para>Because the filename <file>lion</file> does not have a period, &latex; uses the extension list. For each directory in the graphics path (<pxref label="_005cgraphicspath"><xrefnodename>\graphicspath</xrefnodename></pxref>), &latex; will try the extensions in the order given. If it does not find such a file after trying all the directories @@ -15482,9 +17237,14 @@ your document; the printer driver has a sensible default. For example, the most recent <file>pdftex.def</file> has this extension list. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PNG,.PDF,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 +<pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2 </pre></example> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package. +</para> <para>You can use this command anywhere in the document. You can use it more than once. Show its value with <code>\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin&arobase;extensions}\makeatother</code>. @@ -15494,7 +17254,7 @@ than once. Show its value with <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -15530,7 +17290,7 @@ extension not covered by another rule, so it covers <file>filename.1</file>, <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">extension</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The file extension to which this rule applies. The extension is anything after and including the first dot in the filename. Use the Kleene star, -<code>*</code>, to denote the default behaviour for all undeclared extensions. +<code>*</code>, to denote the default behavior for all undeclared extensions. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">type</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The type of file involved. This type is a string that must be defined @@ -15560,7 +17320,7 @@ other format is available.) </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">command</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A command that will be applied to the -file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a +file. This is very often left empty. This command must start with a single backward quote. Thus, <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <file>.eps.gz</file> should @@ -15580,8 +17340,8 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the commands available with the <file>graphics</file> and <file>graphicx</file> packages. @@ -15597,16 +17357,16 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution. <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">including graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">graphics package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">including graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">EPS files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">JPG files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">PNG files</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses for <file>graphics</file> package: </para> @@ -15654,10 +17414,10 @@ is <code>\includegraphics{"sister picture.jpg"}</code>. </para> <para>The <code>\includegraphics{<var>filename</var>}</code> command decides on the type of graphic by splitting <var>filename</var> on the first dot. You can -use <var>filename</var> with no dot, as in <code>\includegraphics{turing}</code> -and then &latex; tries a sequence of extensions such as <code>.png</code> and -<code>.pdf</code> until it finds a file with that extension -(<pxref label="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><xrefnodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</xrefnodename></pxref>). +instead use <var>filename</var> with no dot, as in +<code>\includegraphics{turing}</code>, and then &latex; tries a sequence of +extensions such as <code>.png</code> and <code>.pdf</code> until it finds a file +with that extension (<pxref label="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><xrefnodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>If your file name contains dots before the extension then you can hide them with curly braces, as in @@ -15666,7 +17426,7 @@ the <file>graphicx</file> package then you can use the options <code>type</code> <code>ext</code>; see below. This and other filename issues are also handled with the package <file>grffile</file>. </para> -<para>This example puts a graphic in a figure environment so &latex; can +<para>This example puts a graphic in a <code>figure</code> environment so &latex; can move it to the next page if fitting it on the current page is awkward (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -15741,8 +17501,10 @@ two will end with different widths and heights. </para> <para>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">bounding box</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is -traditionally referred to as its bounding box (distinct from the +traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may go beyond this box, or sit inside this box, but when &latex; makes up a page it puts together boxes and this is the box allocated for the @@ -15756,7 +17518,7 @@ is <code>\includegraphics[width=1in]{plot}</code>. You can use th &tex; dimensions (<pxref label="Units-of-length"><xrefnodename>Units of length</xrefnodename></pxref>) and also convenient is <code>\linewidth</code>, or in a two-column document, <code>\columnwidth</code> (<pxref label="Page-layout-parameters"><xrefnodename>Page layout parameters</xrefnodename></pxref>). An example is that by using the -<file>calc</file> package you can make the graphic be 1 cm narrow than +<file>calc</file> package you can make the graphic be 1 cm narrower than the width of the text with <code>\includegraphics[width=\linewidth-1.0cm]{hefferon.jpg}</code>. </para> @@ -15770,7 +17532,7 @@ layout parameters</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, the command graphic a quarter of the height of the text area. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">totalheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="includegraphics-totalheght">includegraphics totalheght</anchor> +</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="includegraphics-totalheight">includegraphics totalheight</anchor> <para>The graphic will be shown so its bounding box has this height plus depth. This differs from the height if the graphic was rotated. For instance, if it has been rotated by -90 then it will have zero height @@ -15794,7 +17556,7 @@ is the graphic wider than <code>width</code> nor taller than <code>height</code> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">scale</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Factor by which to scale the graphic. To make a graphic twice its nominal size, enter <code>\includegraphics[scale=2.0]{...}</code>. This -number may be any value; a number between 1 and 0 will shrink the +number may be any value; a number between 0 and 1 will shrink the graphic and a negative number will reflect it. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">angle</itemformat></item> @@ -15826,10 +17588,10 @@ vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.) The default is <code>lB </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">viewport</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Pick out a subregion of the graphic to show. Takes four arguments, separated by spaces and given in &tex; dimensions, as with -<code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. The -dimensions default to big points, <code>bp</code>. They are taken -relative to the origin specified by the bounding box. See also the -<code>trim</code> option. +<code>\includegraphics[.., viewport=0in 0in 1in 0.618in]{...}</code>. When +the unit is omitted, the dimensions default to big +points, <code>bp</code>. They are taken relative to the origin specified +by the bounding box. See also the <code>trim</code> option. </para> <anchor name="includegraphics-trim">includegraphics trim</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">trim</itemformat></item> @@ -15887,7 +17649,7 @@ set with <code>interpolate=true</code> or just specified as here. </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">quiet</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Do not write information to the log. You can set it with <code>quiet=true</code> or just specified it with -<code>\includegraphics[...,quite,...]{...}</code>, +<code>\includegraphics[...,quiet,...]{...}</code>, </para> <anchor name="includegraphics-draft">includegraphics draft</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item> @@ -15985,7 +17747,7 @@ Only use this in conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. <anchor name="includegraphics-command">includegraphics command</anchor> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">command</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Specify a command to be applied to this file. Only use this in -conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. <xref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></xref> +conjunction with the option <code>type</code>. <xref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></xref>, for a discussion of enabling the <code>\write18</code> functionality to run external commands. </para> @@ -15996,10 +17758,10 @@ external commands. <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">rotation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">rotating text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">rotation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">rotating text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis if you use the <file>graphics</file> package: </para> @@ -16017,7 +17779,7 @@ external commands. <para>Put <var>material</var> in a box and rotate it <var>angle</var> degrees counterclockwise. </para> -<para>This example rotates the table column heads forty five degrees. +<para>This example rotates the table column heads forty-five degrees. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{ll} @@ -16087,14 +17849,14 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise. <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -16137,13 +17899,13 @@ immediately followed by its mirror reflection. <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -16182,8 +17944,8 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. @@ -16195,6 +17957,7 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Text symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting accents. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Additional Latin letters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-English characters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">inputenc package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the input file text encoding. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting lines and rectangles. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting today&textrsquo;s date. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -16203,42 +17966,43 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments. They are -called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. +called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are +all discussed elsewhere in this manual. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex> <para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus, typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex> <para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next -character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text -body font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. To get a backslash in the font -of the text body, enter <code>\textbackslash{}</code>. +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body +font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. To get a backslash in the font of +the text body, enter <code>\textbackslash{}</code>. </para> <para>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use <code>\verb!!</code> as below (the double backslash <code>\\</code> is only -there to split the lines). +there to split the lines in the output). </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} @@ -16252,9 +18016,10 @@ there to split the lines). <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">uppercase</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">lowercase</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">uppercase</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">lowercase</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16265,13 +18030,13 @@ there to split the lines). \MakeLowercase{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Change the case of characters. The &tex; primitives commands -<code>\uppercase</code> and <code>\lowercase</code> only work for American -characters. The &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and -<code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change characters accessed by -commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The commands -<code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust but they have -moving arguments (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Change the case of characters. The &tex; primitive commands +<code>\uppercase</code> and <code>\lowercase</code> are set up by default to work +only with the 26 letters a&textndash;z and A&textndash;Z. The &latex; commands +<code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change +characters accessed by commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The +commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust +but they have moving arguments (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a command within <var>text</var>. But they do change the case of every other @@ -16297,337 +18062,383 @@ you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces <w> </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <file>textcase</file> package brings some of the missing feature of the standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package <file>mfirstuc</file>. </para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for +non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in +the original &tex; and &latex;. It has been implemented in the +<code>expl3</code> package as of 2020. The article &textldquo;Case changing: From +&tex; primitives to the Unicode algorithm&textrdquo;, (Joseph Wright, +<cite>TUGboat</cite> 41:1, +<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-1/tb127wright-case.pdf</urefurl></url>), gives a +good overview of the topic, past and present. +</para> </section> <node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character -used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32, so it can be -typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. +used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32 in the +standard Computer Modern typewriter font, so it can be typed as +<code>\symbol{32}</code>. </para> <para>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <code>'</code> -prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>"</code> prefix, so the previous -example could also be written as <code>\symbol{'40}</code> or -<code>\symbol{"20}</code>. +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>"</code> prefix, so the +visible space at 32 decimal could also be written as +<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. </para> </section> <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> -<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in -running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1. Unless you are using Xe&latex; or Lua&latex; then -you may need to load the <code>textcomp</code> package. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols +in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are +not available in OT1. As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all +symbols are available by default; before that, it was necessary to use +the <code>textcomp</code> package for some (technically, those in the +<code>TS1</code> font encoding). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>©right; The copyright symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex; logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex;2e logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> <para>«, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> <para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">left quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>£ English pounds sterling. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> <para>„ and ‚ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">right quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &tex; logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>^ ASCII circumflex. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>~ ASCII tilde. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>* Centered asterisk. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>\ Backslash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>| Vertical bar. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>25EF</U> Big circle symbol. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>{ Left brace. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>} Right brace. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>• Bullet. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>24B6</U> Circle around <var>letter</var>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">cap height</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">cap height</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example, <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This is most useful in non-English languages. The <code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2020</U> Dagger. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> <para>$ Dollar sign. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<para>&textmdash; Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in -<code>The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs --- -is more like a sprint.</code>). -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<para>&textndash; En-dash (used for ranges, as in <code>See pages 12--14</code>). -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<para>The Euro symbol: €. For an alternative glyph design, try the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<raggedright endspaces=" "> +<para>&textmdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or +parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky +enough to make the playoffs---are more like a sprint.</code>&textrsquo; Conventions +for spacing around em-dashes vary widely. +</para></raggedright> + +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The Euro currency symbol: €. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +</para> +<para>For an alternative glyph design, try the <file>eurosym</file> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021 +release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an +en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available +in the current font, or writes the usual &textldquo;Missing character&textrdquo; warning +to the log file. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>> Greater than symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021 +release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above; +the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>< Less than symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>2190</U> Left arrow. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June +2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> +above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with +breaks disallowed after). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> <para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>¿ Upside down question mark. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textldquo; Double left quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>0027</U> Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark --> <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>®istered; Registered symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>2192</U> Right arrow. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol. </para> <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash? In Unicode? --> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>_ Underscore. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<para><U>2423</U> Visible space symbol. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -16636,34 +18447,37 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC). <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> -<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages, -through the <code>babel</code> package and related support if you are using -pdf&latex;, or <file>polyglossia</file> if you are using Xe&latex; or -Lua&latex;. This section does not cover that support. It only lists -the core &latex; commands for creating accented characters. The -<code>\capital...</code> commands shown here produce alternative forms for use -with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and +languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which +supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The +<file>polyglossia</file> package provides similar support with the latter +two engines. +</para> +<para>This section does not cover that support. It only lists the core +&latex; commands for creating accented characters. The +<code>\capital...</code> commands shown here produce alternative forms for +use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. </para> <para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with lowercase <samp>o</samp>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i, <!-- c @dotless{i}, --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j. <!-- c @dotless{j}. --> These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are @@ -16672,63 +18486,63 @@ accented. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">underbar</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">underbar</indexterm></cindex> <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under <var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, @@ -16737,81 +18551,137 @@ thus crossing through descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent> Tie-after accent. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">check accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">check accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> <para><accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\accent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Low level command to produce an accented character. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Accents</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\accent <var>number</var> <var>character</var> +</pre></example> + +<para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from +accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, +a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument +constructs the accented character in the current font. +</para> +<para>These are accented <samp>e</samp> characters. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\accent18 e +\accent20 e +\accent21 e +\accent22 e +\accent23 e +</pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc. +</para> +<para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the +outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is +desirable to have glyphs for accented characters rather than building +them using <code>\accent</code>. Using glyphs that already contain the +accented characters (as in T1 encoding) allows correct hyphenation +whereas <code>\accent</code> disables hyphenation (specifically with OT1 font +encoding where accented glyphs are absent). +</para> +<para>There can be an optional font change between <var>number</var> and +<var>character</var>. Note also that this command sets the +<code>\spacefactor</code> to 1000 (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>An unavoidable characteristic of some Cyrillic letters and +the majority of accented Cyrillic letters is that they must be +assembled from multiple elements (accents, modifiers, etc.) while +<code>\accent</code> provides for a single accent mark and a single letter +combination. There are also cases where accents must appear between +letters that \accent does not support. Still other cases exist where +the letters I and J have dots above their lowercase counterparts that +conflict with dotted accent marks. The use of <code>\accent</code> in these +cases will not work as it cannot analyze upper/lower case. +</para> + +</subsection> </section> -<node name="Additional-Latin-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional Latin letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<node name="Additional-Latin-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional Latin letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">inputenc package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other @@ -16820,84 +18690,84 @@ than English. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">aring</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">aring</indexterm></cindex> <para>å and Å. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>æ and Æ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex> <para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">polish l</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">polish l</indexterm></cindex> <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex> <para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">oslash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">oslash</indexterm></cindex> <para>ø and Ø. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>œ and Œ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>ß and SS. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. @@ -16906,10 +18776,77 @@ font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </section> -<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<node name="inputenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>inputenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>inputenc</code> package</sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>encoding-name</var>]{inputenc} +</pre></example> + +<para>Declare the input file&textrsquo;s text encoding to be <var>encoding-name</var>. The +default, if this package is not loaded, is UTF-8. Technically, +specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not +useful to omit it. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">character encoding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">Unicode</indexterm></cindex> +<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme +called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>. There are many different encodings. The +simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough +for most of the world&textrsquo;s languages. For instance, to typeset the +a-umlaut character <accent type="uml">a</accent> in an ASCII-encoded &latex; source file, the +sequence <code>\"a</code> is used. This would make source files for anything +but English hard to read; even for English, often a more extensive +encoding is more convenient. +</para> +<para>The modern encoding standard, in some ways a union of the others, is +UTF-8, one of the representations of Unicode. This is the default for +&latex; since 2018. +</para> +<para>The <code>inputenc</code> package is how &latex; knows what encoding is +used. For instance, the following command explicitly says that the +input file is UTF-8 (note the lack of a dash). +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +</pre></example> + +<para>Caution: use <code>inputenc</code> only with the pdf&tex; engine +(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; engines assume +that the input file is UTF-8 encoded.) If you invoke &latex; with +either the <command>xelatex</command> command or the <command>lualatex</command> +command, and try to declare a non-UTF-8 encoding with <code>inputenc</code>, +such as <code>latin1</code>, then you will get the error <code>inputenc is +not designed for xetex or luatex</code>. +</para> +<para>An <code>inputenc</code> package error such as <code>Invalid UTF-8 byte "96</code> +means that some of the material in the input file does not follow the +encoding scheme. Often these errors come from copying material from a +document that uses a different encoding than the input file; this one +is a left single quote from a web page using <code>latin1</code> inside a +&latex; input file that uses UTF-8. The simplest solution is to +replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a +&latex; equivalent command or character. +</para> +<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a +variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be +necessary. Use the command +<code>\inputencoding{<var>encoding-name</var>}</code>. The most common values +for <var>encoding-name</var> are: <code>ascii</code>, <code>latin1</code>, +<code>latin2</code>, <code>latin3</code>, <code>latin4</code>, <code>latin5</code>, +<code>latin9</code>, <code>latin10</code>, and <code>utf8</code>. +</para> + +</section> +<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">inputenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -16920,17 +18857,17 @@ font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">tombstone</indexterm></cindex> -<para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, -often used to mark the end of a proof. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">tombstone</indexterm></cindex> +<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol, +or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <noindent></noindent> <para>The <file>amsthm</file> package includes this command, with a somewhat @@ -16954,16 +18891,16 @@ thickness is common in &latex;. </para> <para>A rule that has zero width, or zero thickness, will not show up in the output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. -<xref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></xref> for examples. +<xref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></xref>, for examples. </para> </section> <node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -16975,11 +18912,11 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it. <var>yyyy</var></samp>. An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4, 1976</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Multilingual packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, or classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, @@ -16998,8 +18935,8 @@ the following will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>: <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <file>datetime</file> package which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards. @@ -17013,16 +18950,16 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes. <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">input file</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones. This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the document. It can also speed processing. </para> <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">root file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">file, root</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">root file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">file, root</indexterm></cindex> <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts. This shows such a file with five included files. </para> @@ -17052,7 +18989,7 @@ a file with five included files. <para>This will bring in material from <file>pref.tex</file>, <file>chap1.tex</file>, <file>chap2.tex</file>, <file>append.tex</file>, and <file>bib.tex</file>. If you compile this file, and then comment out all of the lines inside -<code>\includeonly{...}</code> except for <code>chap1,</code> and compile again, +<code>\includeonly{...}</code> except for <code>chap1</code>, and compile again, then &latex; will only process the material in the first chapter. Thus, your output will appear more quickly and be shorter to print. However, the advantage of the <code>\includeonly</code> command is that @@ -17060,7 +18997,7 @@ However, the advantage of the <code>\includeonly</code> command is that information from the other parts of the document so these will appear in your output correctly. </para> -<para><xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref> for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>. +<para><xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for another example of <code>\includeonly</code>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\endinput</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stop including material from a file. @@ -17073,7 +19010,7 @@ your output correctly. <node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17097,12 +19034,13 @@ This will not appear. </pre></example> <para>This can be useful for putting documentation or comments at the end of a -file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added during mailing. -It is also useful for debugging: one strategy to localize errors is to -put <code>\endinput</code> halfway through the included file and see if the -error disappears. Now, knowing which half contains the error, moving -<code>\endinput</code> to halfway through that area further narrows down the -location. This process rapidly finds the offending line. +file, or for avoiding junk characters that can be added if the file is +transmitted in the body of an email. It is also useful for debugging: +one strategy to localize errors is to put <code>\endinput</code> halfway +through the included file and see if the error disappears. Now, knowing +which half contains the error, moving <code>\endinput</code> to halfway +through that area further narrows down the location. This process +rapidly finds the offending line. </para> <para>After reading <code>\endinput</code>, &latex; continues to read to the end of the line, so something can follow this command and be read nonetheless. @@ -17114,8 +19052,8 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a <node name="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\include & \includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\endinput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code> & <code>\includeonly</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17136,10 +19074,12 @@ This allows you, for instance, to close an <code>\if...</code> with a <code>\clearpage</code> (<pxref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></pxref>), then it inputs the material from <file><var>filename</var>.tex</file> into the document, and then it does another <code>\clearpage</code>. This command can only -appear in the document body. The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls -which files will be read by &latex; under subsequent <code>\include</code> -commands. Its list of filenames is comma-separated, and it can only -appear in the preamble. +appear in the document body. +</para> +<para>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by +&latex; under subsequent <code>\include</code> commands. Its list of +filenames is comma-separated. It must appear in the preamble or even +earlier, e.g., the command line; it can&textrsquo;t appear in the document body. </para> <para>This example root document, <file>constitution.tex</file>, brings in three files, <file>preamble.tex</file>, <file>articles.tex</file>, and @@ -17174,7 +19114,7 @@ in Order to form a more perfect Union, ... <para>Running &latex; on <file>constitution.tex</file> makes the material from the three files appear in the document but also generates the auxiliary files <file>preamble.aux</file>, <file>articles.aux</file>, and -<file>amendments.tex</file>. These contain information such as page numbers +<file>amendments.aux</file>. These contain information such as page numbers and cross-references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you now comment out <code>\includeonly</code>&textrsquo;s lines with <code>preamble</code> and <code>amendments</code> and run &latex; again then the resulting document shows only the @@ -17191,7 +19131,7 @@ commands. <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref> (which, however, does not retain the auxiliary information). </para> -<para><xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref> for another example using <code>\include</code> +<para><xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>, for another example using <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code>. That example also uses <code>\input</code> for some material that will not necessarily start on a new page. </para> @@ -17234,7 +19174,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: \end{document} </pre></example> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp> The <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will @@ -17248,15 +19188,15 @@ athiesm.tex.</samp> (It will also create <file>athiesm.aux</file>.) <para>If you <code>\include</code> the root file in itself then you first get <samp>LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.</samp> Later runs get <samp>TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [text input levels=15]</samp>. To fix -this, you must remove the inclusion <code>\include{root}</code> but also -delete the file <file><var>root</var>.aux</file> and rerun &latex;. +this, you must remove the inclusion <code>\include{<var>root</var>}</code> but +also delete the file <file><var>root</var>.aux</file> and rerun &latex;. </para> </section> <node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17317,14 +19257,14 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux: <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents etc.</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -17361,7 +19301,7 @@ commands <code>\chapter</code>, etc. <noindent></noindent> <para>Uncommenting the second line would cause that table to contain chapter and section listings but not subsection listings, because the -<code>\section</code> command has level 1. <xref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></xref> for level +<code>\section</code> command has level 1. <xref label="Sectioning"><xrefnodename>Sectioning</xrefnodename></xref>, for level numbers of the sectioning units. For more on the <code>tocdepth</code> <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> @@ -17372,7 +19312,7 @@ book template</xrefnodename></ref>. <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command, as above. </para> -<para>To make the table of contents &latex; stores the information in an +<para>To make the table of contents, &latex; stores the information in an auxiliary file named <file><var>root-file</var>.toc</file> (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></pxref>). For example, this &latex; file <file>test.tex</file> </para> @@ -17386,76 +19326,160 @@ input</xrefnodename></pxref>). For example, this &latex; file <file>test.tex</f </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>writes the following line to <file>test.toc</file>. +<para>writes these lines to <file>test.toc</file>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}First section}{2} \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2} </pre></example> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The <code>section</code> or <code>subsection</code> is the sectioning unit. The -hook <code>\numberline</code> lets you to change how the information appears -in the table of contents. Of its two arguments, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code> -is the sectioning unit number and <code>First section</code> or <code>First -subsection</code> is the title. Finally, <code>2</code> is the page number on which -the sectioning units start. -</para> -<para>One consequence of this auxiliary file storage strategy is that to get the -contents page correct you must run &latex; twice, once to store the -information and once to get it. In particular, the first time that you -run &latex; on a new document, the table of contents page will be empty -except for its <samp>Contents</samp> header. Just run it again. +<para>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code> +(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or +<code>subsection</code>, is the sectioning unit. The second argument has two +components. The hook <code>\numberline</code> determines how the sectioning +number, <code>1</code> or <code>1.1</code>, appears in the table of contents +(<pxref label="_005cnumberline"><xrefnodename>\numberline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The remainder of the second argument of +<code>\contentsline</code>, <samp>First section</samp> or <samp>First subsection</samp>, +is the sectioning title text. Finally, the third argument, <samp>2</samp>, is +the page number on which this sectioning unit starts. +</para> +<para>To typeset these lines, the document class provides +<code>\l&arobase;<var>section-unit</var></code> commands such as +<code>\l&arobase;section{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code> and +<code>\l&arobase;subsection{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}</code>. These commands +often use the <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> command +(<pxref label="_005c_0040dottedtocline"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>A consequence of &latex;&textrsquo;s strategy of using auxiliary files is that to +get the correct information in the document you must run &latex; twice, +once to store the information and the second time to retrieve it. In +the ordinary course of writing a document authors run &latex; a number +of times, but you may notice that the first time that you compile a new +document, the table of contents page will be empty except for its +<samp>Contents</samp> header. Just run &latex; again. </para> <para>The commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a -list of figures and a list of tables. They work the same way as the -contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in -<file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file> files. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +list of figures and a list of tables. Their information is stored in +files with extension <file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file>. They work the same way +as <code>\tableofcontents</code> but the latter is more common, so we use it +for most examples. +</para> +<para>You can manually add material to the table of contents, the list of +figures, and the list of tables. For instance, add a line about a +section to the table of contents with +<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<var>text</var>}</code>. +(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). Add arbitrary material, that is, non-line +material, with <code>\addtocontents</code>, as with the command +<code>\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\vspace{2ex}}</code>, which adds +vertical space to the list of figures (<pxref label="_005caddtocontents"><xrefnodename>\addtocontents</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>Lines in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of +tables, have four parts. First is an indent. Next is a box into which +sectioning numbers are placed, and then the third box holds the title +text, such as <samp>First section</samp>. Finally there is a box up against +the right margin, inside of which &latex; puts the page number box. +For the indent and the width of the number box, +<pxref label="_005c_0040dottedtocline"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</xrefnodename></pxref>. The right margin box has width +<code>\&arobase;tocrmarg</code> and the page number is flush right in that space, +inside a box of width <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code>. By default +<code>\&arobase;tocrmarg</code> is <code>2.55em</code> and <code>\&arobase;pnumwidth</code> is +<code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with +<code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like -the first line here. +<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures +and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). The package <file>tocloft</file> is convenient for +adjusting some aspects of the default such as spacing. And, +<file>tocbibbind</file> will automatically add the bibliography, index, +etc. to the table of contents. +</para> +<para>To change the header for the table of contents page, do something like +these commands before you call <code>\tableofcontents</code>, etc. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of contents} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents} \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Plots} -\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tables} +\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Specifications} </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>Similarly, the other two lines will do the other two. -Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file> -will change the headers depending on the chosen base language. +<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures -and tables. One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the -default, such as spacing, is <file>tocloft</file>. And, <file>tocbibbind</file> -will automatically add the bibliography, index, etc. to the table of -contents. +<para>Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file> +will change these headers depending on the chosen base language. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add an entry to table of contents, etc. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;dottedtocline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Format entry line in table of contents, etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add an entry to table of contents, etc. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add text directly to table of contents file, etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\contentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set line in table of contents, etc. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\nofiles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Prevent writing to auxiliary files. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\numberline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Put its number argument flush left in a box. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\&arobase;dottedtocline{<var>section-level-num</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>numwidth</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Used internally by &latex; to format an entry line in the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables. Authors do not directly +enter <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands. +</para> +<para>This command is typically used by <code>\l&arobase;section</code>, <code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>, +etc., to format the content lines. For example, the <file>article.cls</file> +file contains these definitions: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*\l&arobase;section{\&arobase;dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsection{\&arobase;dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}} +\newcommand*\l&arobase;subsubsection{\&arobase;dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>In this example, <code>\&arobase;dottedcline</code> appears to have been given only +three arguments. But tracing the internal code shows that it picks up +the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis +from a call to <code>\contentsline</code>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin +box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that +is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command +<code>\&arobase;dotsep</code>. By default it is 4.5 (it is in math units, which +are <code>1/18</code> em. Change it using <code>\renewcommand</code>, as +in <code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;dotsep}{3.5}</code>. +</para> +<para>In the default book class, &latex; does not use dotted leaders for +the Part and Chapter table entries, and in the default article class +it does not use dotted leaders for Section entries. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17463,10 +19487,8 @@ contents. <pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> -<para>Add an entry to the file specified by <var>ext</var>. Usually <var>ext</var> is -one of <code>toc</code> for the table of contents, <code>lof</code> for the list of -figures, or <code>lot</code> for the list of tables. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>. </para> <para>The following will result in an <samp>Appendices</samp> line in the table of contents. @@ -17484,16 +19506,16 @@ where it appears in the input file. <file><var>root-name</var>.<var>ext</var></file>. It writes that information as the text of the command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where -<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>. The -most common case is the table of contents and there <var>num</var> is the -page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>. +<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code> +(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The most common case is the table of contents +and there <var>num</var> is the page number of the first page of <var>unit</var>. </para> <para>This command is invoked by the sectioning commands <code>\chapter</code>, etc., and also by <code>\caption</code> inside a float environment. But it is -also used by authors. For example, in a book to have the preface -unnumbered, you may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. But that does not -put in table of contents information, so you can enter it manually, as -here. +also used by authors. For example, an author writing a book whose style +is to have an unnumbered preface may use the starred <code>\chapter*</code>. +But that command leaves out table of contents information, which can be +entered manually, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter*{Preface} @@ -17502,11 +19524,9 @@ here. <noindent></noindent> <para>In the <file>.toc</file> file &latex; will put the line <code>\contentsline -{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note the page number -<samp>3</samp>. +{chapter}{\numberline {}Preface}{3}</code>; note that the page number +<samp>3</samp> is automatically generated by the system, not entered manually. </para> -<!-- c xx how hardwired are these values? other unit names? --> - <para>All of the arguments for <code>\addcontentsline</code> are required. </para> <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> @@ -17554,10 +19574,10 @@ will not make sense. </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17567,7 +19587,7 @@ will not make sense. <para>Add <var>text</var>, which may be text or formatting commands, directly to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>. This is most commonly used -for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but this also +for the table of contents so that is the discussion here, but it also applies to the list of figures and list of tables. </para> <para>This will put some vertical space in the table of contents after the @@ -17578,6 +19598,30 @@ applies to the list of figures and list of tables. \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace*{3ex}} </pre></example> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>This puts the word <samp>Page</samp>, in boldface, above the column of page +numbers and after the header. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\tableofcontents +\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par} +\chapter{...} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>This adds a line announcing work by a new author. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtocontents{toc}{% + \protect\vspace{2ex} + \textbf{Chapters by N. Other Author}\par} +</pre></example> + +<para>The difference between <code>\addtocontents</code> and <code>\addcontentsline</code> +is that the latter is strictly for lines, such as with a line giving the +page number for the start of a new subset of the chapters. As the above +examples show, <code>\addtocontents</code> is for material such as spacing. +</para> <para>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command has two arguments. Both are required. </para> @@ -17606,10 +19650,72 @@ move <code>\addtocontents</code> into the file being included. </para> </subsection> -<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">table of contents</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Used internally by &latex; to typeset an entry of the table of +contents, list of figures, or list of tables (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of contents +etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>). Authors do not directly enter <code>\contentsline</code> commands. +</para> +<para>Usually adding material to these lists is done automatically by the +commands <code>\chapter</code>, <code>\section</code>, etc. for the table of +contents, or by the <code>\caption</code> command inside of a <code>\figure</code> +or <code>\table</code> environment (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>). Thus, +where the base file is <file>thesis.tex</file>, and contains the declaration +<code>\tableofcontents</code>, the command <code>\chapter{Chapter One}</code> +produces something like this in the file <file>thesis.toc</file>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}Chapter One}{3} +</pre></example> + +<para>If the file contains the declaration <code>\listoffigures</code> then a figure +environment involving <code>\caption{Test}</code> will produce +something like this in <file>thesis.lof</file>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1.1}{\ignorespaces Test}}{6} +</pre></example> + +<para>To manually add material, use +<code>\addcontentsline{<var>filetype</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code>, +where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code> +(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see +the <file>tocloft</file> package. +</para> +<para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of +<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more +arguments, to make hyperlinks. This is the source of the error +<code>Argument of \contentsline has an extra }</code>. Fix this error by +deleting the <file>.toc</file> or <file>.lof</file> or <file>.lot</file> file, and running +&latex; again. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17641,15 +19747,54 @@ the old information. </para> </subsection> +<node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\numberline{<var>number</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Typeset its argument flush left in a box. This is used in a +<code>\contentsline</code> command to typeset the section number +(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<para>For example, this line in a <file>.toc</file> file causes the <code>1</code> to be +typeset flush left. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}Motivation}{2} +</pre></example> + +<para>By default, &latex; typesets the section numbers in a box of length +<code>\&arobase;tempdima</code>. That length is set by the commands +<code>\l&arobase;section</code>, <code>\l&arobase;subsection</code>, etc. Put section numbers +inside a natural-width box with +<code>\renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{#1~}</code>. +</para> +<para>This command is fragile, so you may need to precede it with +<code>\protect</code> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). An example is the use of +<code>\protect</code> in the command +<code>\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Summary}</code> +to get the <code>\numberline</code> into this command in the <file>.toc</file> file: +<code>\contentsline {section}{\numberline {}Summary}{6}</code> (the +page number <samp>6</samp> is automatically added by &latex;; +<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> + +</subsection> </section> <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">indexes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">indexes</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>This document has an index. </para> @@ -17681,18 +19826,21 @@ These output a file <file><var>root-name</var>.ind</file>. Finally, you bring t information back into your document and typeset it with the <code>\printindex</code> command (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> -<para>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands. The -<code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the -margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing -the index. The <code>multind</code> package supports multiple indexes. See -also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, -<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</urefurl></url>. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex> +<para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code> +package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the +page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. +The <code>multind</code> package, among others, supports multiple indexes. +See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, +<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-multind</urefurl></url>, and the CTAN topic, +<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/topic/index-multi</urefurl></url>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declare an index entry. @@ -17704,8 +19852,8 @@ also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">index entry</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">index entry</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -17747,7 +19895,7 @@ document as above will give an index entry like <samp>Ackermann, 22, instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">index, page range</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">index, page range</indexterm></cindex> <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -17768,14 +19916,14 @@ the output is the item <samp>Jones</samp> with no comma or page number, followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results, 51</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>See</samp> by using a vertical bar @@ -17833,8 +19981,8 @@ would naturally give it. entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>. (The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.) </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that provided by <file>makeidx</file>. One is <file>index</file>, which allows for @@ -17842,8 +19990,8 @@ multiple indices and contains a command <code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">idx file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">idx file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file. Specifically, it writes text of the command @@ -17865,11 +20013,11 @@ message like this. <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">index, processing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">index, processing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -17885,9 +20033,9 @@ raw index files, <file><var>filename</var>.idx</file> files, and produces the actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex> <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows you to format the index by using an <dfn>index style file</dfn>, a <file>.isty</file> file. The third form is the most general; see the full @@ -17925,25 +20073,25 @@ comment. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-preamble">makeindex preamble</anchor> -</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output file. Defines the context in which the index is formatted. Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for entries starting with <samp>a</samp>, etc. This specifier gives what is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</code> -(<code>\indexspace</code> is a rubber length with default value <code>10pt -plus5pt minus3pt</code>). +(<code>\indexspace</code> is a command inserting a rubber length, by default +<code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>). </para> <anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new @@ -17953,93 +20101,93 @@ then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase. The default is 0. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code> </para> <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between two level 0 items. Default: <code>"\n \\item "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put between two level 1 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>put between two level 2 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the case that the level 0 item doesn&textrsquo;t have any page numbers (as in <code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the level 1 item doesn&textrsquo;t have page numbers. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range. Default: <code>"--"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry&textrsquo;s line in the output, beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default: <code>"\t\t"</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default <code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the default here is <code>16</code>. </para> <anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the order in which @@ -18051,22 +20199,26 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>. Default: </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">xindy</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job -<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does -internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up -using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is highly -configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order -of the text, as described in its documentation. +<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command> +(https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy), which does internationalization and can +process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of +other languages. It is written in Lisp, highly configurable, both in +markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as +described in its documentation. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>, +written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>). </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">index, printing</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">index, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18074,13 +20226,13 @@ of the text, as described in its documentation. <pre xml:space="preserve">\printindex </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex> <para>Place the index into the output. </para> <para>To get an index you must first include <code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and compile the document, then run the system command <command>makeindex</command>, -and then compile the document again. <xref label="Indexes"><xrefnodename>Indexes</xrefnodename></xref> for further +and then compile the document again. <xref label="Indexes"><xrefnodename>Indexes</xrefnodename></xref>, for further discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>. </para> @@ -18089,11 +20241,11 @@ discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>. <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">glossary</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">glossary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18137,9 +20289,9 @@ of a Turing machine</samp>. In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed <samp>Turing machine</samp> and the rest of the item says in normal type <samp>A model of a machine &dots; Computer Science</samp>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Put the <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear @@ -18159,8 +20311,8 @@ CTAN. <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -18188,7 +20340,7 @@ CTAN. the document. The settings associated with the label are pairs: <code><var>key</var>=<var>value</var></code>. </para> -<para>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers <U>211D</U> in the +<para>This puts the blackboard bold symbol for the real numbers <U>211D</U>, in the glossary. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -18206,22 +20358,22 @@ paragraph. here are a few. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary. If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command form given in the synopsis. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using <code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -18231,8 +20383,8 @@ form given in the synopsis. <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -18270,11 +20422,11 @@ which also takes the plural. </subsection> </section> </chapter> -<node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18324,7 +20476,7 @@ such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for @@ -18378,7 +20530,7 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you. <node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18411,8 +20563,8 @@ is formatted as a personal letter. <node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18436,9 +20588,9 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in: <node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18458,8 +20610,8 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature. For example: <node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18482,7 +20634,7 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. <node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18498,7 +20650,7 @@ appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>. <node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18555,8 +20707,8 @@ columns having two labels each. <para>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column contains the address for each recipient. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines @@ -18568,7 +20720,7 @@ are all that you need to print envelopes. <node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18584,8 +20736,8 @@ with the return address. <node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18604,8 +20756,8 @@ with the return address. </section> <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18632,7 +20784,7 @@ with the return address. ... } </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex> <para>The sender&textrsquo;s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is usual. @@ -18669,29 +20821,11 @@ the document. To have it apply to one letter only, put it inside a (<pxref label="Graphics"><xrefnodename>Graphics</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<!-- c I think this is not a user-level command; it is used to keep from breaking --> -<!-- c the page between the closing and the signature --> -<!-- c @node \stopbreaks and \startbreaks --> -<!-- c @section @code{\stopbreaks} and @code{\startbreaks} --> - -<!-- c @findex \startbreak --> -<!-- c @findex \stopbreaks --> - -<!-- c @example --> -<!-- c @code{\stopbreaks} --> -<!-- c text --> -<!-- c @code{\startbreaks} --> -<!-- c @end example --> - -<!-- c The @code{\stopbreaks} inhibits page breaking. The @code{\startbreaks} resumes --> -<!-- c normal page breaking. --> -<!-- c --> -<!-- c --> </section> <node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18707,22 +20841,167 @@ page. </section> </chapter> -<node name="Terminal-input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Terminal input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> -<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Terminal input/output</sectiontitle> +<node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in +to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You +can also read a file that other programs written, or write a file for +others to read. You can communicate with users through the terminal. +And, you can issue instructions for the operating system. +</para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\openin & \openout</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Open a file. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\read</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from a file. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typeout</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Write text to the terminal. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Write text to a file or terminal. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout" spaces=" "><nodename>\openin & \openout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\read</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\openin</code> & <code>\openout</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">file, opening</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">file, closing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">open a file</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var> +</pre></example> + +<para>or: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var> +</pre></example> + +<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var> +must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in Lua&latex; +<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255). +</para> +<para>Here &tex; opens the file <file>presidents.tex</file> for reading. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newread\presidentsfile +\openin\presidentsfile=presidents +\typeout{presidentsfile is \the\presidentsfile} +\read\presidentsfile to\presidentline +\typeout{\presidentline} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The <code>\newread</code> command allocates input stream numbers from 0 +to 15 (there is also a <code>\newwrite</code>). The +<code>\presidentsfile</code> is more memorable but under the hood it is still +a number; the first <code>\typeout</code> gives something like +<samp>presidentsfile is 1</samp>. In addition, <code>\newread</code> keeps track of +the allocation so that if you use too many then you get an error like +<samp>! No room for a new \read</samp>. The second <code>\typeout</code> gives the +first line of the file, something like <samp>1 Washington, George</samp>. +</para> +<para>Ordinarily &tex; will not try to open the file until the next page +shipout. To change this, use +<code>\immediate\openin <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code> or +<code>\immediate\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var></code>. +</para> +<para>Close files with <code>\closein <var>number</var></code> and +<code>\closeout <var>number</var></code>. +</para> +<para>How &latex; handles filenames varies among distributions, and even can +vary among versions of a distribution. If the file does not have an +extension then &tex; will add a <file>.tex</file>. This creates +<file>presidents.tex</file>, writes one line to it, and closes it. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\presidentsfile +\openout\presidentsfile=presidents +\write\presidentsfile{1 Washington, George} +\closeout\presidentsfile +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>But filenames with a period can cause trouble: if &tex; finds a +<var>filename</var> of <file>presidents.dat</file> it could look first for +<file>presidents.dat.tex</file> and later for <file>presidents.dat</file>, or it +could do the opposite. Your distribution&textrsquo;s documentation should say +more, and if you find something that works for you then you are good, +but to ensure complete portability the best thing is to use file names +containing only the twenty six ASCII letters (not case-sensitive) and +the ten digits, along with underscore and dash, and in particular with +no dot or space. +</para> +<para>For <code>\openin</code>, if &tex; cannot find the file then it does not give +an error. It just considers that the stream is not open (test for this +with <code>\ifeof</code>; one recourse is the command +<code>\InputIfFileExists</code>, <pxref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you +try to use the same number twice, &latex; won&textrsquo;t give you an error. If +you try to use a bad number then you get an error message like <samp>! +Bad number (16). <to be read again> = l.30 \openin16=test.jh</samp>. +</para> + +</section> +<node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin & \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">file, reading</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078">read a file</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\read <var>number</var> to<var>macro</var> +</pre></example> + +<para>Make the command <var>macro</var> contain the next line of input from text +stream <var>number</var>, as in <code>\read5 to\data</code>. +</para> +<para>This opens the file <file>email.tex</file> for reading, puts the contents of +the first line into the command <code>\email</code>, and then closes the file. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newread\recipientfile +\openin\recipientfile=email +\read\recipientfile to\email +\typeout{Email address: \email} +\closein\recipientfile +</pre></example> + +<para>If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or if no file +of that number is open, or if the file has ended, then <code>\read</code> +will take input from the terminal (or exit if interaction is not +allowed, e.g., <code>\nonstopmode</code>; <pxref label="interaction-modes"><xrefnodename>interaction modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). +(However, the natural way in &latex; to take input from the terminal +is <code>\typein</code> (<pxref label="_005ctypein"><xrefnodename>\typein</xrefnodename></pxref>.) +</para> +<para>To read an entire file as additional &latex; source, use +<code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include & +\includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081">mail merges</indexterm></cindex> +<para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges. +CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <file>datatool</file>. +</para> + +</section> +<node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -18758,9 +21037,9 @@ the input you typed to be processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command. </para> <para>In the second command version the optional argument <code><var>cmd</var></code> -argument must be a command name &textmdash; it must begin with a backslash, \. -This command name is then defined or redefined to be the input that you -typed. For example, this +argument must be a command name, that is, it must begin with a +backslash, \. This command name is then defined or redefined to be +the input that you typed. For example, this </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\typein[\student]{Enter student name:} @@ -18782,10 +21061,10 @@ Recommendation for John Dee. </para> </section> -<node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -18827,11 +21106,415 @@ character with <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>. </para> </section> +<node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\write <var>number</var>{<var>string</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Write <var>string</var> to the log file, to the terminal, or to a file +opened by <code>\openout</code>. For instance, <code>\write6</code> writes to text +stream number 6. +</para> +<para>If the following appears in <file><var>basefile</var>.tex</file> then it opens +<file><var>basefile</var>.jh</file>, writes <samp>Hello World!</samp> and a newline to +it, and closes that file. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\myfile +\immediate\openout\myfile=\jobname.jh % \jobname is root file basename +... +\immediate\write\myfile{Hello world!} +... +\immediate\closeout\myfile +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic +name to make life easier, so that <code>stream +\newwrite\myfile\the\myfile</code> produces something like <samp>stream 3</samp>. +Then <code>\openout</code> associates the stream number with the given file +name. &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string +in the file. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically +&latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated +by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or +if it is not associated with an open file then &latex; writes +<var>string</var> to the log file. If <var>number</var> is positive then in +addition &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the terminal. +</para> +<para>Thus, <code>test \write-1{Hello World!}</code> puts <samp>Hello World!</samp> +followed by a newline in the log file. (This is what the <code>\wlog</code> +command does; <pxref label="_005cwlog"><xrefnodename>\wlog</xrefnodename></pxref>). And <code>\write100{Hello World!}</code> +puts the same in the log file but also puts <samp>Hello World!</samp> +followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are +special as <var>number</var>; see below.) +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex> +<para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256 +(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex> +<para>Use <code>\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current +<file>.aux</file> file, which is associated with either the root file or +with the current include file; and use +<code>\write\&arobase;mainaux{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the main +<file>.aux</file>. These symbolic names are defined by &latex;. +</para> +<!-- c credit: David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115933/121234 --> +<para>By default &latex; does not write <var>string</var> to the file right +away. This is because, for example, you may need <code>\write</code> to +save the current page number, but when &tex; comes across a +<code>\write</code> it typically does not know what the page number is, +since it has not yet done the page breaking. So, you use <code>\write</code> +in one of three contexts: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\immediate\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>} %1 +\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>} %2 +\protected&arobase;write\&arobase;auxout{}{<var>string</var>} %3 +</pre></example> + +<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" "> +<listitem> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex> +<para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately. +Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in +<code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>, +<code>toks</code>, etc., except that you should use <code>#</code> instead of +<code>##</code>). +</para> +</listitem><listitem> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things +(as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out +and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At +<code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded. +</para> +</listitem><listitem> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex> +<para>The third, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, is like the second except that +you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first +argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more +macros protected or to have some other special definition for the +write. +</para></listitem></enumerate> + +<para>As a simple example of expansion with <code>\write</code>, <var>string</var> here +contains a control sequence <code>\triplex</code> which we&textrsquo;ve defined to be +the text <samp>XYZ</samp>: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=test.jh +\newcommand{\triplex}{XYZ} +\write\jhfile{test \triplex test} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text +<samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of +<code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 +to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <code>\write16</code> and +<code>\write17</code> were sometimes used to write to the log file and the +terminal; however, in &latex;, the natural way to do that is with +<code>\typeout</code> (<pxref label="_005ctypeout"><xrefnodename>\typeout</xrefnodename></pxref>). The <code>\write18</code> command is +even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to +the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a +newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log +file: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.} +</pre></example> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for +answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write +out verbatim, without expanding the macros. CTAN has a number of +packages for this; one is <file>answers</file>. +</para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write and security</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Security. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\message</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Write text to the log file and terminal. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\wlog</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Write text to the log file. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\write18</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Run an operating system command. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a +downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you +would be justifiably troubled. +</para> +<para>Thus, by default &tex; systems only allow you to open files for +writing that are in the current directory or output directory, if +specified (<pxref label="output-directory"><xrefnodename>output directory</xrefnodename></pxref>), or in a subdirectory of +those. So, this code +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newwrite\jhfile +\openout\jhfile=../test.jh +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>gives an error like: +</para><example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">Not writing to ../test.jh (openout_any = p). +! I can't write on file `../test.jh' +</pre></example> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex> +<para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as +<code>\include{../filename}</code> because &latex; will try to open +<file>../filename.aux</file>. The simplest solution is to put the included +files in the same directory as the root file, or in subdirectories. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write and security</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\message{<var>string</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Write <var>string</var> to the log file and the terminal. +</para> +<para>Typically, &latex; authors use <code>\typeout</code> (<pxref label="_005ctypeout"><xrefnodename>\typeout</xrefnodename></pxref>). It +allows you to use <code>\protect</code> on any fragile commands in +<var>string</var> (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). But <code>\typeout</code> always inserts a +newline at the end of <var>string</var> while <code>\message</code> does not, so +the latter can be useful. +</para> +<para>With this example document body. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">before\message{One Two}\message{Three}\message{Four^^JI} +\message{declare a thumb war.}After +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>under some circumstances (see below) &latex; writes the following to +both the terminal and the log file. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">One Two Three Four +I declare a thumb war. +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>The <code>^^J</code> produces a newline. Also, in the output document, +between <samp>before</samp> and <samp>After</samp> will be a single space (from +the end of line following <samp>I}</samp>). +</para> +<para>While <code>\message</code> allows you more control over formatting, a +gotcha is that &latex; may mess up that formatting because it inserts +line breaks depending on what it has already written. Contrast this +document body, where the <samp>Two</samp> has moved, to the one given above. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">before\message{One}\message{Two Three}\message{Four^^JI} +\message{declare a thumb war.}After +</pre></example> + +<para>This can happen: when &latex; is outputting the messages to the +terminal, now the message with <samp>One</samp> is shorter and it fits at the +end of the output terminal line, and so &latex; breaks the line between +it and the <samp>Two Three</samp>. That line break appears also in the log +file. This line break insertion can depend on, for instance, the length +of the full path names of included files. So producing finely-formatted +lines in a way that is portable is hard, likely requiring +starting your message at the beginning of a line. +</para> + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{<var>string</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Write <var>string</var> to the log file. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Did you hear about the mathematician who hates negatives?} +\wlog{He'll stop at nothing to avoid them.} +</pre></example> + +<para>Ordinarily <var>string</var> appears in a single separate line. Use +<code>^^J</code> to insert a newline. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Helvetica and Times Roman walk into a bar.} +\wlog{The barman says,^^JWe don't serve your type.} +</pre></example> + + +</subsection> +<node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">external commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">shell access</indexterm></cindex> +<!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 --> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\write18{<var>shell_command</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>Issue a command to the operating system shell. The operating system +runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that +finishes. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>This sequence (on Unix) +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{graphicx} % in preamble + ... +\newcommand{\fignum}{1} +\immediate\write18{cd pix && asy figure\fignum} +\includegraphics{pix\figure\fignum.pdf} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>will run Asymptote (the <code>asy</code> program) on <file>pix/figure1.asy</file>, +so that the document can later read in the resulting graphic +(<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>). Like any <code>\write</code>, here &latex; +expands macros in <var>shell_command</var> so that <code>\fignum</code> is +replaced by <samp>1</samp>. +</para> +<para>Another example is that you can automatically run Bib&tex; at the start +of each &latex; run (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></pxref>) by including +<code>\immediate\write18{bibtex8 \jobname}</code> as the first line of the +file. Note that <code>\jobname</code> expands to the basename of the root +file unless the <code>--jobname</code> option is passed on the command line, +in which case this is the option argument. +</para> +<para>You sometimes need to do a multi-step process to get the information +that you want. This will insert into the input a list of all PDF files +in the current directory (but see <file>texosquery</file> below): +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\immediate\write18{ls *.pdf > tmp.dat} +\input{tmp.dat} +</pre></example> + +<para>The standard behavior of any <code>\write</code> is to wait until a page is +being shipped out before expanding the macros or writing to the stream +(<pxref label="_005cwrite"><xrefnodename>\write</xrefnodename></pxref>). But sometimes you want it done now. For this, use +<code>\immediate\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code>. +</para> +<para>There are obvious security issues with allowing system commands inside +a &latex; file. If you download a file off the net and it contains +commands to delete all your files then you would be unhappy. The +standard settings in modern distributions turn off full shell +access. You can turn it on, if you are sure the shell commands are +safe, by compiling with <code>latex --enable-write18 <var>filename</var></code> +(<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is +a synonym, in &tex; Live.) +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex> +<para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use +a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those +that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use +the <code>enable-write18</code> option. By default this list of allowed +commands is short and features only commands that are under the +control of the distribution maintainers (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line +options</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <file>/bin/sh</file> on +Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter +<file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and +the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">system information</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">operating system information</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex> +<para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system +name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the +<file>texosquery</file> package, which provides a convenient and secure +interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw +<code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex> +<para>&latex; provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive +<code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command +<code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all &tex; engines; +Lua&tex; intentionally did not retain <code>\write18</code> as a way to +invoke a shell command, so some engine-specific code is needed. The +<code>shellesc</code> package also provides a command +<code>\DelayedShellEscape</code>, executed at <code>\output</code> time, for the +same reason. +</para> + +</subsection> +</section> </chapter> -<node name="Command-line" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> -<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line</sectiontitle> +<node name="Command-line-interface" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line interface</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">command line</indexterm></cindex> +<anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name --> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">command line interface</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">CLI</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line): </para> @@ -18839,9 +21522,10 @@ character with <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>. <pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex <var>options</var> <var>argument</var> </pre></example> -<para>Run &latex; on <var>argument</var>. In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you can -also use <command>xelatex</command>, or <code>lualatex</code>, or <code>dviluatex</code>, or -<code>latex</code>. +<para>Run &latex; on <var>argument</var>. In place of <command>pdflatex</command> you +can also use (for PDF output) <command>xelatex</command> or <code>lualatex</code>, or +(for DVI output) <code>latex</code> or <code>dvilualatex</code>, among others +(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>For example, this will run &latex; on the file <file>thesis.tex</file>, creating the output <file>thesis.pdf</file>. @@ -18851,20 +21535,21 @@ creating the output <file>thesis.pdf</file>. </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex> -Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file extension. -</para> -<para>pdf&tex; is a development of the original &tex; program, as are -Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). They are completely -backward compatible. But the original program had a custom output -format, DVI, while the newer ones can output directly to PDF. This -allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF such as -hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and PNG, and -ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run <command>pdflatex</command> or -<command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> then you will by default get PDF -and have access to all its modern features. If you run <command>latex</command>, -or <code>dvilualatex</code>, then you will get DVI. The description here -assumes pdf&latex;. +<para><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex> +Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension. +</para> +<para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are +Xe&tex; and Lua&tex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first two are +completely backward compatible and the latter, almost so. Perhaps the +most fundamental new feature for all three is that the original &tex; +output its own DVI format, while the newer ones can output directly to +PDF. This allows them to take advantage of the extra features in PDF +such as hyperlinks, support for modern image formats such as JPG and +PNG, and ubiquitous viewing programs. In short, if you run +<command>pdflatex</command> or <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> then you +will by default get PDF and have access to all its modern features. +If you run <command>latex</command>, or <code>dvilualatex</code>, then you will get +DVI. The description here assumes pdf&latex;. </para> <para><xref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></xref>, for a selection of the most useful command line options. As to <var>argument</var>, the usual case is that it @@ -18876,56 +21561,65 @@ input</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>If you gave no arguments or options then <command>pdflatex</command> prompts for input from the terminal. You can escape from this by entering -<code><control>-D</code>. +<kbd>CTRL-D</kbd>. </para> <para>If &latex; finds an error in your document then by default it stops and -asks you about it. <xref label="Recovering-from-errors"><xrefnodename>Recovering from errors</xrefnodename></xref> for an outline of what +asks you about it. <xref label="Recovering-from-errors"><xrefnodename>Recovering from errors</xrefnodename></xref>, for an outline of what to do. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Command line options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Command line input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Write text to the terminal. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Command line options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Commonly used command line options. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Command line input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Specify LaTeX code on the command line. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Jobname</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">How &tex; sets the current job name. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Recovering from errors</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">When something goes wrong. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node> +<node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">options, command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">options, command line</indexterm></cindex> <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the command line. </para> <para>With many implementations you can specify command line options by -prefixing them with <samp>-</samp> or <samp>--</samp>. This is the case for -both &tex; Live (and Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;. We will use both -conventions interchangeably. +prefixing them with <samp>-</samp> or <samp>--</samp>. This is the case for both +&tex; Live (including Mac&tex;) and MiK&tex;. We will use both +conventions interchangeably. If an option takes a value, it can be +specified either as a separate argument (<samp>--foo val</samp>), or as one +argument with an <samp>=</samp> sign (<samp>--foo=val</samp>), but there can be no +spaces around the <samp>=</samp>. We will generally use the <samp>=</samp> syntax. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Show the current version, like <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX Live 2015/Debian)</samp> along with a small amount of additional information, and exit. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">batchmode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes: <code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>, -<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstop mode</dfn> (the default), &tex; -stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <dfn>batch -mode</dfn> it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the -user hit <code><return></code> at every error, and missing files cause the -job to abort. In <dfn>nonstop mode</dfn>, diagnostic message appear on the -terminal but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In -<dfn>scroll mode</dfn>, &tex; only stops for missing files or keyboard -input. +<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex; +stops at each error and asks for user intervention. In <dfn>batchmode</dfn> +it prints nothing on the terminal, errors are scrolled as if the user +hit <kbd>RETURN</kbd> at every error, and missing files cause the job to +abort. In <dfn>nonstopmode</dfn>, diagnostic message appear on the terminal +but as in batch mode there is no user interaction. In +<dfn>scrollmode</dfn>, &tex; stops for missing files or keyboard +input, but nothing else. </para> <para>For instance, starting &latex; with this command line </para> @@ -18936,61 +21630,62 @@ input. <noindent></noindent> <para>eliminates most terminal output. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">jobname</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>jobname</code> to the string. The log file +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string. The log file and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and -<file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. -</para> -<para>When you run <code><command>pdflatex</command> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, if -<var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it -the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first -<code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job -name. This is used to name the log file the output file. The -<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the -name. <xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use. +<file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist. -</para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></itemx> +This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such +as the <file>.log</file> file for the run, the <file>.aux</file>, <file>.toc</file>, +etc., files created by &latex;, as well as the main <file>.pdf</file> or +<file>.dvi</file> output file itself. +</para> +<para>When specified, the output directory <var>directory</var> is also +automatically checked first for any file that it is input, so that the +external files can be read back in, if desired. The true current +directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also +checked for input files. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">shell escape</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell command</var>}</code>. The first two -options are for with &tex; Live or Mac&tex; while the second two are -for MiK&tex;. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> - -<para>Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a -&latex; file. For instance the package <file>sagetex</file> allows you to -have the mathematics software system <i>Sage</i> do calculations or draw -graphs and then incorporate that output in your document. For this -&tex; provides the <code>\write18</code> command. -</para> -<para>But with this functionality enabled, security issues could happen if you -compiled a &latex; file from the Internet. By default <code>\write18</code> -is disabled. (More precisely, by default &tex; Live, Mac&tex;, and -MiK&tex; only allow the execution of a limited number of &tex;-related -programs, which they distribute.) -</para> -<para>If you invoke &latex; with the option <code>no-shell-escape</code>, and in -your document you call <code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an -error but the log file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>. -</para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell_command</var>}</code> +(<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first two options are supported by both +&tex; Live and MiK&tex;, while the second two are synonyms supported +by &tex; Live. +</para> +<para>Enabling this functionality has major security implications, since it +allows a &latex; file to run any command whatsoever. Thus, by +default, unrestricted <code>\write18</code> is not allowed. (The default +for &tex; Live, Mac&tex;, and MiK&tex; is to allow the execution of +a limited number of &tex;-related programs, which they distribute.) +</para> +<para>For example, if you invoke &latex; with the option +<code>no-shell-escape</code>, and in your document you call +<code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log +file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Stop processing at the first error. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style @@ -18999,22 +21694,26 @@ error messages. These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;. </section> -<node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node> +<node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex> -<para>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var> -<var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting -<var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special -effects. +<para>As part of the command line invocation </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>latex-engine</var> <var>options</var> <var>argument</var> +</pre></example> -<para>For example, this file (which uses the <file>hyperref</file> package for -hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a -PDF. +<noindent></noindent><para>you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting +<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This +allows you to do some special effects. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>For example, this file (which uses the +<file>hyperref</file> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of +output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\ifdefined\paperversion % in preamble @@ -19031,10 +21730,17 @@ PDF. <noindent></noindent> <para>Compiling this document <file>book.tex</file> with the command line <code>pdflatex book</code> will give the <samp>CTAN</samp> link in blue. But -compiling it with <code>pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"</code> -has the link in black. (Note the use of double quotes to prevent -interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may -do this differently.) +compiling it with +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex" +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent><para>has the link in black. We use double quotes to prevent +interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell. (This +usually works on both Unix and Windows systems, but there are many +peculiarities to shell quoting, so read your system documentation if +need be.) </para> <para>In a similar way, from the single file <file>main.tex</file> you can compile two different versions. @@ -19047,25 +21753,117 @@ pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main <noindent></noindent> <para>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be -called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first. +called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first. (See +the next section.) +</para> +<para>In this example, we pass the <code>draft</code> option to the +<file>graphicx</file> package: </para> -<para>A final example. This loads the package <file>graphicx</file> with the option -<code>draft</code> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>so the graphic files are read for their bounding box size information +but replaced in the PDF by a box with same size and that contains only +the file name, which speeds up compilation time and saves printer ink. +</para> + +</section> +<node name="Jobname" spaces=" "><nodename>Jobname</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">jobname</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">document root name</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">name of document root</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or +DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the +so-called <dfn>jobname</dfn>. The most common case is also the simplest, +where for instance the command <code>pdflatex thesis</code> creates +<code>thesis.pdf</code> and also <code>thesis.log</code> and <code>thesis.aux</code>. +Here the job name is <code>thesis</code>. +</para> +<para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var> +<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is +<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc.&noeos; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). +If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case +above with <code>thesis</code>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of +the file to input as the main document. The name of that root file, +without the <file>.tex</file> extension, is the jobname. If <var>argument</var> +does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then +it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the +argument to <code>\input</code>. +</para> +<para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly +specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex +-jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example). +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback +default if no other name is available to &tex;. For example, if no +<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before +there is any output, then the log file will be named +<file>texput.log</file>. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately) +2020 or later, the jobname is also <file>texput</file> if the first +<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either +<code>\documentclass</code> or <code>\RequirePackage</code>. So this will produce +a file named <file>texput.pdf</file>: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\documentclass{minimal}\begin{document}Hello!\end{document}" +</pre></example> + +<para>However, this special case only applies to those two commands. Thus, with </para> <!-- c credit Herbert Voss: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/17236/121234 --> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}" +<pre xml:space="preserve">pdflatex "\documentclass{article}\usepackage{lipsum}\input{thesis}" </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not -incorporated into the PDF. (The <code>jobname</code> option is there because -otherwise the output file would be <file>graphicx.pdf</file>, as -<code>\RequirePackage</code> does an <code>\input</code> of its own.) +<para>the output file is <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls +<code>\input</code>. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex> +<para>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname. +(When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string +returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.) +In the expansion of that macro, all characters are of +catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10, +including letters that are normally catcode 11. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional +can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro +<code>\IfBeginWith</code> from the <file>xstring</file> package in its star +variant, which is insensitive to catcode. For example, in the +following text the footnote &textldquo;Including Respublica Bananensis +Francorum.&textrdquo;&noeos; is only present if the task name starts with +<file>my-doc</file>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">If a democracy is just a regime where citizens vote then +all banana republics \IfBeginWith*{\jobname}{my-doc}% +{\footnote{Including Respublica Bananensis Francorum.}}{} are +democracies. +</pre></example> + +<para>Manipulating the value of <code>\jobname</code> inside of a document does not +change the name of the output file or the log file. </para> </section> -<node name="Recovering-from-errors" spaces=" "><nodename>Recovering from errors</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node> +<node name="Recovering-from-errors" spaces=" "><nodename>Recovering from errors</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Jobname</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Recovering from errors</sectiontitle> <para>If &latex; finds an error in your document then it gives you an error @@ -19088,19 +21886,20 @@ l.5 The \PN </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The simplest thing is to enter <samp>x</samp> and <code><return></code> and fix the -typo. You could instead enter <samp>?</samp> and <code><return></code> to see other +<para>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd>x</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> and fix the +typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other options. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex> <para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case &latex; gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt. You can get back to the command -line by typing <code>\stop</code> and <code><return></code>. +line by typing <kbd>\stop</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd>; this command does its +best to exit &latex; immediately, whatever state it may be in. </para> -<para>The last scenario is that you mistyped the file name. For instance, +<para>The last scenario is that you mistyped the filename. For instance, instead of <code>pdflatex test</code> you might type <code>pdflatex tste</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -19112,36 +21911,38 @@ Please type another input file name: </pre></example> <noindent></noindent> -<para>The simplest thing is to enter <code><Control></code> and <samp>d</samp> (holding -them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. +<para>The simplest thing is to enter <kbd>CTRL d</kbd> (holding the Control and d +keys down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line. </para> </section> </chapter> -<node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">document templates</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">document templates</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will +<para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at -<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</urefurl></url>. +<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</urefurl></url>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">beamer template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">article template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">book template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">Larger book template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::">tugboat template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @@ -19151,7 +21952,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} -\date{July 31, 2007} +\date{July 31, 2020} \begin{document} @@ -19170,16 +21971,17 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: \end{document} </verbatim> -<para>One web resource for this: -<url><urefurl>http://robjhyndman.com/hyndsight/beamer/</urefurl></url>. +<para>The Beamer package on CTAN: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</urefurl></url>. </para> </section> <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex> +<para>A simple template for an article. +</para> <verbatim xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{article} \title{Article Class Template} @@ -19196,6 +21998,7 @@ Additional text. \section{Second section} Some more text. + \end{document} </verbatim> @@ -19204,10 +22007,10 @@ Some more text. <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> -<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. See <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book -template</xrefnodename></xref> for a more elaborate one. +<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book +template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one. </para> <verbatim xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{book} @@ -19225,29 +22028,33 @@ Some other text. \section{A subtopic} The end. + \end{document} </verbatim> </section> -<node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tugboat template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> +<node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> -<para>This is a more elaborate template for a book. It has -<code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and <code>\backmatter</code> to -control the typography of the three main areas of a book -(<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>). The book has a -bibliography and an index. +<para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>, +for a simpler one. +</para> +<para>This template uses <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and +<code>\backmatter</code> to control the typography of the three main areas +of a book (<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>). The +book has a bibliography and an index. </para> -<para>Notable is that it uses <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code> +<para>Also notable is that it uses <code>\include</code> and <code>\includeonly</code> (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></pxref>). While you are working on a chapter you can comment out all the other chapter entries from the argument to -<code>\includeonly</code>. That will speed up compilation without losing any -information such as cross-references. (Material that does not need to -come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of -<code>\include</code>. You don&textrsquo;t get the cross-reference benefit this way.) +<code>\includeonly</code>. That will speed up compilation without losing +any information such as cross-references. (Material that does not +need to come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of +<code>\include</code>. You don&textrsquo;t get the cross-reference benefit with +<code>\input</code>.) </para> <verbatim xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass[titlepage]{book} @@ -19257,11 +22064,12 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of \author{Alex Author} \includeonly{% - frontcover, +% frontcover, preface, chap1, - ... +% appenA, } + \begin{document} \frontmatter \include{frontcover} @@ -19269,113 +22077,22 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of \maketitle \input{dedication} \input{copyright} \tableofcontents \include{preface} + \mainmatter \include{chap1} ... \appendix -\include{appena} +\include{appenA} ... + \backmatter \bibliographystyle{apalike} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography} \bibliography \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex -\include{backcover} -\end{document} -</verbatim> - - -</section> -<node name="tugboat-template" spaces=" "><nodename>tugboat template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Larger book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tugboat</code> template</sectiontitle> - -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex> - -<para><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group, -<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>. -</para> -<verbatim xml:space="preserve"> -\documentclass{ltugboat} -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} -\else -\usepackage{url} -\fi - -%%% Start of metadata %%% - -\title{Example \TUB\ article} - -% repeat info for each author. -\author{First Last} -\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country} -\netaddress{user (at) example dot org} -\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} - -%%% End of metadata %%% - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} -This is an example article for \TUB{}. -Please write an abstract. -\end{abstract} - -\section{Introduction} - -This is an example article for \TUB, linked from -\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. - -We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} -output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): -% verbatim blocks are often better in \small -\begin{verbatim}[\small] -\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW -\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\mf \MFB -\plain \POBox \PS -\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP -\TUB \TUG \tug -\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE - -\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph - -\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! -\cs{fred} -> \fred -\meta{fred} -> <fred> -\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... -\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 -\booktitle{Book of Fred} -\end{verbatim} - -For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format -\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. - -This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the -\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For -\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using -\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, -\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) - -Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - -\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style -\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty -\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX - -\makesignature +\include{backcover} \end{document} </verbatim> @@ -19388,7 +22105,7 @@ Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. <!-- c Keep `Command Index' working for ltx-help.el. --> <anchor name="Command-Index">Command Index</anchor> -<printindex value="cp" line=" cp"></printindex> +<printindex value="cp" line="cp"></printindex> </unnumbered> <bye></bye> |